Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 10, 2015

Registration No. 333-             


UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933



SurgiQuest, Inc.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  3841
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  20-4678848
(IRS Employer
Identification Number)

488 Wheelers Farms Road
Milford, Connecticut 06461
(203) 799-2400

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant's principal executive offices)



Kurt Azarbarzin
President and Chief Executive Officer
488 Wheelers Farms Road
Milford, Connecticut 06461
(203) 799-2400
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)



With copies to:
Marc D. Jaffe
Wesley C. Holmes
Ryan K. deFord
Latham & Watkins LLP
885 Third Avenue
New York, New York 10022
(212) 906-1200
      Michael A. Hedge
Damien A. Grierson
K&L Gates LLP
1 Park Plaza
Twelfth Floor
Irvine, California 92614
(949) 253-0900



Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, please check the following box.    o

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    o

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    o

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer o   Accelerated filer o   Non-accelerated filer ý
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company o



CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

       
 
Title of each Class of
Securities to be Registered

  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering Price(1)(2)

  Amount of
Registration Fee(3)

 

Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share

  $75,000,000   $7,552.50

 

(1)
Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act").
(2)
Includes offering price of any additional shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.
(3)
Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act based on an estimate of the proposed maximum aggregate offering price.




The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

   


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to Completion, dated November 10, 2015

                    Shares

SURGIQUEST, INC.  
LOGO

Common Stock

$             per share


•
SurgiQuest, Inc. is offering                           shares.

•
We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $             and $             per share.

•
This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our shares.

•
Proposed         trading symbol: "             ."



This investment involves risks. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 13.

We are an "emerging growth company" as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, and, as such, have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and future filings.

             
   

 

 

Per Share

 

Total

 

Initial public offering price

  $               $                

Underwriting discount(1)

  $               $                

Proceeds, before expenses, to SurgiQuest, Inc. 

  $               $                
   
(1)
See "Underwriting" for additional information regarding underwriting compensation.

We have granted to the underwriters an option to purchase up to                                        additiona l shares of common stock from us at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount, for 30 days after the date of this prospectus.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to investors on or about                    , 2015.

Piper Jaffray   Stifel
Canaccord Genuity

   

The date of this prospectus is                           , 2015.


LOGO


Table of Contents


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page  

Prospectus Summary

    1  

Risk Factors

    13  

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

    55  

Industry and Other Data

    56  

Use of Proceeds

    57  

Dividend Policy

    58  

Capitalization

    59  

Dilution

    62  

Selected Financial Data

    64  

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

    66  

Business

    84  

Management

    116  

Executive Compensation

    122  

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

    139  

Principal Stockholders

    142  

Description of Capital Stock

    145  

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

    151  

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders

    154  

Underwriting

    159  

Legal Matters

    168  

Experts

    168  

Where You Can Find More Information

    168  

Index to Financial Statements

    F-1  



Through and including             , 2015 (25 days after the commencement of this offering), all dealers effecting transaction in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. We and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus or in any applicable free writing prospectus is current only as of its date, regardless of its time of delivery or any sale of shares of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

We use our registered trademarks, AirSeal and SurgiQuest, and our unregistered trademark, Low Impact, in this prospectus. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ® and ™ symbols, but those references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or that the applicable owner will not assert its rights, to these trademarks and trade names.

i


Table of Contents



PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our common stock and it is qualified in its entirety by, and should be read in conjunction with, the more detailed information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, especially the "Risk Factors" section and our financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus, before making an investment decision.

As used in this prospectus, unless the context otherwise requires, references to "we," "us," "our," "our company" and "SurgiQuest" refer to SurgiQuest, Inc.

Company Overview

We are a commercial stage global medical technology company that is revolutionizing Minimally Invasive Surgery with AirSeal, our proprietary surgical access management system that we believe offers significant clinical benefits for patients and economic benefits for healthcare providers. We refer to the combination of our proprietary AirSeal technology and the surgical procedures that they enable as Low Impact Surgery. We believe Low Impact Surgery enables a wider range of surgical procedures to be performed with less invasive surgical access, thereby broadening the population of patients for whom Minimally Invasive Surgery, or MIS, may be applicable. As of September 30, 2015, more than 1,600 AirSeal systems were deployed in over 700 institutions worldwide, and we believe AirSeal disposable devices have been used in more than 340,000 surgical procedures worldwide since 2011. Quarterly sales of AirSeal disposables have grown from less than 4,000 disposables sets during the three months ended March 30, 2012 to more than 44,000 disposables sets during the three months ended September 30, 2015; and more than 135,000 disposables sets were sold during the 9 months ended September 30, 2015.

Over the past 25 years, abdominal surgery has evolved from highly invasive open procedures to MIS approaches, which include techniques such as laparoscopic and robotic-assisted laparoscopic surgery. MIS relies on the creation of working space in the abdominal cavity to facilitate the manipulation of surgical instruments and the visualization of the surgical site by endoscopic cameras. This is done through the inflation and distension of the abdominal cavity using carbon dioxide, or CO2, under pressure. This process is known as insufflation and the resulting state of insufflation is referred to as pneumoperitoneum. It is critical that pneumoperitoneum remains stable throughout the procedure. However, fluctuations in intra-abdominal pressure can be caused by surgical suction, smoke evacuation, specimen removal, trocar dislodgement, moving the patient, applying pressure to the patient's body or over-pressurizing the surgical cavity after a loss of pneumoperitoneum. Conventional access devices, comprising trocars, insufflators and insufflation tubing, are designed to create and maintain pneumoperitoneum. Trocars are tubular devices inserted through a patient's abdominal wall that allow the passage of thin telescopes, tissue grasping/dissecting/retracting instruments, tissue cauterizing devices for bleeding control, sutures, clips and other prosthetic devices to remove or repair bodily tissue. Insufflators are pressure regulators that are used to inflate a patient's abdomen with gas to create a working space for the surgeon to remove or repair tissue. Insufflation tubing takes the gas from the pressure regulator and connects it to a trocar so that gas may enter and inflate the patient's abdomen to create the working space. However, these devices have numerous limitations which result in challenges in maintaining stable pneumoperitoneum. These limitations include intermittent pressure monitoring, delayed response to pressure changes and the inability to prevent loss of pneumoperitoneum during standard instrument exchange, use of suction, smoke evacuation or specimen removal. Conventional access devices also do not include integrated management of surgical smoke caused by thermal energy-based devices commonly used during surgery, which obstructs the view of the surgical field and poses potential health hazards for operating room occupants. The

 

1


Table of Contents

combination of these limitations contributes to an environment in which intra-abdominal pressure often fluctuates between levels so low that the surgical working space collapses and so high that it can cause harm to the patient. Surgeries using conventional access devices may also require more invasive access in order to accommodate the safe removal of contaminated or cancerous surgical specimens from the body.

We believe our AirSeal technology represents the first major innovation in minimally invasive surgical access since the introduction of the modern trocar. The AirSeal system replaces trocars that rely on mechanical valves to create and maintain pneumoperitoneum with a valve-free access port that has no moving parts. AirSeal instead employs a proprietary gaseous barrier to provide real-time sensing of intra-abdominal pressure, which enables dynamic adjustment of intra-abdominal pressure to maintain stable pneumoperitoneum. AirSeal also includes automatic and continuous smoke evacuation to provide a clear and constant field of vision. Accordingly, the improved surgical conditions enabled by AirSeal allow surgeons to perform MIS procedures with a more stable and less rigid state of pneumoperitoneum, and at approximately 50% lower intra-abdominal pressures than are typically used with conventional access devices. Laparoscopy performed at lower pressure has been clinically demonstrated to contribute to lower post-operative pain, reduced reliance on post-operative pain medication and shorter length of hospital stay. While we have not yet completed a clinical study comparing both AirSeal and conventional insufflation at low pressure, several studies have been completed comparing AirSeal at low pressure versus conventional insufflation at standard pressure. In these studies, AirSeal at low pressure did not demonstrate the challenges typically associated with conventional insufflation at low pressure (which include increased operating and a greater requirement to raise intra-abdominal pressure from low to standard levels). In addition, we believe AirSeal simplifies pulmonary ventilation and hemodynamic management by the anesthesiologist, enabling a minimally invasive approach in patients who have more complicated diseases and are traditionally poor candidates for MIS.

The AirSeal system has received clearance from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, pursuant to Section 510(k) of the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act. The cleared indications for use are (i) in diagnostic and/or therapeutic endoscopic procedures to distend a cavity by filling it with gas, to establish and maintain a path of entry for endoscopic instruments and to evacuate surgical smoke; (ii) to facilitate the use of various laparoscopic instruments by filling the abdominal cavity with gas to distend it, by creating and maintaining a gas sealed obstruction-free instrument path and by evacuating surgical smoke; and (iii) to insufflate the rectum and colon to facilitate endoscopic observation, diagnosis and treatment. In addition, the trocar of the AirSeal system is indicated for use with or without visualization of the surgical site by endoscopic cameras. Typically, our customers are reimbursed for surgical procedures utilizing our devices through bundled payments, rather than receiving direct reimbursement for the cost of the AirSeal system components. Our customers accept the bundled payments as reimbursement for all associated costs of the surgical procedure, including the products and supplies used. Facility and physician reimbursement levels can vary according to the type of surgical procedure performed, the setting in which the surgical procedure was performed (e.g., hospital inpatient or outpatient departments), the clinical condition of the patient and other factors.

We have sponsored numerous post-market clinical studies within several surgical specialties to assess the clinical benefits of our AirSeal system for its cleared indications, and we are aware of five third-party studies of our system. All of these studies assessed the AirSeal system for its currently cleared indications for use. While we believe that these data support the benefits of the AirSeal system, the studies have certain limitations, such as the fact that some of these clinical studies were not designed as prospective, randomized trials and some of these clinical studies enrolled fewer than 100 patients. In addition, some of the data we present on reduced pressure laparoscopy comes from clinical

 

2


Table of Contents

studies not assessing, and unrelated to, the AirSeal system. Further, we lack long-term clinical data on the safety and efficacy of our AirSeal system.

We have developed and maintain a portfolio of intellectual property to protect our technologies, which included 76 issued patents, of which 30 were issued U.S. patents, and 65 patent applications pending globally, of which 26 were patent applications pending in the United States, as of November 1, 2015. We continue to invest in the research and development necessary to design, develop and commercialize new surgical solutions that leverage our technologies to enable less invasive surgical techniques.

We currently market and sell our products in the United States and internationally through a multi-channel sales organization comprised of sales managers, direct sales representatives, clinical education specialists and distributors. The majority of our revenues are generated from sales to hospital customers through our direct sales representatives. Our sales professionals have extensive training and experience in promoting, marketing and selling advanced laparoscopic technologies. We expect to continue to make investments in our global sales organization by increasing the number of our direct sales representatives and broadening our relationships with distributor partners.

For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, our total revenue was $19.1 million and $30.2 million, respectively, and our net losses were $8.3 million and $14.8 million, respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015, our total revenue was $20.6 million and $34.7 million, respectively, and our net losses were $11.4 million and $15.1 million, respectively.

Market Opportunity

According to reports by Millennium Research Group, approximately 33 million abdominal surgical procedures are expected to be performed in 2015 in major markets worldwide, of which approximately 10 million are currently addressable by our technology, representing an annual global opportunity for approximately $2 billion of AirSeal disposables. In 2015, approximately 15 million additional procedures are expected to be performed through more invasive conventional open surgical approaches in our target markets worldwide. We believe a significant number of these procedures can be performed with MIS approaches as continued development and increased adoption of techniques that leverage our technologies enable less traumatic access and improved surgical control.

We believe one of the most advanced forms of MIS is robotic-assisted laparoscopic surgery, which combines the benefits of minimally invasive ports with the enhanced dexterity, accuracy and surgical control provided by a robot. There were approximately 570,000 robotic-assisted laparoscopic procedures performed worldwide in 2014. We believe AirSeal is currently the leading surgical access management system used in robotic-assisted MIS procedures globally. We intend to leverage our strong relationships with surgeons that perform robotic-assisted procedures using AirSeal to further penetrate the larger general laparoscopic procedure market and ultimately become the standard of care for surgical access utilized by surgeons worldwide.

Limitations of Conventional Access Devices

Conventional access devices are comprised of three components: trocars, insufflators and insufflation tubing. The limitations of conventional access devices result in several challenges that adversely impact the clinical outcomes and healthcare economics of MIS procedures, including:

 

3


Table of Contents

 

4


Table of Contents

Our Solution

We have developed AirSeal, the first and only integrated surgical access management system to address the limitations associated with conventional access devices, to provide improved clinical outcomes for patients and economic benefits for healthcare providers. The components of our proprietary AirSeal system are the AirSeal Valve-Free Access Port, Intelligent Flow System (iFS) unit and the AirSeal Filtered Tube Set (FTS). We believe Low Impact Surgery provides the following benefits as compared to conventional access devices:

Our Strategy

Our goal is to establish AirSeal as the standard of care for every laparoscopic and robotic-assisted laparoscopic procedure worldwide, increase the number of surgeries that can be performed with less invasive surgical approaches and broaden the population of patients for which MIS procedures may be applicable. To accomplish this goal, we are employing the following strategies:

 

5


Table of Contents

Risks Associated with Our Business

Our business is subject to numerous risks, including:

 

6


Table of Contents

Our Corporate Information

We were incorporated under the laws of the state of Delaware in November 2005. Our principal executive offices are located at 488 Wheelers Farms Road, Milford, Connecticut 06461, and our telephone number is (203) 799-2400. Our website address is www.surgiquest.com. The information contained in, or accessible through, our website does not constitute part of this prospectus.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

As a company with less than $1.0 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an "emerging growth company" as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or JOBS Act, enacted in April 2012. An "emerging growth company" may take advantage of exemptions from some of the reporting requirements that are otherwise applicable to public companies. These provisions include, but are not limited to:

We may take advantage of these provisions until the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the closing of this offering. However, if certain events occur prior to the end of such five-year period, including if we become a "large accelerated filer" as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, our annual gross revenue exceeds $1.0 billion or we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt in any three-year period, we will cease to be an emerging growth company prior to the end of such five-year period.

We have elected to take advantage of certain of the reduced disclosure obligations in this prospectus and may elect to take advantage of other reduced reporting requirements in future filings. As a result, the information that we provide to our stockholders may be different than you might receive from other public reporting companies in which you hold equity interests.

In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

 

7


Table of Contents

 


THE OFFERING

Common stock offered by us

           shares

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

 

             shares (or             shares, if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares).

Option to purchase additional shares

 

The underwriters have a 30-day option to purchase up to             additional shares of common stock.

Use of proceeds

 

We estimate that our net proceeds from our issuance and sale of              shares of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $              million (or approximately $              million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares), based on an assumed initial public offering price of $              per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering as follows: (i) $             to expand our sales and marketing efforts relating to our U.S. and international sales presence; (ii) $             to continue to invest in our research and development program; (iii)  $             to continue clinical research documenting the benefits of our technology; (iv) $             to satisfy a royalty buyout obligation to IP Technologies, LLC triggered by this offering; and (v) the balance for working capital and general corporate purposes. We may also use a portion of our net proceeds to acquire and invest in complementary products, technologies or businesses; however, we currently have no agreements or commitments to complete any such transaction. See "Use of Proceeds."

Directed share program

 

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to shares of common stock, or approximately         % of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus, for sale, at the initial public offering price, to our directors, officers, employees and other parties associated with us. The number of shares of common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced by the number of directed shares purchased by participants in the program. Any reserved shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus.

 

8


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

See "Risk Factors" and the other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should consider carefully before deciding to invest in our common stock.

Proposed               symbol

 

"             "

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 15,808,998 shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2015, after giving effect to the conversion of shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding as of September 30, 2015 into an aggregate of 14,400,960 shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering, and excludes:

Unless otherwise indicated, this prospectus reflects and assumes the following:

 

9


Table of Contents

 


SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables set forth, for the periods and as of the dates indicated, our summary financial data. The statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 are derived from our audited financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The balance sheet data as of September 30, 2015 and the statement of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 are derived from our unaudited condensed financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited condensed financial statements on the same basis as the audited financial statements, and the unaudited financial data include, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of our financial position and results of operations for these periods. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our future results and our operating results for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2015 or any other interim periods or any future year or period. You should read the following information together with our financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the sections of this prospectus entitled "Selected Financial Data" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

 

10


Table of Contents

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Nine Months Ended September 30,  
 
  2013   2014   2014   2015  
 
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 
 
  (In thousands, except per share and share amounts)
 

Statement of operations data:

                         

Revenues

  $ 19,102   $ 30,249   $ 20,601   $ 34,733  

Cost of goods sold

    11,052     16,031     10,874     16,232  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Gross profit

    8,050     14,218     9,727     18,501  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    12,978     23,622     17,194     27,522  

Research and development expenses

    2,029     2,909     2,194     2,950  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

    15,007     26,531     19,388     30,472  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Operating loss

    (6,957 )   (12,313 )   (9,661 )   (11,971 )

Other (expense) income:

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Interest expense

    (909 )   (2,146 )   (1,580 )   (1,823 )

Interest income

    12     31     24     17  

Other (expense) income, net

    (414 )   (388 )   (221 )   (1,363 )
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Total other (expense) income, net

    (1,311 )   (2,503 )   (1,777 )   (3,169 )
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Net loss

    (8,268 )   (14,816 )   (11,438 )   (15,140 )

Cumulative preferred stock dividends

    (1,978 )   (2,156 )   (1,612 )   (2,481 )

Preferred stock accretion              

    (5,256 )   (5,292 )   (3,981 )   (6,583 )
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Net loss attributable to common shareholders

  $ (15,502 ) $ (22,264 ) $ (17,031 ) $ (24,204 )
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Per share data:

                         

Basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders(1)

  $ (13.45 ) $ (18.03 ) $ (13.92 ) $ (17.38 )
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Weighted average outstanding common shares used in computing net loss per share attributable to common stockholders:

                         

Basic and diluted(1)

    1,152,665     1,235,111     1,223,091     1,392,759  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders (unaudited)(2)

        $           $    
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Weighted average outstanding common shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders:

                         

Basic and diluted (unaudited)(2)

                         
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

(1)
See Note 3 to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the method used to calculate the historical basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders.

(2)
The unaudited pro-forma weighted average outstanding common shares used in computing pro-forma net loss per share attributable to stockholders (basic and diluted) has been prepared to give the effect of automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into 14,400,960 shares of common stock.

 

11


Table of Contents

 
  As of September 30, 2015
(Unaudited)
(In thousands)
 
 
  Actual   Pro Forma(1)   Pro Forma
As Adjusted(2)(3)
 

Balance sheet data:

                   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 7,840   $                 $    

Total assets

    28,359              

Current liabilities

    16,543              

Total debt less unamortized discounts

    24,950              

Total stockholders' deficit

    (106,472 )            

(1)
The pro forma balance sheet data give effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into 14,400,960 shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering.

(2)
In addition to the pro forma adjustments set forth in footnote 1, gives further effect to the sale by us of             shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

(3)
Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, total assets and total stockholders' deficit by approximately $          million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us, at the assumed initial public offering price per share of $             , which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, total assets and total stockholders' deficit by approximately $          million, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The pro forma and pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will change depending on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of our initial public offering determined at pricing.

 

12


Table of Contents


RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below, as well as the other information in this prospectus, including our financial statements and the related notes and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," before deciding whether to invest in our common stock. The occurrence of any of the events or developments described below could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects. In such an event, the market price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial also may impair our business operations.

Risks Related to our Business and Strategy

If we are unable to convince hospital facilities to approve the use of our devices, our sales may decrease.

In the United States, in order for surgeons to use our devices, the hospital facilities where these surgeons treat patients will typically require us to receive approval from the facility's value analysis committee, or VAC. VACs typically review the comparative effectiveness and cost of medical devices used in the facility. The makeup and evaluation processes for VACs vary considerably, and it can be a lengthy, costly and time-consuming effort to obtain approval by the relevant VAC. For example, even if we have an agreement with a hospital system for purchase of our devices, in most cases, we must obtain VAC approval by each hospital within the system to sell at that particular hospital. Additionally, hospitals typically require separate VAC approval for each specialty in which our device is used, which may result in multiple VAC approval processes within the same hospital even if such device has already been approved for use by a different specialty group. We often need VAC approval for each different device to be used by the surgeons in that specialty. In addition, hospital facilities and group purchasing organizations, or GPOs, which manage purchasing for multiple facilities, may also require us to enter into a purchasing agreement and satisfy numerous elements of their administrative procurement process, which can also be a lengthy, costly and time consuming effort. If we do not receive access to hospital facilities in a timely manner, or at all, via these VAC and purchasing contract processes, or otherwise, or if we are unable to secure contracts on commercially reasonable terms in a timely manner, or at all, our operating costs will increase, our sales may decrease and our operating results may be harmed. Furthermore, we may expend significant effort in these costly and time-consuming processes and still may not obtain VAC approval or a purchase contract from such hospitals or GPOs.

We must demonstrate to surgeons and hospitals the merits of our devices to facilitate greater adoption of our devices.

Surgeons play a significant role in determining the devices used in the operating room and in assisting in obtaining approval by the relevant VAC. Our devices have higher upfront costs than conventional access devices, so educating surgeons on the benefits of our devices compared to conventional access devices requires a significant commitment by our marketing team and sales organization. Surgeons and hospitals may be slow to change their practices because of familiarity with existing devices, perceived risks arising from the use of new devices, lack of experience using new devices, lack of clinical data supporting the benefits of such devices or the cost of new devices. There may never be widespread adoption of our devices by surgeons and hospitals. If we are unable to educate surgeons and hospitals about the advantages of devices incorporating our AirSeal technology, as compared to surgical methods which do not incorporate this technology, we may face challenges in obtaining approval by the relevant VAC, and we will not achieve significantly greater market acceptance of our devices, gain

13


Table of Contents

momentum in our sales activities, significantly grow our market share or grow our revenue and our business and financial condition will be adversely affected.

Our ability to sell our devices at prices necessary to support our current business strategies depends on demonstrating that the benefits of a device incorporating our AirSeal technology outweigh the increased cost of such devices compared to other surgical access methods.

Hospital and other healthcare provider customers that purchase our devices typically bill various third-party payors to cover all or a portion of the costs and fees associated with the surgical procedures in which our devices are used and bill patients for any deductibles or copayments. Supplies used in surgery, such as our devices, are typically not separately reimbursed by third-party payors, but are rather included in the overall reimbursement for the procedure involved. Because there is no separate reimbursement for medical devices and supplies used in surgical procedures, the additional cost associated with the use of our devices can impact the profit margin of the hospital or surgery center where the surgery is performed. If reimbursement is inadequate, hospitals may choose to use less expensive instruments or devices that do not include our AirSeal technology. Some of our target customers may be unwilling to adopt our devices in light of the additional associated cost. Our success depends on our ability to convince such cost-restricted customers that the potential benefits of using our devices, such as AirSeal outweigh the additional cost of such devices.

We are an early, commercial-stage company and have a limited operating history, which may make it difficult to evaluate our current business and predict our future performance.

We are an early, commercial-stage company and have a limited operating history. We began our operations in 2006 and began a commercial launch of our AirSeal products in 2009. Our limited commercial operating history may make it difficult to evaluate our current business and predict our future performance. Any assessment of our profitability or prediction about our future success or viability is subject to significant uncertainty. We have encountered and will continue to encounter risks and difficulties frequently experienced by early, commercial-stage companies in rapidly evolving industries. If we do not address these risks successfully, it could have a material adverse effect on our revenue, results of operations and business.

We have a history of net losses, expect to incur net losses in the future and may never achieve or sustain profitability.

We have historically incurred substantial net losses, including net losses of $15.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015, $14.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 and $8.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. As of September 30, 2015, we had an accumulated deficit of $106.1 million. We expect our losses to continue in the near term as a result of increased commercialization costs, increased cost of goods sold, including manufacturing costs and research and development expenses. These losses have had, and will continue to have, an adverse effect on our working capital, total assets and stockholders' deficit. Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with our commercialization efforts, we are unable to predict when we will become profitable, and we may never become profitable. Even if we do achieve profitability, we may not be able to sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis. Our inability to achieve and subsequently sustain profitability could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and business.

14


Table of Contents

Our independent registered public accounting firm has identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting that, if not properly remediated, could result in material misstatements in our financial statements in future periods.

Although we did not engage our independent registered public accounting firm to conduct an audit of our internal control over financial reporting, in connection with the audit of our consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, our independent registered public accounting firm informed us that they identified a material weakness relating to our internal control over financial reporting under standards established by the PCAOB. The PCAOB defines a material weakness as a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. A deficiency in internal control exists when the design or operation of a control does not allow management or employees, in the normal course of performing their assigned functions, to prevent or detect misstatements on a timely basis.

The material weakness identified by our independent registered public accounting firm related to adjustments made in connection with their audit of our financial statements due to our accounting department's lack of depth and technical accounting knowledge necessary to properly account and report on complex accounting matters. We are evaluating a number of actions to remediate this material weakness. We cannot assure you when we will remediate such weakness, nor can we be certain of whether additional actions will be required or the costs of any such actions.

We may need to take additional measures to fully mitigate these issues, and the measures we have taken, and expect to take, to improve our internal controls may not be sufficient to address the issues identified, to ensure that our internal controls are effective or to ensure that the identified material weakness or other material weaknesses or deficiencies will not result in a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements. In addition, other material weaknesses or deficiencies may be identified in the future. If we are unable to correct material weaknesses or deficiencies in internal controls in a timely manner, our ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information accurately and within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC will be adversely affected. This failure could negatively affect the market price and trading liquidity of our common stock, cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, subject us to civil and criminal investigations and penalties, and generally materially and adversely impact our business and financial condition.

We operate in a highly competitive market segment. If our competitors are better able to market and develop devices than we are able to market or develop devices, our business will be adversely impacted.

The MIS access device industry is highly competitive. Our success depends, in part, upon our ability to maintain a competitive position in the development of technologies and devices for MIS access. Any device we develop will have to compete for market acceptance and market share. We believe that the primary competitive factors in the MIS access device market segment are clinical safety and effectiveness, price, surgeon experience and comfort with use of particular MIS access devices, reliability and durability, ease of use, device support and service, salesforce experience and relationships. We face significant competition in the United States and internationally in the MIS access device market, and we expect the intensity of competition will increase over time. Surgeons and hospitals typically use MIS access devices, and if we cannot convince surgeons and hospitals of the benefits of using our devices in addition to, or as an alternative to, other MIS access devices, or, of the benefits of using our products instead of using competing products, our business may be harmed. Some

15


Table of Contents

of our main competitors include Stryker Corporation, Karl Storz Endoscopy-America, Inc., Olympus Corporation and Richard Wolf Medical Instruments Corporation (insufflators); Ethicon Endo-Surgery, LLC (a subsidiary of Johnson & Johnson), Covidien plc and Applied Medical Resources Corporation (trocars); numerous generic manufacturers of insufflation tubing; and other general surgical instrument companies that supply MIS access devices. Many of the companies developing or marketing competing products enjoy several competitive advantages, including:

Our competitors may develop and patent processes or devices earlier than us, obtain regulatory clearance or approvals for competing devices more rapidly than us or develop more effective or less expensive devices or technologies that render our technology or devices obsolete or less competitive. We also face fierce competition in recruiting and retaining qualified sales, scientific and management personnel. If our competitors are more successful than us in these matters, our business may be harmed.

Substantially all of our revenue is generated from our AirSeal system.

We generate substantially all of our revenue from the commercialization of the AirSeal system, and we expect this to continue for the foreseeable future. Customers may decide not to purchase the AirSeal system, or our customers may decide to cancel orders due to changes in treatment offerings, research and product development plans, adverse clinical outcomes, difficulties in obtaining coverage or reimbursement for our devices, complications with manufacturing or utilization of similar technology developed by other parties, all of which are circumstances outside of our control.

Furthermore, demand for the AirSeal system may not increase as quickly as we predict, and we may be unable to increase our revenue levels as we expect. Even if we succeed in increasing adoption of these systems by surgeons, hospitals and other healthcare providers, maintaining and creating relationships with our existing and new customers and developing and commercializing new features or indications for these systems, we may not be able to generate sufficient revenue to achieve profitability.

The loss of members of our senior management team or our inability to attract and retain highly skilled scientists, clinicians and salespeople could adversely affect our business.

Our future success depends on our ability to recruit, train, retain and motivate key personnel, including members of our senior management team, our research and development personnel, science and engineering staff, laboratory staff, sales teams and marketing personnel. The individual and

16


Table of Contents

collective efforts of these employees will be important as we continue to develop our AirSeal products and additional products, and as we expand our commercial activities. We do not maintain fixed-term employment contracts or key man life insurance with any of our employees, other than our CEO. Competition for highly-skilled and qualified personnel is intense. Our growth depends, in particular, on attracting, retaining and motivating highly trained sales personnel with the proper scientific or business backgrounds. We face competition from universities and public and private research institutions in recruiting highly scientific personnel. In addition, we may need additional employees at our facilities to meet demand for our products as we grow our sales and marketing operations. Because of the complex and technical nature of our products and the dynamic industry in which we compete, any failure to attract, train, retain and motivate highly qualified personnel could materially harm our operating results and growth prospects.

If we are unable to maintain and expand our network of direct sales representatives and distributors, we may not be able to generate anticipated sales.

We currently market and sell our products in the United States and internationally through a multi-channel sales organization comprised of sales managers, direct sales representatives, clinical education specialists and distributors. The vast majority of our revenues are generated from sales to hospital customers through our direct sales representatives and distributors. Our operating results are directly dependent upon the sales and marketing efforts of not only our direct sales representatives, but also our distributors. We may not be successful in maintaining strong relationships with our distributors. If our direct sales representatives or distributors fail to adequately promote, market and sell our products, our sales could significantly decrease.

We face significant challenges and risks in managing our geographically dispersed distribution network and retaining the individuals who make up that network. Our distributors may not be able to successfully market and sell our products and may not devote sufficient time and resources to support the marketing and selling efforts that enable the products to develop, achieve or sustain market acceptance in their respective jurisdictions. Additionally, in some international jurisdictions, we rely on our distributors to manage the regulatory process, and we are dependent on their ability to do so effectively.

If any of our direct sales representatives were to leave us, our sales could be adversely affected. If a direct sales representative were to depart and be retained by one of our competitors, we may be unable to prevent them from helping competitors solicit business from our existing customers, which could further adversely affect our sales. Because of the intense competition for their services, we may be unable to recruit or retain additional qualified direct sales representatives to work with us. Failure to hire or retain qualified direct sales representatives would prevent us from expanding our business and generating sales.

As a result of our reliance distributors, we may be subject to disruptions and increased costs due to factors beyond our control, including labor strikes, third-party error and other issues. If the services of any of these distributors become unsatisfactory, including the failure of such distributors to properly train surgeons and clinicians in the use of our products, we may experience delays in meeting our customers' product demands and we may not be able to find a suitable replacement on a timely basis or on commercially reasonable terms. Any failure to deliver products in a timely manner may damage our reputation and could cause us to lose current or potential customers.

As we launch new products and increase our marketing efforts with respect to existing products, we will need to expand the reach of our marketing and sales networks. Our future success will depend largely on our ability to continue to hire, train, retain and motivate skilled direct sales representatives

17


Table of Contents

with significant technical knowledge in various areas. If we fail to train new hires adequately, or if we experience high turnover in our sales force in the future, new hires may not become as productive as may be necessary to maintain or increase our sales.

If we are unable to expand our sales and marketing capabilities domestically and internationally, we may not be able to effectively commercialize our products, which would adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our manufacturing operations are dependent upon third-party suppliers, making us vulnerable to supply problems and price fluctuations, which could harm our business.

We rely on a number of suppliers who manufacture certain components of our devices. We do not have long-term supply agreements with most of our suppliers, and, in many cases, we purchase finished goods on a purchase order basis. Our suppliers may encounter problems during manufacturing for a variety of reasons, including failure to follow specific protocols and procedures, failure to comply with applicable regulations, equipment malfunction and environmental factors, any of which could delay or impede their ability to meet our demand. Our reliance on these third-party suppliers also subjects us to other risks that could harm our business, including:

If our third-party suppliers are unable to deliver us quality products in a timely manner, our results of operations could be adversely impacted.

We rely on single-source suppliers for certain of our components and materials and may not be able to find replacements or immediately transition to alternative suppliers.

We rely on World of Medicine AG to manufacture our iFS unit. An interruption in our commercial operations could occur if we encounter delays or difficulties in securing this product, and if we cannot then obtain an acceptable substitute. If we are required to transition to a new third-party manufacturer for our iFS unit, we believe that there are only a few other manufacturers that are currently capable of

18


Table of Contents

manufacturing the device. Any such interruption could harm our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations.

Furthermore, if we are required to change the manufacturer of a critical component of our products or the assembly manufacturer of our unfinished goods, we will be required to verify that the new manufacturer maintains facilities, procedures and operations that comply with our quality and applicable regulatory requirements, which could further impede our ability to manufacture our products in a timely manner. We currently do not carry inventory for components for more than 3 months at any given time. Transitioning to a new supplier could be time-consuming, and may result in interruptions in our operations and product delivery. The occurrence of any of these events could harm our ability to meet the demand for our products in a timely manner or cost-effectively.

We may not be able to secure alternative equipment and materials and utilize such equipment and materials without experiencing interruptions in our workflow. If we should encounter delays or difficulties in securing, reconfiguring or revalidating the equipment and components we require for our devices, our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations could be negatively impacted.

Performance issues, service interruptions or price increases by our shipping carriers could adversely affect our business and harm our reputation and ability to provide our services on a timely basis.

Expedited, reliable shipping is essential to our operations. We rely heavily on providers of transport services for reliable and secure point-to-point transport of our products to our customers and for tracking of these shipments. Should a carrier encounter delivery performance issues such as loss, damage or destruction of any systems, it would be costly to replace such systems in a timely manner and such occurrences may damage our reputation and lead to decreased demand for our products and increased cost and expense to our business. In addition, any significant increase in shipping rates could adversely affect our operating margins and results of operations. Similarly, strikes, severe weather, natural disasters or other service interruptions affecting delivery services we use would adversely affect our ability to process orders for our products on a timely basis.

We bear the risk of warranty claims on our devices.

We bear the risk of warranty claims on the AirSeal iFS unit, to the extent that they exceed warranty coverage provided by our suppliers. If warranty claims result in material liabilities, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be harmed.

We generate a significant portion of our revenue internationally and are subject to various risks relating to our international activities which could adversely affect our operating results.

We currently have significant international operations. Doing business internationally involves a number of difficulties and risks, including:

19


Table of Contents

As we expand internationally, our results of operations and cash flows will become increasingly subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Our expenses are denominated in the currencies in which our operations are located, which is in the United States. If the value of the U.S. dollar increases relative to foreign currencies in the future, in the absence of a corresponding change in local currency prices, our future revenue could be adversely affected as we convert future revenue from local currencies to U.S. dollars.

If we are unable to manage these risks effectively, our business, operating results and prospects could suffer.

We may face product liability claims that could result in costly litigation and significant liabilities, and we may not be able to maintain adequate product liability insurance.

Our business exposes us to the risk of product liability claims that are inherent in the testing, manufacturing and marketing of medical devices. This risk exists even if a device is cleared or approved for commercial sale by the FDA and manufactured in facilities licensed and regulated by the FDA or an applicable foreign regulatory authority. Manufacturing and marketing of our commercial devices and clinical testing of our devices under development, may expose us to product liability and other tort claims. Furthermore, surgeons may misuse our devices or use improper techniques if they are not adequately trained, potentially leading to injury and an increased risk of product liability. If our devices are misused or used with improper technique, we may become subject to costly litigation by our customers or their patients. Regardless of the merit or eventual outcome, product liability claims may result in:

20


Table of Contents

Although we have, and intend to maintain, liability insurance, the coverage limits of our insurance policies may not be adequate, and one or more successful claims brought against us may have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. If we are unable to obtain insurance in the future at an acceptable cost or on acceptable terms with adequate coverage, we will be exposed to significant liabilities.

We may not be able to gain the support of leading hospitals and key opinion leaders, which may make it difficult to establish our AirSeal products as a standard of care and may limit our revenue growth and ability to achieve profitability.

Our strategy includes developing relationships with surgeons, key opinion leaders and leading hospitals in the medical, surgical and related fields. If such potential users do not conclude that our AirSeal products are clinically effective enough to displace current technology, or if we encounter difficulty promoting adoption or establishing our AirSeal products as a standard of care in the surgical field, our business could be significantly affected.

Consolidation among our customers and in the healthcare industry as a whole could lead to demands for price concessions or to the exclusion of some suppliers such as us from certain of our markets, which could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Because healthcare costs have risen significantly over the past decade, numerous initiatives and reforms initiated by legislators, regulators and third-party payors to curb these costs have resulted in a consolidation trend in the healthcare industry to aggregate purchasing power. As the healthcare industry consolidates, competition to provide products and services to industry participants has become and will continue to become more intense. This in turn has resulted and will likely continue to result in greater pricing pressures and the exclusion of certain suppliers, including us, from important market segments as GPOs, independent delivery networks and large single accounts continue to use their market power to consolidate purchasing decisions for hospitals. We expect that market demand, government regulation, third-party coverage and reimbursement policies and societal pressures will continue to change the worldwide healthcare industry, resulting in further business consolidations and alliances among our customers, which may reduce competition, exert further downward pressure on the prices of our products and may adversely impact our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Our future capital needs are uncertain, and we may need to raise additional funds in the future.

We believe that our existing cash, together with cash receipts from the sales of our products and the net proceeds from this offering, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash requirements for at least the next 24 months. However, we may need to raise substantial additional capital to:

21


Table of Contents

Our future funding requirements will depend on many factors, including:

We may not be able to acquire additional funds on acceptable terms, or at all. If we raise additional funds by issuing equity or equity-linked securities, our stockholders may experience dilution. Debt financing, if available, may involve covenants restricting our operations or our ability to incur additional debt. Any debt or additional equity financing that we raise may contain terms that are not favorable to us or our stockholders. If we raise additional funds through collaboration and licensing arrangements with third parties, it may be necessary to relinquish some rights to our technologies or our products, or grant licenses on terms that are not favorable to us. If we are unable to raise adequate funds, we may have to liquidate some or all of our assets or delay, reduce the scope of or eliminate some or all of our development programs.

If we do not have, or are not able to obtain, sufficient funds, we may be required to delay development or commercialization of our products or license to third parties the rights to commercialize our products or technologies that we would otherwise seek to commercialize ourselves. We also may have to reduce marketing, customer support or other resources devoted to our products or cease operations. Any of these factors could harm our operating results.

Our ability to use net operating losses to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations.

As of December 31, 2014, we had federal net operating loss carryforwards, or NOLs, of $58.8 million, which are available to offset future taxable income, if any, through 2019. Under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, a corporation that undergoes an "ownership change" is subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its NOLs to offset future taxable income. We may have already experienced one or more ownership changes. Depending on the timing of any future utilization of our carryforwards, we may be limited as to the amount that can be utilized each year as a result of such previous ownership changes. In addition, future changes in our stock ownership, including this or future offerings, as well as other changes that may be outside of our control, could result in additional ownership changes under Section 382 of the Code. Our NOLs

22


Table of Contents

may also be impaired under similar provisions of state law. Furthermore, we may not be able to generate sufficient taxable income to utilize our NOLs before they expire. We have recorded a full valuation allowance related to our NOLs and other deferred tax assets due to the uncertainty of the ultimate realization of the future benefits of those assets.

Our employees, independent contractors, consultants, commercial partners and vendors may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including non-compliance with regulatory standards and requirements.

We are exposed to the risk of fraud or other misconduct by our employees, independent contractors, consultants, commercial partners and vendors. Misconduct by these parties could include intentional, reckless or negligent conduct or other unauthorized activities that violate: (1) U.S. laws and FDA regulations, and the laws and regulations of other similar foreign regulatory bodies, including those laws and regulations that require the reporting of true, complete and accurate information, including financial and operating data, to regulatory bodies; (2) manufacturing standards; or (3) healthcare fraud and abuse laws and regulations in the United States and similar foreign fraudulent misconduct laws. Compliance with these laws and regulations may impact, among other things, our activities with principal investigators and research subjects, as well as our sales, marketing and education programs. In particular, the promotion, sales, marketing and business arrangements in the healthcare industry are subject to extensive laws and regulations intended to prevent misconduct, including fraud, kickbacks, self-dealing and other abusive practices. These laws and regulations may restrict or prohibit a wide range of pricing, discounting, marketing and promotion, sales commission, customer incentive programs and other business arrangements. Such misconduct could also involve the improper use of information obtained in the course of clinical studies, which could result in regulatory sanctions and cause serious harm to our reputation.

It is not always possible to identify and deter misconduct by employees and other third parties. The precautions we take to detect and prevent inappropriate conduct may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses, or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to comply with these laws or regulations. If any such actions are instituted against us, and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business, including the imposition of civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, monetary fines, disgorgement, individual imprisonment, possible exclusion from participation in Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings and curtailment of our operations, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our results of operations. Any of these actions or investigations could result in substantial costs to us, including legal fees, and divert the attention of management from the operation of our business.

Our long-term growth depends on our ability to develop and commercialize additional devices.

The medical device industry is highly competitive and subject to rapid change and technological advancements. Therefore, it is important to our business that we continue to enhance our device offerings and introduce new devices. Developing new devices is expensive and time-consuming and could divert management's attention away from our core business. Even if we are successful in developing additional devices, the success of any new device offering or enhancements to existing devices will depend on several factors, including our ability to:

23


Table of Contents

If we are unsuccessful in developing and commercializing additional devices in other areas, our ability to increase our revenue may be impaired.

New technologies, techniques or products could emerge that might offer better combinations of price and performance than the products and services that we plan to offer. Existing markets for our intended surgical devices are characterized by rapid technological change and innovation. It is critical to our success that we anticipate changes in technology and customer requirements and physician, hospital and healthcare provider practices. It is also important that we successfully introduce new, enhanced and competitive products to meet our prospective customers' needs on a timely and cost-effective basis. At the same time, however, we must carefully manage our introduction of new products. If potential customers believe that such products will offer enhanced features or be sold for a more attractive price, they may delay purchases until such products are available. We may also continue to offer older obsolete products as we transition to new products, and we may not have sufficient experience managing product transitions. If we do not successfully innovate and introduce new technology into our anticipated product lines or successfully manage the transitions of our technology to new product offerings, our revenue, results of operations and business could be adversely impacted.

Our competitors may be able to respond more quickly and effectively than we can to new or changing opportunities, technologies, industry standards, distribution reach or customer requirements. We anticipate that we will face strong competition in the future as current or future competitors develop new or improved products and as new companies enter the market with novel technologies.

If our facilities are damaged or become inoperable, we will be unable to continue to research, develop and manufacture our devices and, as a result, there will be an adverse impact on our business until we are able to secure a new facility.

Our facility and equipment would be costly to replace and could require substantial lead time to repair or replace. The facility may be harmed or rendered inoperable by natural or man-made disasters, including earthquakes, flooding, fire, vandalism and power outages, which may render it difficult to operate our business for some period of time. While we have taken precautions to safeguard our facilities, any inability to operate our business during such periods could lead to the loss of customers or harm to our reputation. We also possess insurance for damage to our property and the disruption of our business, but this insurance may not be sufficient to cover all of our potential losses and this insurance may not continue to be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all.

24


Table of Contents

If we experience significant disruptions in our information technology systems, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

The efficient operation of our business depends on our information technology systems. We rely on our information technology systems to effectively manage:

Our information technology systems are vulnerable to damage or interruption from:

We do not have redundant systems. The failure of our information technology systems to perform as we anticipate or our failure to effectively implement new systems could disrupt our entire operation and could result in decreased sales, increased overhead costs, excess inventory and product shortages, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, results of operations and financial condition.

If we fail to properly manage our anticipated growth, our business could suffer.

We have been growing rapidly in recent periods and have a relatively short history of operating as a commercial company. We intend to continue to grow and may experience periods of rapid growth and expansion. Future growth will impose significant added responsibilities on management, including the need to identify, recruit, train and integrate additional employees. In addition, rapid and significant growth will place a strain on our administrative personnel, information technology systems and other operational infrastructure. Any failure by us to manage our growth effectively could have an adverse effect on our ability to achieve our development and commercialization goals. To achieve our revenue goals, we must continue to hire, train, retain and motivate skilled personnel.

In order to manage our operations and growth we will need to continue to improve our operational and management controls, reporting and information technology systems and financial internal control procedures. If we are unable to manage our growth effectively, it may be difficult for us to execute our business strategy and our operating results and business could suffer.

We must also successfully increase production output to meet expected customer demand. In the future, we may experience difficulties with production yields, quality control, component supply and shortages of qualified personnel, among other problems. These problems could result in delays in product availability and increases in expenses. Any such delay or increased expense could adversely affect our ability to generate revenues.

25


Table of Contents

Our business is subject to seasonal fluctuations.

Our business is subject to seasonal fluctuations in that our sales are typically lower during the summer months and winter holidays due to the timing of MIS procedures. As a result, our financial results for any single quarter or for periods of less than a year are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be achieved for a full fiscal year.

We face risks and potential liabilities related to handling hazardous materials and other regulations governing environmental safety.

Our operations are subject to complex and stringent environmental, health, safety and other governmental laws and regulations that both public officials and private individuals may seek to enforce. Our activities that are subject to these regulations include, among other things, our use of hazardous materials and the generation, transportation and storage of waste. We may not be in material compliance with these regulations at all times. Existing laws and regulations may also be revised or reinterpreted, or new laws and regulations may become applicable to us, whether retroactively or prospectively. Such revisions, reinterpretations or new law and regulations may have a negative effect on our business and results of operations. It is also impossible to completely eliminate the risk of accidental environmental contamination or injury to individuals. In such an event, we could potentially be liable for any damages that result, which could adversely affect our business.

Acquisitions or joint ventures could disrupt our business, cause dilution to our stockholders and otherwise harm our business.

We may acquire other businesses, products or technologies as well as pursue strategic alliances, joint ventures, technology licenses or investments in complementary businesses. We have not made any acquisitions to date, and, as such, our ability to do so successfully is unproven. Any of these potential transactions could be material to our financial condition and operating results and expose us to many risks, including:

Foreign acquisitions involve unique risks in addition to those mentioned above, including those related to integration of operations across different cultures and languages, currency risks and the particular economic, political and regulatory risks associated with certain countries.

Also, the anticipated benefit of any acquisition may not materialize. Future acquisitions or dispositions could result in potentially dilutive issuances of our equity securities, the incurrence of debt, contingent

26


Table of Contents

liabilities or amortization expenses or write-offs of goodwill, any of which could harm our financial condition.

Provisions of our debt instruments may restrict our ability to pursue our business strategies.

Our credit facilities require us, and any debt instruments we may enter into in the future may require us, to comply with various covenants that limit our ability to, among other things:

These restrictions could inhibit our ability to pursue our business strategies. If we default under our credit facilities, and such event of default was not cured or waived, our lenders may terminate commitments to lend and cause all amounts outstanding with respect to the debt to be due and payable immediately, which in turn could result in cross defaults under other debt instruments. Our assets and cash flow may not be sufficient to fully repay borrowings under all of our outstanding debt instruments if some or all of these instruments are accelerated upon a default.

We may incur additional indebtedness in the future. The debt instruments governing such indebtedness could contain provisions that are as, or more, restrictive than our existing debt instruments. If we are unable to repay, refinance or restructure our indebtedness when payment is due, the lenders could proceed collection against the collateral granted to them to secure such indebtedness or force us into bankruptcy or liquidation.

Economic or business instability may have a negative impact on our business.

Continuing concerns over U.S. health care reform legislation, geopolitical issues and government stimulus programs in the United States and other countries have contributed to volatility for the global economy. If the economic climate worsens, our business, including our access to patient samples and the addressable market for our products that we may successfully develop, as well as the financial condition of our suppliers and our commercial third-party payors, could be adversely affected, resulting in a negative impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In the event of an economic slowdown, investment in bioinformatics and genetic research and development may also experience a corresponding slowdown.

27


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Government Regulation

The safety and efficacy of some of our products is not yet supported by long-term clinical data, which could limit sales, and our products might therefore prove to be less safe or effective than initially anticipated.

Our products that we market in the United States are regulated as medical devices by the FDA and have received premarket clearance under Section 510(k) of the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, or the FDCA. In the 510(k) clearance process, before a device may be marketed the FDA must determine that a proposed device is "substantially equivalent" to a legally-marketed "predicate" device, which includes a device that has been previously cleared through the 510(k) process, a device that was legally marketed prior to May 28, 1976 (preamendments device), a device that was originally on the U.S. market pursuant to an approved premarket approval, or PMA, application and later downclassified, or a 510(k)-exempt device. This process is typically shorter and generally requires the submission of less supporting documentation than the FDA's PMA process and does not always require long-term clinical studies.

In the European Economic Area, or EEA, manufacturers of medical devices are required by the Medical Devices Directive to collect post-marketing clinical data in relation to their CE marked medical devices. Post-market surveillance includes the conduct of post-market clinical follow-up studies permitting manufacturers to gather information concerning quality, safety or performance of medical devices after they have been placed on the market in the EU. All information collected as part of the post-market surveillance process must be reviewed, investigated and analyzed on a regular basis in order to determine whether trending conclusions can be made concerning the safety or performance of the medical device and decisions must be taken in relation to the continued marketing of medical devices currently on the market. We expect to incur ongoing costs to comply with these post-market clinical obligations in all CE accepting countries and other EEA markets for so long as we continue to market and sell products in those markets. We anticipate that these costs will be immaterial going forward.

Given the foregoing regulatory environment in which we operate, we lack the breadth of published long-term clinical data supporting the safety and efficacy of our products and the benefits they offer that might have been generated if they had been authorized for marketing pursuant to the PMA process. For these reasons, surgeons and other clinicians may be slow to adopt our products, we may not have comparative data that our competitors have or are generating, and we may be subject to greater regulatory and product liability risks. Further, future patient studies or clinical experience may indicate that use of our products does not improve patient outcomes. Such results would slow the adoption of our products by surgeons, would significantly reduce our ability to achieve expected sales and could prevent us from achieving and maintaining profitability.

If future patient studies or clinical testing do not support our belief that our products are advantageous, market acceptance of our products could fail to increase or could decrease and our business could be harmed. Moreover, if future results and experience indicate that our products cause unexpected or serious complications or other unforeseen negative effects, we could be subject to mandatory product recalls, suspension or withdrawal of FDA or other governmental clearance or approval or CE Certificates of Conformity, significant legal liability or harm to our business reputation.

If we choose to, or are required to, conduct additional studies, such studies or experience could reduce the rate of coverage and reimbursement by both public and private third-party payors for procedures that are performed with our products, slow the market adoption of our products by physicians, significantly reduce our ability to achieve expected revenues and prevent us from becoming profitable.

28


Table of Contents

If we or our suppliers fail to comply with the FDA's Quality System Regulation, our manufacturing operations could be delayed or shut down and our sales could suffer.

Our manufacturing processes and those of our third-party suppliers are required to comply with the FDA's Quality System Regulation, or QSR, which is a complex regulatory scheme that covers the procedures and documentation of the design, testing, production, control, quality assurance, labeling, packaging, sterilization, storage and shipping of our devices. Furthermore, we are required to verify that our suppliers maintain facilities, procedures and operations that comply with our quality and applicable regulatory requirements. The FDA enforces the QSR through periodic announced or unannounced inspections of medical device manufacturing facilities, which may include the facilities of subcontractors. We are also subject to similar state requirements and licenses. If we or our suppliers and contract manufacturers are found to be in violation of the QSR or comparable regulatory requirements, our operations could be disrupted and our manufacturing interrupted. Failure to take adequate and prompt corrective action in response to an adverse inspection could result in, among other things, a partial or total shut-down of our manufacturing operations, significant fines, consent decrees, injunctions, untitled letters, warning letters, injunctions, customer notifications or repair, replacement, refunds, recall, detention or seizure of our products, suspension of marketing clearances and approvals, seizures or recalls of our devices, operating restrictions, refusal to grant export approval for our products, refusing or delaying our requests for 510(k) clearance or PMA approval of new products or modified products, withdrawing 510(k) clearances or PMA approvals that have already been granted and criminal prosecutions, any of which would cause our business to suffer. Furthermore, our key component suppliers may not currently be or may not continue to be in compliance with applicable regulatory requirements, which may result in manufacturing delays for our devices and cause revenues to decline.

Many of our customers are required to comply with the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act and implementing regulation affecting the transmission, security and privacy of health information, and failure to comply could result in significant penalties.

Numerous federal and state laws and regulations, including the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, and the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, or the HITECH Act govern the collection, dissemination, security, use and confidentiality of health information that identifies specific patients. HIPAA and the HITECH Act require our surgeon and hospital customers to comply with certain standards for the use and disclosure of health information within their companies and with third parties. The Privacy Standards and Security Standards under HIPAA establish a set of standards for the protection of individually identifiable health information by health plans, health care clearinghouses and certain health care providers, referred to as Covered Entities, and the business associates with whom Covered Entities enter into service relationships pursuant to which individually identifiable health information may be exchanged. Notably, whereas HIPAA previously directly regulated only these Covered Entities, the HITECH Act makes certain of HIPAA's privacy and security standards also directly applicable to Covered Entities' business associates. As a result, both Covered Entities and business associates are now subject to significant civil and criminal penalties for failure to comply with Privacy Standards and Security Standards.

HIPAA requires Covered Entities (like many of our customers) and business associates to develop and maintain policies and procedures with respect to protected health information that is used or disclosed, including the adoption of administrative, physical and technical safeguards to protect such information. The HITECH Act expands the notification requirement for breaches of patient-identifiable health information, restricts certain disclosures and sales of patient-identifiable health information and provides for civil monetary penalties for HIPAA violations. The HITECH Act also increased the civil

29


Table of Contents

and criminal penalties that may be imposed against Covered Entities and business associates and gave state attorneys general new authority to file civil actions for damages or injunctions in federal courts to enforce the federal HIPAA laws and seek attorney fees and costs associated with pursuing federal civil actions. Additionally, certain states have adopted comparable privacy and security laws and regulations, some of which may be more stringent than HIPAA.

We are not currently required to comply with HIPAA or the HITECH Act because we are neither a Covered Entity nor a business associate. However, in administering our warranties and complying with FDA required device tracking, we do regularly handle confidential and personal information similar to that which these laws seek to protect. We also occasionally encounter hospital customers who pressure us to sign Business Associate Agreements, or BAAs, although, to date, we have refused, given that we do not believe we are business associates to such Covered Entities under HIPAA or the HITECH Act. If the law or regulations were to change or if we were to agree to sign a BAA, the costs of complying with the HIPAA standards are burdensome and could have a material adverse effect on our business. In addition, under such situations there would be significant risks and financial penalties for us if we were then found to have violated the laws and regulations that pertain to Covered Entities and business associates.

Any new legislation or regulation in the area of privacy and security of personal information, including personal health information, could also adversely affect our business operations. If we do not comply with existing or new applicable federal or state laws and regulations related to patient health information, we could be subject to criminal or civil sanctions and any resulting liability could adversely affect our financial condition.

In addition, countries around the world have passed or are considering legislation that would impose data breach notification requirements and/or require that companies adopt specific data security requirements. If we experience a data breach that triggers one or more of these laws, we may be subject to breach notification obligations, civil liability and litigation, all of which could also generate negative publicity and have a negative impact on our business. For additional discussion of the data privacy laws and regulations applicable to us, see "Business — Government Regulation — Federal, State, and Foreign Fraud and Abuse, Data Privacy and Security and Physician Payment Transparency Laws."

Healthcare policy changes, including recent federal legislation to reform the U.S. healthcare system, may have a material adverse effect on us.

In March 2010, President Obama signed the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Affordability Reconciliation Act, or PPACA. Among other things, PPACA:

30


Table of Contents

In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted in the United States since the PPACA was enacted. On August 2, 2011, under the Budget Control Act of 2011 payments to Medicare providers are cut under a sequestration process by 2% each year relative to baseline spending through 2021. This policy was subsequently extended through 2024. In the Protecting Access to Medicare Act, the sequestration policy was frontloaded for the year 2024 such that Medicare providers would be cut 4% in the first half of 2024 and 0% in the second half of 2024. Due to subsequent legislative amendments to the statute, these cuts will remain in effect through 2024 unless additional Congressional action is taken. On January 2, 2013, President Obama signed into law the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, which, among other things, further reduced Medicare payments to several providers, including hospitals and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years.

We expect that additional state and federal healthcare reform measures will be adopted in the future, any of which could limit the amounts that federal and state governments will pay for healthcare devices and services, which could result in reduced demand for our devices or additional pricing pressures. For additional discussion of healthcare reform see "Business — Healthcare Reform."

Our devices may in the future be subject to recalls or voluntary market withdrawals that could harm our reputation, business and financial results.

Manufacturers may, on their own initiative, initiate actions, including a non-reportable market withdrawal or a reportable product recall, for the purpose of correcting a material deficiency, improving device performance or other reasons. Additionally, the FDA and similar foreign governmental authorities have the authority to require the recall of commercialized devices in the event of material deficiencies or defects in the design, manufacture or labeling in the event that a product poses an unacceptable risk to health. In the case of the FDA, the authority to require a recall must be based on an FDA finding that there is a reasonable probability that the device would cause serious adverse health consequences or death. Manufacturers may, under their own initiative, conduct a device notification to inform surgeons of changes to instructions for use or of a deficiency, or of a suspected deficiency, found in a device. A government-mandated recall or voluntary recall by us or one of our distributors could occur as a result of component failures, manufacturing errors, design or labeling defects or other issues. Recalls, which include certain notifications and corrections as well as removals, of any of our devices, could divert managerial and financial resources and could have an adverse effect on our financial condition, harm our reputation with customers and reduce our ability to achieve expected revenues.

Further, under the FDA's Medical Device Reporting regulations, we are required to report to the FDA any incident in which our product may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or in which our product malfunctioned and, if the malfunction were to recur, would likely cause or contribute to death or serious injury. Any adverse event involving our products could result in future voluntary corrective actions, such as product actions or customer notifications, or regulatory authority actions, such as inspection, mandatory recall or other enforcement action. Repeated product malfunctions may result in a voluntary or involuntary product recall, which could divert managerial and financial resources, impair our ability to manufacture our products in a cost-effective and timely manner and have an adverse effect on our reputation, financial condition and operating results.

31


Table of Contents

Moreover, depending on the corrective action we take to redress a product's deficiencies or defects, the FDA may require, or we may decide, that we will need to obtain new approvals or clearances for the device before we may market or distribute the corrected device. Seeking such approvals or clearances may delay our ability to replace the recalled devices in a timely manner. Moreover, if we do not adequately address problems associated with our devices, we may face additional regulatory enforcement action, including FDA warning letters, product seizure, injunctions, administrative penalties, withdrawals or clearances or approvals or civil or criminal fines. We may also be required to bear other costs or take other actions that may have a negative impact on our sales as well as face significant adverse publicity or regulatory consequences, which could harm our business, including our ability to market our products in the future.

Legislative or regulatory reforms in the United States or Europe may make it more difficult and costly for us to obtain regulatory clearances or approvals for our products or to produce, market or distribute our products after clearance or approval is obtained.

From time to time, legislation is drafted and introduced in Congress that could significantly change the statutory provisions governing the regulation of medical devices or the reimbursement thereof. In addition, the FDA regulations and guidance are often revised or reinterpreted by the FDA in ways that may significantly affect our business and our devices. For example, in response to industry and healthcare provider concerns regarding the predictability, consistency and rigor of the 510(k) clearance process, the FDA initiated an evaluation, and in January 2011, announced several proposed actions intended to reform the clearance process. In addition, as part of the Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act, or FDASIA, Congress reauthorized the Medical Device User Fee Amendments with various FDA performance goal commitments and enacted several "Medical Device Regulatory Improvements" and miscellaneous reforms, which are further intended to clarify and improve medical device regulation both pre- and post-clearance or approval. Any new statutes, regulations or revisions or reinterpretations of existing regulations may impose additional costs or lengthen review times of any future products or make it more difficult to manufacture, market or distribute our devices or future products. We cannot determine what effect changes in regulations, statutes, legal interpretation or policies, when and if promulgated, enacted or adopted may have on our business in the future. Such changes could, among other things, require:

Any of these changes could require substantial time and cost and could harm our business and our financial results.

In September 2012, the European Commission published proposals for the revision of the EU regulatory framework for medical devices. The proposal would replace the EU Medical Devices Directive and the Active Implantable Medical Devices Directive with a new regulation (the Medical Devices Regulation). Unlike the Directives that must be implemented into national laws, the Regulation would be directly applicable in all EEA Member States and so is intended to eliminate current national differences in regulation of medical devices.

In October 2013, the European Parliament approved a package of reforms to the European Commission's proposals. Under the revised proposals, only designated "special notified bodies" would be entitled to conduct conformity assessments of high-risk devices. These special notified bodies will

32


Table of Contents

need to notify the European Commission when they receive an application for a conformity assessment for a new high-risk device. The European Commission will then forward the notification and the accompanying documents on the device to the Medical Devices Coordination Group, or MDCG (a new, yet to be created, body chaired by the European Commission, and representatives of EEA Member States), for an opinion. These new procedures may result in a longer or more burdensome assessment of our new products.

We are subject to federal, state and foreign healthcare laws and regulations, and a finding of failure to comply with such laws and regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our operations are, and will continue to be, directly and indirectly affected by various federal, state or foreign healthcare laws, including, but not limited to, those described below. These laws include:

33


Table of Contents

The risk of our being found in violation of these laws is increased by the fact that many of them have not been fully interpreted by the regulatory authorities or the courts, and their provisions are open to a variety of interpretations. Because of the breadth of these laws and the narrowness of the statutory exceptions and safe harbors available under such laws, it is possible that some of our business activities, including our relationships with surgeons and other healthcare providers, some of whom recommend, purchase and/or prescribe our devices, and our distributors, could be subject to challenge under one or more of such laws. For additional discussion of the healthcare laws and regulations applicable to us, see "Business — Government Regulation — Federal, State, and Foreign Fraud and Abuse, Data Privacy and Security and Physician Payment Transparency Laws."

If our operations are found to be in violation of any of the laws described above or any other governmental regulations that apply to us now or in the future, we may be subject to penalties, including civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, exclusion from governmental

34


Table of Contents

health care programs and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our financial results. Any action against us for violation of these laws, even if we successfully defend against it, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and divert our management's attention from the operation of our business.

We could be negatively impacted by violations of global anti-bribery laws, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act.

Certain anti-bribery laws, including the FCPA or the UK Bribery Act of 2010 prohibit covered entities from offering, promising, authorizing or giving anything of value, directly or indirectly, to foreign officials or other commercial parties with the intent to influence the recipient's act or decision, to induce action or inaction in violation of lawful duty or for the purpose of improperly obtaining or retaining business or other advantages. In addition, the FCPA imposes recordkeeping and internal controls requirements on publicly traded corporations and their foreign affiliates.

As a significant portion of our revenue is, and we expect will continue to be, from countries outside the United States, we are subject to the risk that we, our employees, or any third parties such as sales agents and distributors acting our behalf in foreign countries may take action determined to be in violation of applicable anti-corruption laws, including the FCPA.

Any violations of these laws, or even allegations of such violations, can lead to an investigation, which could disrupt our operations, involve significant management distraction, lead to significant costs and expenses, including legal fees, and could result in a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition or operations. We could also suffer severe penalties, including criminal and civil penalties, disgorgement and other costly remedial measures.

Although we have implemented a program designed to ensure our employees and distributors comply with the FCPA and other anti-bribery laws, this program may not prevent all potential violations of the FCPA and other anti-corruption laws. Similarly, our books and records and internal control policies and procedures do not guarantee that we will, in all instances, comply with the accounting provisions of the FCPA.

The misuse or off-label use of our devices may harm our image in the marketplace, result in injuries that lead to product liability suits or result in costly investigations and FDA sanctions if we are deemed to have engaged in such promotion, any of which could be costly to our business.

Our products have been cleared by the FDA for specific uses. Our promotional materials and training methods must comply with FDA and other applicable laws and regulations, including the prohibition of a medical device for a use that has not been cleared or approved by FDA, or "off-label" use. We train our marketing and direct sales force to not promote our products for uses outside of the FDA-cleared indications for use. For example, our AirSeal iFS unit is cleared for the indication to facilitate the use of various laparoscopic instruments by filling the abdominal cavity with gas to distend it, by creating and maintaining a gas sealed obstruction-free instrument path and by evacuating surgical smoke. It is used to insufflate the rectum and colon to facilitate endoscopic observation, diagnosis and treatment. Physicians may use our products off-label, as the FDA does not restrict or regulate a physician's choice of treatment within the practice of medicine. As such, we cannot prevent a physician from using our products off-label, when in the physician's independent professional medical judgment he or she deems it appropriate. There may be increased risk of injury to patients if physicians attempt to use our devices off-label. Furthermore, the use of our devices for indications other than those cleared by the FDA or approved by any foreign regulatory body may not effectively treat such conditions, which could harm our reputation in the marketplace among physicians and patients.

35


Table of Contents

If the FDA or any foreign regulatory body determines that our promotional materials or training constitute promotion of an off-label use, it could request that we modify our training or promotional materials or subject us to regulatory or enforcement actions, including the issuance or imposition of an untitled letter, a warning letter, injunction, seizure, civil fine or criminal penalties. It is also possible that other federal, state or foreign enforcement authorities might take action under other regulatory authority, such as false claims laws, if they consider our business activities to constitute promotion of an off-label use, which could result in significant penalties, including, but not limited to, criminal, civil and administrative penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs and the curtailment of our operations.

Our business and products are subject to extensive governmental regulation and oversight, and our failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements could harm our business.

Our products are medical devices that are subject to extensive regulation by FDA in the United States and by regulatory agencies in other countries where we plan to do business. Government regulations specific to medical devices are wide-ranging and govern, among other things:

The regulations to which we are subject are complex and have tended to become more stringent over time. Regulatory changes could result in restrictions on our ability to carry on or expand our operations, higher than anticipated costs or lower than anticipated sales.

In the United States, before we can market a new medical device, or a new use of, new claim for or significant modification to an existing product, we must first receive either clearance under Section 510(k) of the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA or approval of a PMA application from the FDA, unless an exemption applies. In the 510(k) clearance process, before a device may be marketed, the FDA must determine that a proposed device is "substantially equivalent" to a legally-marketed "predicate" device, which includes a device that has been previously cleared through the 510(k) process, a device that was legally marketed prior to May 28, 1976 (preamendments device), a device that was originally on the U.S. market pursuant to a PMA application and later downclassified or a 510(k)-exempt device. To be "substantially equivalent," the proposed device must have the same intended use as the predicate device, and either have the same technological characteristics as the predicate device or have different technological characteristics and not raise different questions of safety or effectiveness than the predicate device. Clinical data are sometimes required to support substantial equivalence. In the PMA process, the FDA must determine that a proposed device is safe and effective for its intended use based, in part, on extensive data, including, but not limited to, technical, pre-clinical, clinical trial, manufacturing and labeling data. The PMA process is typically required for devices that are deemed to pose the greatest risk, such as life-sustaining, life-supporting or implantable devices. Products that are approved through a PMA application generally need FDA approval before they can be modified. Similarly, some modifications made to products cleared through a 510(k) may require a new 510(k). Either process can be expensive, lengthy and unpredictable. The FDA's 510(k) clearance process usually takes from three to 9 months,

36


Table of Contents

but can last longer. The process of obtaining a PMA is much more costly and uncertain than the 510(k) clearance process and generally takes from one to three years, or even longer, from the time the application is filed with the FDA. In addition, a PMA generally requires the performance of one or more clinical trials. Despite the time, effort and cost, we cannot assure you that any particular device will be approved or cleared by the FDA. Any delay or failure to obtain necessary regulatory approvals could harm our business. Furthermore, even if we are granted regulatory clearances or approvals, they may include significant limitations on certain uses for the device, which may limit the market for the device.

In the United States, we have obtained 510(k) premarket clearances from the FDA to market our products for certain indications. For example, our AirSeal iFS unit is cleared for the indication to facilitate the use of various laparoscopic instruments by filling the abdominal cavity with gas to distend it, by creating and maintaining a gas sealed obstruction-free instrument path and by evacuating surgical smoke. It is used to insufflate the rectum and colon to facilitate endoscopic observation, diagnosis and treatment. An element of our strategy is to continue to upgrade our products, add new features and expand the cleared indications for our products. We expect that certain of these modifications may require new 510(k) clearance; however, future modifications may be subject to the substantially more costly, time-consuming and uncertain PMA process. If the FDA requires us to go through a lengthier, more rigorous examination for future products or modifications to existing products than we had expected, product introductions or modifications could be delayed or canceled, which could cause our sales to decline.

The FDA can delay, limit or deny clearance or approval of a device for many reasons, including:

In addition, the FDA may change its clearance and approval policies, adopt additional regulations or revise existing regulations or take other actions, which may prevent or delay approval or clearance of our future products under development or impact our ability to modify our currently cleared product on a timely basis. For example, in response to industry and healthcare provider concerns regarding the predictability, consistency and rigor of the 510(k) clearance process, the FDA initiated an evaluation, and in January 2011, announced several proposed actions intended to reform the 510(k) clearance process. The FDA intends these reform actions to improve the efficiency and transparency of the clearance process, as well as bolster patient safety. In addition, as part of FDASIA enacted in 2012, Congress reauthorized the Medical Device User Fee Amendments with various FDA performance goal commitments and enacted several "Medical Device Regulatory Improvements" and miscellaneous reforms, which are further intended to clarify and improve medical device regulation both pre- and post-clearance and approval. Some of these proposals and reforms could impose additional regulatory requirements upon us that could delay our ability to obtain new 510(k) clearances, increase the costs of compliance or restrict our ability to maintain our current clearances.

Even after we have obtained the proper regulatory clearance or approval to market a product, we have ongoing responsibilities under FDA regulations. The failure to comply with applicable regulations could jeopardize our ability to sell our products and result in enforcement actions such as:

37


Table of Contents

Any of these sanctions could result in higher than anticipated costs or lower than anticipated sales and harm our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations.

In order to sell our products in member countries of the EEA our products must comply with the essential requirements of the EU Medical Devices Directive (Council Directive 93/42/EEC). Compliance with these requirements is a prerequisite to be able to affix the Conformité Européene, or CE, mark to our devices, without which they cannot be sold or marketed in the EEA. To demonstrate compliance with the essential requirements we must undergo a conformity assessment procedure, which varies according to the type of medical device and its classification. Except for low-risk medical devices (Class I with no measuring function and which are not sterile), where the manufacturer can issue an EC Declaration of Conformity based on a self-assessment of the conformity of its products with the essential requirements of the EU Medical Devices Directive, a conformity assessment procedure requires the intervention of an organization accredited by a Member State of the EEA to conduct conformity assessments, or a Notified Body. Depending on the relevant conformity assessment procedure, the Notified Body would typically audit and examine the technical file and the quality system for the manufacture, design and final inspection of our devices. The Notified Body issues a certificate following successful completion of a conformity assessment procedure conducted in relation to the medical device and its manufacturer and their conformity with the essential requirements. This certificate entitles the manufacturer to affix the CE mark to its medical devices after having prepared and signed a related EC Declaration of Conformity.

As a general rule, demonstration of conformity of medical devices and their manufacturers with the essential requirements must be based, among other things, on the evaluation of clinical data supporting the safety and performance of the products during normal conditions of use. Specifically, a manufacturer must demonstrate that the device achieves its intended performance during normal conditions of use, that the known and foreseeable risks, and any adverse events, are minimized and acceptable when weighed against the benefits of its intended performance and that any claims made about the performance and safety of the device (e.g., product labeling and instructions for use) are supported by suitable evidence. We favorably concluded the relevant assessments of conformity with the EU Medical Devices Directive and obtained the right to affix the CE mark to our products in 2008. If we fail to remain in compliance with applicable European laws and directives, we would not be able to continue to affix the CE mark to these systems, which would prevent us from selling them within the EEA.

38


Table of Contents

We will also need to obtain regulatory approval in other foreign jurisdictions in which we plan to market and sell our devices.

We may fail to obtain or maintain foreign regulatory approvals to market our products in other countries.

We currently market our products internationally and intend to expand our international marketing. International jurisdictions require separate regulatory approvals and compliance with numerous and varying regulatory requirements. For example, we intend to continue to seek regulatory clearance to market our primary products in Brazil and other key markets. The approval procedures vary among countries and may involve requirements for additional testing, and the time required to obtain approval may differ from country to country and from that required to obtain FDA clearance or approval.

Clearance or approval by the FDA does not ensure approval or certification by regulatory authorities in other countries or jurisdictions, and approval or certification by one foreign regulatory authority does not ensure approval or certification by regulatory authorities in other foreign countries or by the FDA. The foreign regulatory approval or certification process may include all of the risks associated with obtaining FDA clearance or approval. We may not obtain foreign regulatory approvals on a timely basis, if at all. We may not be able to file for regulatory approvals or certifications and may not receive necessary approvals to commercialize our products in any market. If we fail to receive necessary approvals or certifications to commercialize our products in foreign jurisdictions on a timely basis, or at all, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

Modifications to our devices may require new 510(k) clearances or approvals of PMAs or may require us to recall or cease marketing our devices until clearances or approvals are obtained.

Any modification to a 510(k)-cleared device that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a major change in its intended use, design or manufacture, requires a new 510(k) clearance or, possibly, approval of a PMA. The FDA requires every manufacturer to make this determination in the first instance, but the FDA may review any manufacturer's decision. The FDA may not agree with our decisions regarding whether new clearances or approvals are necessary. We have made modifications to our products in the past and have determined based on our review of the applicable FDA regulations and guidance that in certain instances new 510(k) clearances or PMA approvals were not required. We may make similar modifications or add additional features in the future that we believe do not require a new 510(k) clearance or approval of a PMA. If the FDA disagrees with our determination and requires us to submit new 510(k) notifications or PMA applications for modifications to our previously cleared products for which we have concluded that new clearances or approvals are unnecessary, we may be required to cease marketing or to recall the modified product until we obtain clearance or approval, and we may be subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties.

Furthermore, the FDA's ongoing review of the 510(k) clearance process may make it more difficult for us to make modifications to our previously cleared products, either by imposing more strict requirements on when a new 510(k) notification for a modification to a previously cleared product must be submitted, or applying more onerous review criteria to such submissions. For example, the FDA is currently reviewing its guidance describing when it believes a manufacturer is obligated to submit a new 510(k) for modifications or changes to a previously cleared device. The FDA is expected to issue revised guidance to assist device manufacturers in making this determination. It is unclear whether the FDA's approach in this new guidance will result in substantive changes to existing policy and practice regarding the assessment of whether a new 510(k) is required for changes or modifications to existing devices. The FDA continues to review its 510(k) clearance process, which

39


Table of Contents

could result in additional changes to regulatory requirements or guidance documents, which could increase the costs of compliance or restrict our ability to maintain current clearances.

If coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors for procedures using our products significantly decline, surgeons, hospitals and other healthcare providers may be reluctant to use our products and our sales may decline.

In the United States, healthcare providers who purchase our products generally rely on third-party payors, principally Medicare, Medicaid and private health insurance plans, to pay for all or a portion of the cost of our products in the procedures in which they are employed. Because there is often no separate reimbursement for instruments and supplies used in surgical procedures, the additional cost associated with the use of our products can impact the profit margin of the hospital or surgery center where the surgery is performed. Some of our target customers may be unwilling to adopt our products in light of the additional associated cost. Further, any decline in the amount payors are willing to reimburse our customers for the procedures using our products may make it difficult for existing customers to continue using, or adopt, our products and could create additional pricing pressure for us. We may be unable to sell our products on a profitable basis if third-party payors deny coverage or reduce their current levels of reimbursement.

To contain costs of new technologies, governmental healthcare programs and third-party payors are increasingly scrutinizing new and even existing treatments by requiring extensive evidence of favorable clinical outcomes. Surgeons, hospitals and other healthcare providers may not purchase our devices if they do not receive satisfactory reimbursement from these third-party payors for the cost of the procedures using our devices.

In addition to uncertainties surrounding coverage policies, there are periodic changes to reimbursement. Third-party payors regularly update reimbursement amounts and also from time to time revise the methodologies used to determine reimbursement amounts. This includes annual updates to payments to physicians, hospitals and ambulatory surgery centers for procedures during which our products are used. Because the cost of our products generally is recovered by the healthcare provider as part of the payment for performing a procedure and not separately reimbursed, these updates could directly impact the demand for our products. An example of payment updates is the Medicare program's updates to hospital and physician payments, which are done on an annual basis using a prescribed statutory formula. With respect to physician payments, in the past, when the application of the formula resulted in lower payment, Congress has passed interim legislation to prevent the reductions. In April 2015, however, the Medicare Access and CHIP Reauthorization Act of 2015, or MACRA, was signed into law, which repealed and replaced the statutory formula for Medicare payment adjustments to physicians. MACRA provides a permanent end to the annual interim legislative updates that had previously been necessary to delay or prevent significant reductions to payments under the Medicare Physician Fee Schedule. MACRA extended existing payment rates through June 30, 2015, with a 0.5% update for July 1, 2015 through December 31, 2015, and for each calendar year through 2019, after which there will be a 0% annual update each year through 2025. In addition, MACRA requires the establishment of the Merit-Based Incentive Payment System, beginning in 2019, under which physicians may receive performance-based payment incentives or payment reductions based on their performance with respect to clinical quality, resource use, clinical improvement activities and meaningful use of electronic health records. MACRA also requires Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, beginning in 2019, to provide incentive payments for physicians and other eligible professionals that participate in alternative payment models, such as accountable care organizations, that emphasize quality and value over the traditional volume-based fee-for-service model. It is unclear what impact, if any, MACRA will have on our business and

40


Table of Contents

operating results, but any resulting decrease in payment may result in reduced demand for our products.

Moreover, some healthcare providers in the United States have adopted or are considering a managed care system in which the providers contract to provide comprehensive healthcare for a fixed cost per person. Healthcare providers may attempt to control costs by authorizing fewer surgical procedures or by requiring the use of the least expensive devices available. Additionally, as a result of reform of the U.S. healthcare system, changes in reimbursement policies or healthcare cost containment initiatives may limit or restrict coverage and reimbursement for our products and cause our revenue to decline.

Outside of the United States, reimbursement systems vary significantly by country. Many foreign markets have government-managed healthcare systems that govern reimbursement for laparoscopic procedures. Additionally, some foreign reimbursement systems provide for limited payments in a given period and therefore result in extended payment periods. If adequate levels of reimbursement from third-party payors outside of the United States are not obtained, international sales of our devices may decline. For additional discussion of coverage and reimbursement, see "Business — Coverage and Reimbursement."

Our relationships with physician consultants and investors could be subject to additional scrutiny from regulatory enforcement authorities and could subject us to possible administrative, civil or criminal sanctions.

Federal and state laws and regulations impose restrictions on our relationships with physician consultants, owners and investors. We have entered into consulting agreements with physicians or physician-owned companies, including some agreements in which we have provided stock, or stock options as compensation in certain physician consulting agreements. We could be adversely affected if regulatory agencies were to interpret our financial relationships with these physicians or hospital employees who may be in a position to influence the ordering of and use of our products for which governmental reimbursement may be available as being in violation of applicable laws. If our relationships with physicians or hospital employees in a position to influence the ordering or use of our products are found to be in violation of the laws and regulations that apply to us, we may be required to restructure the arrangements and could be subject to administrative, civil and criminal penalties including exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs, imprisonment and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations, any of which could negatively impact our ability to operate our business and our results of operations.

Risk Factors Related to Our Intellectual Property

If we are unable to adequately protect our proprietary technology or maintain issued patents that are sufficient to protect our intellectual property, others could compete against us more directly, which would have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

Our commercial success will depend in part on our success in continuing to obtain and maintain issued patents and other intellectual property rights, including trademarks, in the United States and elsewhere and protecting our proprietary technology. If we do not adequately protect our intellectual property and proprietary technology, competitors may be able to use our technology and erode or negate any competitive advantage that we may have, which could harm our business and our ability to achieve profitability.

We have a number of issued patents and pending patent applications in the United States which cover our AirSeal system which includes, among other products, the AirSeal Valve-Free Access Port, iFS unit

41


Table of Contents

and Multi-Lumen Filtered Tube Sets. Corresponding patents and patent applications have also been granted or are pending in Europe (United Kingdom, France and Germany), Brazil, Canada, Japan, China and Korea. Consequently, we expect to have patent coverage in the United States for key components of our AirSeal system including the AirSeal Valve-Free Access Port, until at least 2032, with possible extended coverage from pending applications should they be granted.

Our patents may not have, or our pending patent applications that mature into issued patents may not include, claims with a scope sufficient to protect the AirSeal system and our other products associated therewith. Other parties may have developed technologies that may be related or competitive to our approach and may have filed or may file patent applications and may have received or may receive patents that may overlap or conflict with our patent applications, either by claiming the same subject matter or by claiming subject matter that could dominate our patent position. The patent positions of medical device companies, including our own patent position, involve complex legal and factual questions and, therefore, the issuance, scope, validity and enforceability of any patent claims that we may obtain can be unpredictable.

Patents, if issued, may be challenged, deemed unenforceable, invalidated or circumvented. U.S. patents and patent applications may also be subject to interference proceedings, ex parte reexamination, inter partes review proceedings, post-grant review proceedings and challenges in district court. Patents may be subjected to opposition, post-grant review or comparable proceedings lodged in various foreign patent offices. These proceedings could result in either loss of a patent or denial of a patent application or loss or reduction in the scope of one or more of the claims of a patent or patent application. In addition, such proceedings may be costly. Thus, any patents that we own may not provide any protection against competitors. Furthermore, an adverse decision in an interference proceeding can result in a third party receiving the patent right sought by us, which in turn could affect our ability to further develop, market or otherwise commercialize our AirSeal system.

Furthermore, though an issued patent is presumed valid and enforceable, its issuance is not conclusive as to its validity or its enforceability, and it may not provide us with adequate proprietary protection or competitive advantages against competitors with similar products. Competitors may also be able to design around our patents. Other parties may develop and obtain patent protection for more effective technologies. We may not be able to prevent the unauthorized disclosure or use of our technical knowledge or trade secrets by consultants, vendors, former employees and current employees. The laws of some foreign countries do not protect our proprietary rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States, and we may encounter significant problems in protecting our proprietary rights in these countries. If these developments were to occur, they could have a material adverse effect on our sales.

Our ability to enforce our patent rights depends on our ability to detect infringement by other parties. It is difficult to detect infringers who do not advertise the components of their products. Moreover, it may be difficult or impossible to obtain evidence of infringement in a competitor's or potential competitor's product.

In addition, proceedings to enforce or defend our patents could put our patents at risk of being invalidated, held unenforceable or interpreted narrowly. Such proceedings could also provoke third parties to assert claims against us, including that some or all of the claims in one or more of our patents are invalid or otherwise unenforceable. If any of our patents covering our AirSeal system are invalidated or found unenforceable, our financial position and results of operations would be materially and adversely impacted. In addition, if a court found that valid, enforceable patents held by third parties covered our AirSeal system, our financial position and results of operations would also be materially and adversely impacted.

42


Table of Contents

The degree of future protection for our proprietary rights is uncertain, and we cannot ensure that:

We rely upon unpatented trade secrets, unpatented know-how and continuing technological innovation to develop and maintain our competitive position, which we seek to protect, in part, by confidentiality agreements with our employees and our collaborators and consultants. We also have agreements with our employees and selected consultants that obligate them to assign their inventions to us and have non-compete agreements with some, but not all, of our consultants. It is possible that technology relevant to our business will be independently developed by a person that is not a party to such an agreement. Furthermore, if the employees and consultants who are parties to these agreements breach or violate the terms of these agreements, we may not have adequate remedies for any such breach or violation, and we could lose our trade secrets through such breaches or violations. Further, our trade secrets could otherwise become known or be independently discovered by our competitors.

We may become dependent on obtaining access to third party intellectual property rights in the future.

We may be required to enter into one or more licenses to third party intellectual property that we find necessary or useful to our business, or that the third party owner asserts we are infringing. In such a case, even if we are successful in obtaining terms that are commercially reasonable, a future licensor might also allege that we have breached our license agreement and may accordingly seek to terminate our license with them, or may insist on the right to terminate such a license at will. If successful, any such termination could result in our loss of the right to use the licensed intellectual property, which could materially adversely affect our ability to develop and commercialize a product, as well as harm our competitive business position and our business prospects.

We may be subject to litigation alleging we infringe the intellectual property rights of others, which may prevent or delay our product development efforts and stop us from commercializing or increase the costs of commercializing our products.

Our success will depend in part on our ability to operate without infringing the intellectual property and proprietary rights of third parties. Our business, products and methods could infringe the patents or other intellectual property rights of third parties.

43


Table of Contents

The medical device industry is characterized by extensive litigation regarding patents and other intellectual property rights. Other parties may allege that our AirSeal system or the use of that technology by our customers infringes patent claims or other intellectual property rights held by them or that we are employing their proprietary technology without authorization. Patent and other types of intellectual property litigation can involve complex factual and legal questions, and their outcome is uncertain. Any claim relating to intellectual property infringement that is successfully asserted against us may require us to pay substantial damages, including treble damages and attorney's fees if we are found to be willfully infringing another party's patents, for past use of the asserted intellectual property and royalties and other consideration going forward if we are forced to take a license. In addition, if any such claim were successfully asserted against us and we could not obtain a license, we may be forced to stop manufacturing, selling or otherwise commercializing the AirSeal system or our other products.

Even if we are successful in these proceedings, we may incur substantial costs and divert management time and attention in pursuing these proceedings, which could have a material adverse effect on us. If we are unable to avoid infringing the patent rights of others, we may be required to seek a license, defend an infringement action or challenge the validity of the patents in court or redesign our products. Patent litigation is costly and time consuming. We may not have sufficient resources to bring these actions to a successful conclusion. In addition, intellectual property litigation or claims could force us to do one or more of the following:

Any of these risks coming to fruition could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

We may be subject to claims challenging the inventorship or ownership of our patents and other intellectual property.

We may be subject to claims that former employees, collaborators or other third parties have an ownership interest in our patents or other intellectual property. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these and other claims challenging inventorship or ownership. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights, such as exclusive ownership of, or right to use, valuable intellectual property. Such an outcome could have a material adverse effect on our business. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management and other employees.

44


Table of Contents

Obtaining and maintaining our patent protection depends on compliance with various procedures, document submission requirements, fee payments and other requirements imposed by governmental patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements.

The U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and various foreign governmental patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payments such as maintenance and annuity fee payments and other provisions during the patent procurement process as well as over the life span of an issued patent. There are situations in which noncompliance can result in abandonment or lapse of a patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. In such an event, competitors might be able to enter the market earlier than would otherwise have been the case.

We may be involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our patents, which could be expensive, time-consuming and unsuccessful.

Competitors may infringe our patents. To counter infringement or unauthorized use, we may be required to file infringement claims, which can be expensive and time-consuming. In addition, in an infringement proceeding, a court may decide that a patent of ours is invalid, unenforceable or not infringed or may refuse to stop the other party from using the technology at issue on the grounds that our patent does not cover the technology in question. An adverse result in any litigation or defense proceedings could put one or more of our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly.

While increasingly rare in occurrence, interference proceedings provoked by third parties or brought by us may be necessary to determine the priority of inventions with respect to our patents or patent applications. An unfavorable outcome in such a proceeding could require us to cease using the related technology or to attempt to license rights to it from the prevailing party. Our business could be harmed if the prevailing party does not offer us a license on commercially reasonable terms. Our defense of interference proceedings may fail and, even if successful, may result in substantial costs and distract our management and other employees.

Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation. There could also be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments. If securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a material adverse effect on the price of our common stock.

Issued patents covering our products could be found invalid or unenforceable if challenged in court.

If we initiated legal proceedings against a third party to enforce a patent covering our AirSeal system or our other products, the defendant could counterclaim that the patent covering our product is invalid and/or unenforceable. In patent litigation in the United States, defendant counterclaims alleging invalidity or unenforceability are commonplace. Grounds for a validity challenge include alleged failures to meet any one of several statutory requirements, including lack of novelty, obviousness, indefiniteness or non-enablement. Grounds for unenforceability assertions include allegations that someone connected with prosecution of the patent intentionally withheld information material to patentability from the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or made a misleading statement during prosecution.

Third parties may also raise similar claims before administrative bodies in the United States or abroad, even outside the context of litigation. Such mechanisms include re-examination, post grant review and

45


Table of Contents

equivalent proceedings in foreign jurisdictions, e.g., opposition proceedings. Such proceedings could result in revocation or amendment of our patents in such a way that they no longer cover our products or competitive products. The outcome following legal assertions of invalidity and unenforceability is unpredictable. With respect to validity, for example, it is possible that there is no invalidating prior art, of which we and the patent examiner were unaware during prosecution. If a defendant were to prevail on a legal assertion of invalidity or unenforceability, we would lose at least part, and perhaps all, of the patent protection on our product. Such a loss of protection would have a material adverse impact on our business.

We do not seek to protect our intellectual property rights in all jurisdictions throughout the world and we may not be able to adequately enforce our intellectual property rights even in the jurisdictions where we seek protection.

Filing, prosecuting and defending patents on our products in all countries and jurisdictions throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive, and our intellectual property rights in some countries outside the United States could be less extensive than those in the United States. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as the patent laws in the United States. Consequently, we may not be able to prevent third parties from practicing our inventions in all countries outside the United States, or from selling or importing products made using our inventions in and into the United States or other jurisdictions. Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop their own products and further, may export otherwise infringing products to territories where we have patent protection, but enforcement is not as strong as that in the United States. These products may compete with our products, and our patents or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from competing.

The legal systems of certain countries, particularly certain developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents and other intellectual property protection, including those relating to medical devices, which could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our patents or marketing of competing products in violation of our proprietary rights generally. Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business, could put our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly, could put our patent applications at risk of not issuing and could provoke third parties to assert claims against us. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful. Accordingly, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights around the world may be inadequate to obtain a significant commercial advantage from the intellectual property that we develop.

If our trademarks and trade names are not adequately protected, we may not be able to build name recognition in our markets of interest and our business may be adversely affected.

We have a number of registered trademarks and pending trademark applications, including AirSeal, in many of our markets, including in international markets. Our applications may not be allowed for registration, and our registered trademarks may not be maintained or enforced. In addition, opposition or cancellation proceedings may be filed against our trademark applications and registrations, and our trademarks may not survive such proceedings. If we do not secure registrations for our trademarks, we may encounter more difficulty in enforcing them against third parties than we otherwise would. Our registered or unregistered trademarks or trade names may be challenged, infringed, circumvented or declared generic or determined to be infringing on other marks. We may not be able to protect our rights to these trademarks and trade names, which we need to build name recognition by potential partners or customers in our markets of interest. Over the long term, if we are unable to establish

46


Table of Contents

name recognition based on our trademarks and trade names, then we may not be able to compete effectively and our business may be adversely affected.

Changes in U.S. patent law could diminish the value of patents in general, thereby impairing our ability to protect our products.

In 2011, the United States enacted wide-ranging patent reform legislation under the America Invents Act. Further, the U.S. Supreme Court has ruled on several patent cases in recent years, either narrowing the scope of patent protection available in certain circumstances or weakening the rights of patent owners in certain situations. In addition to increasing uncertainty with regard to our ability to obtain future patents, this combination of events has created uncertainty with respect to the value of our patents, once obtained. Depending on decisions by the U.S. Congress, the federal courts and the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, the laws and regulations governing patents could change in unpredictable ways that would weaken our ability to obtain new patents or to enforce our existing patents or future patents.

We may be subject to claims that we, our employees, consultants or third parties we engage to manufacture our products have wrongfully used, or disclosed alleged trade secrets of our competitors or are in breach of non-competition agreements with our competitors.

Many of our employees were previously employed at other medical device companies, including our potential competitors. We may be subject to claims that we, our employees, consultants or third parties have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed alleged trade secrets or proprietary information of these former employers or competitors. In addition, we may be subject to claims that we caused an employee to breach the terms of his or her non-competition or non-solicitation agreement. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. Even if we are successful in defending against these claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and could be a distraction for our management. If our defense to those claims fails, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. Any litigation or the threat thereof may adversely affect our ability to hire employees or contract with third parties. A loss of key personnel or their work product could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition

Risks Related to Our Common Stock and this Offering

After this offering, our executive officers, directors and principal stockholders, if they choose to act together, will continue to have the ability to control all matters submitted to stockholders for approval.

Upon the closing of this offering, our executive officers, directors and stockholders who owned more than 5% of our outstanding common stock before this offering and their respective affiliates will, in the aggregate, hold shares representing approximately       % of our outstanding voting stock. As a result, if these stockholders were to choose to act together, they would be able to control or significantly influence all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, as well as our management and affairs. For example, these persons, if they choose to act together, would control or significantly influence the election of directors and approval of any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets. This concentration of ownership control may:

47


Table of Contents

The significant concentration of stock ownership may negatively impact the price of our common stock due to investors' perception that conflicts of interest may exist or arise.

If you purchase shares of common stock in this offering, you will suffer immediate dilution of your investment.

The initial public offering price of our common stock will be substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our common stock. Therefore, if you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds our net tangible book value per share after this offering. To the extent shares subsequently are issued under outstanding stock options, you will incur further dilution. Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, you will experience immediate dilution of $             per share, representing the difference between our pro forma net tangible book value per share, after giving effect to this offering, and the assumed initial public offering price. In addition, purchasers of common stock in this offering will have contributed approximately       % of the aggregate price paid by all purchasers of our stock but will own only approximately       % of our common stock outstanding after this offering. For further information on this calculation, see the section entitled "Dilution."

Provisions in our seventh amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws under Delaware law could make an acquisition of our company, which may be beneficial to our stockholders, more difficult and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.

Provisions in our seventh amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the closing of this offering may discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control of our company that stockholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which you might otherwise receive a premium for your shares. These provisions could also limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock, thereby depressing the market price of our common stock. In addition, because our board of directors is responsible for appointing the members of our management team, these provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors. Among other things, these provisions include those establishing:

48


Table of Contents

Moreover, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, which prohibits a person who owns in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock from merging or combining with us for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person acquired in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock, unless the merger or combination is approved in a prescribed manner.

An active trading market for our common stock may not develop.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined through negotiations with the underwriters. Although we have applied to have our common stock approved for listing on             , an active trading market for our shares may never develop or be sustained following this offering. If an active market for our common stock does not develop, it may be difficult for you to sell shares you purchase in this offering at or above the initial public offering price or at all. The lack of an active market may also reduce the fair market value of your shares. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital to continue to fund operations by selling shares and may impair our ability to acquire other companies or technologies by using our shares as consideration.

The price of our common stock may be volatile and fluctuate significantly, which could result in substantial losses for purchasers of our common stock in this offering.

Our stock price is likely to be volatile. The stock market in general has experienced extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. As a result of this volatility, you may not be able to sell your common stock at or above the initial public offering price. The market price for our common stock may be influenced by many factors, including:

49


Table of Contents

In addition, the stock market in general and emerging growth companies in particular, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of these companies. A certain degree of stock price volatility can be attributed to being a newly public company. These broad market and industry fluctuations may negatively impact the price or liquidity of our common stock, regardless of our operating performance.

We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering and may not use them effectively.

Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering and could spend the proceeds in ways that do not improve our results of operations or enhance the value of our common stock. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering as follows: (i) $             to expand our sales and marketing efforts relating to our U.S. and international sales presence; (ii) $             to continue to invest in our research and development program; (iii)  $             to continue clinical research documenting the benefits of our technology; (iv) $             to satisfy a royalty buyout obligation to IP Technologies, LLC triggered by this offering; and (v) the balance for working capital and general corporate purposes. We may also use a portion of our net proceeds to acquire and invest in complementary products, technologies or businesses; however, we currently have no agreements or commitments to complete any such transaction. However, our use of these proceeds may differ substantially from our current plans. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could result in financial losses that could have a material adverse effect on our business and cause the price of our common stock to decline. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value.

50


Table of Contents

Future sales of shares by existing stockholders could cause our stock price to decline.

If our existing stockholders sell, or indicate an intent to sell, substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after the 180-day contractual lock-up and other legal restrictions on resale discussed in this prospectus lapse, the trading price of our common stock could decline significantly and could decline below the initial public offering price. Based on 15,808,998 shares outstanding as of September 30, 2015 (after conversion all the redeemable convertible preferred stock), upon the completion of this offering, we will have             outstanding shares of common stock, assuming no exercise of outstanding options or warrants. Of these shares,              shares of common stock, plus any shares sold pursuant to the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares, will be immediately freely tradable, without restriction, in the public market.

After the lock-up agreements pertaining to this offering expire and based on             shares outstanding after this offering, an additional 15,808,998 shares will be eligible for sale in the public market. In addition, upon issuance, the 2,192,674 shares subject to outstanding options under our stock option plans and the             shares reserved for future issuance under our equity compensation plans will become eligible for sale in the public market in the future, subject to certain legal and contractual limitations. Moreover, 180 days after the completion of this offering, holders of approximately 15,808,998 shares of our common stock, including 472,515 shares issuable upon exercise of our outstanding warrants, will have the right to require us to register these shares under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, pursuant to our Investors' Rights Agreement. If our existing stockholders sell substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, or if the public perceives that such sales could occur, this could have an adverse impact on the market price of our common stock, even if there is no relationship between such sales and the performance of our business. We also intend to register all shares of common stock that we may issue under our equity compensation plans. Once we register these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to volume limitations applicable to affiliates and the lock-up agreements described in the "Underwriting" section of this prospectus.

We are an "emerging growth company," and the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies may make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an "emerging growth company," as defined in the JOBS Act, and may remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (1) the end of the fiscal year in which the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700.0 million as of the end of the second fiscal quarter, (2) the end of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenue of $1.0 billion or more during such fiscal year, (3) the date on which we issue more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt in a three-year period or (4) December 31, 2020, the end of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering. For so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we are permitted and intend to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. These exemptions include:

51


Table of Contents

We have taken advantage of reduced reporting burdens in this prospectus. In particular, in this prospectus, we have provided only two years of audited financial statements and have not included all of the executive compensation related information that would be required if we were not an emerging growth company. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be reduced or more volatile. In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of these accounting standards until they would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

We will incur increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives and corporate governance practices.

As a public company, and particularly after we are no longer an emerging growth company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the listing requirements of the             and other applicable securities rules and regulations impose various requirements on public companies, including establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and corporate governance practices. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives. Moreover, these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, these rules and regulations may make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, which in turn could make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors.

We are evaluating these rules and regulations, and cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs. These rules and regulations are often subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices.

Our management team has limited experience managing a public company.

Most members of our management team have limited experience managing a publicly-traded company, interacting with public company investors and complying with the increasingly complex laws pertaining to public companies. Our management team may not successfully or efficiently manage our transition to being a public company subject to significant regulatory oversight and reporting obligations under the federal securities laws and the continuous scrutiny of securities analysts and investors. These new obligations and constituents will require significant attention from our senior

52


Table of Contents

management and could divert their attention away from the day-to-day management of our business, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or if they issue an adverse or misleading opinion regarding our stock, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by securities and industry analysts. If no or few securities or industry analysts commence coverage of us, the trading price for our stock would be negatively impacted. In the event we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage, if any of the analysts who cover us issue an adverse or misleading opinion regarding us, our business model, our intellectual property or our stock performance, or if our regulatory clearance timelines, clinical trial results or operating results fail to meet the expectations of analysts, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

Because we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future, capital appreciation, if any, will be your sole source of gain.

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all of our future earnings, if any, to finance the growth and development of our business. Any future debt agreements may preclude us from paying dividends. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our common stock will be your sole source of gain for the foreseeable future.

We could be subject to securities class action litigation.

In the past, securities class action litigation has often been brought against a company following a decline in the market price of its securities. If we face such litigation, it could result in substantial costs and a diversion of management's attention and resources, which could harm our business.

If we fail to maintain proper and effective internal controls, our ability to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis could be impaired.

After the closing of this offering, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the rules and regulations of the stock market on which our common stock is listed. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. Commencing with our fiscal year ending December 31, 2016, we must perform system and process evaluation and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting in our Form 10-K filing for that year, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. This will require that we incur substantial additional professional fees and internal costs to expand our accounting and finance functions and that we expend significant management efforts.

Prior to this offering, we have never been required to test our internal control within a specified period, and, as a result, we may experience difficulty in meeting these reporting requirements in a timely manner.

We may identify weaknesses in our system of internal financial and accounting controls and procedures that could result in a material misstatement of our financial statements. Our internal control over financial reporting will not prevent or detect all errors and all fraud. A control system, no

53


Table of Contents

matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system's objectives will be met. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that misstatements due to error or fraud will not occur or that all control issues and instances of fraud will be detected.

If we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely manner, or if we are unable to maintain proper and effective internal controls, we may not be able to produce timely and accurate financial statements. If that were to happen, the market price of our stock could decline and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the stock exchange on which our common stock is listed, the Securities and Exchange Commission or other regulatory authorities.

54


Table of Contents


SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our future results of operations and financial position, business strategy, current and prospective products, their expected performance and impact on healthcare costs, regulatory clearance, reimbursement for our products, research and development costs, prospective collaborations, timing of regulatory filings, timing and likelihood of success, plans and objectives of management for future operations and future results of anticipated products, are forward-looking statements. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other important factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.

In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as "may," "will," "should," "expect," "plan," "anticipate," "could," "intend," "target," "project," "contemplate," "believe," "estimate," "predict," "potential" or "continue" or the negative of these terms or other similar expressions. The forward-looking statements in this prospectus are only predictions. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus and are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions described under the sections in this prospectus entitled "Risk Factors" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and elsewhere in this prospectus. These forward-looking statements are subject to numerous risks, including, without limitation, the following:

Because forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, some of which cannot be predicted or quantified and some of which are beyond our control, you should not rely on these forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. The events and circumstances

55


Table of Contents

reflected in our forward-looking statements may not be achieved or occur and actual results could differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements. Moreover, we operate in an evolving environment. New risk factors and uncertainties may emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for management to predict all risk factors and uncertainties. As a result of these factors, we cannot assure you that the forward-looking statements in this prospectus will prove to be accurate. Except as required by applicable law, we do not plan to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements contained herein, whether as a result of any new information, future events, changed circumstances or otherwise.

You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.


INDUSTRY AND OTHER DATA

We obtained the industry, statistical and market data in this prospectus from our own internal estimates and research as well as from industry and general publications and research, surveys and studies conducted by third parties. Industry publications, studies and surveys generally state that they have been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, although they do not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information. While we believe that each of these studies and publications is reliable, we have not independently verified statistical, market and industry data from third-party sources. While we believe our internal company research is reliable and the market definitions are appropriate, neither such research nor these definitions have been verified by any independent source.

56


Table of Contents


USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that our net proceeds from our issuance and sale of             shares of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $          million (or approximately $          million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares), based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $          million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million in the number of shares we are offering would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, by approximately $          million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price stays the same.

We currently expect to use the net proceeds from this offering as follows: (i) $         to expand our sales and marketing efforts relating to our U.S. and international sales presence; (ii) $         to continue to invest in our research and development program; (iii) $         to continue clinical research documenting the benefits of our technology; (iv) $         to satisfy a royalty buyout obligation to IP Technologies, LLC triggered by this offering and; (v) the balance for working capital and general corporate purposes. We may also use a portion of our net proceeds to acquire and invest in complementary products, technologies or businesses; however, we currently have no agreements or commitments to complete any such transaction.

Our expected use of net proceeds from this offering represents our current intentions based upon our present plans and business condition. As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot predict with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds from this offering or the actual amounts that we will spend on the uses set forth above. The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures will depend on numerous factors, including the rate of adoption of our products, the progress, cost and results of product development and clinical research and trials, the expenses we incur in our sales and marketing efforts, the scope of research and development efforts and other factors described under "Risk Factors" in this prospectus, as well as the amount of cash used in our operations. We may find it necessary or advisable to use the net proceeds from this offering for other purposes, and we will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds.

57


Table of Contents


DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock. We intend to retain future earnings, if any, to finance the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. In addition, our ability to pay cash dividends is currently prohibited by the terms of our Credit and Security Agreement. Any future determination related to our dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon, among other factors, our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements, contractual restrictions, business prospects, the requirements of current or then-existing debt instruments and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant.

58


Table of Contents


CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of September 30, 2015:

The pro forma and pro forma as adjusted information below is illustrative only and our capitalization following the closing of this offering will depend on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read this information in conjunction with our financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus and the "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" section and other financial information contained in this prospectus.

59


Table of Contents

 
  As of September 30, 2015  
 
  Actual   Pro Forma   Pro Forma
As Adjusted
 
 
  (Unaudited)
  (Unaudited)
  (Unaudited)
 
 
  (In thousands, except share amounts)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 7,840   $     $    
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Long-term debt, less current portion, net of discount

  $ 24,950   $ —   $ —  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Warrant liabilities

  $ 2,637   $     $    
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Redeemable convertible preferred stock:

                   

Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 2,539,795 shares authorized, 2,487,556 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma or pro forma as adjusted

 
$

12,710
 
$

—
 
$

—
 

Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 2,882,703 shares authorized, 2,882,703 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma or pro forma as adjusted

   
30,178
   
—
   
—
 

Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 5,200,000 shares authorized, 4,812,560 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma or pro forma as adjusted;

   
26,154
   
—
   
—
 

Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 1,545,726 shares authorized, 1,491,054 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma or pro forma as adjusted

   
7,753
   
—
   
—
 

Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 2,448,430 shares authorized, 2,448,428 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma or pro forma as adjusted;

   
20,179
   
—
   
—
 
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

    96,974     —     —  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Stockholders' deficit:

                   

Common stock, par value $0.001 per share; 20,000,000 shares authorized, 1,408,038 shares issued and outstanding, actual;             shares authorized, 15,806,926 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;             shares authorized,             shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

    1              

Preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, actual;                  shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

    —              

Additional paid-in-capital

    —              

Receivable from executive

    (300 )   —     —  

Accumulated deficit

    (106,143 )            
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Total stockholders' deficit

    (106,472 )            
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Total capitalization

  $ 18,089   $     $    
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

(1)
Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of

60


Table of Contents

61


Table of Contents


DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering.

As of September 30, 2015, we had a historical net tangible book value of $(107.0) million, or $(75.99) per share of common stock. Our historical net tangible book value per share represents total tangible assets less total liabilities and redeemable convertible preferred stock, divided by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2015.

As of September 30, 2015, our pro forma net tangible book value would have been $(10.0) million or $(0.63) per share of our common stock. Our pro forma net tangible book value per share represents total tangible assets less total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2015, after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into common stock upon the closing of this offering.

After giving further effect to our sale of             shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of September 30, 2015 would have been $              million, or $             per share. This amount represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $             per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of $             per share to new investors in this offering. We determine dilution by subtracting the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering from the initial public offering price per share paid by new investors. The following table illustrates this dilution (without giving effect to any exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares):

Assumed Initial public offering price per share

        $    

Historical net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2015

  $ (75.99 )      

Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

  $ 75.36        
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2015 before giving effect to this offering. 

  $ (0.63 )      

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to this offering

  $          
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

        $    
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors participating in this offering

        $    
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $             , and dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors by $             , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $             per share and decrease (increase) the dilution to new investors by $             per

62


Table of Contents

share, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value after this offering would be $             per share, the increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share would be $             and the dilution per share to new investors would be $             per share, in each case assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

The following table summarizes, on the pro forma as adjusted basis described above, as of September 30, 2015, the differences between the number of shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us in cash (in thousands) and the average price per share that existing stockholders and new investors paid. The calculation below is based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 
   
   
  Total
Consideration
   
 
 
  Shares Purchased    
 
 
  Average Price
Per Share
 
 
  Number   Percent   Amount   Percent  

Existing stockholders

            % $         % $    

New investors participating in this offering

            % $         % $    
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Total

            % $         % $    
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors, total consideration paid by all stockholders and the average price per share paid by all stockholders by $             million, $             million and $             , respectively, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The foregoing tables and calculations are based on 15,808,998 shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2015, after giving effect to the conversion of shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding as of September 30, 2015 into an aggregate of 14,400,960 shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering, and exclude:

To the extent any of these outstanding options or warrants are exercised or new awards are granted under our equity compensation plans, there will be further dilution to new investors. If all of such outstanding options had been exercised as of September 30, 2015, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering would be $             , and total dilution per share to new investors would be $             .

63


Table of Contents


SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables set forth, for the periods and as of the dates indicated, our selected financial data. The balance sheet and statement of operations data as of and for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 are derived from our audited financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The balance sheet data as of September 30, 2015 and the statement of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 are derived from our unaudited condensed financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited condensed financial statements on the same basis as the audited financial statements, and the unaudited financial data includes, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of our financial position and results of operations for these periods. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our future results and our operating results for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2015 or any other interim periods or any future year or period. You should read the following information together with our financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the section of this prospectus entitled "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

64


Table of Contents

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Nine Months Ended September 30,  
 
  2013   2014   2014   2015  
 
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 
 
  (In thousands, except per share and share amounts)
 

Statement of operations data:

                         

Revenues

  $ 19,102   $ 30,249   $ 20,601   $ 34,733  

Cost of goods sold

    11,052     16,031     10,874     16,232  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Gross profit

    8,050     14,218     9,727     18,501  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    12,978     23,622     17,194     27,522  

Research and development expenses

    2,029     2,909     2,194     2,950  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

    15,007     26,531     19,388     30,472  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Operating loss

    (6,957 )   (12,313 )   (9,661 )   (11,971 )

Other (expense) income:

                         

Interest expense

    (909 )   (2,146 )   (1,580 )   (1,823 )

Interest income

    12     31     24     17  

Other (expense) income, net

    (414 )   (388 )   (221 )   (1,363 )
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Total other (expense) income, net

    (1,311 )   (2,503 )   (1,777 )   (3,169 )
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Net loss

    (8,268 )   (14,816 )   (11,438 )   (15,140 )

Cumulative preferred stock dividends

    (1,978 )   (2,156 )   (1,612 )   (2,481 )

Preferred stock accretion

    (5,256 )   (5,292 )   (3,981 )   (6,583 )
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Net loss attributable to common shareholders

  $ (15,502 ) $ (22,264 ) $ (17,031 ) $ (24,204 )
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Per share data:

                         

Basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders(1)

  $ (13.45 ) $ (18.03 ) $ (13.92 ) $ (17.38 )
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Weighted average outstanding common shares used in computing net loss per share attributable to common stockholders:

                         

Basic and diluted(1)

    1,152,665     1,235,111     1,223,091     1,392,759  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

(1)
See Note 3 to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the method used to calculate the historical basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders.

 
  As of
December 31,
   
 
 
  As of
September 30,
2015
 
 
  2013   2014  
 
  (In thousands)
 
 
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 

Balance sheet data:

                   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 5,459   $ 6,072   $ 7,840  

Total assets

    13,912     18,949     28,359  

Current liabilities

    7,526     9,492     16,543  

Total debt less unamortized discounts

    8,177     24,703     24,950  

Total stockholders' deficit

  $ (65,640 ) $ (85,205 ) $ (106,472 )

65


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. You should review the sections entitled "Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements" and "Risk Factors" for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements.

Overview

We are a commercial stage global medical technology company that is revolutionizing MIS with AirSeal, our proprietary surgical access management system that we believe offers significant clinical benefits for patients and economic benefits for healthcare providers. We refer to the combination of our proprietary AirSeal technology and the surgical procedures that they enable as Low Impact Surgery. We believe Low Impact Surgery enables a wider range of surgical procedures to be performed with less invasive surgical access, thereby broadening the population of patients for whom MIS procedures may be applicable. As of September 30, 2015, more than 1,600 AirSeal systems were deployed in over 700 institutions worldwide, and we believe AirSeal disposable devices have been used in more than 340,000 surgical procedures worldwide since 2011. Quarterly sales of AirSeal disposables have grown from less than 4,000 disposables sets during the three months ended March 30, 2012 to more than 44,000 disposables sets during the three months ended September 30, 2015; and more than 135,000 disposables sets were sold during the 9 months ended September 30, 2015.

We generate revenue primarily through sales of our highly differentiated AirSeal system, which is comprised of the AirSeal Intelligent Flow System, or iFS unit, AirSeal Access Ports and AirSeal FTS. We believe our AirSeal technology represents the first major innovation in minimally invasive surgical access since the introduction of the modern trocar. The AirSeal system replaces trocars that rely on mechanical valves to create and maintain stable intra-abdominal pressure with a valve-free access port that has no moving parts that employs a proprietary gaseous barrier to provide real-time sensing of intra-abdominal pressure, which enables dynamic adjustment to maintain stable intra-abdominal pressure, combined with automatic and continuous smoke evacuation.

We believe that Low Impact Surgery enabled by AirSeal and our complementary family of micro-laparoscopic instruments enables a shift to performing MIS at lower insufflation pressures and with less invasive techniques that drive improved clinical outcomes for patients and favorable economics to the healthcare system. We intend to continue to invest in research and development activities to enhance the offerings of our AirSeal and other technologies and broaden their indications for use.

We currently market and sell our products in the U.S. and internationally. We invest substantial resources to educate surgeons around the world on the clinical advantages of Low Impact Surgery using AirSeal. Our U.S. sales organization engages in sales efforts and promotional activities focused on leading medical institutions and laparoscopic surgeons, including those that perform advanced robotic-assisted procedures. As of September 30, 2015, our U.S. sales organization consisted of 68 direct sales representatives, six clinical education specialists and two independent sales agencies. All of our sales in the U.S. are to hospital accounts. We expect to continue to expand our sales organization to further penetrate the laparoscopic procedural market and expand the market for minimally invasive procedures enabled by AirSeal. Outside the U.S., we currently sell our products through 28 distributors, which are managed by a general manager and five independent area directors.

66


Table of Contents

Our customers are reimbursed by governmental and private health insurers for procedures using our products pursuant to reimbursement codes specific to the setting in which the surgical procedure was performed (e.g., hospital inpatient or outpatient departments). No single domestic customer accounted for more than 5.0% of our domestic revenue during the year ended December 31, 2014 or the nine months ended September 30, 2015. During the year ended December 31, 2014, one international distributor in Japan accounted for approximately 11.0% of our global net revenues and for the nine months ended September 30, 2015, no customer represented more than 10% of global net revenues. We believe a key factor in being able to increase our revenues is convincing our customers of the clinical and economic benefit of our AirSeal system.

We outsource the manufacture of our AirSeal system and related single-use products through multiple third parties. We own the critical assembly and manufacturing tooling associated with the production of key components and finished goods. In most cases, we have redundant manufacturing capabilities for each of our products to ensure our inventory needs are met while maintaining high quality. However, we currently rely on a small number of limited source and sole source suppliers and we have not experienced any difficulty in locating and obtaining the materials necessary to meet demand for our products.

For the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 we generated revenues of $19.1 million and $30.2 million, respectively and had net losses of $8.3 million and $14.8 million, respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 we generated revenues of $20.6 million and $34.7 million, respectively and had net losses of $11.4 million and $15.1 million, respectively. As of September 30, 2015, we had an accumulated deficit of $(106.1) million. We expect to continue to incur losses in the near term as we expend resources to expand our sales organization and invest in the development of new products.

Royalty Payments

In April 2006, we entered into an Assignment and License Agreement with IP Technologies, LLC. As part of the License Agreement, IP Technologies, LLC sold, assigned and transferred proprietary patents and patent applications to us so we could develop and commercialize products. In exchange for patents and patent applications, we agreed to pay IP Technologies, LLC an upfront fee, which we have recorded as an asset that is being amortized over the anticipated useful lives of the patents. In addition to the upfront fee, we also agreed to issue to IP Technologies, LLC shares of our common stock. As further consideration, we agreed to pay IP Technologies, LLC royalties on the net sales of any eligible products sold by us that utilized the acquired technology, subject to certain minimum royalty amounts.

The eligible products subject to royalty payments under the Assignment and License Agreement are the cannulae portions of our single-use access port devices. A cannula is the small tube that is inserted into the body cavity during procedures. One single use set that is used in every AirSeal procedure consists of a trocar and the AirSeal FTS; however, only the trocar portion of the set is eligible for royalty payments.

During November 2012, we amended the Assignment and License Agreement to reduce the royalties on net sales of any eligible products (subject to a minimum royalty), further clarify which products are considered eligible products under the agreement and add a royalty buyout provision. Under the royalty buyout provision, upon an initial public offering or a non-IPO liquidation event, we are required to make a buyout payment to IP Technologies, LLC. Upon that buyout payment, we will no longer be subject to the royalty expenses related to the sale of eligible products and we expect our margins to be favorably impacted. We estimate that this royalty buyout obligation will be approximately $             . See "Use of Proceeds."

67


Table of Contents

For the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014 and the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, we incurred $0.4 million, $0.2 million, $0.3 million and $0.2 million, respectively, of cost of goods sold expenses related to the IP Technologies, LLC royalty agreement.

Components of Results of Operations

Revenues

We commenced sales of AirSeal family products in the United States in the second quarter of 2009 and outside the United States in the fourth quarter of 2009. Our AirSeal family of products have historically accounted for substantially all of our revenues. Our revenues include sales and rentals or leases of the AirSeal iFS unit and sales of single-use products and accessories, such as Access Ports and FTS. For the nine months ended September 30, 2015, approximately 67.9% of our revenues were derived from the sale of single-use products and 32.1% of our revenues were derived from our AirSeal iFS units. We anticipate our revenues will increase as we expand our sales force and marketing programs, increase awareness of our products and increase our number of installed base units and procedures performed with our iFS units and single-use products and accessories. We also expect that, in the future, our revenues will fluctuate on a quarterly basis due to a variety of factors, including seasonal fluctuations of elective surgical procedures during the summer months and holiday periods.

Cost of Goods Sold and Gross Margin

Cost of goods sold consists primarily of costs of finished products purchased from our third-party original equipment manufacturer or contract assembly manufacturer, sterilization, other costs to ready the product for shipment and freight.

Additionally, we pay a royalty equal to 3.0% of the revenue from the sale of cannulas related to our single-use product line. We will use a portion of the proceeds from this offering for a one-time buyout of our royalty obligations and therefore, we do not expect to have continuing royalty obligations after the completion of this offering, which will favorably impact our gross margin.

Our overall gross margin, which is calculated as revenues less cost of goods sold for a given period divided by revenues, may fluctuate in future periods primarily as a result of the uncertainty of potential pricing pressures in conjunction with entering into integrated delivery network contracts and volume discounts to our large international distributors, which may be partially offset by manufacturing cost decreases. The unpredictable variable mix of products sold with different gross margin will also cause fluctuations in overall gross margin.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Our selling, general and administrative, or SG&A expenses consist primarily of salaries, bonuses, benefits, incentive and stock-based compensation for executive, finance, sales, legal, human resources, information technology and administrative personnel, including sales commissions. Other significant SG&A expenses include distributor commissions, clinical studies, conferences, trade shows, promotional activities, training and development, professional fees for legal and accounting services, consulting fees, insurance costs, facility costs and travel expenses.

We expect our SG&A expenses to increase in absolute dollars as we increase our headcount and expand our commercial infrastructure to both drive and support our planned revenue growth. In addition, we expect to incur increased general and administrative expenses such as additional insurance expenses, investor relations activities and other administrative and professional services in connection with becoming a public company, which may increase further when we are no longer able to rely on the "emerging growth company" exemption we are afforded under the JOBS Act.

68


Table of Contents

Research and Development Expenses

Our research and development, or R&D expenses primarily consist of clinical expenses, regulatory expenses, product development, consulting services, outside research activities, quality control and other costs associated with the development of our products and compliance. R&D expenses also include related personnel and consultant compensation and stock-based compensation expense.

We expect our R&D expenses to vary as different development projects are initiated and completed, including improvements to our existing products, expansions of our existing product lines and new product acquisitions. However, we generally expect these costs will increase in absolute terms over time as we continue to expand our product portfolio and add related personnel.

Other Income and Expenses

Our other income and expenses primarily consist of interest expense, as well as the cost associated with the re-measurement of the fair value of the liability associated with warrants for our redeemable preferred stock and write off of long lived assets.

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our results of operations for the periods indicated:

 
  Nine Months Ended September 30,  
 
  2014   2015   $ Change   % Change  
 
  (Unaudited)
   
   
 
 
  (In thousands,
except percentages)

 

Statement of operations data:

                         

Revenues

  $ 20,601   $ 34,733   $ 14,132     68.6 %

Cost of goods sold

    10,874     16,232     5,358     49.3 %
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Gross profit

    9,727     18,501     8,774     90.2 %
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    17,194     27,522     10,328     60.1 %

Research and development expenses

    2,194     2,950     756     34.5 %
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

    19,388     30,472     11,084     57.2 %
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Operating loss

    (9,661 )   (11,971 )   (2,310 )   23.9 %

Other (expense) income:

                         

Interest expense

    (1,580 )   (1,823 )   (243 )   15.4 %

Interest income

    24     17     (7 )   (29.2 )%

Other (expense) income, net

    (221 )   (1,363 )   (1,142 )   516.7 %
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Total other (expense) income, net

    (1,777 )   (3,169 )   (1,392 )   78.3 %
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Net loss

  $ (11,438 ) $ (15,140 ) $ (3,702 )   32.4 %
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​


 
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
   
   
 
 
  2014   2015   $ Change   % Change  
 
  (Unaudited)
   
   
 
 
  (In thousands,
except percentages)

 

Revenues:

                         

Domestic revenue

  $ 13,918   $ 24,912   $ 10,994     79.0 %

International revenue

    6,683     9,821     3,138     47.0 %
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Total revenues

  $ 20,601   $ 34,733   $ 14,132     68.6 %
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

69


Table of Contents

Comparison of Nine Months Ended September 30, 2014 and 2015

Revenues

Revenues increased $14.1 million, or 68.6%, from $20.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 to $34.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015. This increase was primarily driven by a global increase in the sales volume of our AirSeal system products resulting from increased commercialization activities, including the expansion of our sales organization, expansion into the China market, increased marketing activities and growing evidence of the clinical and economic benefits of AirSeal system products.

Cost of Goods Sold and Gross Margin

Cost of goods sold increased $5.4 million, or 49.3%, from $10.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 to $16.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015. This increase was primarily due to an increase in sales volume.

Gross margin for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 was 47.2%, and 53.3%, respectively. This increase was primarily due to manufacturing cost reductions driven by improvements in product design as well as increasing volumes of single-use products.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

SG&A expenses increased $10.3 million, or 60.1%, from $17.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 to $27.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015. This increase was primarily due to a $5.0 million increase in direct employee-related expenses for the global sales department, a $1.6 million increase in accounting costs related to the initial public offering, a $1.1 million increase in marketing costs, mostly attributable to clinical studies, a $1.0 million increase in professional services, a $0.8 million increase in indirect sales costs such as demonstration product, travel, meetings and vendor dues, a $0.6 million increase in personnel costs associated with developing the financial infrastructure required for reporting as a publicly traded corporation, and a $0.2 million increase in the federal excise tax due to increased sales.

Research and Development Expenses

R&D expenses increased $0.8 million, or 34.5%, from $2.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 to $3.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015. This increase was primarily due to an increase in employee-related expenses and costs associated with the redesign of AirSeal single-use products to achieve manufacturing cost savings and compliance with FDA regulations.

Other (Expense) Income, net

Other (expense) income, net increased $(1.4) million, or 78.3%, from $(1.8) million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 to $(3.2) million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015. This increase was primarily associated with the re-measurement of the fair value of the liability associated with warrants for our redeemable preferred stock and interest expense on our term and revolver loans, net of interest income on our cash balances.

70


Table of Contents

 
  2013   2014   $ Change   % Change  
 
  (In thousands,
except percentages)

 

Statement of operations data:

                         

Revenues

  $ 19,102   $ 30,249   $ 11,147     58.4 %

Cost of goods sold

   
11,052
   
16,031
   
4,979
   
45.1

%
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Gross profit

    8,050     14,218     6,168     76.6 %
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    12,978     23,622     10,644     82.0 %

Research and development expenses

    2,029     2,909     880     43.4 %
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

    15,007     26,531     11,524     76.8 %
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Operating loss

    (6,957 )   (12,313 )   (5,356 )   77.0 %

Other (expense) income:

                         

Interest expense

    (909 )   (2,146 )   (1,237 )   136.1 %

Interest income

    12     31     19     158.3 %

Other (expense) income, net

    (414 )   (388 )   26     (6.3 )%
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Total other (expense) income, net

    (1,311 )   (2,503 )   (1,192 )   90.9 %
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Net loss

  $ (8,268 ) $ (14,816 ) $ (6,548 )   79.2 %
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​


 
  Year Ended December 31,    
   
 
 
  2013   2014   $ Change   % Change  
 
  (In thousands,
except percentages)

 

Revenues:

                         

Domestic revenue

  $ 12,829   $ 20,665   $ 7,836     61.1 %

International revenue

    6,273     9,584     3,311     52.8 %
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Total revenues

  $ 19,102   $ 30,249   $ 11,147     58.4 %
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Comparison of Year Ended December 31, 2013 and 2014

Revenues

Revenues increased $11.1 million, or 58.4%, from $19.1 million in 2013 to $30.2 million in 2014. This increase was primarily driven by a global increase in the sales volume of our AirSeal system products resulting from increased commercialization activities, including the expansion of our sales organization, increased marketing activities and growing evidence of the clinical and economic benefits of AirSeal system products.

Cost of Goods Sold and Gross Margin

Cost of goods sold increased $5.0 million, or 45.1%, from $11.1 million in 2013 to $16.0 million in 2014. This increase was primarily due to an increase in sales volume.

Gross margin for the years 2013 and 2014 was 42.1% and 47.0%, respectively. This increase was primarily due to newly launched product extensions within our technology platform with design improvements resulting in lower manufacturing costs.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

SG&A expenses increased $10.6 million, or 82.0%, from $13.0 million in 2013 to $23.6 million in 2014. This increase was primarily due to a $5.7 million increase in direct employee-related expenses

71


Table of Contents

for the global sales department, a $1.8 million increase in indirect sales costs such as demonstration product, travel, meetings and vendor dues, a $0.9 million increase in marketing costs, mostly attributable to clinical studies and consultants, a $0.6 million increase in executive compensation due to the hiring of a new Chief Commercialization Officer, a $0.4 million increase in recruiting costs associated with overall headcount increases, a $0.3 million increase in information technology expenses related to the implementation of our new enterprise resource planning system and a $0.3 million increase in professional services.

Research and Development Expenses

R&D expenses increased $0.9 million, or 43.4%, from $2.0 million in 2013 to $2.9 million in 2014. This increase was primarily due to an increase in employee-related expenses and costs associated with the redesign of AirSeal single-use products to achieve manufacturing cost savings and compliance with FDA regulations.

Other (Expense) Income, net

Other (expense) income, net increased $(1.2) million, or 90.9%, from $(1.3) million in 2013 to $(2.5) million in 2014. The increase was primarily due to the refinancing of our $11.0 million debt facility to a $20.0 million debt facility in May 2014, which was subsequently increased to $25.0 million in November 2014. We incurred $0.3 million in conjunction with early prepayment fees to the previous lender that increased interest expense in May 2014. In contrast, the expense related to the re-measurement of the fair value of our warrant liability decreased by $0.2 million during 2014.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Since our inception, we have incurred significant Net Operating Losses, or NOLs, and anticipate that our losses will continue in the near term. We expect our operating expenses will continue to grow as we expand our operations. We will need to generate significant revenues to achieve profitability. We have funded our operations primarily with proceeds from the sales of preferred stock, borrowings under our term loans and sales of our products. To date, we have received gross proceeds from the sales of preferred stock totaling $66.0 million. We issued and sold preferred stock for aggregate gross proceeds of $20.0 million in March and May 2015, which was our most recent issuance and sale of preferred stock. All of our preferred stock is convertible to common stock at the option of the holder and will automatically convert upon the closing this offering. As of September 30, 2015, we had $22.0 million outstanding on our term loan and $3.0 million outstanding on our revolver loan.

At September 30, 2015, we had $7.8 million in cash and cash equivalents. We believe that our available cash on hand combined with cash receipts from the sale of our products and proceeds from this offering will be sufficient to satisfy our liquidity requirements for at least the next twenty-four months. However, the continued growth of our business, including the expansion of our sales force, marketing programs, business development and research and development activities, will significantly increase our expenses. In addition, the amount of our future sales is difficult to predict and actual sales may be not be in line with our forecasts. As a result, we may be required to seek additional funds in the future from public or private offerings of our capital stock, borrowings under term loans or other sources, subject to the restrictions under our term loan agreement.

Our historical cash outflows have primarily been associated with research and development related to obtaining FDA clearance and other global regulatory approvals for our AirSeal system, complying with the FDA's post-approval requirements, capital expenditures relating to production equipment and tooling, sales and marketing activities relating to commercialization and increases in working capital, including the purchase of inventory.

72


Table of Contents

The following table shows a summary of our cash flows provided by (used by) operating, investing and financing activities for the periods indicated:

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Nine Months Ended September 30,  
 
  2013   2014   2014   2015  
 
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 
 
  (In thousands)
 

Net cash used by operating activities

  $ (5,796 ) $ (12,687 ) $ (8,472 ) $ (16,295 )

Net cash used by investing activities

    (1,747 )   (2,882 )   (2,444 )   (1,857 )

Net cash provided by financing activities

    3,511     16,183     10,880     19,920  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

  $ (4,032 ) $ 614   $ (36 ) $ 1,768  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Cash used by operating activities

The net cash used by operating activities increased $7.8 million from $8.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 to $16.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015. The increase in cash used by operating activities for the first nine months of 2015 compared to the same period in 2014 was primarily the result of the increase in net loss of $3.7 million and a $5.2 million increase in the components of working capital, partially offset by a $1.1 million increase in warrant liabilities due to the increase in the fair value associated with warrants of our redeemable preferred stock. The components of working capital increased $4.6 million in the first nine months of 2015 due primarily to a $3.3 million increase in accounts receivable, a $1.7 million increase in inventory due to sales growth, a $1.4 million increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets due to capitalized IPO costs partially offset by a $1.3 million increase in accounts payable and a $0.7 increase accrued expenses.

The increase in net cash used by operating activities from 2013 to 2014 of $6.9 million was primarily associated with the increase in net loss of $6.5 million and an increase in accounts receivable due to sales growth.

Cash used by investing activities

The net cash used by investing activities was $2.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and $1.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015. For both periods, this included the purchase of assembly and manufacturing tooling for the production of our products.

The increase in net cash used by investing activities from 2013 to 2014 of $1.1 million was primarily associated with the purchase of production equipment for redesigned products and production efficiencies.

Cash provided by financing activities

Net cash provided by financing activities of $10.9 million and $19.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and September 30, 2015, respectively, was primarily attributable to additional funds borrowed under our debt facility refinance in May 2014 and our $20.0 million Series E preferred stock financing in March and May 2015, respectively.

Net cash provided by financing activities of $16.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 was primarily attributable to funds borrowed under our credit facility.

Net cash provided by financing activities of $3.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 was primarily attributable to funds borrowed under our credit facility and the issuance of the second tranche of our Series D preferred stock.

73


Table of Contents

Our liquidity position and capital requirements are subject to a number of factors. For example, our cash inflow and outflow may be impacted by the following:

Our primary short-term capital needs, which are subject to change, include expenditures related to:

Although we believe the foregoing items reflect our most likely uses of cash in the short-term, we cannot predict with certainty all of our particular short-term cash uses or the timing or amount of cash used. If cash generated from operations is insufficient to satisfy our working capital and capital expenditure requirements, we may be required to sell additional equity or debt securities or obtain additional credit facilities. Additional capital, if needed, may not be available on satisfactory terms, if at all. Any additional equity financing may be dilutive to stockholders, and debt financing, if available, may include restrictive covenants. For a discussion of other factors that may impact our future liquidity and capital funding requirements, see "Risk Factors — Risks Related to our Business and Strategy."

Indebtedness

Fountain Leasing

On July 27, 2015, we entered into a Master Lease with Fountain Leasing 2013 LP for an equipment lease in the amount of $0.4 million. The lease calls for thirty-six monthly payments of $0.01 million with either a purchase option at the end of the lease term of $0.04 million or an extension of the term for an additional twelve months. The lease is collateralized by a security interest in the equipment.

Credit and Security Agreement

On May 29, 2014, we entered into a Credit and Security Agreement with MidCap Funding V Trust. The Credit and Security Agreement included a term loan in the amount of $17.0 million and a

74


Table of Contents

revolving loan in the amount of $3.0 million, which may be increased by up to $5.0 million, subject to certain conditions outlined in the Credit and Security Agreement. On November 6, 2014, we amended the Credit and Security Agreement to borrow an additional $5.0 million on the term loan. As of September 30, 2015, the amount outstanding under the Credit and Security Agreement was $25.9 million, which consisted of $22.0 million on the term loan, $3.0 million on the revolving loan and a $0.9 million terminal fee.

Depending on whether certain revenue thresholds are met, we have the option to elect to make interest-only payments until a date between July 1, 2015 and July 1, 2017. The maturity date of the Credit and Security Agreement will fall between June 1, 2018 and June 1, 2019 depending on the number of interest only extensions we have elected.

The $22.0 million term loan bears interest at a rate equal to an applicable LIBOR rate plus 7.5%, with a minimum floor for the applicable LIBOR rate of 0.5% per annum. The interest rate is currently 8.0% per annum. The $3.0 million revolving loan bears interest at a rate equal to an applicable LIBOR rate plus 5.5%, with a minimum floor for the applicable LIBOR rate of 0.5% per annum. The interest rate is currently 6.0% per annum. The weighted average interest rate for the period ended and the rate at December 31, 2014 for the term loan and revolving loan was 8.0% and 6.0%, respectively. The weighted average interest rate for the nine months ended and at September 30, 2015 and September 30, 2014 for the term loan and revolving loan was 8.0% and 6.0%, respectively.

A terminal payment equal to 4.0% of the total amount of the term loan is due when the loan matures. We are also required to pay an early termination fee of 1.0% of the total credit extensions if we chose to pay off the loans prior to the abovementioned maturity date.

The loans are secured by all of our tangible assets. The Credit and Security Agreement contains various negative and affirmative covenants, including certain restrictive covenants that limit our ability to transfer or dispose of certain assets, engage in new lines of business, change the composition of our management, merge with or acquire other companies, incur additional debt, create new liens and encumbrances, pay dividends or subordinated debt and enter into material transactions with affiliates, among others. It also contains financial reporting requirements, but no specific financial covenants. Proceeds from the $17.0 million term loan were used to pay off the outstanding balances and obligations under the Loan and Security Agreement.

Loan and Security Agreement

In September 2012, we entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with a lender for a term loan in the amount of $9.0 million. Of this amount, a $7.0 million term loan was funded upon the execution of the Loan and Security Agreement in September 2012, and the remaining $2.0 million term loan was funded in September 2013. The term loans were collateralized by a first-priority security interest in substantially all of our assets.

The $7.0 million term loan bore interest at a rate of 10.0% per annum and required 48 monthly installments as follows (i) commencing on November 1, 2012, nine monthly payments of interest only; (ii) commencing on August 1, 2013, three monthly payments of $0.1 million each, plus accrued interest; (iii) commencing on November 1, 2013, 36 monthly payments of $0.2 million each, plus accrued interest. We were also required to pay an upfront term loan commitment fee of $45,000 in connection with the $7.0 million term loan. A terminal payment fee equal to $0.2 million, which represented 3.0% of the total amount of the $7.0 million term loan, was due on October 1, 2016.

75


Table of Contents

The $2.0 million term loan bore interest at a rate of 10.69% per annum and required 48 monthly installments as follows (i) commencing on November 1, 2013, nine monthly payments of interest only; (ii) commencing on August 1, 2014, three monthly payments of $0.03 million each, plus accrued interest; (iii) commencing on November 1, 2014, 36 monthly payments of $0.05 million each, plus accrued interest. A terminal payment fee equal to $0.06 million, which represented 3.0% of the total amount of the $2.0 million term loan, was due on October 1, 2017.

The Loan and Security Agreement also made available a revolving loan of $2.0 million. The revolving loan included a swing arm feature that allowed any principal paid on the term loans in the subsequent twelve months from funding to be applied to the availability on the revolving loan to increase the overall revolving loan commitment. As of December 31, 2013, the total availability on the revolving loan was $2.2 million.

Interest on the revolving loan bore interest at a rate of 8.5% per annum and required us to pay an annual commitment fee equal to 1.0% of the revolving loan commitment. The revolving loan commitment fee was due on September 28, 2013 and each year thereafter on the anniversary of the revolving loan. At December 31, 2013, we had not borrowed any funds under the revolving loan. On May 29, 2014, we had $2.2 million outstanding on the line of credit. The proceeds from the Credit and Security Agreement were used to pay-off the outstanding balance of the revolving loan.

In connection with the Loan and Security Agreement, we issued a stock warrant to purchase 54,672 shares of Series D Preferred Stock at a cost of $5.03 per share, subject to adjustment as defined in the warrant agreement. The resulting debt discount was being amortized over four years, which was equal to the life of the applicable notes. During 2014, we wrote off the debt discount when the Loan and Security Agreement was paid in full.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations and commitments as of December 31, 2014:

 
  Payments Due by Period  
 
  Total   Less than
1 year
  1 - 3 years   3 - 5 years   More than
5 years
 
 
  (In thousands)
 

Debt obligations(1)(2)

  $ 25,000   $ 1,833   $ 14,667   $ 8,500   $ —  

Interest and other payments related to debt(1)(2)

    4,624     1,878     2,495     251     —  

Operating lease obligations(3)

    78     78     —     —     —  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Total contractual obligations

  $ 29,702   $ 3,789   $ 17,162   $ 8,751   $ —  

(1)
The amortization of the term loan outstanding assumes that only the first interest-only extension of eight possible interest-only extensions, that in an aggregate effect may defer principle payments through June 30, 2017, has occurred.

(2)
In July 2015, we entered into a new lease for office furniture for our new office and laboratory space, such that our debt obligations reflected in the table above will increase by $73.0 thousand for less than 1 year, $366.1 thousand for 1-3 years and $0.0 thousand for 3-5 years following December 31, 2014. Our interest obligations reflected in the table above will increase by $13.5 thousand for less than 1 year, $35.8 thousand for 1-3 years and $0.0 thousand for 3-5 years following December 31, 2014.

(3)
In April 2015, we signed a lease agreement for office and laboratory space in Milford, Connecticut, such that our operating lease obligations reflected in the table above will increase by $46.1 thousand for less than 1 year, $1.9 million for 1-3 years, $1.5 million for 3-5 years and $0.0 million for more than 5 years following December 31, 2014.

76


Table of Contents

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk

We are exposed to market risks arising from transactions in the ordinary course of our business. These risks are primarily associated with interest rate fluctuations, as well as changes in our credit standing, based on the capital and credit markets, which are not predictable. We do not currently hold any instruments for trading purposes.

Our cash and cash equivalents include cash in readily available checking and money market accounts in financial institutions that are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation up to $250,000. Changes in interest rates would not be expected to have a material impact on cash and cash equivalents; however, interest rate fluctuations would affect the amount of interest income that is earned.

The interest rates on our term loans and revolver loan are not fixed. They are subject to changes in the LIBOR rate, the Federal Funds Rate or the prime rate at Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. and are thus subject to exposure of interest rate changes. For the term and revolver loan facility, a hypothetical 10% increase in variable rates from the applicable rates at September 30, 2015 would not have an impact on interest expense, as LIBOR was more than 50.0% below the floor stipulated in the Credit and Security Agreement. We cannot predict market fluctuations in interest rates and their impact on our debt, nor can there be any assurance that long-term fixed-rate debt will be available at favorable rates, if at all. Consequently, future results may differ materially from estimated results due to adverse changes in interest rates or debt availability.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based on our financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities in our financial statements. We evaluate our estimates and judgments on an ongoing basis. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about our financial condition and results of operations that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

While our significant accounting policies are more fully described in Note 3 to our financial statements included in this prospectus, we believe that the following accounting policies to be most critical to the judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our financial statements.

Revenue Recognition

Our revenues are primarily derived from the sale of the AirSeal Intelligent Flow System, or iFS, unit and related iFS single-use products. We currently market and sell products in the United States and other countries internationally through a multi-channel sales organization comprised of sales managers, direct sales representatives, clinical education specialists and distributors. The vast majority of our revenues are generated from sales to hospital customers through direct sales representatives and distributors. Virtually all these distributor arrangements are evidenced by contracts whereby we grant the distributor the exclusive right to market and sell certain products in a specified geographic territory. The contracts require written purchase orders for all product sales at which time pricing is

77


Table of Contents

determined for all products sold under the purchase order and no post sale pricing concessions are provided. The customers take title and bear the "risk of loss" at time of shipment or upon receipt, at which time we have no further performance obligations. We also warrant the products for twelve months from the date of delivery for material defects in design or workmanship. To date, the effect to us under the provisions of this arrangement of any replacements of product or refunds has been immaterial.

We only sell in markets where we have regulatory approval. We sell our products directly to hospitals in the United States and to distributors outside the United States. We recognize revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, title and risk of loss has passed, delivery to the customer has occurred or the services have been fully rendered, as well as when the sales price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. Revenue is recognized at the net amounts expected to be received. Amounts received prior to satisfying the revenue recognition criteria are recorded as deferred revenue. We recognize revenue when title to the goods and risk of loss transfer to customers, as there are no remaining performance obligations that will affect the customer's final acceptance. None of the products that we sell come with an attached right of return, or contain subjective conditions which would prevent us from recognizing revenue. We offer rights of return in limited circumstances, generally on a discretionary basis when there is a legitimate product defect, which has historically been infrequent in nature and immaterial. As such, we do not currently provide for a return reserve.

Arrangements with customers may include multiple deliverables, including a lease as well as sale of products. In these arrangements, we allocate revenue to all deliverables based on their relative selling prices. We use a hierarchy to determine the selling price to be used for allocating revenue to deliverables: (a) vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value, or VSOE, (b) third-party evidence of selling price, or TPE and (c) best estimate of selling price, or BESP, which are determined as follows:

(a)
VSOE — It is common for the sale of iFS units to include multiple elements which have standalone value and qualify as separate units of accounting. These elements commonly include the sale of the unit(s) and single-use products. We determine VSOE based on its normal pricing and discounting practices for the specific product or service when sold separately. In determining VSOE, we require that a substantial majority of the selling prices for a product or service falls within a reasonably narrow pricing range. In addition, we consider the geographies in which the products or services are sold, major product and service groups, customer classification and other environmental or marketing variables in determining VSOE.

(b)
TPE — TPE exists only when we sell the deliverable separately and is based on competitor prices. We are unable to reliably determine what similar competitor products' selling prices are on a stand-alone basis. Therefore, we are typically not able to determine TPE.

(c)
BESP — BESP is an estimate based on our pricing practices, market conditions and other factors specific to us. We currently do not utilize BESP.

Once elements of an arrangement are separated into more than one unit of accounting, revenue is recognized for each separate unit of accounting based on the nature of the revenue as described above.

Changes in cost estimates and the fair values of certain deliverables could negatively impact our operating results. In addition, unforeseen conditions could arise over the contract term that may have a significant impact on our operating results.

Management judgments and estimates are made in connection with the determination of revenue to be recognized and the period in which it is recognized. If different judgments and estimates were utilized,

78


Table of Contents

the amount of revenue to be recognized and the period in which it is recognized could differ materially from the amounts reported.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation cost is measured at the date of grant based on the estimated fair value of the award, net of estimated forfeitures. We estimate the fair value of our stock-based awards to employees and directors using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The grant date fair value of a stock-based award is recognized as an expense over the requisite service period of the award on a straight-line basis.

For equity instruments issued to individuals other than employees and directors, the award is recorded at fair value at the date of grant; however we re-measure the fair value of such instruments granted at each reporting period until the performance under the consulting arrangements is completed. The initial expense is recognized over the term of the service agreement or if an open ended assignment, over the standard vesting period indicated in the grant. To date this expense has been immaterial.

We recorded total non-cash stock-based compensation expense of $0.3 million and $0.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and $0.4 and $0.3 million for each of the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014. At December 31, 2014 and September 30, 2015, we had $0.5 million and $1.5 million of total unrecognized employee stock-based compensation expense, related to stock option grants, respectively. As of December 31, 2014 and September 30, 2015, these costs will be recognized as expense over a weighted-average period of 2.84 and 3.17 years, respectively.

We expect to continue to grant stock options in the future, and, to the extent that we do, our actual stock-based compensation expense recognized in future periods will increase.

The Black-Scholes option pricing model requires the input of subjective assumptions, including the risk-free interest rate, expected dividend yield, expected volatility, expected term and the fair value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant, among other inputs. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management's judgment. If factors change and different assumptions are used, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future. These assumptions are estimated as follows:

79


Table of Contents

In addition to the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model, the amount of stock-based compensation expense we recognize in our financial statements includes an estimate of stock option forfeitures. We estimate our forfeiture rate based on an analysis of our actual forfeitures and will continue to evaluate the appropriateness of the forfeiture rate based on actual forfeiture experience, analysis of employee turnover and other factors. Changes in the estimated forfeiture rate can have an impact on our stock-based compensation expense as the cumulative effect of adjusting the rate is recognized in the period the forfeiture estimate is changed. If a revised forfeiture rate is higher than the previously estimated forfeiture rate, an adjustment is made that will result in a decrease to the stock-based compensation expense recognized in the financial statements. If a revised forfeiture rate is lower than the previously estimated forfeiture rate, an adjustment is made that will result in an increase to the stock-based compensation expense recognized in our financial statements.

The fair value of our common stock is determined on each grant date by our management in accordance with Statement of Standards for Valuation Services No. 1 of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. Options to purchase shares of our common stock are intended to be granted with an exercise price per share no less than the fair value per share of our common stock underlying those options on the date of grant, based on the information known to us on the date of grant. Our assessments of the fair value of our common stock were performed using methodologies, approaches and assumptions consistent with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Audit and Accounting Practice Aid Series: Valuation of Privately Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation.

The valuations have been developed using significant judgment and taking into account numerous factors, including:

Warrant Liabilities

In 2007 and 2008, we issued stock warrants to purchase 52,239 shares of Series A preferred stock. The warrants are immediately exercisable and expire ten years from the date of issuance. The exercise price of the warrants is $2.01 per share, subject to adjustment as defined in the warrant agreement.

80


Table of Contents

In 2011 we issued stock warrants to purchase 365,604 shares of Series C preferred stock. The warrants are immediately exercisable and expire between five and seven years from the date of issuance, as defined in each warrant agreement. The exercise price of the warrants is $3.95 per share, subject to adjustment as defined in the warrant agreements. In connection with the issuance of notes payable in 2012, we issued stock warrants to purchase 54,672 shares of Series D preferred stock. The warrants are immediately exercisable and expire ten years from the date of issuance. The exercise price of the warrants is $5.03 per share, subject to adjustment as defined in the warrant agreement.

We account for the warrants as a liability since they are separable instruments for the purchase of potentially redeemable stock. The liability is revalued at each reporting period and the change in fair value recognized as interest expense for warrants outstanding in connection with the issuance of debt that is still payable or other income (expense) if issued in connection with the issuance of preferred stock. The terms of all warrants provide for either gross or net settlement at the option of the holder.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In July 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2015-11, Inventory (Topic 330): Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory, or ASU 2015-11. The amendments in ASU 2015-11 require an entity to measure in scope inventory at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Net realizable value is the estimated selling prices in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal and transportation. Subsequent measurement is unchanged for inventory measured using LIFO or the retail inventory method. The amendments do not apply to inventory that is measured using last-in, first-out, or LIFO, the retail inventory method. The amendments apply to all other inventory, which includes inventory that is measured using first-in, first-out, or FIFO, or average cost. The pronouncement is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within those fiscal years. We are currently evaluating the impact of this update.

In November 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update, or ASU, No. 2014-16, Determining Whether the Host Contract in a Hybrid Financial Instrument Issued in the Form of a Share Is More Akin to Debt or to Equity, or ASU 2014-16. The update was issued to reduce the diversity under GAAP in the accounting for hybrid financial instruments issued in the form of a share. The update clarifies that an entity should consider all relevant terms and features in evaluating the nature of the host contract. Entities should also assess the substance of the relevant terms and features when considering how to weight them. The amendment is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, with early adoption permitted. Application to existing instruments is on a modified retrospective basis to all relevant prior periods. We are currently evaluating the impact of this update.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements — Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40): Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity's Ability to Continue as a Going Concern, or ASU 2014-15. The amendments in ASU 2014-15 are intended to define management's responsibility to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an organization's ability to continue as a going concern and to provide related footnote disclosures. Under U.S. GAAP, financial statements are prepared under the presumption that the reporting organization will continue to operate as a going concern, except in limited circumstances. The going concern basis of accounting is critical to financial reporting because it establishes the fundamental basis for measuring and classifying assets and liabilities. Currently, GAAP lacks guidance about management's responsibility to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about the organization's ability to continue as a going concern or to provide related footnote disclosures. This ASU provides guidance to an organization's management, with principles and definitions that are intended to reduce diversity in the timing and

81


Table of Contents

content of disclosures that are commonly provided by organizations today in the financial statement footnotes. The pronouncement is effective for the annual period ending after December 15, 2016, and for annual periods and interim periods thereafter. We are currently evaluating the impact of this update.

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, or ASU 2014-09, which stipulates that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for such goods or services. To achieve this core principle, an entity should apply the following steps: (1) identify the contract(s) with a customer; (2) identify the performance obligations in the contract(s); (3) determine the transaction price(s); (4) allocate the transaction price(s) to the performance obligations in the contract(s); and (5) recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation. The guidance also requires advanced disclosures regarding the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from an entity's contracts with customers. For public business entities, ASU 2014-09 was originally effective for the fiscal year beginning January 1, 2017 using either of the following transition methods: (i) a full retrospective approach reflecting the application of the standard in each prior reporting period with the option to elect certain practical expedients, or (ii) a modified retrospective approach with the cumulative effect of initially adopting the standard recognized at the date of adoption (which includes footnote disclosures). In August, 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-14, Revenue From Contracts With Customers (Topic 606): Deferral of the Effective Date, that defers the effective date of the new revenue standard by one year (January 1, 2018 effective date). Reporting entities have the option to adopt the standard as early as the original January 1, 2017 effective date. We are currently evaluating the impact of this amendment on our financial position and results of operations.

Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (JOBS Act)

In April 2012, the JOBS Act was signed into law. The JOBS Act contains provisions that, among other things, reduce certain reporting requirements for an "emerging growth company." As an "emerging growth company," we are electing not to take advantage of the extended transition period afforded by the JOBS Act for the implementation of new or revised accounting standards, and as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth public companies. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that our decision not to take advantage of the extended transition period is irrevocable. We have chosen to rely on the other exemptions and reduced reporting requirements provided by the JOBS Act. Subject to certain conditions set forth in the JOBS Act, as an "emerging growth company" we are not required to, among other things, (i) provide an auditor's attestation report on our system of internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, (ii) provide all of the compensation disclosure that may be required of non-emerging growth public companies under the Dodd-Frank Act, (iii) comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor's report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements (auditor discussion and analysis) and (iv) disclose certain executive compensation-related items, such as the correlation between executive compensation and performance and comparisons of the chief executive officer's compensation to median employee compensation. We may remain an emerging growth company until the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering. However, if certain events occur prior to the end of such five-year period, including if we become a "large accelerated filer," our annual gross revenue equals or exceeds $1.0 billion or we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt in any three-year period, we will cease to be an emerging growth company prior to the end of such five-year period.

82


Table of Contents

The above listing is not intended to be a comprehensive list of all of our accounting policies. In many cases, the accounting treatment of a particular transaction is specifically dictated by GAAP. There are also areas in which our management's judgment in selecting any available alternative would not produce a materially different result. Please see our audited financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus, which contain accounting policies and other disclosures required by GAAP.

Controls and Procedures

Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP. We have not performed an evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting, such as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, nor have we engaged an independent registered public accounting firm to perform an audit of our internal control over financial reporting as of any balance sheet date or for any period reported in our financial statements. Presently, we are not an accelerated filer, as such term is defined by Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act, and therefore, our management is not presently required to perform an annual assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. This requirement will first apply to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016. Our independent registered public accounting firm will first be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the first year we are no longer an "emerging growth company" under the JOBS Act. In connection with our audit as of and for the years ended December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, our independent registered public accounting firm identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. See "Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business and Strategy — Our independent registered public accounting firm has identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting that, if not properly remediated, could result in material misstatements in our financial statements in future periods" for a discussion of these matters.

83


Table of Contents


BUSINESS

We are a commercial stage global medical technology company that is revolutionizing Minimally Invasive Surgery with AirSeal, our proprietary surgical access management system that we believe offers significant clinical benefits for patients and economic benefits for healthcare providers. We refer to the combination of our proprietary AirSeal technology and the surgical procedures that they enable as Low Impact Surgery. We believe Low Impact Surgery enables a wider range of surgical procedures to be performed with less invasive surgical access, thereby broadening the population of patients for whom MIS procedures may be applicable. As of September 30, 2015, more than 1,600 AirSeal systems were deployed in over 700 institutions worldwide, and we believe AirSeal disposable devices have been used in more than 340,000 surgical procedures worldwide since 2011. Quarterly sales of AirSeal disposables have grown from less than 4,000 sets during the three months ended March 30, 2012 to more than 44,000 disposables sets during the three months ended September 30, 2015; and more than 135,000 disposables sets were sold during the 9 months ended September 30, 2015.

Over the past 25 years, abdominal surgery has evolved from highly invasive open procedures to MIS approaches, which include techniques such as laparoscopic and robotic-assisted laparoscopic surgery. According to Millennium Research Group, approximately 33 million abdominal surgical procedures are expected to be performed in 2015 in major markets worldwide, of which approximately 10 million are currently addressable by our technology, representing an annual opportunity for approximately $2 billion of AirSeal disposables. MIS has continued to evolve, incorporating surgical robots in its most advanced form. We believe robotic-assisted surgery combines the benefits of minimally invasive access to the body with the enhanced dexterity and surgical control provided by surgical robotics. Approximately 570,000 robotic-assisted surgical procedures were performed in 2014 worldwide. We believe AirSeal is the leading surgical access system used in robotic-assisted procedures globally.

MIS relies on the creation of working space in the abdominal cavity to facilitate the manipulation of surgical instruments and the visualization of the surgical site by endoscopic cameras. This is done through the inflation and distension of the abdominal cavity using CO2 under pressure. This process is known as insufflation and the resulting state of insufflation is referred to as pneumoperitoneum. It is critical that pneumoperitoneum remains stable throughout the procedure. However, fluctuations in intra-abdominal pressure can be caused by surgical suction, smoke evacuation, specimen removal, trocar dislodgement, moving the patient, applying pressure to the patient's body or over-pressurizing the surgical cavity after a loss of pneumoperitoneum. Conventional access devices, comprising trocars, insufflators and insufflation tubing, are designed to create and maintain pneumoperitoneum. However, these devices have numerous limitations which result in challenges in maintaining stable pneumoperitoneum. These limitations include intermittent pressure monitoring, delayed response to pressure changes and the inability to prevent loss of pneumoperitoneum during standard instrument exchange, use of suction, smoke evacuation or specimen removal. Conventional access devices also do not include integrated management of surgical smoke caused by thermal energy-based devices commonly used during surgery, which obstructs the view of the surgical field and poses potential health hazards for operating room occupants. The combination of these limitations contributes to an environment in which intra-abdominal pressure often fluctuates between levels so low that the surgical working space collapses and so high that it can cause harm to the patient. Surgeries using conventional access devices may also require more invasive access in order to accommodate the safe removal of contaminated or cancerous surgical specimens from the body. Accordingly, conventional access devices are associated with complications including errant cuts or burns, increased blood loss, longer operating times, more post-operative pain and prolonged recovery times which also lead to increased costs for the hospital.

84


Table of Contents

We believe that our AirSeal technology represents the first major innovation in minimally invasive surgical access since the introduction of the modern trocar. The AirSeal system replaces trocars that rely on mechanical valves to create and maintain pneumoperitoneum with a valve-free access port that has no moving parts. AirSeal instead employs a proprietary gaseous barrier to provide real-time sensing of intra-abdominal pressure, which enables dynamic adjustment of intra-abdominal pressure to maintain stable pneumoperitoneum. AirSeal also includes automatic and continuous smoke evacuation to provide a clear and constant field of vision. Accordingly, the improved surgical conditions enabled by AirSeal allow surgeons to perform MIS procedures with a more stable and less rigid state of pneumoperitoneum, and at approximately 50% lower intra-abdominal pressures than are typically used with conventional access devices. Laparoscopy performed at lower pressure has been clinically demonstrated to contribute to lower post-operative pain, reduced reliance on post-operative pain medication and shorter length of hospital stay. While we have not yet completed a clinical study comparing both AirSeal and conventional insufflation at low pressure, several studies have been completed comparing AirSeal at low pressure versus conventional insufflation at standard pressure. In these studies, AirSeal at low pressure did not demonstrate the challenges typically associated with conventional insufflation at low pressure (which include increased operating time and a greater requirement to raise intra-abdominal pressure from low to standard levels). In addition, we believe AirSeal simplifies pulmonary ventilation and hemodynamic management by the anesthesiologist, enabling a minimally invasive approach in patients who have more complicated diseases and are traditionally poor candidates for MIS.

The AirSeal system has received clearance from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, pursuant to Section 510(k) of the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act. The cleared indications for use are (i) in diagnostic and/or therapeutic endoscopic procedures to distend a cavity by filling it with gas, to establish and maintain a path of entry for endoscopic instruments and to evacuate surgical smoke; (ii) to facilitate the use of various laparoscopic instruments by filling the abdominal cavity with gas to distend it, by creating and maintaining a gas sealed obstruction-free instrument path and by evacuating surgical smoke; and (iii) to insufflate the rectum and colon to facilitate endoscopic observation, diagnosis and treatment. In addition, the trocar of the AirSeal system is indicated for use with or without visualization of the surgical site by endoscopic cameras. Typically, our customers are reimbursed for surgical procedures utilizing our devices through bundled payments, rather than receiving direct reimbursement for the cost of the AirSeal system components. Our customers accept the bundled payments as reimbursement for all associated costs of the surgical procedure, including the products and supplies used. Facility and physician reimbursement levels can vary according to the type of surgical procedure performed, the setting in which the surgical procedure was performed (e.g., hospital inpatient or outpatient departments), the clinical condition of the patient and other factors.

We have sponsored numerous post-market clinical studies within several surgical specialties to assess the clinical benefits of our AirSeal system for its cleared indications, and we are aware of five third-party studies of our system. All of these studies assessed the AirSeal system for its currently cleared indications for use. While we believe that these data support the benefits of the AirSeal system, the studies have certain limitations, such as the fact that some of these clinical studies were not designed as prospective, randomized trials and some of these clinical studies enrolled fewer than 100 patients. In addition, some of the data we present on reduced pressure laparoscopy come from clinical studies not assessing, and unrelated to, the AirSeal system. Further, we lack long-term clinical data on the safety and efficacy of the AirSeal system.

We have developed and maintain a portfolio of intellectual property to protect our technologies, which included 76 issued patents, of which 30 were issued U.S. patents, and 65 patent applications pending globally, of which 26 were patent applications pending in the United States, as of November 1, 2015.

85


Table of Contents

We continue to invest in the research and development necessary to design, develop and commercialize new surgical solutions that leverage our technologies to enable less invasive surgical techniques.

We currently market and sell our products in the United States and internationally through a multi-channel sales organization comprised of sales managers, direct sales representatives, clinical education specialists and distributors. Our sales professionals have extensive training and experience in promoting, marketing and selling advanced laparoscopic technologies. The majority of our revenues are from sales to hospital customers through our direct sales representatives. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, international sales represented approximately 32.8% and 31.7% of revenue, respectively. We expect to continue to make investments in our global sales organization by increasing the number of our direct sales representatives and broadening our relationships with distributor partners. We believe the continuing expansion of our global sales organization will provide us with significant opportunities for future growth as we increase the penetration of our technologies within the global laparoscopic procedure market and enable novel procedures.

For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, our total revenue was $19.1 million and $30.2 million, respectively and our net losses were $8.3 million and $14.8 million, respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015, our total revenue was $20.6 million and $34.7 million, respectively and our net losses were $11.4 million and $15.1 million, respectively.

Industry Background

Evolution of Minimally Invasive Surgery

Over the past 25 years, abdominal surgery has evolved from the performance of highly invasive open procedures to those that use increasingly advanced forms of MIS. These procedures are also referred to as laparoscopic surgeries. MIS procedures utilize one or more small incisions through which ports, or trocars, are inserted into an insufflated abdomen. Small cameras, called endoscopes, and surgical instruments are placed through the trocars and used to visualize the surgical site and to perform surgery, respectively. MIS procedures are often associated with less surgical trauma and enable improved patient outcomes, faster recovery times, less post-operative pain and reduced scarring as compared to traditional open surgery. Although recent advances in MIS are enabling surgery through a natural orifice, such as the mouth, nose or anus, rather than an incision, a clear and stable operative field is still essential in these techniques. We believe one of the most advanced forms of MIS is robotic-assisted laparoscopic surgery, which combines the benefits of minimally invasive ports with the enhanced dexterity, accuracy and surgical control provided by a robot.

Market Opportunity

According to reports by Millennium Research Group, approximately 33 million abdominal surgical procedures are expected to be performed in 2015 in major markets worldwide, of which 10 million are currently addressable by our technology, representing an annual global opportunity for approximately $2 billion of AirSeal disposables. In 2015, approximately 15 million additional procedures are expected to be performed through more invasive conventional open surgical approaches in our target markets worldwide. We believe a significant number of these procedures can be performed with MIS approaches as continued development and increased adoption of techniques that leverage our technologies enable less traumatic access and improved surgical control.

86


Table of Contents


2015 Global Laparoscopic Procedures



GRAPHIC
 
GRAPHIC

We believe one of the most advanced forms of MIS is robotic-assisted laparoscopic surgery, which combines the benefits of minimally invasive ports with the enhanced dexterity, accuracy and surgical control provided by a robot. There were approximately 570,000 robotic-assisted laparoscopic procedures performed worldwide in 2014. We believe AirSeal is currently the leading surgical access management system used in robotic-assisted laparoscopic procedures globally. We intend to leverage our strong relationships with surgeons that perform robotic-assisted procedures using AirSeal to further penetrate the larger general laparoscopic procedure market and ultimately become the standard of care for surgical access utilized by surgeons worldwide.

Key Working Conditions that Enable Effective MIS Procedures

MIS procedures require certain working conditions in order to provide an environment in which surgery can be performed more effectively and efficiently, including stable pneumoperitoneum, clear and constant field of vision, controlled management of surgical smoke and sufficient access for intact specimen removal.

87


Table of Contents

Conventional Access Devices

Conventional access devices are designed to access the abdominal cavity in a minimally invasive manner and attempt to establish the safe working conditions described above for the performance of MIS procedures. The three devices used in combination to achieve this are: trocars, insufflators and insufflation tubing.

Trocars.

A trocar is a pointed shaft with a hollow circular tube that is inserted into the abdominal cavity during laparoscopic surgery. Conventional trocars incorporate small internal valves to create a mechanical seal through which to pass instruments to prevent pressurized CO2 from escaping the body. The mechanical valves that conventional trocars rely on to maintain pneumoperitoneum must be covered with lubricants in order to reduce friction with the instruments inserted and withdrawn through them. The majority of trocars are designed as single-use devices because these valves are subject to wear and tear. Conventional trocars also incorporate a type of valve called a stopcock which manually controls the flow of CO2 into or out of the trocar. Stopcocks have small diameters that may limit the rate of gas inflow below what is required to maintain stable pneumoperitoneum when suction is used or trocars are dislodged.

Insufflators.

Insufflators regulate the transfer of CO2 from a pressurized external source into the body and the release of gas from the body through the trocar with the goal of creating and maintaining stable pneumoperitoneum. Insufflators typically transfer CO2 for three seconds and then pause to monitor the intra-abdominal pressure for one second to determine if the intra-abdominal pressure is below or above the surgeon's specified level of pneumoperitoneum. The insufflator then adjusts by releasing gas or continuing to transfer CO2. The intermittent pressure monitoring and simple on/off mechanics of conventional insufflators often result in significant fluctuations of intra-abdominal pressure during the intervals of gas transfer and monitoring. In addition, while some insufflators advertise high flow-rate, the flow of gas through the trocar is limited by the diameter of conventional trocar stopcocks, regardless of insufflator flow-rate. Insufflators also do not dynamically respond to the changes in intra-abdominal pressure caused by the mechanical ventilation of the patient by the anesthesiologist.

88


Table of Contents

Insufflation Tubing.

Single-lumen, or single-channel, tubing connects conventional insufflators and trocars. Conventional tubing is unidirectional and can therefore only perform one action at a time, such as either transferring gas or providing a conduit for monitoring pressure.

Limitations of Conventional Access Devices

While MIS procedures are associated with many benefits, as described above, the limitations of conventional access devices result in several challenges that adversely impact the clinical outcomes and healthcare economics of MIS procedures, including:

89


Table of Contents

Although MIS procedures have enabled surgeries to be performed with less invasive access to the body, there remains a significant opportunity for abdominal access systems that enable continuous pressure sensing, dynamic responses to changes in intra-abdominal pressure to maintain consistent pneumoperitoneum, provide for integrated smoke evacuation and enable intact specimen removal. We further believe that advanced access technologies will enable MIS procedures to be performed safely at lower pneumoperitoneum pressures resulting in improved clinical outcomes for patients and enhanced profitability for providers.

Our Solution

We have developed AirSeal, the first and only integrated surgical access management system to address the limitations associated with conventional access devices, to provide improved clinical outcomes for patients and economic benefits for healthcare providers. The components of our proprietary AirSeal system are the AirSeal Valve-Free Access Port, Intelligent Flow System, or iFS unit and the AirSeal Filtered Tube Set, or FTS. We believe Low Impact Surgery provides the following benefits as compared to conventional access devices.

90


Table of Contents

We believe that Low Impact Surgery enables improved clinical outcomes, better surgical control, faster operating times, higher patient safety, shorter recovery times and reduced post-operative pain as compared to MIS procedures performed with conventional access devices. As a result, we believe Low Impact Surgery offers compelling economic benefits to health care providers including reduced PACU time and its associated lower hospitalization costs and higher patient throughput. We believe our technologies enable a new generation of techniques that expand the surgical procedures that may be performed with less invasive surgical access, while offering improved clinical and economic benefits for patients, physicians and providers as compared to existing alternatives.

91


Table of Contents

Our Strategy

Our goals are to establish AirSeal as the standard of care for every laparoscopic and robotic-assisted laparoscopic procedure worldwide, increase the number of surgeries that can be performed with less invasive surgical approaches and broaden the population of patients for whom MIS procedures may be applicable. To accomplish these goals, we are employing the following strategies:

92


Table of Contents

Clinical Experience Regarding AirSeal's Benefits

There is a growing body of evidence that supports the clinical performance and economic benefits of our AirSeal system. Results of multiple studies assessing the benefits of the AirSeal system have been published in peer-reviewed articles and presented at international healthcare conferences. In addition, we are currently engaged in a variety of ongoing studies to continue to assess our clinical and economic benefits. The studies below illustrate findings pertaining to stable pneumoperitoneum, lower pressure surgery and economic benefits associated with our AirSeal system that we believe are consistent with the outcomes observed in published literature. Although the number of subjects of these studies is relatively small, the design of the studies nevertheless allowed for an assessment of statistical significance, and the results are both statistically significant and clinically relevant. "Statistical significance" means the likelihood that a result or relationship is caused by something other than random chance or error. Statistical significance is measured by a "p-value," which indicates the probability value that the results observed in a study were due to chance alone. The lower the p-value, the less likely that the results observed were due to chance alone. A p-value of less than 0.05 is generally considered "statistically significant," meaning that the probability of the results occurring by chance alone is less than five percent.

Clinical Data Suggesting AirSeal Enables a More Stable Pneumoperitoneum

In a 60-patient prospective randomized study, researchers at the University of California, Irvine compared the intra-procedural abdominal cavity pressure and associated physiologic effects during laparoscopic renal surgery of the AirSeal system and a conventional insufflation system. Patients were randomized to either the AirSeal system (Figure A) or conventional insufflation (Figure B), and pressure was measured eight times per second for the entirety of the procedure via a specialized pressure transducer. The researchers submitted their results for the first 28 patients to complete this trial for presentation at the 2014 annual meeting of the American Urological Association. In the interim analysis, researchers found that pneumoperitoneum was significantly more stable in the AirSeal group than in the conventional insufflation group.

The charts below demonstrate that AirSeal maintained pneumoperitoneum pressure at the specified range of 12mmHg to 18mmHg 98.5% of the time, whereas conventional insufflation was in range only 71% of the time (p<0.001). This clinical evidence demonstrates that AirSeal provides a more stable pneumoperitoneum when compared to conventional insufflation. Moreover, there were far fewer instances of temporary drops in pressure using AirSeal, and the recovery of the specified pressure range was accomplished without the corresponding spikes in pressure seen with conventional insufflation.

93


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC

        Figure A

GRAPHIC

        Figure B

The interim analysis also found a significantly lower mean arterial pressure within 20 minutes after insufflation in the AirSeal group, indicating the possibility of a reduced physiologic impact on cardiovascular function.

Clinical Data Associating Lower Intra-abdominal Pressure with Improved Clinical and Economic Outcomes

A meta-analysis of 22 randomized controlled trials, or RCTs, comparing 1,263 laparoscopic cholecystectomies performed utilizing conventional insufflation technologies (that did not utilize our products) at low pressure pneumoperitoneum of 7mmHg to 10mmHg versus standard pressure pneumoperitoneum of 12mmHg to 15mmHg were published in the July 2014 edition of The American

94


Table of Contents

Journal of Surgery. In this meta-analysis, low pressure pneumoperitoneum was associated with significantly reduced incidence and severity of pain, incidence of post-operative pain medication use and total pain medication requirements, and reduced hospital length of stay. Post-operative shoulder pain is thought to result from the stimulation of the phrenic nerve due to diaphragmatic irritation under pneumoperitoneum. Reduced intra-abdominal pressure has been shown in multiple clinical studies to reduce both the incidence and severity of post-operative shoulder pain. However, lower pressure procedures, all of which utilized conventional insufflation technologies, were also associated with significantly greater requirement for increasing pressure during the procedure in order to complete the procedure and significantly longer operative time.

GRAPHIC

GRAPHIC

95


Table of Contents

The meta-analysis found that performing procedures at lower pneumoperitoneum pressures of 7mmHg to 10mmHg significantly reduced the incidence and severity of shoulder pain, medication use and hospital length of stay. However, the data also showed that lower pressure procedures in some instances resulted in the requirement to raise the intra-abdominal pressure during the procedure in order to complete it as well as a significantly increased procedure time. We believe the increased risk of raising pressure and longer procedure times resulting from lower pressure were due to the limitations of conventional access devices as described above, including unstable pneumoperitoneum and challenging smoke management both of which result in inadequate visibility of the surgical field.

A recently published report regarding an ongoing clinical quality improvement project by Surgical Momentum, a healthcare data analytics company, evaluated the post-operative impact among 106 patients undergoing laparoscopic ventral hernia repair using standard insufflation at 15mmHg (50 patients), standard insufflation at 15mmHg with a transversus abdominus plane, or TAP, peripheral nerve block (37 patients), and AirSeal at 8-10 mmHg with the same TAP block (19 patients). There were no statistically significant differences between treatment groups in patient age, gender, race, or BMI. Patients in the third treatment group, those undergoing laparoscopic ventral hernia repair with AirSeal and TAP peripheral nerve block, demonstrated statistically significant reductions in the percent of patients with no pain in PACU, PACU opioid use, PACU time, total opioid use, and length of stay compared to the other two treatment groups. In addition, 37% of patients in the AirSeal with TAP arm were treated as outpatients compared to those with standard insufflation without TAP block (2%, p-value 0.0003) and those with standard insufflation with TAP block (11%, p-value 0.03). Though outcomes from a clinical quality improvement project implemented in one local environment may not be the same in other environments due to variables including differences in specific surgeon skill and experience, we believe these findings support the potential benefits of the AirSeal System when used in combination with a TAP block.

 
  A   B   C   p values    
 
  S15 no
TAP Block
  S15 w/
TAP Block
  ALP w/
TAP Block
  A vs. B   A vs. C   B vs. C   Method

LOS

    4.4     3.4     1.6     0.1575     0.0001     0.0138   2-sided t-test

PACU Time

    163.5     163.9     83.4     0.9912     0.00004     0.0428   2-sided t-test

PACU MEQ

    11.2     10.5     3.6     0.6858     0.0002     0.0014   2-sided t-test

% Patients w/ No Pain in PACU

    20.0 %   11.0 %   63.0 %   0.38     0.001     0.0001   2-sided Fisher's exact test

Total MEQ

    161.0     93.1     29.1     0.0462     0.00004     0.0028   2-sided t-test

% Outpatient

    2.0 %   11.0 %   37.0 %   0.16     0.0003     0.03   2-sided Fisher's exact test

S15 Standard Insufflation at 15 mmHg

ALP AirSeal Mode at 8-10 mmHg

96


Table of Contents

We believe the ability to produce a more stable pneumoperitoneum would significantly reduce the requirements to raise pressure during the procedure as well as lower overall procedure times. We believe the following study demonstrates that the stable pneumoperitoneum that AirSeal is designed to enable allows procedures to be performed at lower pressures with little risk of having to increase pressure during the procedure and with no increase in overall procedure time.

Clinical Data Suggesting AirSeal Enabled Surgeries to be Performed at Lower Insufflation Pressure

In a prospective pilot study, researchers at the Université Pierre et Marie Curie compared laparoscopic surgery at low pressure of 7mmHg with the AirSeal system to standard insufflation at 15mmHg. 60 patients underwent laparoscopic benign pathology, gynecologic surgery with 30 patients insufflated with AirSeal at 7mmHg and 30 patients conventionally insufflated at 15mmHg. The purpose of the study was to evaluate the potential benefits of low pressure stable pneumoperitoneum enabled by AirSeal at low pressure in terms of anesthesia parameters during the surgery and patient post-operative pain when compared to standard insufflation pressure. The results of this study were presented at the 2014 meeting of the American Association of Gynecologic Laparoscopists.

The chart below demonstrates that the creation of stable pneumoperitoneum at low pressure of 7mmHg during laparoscopy resulted in significant reductions in both shoulder pain and post-operative analgesic use, as well as significant improvement in key respiratory function during anesthesia. In addition, all patients in the low pressure group with stable pneumoperitoneum completed the procedure without the need to increase pressure above 7mmHg and there was no statistical difference in operating time between the two groups.

 
  AirSeal 7mmHg   Standard 15mmHg   P-value

N

  30   30    

Age Median (range)

  33 (19-45)   35 (25-58)   0.14

Body Mass Index Median, or BMI (range)

  22.1 (19-29.4)   22.6 (19.3-31.2)   0.2

Operative Time (in minutes) Median (range)

  26 (9-83)   30 (10-85)   0.55

Operative vs only diagnosis laparoscopy

  19/30 (63.3%)   22/30 (73.3%)   0.48



 

Results

Max Peak Airway Pressure Median (range)

 

18 (14-35)

 

24 (17-31)

 

<0.0001

End tidal CO2 Max Median (range)

  36 (31-41)   40 (33-46)   <0.0001

Max Systolic Blood Pressure Median (range)

  115 (96-138)   129 (105-160)   0.002

Numeric Rating Scale, or NRS Shoulder Pain at 4 Hours Post-Op Median (Min-Max)

  0.8 (0-7)   2.1 (0-8)   0.004

NRS Shoulder Pain at 8 Hours Post-Op Median (Min-Max)

  0.7 (0-7)   2.6 (0-10)   0.002

NRS Shoulder Pain at 24 Hours Post-Op Median (Min-Max)

  0.5 (0-6)   1.5 (0-6)   0.004

Consumption of Morphine (%)

  3/30 (10%)   10/30 (33.3%)   0.028

Felt Ready to be Discharged

  14/30 (46.7%)   7/30 (23.3%)   0.058

Clinical Data Associating AirSeal with Faster Procedure Times

In a retrospective single-institution review, researchers in Linz, Austria compared the operative time and other perioperative outcomes during robotic-assisted laparoscopic prostatectomy, or RALP, using the AirSeal system and conventional insufflation. A total of 792 patients underwent RALP, however the first 150 patients were excluded from the analysis to account for the learning curve of robotic-assisted surgery. A total of 257 and 385 patients underwent RALP using the AirSeal system and conventional insufflation, respectively. There were no significant differences in patient-level factors

97


Table of Contents

or surgical characteristics between the two groups, other than with respect to operative time. The researchers presented their results in the March 2014 edition of the World Journal of Urology.

The chart below reflects the findings of the study. In this review, AirSeal was associated with a significantly lower mean operative time of 149.5 minutes as compared to conventional insufflation at 170.1 minutes (p<0.0001). It is also noteworthy that patients in the AirSeal group had pneumoperitoneum maintained at 10mmHg while patients in the conventional insufflation arm had pneumoperitoneum maintained at 12mmHg.

 
  AirSeal iFS N = 257   Conventional N = 385   P-value*

Mean patient characteristics (range)

           

Age (years)

  62.3 (32.1 - 76.6)   62.6 (42.7 - 75.4)   0.614

American Society of Anesthesiologists, or ASA, classification

  1.8 (1.0 - 3.0)   1.7 (1.0 - 0.3)   0.064

BMI (kg/m2)

  27.6 (16.2 - 47.4)   27.3 (17.8 - 41.4)   0.357

Prostate volume (ml)

  41.6 (12.0 - 200.0)   41.8 (13 - 170)   0.897

Gleason score

  6.6 (4 - 10)   6.4 (4.0 - 10.0)   0.098

Prostate Specific Antigen, or PSA (ng/ml)

  8.3 (0.59 - 69.7)   7.8 (0.03 - 88)   0.426

Surgery characteristics

           

Operating Room Time, or ORT (min)

  149.5 (45.0 - 325.0)   170.1 (65.0 - 340.0)   <0.0001

Estimated Blood Loss, or EBL (ml)

  256.6 (0.0 - 2000.0)   223.6 (0.0 - 1500.0)   0.369

Margins (positive)

  26.3% (55)   24.1% (93)   0.548

Complications

  0.5% (1)   0.8% (3)   0.639

Nerve sparing

  62.6% (156)   66.5% (250)   0.325

Node dissection

  49.8% (101)   45.4% (173)   0.729

Our Technology & Products

We believe the integrated design and proprietary innovations of our AirSeal system enables performance superior to that of conventional access devices. We believe our AirSeal system and complementary products enable a variety of less invasive surgical approaches that may enable improved surgical and clinical outcomes that result in economic savings to the healthcare system.

GRAPHIC

The AirSeal Access Port.    Our patented, single-use, valve-free trocar uses no moving parts to create and maintain pneumoperitoneum by creating an invisible pressure barrier at the proximal end of the trocar cannula that enables real-time pressure sensing. In lieu of mechanical valves, the pressure-barrier is created by using a series of high pressure nozzles within the cannula housing that directs a downward force of gas generated and regulated by the iFS unit that is equal in force to the intra-abdominal pressure chosen by the surgeon to perform the procedure. The result is an invisible gas barrier that creates a less rigid state of pneumoperitoneum and responds to changes in pressure, either by allowing more gas inflow during pressure drops or by serving as a real-time pressure relief valve during pressure spikes. This unique design feature enables more stable pneumoperitoneum and procedures to be performed at lower pressure, contributing to improved clinical outcomes. The port's proprietary manifold design also enables continuous smoke evacuation without loss of pneumoperitoneum and the port's valve-free design enables frictionless surgical instrument manipulation and intact specimen removal. AirSeal Access Ports are available in multiple diameters and lengths to meet surgical requirements.

98


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC

The AirSeal Intelligent Flow System (iFS) Unit.    The iFS unit is a sophisticated, multipurpose, computer-controlled device that insufflates, measures pressure in real-time, dynamically responds to changes in the abdominal surgical environment and continuously evacuates smoke from the abdominal cavity. The iFS unit employs proprietary pump technology designed to create the unique, pressure-based gaseous barrier deployed in conjunction with the AirSeal Access Port and Filtered Tube Set to maintain stable pneumoperitoneum and a clear operative field. The iFS unit features a large touchscreen display that enables the operating room staff to monitor key readouts including flow rate, intra-abdominal pressure, smoke evacuation level and remaining gas supply, and to make adjustments when necessary. The iFS unit also provides visual and audio alerts to communicate important messages to the operating room staff, including low gas level warnings or other intraprocedural situations that may lead to compromised clinical outcomes. The iFS unit is capable of operating in 3 different modes, depending on the specific needs of the procedure.

GRAPHIC

AirSeal Filtered Tube Set.    Our patented, single-use tri-lumen Filtered Tube Set connects the iFS unit to an AirSeal Access Port with three individual lumens, which enable simultaneous CO2 insufflation, pressure barrier maintenance, smoke evacuation and real-time pressure sensing. The FTS includes a 0.01 micron filter that surpasses the published filtration guidelines of both the National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health, or NIOSH, and the Association of Perioperative Registered Nurses, or AORN.

GRAPHIC

Low Impact Micro-Laparoscopic Instruments.    Our family of proprietary Low Impact micro-laparoscopic handheld instruments enables MIS to be performed through reusable trocars as small as 3mm for reduced scarring and pain. Our instruments are composed of seven proprietary alloys that enable the instrumentation to deliver the same shaft strength, jaw length and clinical performance of standard 5mm diameter instruments. Used in conjunction with AirSeal, these instruments provide Low Impact surgical approaches that we believe reduce postoperative pain and medication use, length of stay and patient scarring. Our instruments can be customized into sets for a wide range of high volume procedures such as laparoscopic cholecystectomy, thereby enabling us to leverage the clinical and economic benefits of AirSeal to provide cost-effective procedure-specific solutions for hospitals.

99


Table of Contents

Other Applications and Product Pipeline

We believe the combination of our AirSeal system, our Low Impact micro-laparoscopic instruments and new devices under development will enable less invasive surgical procedures, including those that utilize transgastric, transanal and transvaginal approaches. We continue to develop new products that broaden our line of Low Impact Instruments and devices to leverage our AirSeal system and enable the continued adoption of these less invasive procedures. Various other general surgical procedures, including transanal endoscopic surgery, are associated with tight anatomical constraints and are therefore not typically performed via MIS due to the unreliability of pneumoperitoneum maintenance and inability to address excessive smoke accumulation associated with conventional access technologies. We believe that our AirSeal technology and the benefits of Low Impact Surgery can enable the conversion of traditional invasive procedures to less invasive MIS approaches.

Sales & Marketing

We currently market and sell our products in the United States and internationally through a multi-channel sales organization comprised of sales managers, direct sales representatives, clinical education specialists and distributors. Our global sales organization is comprised of professionals with extensive experience in medical technology, each of whom have demonstrated proficiency in promoting, marketing and selling our innovative portfolio of integrated access management technologies and related devices. Our sales organization provides us with broad geographic coverage in regions where our products are sold, including North America, Central and South America, Europe, Middle East, South Africa, China, Japan and other Asia-Pacific countries. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, international sales represented approximately 32.8% and 31.7% of our revenue, respectively.

As of September 30, 2015, our U.S. sales organization consisted of 68 direct sales employees, a network of six clinical education specialists and two independent sales agencies. Our U.S. sales organization is led by two area sales directors and seven regional sales managers who report to our VP of Domestic Sales. We believe that our combination of direct sales employees, independent sales agencies and clinical education specialists provides a balance of professional selling skills and technical expertise in the field.

Outside the United States, we sell our products primarily through a network of distribution partners located in markets where we see the greatest potential for adoption of Low Impact Surgery. We continually evaluate new market opportunities and intend to expand into new international markets. As of September 30, 2015, we had agreements with 28 distributor organizations who market our products in 47 countries internationally, in addition to agreements with 4 distributors that market to countries where we are awaiting regulatory clearance. We manage our distributor partners through an organization comprised of five area sales directors and one general manager who report to our Senior Vice President of International Sales.

Manufacturing & Quality Assurance

We are an FDA registered medical device company and carry an ISO 13485 / CMDCAS certification. We maintain a Quality Management System that is designed to comply with domestic and international regulatory requirements, which require that the quality system reach from internal control of operations to the suppliers supporting our product realization processes. Our medical devices are manufactured, assembled and sterilized using medical device contract manufacturers. All of our contract manufacturers are ISO 13485 certified and registered establishments with the FDA. Our sterile single-use device suppliers are based in the United States and our iFS units and single-use tube sets are manufactured in Germany.

100


Table of Contents

We do not have long-term manufacturing agreements with any supplier and conduct business on a purchase order basis. We have not had any difficulty obtaining the necessary raw material to support production and we believe capacity among our suppliers is sufficient to support our future growth. We currently rely on a small number of high quality suppliers with whom we have successfully partnered for many years. These suppliers have a long history in the medical device contract manufacturing business, are well equipped with the appropriate level of expertise and are financially sound. Our suppliers are audited by us on an annual basis and as medical device contractors are also subject to FDA and international Notified Body on-site inspections. All of our suppliers are in good standing with both FDA and Notified Bodies. Proximity to critical suppliers allows for frequent on-site meetings and hands on partnership. Our suppliers are organized to provide materials with minimal inventory positions, lower cost, flexibility and rapid response to changing customer demands.

Research & Development

We have an experienced research and development team with scientific, engineering and process expertise in the areas we believe are necessary to grow our business and develop our proprietary technologies. As of September 30, 2015, we had 20 employees engaged in research and development. We expect to commit significant resources to developing new technologies and devices, improving product performance and reducing costs. We continually seek to improve and broaden our product portfolio. Our research and development expenses totaled $2.0 million and $2.9 million in the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively. We also plan to broaden our technology platform to include a family of complementary instruments and next generation devices that will allow surgeons to leverage the clinical and economic benefits enabled by our AirSeal technology in novel MIS procedures.

Competition

We consider our primary competition to be existing providers of conventional insufflation technologies. Our success depends, in part, on convincing hospitals, surgeons and patients to convert from conventional insufflation at standard pressure to AirSeal at low pressure in laparoscopic and robotic-assisted laparoscopic surgeries. Companies that have an established presence in the field of MIS access include Stryker Corporation, Karl Storz Endoscopy-America, Inc., Olympus Corporation and Richard Wolf Medical Instruments Corporation (insufflators); Ethicon Endo-Surgery, LLC (a subsidiary of Johnson & Johnson), Covidien plc and Applied Medical Resources Corporation (trocars); and numerous generic manufacturers of insufflation tubing. We believe that the principal competitive factors in our markets are:

We also compete in the marketplace to recruit and retain qualified scientific, management and sales personnel, as well as in acquiring technologies and technology licenses complementary to our products or advantageous to our business.

Our ability to compete successfully will depend on our ability to develop proprietary products that reach the market in a timely manner, are highly efficacious, promote improve clinical outcomes and are cost effective.

101


Table of Contents

Intellectual Property

We protect our proprietary technologies by maintaining patents covering our product designs, their methods of use and any other inventions that are important to the development of our business. Our success depends in part on our ability to protect our intellectual property. As of November 1, 2015, we owned 76 issued patents, of which 30 were issued U.S. patents. As of October 1, 2015, we owned 65 patent applications pending globally, of which 26 were patent applications pending in the United States. We also rely on know-how, continuing technological innovation and may in the future rely upon licensing opportunities to develop, strengthen and maintain the proprietary position of our technology. We will continue to vigorously defend our proprietary innovations and continue to expand our intellectual property portfolio.

Patent Assignment and Licensing Agreement

In April 2006, we entered into an Assignment and License Agreement with IP Technologies, LLC. As part of the License Agreement, IP Technologies, LLC sold, assigned and transferred proprietary patents and patent applications to us so we could develop and commercialize products. In exchange for patents and patent applications, we agreed to pay IP Technologies, LLC an upfront fee, which we have recorded as an asset that is being amortized over the anticipated useful lives of the patents. In addition to the upfront fee, we also agreed to issue to IP Technologies, LLC shares of our common stock. As further consideration, we agreed to pay IP Technologies, LLC royalties on the net sales of any eligible products sold by us that utilized the acquired technology, subject to certain minimum royalty payments.

The eligible products subject to royalty payments under the Assignment and License Agreement are the cannulae portions of our single-use access port devices. A cannula is the small tube that is inserted into the body cavity during procedures. One single use set that is used in every AirSeal procedure consists of a trocar and the AirSeal FTS; however, only the trocar portion of the set is eligible for royalty payments.

During November 2012, we amended the Assignment and License Agreement to reduce the royalties on net sales of any eligible products (subject to a minimum royalty), further clarify which products are considered eligible products under the agreement and add a royalty buyout provision. Under the royalty buyout provision, upon an initial public offering or a non-IPO liquidation event, we are required to make a buyout payment to IP Technologies, LLC. Upon that buyout payment, we will no longer be subject to the royalty expenses related to the sale of eligible products and we expect our margins to be favorably impacted. We estimate that this royalty buyout obligation will be approximately $              . See "Use of Proceeds."

Coverage and Reimbursement

In the U.S., our currently approved products are commonly treated as general supplies utilized in surgery and if covered by third-party payors, are paid for as part of the surgical procedure. Our commercial success depends in part on the extent to which governmental authorities, private health insurers and other third-party payors provide coverage for and establish adequate reimbursement levels for the procedures during which our products are used. Failure by physicians, hospitals, ambulatory surgery centers and other users of our products to obtain sufficient coverage and reimbursement from healthcare payors for procedures in which our products are used, or adverse changes in government and private third-party payors' policies would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future growth prospects.

102


Table of Contents

In the United States, third-party payors continue to implement initiatives that restrict the use of certain technologies to those that meet certain clinical evidentiary requirements. Based on our experience to date, these payors generally reimburse for the surgical procedures in which our products are used, as long as the patient meets the established medical necessity criteria for surgery. In addition, some payors are moving toward a managed care system and control their health care costs by limiting authorizations for surgical procedures, including elective procedures using our devices. Failure to obtain favorable payor policies could have a material adverse effect on our business and operations.

Reimbursement decisions by particular third-party payors may depend upon a number of factors, including each payor's determination that use of a product is:

CMS, the agency responsible for administering the Medicare program, sets coverage and reimbursement policies for the Medicare program in the United States. CMS policies may alter coverage and payment related to our product portfolio in the future. These changes may occur as the result of national coverage determinations issued by CMS or as the result of local coverage determinations by contractors under contract with CMS to review and make coverage and payment decisions. Medicaid programs are funded by both federal and state governments, may vary from state to state and from year to year and will likely play an even larger role in healthcare funding pursuant to the recently enacted PPACA.

A key component in ensuring whether the appropriate payment amount is received for physician and other services, including those procedures using our products, is the existence of a Current Procedural Terminology, or CPT code. To receive payment, health care practitioners must submit claims to insurers using these codes for payment for medical services. CPT codes are assigned, maintained and annually updated by the American Medical Association and its CPT Editorial Board. If the CPT codes that apply to the procedures performed using our products are changed, reimbursement for performances of these procedures may be adversely affected.

In the United States, some insured individuals enroll in managed care programs, which monitor and often require pre-approval of the services that a member will receive. Some managed care programs pay their providers on a per capita (patient) basis, which puts the providers at financial risk for the services provided to their patients by paying these providers a predetermined payment per member per month and, consequently, may limit the willingness of these providers to use our products.

We believe that the overall escalating cost of medical products and services being paid for by the government and private health insurance has led to, and will continue to lead to, increased pressures on the healthcare and medical device industry to reduce the costs of products and services. All third-party reimbursement programs are developing increasingly sophisticated methods of controlling healthcare costs through prospective reimbursement and capitation programs, group purchasing, redesign of benefits, requiring second opinions prior to major surgery, careful review of bills, encouragement of healthier lifestyles and other preventative services and exploration of more cost-effective methods of delivering healthcare.

In international markets, reimbursement and healthcare payment systems vary significantly by country, and many countries have instituted price ceilings on specific product lines and procedures. There can

103


Table of Contents

be no assurance that procedures using our products will be considered medically reasonable and necessary for a specific indication, that our products will be considered cost-effective by third-party payors, that an adequate level of reimbursement will be available or that the third-party payors' reimbursement policies will not adversely affect our ability to sell our products profitably. More and more, local, product specific reimbursement law is applied as an overlay to medical device regulation, which has provided an additional layer of clearance requirement.

In addition to uncertainties surrounding coverage policies, there are periodic changes to reimbursement. Third-party payors regularly update reimbursement amounts and also from time to time revise the methodologies used to determine reimbursement amounts. This includes annual updates to payments to physicians, hospitals and ambulatory surgery centers for procedures during which our products are used. Because the cost of our products generally is recovered by the healthcare provider as part of the payment for performing a procedure and not separately reimbursed, these updates could directly impact the demand for our products. An example of payment updates is the Medicare program's updates to hospital and physician payments, which are done on an annual basis using a prescribed statutory formula. With respect to physician payments, in the past, when the application of the formula resulted in lower payment, Congress has passed interim legislation to prevent the reductions. In April 2015, however, MACRA was signed into law, which repealed and replaced the statutory formula for Medicare payment adjustments to physicians. MACRA provides a solution to the annual interim legislative updates that had previously been necessary to delay or prevent significant reductions to payments under the Medicare Physician Fee Schedule. MACRA extended existing payment rates through June 30, 2015, with a 0.5% update for July 1, 2015 through December 31, 2015, and for each calendar year through 2019, after which there will be a 0% annual update each year through 2025. In addition, MACRA requires the establishment of the Merit-Based Incentive Payment System, beginning in 2019, under which physicians may receive performance-based payment incentives or payment reductions based on their performance with respect to clinical quality, resource use, clinical improvement activities and meaningful use of electronic health records. MACRA also requires CMS, beginning in 2019, to provide incentive payments for physicians and other eligible professionals that participate in alternative payment models, such as accountable care organizations, that emphasize quality and value over the traditional volume-based fee-for-service model. It is unclear what impact, if any, MACRA will have on our business and operating results, but any resulting decrease in payment may result in reduced demand for our products.

Healthcare Reform

Current and future legislative proposals to further reform healthcare or reduce healthcare costs may result in limit coverage of or lower reimbursement for the procedures associated with the use of our products. The cost containment measures that payors and providers are instituting and the effect of any healthcare reform initiative implemented in the future could significantly reduce our revenues from the sale of our products.

The implementation of the Affordable Care Act, for example, has the potential to substantially change healthcare financing and delivery by both governmental and private insurers, and significantly impact the pharmaceutical and medical device industries. The Affordable Care Act imposed, among other things, a new federal excise tax on the sale of certain medical devices, provided incentives to programs that increase the federal government's comparative effectiveness research and implemented payment system reforms including a national pilot program on payment bundling to encourage hospitals, physicians and other providers to improve the coordination, quality and efficiency of certain healthcare services through bundled payment models.

104


Table of Contents

In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the Affordable Care Act was enacted. On August 2, 2011, the Budget Control Act of 2011 was signed into law, which, among other things, created the Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction to recommend to Congress proposals in spending reductions. The Joint Select Committee did not achieve a targeted deficit reduction of at least $1.2 trillion for the years 2013 through 2021, triggering the legislation's automatic reduction to several government programs. This includes reductions to Medicare payments to providers of 2% per fiscal year, which went into effect on April 1, 2013, and, due to subsequent legislative amendments to the statute. will stay in effect through 2024 unless congressional action is taken. On January 2, 2013, the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 was signed into law, which, among other things, reduced Medicare payments to several providers, including hospitals, and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years.

We expect that additional state and federal healthcare reform measures will be adopted in the future, any of which could limit the amounts that federal and state governments will pay for healthcare products and services, which could result in reduced demand for our products or product candidates or additional pricing pressure.

Government Regulation

Our products and our operations are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA, and other federal and state authorities in the United States, as well as comparable authorities in foreign jurisdictions. Our products are subject to regulation as medical devices in the United States under the FDCA, as implemented and enforced by the FDA. The FDA regulates the development, design, non-clinical and clinical research, manufacturing, safety, efficacy, labeling, packaging, storage, installation, servicing, recordkeeping, premarket clearance or approval, import, export, adverse event reporting, advertising, promotion, marketing and distribution, and import and export of medical devices to ensure that medical devices distributed domestically are safe and effective for their intended uses and otherwise meet the requirements of the FDCA.

FDA Premarket Clearance and Approval Requirements

Unless an exemption applies, each medical device commercially distributed in the United States requires either FDA clearance of a 510(k) premarket notification, or approval of a PMA application. Under the FDCA, medical devices are classified into one of three classes — Class I, Class II or Class III — depending on the degree of risk associated with each medical device and the extent of manufacturer and regulatory control needed to ensure its safety and effectiveness. Class I includes devices with the lowest risk to the patient and are those for which safety and effectiveness can be assured by adherence to the FDA's General Controls for medical devices, which include compliance with the applicable portions of the QSR registration and product listing, reporting of adverse medical events, and truthful and non-misleading labeling, advertising and promotional materials. Class II devices are subject to the FDA's General Controls, and special controls as deemed necessary by the FDA to ensure the safety and effectiveness of the device. These special controls can include performance standards, postmarket surveillance, patient registries and FDA guidance documents. While most Class I devices are exempt from the 510(k) premarket notification requirement, manufacturers of most Class II devices are required to submit to the FDA a premarket notification under Section 510(k) of the FDCA requesting permission to commercially distribute the device. The FDA's permission to commercially distribute a device subject to a 510(k) premarket notification is generally known as 510(k) clearance. Devices deemed by the FDA to pose the greatest risks, such as life sustaining, life supporting or some implantable devices, or devices that have a new intended use, or use advanced technology that is not substantially equivalent to that of a legally marketed device, are placed in Class III, requiring approval of a PMA. Some pre-amendment devices are unclassified, but are subject

105


Table of Contents

to FDA's premarket notification and clearance process in order to be commercially distributed. Our currently marketed products are Class II devices subject to 510(k) clearance.

510(k) Marketing Clearance Pathway

Our current products are subject to premarket notification and clearance under section 510(k) of the FDCA. To obtain 510(k) clearance, we must submit to the FDA a premarket notification submission demonstrating that the proposed device is "substantially equivalent" to a predicate device already on the market. A predicate device is a legally marketed device that is not subject to premarket approval, i.e., a device that was legally marketed prior to May 28, 1976 (pre-amendments device) and for which a PMA is not required, a device that has been reclassified from Class III to Class II or I, or a device that was found substantially equivalent through the 510(k) process. The FDA's 510(k) clearance process usually takes from three to six months, but may take longer. The FDA may require additional information, including clinical data, to make a determination regarding substantial equivalence.

If the FDA agrees that the device is substantially equivalent to a predicate device currently on the market, it will grant 510(k) clearance to commercially market the device. If the FDA determines that the device is "not substantially equivalent" to a previously cleared device, the device is automatically designated as a Class III device. The device sponsor must then fulfill more rigorous PMA requirements, or can request a risk-based classification determination for the device in accordance with the "de novo" process, which is a route to market for novel medical devices that are low to moderate risk and are not substantially equivalent to a predicate device. After a device receives 510(k) marketing clearance, any modification that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a major change or modification in its intended use, will require a new 510(k) marketing clearance or, depending on the modification, PMA approval. The FDA requires each manufacturer to determine whether the proposed change requires submission of a 510(k) or a PMA in the first instance, but the FDA can review any such decision and disagree with a manufacturer's determination. If the FDA disagrees with a manufacturer's determination, the FDA can require the manufacturer to cease marketing and/or request the recall of the modified device until 510(k) marketing clearance or PMA approval is obtained. Also, in these circumstances, we may be subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties.

The FDA is currently considering proposals to reform its 510(k) marketing clearance process, and such proposals could include increased requirements for clinical data and a longer review period. Specifically, in response to industry and healthcare provider concerns regarding the predictability, consistency and rigor of the 510(k) regulatory pathway, the FDA initiated an evaluation of the 510(k) program, and in January 2011, announced several proposed actions intended to reform the review process governing the clearance of medical devices. The FDA intends these reform actions to improve the efficiency and transparency of the 510(k) clearance process, as well as bolster patient safety. In addition, as part of the FDASIA, enacted in 2012, Congress reauthorized the Medical Device User Fee Amendments with various FDA performance goal commitments and enacted several "Medical Device Regulatory Improvements" and miscellaneous reforms, which are further intended to clarify and improve medical device regulation both pre- and post-clearance and approval.

PMA Approval Pathway

Class III devices require PMA approval before they can be marketed although some pre-amendment Class III devices for which FDA has not yet required a PMA are cleared through the 510(k) process. The PMA process is more demanding than the 510(k) premarket notification process. In a PMA the manufacturer must demonstrate that the device is safe and effective, and the PMA must be supported by extensive data, including data from preclinical studies and human clinical trials. The PMA must also contain a full description of the device and its components, a full description of the methods,

106


Table of Contents

facilities and controls used for manufacturing and proposed labeling. Following receipt of a PMA, the FDA determines whether the application is sufficiently complete to permit a substantive review. If FDA accepts the application for review, it has 180 days under the FDCA to complete its review of a PMA, although in practice, the FDA's review often takes significantly longer, and can take up to several years. An advisory panel of experts from outside the FDA may be convened to review and evaluate the application and provide recommendations to the FDA as to the approvability of the device. The FDA may or may not accept the panel's recommendation. In addition, the FDA will generally conduct a pre-approval inspection of the applicant or its third-party manufacturers' or suppliers' manufacturing facility or facilities to ensure compliance with the QSR.

The FDA will approve the new device for commercial distribution if it determines that the data and information in the PMA constitute valid scientific evidence and that there is reasonable assurance that the device is safe and effective for its intended use(s). The FDA may approve a PMA with post-approval conditions intended to ensure the safety and effectiveness of the device, including, among other things, restrictions on labeling, promotion, sale and distribution, and collection of long-term follow-up data from patients in the clinical study that supported PMA approval or requirements to conduct additional clinical studies post-approval. The FDA may condition PMA approval on some form of post-market surveillance when deemed necessary to protect the public health or to provide additional safety and efficacy data for the device in a larger population or for a longer period of use. In such cases, the manufacturer might be required to follow certain patient groups for a number of years and to make periodic reports to the FDA on the clinical status of those patients. Failure to comply with the conditions of approval can result in material adverse enforcement action, including withdrawal of the approval.

Certain changes to an approved device, such as changes in manufacturing facilities, methods or quality control procedures, or changes in the design performance specifications, which affect the safety or effectiveness of the device, require submission of a PMA supplement. PMA supplements often require submission of the same type of information as a PMA, except that the supplement is limited to information needed to support any changes from the device covered by the original PMA and may not require as extensive clinical data or the convening of an advisory panel. Certain other changes to an approved device require the submission of a new PMA, such as when the design change causes a different intended use, mode of operation and technical basis of operation, or when the design change is so significant that a new generation of the device will be developed, and the data that were submitted with the original PMA are not applicable for the change in demonstrating a reasonable assurance of safety and effectiveness. None of our products are currently approved under a PMA. However, we may in the future develop devices which will require the approval of a PMA.

De novo Classification Process

Medical device types that the FDA has not previously classified as Class I, II or III are automatically classified into Class III regardless of the level of risk they pose. The Food and Drug Administration Modernization Act of 1997 established a new route to market for low to moderate risk medical devices that are automatically placed into Class III due to the absence of a predicate device, called the "Request for Evaluation of Automatic Class III Designation," or the de novo classification procedure. This procedure allows a manufacturer whose novel device is automatically classified into Class III to request down-classification of its medical device into Class I or Class II on the basis that the device presents low or moderate risk, rather than requiring the submission and approval of a PMA application. Prior to the enactment of FDASIA, a medical device could only be eligible for de novo classification if the manufacturer first submitted a 510(k) premarket notification and received a determination from the FDA that the device was not substantially equivalent. FDASIA streamlined the de novo classification pathway by permitting manufacturers to request de novo classification directly

107


Table of Contents

without first submitting a 510(k) premarket notification to the FDA and receiving a not substantially equivalent determination. Under FDASIA, FDA is required to classify the device within 120 days following receipt of the de novo application. If the manufacturer seeks reclassification into Class II, the manufacturer must include a draft proposal for special controls that are necessary to provide a reasonable assurance of the safety and effectiveness of the medical device. In addition, the FDA may reject the reclassification petition if it identifies a legally marketed predicate device that would be appropriate for a 510(k) or determines that the device is not low to moderate risk or that general controls would be inadequate to control the risks and special controls cannot be developed. We plan to utilize the de novo classification process to obtain marketing authorization for our devices under development.

Clinical Trials

Clinical trials are almost always required to support a PMA and are sometimes required to support a 510(k) submission. All clinical investigations of devices to determine safety and effectiveness must be conducted in accordance with the FDA's investigational device exemption, or IDE, regulations which govern investigational device labeling, prohibit promotion of the investigational device and specify an array of recordkeeping, reporting and monitoring responsibilities of study sponsors and study investigators. If the device presents a "significant risk," to human health, as defined by the FDA, the FDA requires the device sponsor to submit an IDE application to the FDA, which must become effective prior to commencing human clinical trials. A significant risk device is one that presents a potential for serious risk to the health, safety or welfare of a patient and either is implanted, used in supporting or sustaining human life, substantially important in diagnosing, curing, mitigating or treating disease or otherwise preventing impairment of human health, or otherwise presents a potential for serious risk to a subject. An IDE application must be supported by appropriate data, such as animal and laboratory test results, showing that it is safe to test the device in humans and that the testing protocol is scientifically sound. The IDE will automatically become effective 30 days after receipt by the FDA unless the FDA notifies the company that the investigation may not begin. If the FDA determines that there are deficiencies or other concerns with an IDE for which it requires modification, the FDA may permit a clinical trial to proceed under a conditional approval.

In addition, the study must be approved by, and conducted under the oversight of, an Institutional Review Board ("IRB") for each clinical site. The IRB is responsible for the initial and continuing review of the IDE, and may pose additional requirements for the conduct of the study. If an IDE application is approved by the FDA and one or more IRBs, human clinical trials may begin at a specific number of investigational sites with a specific number of patients, as approved by the FDA. If the device presents a non-significant risk to the patient, a sponsor may begin the clinical trial after obtaining approval for the trial by one or more IRBs without separate approval from the FDA, but must still follow abbreviated IDE requirements, such as monitoring the investigation, ensuring that the investigators obtain informed consent and labeling and record-keeping requirements. Acceptance of an IDE application for review does not guarantee that the FDA will allow the IDE to become effective and, if it does become effective, the FDA may or may not determine that the data derived from the trials support the safety and effectiveness of the device or warrant the continuation of clinical trials. An IDE supplement must be submitted to, and approved by, the FDA before a sponsor or investigator may make a change to the investigational plan that may affect its scientific soundness, study plan or the rights, safety or welfare of human subjects.

During a study, the sponsor is required to comply with the applicable FDA requirements, including, for example, trial monitoring, selecting clinical investigators and providing them with the investigational plan, ensuring IRB review, adverse event reporting, record keeping and prohibitions on the promotion of investigational devices or on making safety or effectiveness claims for them. The clinical

108


Table of Contents

investigators in the clinical study are also subject to FDA's regulations and must obtain patient informed consent, rigorously follow the investigational plan and study protocol, control the disposition of the investigational device and comply with all reporting and recordkeeping requirements. Additionally, after a trial begins, we, the FDA or the IRB could suspend or terminate a clinical trial at any time for various reasons, including a belief that the risks to study subjects outweigh the anticipated benefits.

Post-market Regulation

After a device is cleared or approved for marketing, numerous and pervasive regulatory requirements continue to apply. These include:

Our manufacturing processes are required to comply with the applicable portions of the QSR, which cover the methods and the facilities and controls for the design, manufacture, testing, production, processes, controls, quality assurance, labeling, packaging, distribution, installation and servicing of finished devices intended for human use. The QSR also requires, among other things, maintenance of a device master file, device history file and complaint files. As a manufacturer, we are subject to periodic scheduled or unscheduled inspections by the FDA. Our failure to maintain compliance with the QSR requirements could result in the shut-down of, or restrictions on, our manufacturing operations and the recall or seizure of our products, which would have a material adverse effect on our business. The discovery of previously unknown problems with any of our products, including unanticipated adverse events or adverse events of increasing severity or frequency, whether resulting from the use of the device within the scope of its clearance or off-label by a physician in the practice of medicine, could

109


Table of Contents

result in restrictions on the device, including the removal of the product from the market or voluntary or mandatory device recalls.

The FDA has broad regulatory compliance and enforcement powers. If the FDA determines that we failed to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, it can take a variety of compliance or enforcement actions, which may result in any of the following sanctions:

Regulation of Medical Devices in the EEA

There is currently no premarket government review of medical devices in the EEA (which is comprised of the 28 Member States of the EU plus Norway, Liechtenstein and Iceland). However, all medical devices placed on the market in the EEA must meet the relevant essential requirements laid down in the Medical Devices Directive. The most fundamental essential requirement is that a medical device must be designed and manufactured in such a way that it will not compromise the clinical condition or safety of patients, or the safety and health of users and others. In addition, the device must achieve the performances intended by the manufacturer and be designed, manufactured and packaged in a suitable manner. The European Commission has adopted various standards applicable to medical devices. These include standards governing common requirements, such as sterilization and safety of medical electrical equipment, and product standards for certain types of medical devices. There are also harmonized standards relating to design and manufacture. While not mandatory, compliance with these standards is viewed as the easiest way to satisfy the essential requirements as a practical matter. Compliance with a standard developed to implement an essential requirement also creates a rebuttable presumption that the device satisfies that essential requirement.

To demonstrate compliance with the essential requirements laid down in Annex I to the Medical Devices Directive, medical device manufacturers must undergo a conformity assessment procedure, which varies according to the type of medical device and its classification. Conformity assessment procedures require an assessment of available clinical evidence, literature data for the product and post-market experience in respect of similar products already marketed. Except for low-risk medical devices, where the manufacturer can self-declare the conformity of its products with the essential requirements, a conformity assessment procedure requires the intervention of a Notified Body. Notified bodies are often private entities and are authorized or licensed to perform such assessments by government authorities. The notified body would typically audit and examine a products' technical dossiers and the manufacturers' quality system. If satisfied that the relevant product conforms to the relevant essential requirements, the notified body issues a certificate of conformity, which the manufacturer uses as a basis for its own declaration of conformity. The manufacturer may then apply the CE mark to the device, which allows the device to be placed on the market throughout the EEA. Once the product has been placed on the market in the EEA, the manufacturer must comply with requirements for reporting incidents and field safety corrective actions associated with the medical device.

110


Table of Contents

In September 2012, the European Commission published proposals for the revision of the EU regulatory framework for medical devices. The proposal would replace the Medical Devices Directive and the Active Implantable Medical Devices Directive with a new regulation (the Medical Devices Regulation). Unlike the Directives that must be implemented into national laws, the Regulation would be directly applicable in all EEA Member States and so is intended to eliminate current national differences in regulation of medical devices.

In October 2013, the European Parliament approved a package of reforms to the European Commission's proposals. Under the revised proposals, only designated "special notified bodies" would be entitled to conduct conformity assessments of high-risk devices, such as active implantable devices. These special notified bodies will need to notify the European Commission when they receive an application for a conformity assessment for a new high-risk device. The European Commission will then forward the notification and the accompanying documents on the device to the MDCG, (a new, yet to be created, body chaired by the European Commission, and representatives of Member States) for an opinion. These new procedures may result in the re-assessment of our existing medical devices, or a longer or more burdensome assessment of our new products.

If finally adopted, the Medical Devices Regulation is expected to enter into force sometime in 2016 and become applicable three years thereafter. In its current form it would, among other things, also impose additional reporting requirements on manufacturers of high risk medical devices, impose an obligation on manufacturers to appoint a "qualified person" responsible for regulatory compliance and provide for more strict clinical evidence requirements.

Federal, State and Foreign Fraud and Abuse, Data Privacy and Security and Physician Payment Transparency Laws

In addition to FDA restrictions on marketing and promotion of drugs and devices, other federal and state laws restrict our business practices. These laws include, without limitation, foreign, federal and state anti-kickback and false claims laws, data privacy and security laws, as well as transparency laws regarding payments or other items of value provided to healthcare providers.

The federal Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits, among other things, knowingly and willfully offering, paying, soliciting or receiving any remuneration (including any kickback, bribe or rebate), directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, to induce or in return for purchasing, leasing, ordering or arranging for or recommending the purchase, lease or order of any good, facility, item or service reimbursable, in whole or in part, under Medicare, Medicaid or other federal healthcare programs. The term "remuneration" has been broadly interpreted to include anything of value. Although there are a number of statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors protecting some common activities from prosecution, the exceptions and safe harbors are drawn narrowly. Practices that involve remuneration that may be alleged to be intended to induce prescribing, purchases or recommendations may be subject to scrutiny if they do not qualify for an exception or safe harbor. Failure to meet all of the requirements of a particular applicable statutory exception or regulatory safe harbor does not make the conduct per se illegal under the Anti-Kickback Statute. Instead, the legality of the arrangement will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis based on a cumulative review of all its facts and circumstances. Several courts have interpreted the statute's intent requirement to mean that if any one purpose of an arrangement involving remuneration is to induce referrals of federal healthcare covered business, the Anti-Kickback Statute has been violated. In addition, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation. Moreover, a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the federal civil False Claims Act (described below).

111


Table of Contents

Recognizing that the Anti-Kickback Law is broad and may technically prohibit many innocuous or beneficial arrangements within the healthcare industry, the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services issued regulations in July 1991, which the Department has referred to as "safe harbors." These safe harbor regulations set forth certain provisions which, if met in form and substance, will assure medical device manufacturers, healthcare providers and other parties that they will not be prosecuted under the federal Anti-Kickback law. Additional safe harbor provisions providing similar protections have been published intermittently since 1991.

Although there are a number of statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors protecting some common activities from prosecution, the exceptions and safe harbors are drawn narrowly. Our arrangements with physicians, hospitals and other persons or entities who are in a position to refer may not fully meet the stringent criteria specified in the various safe harbors. Practices that involve remuneration that may be alleged to be intended to induce prescribing, purchases or recommendations may be subject to scrutiny if they do not qualify for an exception or safe harbor. Failure to meet all of the requirements of a particular applicable statutory exception or regulatory safe harbor does not make the conduct per se illegal under the Anti-Kickback Statute. Instead, the legality of the arrangement will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis based on a cumulative review of all its facts and circumstances. Several courts have interpreted the statute's intent requirement to mean that if any one purpose of an arrangement involving remuneration is to induce referrals of federal healthcare covered business, the Anti-Kickback Statute has been violated. In addition, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation. Moreover, a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the federal civil False Claims Act (described below). Violations of the Anti-Kickback Statute can result in imprisonment, exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental programs as well as civil and criminal penalties, including criminal fines of up to $5,000 and imprisonment of up to five years. Violations are subject to civil monetary penalties up to $50,000 for each violation, plus up to three times remuneration involved. Civil penalties for such conduct can further be assessed under the federal False Claims Act of up to $11,000 for each claim submitted, plus up to three times the amounts paid for such claims. Conduct and business arrangements that do not fully satisfy one of these safe harbor provisions may result in increased scrutiny by government enforcement authorities. The majority of states also have anti-kickback laws which establish similar prohibitions and in some cases may apply more broadly to items or services covered by any third-party payor, including commercial insurers and self-pay patients.

The federal civil False Claims Act prohibits, among other things, any person or entity from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, a false or fraudulent claim for payment or approval to the federal government or knowingly making, using or causing to be made or used a false record or statement material to a false or fraudulent claim to the federal government. A claim includes "any request or demand" for money or property presented to the U.S. government. The civil False Claims Act also applies to false submissions that cause the government to be paid less than the amount to which it is entitled, such as a rebate. Intent to deceive is not required to establish liability under the civil False Claims Act. The government may further prosecute conduct constituting a false claim under the criminal False Claims Act. The criminal False Claims Act prohibits the making or presenting of a claim to the government knowing such claim to be false, fictitious or fraudulent and, unlike the civil False Claims Act, requires proof of intent to submit a false claim. In addition, private parties may initiate "qui tam" whistleblower lawsuits against any person or entity under the False Claims Act in the name of the government and share in the proceeds of the lawsuit. Penalties for False Claim Act violations include fines ranging from $5,500 to $11,000 for each false claim, plus up to three times the amount of damages sustained by the federal government and, most critically, may provide the basis for exclusion from the federally funded healthcare program.

112


Table of Contents

The civil monetary penalties statute imposes penalties against any person or entity that, among other things, is determined to have presented or caused to be presented a claim to a federal health program that the person knows or should know is for an item or service that was not provided as claimed or is false or fraudulent.

Additionally, there has been a recent trend of increased federal and state regulation of payments and transfers of value provided to healthcare professionals or entities. The Physician Payment Sunshine Act was recently signed into law, which imposes new annual reporting requirements on device manufacturers for payments and other transfers of value provided by them, directly or indirectly, to physicians and teaching hospitals, as well as ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their family members. A manufacturer's failure to submit timely, accurately and completely the required information for all payments, transfers of value or ownership or investment interests may result in civil monetary penalties of up to an aggregate of $150,000 per year, and up to an aggregate of $1 million per year for "knowing failures." Manufacturers must submit reports by the 90th day of each calendar year. Certain states also mandate implementation of commercial compliance programs, impose restrictions on device manufacturer marketing practices and require tracking and reporting of gifts, compensation and other remuneration to healthcare professionals and entities. The shifting commercial compliance environment and the need to build and maintain robust and expandable systems to comply with different compliance or reporting requirements in multiple jurisdictions increase the possibility that a healthcare company may fail to comply fully with one or more of these requirements.

Many U.S. states have similar fraud and abuse statutes or regulations that may be broader in scope and may apply regardless of payor, in addition to items and services reimbursed under Medicaid and other state programs. We may also be subject to similar foreign laws, which may include, for instance, applicable post-marketing requirements, including safety surveillance, anti-fraud and abuse laws and implementation of corporate compliance programs and reporting of payments or transfers of value to healthcare professionals. In addition, many foreign countries have similar laws relating to healthcare fraud and abuse. Foreign laws and regulations may vary greatly from country to country. These laws may limit or restrict the advertising and promotion of our products to the general public and may impose limitations on our promotional activities with healthcare professionals.

We are also subject to various federal, state and foreign laws that protect the confidentiality of certain patient health information, including patient medical records, and restrict the use and disclosure of patient health information by healthcare providers, such as HIPAA in the United States. HIPAA created new federal criminal statutes that prohibit among other actions, knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private third-party payors, knowingly and willfully embezzling or stealing from a healthcare benefit program, willfully obstructing a criminal investigation of a healthcare offense, and knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services. Similar to the Anti-Kickback Statute, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation.

Under HIPAA, the Department of Health and Human Services, or HHS, has issued regulations to protect the privacy and security of protected health information used or disclosed by covered entities including health care providers and their business associates. HIPAA also regulates standardization of data content, codes and formats used in health care transactions and standardization of identifiers for health plans and providers. HIPAA violations carry civil and criminal penalties, including civil monetary penalties up $50,000 per violation, not to exceed $1.5 million per calendar year for non-compliance of an identical provision, and, in certain circumstances, criminal penalties with fines

113


Table of Contents

up to $250,000 per violation and/or imprisonment. State attorneys general can also bring a civil action to enjoin a HIPAA violation or to obtain statutory damages up to $25,000 per violation on behalf of residents of his or her state.

We have developed and implemented processes designed to comply with these regulations. The requirements under these regulations may change periodically and could have an effect on our business operations if compliance becomes substantially more costly than under current requirements. Additionally, a breach of unsecured protected health information, such as by employee error or an attack by an outsider, could have an adverse effect on our business in terms of potential penalties and corrective action required. In addition to federal privacy regulations, there are a number of state laws governing confidentiality and security of health information that are applicable to our business. New laws governing privacy may be adopted in the future as well. State privacy laws can also be more stringent and more broadly applicable than HIPAA. While HIPAA does not create a private right of action allowing individuals to sue us in civil court for violations of HIPAA, its standards have been used as the basis for duty of care in state civil suits such as those for negligence or recklessness in the misuse or breach of PHI.

In the European Union, we are subject to laws relating to our collection, control, processing and other use of personal data (i.e. data relating to an identifiable living individual). We process personal data in relation to our operations. We process data of both our employees and our customers, including health and medical information. The data privacy regime in the EU includes the EU Data Protection Directive (95/46/EC) regarding the processing of personal data and the free movement of such data, the E-Privacy Directive 2002/58/EC and national laws implementing each of them. As each, EU Member State has transposed the requirements laid down by this Privacy and Data Protection Directive into its own national data privacy regime and therefore the laws differ significantly by jurisdiction. We need to ensure compliance with the rules in each jurisdiction where we are established or are otherwise subject to local privacy laws.

The requirements include that personal data may only be collected for specified, explicit and legitimate purposes based on a legal grounds set out in the local laws, and may only be processed in a manner consistent with those purposes. Personal data must also be adequate, relevant, not excessive in relation to the purposes for which it is collected, be secure, not be transferred outside of the EEA unless certain steps are taken to ensure an adequate level of protection and must not be kept for longer than necessary for the purposes of collection. To the extent that we process, control or otherwise use sensitive data relating to living individuals (for example, patients' health or medical information), more stringent rules apply, limiting the circumstances and the manner in which we are legally permitted to process that data and transfer that data outside of the EEA. In particular, in order to process such data, explicit consent to the processing (including any transfer) is usually required from the data subject (being the person to whom the personal data relates).

We are subject to the supervision of local data protection authorities in those jurisdictions where we are established or otherwise subject to applicable law. We depend on a number of third parties in relation to our provision of our services, a number of which process personal data on our behalf. With each such provider we enter into contractual arrangements to ensure that they only process personal data according to our instructions, and that they have sufficient technical and organizational security measures in place. Where we transfer personal data outside the EEA, we do so in compliance with the relevant data export requirements. We take our data protection obligations seriously, as any improper disclosure, particularly with regard to our customers' sensitive personal data, could negatively impact our business and/or our reputation.

114


Table of Contents

Local laws are amended from time to time, and guidance is issued frequently by regulators. Any changes in law and new guidance may impact, and require changes to, our current operations. Additionally, on January 25, 2012, the European Commission published its draft EU Data Protection Regulation. On March 12, 2014, the European Parliament formally passed a revised proposal of the Regulation, and the Council of the European Union published its general approach on June 15, 2015. Trilogue discussion between the European Commission, European Parliament and Council of the European Union are currently ongoing and are expected to be finalized by the end of 2015, taking into account the two year implementation period, the earliest the terms would be in force would be the end of 2017. The current form of the Regulation proposes significant changes to the EU data protection regime. Unlike the Privacy and Data Protection Directive, the Regulation has direct effect in each EU Member State, without the need for further enactment. When implemented, the Regulation will likely strengthen individuals' rights and impose stricter requirements on companies processing personal data. There are similar privacy laws in a number of other countries in which we operate and in the future new privacy laws may be enacted countries that do not have privacy laws today. Significant changes in the current draft of the Regulation include: (1) the need for consent to processing to always be explicit; (2) extended information duties; (3) tougher sanctions (as currently drafted, the applicable data protection authority may be able to impose a fine of up to EUR 100 million or five percent of annual worldwide turnover, whichever is greater); and (4) increased rights of the data subject and a requirement to notify the data protection authority of data breaches. As the Regulation has not yet made its full progression through the legislative process, it is not currently possible to assess its full impact on our business. As the Regulation has not yet made its full progression through the legislative process, it is not currently possible to assess its full impact on our business.

These existing and proposed laws, regulations and guidance can be costly to comply with and can delay or impede the development of new products and/or entry into new markets, increase our operating costs, require significant management time and attention, increase our risk of non-compliance and subject us to claims and other remedies, including fines, demands that we modify or cease our existing practices and/or negative publicity and reputational harm

Employees

As of September 30, 2015, we had 124 full-time employees, 17 of whom were engaged in general administrative and accounting activities, 87 in sales, marketing and product development activities and 20 in product research and development. None of our employees are subject to a collective bargaining agreement, and we consider our relationship with our employees to be good.

Facilities

Our principal offices occupy approximately 40,542 square feet of leased office space in Milford, CT pursuant to a lease agreement that expires in November 2020. We believe that our current facilities are suitable and adequate to meet our current needs. We intend to add new facilities or expand existing facilities as we add employees when necessary, and we believe that suitable additional or substitute space will be available as needed to accommodate any such expansion of our operations.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time we may be involved in various disputes and litigation matters that arise in the ordinary course of business. We are not currently a party to any other material legal proceedings and we are not aware of any pending or threatened legal proceeding against us that we believe could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results or financial condition.

115


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth the name and position of each of our executive officers and directors and his or her age as of September 30, 2015.

Name
  Age   Position

Kurt Azarbarzin

    53   Chief Executive Officer, President, Director

Christine Antalik

    44   Chief Financial Officer

Carlos Babini

    64   Senior Vice President of International Sales

Christopher Klecher

    51   Vice President of Domestic Sales

Joseph DeVivo

    48   Chairman of the Board of Directors

David Collier, M.D. 

    52   Director

Carter McNabb

    43   Director

Ned Scheetz

    50   Director

Bruce Shook

    56   Director

Peter P. Wiest

    68   Director

Executive Officers

Kurt Azarbarzin is our founder and has served as our Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board of directors since 2005. Prior to founding SurgiQuest, Mr. Azarbarzin founded KLM Consulting, LLC, a research and development and clinical consulting firm specializing in the medical device field, in 2004. Mr. Azarbarzin served at United States Surgical Corporation, a surgical device company, from 1983 to 2004 in a variety of management positions, including Global Vice President, Research and Development and Senior Director, Research and Development — New Technologies. Mr. Azarbarzin received a B.S. from the University of Bridgeport and a degree in advanced graduate studies in mechanical design from the Bridgeport Engineering Institute. We believe that Mr. Azarbarzin's significant management experience in the surgical and medical device industries qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.

Christine Antalik has served as our Chief Financial Officer since 2011. Before joining SurgiQuest, from 2010 to 2011, Ms. Antalik was Principal of Axcess Financial Solutions, where she provided financial consulting services for start-up technology companies, including us. Ms. Antalik also served as the Vice-President of Finance and Controller at HigherOne, Inc., a financial services company from 2008 to 2010. Ms. Antalik served as Chief Financial Officer of Hematech, LLC, a biotechnology company, from 2002 to 2006. Ms. Antalik also served as Controller for Tangoe, Inc., a connection lifecycle management company, and as Controller and Senior Manager of Litigation Support and Business Valuation for Centerprise Advisors, Inc., a national consulting and accounting advisory firm. Ms. Antalik received a B.S.B.A. from Western New England University.

Carlos Babini has served as our Senior Vice President of International Sales since October 2015. From 2008 to October 2015, Mr. Babini served as our Chief Commercialization Officer and Executive Vice-President. Since 2005, Mr. Babini has served on the board of Directors of 3CPM Company, a medical diagnostic device company. Prior to joining SurgiQuest, Mr. Babini served at Vision Sciences, Inc., a public medical device company, Curon Medical Inc., a start-up medical device company, and United States Surgical Corporation in a number of executive leadership positions. Mr. Babini received a B.A. from Wayne State University, College of Pharmacy.

Christopher Klecher has served as our Vice President of Domestic Sales since August 2014. From 2011 to August 2014, Mr. Klecher served as our Senior Director of Domestic Sales. From 2009 to 2011, Mr. Klecher was Senior Laparoscopic Conversion Manager at Applied Medical, Inc. Mr. Klecher has

116


Table of Contents

25 years of sales and marketing leadership experience, which includes senior level sales and marketing positions within United States Surgical Corporation and several medical device start-up companies. Mr. Klecher also held senior level sales and marketing positions within United States Surgical Corporation. Mr. Klecher received a B.S. from Bucknell University.

Non-Employee Directors

Joseph DeVivo has served as Chairman of our board of directors since 2006. Since 2011, Mr. DeVivo has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Angiodynamics, Inc., a public medical device company. From 2008 to 2011, Mr. DeVivo served as President of Orthopedics at Smith & Nephew plc, a medical technology company. Prior to serving at Smith & Nephew plc, Mr. DeVivo held a variety of leadership positions at RITA Medical Systems Inc., Computer Motion Inc. and United States Surgical Corporation. Mr. DeVivo received a B.S. from the University of Richmond. We believe that Mr. DeVivo's leadership experience at a public medical device company and in the healthcare industry qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.

David Collier, M.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since 2011. Since 2014, Mr. Collier has served as Managing Director of Presidio Partners 2014 GP, LLC, a fund specializing in high growth companies, and since 2011, Mr. Collier has served as Chief Executive Officer of Velocity Pharmaceutical Development. Mr. Collier also currently serves on the boards of directors of Exela Holdings, Inc. and Arcion Therapeutics Inc. Mr. Collier received his M.D. from the University of Pennsylvania Medical School. We believe that Mr. Collier's extensive knowledge of the medical industry qualifies him to serve on our board of directors. Mr. Collier will resign from our board of directors upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Carter McNabb has served as a member of our board of directors since 2011. Since 2009, Mr. McNabb has served as Vice President of River Cities Management. Mr. McNabb currently serves on the boards of directors of Health Integrated, Inc., a healthcare management company, PerfectServe, Inc., a healthcare communications company, NICO corporation, a medical device company, and OrthAlign Inc., a surgical device company, among others. From 2004 to 2013, Mr. McNabb served on the board of directors of Health Integrated, Inc., a healthcare management company. Mr. McNabb received an M.B.A. from the Vanderbilt University Owen School of Business. We believe that Mr. McNabb's experience in venture capital and the medical industry qualifies him to serve on our board of directors. Mr. McNabb will resign from our board of directors upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Ned Scheetz has served as a member of our board of directors since 2006. Mr. Scheetz founded and has served as Managing Partner of Aphelion Capital, LLC since its inception in 2005. Mr. Scheetz currently serves on the boards of directors of a number of companies in the medical industry, including Catheter Connection, Inc., Providence Medical, Inc. and Mercator MedSystems, Inc. Mr. Scheetz received an M.B.A. from Duke University's Fuqua School of Business and holds the CFA designation. We believe that Mr. Scheetz's experience and leadership in healthcare investing qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

Bruce Shook has served as a member of our board of directors since 2011. Mr. Shook serves on the boards of directors of Intact Vascular, Inc., a medical device company, AchieveAbility and the Penn State Research Foundation. Mr. Shook served as President and Chief Executive Officer and as a member of the board of directors of Neuronetics, Inc., a private medical device company, from April 2003 to June 2014, and as President of ABIOMED, Inc., a medical technology company, from 1987 to 1997. Mr. Shook received an M.B.A. from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology Sloan School of Management. We believe that Mr. Shook's experience and leadership in the medical device industry qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

117


Table of Contents

Peter P. Wiest has served as a member of our board of directors since 2012. Mr. Wiest serves as Managing Partner of Wiest International Investment GmbH. Mr. Wiest founded and served as Chief Executive Officer of W.O.M. World of Medicine AG, a medical technology company, for over 40 years, until 2012. Mr. Wiest received his M.D. from Hahnemann School of Medicine. We believe that Mr. Wiest's significant experience in the medical technology industry qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.

Board Composition and Election of Directors

Board Composition

Our board of directors is currently comprised of seven members. The members of our board of directors were elected in compliance with the provisions of the voting agreement among us and our major stockholders. The voting agreement will terminate upon the closing of this offering, and we will have no further contractual obligations regarding the election of our directors. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions." Our directors are currently elected to the board for a one-year term and hold office until their successors have been elected and qualified or until their earlier death, resignation or removal.

Our seventh amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the closing of this offering provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of our board of directors. Our seventh amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws also provide that our directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the votes that all our stockholders would be entitled to cast in an annual election of directors, that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors and that any vacancy on our board of directors, including a vacancy resulting from an enlargement of our board of directors, may be filled only by vote of a majority of our directors then in office.

In accordance with the terms of our seventh amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes, with members of each class serving staggered, three-year terms. Upon the closing of this offering, the members of the classes will be divided as follows:

Upon the expiration of the term of a class of directors, directors in that class will be eligible to be elected for a new three-year term at the annual meeting of stockholders in the year in which their term expires. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors.

We have no formal policy regarding board diversity. Our priority in selection of members of our board of directors is to identify members who will further the interests of our stockholders through their established records of professional accomplishment, as well as their ability to contribute positively to the collaborative culture among board members, knowledge of our business and understanding of the competitive landscape in which we operate.

118


Table of Contents

Director Independence

Applicable rules of             require that, within one year of listing, a majority of the members of our board of directors are independent directors. In addition,             rules require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of our audit, compensation and corporate governance and nominating committees be independent and that audit committee members also satisfy independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. Under applicable              rules, a director will only qualify as an "independent director" if, in the opinion of our board of directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. In order to be considered independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3, a member of our audit committee may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors or any other board committee, accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory or other compensatory fee from us or otherwise be an affiliated person.

Our board of directors has determined that             are "independent directors" as defined under applicable             rules. In making such determination, our board of directors considered the relationships that each such non-employee director has with us and all other facts and circumstances that our board of directors deemed relevant in determining his or her independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions."

There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Board Leadership Structure

Our board of directors is currently chaired by Mr. DeVivo. We separate the roles of Chairman of the board of directors and Chief Executive Officer in recognition of the differences between the two roles. As a general policy, our board of directors believes that separation of the positions of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer reinforces the independence of the board of directors from management, creates an environment that encourages objective oversight of management's performance and enhances the effectiveness of the board of directors as a whole. As such, Mr. Azarbarzin serves as our Chief Executive Officer while Mr. DeVivo serves as our Chairman, but not as an officer. Our board of directors has concluded that our current leadership structure is appropriate at this time. However, our board of directors will continue to periodically review our leadership structure and may in the future elect to combine the roles of Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the board of directors if our board of directors believes it is in the best interest of our stockholders.

Role of Board in Risk Oversight Process

The audit committee of the board of directors is primarily responsible for overseeing our risk management processes on behalf of the board of directors. Going forward, we expect that the audit committee will receive reports from management on at least a quarterly basis regarding our assessment of risks. In addition, the audit committee reports regularly to the board of directors, which also considers our risk profile. The audit committee and the board of directors focus on the most significant risks we face and our general risk management strategies. While the board of directors oversees our risk management, management is responsible for day-to-day risk management processes. Our board of directors expects management to consider risk and risk management in each business decision, to proactively develop and monitor risk management strategies and processes for day-to-day activities and to effectively implement risk management strategies adopted by the audit committee and the board of directors. We believe this division of responsibilities is the most effective approach for addressing the risks we face and that our board of directors' leadership structure, which also

119


Table of Contents

emphasizes the independence of the board of directors in its oversight of its business and affairs, supports this approach.

Board Committees

Our board has established three standing committees — audit, compensation and corporate governance and nominating — each of which operates under a charter that has been approved by our board. Current copies of each committee's charter will be posted on the Corporate Governance section of our website at www.surgiquest.com. The information contained in, or accessible through, our website does not constitute part of this prospectus.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee is composed of             , and             serves as chairman of the committee. Our board of directors has determined that each member of the audit committee meets the independence requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and the applicable listing standards of the              . Our board of directors has determined that             is an "audit committee financial expert" within the meaning of the Securities and Exchange Commission regulations and applicable listing standards of the             . The audit committee's responsibilities include:

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee is composed of             , each of whom is a non-employee member of our board of directors as defined in Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act and an "outside director" as defined under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.             serves as chairman of the committee. Our board of directors has determined that each member of the compensation committee is "independent" as defined under the applicable listing standards of the             

120


Table of Contents

and Securities and Exchange Commission rules and regulations. The compensation committee's responsibilities include:

Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee

Our corporate governance and nominating committee is composed of             , and             serves as chairman of the committee. Our board of directors has determined that each member of the corporate governance and nominating committee meets the membership requirements as defined under the applicable listing standards of the              and Securities and Exchange Commission rules and regulations. The corporate governance and nominating committee's responsibilities include:

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our directors who currently serve as members of our compensation committee is, or has at any time during the past fiscal year been, one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past fiscal year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any other entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We intend to adopt a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors, including those officers responsible for financial reporting. Upon the closing of this offering, our code of business conduct and ethics will be available on our website, and we intend to disclose any amendments to the code, or any waivers of its requirements, at www.surgiquest.com. The information contained in, or accessible through, our website does not constitute part of this prospectus.

121


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

This section discusses the material components of the executive compensation program for our executive officers who are named in the "2014 Summary Compensation Table" below. In 2014, our "named executive officers" consisted of our Chief Executive Officer and two other most highly compensated executive officers who were serving as executive officers as of December 31, 2014, as well as an additional executive officer for whom disclosure would have been required hereunder but for the fact that he was not serving as an executive officer as of December 31, 2014:

This discussion may contain forward-looking statements that are based on our current plans, considerations, expectations and determinations regarding future compensation programs. Actual compensation programs that we adopt following the completion of this offering may differ materially from the currently planned programs summarized in this discussion.

As noted above, we are an "emerging growth company," as that term is used in the JOBS Act, and have elected to comply with the reduced compensation disclosure requirements available to emerging growth companies under the JOBS Act.

122


Table of Contents


2014 Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation of our named executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2014.

Name and Principal Position
  Year   Salary ($)   Option
Awards ($)(2)
  Non-Equity Incentive
Plan Compensation ($)
  All Other
Compensation ($)
  Total ($)  

Kurt Azarbarzin

    2014     340,000     —     100,980 (3)   4,274 (5)   445,254  

President and Chief Executive Officer

                                     

Carlos Babini

   
2014
   
155,000
   
27,520
   
338,199

(4)
       
520,719
 

Executive Vice President of Sales and Marketing and Chief Commercialization Officer(1)

                                     

Christopher F. Klecher

   
2014
   
159,650
   
22,313
   
315,346

(4)
       
497,309
 

Vice President of Sales(1)

                                     

Thomas J. Dugan

   
2014
   
206,667
   
50,487
   
—
   
254,194

(6)
 
511,348
 

Former President and Former Chief Commercialization Officer

                                     

(1)
Mr. Babini held the title of Executive Vice President of Sales and Marketing through December 31, 2014 and was promoted to Executive Vice President of Sales and Marketing and Chief Commercialization Officer as of January 1, 2015. Mr. Klecher held the title of Senior Director of Sales through August 1, 2014 when he became responsible for the entire United States sales force as Vice President of Sales on an interim basis. He was formally appointed the title Vice President of Sales on January 1, 2015.

(2)
Amounts reflect the full grant-date fair value of stock options granted during 2014 computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718, rather than the amounts paid to or realized by the named individual. We provide information regarding the assumptions used to calculate the value of all option awards made to executive officers in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates — Stock-Based Compensation."

(3)
Amount reflects the total bonus paid to Mr. Azarbarzin pursuant to the Management Bonus Plan for his service during 2014. Mr. Azarbarzin was eligible to receive a performance-based target bonus equal to 33% of his annual base salary for fiscal year 2014, or a total cash value of $112,200. Based on the results of our company-wide financial and sales performance for fiscal year 2014, as well as the results of his individual objectives for fiscal year 2014, Mr. Azarbarzin earned 90% of his target bonus, or $100,980. For further details regarding the calculation of this bonus, please see below under "— Annual Cash Incentive Compensation Plans — Management Bonus Plan."

(4)
Amounts reflect the sales commission and bonus payments provided to each of Messrs. Babini and Klecher for fiscal 2014, as further described below under "— Annual Cash Incentive Compensation Plans — Sales Commission Programs."

(5)
Amount reflects the total subsidy paid to Mr. Azarbarzin for fiscal year 2014 to offset the cost of his medical plan employee premiums. No other employee received this subsidy during fiscal year 2014.

(6)
Amount reflects the aggregate of (a) the total amount reimbursed to Mr. Dugan during 2014 for apartment and furniture rentals pursuant to his employment agreement ($17,821), (b) the lump-sum value of Mr. Dugan's 62.67 hours of accrued but unused paid time off paid to him upon his termination of employment ($9,340), (c) the total amount reimbursed to Mr. Dugan for monthly COBRA premiums pursuant to his severance and release agreement through February 28, 2015 ($6,334) (the full amount of which was accrued by Mr. Dugan by December 31, 2014), (d) the value of the continued base salary payments made to Mr. Dugan as severance payments through February 28, 2015 pursuant to the terms of his severance and release agreement ($167,912) (the full amount of which was accrued by Mr. Dugan by December 31, 2014), and (e) the incremental fair value attributable to the accelerated vesting of a portion of Mr. Dugan's stock option awards granted on June 1, 2013 ($52,787), in connection with his termination of employment as of August 31, 2014 and pursuant to the severance and release agreement entered into with Mr. Dugan on September 19, 2014. For further information relating to

123


Table of Contents

124


Table of Contents

Named Executive Officer
  2014 Stock Options Granted  

Carlos Babini

    18,500  

Christopher F. Klecher

    15,000  

Thomas J. Dugan

    35,014  

We maintain a qualified 401(k) plan for the benefit of our eligible employees, including our named executive officers. We do not currently provide matching contributions under the 401(k) plan. We believe that providing a vehicle for tax-deferred retirement savings though our 401(k) plan adds to the overall desirability of our executive compensation package and further incentivizes our employees, including our named executive officers, in accordance with our compensation policies.

Health and Welfare Plans.    We offer a variety of health and welfare group insurance plans covering medical, dental and vision care benefits. We contribute 85% of the cost of such coverage for eligible employees and their dependents. Group life insurance and accidental death and dismemberment insurance equal to one times eligible employees' base salary is provided at company cost, as well as an employee assistance program for personal and workplace support. We also offer medical and dependent flexible spending accounts, short-term and long-term disability insurance at employees' expense. For Mr. Azarbarzin, we subsidize an additional portion of the cost of medical premiums for his health plan.

We believe the benefits and perquisites described above are necessary and appropriate to provide a competitive compensation package to our named executive officers.

We issued a promissory note in the amount of $300,000 to Mr. Azarbarzin in 2013. The loan evidenced by this note was payable in full on October 31, 2021 and bore interest at a rate of 6.0% per year. This loan was forgiven in full in November 2015 and, following the forgiveness of this loan, we do not have any outstanding loans to Mr. Azarbarzin or any other of our named executive officers.

125


Table of Contents

We do not make gross-up payments to cover our named executive officers' personal income taxes that may pertain to any of the compensation or perquisites paid or provided by our company.


Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

The following table summarizes the number of shares of common stock underlying outstanding equity incentive plan awards for each named executive officer as of December 31, 2014.

 
   
  Option Awards  
Name
  Grant Date   Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
  Option
Exercise
Price
($)
  Option
Expiration
Date
 

Kurt Azarbarzin

    07/28/2011 (1)   112,752     19,248     0.53     07/27/2021  

    01/10/2013 (2)   67,111     72,946     1.51     01/09/2023  

Carlos Babini

   
03/03/2009

(3)
 
60,800
   
0
   
0.81
   
03/02/2019
 

    05/06/2010 (1)   24,370     0     0.90     05/05/2020  

    07/28/2011 (1)   8,541     1,459     0.53     07/27/2021  

    01/10/2013 (4)   9,000     7,000     1.51     01/09/2023  

    02/20/2014 (1)   0     18,500     2.59     02/19/2024  

Christopher F. Klecher

   
07/28/2011

(5)
 
12,500
   
5,000
   
0.53
   
06/20/2021
 

    12/01/2011 (6)   10,209     8,750     0.53     11/30/2021  

    01/10/2013 (7)   4,687     6,563     1.51     01/09/2023  

    02/20/2014 (1)   0     15,000     2.59     02/19/2024  

Thomas J. Dugan(8)

   
06/01/2013
   
—
   
—
   
—
   
—
 

    04/30/2014     —     —     —     —  

(1)
All awards vest with respect to 25% of the stock option granted on the first anniversary of the date of grant and with respect to a ratable portion on each month thereafter for an additional 36 months, such that each award is scheduled to be fully vested as of the fourth anniversary of the date of grant.

(2)
The award vests with respect to 25% of the stock option granted on the first anniversary of January 1, 2013, the vesting commencement date, and with respect to a ratable portion on each month thereafter for an additional 36 months, such that the award is scheduled to be fully vested as of the fourth anniversary of such vesting commencement date.

(3)
The award vests with respect to 25% of the stock option granted on the first anniversary of December 15, 2008, the vesting commencement date, and with respect to a ratable portion on each month thereafter for an additional 36 months, such that the award fully vested as of the fourth anniversary of such vesting commencement date.

(4)
The award vests with respect to 25% of the stock option granted on the first anniversary of September 27, 2012, the vesting commencement date, and with respect to a ratable portion on each month thereafter for an additional 36 months, such that the award is scheduled to be fully vested as of the fourth anniversary of such vesting commencement date.

(5)
The award vests with respect to 25% of the stock option granted on the first anniversary of June 20, 2011, the vesting commencement date, and with respect to a ratable portion on each month thereafter for an additional 36 months, such that the award is scheduled to be fully vested as of the fourth anniversary of such vesting commencement date. On October 7, 2013, Mr. Klecher exercised 22,500 vested shares pursuant to this award.

(6)
The award vests with respect to 25% of the stock option granted on the first anniversary of the date of grant, and with respect to a ratable portion on each month thereafter for an additional 36 months, such that the award is scheduled to be fully vested as of the fourth anniversary of the date of grant. On October 7, 2013, Mr. Klecher exercised 16,041 vested shares pursuant to this award.

(7)
The award vests with respect to 25% of the stock option granted on the first anniversary of September 27, 2012, the vesting commencement date, and with respect to a ratable portion on each month thereafter for an additional 36 months, such that the award is scheduled to be fully vested as of the fourth anniversary of such vesting commencement date. On October 7, 2013, Mr. Klecher exercised 3,750 vested shares pursuant to this award.

(8)
Mr. Dugan's employment terminated effective August 31, 2014. As a result of his termination, on August 31, 2014 a portion of his option awards were vested and exercised and the remaining portion was cancelled. As of fiscal year end, Mr. Dugan held no outstanding awards.

126


Table of Contents

Employment Arrangements

As of December 31, 2014, we were a party to an employment agreement with Mr. Azarbarzin and an offer letter with each of Mr. Babini and Mr. Klecher. The employment agreement for Mr. Azarbarzin was entered into on April 18, 2006 and the offer letters for Mr. Babini and Mr. Klecher were entered into on November 27, 2008 and June 17, 2011, respectively. Prior to his termination of employment, Mr. Dugan was also party to an employment agreement with us, as entered into on April 24, 2013. On September 19, 2014, in connection with the termination of Mr. Dugan's employment effective as of August 31, 2014, we entered into a severance and release agreement with Mr. Dugan.

In connection with the offering, we intend to enter into new employment, severance, change in control or other such agreements with certain of our named executive officers.

Mr. Azarbarzin is currently employed for an indefinite term, subject to termination at any time pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement. Mr. Azarbarzin serves as our President and Chief Executive Officer.

Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Azarbarzin is entitled to an initial base salary of $225,000 (which was increased to $340,000 in fiscal 2014) and is eligible to receive a bonus in the form of a stock option or grant of restricted stock under the 2006 Plan for each calendar year based on the achievement of performance goals to be established by, and achievement thereof determined by, the board of directors or compensation committee. For a further description of the equity awards granted to Mr. Azarbarzin, please see above under the "Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End" table.

Pursuant to our Management Bonus Plan, Mr. Azarbarzin is also eligible to receive an annual performance-based bonus, with a target bonus opportunity set by the compensation committee of up to 33% of his annual base salary for fiscal year 2014. For further details relating to this annual cash bonus plan, please see the discussion below under "— Annual Cash Incentive Compensation Plans — Management Bonus Plan."

Mr. Azarbarzin's employment agreement provides for severance upon a termination by us without cause (other than by reason of death or disability) or resignation by him for specified reasons.

Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Azarbarzin is entitled to receive severance in connection with a termination of employment by us without cause (other than by reason of death or disability) or by reason of his resignation within 180 days of our failure to pay any compensation due under his employment agreement or by reason of his resignation within 90 days of our material diminution of his responsibilities. Specifically, upon such a termination, Mr. Azarbarzin is entitled to receive severance payments including (a) the continuation of his base salary in the same manner as would otherwise have been payable through the earlier of (i) 26 weeks from the date of termination of his employment, if such termination is without cause or due to our failure to pay his compensation owed, (ii) 12 weeks from the date of termination of his employment, if such termination is due to our material reduction of his responsibilities and (iii) the date on which he commences employment in another position offering similar compensation and benefits; and (b) payment of the premiums for continued COBRA coverage under our group health insurance plan, to the extent he is eligible; provided that all such severance payments are conditioned on Mr. Azarbarzin making himself available to us as a consultant for no more than 40 hours in any calendar month. Upon a termination of

127


Table of Contents

Mr. Azarbarzin's employment due to death, disability, cause or due to his voluntary resignation, the employment agreement provides that all payments and benefits will cease as of the date of such termination.

Pursuant to his employment agreement, during the term of his employment and upon a termination of employment for cause, Mr. Azarbarzin is subject to non-competition and non-solicitation of employees and customer restrictions for a two-year period from the date of such termination and, upon a termination of employment for any other reason, Mr. Azarbarzin is subject to non-competition restrictions for a one-year period and non-solicitation of employees and customer restrictions for a two-year period from the date of such termination.

Each of Messrs. Babini and Klecher are employed with us on an at-will basis. Pursuant to their respective offer letters, Mr. Babini is employed as Executive Vice President of Sales and Marketing and Mr. Klecher is employed as Director of Sales. Each of Messrs. Babini and Klecher were subsequently promoted to the position of Executive Vice President of Sales and Marketing and Chief Commercialization Officer, and Vice President of Sales, respectively.

Pursuant to their respective offer letters, Messrs. Babini and Klecher are entitled to initial base salaries of $230,000 and $155,000, respectively, each subject to annual review by the Chief Executive Officer and subject to adjustment based on the assessment of both company and individual performance objectives. For fiscal 2014, Mr. Klecher's base salary was increased to $159,650, whereas Mr. Babini's base salary was reduced to $155,000 in accordance with the restructuring of his compensation to emphasize sales-related commission and bonuses. Further, the offer letters for each of Messrs. Babini and Klecher provide for eligibility to receive an annual performance-based bonus, with a target bonus opportunity of 15% and 10% of annual base salary, respectively. The compensation committee elected, however, not to approve target bonus opportunities for each of Messrs. Babini and Klecher under the Management Bonus Plan for fiscal 2014, and instead approved commission-based bonus arrangements as the sole form of cash incentive program for fiscal 2014, as further described below.

Mr. Klecher is eligible to receive monthly commissions and quarterly bonuses and incentives in accordance with guidelines set forth in his offer letter. Mr. Babini's offer letter does not provide for a commission-based bonus. However, as noted above, our compensation committee approved a commission-based bonus arrangement as the sole form of annual cash incentive for Mr. Babini for fiscal year 2014. In fiscal year 2014, Messrs. Babini and Klecher earned $338,199 and $315,346 in commissions and bonuses, respectively. For further information regarding the commission plan structure in place for Messrs. Babini and Klecher, please see below under "Annual Cash Incentive Compensation Plans — Sales Commission Programs."

Mr. Babini's offer letter also provided for grants under the 2006 Plan of both (a) an initial stock option grant equal to 1% of our equity and (b) an additional stock option grant based on certain achievements under the 2006 Plan for each calendar year based on the achievement of performance goals to be established by, and achievement thereof determined by, the board of directors or compensation committee. We awarded Mr. Babini the initial stock option grant on March 3, 2009 and have generally made additional stock option grants to Mr. Babini on an annual basis thereafter. Mr. Klecher's offer letter also provides for a stock option grant of 40,000 shares of our common stock (which we awarded on July 28, 2011), as well as an additional stock option grant of 35,000 shares of

128


Table of Contents

our common stock in connection with his promotion to Senior Director of Sales (which we awarded on December 1, 2011). For a further description of the equity awards granted to Messrs. Babini and Klecher, please see above under the "Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End" table.

Each of Messrs. Babini and Klecher are employed on an at-will basis and neither offer letter provides for severance payments in connection with a termination of their employment, either with or without cause. We do not have a formal company-wide severance policy and any such severance consideration will be made on a case-by-case basis.

Pursuant to the confidentiality, proprietary information and non-competition agreement accompanying his respective offer letter, each of Mr. Babini and Mr. Klecher is subject to non-competition and non-solicitation of employees and customer restrictions for a two-year period following the termination date of Mr. Babini's employment and for the one-year period following the termination date of Mr. Klecher's employment.

Mr. Dugan's employment agreement provided for employment for an indefinite term, subject to termination at any time pursuant to the terms thereof. During his employment, Mr. Dugan served as our President and Chief Commercialization Officer. We elected to terminate the employment of Mr. Dugan without cause, effective August 31, 2014, pursuant to a severance and release agreement.

Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Dugan was entitled to an initial base salary of $310,000 and was eligible to receive an annual performance-based bonus, with a target bonus opportunity equal to 40% of his annual base salary, subject to continued employment through the date on which such bonus was paid.

Mr. Dugan's employment agreement also provided for the grant of (1) an option to purchase 315,127 shares of our common stock (or approximately 2.25% of our fully diluted outstanding shares as of the date of the employment agreement), or the Dugan Stock Option; and (2) additional stock option grants for fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2014 of up to 35,014 shares and 70,028 shares, respectively, if Mr. Dugan could achieve certain revenue and margin performance targets for the applicable fiscal year, or together, the Performance Option. For a further description of the equity awards granted to Mr. Dugan, please see above under the "Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End" table.

Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Dugan was entitled to receive payments of up to $2,000 per month as reimbursements for his reasonable commuting expenses in connection with (i) his travel to and from Milford, Connecticut and (ii) the cost of temporary housing in the Milford, Connecticut area. Mr. Dugan was also entitled to a company-paid personal computer and mobile phone for business use.

129


Table of Contents

Mr. Dugan's employment agreement provided for severance only upon a termination by us without cause (other than by reason of death or disability) or resignation by him for good reason. In connection with our election to terminate his employment without cause on August 31, 2014, pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement, and conditioned on his execution of a release for our benefit. Mr. Dugan received severance benefits including (i) continuation of his base salary for a period of six-months following the August 31, 2014 termination date, payable in accordance with our ordinary payroll practices; and (ii) accelerated vesting of that portion of the unvested Dugan Stock Option that would have vested over the six-month severance period had he remained actively employed. In addition, Mr. Dugan was entitled to receive, and did receive, (a) reimbursements of monthly COBRA premiums to maintain continuing health insurance coverage through February 28, 2015 and (b) payment of his accrued but unused paid time off in the amount of 62.67 hours.

Pursuant to the severance and release agreement, Mr. Dugan agreed to cooperate and devote additional time as requested by us, provided that any time requested beyond the expiration of the obligation under his employment agreement to cooperate for a two-year period after termination will be compensated at an hourly rate of $250 or at a per diem rate of $2,000, as applicable.

Restrictive Covenants

Pursuant to that certain confidentiality, proprietary information and non-competition agreement accompanying Mr. Dugan's employment agreement, Mr. Dugan is subject to non-competition and non-solicitation of employees and customer restrictions for a two-year period following the termination date of Mr. Dugan's employment. Further, we and Mr. Dugan agreed to a mutual non-disparagement provision in his severance and release agreement.

Annual Cash Incentive Compensation Plans

For fiscal year 2014, we sponsored an annual cash incentive Management Bonus Plan and various sales commission programs, whereby eligible employees earn cash bonuses and commissions based on company financial as well as individual objectives. Further, in connection with the offering, we intend to adopt a senior executive bonus plan.

Management Bonus Plan

We provide certain eligible employees annual cash bonuses pursuant to our Management Bonus Plan equal to a percentage of their annual base salary and based on certain performance objectives, as each are established by our compensation committee on an annual basis. Historically, prior to fiscal year 2014, each of our named executive officers were eligible to receive annual cash bonuses pursuant to our Management Bonus Plan. However, beginning in fiscal year 2014, we revised our general bonus practice for those named executive officers devoted to sales and, thereafter, Messrs. Azarbarzin and Dugan were the only named executive officers eligible to receive bonuses under the Management Bonus Plan. For fiscal year 2014, each of Messrs. Azarbarzin and Dugan were eligible to receive a bonus pursuant to the Management Bonus Plan at a rate of 33% and 40% of his respective annual base salary. Neither Messrs. Babini nor Klecher received annual bonuses in 2014 pursuant to our Management Bonus Plan, as each was instead eligible for a cash bonus opportunity under our sales commission programs outlined below.

Eligible employees may receive an annual cash bonus under the Management Bonus Plan equal to a percentage of their annual base salary upon the achievement of specified company-wide financial and sales goals as well as individual performance objectives. Specifically for fiscal year 2014, 85% of Mr. Azarbarzin's annual cash bonus opportunity was based on our achievement of company-wide

130


Table of Contents

financial and sales goals and 15% of Mr. Azarbarzin's annual cash bonus opportunity was based on individual performance objectives. In total, Mr. Azarbarzin was paid 90% of his target bonus opportunity for fiscal year 2014, or $100,980.

The specific components of Mr. Azarbarzin's fiscal year 2014 bonus consisted of two company-wide financial goals and one company-wide sales goal and two individual performance goals.

Company Financial Goals

Twenty-five percent of Mr. Azarbarzin's total fiscal year 2014 cash bonus opportunity (at target) was payable based on achieving a target level of gross profit margin of 54.8% (assuming targeted minimum gross profit of $15.8 million on global sales of at least $28.8 million). The payout under this company-wide financial objective was subject to increase or decrease in increments of 5% based on our level of performance (where the target payout was $28,050, with possible payouts ranging from $5,610 to $39,270). For fiscal year 2014, we attained total revenue of $30.6 million and gross profit of $15.5 million, which equated to a gross profit margin of 50.6%, or 92.4% of our target. Thus, with respect to the 2014 gross profit margin component under the Management Bonus Plan, Mr. Azarbarzin earned 10% of his target bonus opportunity, or $11,220.

Ten percent of Mr. Azarbarzin's total fiscal year 2014 cash bonus opportunity (at target) was contingent on the company's total departmental overhead expenses being less than or equal to $26.06 million (which was 3% less than the targeted operating budget departmental overhead expenses). The payout under this company-wide financial objective was subject increase or decrease in increments of 5% based on our level of performance (where the target payout was $11,220, with possible payouts ranging from $0 to $22,440). For fiscal year 2014, our total departmental overhead expenses were $25.22 million, equating to a 6.1% favorable variance compared to our target. Thus, with respect to the 2014 departmental overhead component under the Management Bonus Plan, Mr. Azarbarzin earned a bonus based on 110% achievement of the departmental overhead goal and therefore received a payment of 20% of his target bonus opportunity, or $22,440.

Fifty percent of Mr. Azarbarzin's total fiscal year 2014 cash bonus opportunity (at target) was contingent on our achievement of global sales of at least $35.5 million. The payout under this company-wide sales objective was subject to increase or decrease in increments of 5% based on our global sales results (where the target payout was $56,100, with possible payouts ranging from $39,270 to $67,320). For fiscal year 2014, we achieved global sales of $32.6 million, equating to 96.3% of our global sales target. Thus, with respect to the 2014 global sales component under the Management Bonus Plan, Mr. Azarbarzin was eligible to receive a bonus based on 95% achievement of the sales goals, and therefore received a payment equal to 40% of his target bonus opportunity, or $44,880.

Individual Performance Goals

Five percent (5%) of Mr. Azarbarzin's total fiscal year 2014 cash bonus opportunity (at target) was contingent on the closing of a debt refinancing program and the issuance of equity by June 30, 2014. The payout under this individual performance objective was subject to increase or decrease in increments of 5% based on the timing of its achievement relative to the targeted June 30, 2014 date (where the target payout was $5,610, with possible payouts ranging from $0 if the goal was not achieved by August 30, 2014 to $16,830 for achievement of the goal on or prior to April 30, 2014). We successfully closed a debt refinancing program and additional equity was issued more than 30 days prior to the June 30, 2014 target date, resulting in a bonus payout of 10% of his target bonus opportunity, or $11,220.

131


Table of Contents

The final ten percent (10%) of Mr. Azarbarzin's total fiscal year 2014 cash bonus opportunity (at target) was contingent on the publication of at least one clinical study on the benefits and results of low pressure surgery by December 31, 2014. The payout under this individual performance objective was subject to increase in increments of 5% or decrease by 2% based on the timing of its achievement (where the target payout was $11,220, with possible payouts ranging from $0 if the goal was not achieved by February 28, 2015 to $22,440 for achievement of the goal on or prior to October 31, 2014). The "Benifla" clinical study on the benefits of low pressure surgery was submitted for publication prior to the December 31, 2014 target date, resulting in a bonus payout of his targeted 10% bonus opportunity for this objective, or $11,220.

Because Mr. Dugan was not employed by us on the date we paid bonuses under the Management Bonus Plan, he was not eligible to receive any such bonus for fiscal year 2014.

Sales Commission Programs

Our named executive officers that are devoted to sales (Mr. Babini and Mr. Klecher) are each eligible to receive base commission payments based on a specified commission rate as defined in his individual commission bonus plan. For 2014, Mr. Babini earned commissions for sales for each of our products. Each of Messrs. Babini and Klecher were also eligible to receive additional bonus payments upon the achievement of specified monthly, quarterly and/or annual quotas in their respective sales areas.

In connection with his promotion from Senior Director of Sales for the West Area to interim Vice President of Sales on August 1, 2014, Mr. Klecher became eligible to receive additional commission and bonus payments for East Area sales and a quarterly bonus upon the achievement of East Area quotas.

2015 Senior Executive Incentive Bonus Plan

We intend to adopt a 2015 Senior Executive Incentive Bonus Plan, or the Executive Bonus Plan, to be effective as of the day immediately prior to this offering. The Executive Bonus Plan is intended to provide an incentive for superior work and to motivate covered key executives toward even greater achievement and business results, to tie their goals and interests to those of us and our stockholders and to enable us to attract and retain highly qualified executives. The principal features of the Executive Bonus Plan are summarized below.

The Executive Bonus Plan is an incentive bonus plan under which certain key executives, including certain of our named executive officers, will be eligible to receive bonus payments. Bonuses will generally be payable under the Executive Bonus Plan upon the attainment of pre-established performance goals. Notwithstanding the foregoing, we may pay bonuses (including, without limitation, discretionary bonuses) to participants under the Executive Bonus Plan based upon such other terms and conditions as our compensation committee may in its sole discretion determine. The payment of a bonus under the Executive Bonus Plan to a participant with respect to a performance period will generally be conditioned on such participant's continued employment on the last day of such performance period, provided that our compensation committee may make exceptions to this requirement in its sole discretion.

The performance goals under the Executive Bonus Plan will relate to one or more financial, operational or other metrics with respect to individual or company performance with respect to us or any of our affiliates.

The Executive Bonus Plan will be administered by our compensation committee. Our compensation committee will select the participants in the Executive Bonus Plan and any performance goals to be

132


Table of Contents

utilized with respect to the participants, establish the bonus formulas for each participant's annual bonus, and certify whether any applicable performance goals have been met with respect to a given performance period. The Executive Bonus Plan provides that we may amend or terminate the Executive Bonus Plan at any time in our sole discretion. Any amendments to the Executive Bonus Plan will require stockholder approval only to the extent required by applicable law, rule or regulation. The Executive Bonus Plan will expire on the earliest of:

Equity Incentive Compensation Plans

Amended and Restated 2006 Stock Plan

We currently maintain the Amended and Restated 2006 Stock Plan, as amended, or the 2006 Plan, in order to align the interests of our employees, officers, directors, consultants and advisors with the interests of our company. The 2006 Plan permits the grant of awards in the form of options to purchase shares of our common stock or awards of restricted shares, but to date, only options to purchase shares of our common stock have been granted under the 2006 Plan. All options awarded pursuant to the 2006 Plan vest pursuant to the terms set forth in individual award agreements. For further details regarding the vesting terms of all option awards granted to our named executive officers thereunder, please see above under the "Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End" table. In connection with this offering, we expect that all such options will remain outstanding under the terms of the 2006 Plan and following the effectiveness of the SurgiQuest, Inc. 2015 Incentive Award Plan (as described below), no further grants will be made under the 2006 Plan.

Notwithstanding the vesting terms noted above, to the extent the participant's service is terminated by us without cause or by the participant for good reason within 90 days prior to the consummation of a change of control (as such term is defined within the 2006 Plan), all awards granted to such participant under the 2006 Plan shall become fully vested (and for options, exercisable) upon the later of the date of the change of control or the date of the termination of the participant's relationship. This offering will not constitute a change of control for purposes of the 2006 Plan. Further, in connection with a change of control, to the extent a successor corporation (as such term is defined within the 2006 Plan) refuses to assume all outstanding awards or to substitute such awards in accordance with the 2006 Plan, (A) all options and restricted shares held by any participant that has continued service with us for at least the 12 months prior to the change of control shall immediately become for options, fully vested and exercisable and for restricted shares, fully vested, immediately prior to the change of control provided he or she continues such service through the change in control; and (B) 50% of all unvested options and restricted shares held by any participant that remained continued service with us for at least six but less than 12 consecutive months immediately prior to the change of control shall immediately become for options, fully vested and exercisable and for restricted shares, fully vested, immediately prior to the change of control provided he or she continues such service through the applicable date. The unexercised portion of any vested and exercisable option that is not exercised immediately prior to the consummation of a change of control will terminate upon such consummation. Any portion of an option that is neither vested nor exercisable and any portion of a restricted share award that has not vested upon the consummation of the change of control nor assumed by the successor corporation will automatically terminate upon the consummation of the change of control.

133


Table of Contents

2015 Incentive Award Plan

We intend to adopt the SurgiQuest, Inc. 2015 Incentive Award Plan, or the Plan, subject to approval by our stockholders, under which we may grant cash and equity-based incentive awards to eligible service providers in order to attract, motivate and retain the talent for which we compete. The material terms of the Plan, as it is currently contemplated, are summarized below. Our board of directors is still in the process of developing, approving and implementing the Plan and, accordingly, this summary is subject to change.

Eligibility and Administration.    Our employees, consultants and directors will be eligible to receive awards under the Plan. Following our initial public offering, the Plan will be administered by our board of directors with respect to awards to non-employee directors and by our compensation committee with respect to other participants, each of which may delegate its duties and responsibilities to committees of our directors and/or officers (referred to collectively as the plan administrator below), subject to certain limitations that may be imposed under Section 162(m) of the Code, Section 16 of the Exchange Act, and/or stock exchange rules, as applicable. The plan administrator will have the authority to make all determinations and interpretations under, prescribe all forms for use with, and adopt rules for the administration of, the Plan, subject to its express terms and conditions. The plan administrator will also set the terms and conditions of all awards under the Plan, including any vesting and vesting acceleration conditions.

Limitation on Awards and Shares Available.    An aggregate of             shares of our common stock will initially be available for issuance under awards granted pursuant to the Plan, which shares may be authorized but unissued shares, or shares purchased in the open market. If an award under the Plan is forfeited, expires or is settled for cash, any shares subject to such award may, to the extent of such forfeiture, expiration or cash settlement, be used again for new grants under the Plan. However, the following shares may not be used again for grant under the Plan: (1) shares tendered or withheld to satisfy grant or exercise price or tax withholding obligations associated with an award; (2) shares subject to a stock appreciation right, or SAR, that are not issued in connection with the stock settlement of the SAR on its exercise; and (3) shares purchased on the open market with the cash proceeds from the exercise of options.

Awards granted under the Plan upon the assumption of, or in substitution for, awards authorized or outstanding under a qualifying equity plan maintained by an entity with which we enter into a merger or similar corporate transaction will not reduce the shares available for grant under the Plan. The maximum number of shares of our common stock that may be subject to one or more awards granted to any director pursuant to the Plan during any calendar year will be             and the maximum amount that may be paid under a cash award pursuant to the Plan to any one participant during any calendar year period will be $             .

Awards.    The Plan provides for the grant of stock options, including incentive stock options, or ISOs, and nonqualified stock options, or NSOs, restricted stock, dividend equivalents, stock payments, restricted stock units, or RSUs, performance shares, other incentive awards, stock appreciation rights, or SARs, and cash awards. No determination has been made as to the types or amounts of awards that will be granted to specific individuals pursuant to the Plan. Certain awards under the Plan may constitute or provide for a deferral of compensation, subject to Section 409A of the Code, which may impose additional requirements on the terms and conditions of such awards. All awards under the Plan will be set forth in award agreements, which will detail all terms and conditions of the awards, including any applicable vesting and payment terms and post-termination exercise limitations. Awards other than cash awards generally will be settled in shares of our common stock, but the plan

134


Table of Contents

administrator may provide for cash settlement of any award. A brief description of each award type follows.

135


Table of Contents

Performance Awards.    Performance awards include any of the foregoing awards that are granted subject to vesting and/or payment based on the attainment of specified performance goals. The plan administrator will determine whether performance awards are intended to constitute "qualified performance-based compensation," or QPBC, within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, in which case the applicable performance criteria will be selected from the list below in accordance with the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code.

Section 162(m) of the Code imposes a $1,000,000 cap on the compensation deduction that a public company may take in respect of compensation paid to our "covered employees" (which should include our Chief Executive Officer and our next three most highly compensated employees other than our Chief Financial Officer), but excludes from the calculation of amounts subject to this limitation any amounts that constitute QPBC. Under current tax law, we do not expect Section 162(m) of the Code to apply to certain awards under the Plan until the earliest to occur of (1) our annual stockholders' meeting at which members of our board of directors are to be elected that occurs after the close of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which occurred the first registration of our equity securities under Section 12 of the Exchange Act; (2) a material modification of the Plan; (3) an exhaustion of the share supply under the Plan; or (4) the expiration of the Plan. However, QPBC performance criteria may be used with respect to performance awards that are not intended to constitute QPBC. In addition, the company may issue awards that are not intended to constitute QPBC even if such awards might be non-deductible as a result of Section 162(m) of the Code.

In order to constitute QPBC under Section 162(m) of the Code, in addition to certain other requirements, the relevant amounts must be payable only upon the attainment of pre-established, objective performance goals set by our compensation committee and linked to stockholder-approved performance criteria. For purposes of the Plan, one or more of the following performance criteria will be used in setting performance goals applicable to QPBC, and may be used in setting performance goals applicable to other performance awards, any of which may be measured either in absolute terms for us or any operating unit of our company or as compared to any incremental increase or decrease or as compared to results of a peer group or to market performance indicators or indices. The Plan also permits the plan administrator to provide for objectively determinable adjustments to the applicable performance criteria in setting performance goals for QPBC awards.

Certain Transactions.    The plan administrator has broad discretion to take action under the Plan, as well as make adjustments to the terms and conditions of existing and future awards, to prevent the dilution or enlargement of intended benefits and facilitate necessary or desirable changes in the event of certain transactions and events affecting our common stock, such as stock dividends, stock splits, mergers, acquisitions, consolidations and other corporate transactions. In addition, in the event of certain non-reciprocal transactions with our stockholders known as "equity restructurings," the plan administrator will make equitable adjustments to the Plan and outstanding awards. Individual award agreements may provide for additional accelerated vesting and payment provisions.

Foreign Participants, Claw-Back Provisions, Transferability, and Participant Payments.    The plan administrator may modify award terms, establish subplans and/or adjust other terms and conditions of awards, subject to the share limits described above, in order to facilitate grants of awards subject to the laws and/or stock exchange rules of countries outside of the United States. All awards will be subject to the provisions of any claw-back policy implemented by our company to the extent set forth in such claw-back policy and/or in the applicable award agreement. With limited exceptions for estate planning, domestic relations orders, certain beneficiary designations and the laws of descent and distribution, awards under the Plan are generally non-transferable prior to vesting, and are exercisable only by the participant. With regard to tax withholding, exercise price and purchase price obligations arising in connection with awards under the Plan, the plan administrator may, in its discretion, accept

136


Table of Contents

cash or check, shares of our common stock that meet specified conditions, a "market sell order" or such other consideration as it deems suitable.

Plan Amendment and Termination.    Our board of directors may amend or terminate the Plan at any time except that, other than in connection with certain changes in our capital structure, stockholder approval will be required for any amendment that increases the number of shares available under the Plan, "reprices" any stock option or SAR, or cancels any stock option or SAR in exchange for cash or another award when the option or SAR price per share exceeds the fair market value of the underlying shares. No award may be granted pursuant to the Plan after the tenth anniversary of the date on which our board of directors adopts the Plan.


Director Compensation

The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation of our non-employee directors for the year ended December 31, 2014. None of our non-employee directors earned or received cash retainer fees, bonus payments or any other form of non-equity compensation in connection with their services as a director.

Name
  Option
Awards ($)(1)
  Total ($)  

Joseph DeVivo

    14,875     14,875  

Bruce Shook

    12,644     12,644  

(1)
Amounts reflect the full grant-date fair value of stock options granted during 2014 computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718, rather than the amounts paid to or realized by the named individual. We provide information regarding the assumptions used to calculate the value of all option awards made to our directors in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Stock-Based Compensation." On February 20, 2014, Messrs. DeVivo and Shook received a grant of 10,000 and 8,500 non-qualified stock options, respectively, at an exercise price of $2.59 per share and subject to vesting with respect to 25% of the respective stock option granted on the first anniversary of the date of grant and with respect to a ratable portion on each month thereafter for an additional 36 months, such that each award is scheduled to be fully vested as of the fourth anniversary of the date of grant subject to continued service as a director through the applicable vesting date.

The table below shows the aggregate numbers of option awards (exercisable and unexercisable) held as of December 31, 2014 by each non-employee director who was serving as of December 31, 2014.

Name
  Grant Date   Options
Outstanding at
Fiscal Year End(1)
 

Joseph DeVivo

    05/25/2006     30,750 (2)

    03/03/2009     12,300 (2)

    05/06/2010     27,925 (2)

    01/10/2013     10,000 (3)

    02/20/2014     10,000 (4)

Bruce Shook

    05/25/2006     30,750 (2)

    03/03/2009     12,300 (2)

    05/06/2010     10,180 (2)

    07/28/2011     12,500 (5)

    01/10/2013     8,500 (6)

    02/20/2014     8,500 (4)

(1)
Reflects stock options granted to our non-employee directors pursuant to the 2006 Plan, subject to service-based vesting restrictions. The options vest with respect to 25% of the shares on the first anniversary of either the date of grant or the vesting commencement date (as set forth in the individual award agreement), and with respect to a ratable portion on each

137


Table of Contents

month thereafter for an additional 36 months, subject to continued service as a member of the board of directors through the applicable vesting date. Upon a change in control of SurgiQuest, all such options will vest in accordance with the terms outlined above in "Equity Incentive Compensation Plans—Amended and Restated 2006 Stock Plan."

(2)
Of such options outstanding, all were exercisable as of December 31, 2014.

(3)
Of such 10,000 options outstanding, 5,625 were exercisable and 4,375 were unexercisable as of December 31, 2014.

(4)
Of such options outstanding, none were exercisable as of December 31, 2014.

(5)
Of such 12,500 options outstanding, 10,677 were exercisable and 1,823 were unexercisable as of December 31, 2014.

(6)
Of such 8,500 options outstanding, 4,781 were exercisable and 3,719 were unexercisable as of December 31, 2014.

Our other non-employee directors, Messrs. Collier, McNabb, Scheetz and Wiest, did not receive any compensation during fiscal year 2014.

We reimbursed each non-employee director for expenses incurred during fiscal 2014 in connection with his services as a director.

We intend to approve and implement a compensation program that, effective upon the consummation of this offering, will be applicable to all of our non-employee directors and will consist of annual retainer fees and long-term equity awards. Pursuant to this program, each eligible non-employee director will receive an annual cash retainer for his or her services in an amount equal to $             . Each member of the compensation, audit and nominating and corporate governance committees, other than the committee chairperson, will receive an additional cash retainer of $             and the committee chairperson will receive an additional annual cash retainer of $             . Each annual retainer will be paid quarterly in arrears.

Also, pursuant to this director compensation program, we intend to grant each eligible non-employee director an award of             with a fair market value equal to $             for each non-employee director. The terms of each such award will be set forth in a written award agreement between each non-employee director and us.

138


Table of Contents


CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The following includes a summary of transactions since January 1, 2012 to which we have been a party in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000, and in which any of our directors, executive officers or, to our knowledge, beneficial owners of more than 5% of our capital stock or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than equity and other compensation, termination, change in control and other arrangements, which are described under "Executive Compensation." We also describe below certain other transactions with our directors, executive officers and stockholders.

Preferred Stock Financings

Series D Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Financing

In September 2012, we entered into a Series D Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement to issue up to 1,491,054 shares of Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock to investors at a price of $5.03 per share. On September 27, 2012, at the first closing under the Series D Preferred Stock Agreement, we issued 994,036 shares of Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock to investors. On November 6, 2013, at the second closing under the Series D Preferred Stock Agreement, we issued 497,018 shares of Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock to investors. Each share of Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock will convert into one share of common stock upon the closing of this offering.

The table below sets forth the number of shares of Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock sold to our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of any class of our capital stock:

Name
  Number of Shares of
Series D Redeemable
Convertible Preferred Stock
  Aggregate
Purchase
Price
 

Peter P. Wiest

    317,244   $ 1,595,737  

Presidio Partners 2014, L.P. 

    256,413   $ 1,289,757  

California Technology Partners II, LP

    240,717   $ 1,210,807  

Fletcher Spaght Ventures II, L.P. 

    158,354   $ 796,521  

River Cities Capital Fund IV, L.P. 

    125,664   $ 632,090  

Mosaix Ventures LP

    82,443   $ 414,688  

Joseph DeVivo

    11,901   $ 59,862  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Series E Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Financing

In March 2015, we entered into a Series E Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement to issue up to 2,448,430 shares of Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock to investors at a price of $8.1685 per share. On March 10, 2015, at the first closing under the Series E Preferred Stock Agreement, we issued 1,224,214 shares of Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock to investors. On May 27, 2015, at the second closing under the Series E Preferred Stock Agreement, we issued 1,224,214 shares of Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock to investors. Each share of Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock will convert into one share of common stock upon the closing of this offering.

139


Table of Contents

The table below sets forth the number of shares of Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock sold to our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of any class of our capital stock:

Name
  Number of Shares of
Series E Redeemable
Convertible Preferred
Stock
  Aggregate
Purchase
Price
 

Presidio Partners 2014, L.P. 

    467,485   $ 3,818,651  

Mosaix Ventures LP

    365,521   $ 2,985,758  

Peter P. Wiest

    313,247   $ 2,558,758  

River Cities Capital Fund IV, L.P. 

    264,097   $ 2,157,276  

California Technology Partners II, LP

    242,666   $ 1,982,217  

Fletcher Spaght Ventures II, L.P. 

    150,675   $ 1,230,789  

Joseph DeVivo

    6,812   $ 55,644  

Employment Agreements

We have entered into employment agreements with our named executive officers. For more information regarding the agreements with our named executive officers, see "Executive Compensation — Employment Agreements."

Investors' Rights Agreement

On March 10, 2015, we entered into a Fourth Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement (the "Investors' Rights Agreement") with the holders of our redeemable convertible preferred stock, including Presidio Partners 2014, L.P., California Technology Partners II, L.P., Peter P. Wiest, River Cities Capital Fund IV, L.P., Fletcher Spaght Ventures II, L.P., Mosaix Ventures LP. and Joseph DeVivo. The Investors' Rights Agreement, among other things, grants these stockholders specified registration rights with respect to shares of our common stock. For more information regarding this agreement, see "Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights."

Indemnification Agreements

We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. These agreements, among other things, require us or will require us to indemnify each director and executive officer to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, including indemnification of expenses such as attorneys' fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by the director or executive officer in any action or proceeding, including any action or proceeding by or in right of us, arising out of the person's services as a director or executive officer.

Stock Option Grants to Executive Officers and Directors

We have granted stock options to our executive officers and certain of our directors as more fully described in the section entitled "Executive Compensation."

Loans to Directors and Executive Officers

In 2013, we issued a promissory note, or the Officer Note, in the amount of $300,000 to Kurt Azarbarzin, a member of our board of directors and our Chief Executive Officer. The Officer Note is due in full October 31, 2021. Interest on the Officer Note is at a rate of 6.0% per year on the unpaid balance. Interest at the rate of 1.66% per year is payable annually and the balance of the interest will accrue and be payable when the principal is repaid. As of December 31, 2014, there was $16,504 of accrued interest outstanding on the Officer Note. The Officer Note was forgiven in full in November 2015.

140


Table of Contents

Policies and Procedures for Related Person Transactions

Our board of directors intends to adopt a written related person transaction policy, to be effective upon the closing of this offering, setting forth the policies and procedures for the review and approval or ratification of related person transactions. This policy will cover, with certain exceptions set forth in Item 404 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, any transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships, in which we were or are to be a participant, where the amount involved exceeds $120,000 in any fiscal year and a related person had, has or will have a direct or indirect material interest, including without limitation, purchases of goods or services by or from the related person or entities in which the related person has a material interest, indebtedness, guarantees of indebtedness and employment by us of a related person. In reviewing and approving any such transactions, our audit committee considers all relevant facts and circumstances, including, but not limited to, whether the transaction is on terms comparable to those that could be obtained in an arm's length transaction and the extent of the related person's interest in the transaction. All of the transactions described in this section occurred prior to the adoption of this policy.

141


Table of Contents


PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock, as of September 30, 2015 and as adjusted to reflect the sale of shares of common stock in this offering, by:

The number of shares beneficially owned by each stockholder is determined under rules issued by the SEC. Under these rules, beneficial ownership includes any shares as to which the individual or entity has sole or shared voting power or investment power. Applicable percentage ownership is based on 15,808,998 shares of common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2015, assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into common stock. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by an individual or entity and the percentage ownership of that person, shares of common stock subject to options held by such person that are currently exercisable or will become exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2015 are considered outstanding, although these shares are not considered outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless noted otherwise, the address of all listed individuals is 488 Wheelers Farms Rd, Milford, Connecticut 06461. Each of the stockholders listed has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares beneficially owned by the stockholder unless noted otherwise, subject to community property laws where applicable.

 
   
  Percentage of Shares
Beneficially Owned
 
 
  Number of Shares
Beneficially
Owned Prior to
Offering
 
Name of Beneficial Owner
  Prior to
Offering
  After
Offering
 

5% or Greater Stockholders

                   

Presidio Partners 2014, LP(1)

    4,448,068     27.9 %      

Entities associated with River Cities Capital Fund IV, L.P.(3)

    1,732,062     10.9        

Entities associated with Fletcher Spaght Ventures II, L.P.(4)

    1,657,948     10.5        

California Technology Partners II, LP(2)

    1,670,688     10.5        

Entities associated with Mosaix Ventures LP(5)

    1,029,000     6.5        

Named Executive Officers and Directors

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Kurt Azarbarzin(6)

    1,121,209     7.0        

Christine Antalik(7)

    138,812     *        

Carlos Babini(8)

    115,929     *        

Christopher Klecher(9)

    92,708     *        

Joseph DeVivo(10)

    194,073     1.2        

David Collier, M.D.(1)(11)

    4,448,068     27.9        

Carter McNabb(3)(12)

    1,732,062     10.9        

Ned Scheetz(13)

    646,072     4.1        

Bruce Shook(14)

    76,177     *        

Peter P. Wiest(15)

    2,230,218     14.1        

All executive officers and directors as a group (ten persons)(16)

    10,795,328     64.3        

*
Represents beneficial ownership of less than one percent (1%)

142


Table of Contents

(1)
Based on (i) 1,504,280 shares of Series A preferred stock, (ii) 994,040 shares of Series B preferred stock, (iii) 1,003,913 shares of Series C preferred stock, (iv) 256,413 shares of Series D preferred stock, (v) 467,485 shares of Series E preferred stock and (vi) 125,847 Series C warrants that are exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2015. Presidio Partners 2014 GP, LLC, or Presidio GP, is the sole General Partner of Presidio Partners 2014, L.P., or Presidio LP. As the sole General Partner of Presidio LP, Presidio GP may be deemed to beneficially own the shares and may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power over these shares. Peter Gajdos, David J. Collier, Faysal A. Sohail and James F. Watson are each a Manager of Presidio GP and, as such, may be deemed to beneficially own the shares and may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power over these shares. The mailing address of Presidio Partners 2014, LP is One Letterman Drive, Building C, Suite CM 500, San Francisco, CA 94129.

(2)
Based on (i) 253,089 shares of Series A preferred stock, (ii) 397,614 shares of Series B preferred stock, (iii) 448,001 shares of Series C preferred stock, (iv) 240,717 shares of Series D preferred stock, (v) 242,666 shares of Series E preferred stock and (vi) 50,165 Series C warrants that are exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2015. California Technology Ventures II, LLC, or California Technology Ventures, is the General Partner of California Technology Partners II, LP. As the General Partner of California Technology Partners II, LP, California Technology Ventures may be deemed to beneficially own the shares and may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power over these shares. William A. Hanna and Alexander B. Suh are the only Managing Directors of California Technology Ventures, and only one Managing Director is required to vote the shares held by California Technology Partners II, LP and. as such, each of them may be deemed to beneficially own the shares and may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power over these shares. The mailing address of California Technology Partners II, LP is 670 N. Rosemead Blvd. Suite #201, Pasadena, CA 91107.

(3)
Based on (i) 1,144,250 shares of Series C preferred stock held by River Cities Capital Fund IV, L.P., or River Cities IV, (ii) 122,214 shares of Series C preferred stock held by River Cities Capital Fund IV, (NQP), L.P., or River Cities NQP, (iii) 125,664 shares of Series D preferred stock held by River Cities IV, (iv) 13,421 shares of Series D preferred stock held by River Cities NQP, (v) 264,097 shares of Series E preferred stock held by River Cities IV, (vi) 28,206 shares of Series E preferred stock held by River Cities NQP, (vii) 30,910 Series C warrants held by River Cities IV that are exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2015 and (vii) 3,300 Series C warrants held by River Cities NQP that are exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2015. River Cities Management IV, LLC, or River Cities Management, is the General Partner of River Cities IV and River Cities NQP. As the General Partner of River Cities IV and River Cities NQP, River Cities Management may be deemed to beneficially own the shares and may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power over these shares. Daniel T. Fleming, J. Carter McNabb, Edward C. McCarthy, R. Glen Mayfield and Edwin T. Robinson are each managing members of River Cities Management and, as such, may be deemed to beneficially own the shares and may be deemed to share voting and investment power over these shares. The mailing address of the River Cities entities is 221 East Fourth Street, Suite 2400, Cincinnati, OH 45202.

(4)
Based on (i) 722,772 shares of Series C preferred stock held by Fletcher Spaght Ventures II L.P., or Fletcher Spaght, (ii) 344,258 shares of Series C preferred stock held by FSV II, or FSV II, L.P., (iii) 72,788 shares of Series C preferred stock held by FSV II-B, or FSV II-B, L.P., (iv) 158,354 shares of Series D preferred stock held by Fletcher Spaght, (v) 75,424 shares of Series D preferred stock held by FSV II-B, (vi) 15,947 shares of Series D preferred stock held by FSV II, (vii) 150,675 shares of Series E preferred stock held by Fletcher Spaght, (viii) 71,766 shares of Series E preferred stock held by FSV II-B, (ix) 15,174 shares of Series E preferred stock held by FSV II, (x) 19,524 Series C warrants held by Fletcher Spaght, that are exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2015 (xi) 9,300 Series C warrants held by FSV II-B that are exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2015 and (xii) 1,966 Series C warrants held by FSV II. The general partner of the general partner of Fletcher Spaght Ventures II, LP and FSV II-B, LP and the manager of the general partner of FSV II, LP, FSA II, LLC, or FSA II, LLC, has sole voting and investment control over these shares. The members of FSA II, LLC, R. John Fletcher, Pearson M. Spaght and Linda Tufts, have sole voting and investment power for FSA II, LLC with respect to its voting power in its capacity as the general partner for the shares held by Fletcher Spaght Ventures II, FSV II-B and FSV II . Each of R. John Fletcher, Pearson M. Spaght and Linda Tufts disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares expect to the extent of his or her pecuniary interest therein. The mailing address of the Fletcher Spaght entities is 222 Berkeley Street, 20th Floor, Boston, MA 02116.

(5)
Based on (i) 273,631 shares of Series A preferred stock held by Mosaix Ventures LP, or Mosaix LP, (ii) 119,282 shares of Series B preferred stock held by Mosaix LP, (iii) 138,966 shares of Series C preferred stock held by Mosaix LP, (iv) 82,443 shares of Series D preferred stock held Mosaix LP, (v) 14,910 shares of Series D preferred stock held by Mosaix Ventures LLC, or Mosaix LLC (vi) 365,521 shares of Series E preferred stock held by Mosaix LP, (vii) 3,061 shares of Series E preferred stock held by Mosaix LLC and (viii) 19,656 Series C warrants held by Mosaix LP that are exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2015. Mosaix Ventures Management, LLC serves as the general partner for Mosaix Ventures LP and Ranjan Lal is the Managing Partner of Mosaix Ventures Management, LLC. Mr. Lal is a natural person who possesses the power, through one or more intermediary entities, to vote and direct the disposition of our common stock held by Mosaix Ventures LP. The mailing address of Mosaix LP and Mosaix LLC is 1822 North Mohawk Street, Chicago IL 60614.

143


Table of Contents

(6)
Based on (i) 890,000 shares of common stock and (ii) 231,209 shares of common stock which Mr. Azarbarzin has the right to acquire pursuant to outstanding stock options that are exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2015.

(7)
Based on (i) 83,230 shares of common stock and (ii) 55,582 shares of common stock which Ms. Antalik has the right to acquire pursuant to outstanding stock options that are exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2015.

(8)
Based on 115,929 shares of common stock which Mr. Babini has the right to acquire pursuant to outstanding stock options that are exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2015.

(9)
Based on (i) 42,291 shares of common stock and (ii) 50,417 shares of common stock which Mr. Klecher has the right to acquire pursuant to outstanding stock options that are exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2015.

(10)
Based on (i) 59,642 shares of Series B preferred stock, (ii) 50,417 shares of Series C preferred stock, (iii) 11,901 shares of Series D preferred stock, (iv) 6,812 shares of Series E preferred stock, (v) 85,791 shares of common stock which Mr. DeVivo has the right to acquire pursuant to outstanding stock options, that are exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2015 and (vi) 2,525 Series C warrants that are exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2015

(11)
Based on the shares held of record by Presidio LP and disclosed in footnote (1) above. Dr. Collier is the Managing Director of Presidio GP which is the sole General Partner of Presidio LP, and may be deemed to beneficially own the shares held of record by Presidio LP, as disclosed in footnote (1).

(12)
Based on the shares held of record by River Cities IV and disclosed in footnote (3) above. Mr. McNabb is a managing member of River Cities Management, which is the General Partner of River Cities IV and River Cities NQP, and may be deemed to beneficially own the shares held of record by River Cities IV and River Cities NQP, as disclosed in footnote (3). Mr. McNabb disclaims beneficial ownership of all shares held of record by River Cities IV and River Cities NQP, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.

(13)
Based on (i) 201,138 share of Series A preferred stock, (ii) 119,284 shares of Series B preferred stock, (iii) 176,010 shares of Series C Preferred Stock, (iv) 83,595 shares of Series D preferred stock, (v) 30,605 shares of Series E preferred stock and (vi) 23,910 Series C warrants held by Aphelion Medical Fund LP that are exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2015. Mr. Scheetz is the sole partner of Aphelion Capital, LLC, which owns Aphelion Medical Fund LP. The mailing address of Aphelion Medical Fund LP and Aphelion Capital, LLC is 100 Tiburon Blvd., Mill Valley, CA 94941.

(14)
Based on 76,177 shares of common stock which Mr. Shook has the right to acquire pursuant to outstanding stock options that are exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2015.

(15)
Based on (i) 6,663 shares of Series A preferred stock, (ii) 994,035 shares of Series B preferred stock, (iii) 447,287 shares of Series C preferred stock, (iv) 317,244 shares of Series D preferred stock, (v) 313,247 shares of Series E preferred stock and (vi) 55,649 Series C warrants held by Mr. Wiest that are exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2015.

(16)
Based on (i) 3,193,990 shares held of record by our current executive officers and directors and (ii) options to purchase 980,709 shares exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2015.

144


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

The following description summarizes some of the terms of our seventh amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the closing of this offering, our outstanding warrants, the Investors' Rights Agreement and the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you. For a complete description, you should refer to our seventh amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws, warrants and our Investors' Rights Agreement, copies of which have been or will be filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, as well as the relevant provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. The description of our common stock and preferred stock reflects changes to our capital structure that will occur upon the closing of this offering.

Following the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of         shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and         shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share.

As of September 30, 2015, we had issued and outstanding:

Common Stock

Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders and do not have cumulative voting rights. An election of directors by our stockholders shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the stockholders entitled to vote on the election. Matters shall be decided by the affirmative vote of our stockholders having a majority in voting power of the votes cast by the stockholders present or represented and voting on such matter, except as described below. Our seventh amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that our directors may be removed only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds in voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote thereon. In addition, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds in voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote thereon is required to amend or repeal, or to adopt any provision inconsistent with, several of the provisions of our seventh amended and restated certificate of incorporation. See below under "— Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Seventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws — Amendment of Charter Provisions." Holders of common stock are entitled to receive proportionately any dividends as may be declared by our board of directors, subject to any preferential dividend rights of any series of preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

In the event of our liquidation or dissolution, the holders of common stock are entitled to receive proportionately our net assets available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all debts and other liabilities and subject to the prior rights of any outstanding preferred stock. Holders of common stock have no preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. Our outstanding shares of common stock are, and the shares offered by us in this offering will be, when issued and paid for, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders

145


Table of Contents

of common stock are subject to and may be adversely affected by the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

Preferred Stock

Under the terms of our seventh amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors is authorized to direct us to issue shares of preferred stock in one or more series without stockholder approval. Our board of directors has the discretion to determine the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions, including voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences, of each series of preferred stock.

The purpose of authorizing our board of directors to issue preferred stock and determine its rights and preferences is to eliminate delays associated with a stockholder vote on specific issuances. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions, future financings and other corporate purposes, could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or could discourage a third party from seeking to acquire, a majority of our outstanding voting stock. See "— Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Certificate of Seventh Amended and Restated Incorporation and Bylaws — Undesignated Preferred Stock." Upon the closing of this offering, there will be no shares of preferred stock outstanding, and we have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Stock Options

As of September 30, 2015, we had outstanding stock options to purchase an aggregate of 2,192,674 shares of our common stock under our 2006 Stock Plan.

Warrants

In connection with the issuance of notes payable in 2011, we issued to the lender, Silicon Valley Bank, a warrant to purchase 33,582 shares of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock, in addition to an aggregate amount equal to 2.5% of the amount of each growth capital advance made under the loan, at cost of $2.01 per share, subject to adjustment as defined in the warrant agreement.

In 2011, we issued to various investors warrants to purchase 365,604 shares of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $3.948 per share, subject to adjustment as defined in the warrant agreement.

In connection with the issuance of notes payable in 2012, we issued to the lender, Ares Capital Corporation, a warrant to purchase 54,672 shares of Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $5.03 per share, subject to adjustment as defined in the warrant agreement.

Each warrant to purchase shares of convertible preferred stock will convert into a warrant to purchase the same number of shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering. The warrants described above have a net exercise provision under which the holder may, in lieu of payment of the exercise price in cash, surrender the warrant and receive a net amount of the applicable amount of the underlying security based on the fair market value of such security at the time of the net exercise of the warrant after deduction of the aggregate exercise price. These warrants also contain provisions for the adjustment of the exercise price and the aggregate number of shares issuable upon the exercise of the warrants in the event of stock dividends, stock splits, reorganizations and reclassifications and consolidations.

146


Table of Contents

Registration Rights

As of September 30, 2015, upon the closing of this offering, holders of 14,400,960 shares of our common stock, including shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants, or their transferees, will be entitled to the following rights with respect to the registration of such shares for public resale under the Securities Act, pursuant to our Investors' Rights Agreement by and among us and certain of our stockholders, until such shares can otherwise be sold without restriction under Rule 144, or until the rights otherwise terminate pursuant to the terms of our Investors' Rights Agreement. The registration of shares of common stock as a result of the following rights being exercised would enable holders to trade these shares without restriction under the Securities Act when the applicable registration statement is declared effective.

Demand Registration Rights

If at any time beginning six months after the closing date of this offering the holders of (i) a majority of the registrable securities then outstanding and (ii) at least 75% of the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock, the Series D Preferred Stock and the Series E Preferred Stock, voting as a single class, request in writing that we effect a registration of such registrable securities with an anticipated aggregate offering price of at least $15,000,000, then we will be obligated to notify all holders of registrable securities of such request and we may be obligated to register the sale of all registrable securities that holders may request to be registered. If the holders requesting registration intend to distribute their shares by means of an underwriting, the managing underwriter of such offering will have the right to limit the numbers of shares to be underwritten for reasons related to the marketing of the shares.

Piggyback Registration Rights

If at any time after this offering we propose to register any shares of our common stock under the Securities Act, subject to certain exceptions, the holders of registrable securities will be entitled to notice of the registration and to include their shares of registrable securities in the registration. We will have the right to terminate such registration prior to effectiveness.

Form S-3 Registration Rights

If, at any time after we become entitled under the Securities Act to register our shares on a registration statement on Form S-3, the holders of registrable securities request in writing that we effect a registration with respect to registrable securities at an aggregate price to the public in the offering of at least $1,000,000, we will be required to effect such registration; provided, however, that we will not be required to effect such a registration if we have already effected two registrations on Form S-3 for the holders of registrable securities within the 12 month period preceding such request.

Expenses

Other than underwriting discounts and commissions, we will be required to pay all expenses incurred by us related to any registration effected pursuant to the exercise of these registration rights. These expenses may include all registration and filing fees, printing expenses, fees and disbursements of our counsel, reasonable fees and disbursements of a counsel for the selling securityholders.

Termination of Registration Rights

The registration rights terminate upon the earlier of (i) the termination of the Investors' Rights Agreement and (ii) the occurrence of any three month period following a firm commitment underwritten public offering by us in connection with which all the then-outstanding shares of preferred stock are automatically converted into shares of common stock pursuant to our sixth

147


Table of Contents

amended and restated certificate of incorporation and during which period all of the securityholder's shares are available for sale without registration

Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Seventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Some provisions of Delaware law, our seventh amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws could make the following transactions more difficult: an acquisition of us by means of a tender offer; an acquisition of us by means of a proxy contest or otherwise; or the removal of our incumbent officers and directors. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish or could deter transactions that stockholders may otherwise consider to be in their best interest or in our best interests, including transactions which provide for payment of a premium over the market price for our shares.

These provisions, summarized below, are intended to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of the increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure us outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging these proposals because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Undesignated Preferred Stock

The ability of our board of directors, without action by the stockholders, to issue up to             shares of undesignated preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences as designated by our board of directors could impede the success of any attempt to change control of us. These and other provisions may have the effect of deferring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or management of our company.

Stockholder Meetings

Our amended and restated bylaws provide that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by our chief executive officer or president (in the absence of a chief executive officer) or executive chairman, or by a resolution adopted by a majority of our board of directors.

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals

Our amended and restated bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals to be brought before a stockholder meeting and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors.

Elimination of Stockholder Action by Written Consent

Our seventh amended and restated certificate of incorporation eliminates the right of stockholders to act by written consent without a meeting.

Staggered Board

Our board of directors is divided into three classes. The directors in each class will serve for a three-year term, one class being elected each year by our stockholders. For more information on the classified board, see "Management — Board Composition and Election of Directors." This system of electing and removing directors may tend to discourage a third party from making a tender offer or

148


Table of Contents

otherwise attempting to obtain control of us, because it generally makes it more difficult for stockholders to replace a majority of the directors.

Removal of Directors

Our seventh amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that no member of our board of directors may be removed from office by our stockholders except for cause and, in addition to any other vote required by law, upon the approval of the holders of at least two-thirds in voting power of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote in the election of directors.

Stockholders Not Entitled to Cumulative Voting

Our seventh amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not permit stockholders to cumulate their votes in the election of directors. Accordingly, the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election, if they choose, other than any directors that holders of our preferred stock may be entitled to elect.

Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute

We are subject to Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, which prohibits persons deemed to be "interested stockholders" from engaging in a "business combination" with a publicly held Delaware corporation for three years following the date these persons become interested stockholders unless the business combination is, or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder was, approved in a prescribed manner or another prescribed exception applies. Generally, an "interested stockholder" is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of a corporation's voting stock. Generally, a "business combination" includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. The existence of this provision may have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions not approved in advance by the board of directors.

Choice of Forum

Our seventh amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative form, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for: (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty or other wrongdoing by any of our directors, officers, employees or agents to us or our stockholders; (3) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or our certificate of incorporation or bylaws; (4) any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws; or (5) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Our seventh amended and restated certificate of incorporation also provides that any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock will be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to this choice of forum provision.

Amendment of Charter Provisions

The amendment of any of the above provisions, except for the provision making it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock and the provision prohibiting cumulative voting, would require approval by holders of at least two-thirds in voting power of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote thereon.

149


Table of Contents

The provisions of Delaware law, our seventh amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws could have the effect of discouraging others from attempting hostile takeovers and, as a consequence, they may also inhibit temporary fluctuations in the market price of our common stock that often result from actual or rumored hostile takeover attempts. These provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in the composition of our board and management. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be             .

Listing

We have applied to have our common stock listed on                           under the symbol "                           ."

150


Table of Contents


SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

Upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding an aggregate of 15,808,998 shares of common stock, assuming the issuance of             shares of common stock offered by us in this offering, the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into shares of our common stock and no exercise of options after September 30, 2015. Of these shares, all shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by our "affiliates," as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, whose sales would be subject to the Rule 144 resale restrictions described below, other than the holding period requirement.

The remaining             shares of common stock will be "restricted securities," as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rules 144 or 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below. We expect that substantially all of these shares will be subject to the 180-day lock-up period under the lock-up agreements described below. Upon expiration of the lock-up period, we estimate that approximately             shares will be available for sale in the public market, subject in some cases to applicable volume limitations under Rule 144.

In addition, of the 2,192,674 shares of our common stock that were subject to stock options outstanding as of September 30, 2015, options to purchase 1,892,648 shares of common stock were vested as of September 30, 2015 and, upon exercise, these shares will be eligible for sale subject to the lock-up agreements described below and Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act.

Lock-Up Agreements

We and each of our directors and executive officers and holders of substantially all of our outstanding capital stock, have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Piper Jaffray & Co., or Piper Jaffray and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, or Stifel, on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, subject to limited exceptions, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus:

whether any transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of our common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.

Upon the expiration of the lock-up period, substantially all of the shares subject to such lock-up restrictions will become eligible for sale, subject to the limitations discussed above.

151


Table of Contents

Rule 144

Affiliate Resales of Restricted Securities

In general, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a person who is an affiliate of ours, or who was an affiliate at any time during the 90 days before a sale, who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell in "broker's transactions" or certain "riskless principal transactions" or to market makers, a number of shares within any three-month period that does not exceed the greater of:

Affiliate resales under Rule 144 are also subject to the availability of current public information about us. In addition, if the number of shares being sold under Rule 144 by an affiliate during any three-month period exceeds 5,000 shares or has an aggregate sale price in excess of $50,000, the seller must file a notice on Form 144 with the Securities and Exchange Commission and             concurrently with either the placing of a sale order with the broker or the execution directly with a market maker.

Non-Affiliate Resales of Restricted Securities

In general, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a person who is not an affiliate of ours at the time of sale, has not been an affiliate at any time during the six months preceding a sale and has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months but less than a year, is entitled to sell such shares subject only to the availability of current public information about us. If such person has held our shares for at least one year, such person can resell under Rule 144(b)(1) without regard to any Rule 144 restrictions, including the 90-day public company requirement and the current public information requirement.

Non-affiliate resales are not subject to the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice filing provisions of Rule 144.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701, any of an issuer's employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who purchase shares from the issuer in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the effective date of a registration statement under the Securities Act is entitled to sell such shares 90 days after such effective date in reliance on Rule 144. An affiliate of the issuer can resell shares in reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the holding period requirement, and non-affiliates of the issuer can resell shares in reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the current public information and holding period requirements.

The Securities and Exchange Commission has indicated that Rule 701 will apply to typical stock options granted by an issuer before it becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, along with the shares acquired upon exercise of such options, including exercises after an issuer becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act.

152


Table of Contents

Equity Plans

We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all shares of common stock subject to outstanding stock options and common stock issued or issuable under our stock plans. We expect to file the registration statement covering shares offered pursuant to our stock plans shortly after the date of this prospectus, permitting the resale of such shares by nonaffiliates in the public market without restriction under the Securities Act and the sale by affiliates in the public market, subject to compliance with the resale provisions of Rule 144.

Registration Rights

Upon the closing of this offering, the holders of 14,400,960 shares of common stock, which includes all of the shares of common stock issuable upon the automatic conversion of our redeemable convertible preferred stock upon the closing of this offering, or their transferees will be entitled to various rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming fully tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration statement, except for shares purchased by affiliates. See "Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights" for additional information. Holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to such registration rights have waived the right of all of such holders to exercise such registration rights for a period of not less than 180 days after the date of this prospectus. Shares covered by a registration statement will be eligible for sale in the public market upon the expiration or release from the terms of the lock-up agreement.

153


Table of Contents


MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following discussion is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax consequences. The consequences of other U.S. federal tax laws, such as alternative minimum, estate and gift tax laws, and any applicable state, local or non-U.S. tax laws are not discussed. This discussion is based on the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial decisions, and published rulings and administrative pronouncements of the United States Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") in effect as of the date of this offering. These authorities may change or be subject to differing interpretations. Any such change or differing interpretation may be applied retroactively in a manner that could adversely affect a non-U.S. holder of our common stock. We have not sought and will not seek any rulings from the IRS regarding the matters discussed below. There can be no assurance the IRS or a court will not take a contrary position regarding the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock.

This discussion is limited to non-U.S. holders that hold our common stock as a "capital asset" within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all U.S. federal income tax consequences relevant to a non-U.S. holder's particular circumstances, including the impact of the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income. In addition, it does not address consequences relevant to non-U.S. holders subject to particular rules, including, without limitation:

If a partnership (or other entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will depend on the status of the partner, the activities of the partnership and certain determinations made at the partner level. Accordingly, partnerships holding our common stock and the partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences to them of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock.

154


Table of Contents

THIS DISCUSSION IS FOR INFORMATION PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT, AND IS NOT INTENDED AS, LEGAL OR TAX ADVICE. INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ALTERNATIVE MINIMUM, MEDICARE CONTRIBUTION, ESTATE OR GIFT TAX LAWS OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE INCOME TAX TREATY.

Definition of a non-U.S. holder

For purposes of this discussion, a "non-U.S. holder" is any beneficial owner of our common stock that is not a "U.S. person," a partnership or an entity disregarded from its owner, each for United States federal income tax purposes. A U.S. person is any person that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is or is treated as any of the following:

Distributions

As described in the section entitled "Dividend Policy," we do not anticipate declaring or paying dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions of cash or property on our common stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Amounts not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will constitute a return of capital and first be applied against and reduce a non-U.S. holder's adjusted tax basis in its common stock, but not below zero. Any excess will be treated as capital gain and will be treated as described below under "Sale or Other Taxable Disposition." Any such distributions will also be subject to the discussion below under the section titled "Additional Withholding Tax on Payments Made to Foreign Accounts."

Subject to the discussion below on effectively connected income, dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty, provided the non-U.S. holder furnishes a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other applicable documentation) certifying qualification for the lower treaty rate). A non-U.S. holder that does not timely furnish the required documentation, but that qualifies for a reduced treaty rate, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under any applicable income tax treaty.

155


Table of Contents

If dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder are effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder's conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the non-U.S. holder maintains a permanent establishment or fixed base in the United States to which such dividends are attributable), the non-U.S. holder will be exempt from the U.S. federal withholding tax described above. To claim the exemption, the non-U.S. holder must furnish to the applicable withholding agent a valid IRS Form W-8ECI (or successor form), certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder's conduct of a trade or business within the United States.

Any such effectively connected dividends will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to United States persons (as defined in the Code). A non-U.S. holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on such effectively connected dividends, as adjusted for certain items. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Sale or Other Taxable Disposition

A non-U.S. holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock unless:

Gain described in the first bullet point above will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to United States persons (as defined in the Code). A non-U.S. holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on such effectively connected gain, as adjusted for certain items.

A non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on any gain derived from the disposition, which may be offset by certain U.S. source capital losses of the non-U.S. holder (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States) provided the non-U.S. holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.

With respect to the third bullet point above, we believe we are not currently and do not anticipate becoming a USRPHC. Because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our USRPIs relative to the fair market value of our other business assets and our non-U.S. real property interests, however, there can be no assurance we are not a USRPHC or will not become one in the future. Even if we are or were to become a USRPHC, gain arising from the sale or other taxable disposition by a non-U.S. holder of our common stock will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax if (i) such class of stock is "regularly traded," as defined by applicable Treasury

156


Table of Contents

Regulations, on an established securities market, and (ii) such non-U.S. holder owned, actually or constructively, 5% or less of such class of our stock throughout the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the sale or other disposition or the non-U.S. holder's holding period for such stock. If we are determined to be a USRPHC and the foregoing exception does not apply, then a purchaser may withhold 10% of the proceeds payable to a non-U.S. holder from a sale of our common stock and the non-U.S. holder generally will be taxed on its net gain derived from the disposition at the graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to United States persons (as defined in the Code).

Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding potentially applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Payments of dividends on our common stock, if any, will not be subject to backup withholding provided the applicable withholding agent does not have actual knowledge or reason to know the holder is a United States person and the holder either certifies its non-U.S. status, such as by providing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E or W-8ECI, or otherwise establishes an exemption. However, information returns are required to be filed with the IRS in connection with any dividends on our common stock paid to the non-U.S. holder, regardless of whether any tax was actually withheld. In addition, proceeds of the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock within the United States or conducted through certain U.S.-related brokers generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting, if the applicable withholding agent receives the certification described above and does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a United States person, or the holder otherwise establishes an exemption. Proceeds of a disposition of our common stock conducted through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting.

Copies of these information returns that are filed with the IRS may also be made available under the provisions of a specific treaty or agreement to the tax authorities of the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a non-U.S. holder's U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS. Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of the information reporting and backup withholding rules to them.

Additional Withholding Tax on Payments Made to Foreign Accounts

Withholding taxes may be imposed under the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act ("FATCA") on certain types of payments made to non-U.S. financial institutions and certain other non-U.S. entities. Specifically, a 30% withholding tax may be imposed on dividends on, or gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, our common stock paid to a "foreign financial institution" or a "non-financial foreign entity" (each as defined in the Code), unless (1) the foreign financial institution undertakes certain diligence and reporting obligations, (2) the non-financial foreign entity either certifies it does not have any "substantial United States owners" (as defined in the Code) or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial United States owner or (3) the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from these rules. If the payee is a foreign financial institution and is subject to the diligence and reporting requirements in (1) above, it must enter into an agreement with the U.S. Department of the Treasury requiring, among other things, that it undertake to identify accounts held by certain "specified United States persons" or "United

157


Table of Contents

States-owned foreign entities" (each as defined in the Code), annually report certain information about such accounts and withhold 30% on certain payments to non-compliant foreign financial institutions and certain other account holders. Foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing FATCA may be subject to different rules.

Under the applicable Treasury Regulations, withholding under FATCA generally applies to payments of dividends on our common stock made on or after July 1, 2014, and will apply to payments of gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of such stock on or after January 1, 2017. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the potential application of these withholding provisions.

158


Table of Contents


UNDERWRITING

Piper Jaffray and Stifel are acting as representatives of each of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement among us and the underwriters, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from us, the number of shares of our common stock set forth opposite its name below.

Underwriters
  Number
of Shares
 

Piper Jaffray & Co. 

                   

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

                   

Canaccord Genuity Inc. 

       
​ ​ ​ ​ ​

                Total

       
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement, the underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase all of the shares sold under the underwriting agreement if any of these shares are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the nondefaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated.

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale at the initial public offering price up to                  shares of common stock, or approximately         % of the shares offered by this prospectus, for our employees, directors and other persons associated with us. Any directed shares purchased by our officers and directors will be subject to the 180-day lock-up restriction described in "— No Sales of Similar Securities" below. Any other participants in the directed share program will not be subject to any lock-up arrangements with any underwriter with respect to the directed shares sold to them. The number of shares of common stock available for sale to the general public in the offering will be reduced by the number of shares sold pursuant to the directed share program. Any directed shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares offered by this prospectus. We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities and expenses, including liabilities under the Securities Act, in connection with sales of the directed shares. The directed share program will be arranged through                  .

We have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act relating to losses or claims resulting from material misstatements in or omissions from this prospectus, the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, certain free writing prospectuses that may be used in the offering and in any marketing materials used in connection with this offering and to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

Discounts and Commissions

The representatives have advised us that the underwriters propose initially to offer the shares to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $             per share. After the initial offering, the public offering price, concession or any other term of this offering may be changed. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

159


Table of Contents

The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds, before expenses, to us. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares.

 
  Per Share   Without Option   With Option  

Public Offering Price

  $                 $                 $                

Underwriter Discount

  $                 $                 $                

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

  $                 $                 $                

The estimated offering expenses payable by us, exclusive of the underwriting discount and commissions, are approximately $              million. We have also agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain of their expenses in an amount not to exceed $             as set forth in the underwriting agreement.

The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares, described below. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the non-defaulting underwriters may be increased.

Option to Purchase Additional Shares

We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to                   additional shares of common stock at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less the underwriting discount and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering overallotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional shares of common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter's name in the table above bears to the total number of shares of common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.

No Sales of Similar Securities

We, our executive officers and directors and substantially all of our other stockholders, optionholders and warrantholders have agreed not to sell or transfer any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into, exchangeable or exercisable for, or that represent the right to receive shares of our common stock, for 180 days after the date of the prospectus used to sell our common stock without first obtaining the written consent of Piper Jaffray and Stifel. Specifically, we and these other persons have agreed, with certain limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly:

160


Table of Contents

The restrictions in the preceding paragraph do not apply to transfers of securities:

provided, in the case of a transfer described in bullets two through six above, that such transfer does not involve a disposition for value, and each transferee agrees to be subject to the restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph and that no filing by any party under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, shall be required or shall be made voluntarily in connection with such transfer.

161


Table of Contents

In addition, the transfer restrictions described above do not apply to:

Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on the                  under the symbol "                  ." In order to meet the requirements for listing on that exchange, the underwriters have undertaken to sell a minimum number of shares to a minimum number of beneficial owners as required by that exchange.

Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined through negotiations between us and the representatives. In addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price are:

An active trading market for the shares may not develop. It is also possible that after this offering the shares will not trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

The underwriters do not expect to sell more than 5% of the shares in the aggregate to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

Until the distribution of the shares is completed, Securities and Exchange Commission rules may limit underwriters and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing shares of our common stock. However, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of our common stock, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price.

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of our common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases on the open market to cover positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in this offering. "Covered" short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares described above. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of

162


Table of Contents

shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the overallotment option. "Naked" short sales are sales in excess of the overallotment option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of shares of our common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the closing of this offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters' purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on the                  , in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the representatives will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution of Shares

In connection with this offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic means, such as e-mail. In addition, one or more of the underwriters may facilitate Internet distribution for this offering to certain of their Internet subscription customers. Any such underwriter may allocate a limited number of shares for sale to its online brokerage customers. An electronic prospectus is available on the Internet websites maintained by any such underwriter. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on the websites of any such underwriter is not part of this prospectus.

Other Relationships

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have engaged in, and may in the future engage in, investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us or our affiliates. They have received, or may in the future receive, customary fees and commissions for these transactions.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also

163


Table of Contents

make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Selling Restrictions

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a "Relevant Member State") an offer to the public of any shares of our common stock may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any shares of our common stock may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

(a)
to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

(b)
to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representative for any such offer; or

(c)
in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of shares of our common stock shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any underwriter of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an "offer to the public" in relation to any shares of our common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares of our common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any shares of our common stock, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression "Prospectus Directive" means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State, and the expression "2010 PD Amending Directive" means Directive 2010/73/EU.

United Kingdom

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

(a)
it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (the "FSMA")) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares of our common stock in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and

(b)
it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares of our common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

Canada

The common stock may be sold only to purchasers purchasing as principal that are both "accredited investors" as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus and Registration Exemptions and "permitted clients" as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions

164


Table of Contents

and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the common shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from the prospectus requirements and in compliance with the registration requirements of applicable securities laws.

Hong Kong

The common stock may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to "professional investors" within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a "prospectus" within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong) and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to common shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to "professional investors" within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the common stock may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the common shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the "SFA"), (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA, in each case subject to compliance with conditions set forth in the SFA.

Where the common stock are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

(a)
a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

(b)
a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,

shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries' rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the common shares pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

(a)
to an institutional investor (for corporations, under Section 274 of the SFA) or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person pursuant to an offer that is made on terms that such shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or such rights and interest in that trust are acquired at a consideration of not less than S$200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction, whether such

165


Table of Contents


amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets, and further for corporations, in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA;

(b)
where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer; or

(c)
where the transfer is by operation of law.

Switzerland

The common stock may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (the "SIX") or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the common shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, or the common stock have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of common stock will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA, and the offer of common shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes ("CISA"). Accordingly, no public distribution, offering or advertising, as defined in CISA, its implementing ordinances and notices, and no distribution to any non-qualified investor, as defined in CISA, its implementing ordinances and notices, shall be undertaken in or from Switzerland, and the investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under CISA does not extend to acquirers of common stock.

United Arab Emirates

This offering has not been approved or licensed by the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates (the "UAE"), Securities and Commodities Authority of the UAE and/or any other relevant licensing authority in the UAE including any licensing authority incorporated under the laws and regulations of any of the free zones established and operating in the territory of the UAE, in particular the Dubai Financial Services Authority ("DFSA"), a regulatory authority of the Dubai International Financial Centre ("DIFC"). The offering does not constitute a public offer of securities in the UAE, DIFC and/or any other free zone in accordance with the Commercial Companies Law, Federal Law No 8 of 1984 (as amended), DFSA Offered Securities Rules and Dubai Listing Rules, accordingly, or otherwise. The common shares may not be offered to the public in the UAE and/or any of the free zones.

The common shares may be offered and issued only to a limited number of investors in the UAE or any of its free zones who qualify as sophisticated investors under the relevant laws and regulations of the UAE or the free zone concerned.

France

This prospectus (including any amendment, supplement or replacement thereto) is not being distributed in the context of a public offering in France within the meaning of Article L. 411-1 of the French Monetary and Financial Code (Code monétaire et financier).

166


Table of Contents

This prospectus has not been and will not be submitted to the French Autorité des marchés financiers (the "AMF") for approval in France and accordingly may not and will not be distributed to the public in France.

Pursuant to Article 211-3 of the AMF General Regulation, French residents are hereby informed that:

1.
the transaction does not require a prospectus to be submitted for approval to the AMF;

2.
persons or entities referred to in Point 2°, Section II of Article L.411-2 of the Monetary and Financial Code may take part in the transaction solely for their own account, as provided in Articles D. 411-1, D. 734-1, D. 744-1, D. 754-1 and D. 764-1 of the Monetary and Financial Code; and

3.
the financial instruments thus acquired cannot be distributed directly or indirectly to the public otherwise than in accordance with Articles L. 411-1, L. 411-2, L. 412-1 and L. 621-8 to L. 621-8-3 of the Monetary and Financial Code.

This prospectus is not to be further distributed or reproduced (in whole or in part) in France by the recipients of this prospectus. This prospectus has been distributed on the understanding that such recipients will only participate in the issue or sale of our common stock for their own account and undertake not to transfer, directly or indirectly, our common stock to the public in France, other than in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations and in particular with Articles L. 411-1 and L. 411-2 of the French Monetary and Financial Code.

167


Table of Contents


LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Latham & Watkins LLP, New York, New York. K&L Gates LLP, Irvine, California, has acted as counsel for the underwriters in connection with this offering.


EXPERTS

The financial statements of SurgiQuest, Inc. as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and for the years then ended, appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. For further information about us and the common stock offered hereby, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed thereto. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and each such statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the full text of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Upon the closing of this offering, we will be required to file periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act. You may read and copy this information at the Public Reference Room of the Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference room by calling the Securities and Exchange Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330. The Securities and Exchange Commission also maintains a website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about registrants, like us, that file electronically with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The address of that site is www.sec.gov. We also maintain a website at www.surgiquest.com, at which, following the completion of this offering, you may access our Securities and Exchange Commission filings free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the Securities and Exchange Commission. The information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference in, and is not part of, this prospectus.

168


Table of Contents


INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
  Page

Annual Financial Statements

   

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

  F-2

Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

  F-3

Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

  F-4

Statements of Stockholders' Deficit for the Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

  F-5

Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

  F-6

Notes to Financial Statements

  F-7

Interim Financial Statements

 
 

Condensed Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014

  F-32

Condensed Statements of Operations for the Nine Months Periods Ended September 30, 2015 and 2014

  F-33

Condensed Statement of Stockholders' Deficit for the Nine Months Period Ended September 30, 2015

  F-34

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows for the Nine Months Periods Ended September 30, 2015 and 2014

  F-35

Notes to Condensed Financial Statements

  F-36

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors of SurgiQuest, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of SurgiQuest, Inc. as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the related statements of operations, stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2014. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of SurgiQuest, Inc. at December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2014, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Hartford, Connecticut
September 2, 2015

F-2


Table of Contents


SurgiQuest, Inc.

Balance Sheets

 
  December 31,  
 
  2014   2013  

Assets

             

Current assets:

             

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 6,071,932   $ 5,458,524  

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $18,735 and $7,146 at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively

    6,046,846     3,619,144  

Inventories

    1,720,599     1,309,126  

Other receivables

    651,486     323,681  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    213,549     128,431  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Total current assets

    14,704,412     10,838,906  

Property and equipment, net

   
3,770,675
   
2,519,662
 

Other assets:

   
 
   
 
 

Patents, net

    467,423     516,600  

Rental security deposits

    6,511     36,563  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Total other assets

    473,934     553,163  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Total assets

  $ 18,949,021   $ 13,911,731  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Liabilities and Stockholders' Deficit

             

Current liabilities:

             

Accounts payable

  $ 5,007,865   $ 3,456,877  

Accrued salaries and wages

    1,680,910     1,014,044  

Accrued expenses

    964,683     632,858  

Debt, current portion

    1,833,333     2,422,336  

Other current liabilities

    5,120     —  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Total current liabilities

    9,491,911     7,526,115  

Debt, less current portion, net of discount

   
22,869,748
   
5,754,970
 

Capital lease obligations, less current portion

    21,130     —  

Warrant liabilities

    1,320,013     1,107,429  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Total liabilities

    33,702,802     14,388,514  

Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 2,539,795 shares authorized, 2,487,556 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014 and 2013

   
11,803,625
   
10,813,622
 

Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 2,882,703 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014 and 2013

    28,015,537     25,640,375  

Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 5,200,000 shares authorized, 4,812,560 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014 and 2013

    23,079,353     21,220,230  

Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 1,545,726 shares authorized, 1,491,054 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014 and 2013

    7,553,128     7,488,948  

Stockholders' deficit:

   
 
   
 
 

Common stock, $0.001 par value, 15,000,000 shares authorized, 1,357,838 and 1,205,675 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively

    1,358     1,206  

Receivable from executive

    (318,772 )   (300,000 )

Accumulated deficit

    (84,888,010 )   (65,341,164 )
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Total stockholders' deficit

    (85,205,424 )   (65,639,958 )
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Total liabilities and stockholders' deficit

  $ 18,949,021   $ 13,911,731  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

   

See accompanying notes to financial statements

F-3


Table of Contents


SurgiQuest, Inc.

Statements of Operations

 
  Years ending December 31,  
 
  2014   2013  

Revenues:

             

Product

  $ 29,267,872   $ 18,423,382  

Rental

    980,960     678,566  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Total revenues

    30,248,832     19,101,948  

Cost of goods sold

    16,031,369     11,051,752  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Gross profit

    14,217,463     8,050,196  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

   
23,622,169
   
12,977,939
 

Research and development expenses

    2,908,706     2,029,460  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

    26,530,875     15,007,399  

Operating loss

   
(12,313,412

)
 
(6,957,203

)

Other income (expense):

   
 
   
 
 

Interest expense

    (2,146,231 )   (908,920 )

Interest income

    31,255     12,409  

Other

    (388,126 )   (414,216 )
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Total other income (expense)

    (2,503,102 )   (1,310,727 )
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Net loss

  $ (14,816,514 ) $ (8,267,930 )
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Cumulative preferred stock dividends

    (2,155,728 )   (1,977,732 )

Preferred stock accretion

    (5,291,654 )   (5,256,696 )
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Net loss attributable to common shareholders

  $ (22,263,896 ) $ (15,502,358 )
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Net loss per common share, basic and diluted

  $ (18.03 ) $ (13.45 )

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding, basic and diluted

    1,235,111     1,152,665  

   

See accompanying notes to the financial statements

F-4


Table of Contents

SurgiQuest, Inc.
Statements of Stockholders' Deficit

 
  Common Stock    
   
   
   
 
 
  Receivable
from
Executive
  Additional
Paid-in-
Capital
  Accumulated
Deficit
  Total
Stockholders'
Deficit
 
 
  Shares   Amount  

Balance at December 31, 2012

    1,123,645   $ 1,124   $ —   $ —   $ (52,043,414 ) $ (52,042,290 )

Exercise of stock options

    82,030     82     —     48,619     —     48,701  

Stock option expense

    —     —     —     178,257     —     178,257  

Accretion of preferred stock

    —     —     —     (226,876 )   (5,029,820 )   (5,256,696 )

Receivable from executive

    —     —     (300,000 )   —     —     (300,000 )

Net loss

    —     —     —     —     (8,267,930 )   (8,267,930 )
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Balance at December 31, 2013

    1,205,675   $ 1,206     (300,000 )   —     (65,341,164 )   (65,639,958 )
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Exercise of stock options

    152,163     152     —     211,805     —     211,957  

Stock option expense

    —     —     —     349,517     —     349,517  

Accretion of preferred stock

    —     —     —     (561,322 )   (4,730,332 )   (5,291,654 )

Interest on receivable from executive

    —     —     (18,772 )   —     —     (18,772 )

Net loss

    —     —     —     —     (14,816,514 )   (14,816,514 )
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Balance at December 31, 2014

    1,357,838   $ 1,358   $ (318,772 ) $ —   $ (84,888,010 ) $ (85,205,424 )
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

See accompanying notes to the financial statements

F-5


Table of Contents


SurgiQuest, Inc.

Statements of Cash Flows

 
  Years ending December 31,  
 
  2014   2013  

Cash flow from operating activities:

             

Net loss

 
$

(14,816,514

)

$

(8,267,930

)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used by operating activities:

             

Depreciation and amortization

    1,511,085     1,253,260  

Amortization of debt discount

    549,031     119,441  

Interest on receivable from executive

    (18,250 )   —  

Stock option expense

    349,517     178,257  

Loss on disposal of patents

    60,293     —  

Loss on disposal of fixed assets

    137,826     9,923  

Change in fair value of warrant liabilities

    212,583     429,444  

Net change in:

             

Accounts receivable

    (2,427,702 )   (1,080,832 )

Inventory

    (411,473 )   (287,215 )

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    (413,445 )   (95,916 )

Accounts payable

    1,550,988     1,049,332  

Accrued salaries and wages

    666,866     464,963  

Accrued liabilities

    331,825     431,621  

Other assets

    30,042     —  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Net cash used by operating activities

    (12,687,328 )   (5,795,652 )

Cash flows from investing activities:

   
 
   
 
 

Purchases of property and equipment

    (2,830,309 )   (1,639,814 )

Patent costs

    (51,687 )   (107,173 )
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Net cash used by investing activities

    (2,881,996 )   (1,746,987 )

Cash flows from financing activities:

   
 
   
 
 

Receivable from executive

    —     (300,000 )

Borrowings under debt

    27,200,000     2,000,000  

Payments under debt

    (10,750,556 )   (719,444 )

Proceeds from Series D preferred stock, net of issue costs

    —     2,491,680  

Debt issuance costs

    (475,886 )   —  

Exercise of stock options

    211,957     48,701  

Payments of capital lease obligations

    (2,783 )   (9,687 )
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Net cash provided by financing activities

    16,182,732     3,511,250  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Net (decrease) increase in cash

    613,408     (4,031,389 )

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

    5,458,524     9,489,913  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

  $ 6,071,932   $ 5,458,524  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

             

Cash paid during the year for:

             

Interest

  $ 1,311,950   $ 676,857  

Non-cash investing and financing:

   
 
   
 
 

Accretion on preferred stock

  $ 5,291,654   $ 5,256,696  

Acquisition of capital lease

  $ 29,004   $ —  

   

See accompanying notes to the financial statements

F-6


Table of Contents


SurgiQuest, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

Note 1 — Formation and Business

SurgiQuest, Inc., or the Company, is a medical device manufacturer and marketer of innovative access technologies for minimally invasive surgery, or MIS. The Company was incorporated in the state of Delaware and began operations in May 2006. The Company is headquartered in Milford, Connecticut. The integrated design and proprietary innovations of SurgiQuest's patented AirSeal system optimizes the laparoscopic environment and provides stability in the abdominal cavity during MIS. The AirSeal system is utilized for both robotic and advanced laparoscopic procedures within multiple specialties including urology, gynecology, colorectal, bariatric and general surgery. By providing stable pneumoperitoneum, continuous smoke evacuation and valve-free access to the abdominal cavity, the AirSeal system reduces procedural time and costs over that of conventional insufflation.

The Company is subject to risks common to startup companies in the life sciences industry, including, but not limited to, risk that the Company never achieves profitability, the need for substantial additional financing, risk of relying on third parties, dependence on key personnel, protection of proprietary technology and compliance with government regulations.

Note 2 — Liquidity

Since inception, the Company has incurred net losses. During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company incurred a net loss of $14,816,514 and $8,267,930, respectively. The Company used $12,687,328 and $5,795,652 of cash for operations during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company had an accumulated deficit of $84,888,010 and $65,341,164, respectively. The Company's transition to profitability is dependent upon the successful commercialization of its products and the achievement of a level of revenues adequate to support the Company's cost structure. Management intends to meet its obligations to fund future operations through the sale of equity instruments, debt financings or other sources. There can be no assurance, however, that any such financings will be successfully completed on terms acceptable to the Company, if at all. The Company however, believes that its current cash balances and financial resources are sufficient to continue as a going concern through at least January 1, 2016.

Note 3 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Accounting

The financial statements of the Company are prepared in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles, or U.S. GAAP.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the Company's financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. While management believes the estimates and assumptions used in preparation of the financial statements are appropriate, actual results could differ from those estimates.

In preparing these financial statements, management used estimates in the following areas, among others: revenue recognition, useful lives of property and equipment, the determination of the fair value

F-7


Table of Contents


SurgiQuest, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 3 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

of stock-based awards and stock-based compensation expense, the fair value of warrants, the fair value of equity instruments and the recoverability of the Company's net deferred tax assets and related valuation allowance and the Company's VAT receivable, VAT accrual and related penalties and fines.

Segment Reporting

Management has determined that it has one business activity and operates through one reportable business segment. All tangible long-lived assets are held in the United States. Domestic revenues were 68% and 67% of total revenues for December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. International revenues were 32% and 33% of total revenues for December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Specifically, revenues generated in Japan were 12.1% and 10.8% of total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and liquid investments with an original maturity of less than ninety (90) days. The carrying amounts approximate the fair values of those instruments.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Accounts receivable is stated at net realizable value. The Company does not require collateral and regularly reviews accounts receivable balances on an individual customer account basis and adjusts the receivable reserves as necessary whenever events or circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. Accounts receivable are considered past due based on the invoice date and are written off after all collection efforts have been exhausted.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined by the first-in, first-out ("FIFO") method. During 2014 and 2013, the Company wrote-off $122,840 and $42,862, respectively, of inventory that became obsolete due to upgrades in product designs. The write-offs have been recorded as part of cost of goods sold.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost, net of accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the respective estimated asset lives, which range from three (3) to five (5) years for machinery and equipment. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the estimated useful lives of the assets or the lease term. Medical equipment is capitalized as part of property and equipment and is depreciated over four (4) years, which is the estimated useful life of the technology.

Depreciation expense is included in cost of goods sold, selling, general and administrative expense and research and development expense based on the specific categorization and use of the underlying asset being depreciated. Upon retirement or disposal, cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts, and gains or losses, if any, are recorded in earnings (loss) for the period. The Company assesses the impairment of property and equipment, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors the Company considers

F-8


Table of Contents


SurgiQuest, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 3 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

important, which could trigger an impairment review, include significant changes in the manner of its use of the asset, significant changes in historical trends in operating performance, significant changes in projected operating performance and significant negative economic trends. There have been no significant impairments recorded as a result of such reviews during any of the periods presented.

Revenue Recognition

The Company's revenues are primarily derived from the sale of the AirSeal Intelligent Flow System, or iFS, unit and related iFS single-use products. The Company currently markets and sells products in the United States and other countries internationally through a multi-channel sales organization comprised of sales managers, direct sales representatives, clinical education specialists and distributors. The vast majority of the Company's revenues are generated from sales to hospital customers through direct sales representatives and distributors. Virtually all these distributor arrangements are evidenced by contracts whereby the Company grants the distributor the exclusive right to market and sell certain products in a specified geographic territory. The contracts require written purchase orders for all product sales at which time pricing is determined for all products sold under the purchase order and no post sale pricing concessions are provided. The customers take title and bear the "risk of loss" at time of shipment or upon receipt, at which time we have no further performance obligations. The Company also warrants the products for twelve months from the date of delivery for material defects in design or workmanship. To date, the effect to the Company under the provisions of this arrangement, of any replacements of product or refunds has been immaterial.

The Company only sells in markets in which it has regulatory approval. The Company sells its products directly to hospitals in the United States and to distributors outside the United States. The Company recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, title and risk of loss has passed, delivery to the customer has occurred or the services have been fully rendered, as well as when the sales price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. Revenue is recognized at the net amounts expected to be received. Amounts received prior to satisfying the revenue recognition criteria are recorded as deferred revenue. The Company recognizes revenue when title to the goods and risk of loss transfer to customers, as there are no remaining performance obligations that will affect the customer's final acceptance. None of the products that the Company sells come with an attached right of return, or contain subjective conditions that would prevent the Company from recognizing revenue. The Company offers rights of return in limited circumstances, generally on a discretionary basis when there is a legitimate product defect, which has historically been infrequent in nature and immaterial. As such, the Company does not currently provide for a return reserve.

The Company has revenue arrangements with customers that include multiple deliverables (sale of products and leases). For these arrangements, the Company allocates revenue to all deliverables based on their relative selling prices. The Company uses a hierarchy to determine the selling price to be used for allocating revenue to deliverables: (a) vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value, or VSOE, (b) third-party evidence of selling price, or TPE, and (c) best estimate of selling price, or BESP, which are determined as follows:

(a)
VSOE — It is common for the sale of iFS units to include multiple elements which have standalone value and qualify as separate units of accounting. These elements commonly

F-9


Table of Contents


SurgiQuest, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 3 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

(b)
TPE — TPE exists only when the Company sells the deliverable separately and is based on competitor prices. The Company is unable to reliably determine what similar competitor products' selling prices are on a stand-alone basis. Therefore, the Company is typically not able to determine TPE.

(c)
BESP — BESP is an estimate based on the Company's pricing practices, market conditions and other Company-specific factors. The Company currently does not utilize BESP.

Once elements of an arrangement are separated into more than one unit of accounting, revenue is recognized for each separate unit of accounting based on the nature of the revenue as described above.

The Company's leasing operations consist principally of leasing the iFS unit to customers. Leases of iFS units are classified as both sales-type leases and operating leases and has terms that range from 1-2 years. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the net investments in leases for sales-type leases was $64,705 and $49,117, respectively, and is included in other receivables.

Research and Development

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Research and development costs include all direct costs, including salaries, stock compensation and benefits for research and development personnel, outside consultants, clinical and regulatory costs, amortization of patent costs, prototype materials and services, other outside services and depreciation. The Company capitalizes property and equipment that is used in research and development when the assets also have an alternative use and depreciates them over the useful lives. When the assets have no alternative use, they are recorded immediately to research and development expense.

Patents

The Company's purchased patents are recorded at cost and are amortized up to twenty (20) years based on the patents expiration date. The fees and costs associated with the filing of internally developed patents are capitalized, and once issued, are amortized over the patent's estimated useful life. If the patent is not approved, the costs associated with that patent are expensed in the year the patent is rejected. If a patent is for a specific use/project it is expensed immediately. If it has general use for the Company it is capitalized and amortized over its life.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company reviews long-lived assets when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of the assets may not be recoverable. Recoverability is measured by comparison of the book values of the assets to future net undiscounted cash flows that the assets are expected to generate.

F-10


Table of Contents


SurgiQuest, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 3 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Factors the Company considers important, which could trigger an impairment review, include significant changes in historical trends in operating performance, significant changes in projected operating performance and significant economic trends.

If such assets or group of assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the book value of the assets exceed their fair value, which is measured based on the projected discounted future net cash flows arising from the assets. As a result of such reviews in 2014, the Company recorded an impairment charge related to an abandoned patent of $60,294, which was recorded in other expense.

Income Taxes

The Company uses the liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequence of temporary differences between the carrying amounts and the tax basis of assets and liabilities and net operating loss carry forwards, all calculated using presently enacted tax rates.

Warrant Liability

The warrant liability represents the fair value of warrants issued in connection with debt and preferred stock issuances. These warrants are presented as liabilities since they are separable instruments and are for the purchase of potentially redeemable stock. The liability is recorded at fair value with the change in fair value recognized as interest expense for warrants issued in connection with debt that is still payable or as other income or expense.

Freight Expense

Freight expenses for the Company's sales are generally paid directly by the Company's customers. In certain instances, the Company may agree to pay for freight expenses. Freight charges to customers and freight expense incurred by the Company are included in cost of goods sold. Freight expense was $567,860 and $542,803 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and other receivables.

The Company maintains its cash and cash equivalents in financial institution accounts that at times during the year may exceed federally insured limits. The cash balances in the financial institutions are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or FDIC, up to $250,000 at December 31, 2014 and 2013. To date the Company has not experienced any loss due to risk.

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 the Company received approximately 11.0% and 12.0% of net revenues from one customer, respectively. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company had one customer representing approximately 18.0% and 19.0% of accounts receivable, respectively.

F-11


Table of Contents


SurgiQuest, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 3 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company estimates the fair value of stock based awards at date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. This model requires the Company to make estimates and assumptions including, among other things, estimates regarding the length of time an employee will retain the vested award before exercising, the estimated volatility of the Company's common stock price and the number of awards that will be forfeited prior to vesting. As a non-public entity, there currently is no active market for the Company's common shares. As a result the Company has had to identify similar publicly held entities to be used as a bench mark to estimate the expected volatility of the price of its underlying shares. The value of the underlying shares used in the option pricing model was determined in accordance with Statement of Standards for Valuation Services No. 1 of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants.

The awards are amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service periods of the awards, which is generally the vesting period.

For stock-based awards issued to individuals other than employees, the award is recorded at fair value at date of grant. However, the Company remeasures the fair value of such instruments granted at each reporting period until performance under the consulting arrangements are completed. The expense is recognized over the term of the service agreement.

Fair Value Measurements

The Company follows the three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosures of fair value measurement. The three levels of valuation hierarchy are defined as follows:

The Company's common stock warrant liabilities are carried at fair value, determined according to the fair value hierarchy described above (Level 3).

The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents, accounts payable and accrued expenses approximates fair value because of the short term nature of these instruments. The Company's debt is tied to variable interest rates, as such, fair value approximates carrying value. All other significant financial assets, financial liabilities and equity instruments of the Company are either recognized or disclosed in the financial statements together with other information relevant for making a reasonable assessment of future cash flows, interest rate risk and credit risk.

F-12


Table of Contents


SurgiQuest, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 3 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Common Stock and Convertible Preferred Stock Valuation

Due to the absence of an active market for the Company's common stock and convertible preferred stock, the Company utilized valuations with methodologies in accordance with the framework of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Technical Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, or the Practice Aid, to estimate the fair value of its common stock and convertible preferred stock at various reporting dates and in conjunction with various transactions. Each valuation included estimates and assumptions that required the Company's judgment. These estimates included assumptions regarding future performance. Significant changes to the key assumptions used in the valuations could have resulted in different fair values of common stock and convertible preferred stock at each valuation date.

Net Loss per Common Share, basic and diluted

Basic net income (loss) per common share is computed by dividing net income (loss) available to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding. Net income (loss) available to common stockholders has been reduced for cumulative dividends on certain preferred stock and for the accretion of preferred stock within the periods presented. Diluted net income (loss) per common share is computed by dividing net income by the sum of the weighted-average number of common shares and dilutive common share equivalents then outstanding using the if-converted method. For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company has excluded the effects of all potentially dilutive shares, which include redeemable convertible preferred stock, warrants for redeemable convertible preferred stock and outstanding common stock options, from the weighted average number of common shares outstanding as their inclusion in the computation for all periods would be anti-dilutive due to net losses.

The following common stock equivalents were excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share for the periods indicated because including them would have had an anti-dilutive effect:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2014   2013  

Outstanding stock options

    1,518,240     1,490,100  

Convertible preferred stock

    11,952,544     11,952,544  

Preferred stock warrants

    472,515     472,515  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Total common stock equivalents

    13,943,299     13,915,159  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-11, Inventory (Topic 330): Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory, or ASU 2015-11.The amendments in ASU 2015-11 require an entity to measure in scope inventory at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Net realizable value is the estimated selling prices in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal and transportation. Subsequent measurement is unchanged for inventory measured using LIFO or the retail inventory method. The amendments do not apply to inventory that is measured using LIFO or the retail inventory method. The amendments apply to all other inventory, which includes inventory that is

F-13


Table of Contents


SurgiQuest, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 3 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

measured using FIFO or average cost. The pronouncement is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this update.

In November 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-16, Determining Whether the Host Contract in a Hybrid Financial Instrument Issued in the Form of a Share Is More Akin to Debt or to Equity, or ASU 2014-16. The update was issued to reduce the diversity under GAAP in the accounting for hybrid financial instruments issued in the form of a share. The update clarifies that an entity should consider all relevant terms and features in evaluating the nature of the host contract. Entities should also assess the substance of the relevant terms and features when considering how to weight them. The amendment is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, with early adoption permitted. Application to existing instruments is on a modified retrospective basis to all relevant prior periods. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this update.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements — Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40): Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity's Ability to Continue as a Going Concern, or ASU 2014-15. The amendments in ASU 2014-15 are intended to define management's responsibility to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an organization's ability to continue as a going concern and to provide related footnote disclosures. Under U.S. GAAP, financial statements are prepared under the presumption that the reporting organization will continue to operate as a going concern, except in limited circumstances. The going concern basis of accounting is critical to financial reporting because it establishes the fundamental basis for measuring and classifying assets and liabilities. Currently, GAAP lacks guidance about management's responsibility to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about the organization's ability to continue as a going concern or to provide related footnote disclosures. This ASU provides guidance to an organization's management, with principles and definitions that are intended to reduce diversity in the timing and content of disclosures that are commonly provided by organizations today in the financial statement footnotes. The pronouncement is effective for the annual period ending after December 15, 2016, and for annual periods and interim periods thereafter. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this update.

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, or ASU 2014-09, which stipulates that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for such goods or services. To achieve this core principle, an entity should apply the following steps: (1) identify the contract(s) with a customer; (2) identify the performance obligations in the contract(s); (3) determine the transaction price(s); (4) allocate the transaction price(s) to the performance obligations in the contract(s); and (5) recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation. The guidance also requires advanced disclosures regarding the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from an entity's contracts with customers. For public business entities, ASU 2014-09 was originally effective for the fiscal year beginning January 1, 2017 using either of the following transition methods: (i) a full retrospective approach reflecting the application of the standard in each prior reporting period with the option to elect certain practical expedients, or (ii) a modified retrospective approach with the cumulative effect of initially adopting the standard recognized at the

F-14


Table of Contents


SurgiQuest, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 3 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

date of adoption (which includes footnote disclosures). In August, 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-14, Revenue From Contracts With Customers (Topic 606): Deferral of the Effective Date, that defers the effective date of the new revenue standard by one year (January 1, 2018 effective date). Reporting entities have the option to adopt the standard as early as the original January 1, 2017 effective date. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this amendment on our financial position and results of operations.

Note 4 — Inventories

Inventories are comprised of the following:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2014   2013  

Raw materials

  $ 196,918   $ 393,158  

Finished goods

    1,459,804     915,968  

Work in progress

    63,877     —  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Total inventories

  $ 1,720,599   $ 1,309,126  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Note 5 — Property and Equipment, net

Property and equipment, net are comprised of the following:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2014   2013  

Office equipment

  $ 493,927   $ 373,374  

Research and development equipment

    392,331     359,511  

Internal use software

    320,412     58,024  

Leasehold improvements

    34,190     27,547  

Production equipment

    6,647,864     5,548,163  

Medical equipment

    1,698,403     1,247,167  

Equipment in process

    859,076     293,740  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Total property and equipment

    10,446,203     7,907,526  

Less: Accumulated depreciation

    (6,675,528 )   (5,387,864 )
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Total property and equipment, net

  $ 3,770,675   $ 2,519,662  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Depreciation expense, inclusive of capital lease amortization, for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 was $1,470,514 and $1,221,983, respectively.

The Company's investment in property under operating leases with customers, contained in medical equipment, is $551,496 and $376,020 as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

F-15


Table of Contents


SurgiQuest, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 6 — Patents, net

Patents are comprised of the following:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2014   2013  

Patents and deferred patent costs

  $ 632,809   $ 681,121  

Less: Accumulated amortization

    (165,386 )   (164,521 )
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Total patents, net

  $ 467,423   $ 516,600  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Amortization expense on patents for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 was $40,571 and $31,277, respectively with a weighted average amortization period of approximately 17 years.

The amortization expense for the next five years is as follows:

2015

  $ 25,916  

2016

    14,666  

2017

    10,916  

2018

    10,916  

2019

    10,916  

Note 7 — Debt

Debt consists of the following:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2014   2013  

2014 Revolving Loan

  $ 3,000,000   $ —  

2014 Term Loan

    22,000,000     —  

2014 Term Loan terminal payment fees payable

    880,000     —  

2012 Term Loan

    —     2,422,336  

2013 Term Loan

    —     5,858,220  

2012 Term Loan terminal payment fees payable

    —     270,000  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

    25,880,000     8,550,556  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Less: unamortized debt discounts

    (1,176,919 )   (373,250 )
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Debt less unamortized discounts

    24,703,081     8,177,306  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Less: current portion

    (1,833,333 )   (2,422,336 )
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Long term debt, net of current portion

  $ 22,869,748   $ 5,754,970  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

2014 Credit Agreement

In May 2014, the Company entered into Credit and Security Agreement (the "2014 Credit Agreement") with an unrelated party providing for a $17,000,000 Term Loan Facility (the "2014 Term Loan") which was increased in November 2014 an additional $5,000,000 (collectively, the "2014 Term Loans") and a Revolving Credit Facility in the amount of $3,000,000 (the "2014 Revolving Loan").

F-16


Table of Contents


SurgiQuest, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 7 — Debt (Continued)

Borrowings under the 2014 Term Loans bore interest at a rate equal to the "Applicable Libor Rate" plus 7.5%, with a minimum floor for the Applicable Libor Rate of 0.5% per annum. The 2014 Revolving Loan bears interest at a rate equal to the Applicable Libor Rate plus 5.5%, again with a minimum floor for the Applicable Libor Rate of 0.5% per annum. The Revolving loan also has a collateral management fee of 1.01% on the outstanding balance.

The weighted average interest rate for the period ended and the rate at December 31, 2014 for the 2014 Term Loans and 2014 Revolving Loan was 8.0% and 6.0%, respectively.

The 2014 Term Loans provide for interest-only payments between July 1, 2015 and July 1, 2017 contingent upon the Company meeting certain revenue thresholds. The principal balance of all amounts borrowed under the 2014 Term Loans plus any unpaid interest is due in full between June 1, 2018 and June 1, 2019 depending on whether the Company has elected interest-only extensions as outlined in the 2014 Credit Agreement. As of May 31, 2015, the Company was granted an interest only extension through October 2015 at which time principal payments are presently scheduled to begin. The 2014 Term Loans carry a terminal payment fee equal to 4.0% which is due upon maturity. Both the 2014 Term Loans and 2014 Revolving Loan carry an early termination fee of 2.0% in the first 12 months of the 2014 Credit Agreement and 1.0% thereafter.

The Company may request "Credit Extensions" (additional advances) under the 2014 Revolving Loan as long as the outstanding balance under this facility along with any accrued interest does not exceed the lesser of the (i) the "Applicable Commitments" ($3,000,000 as of December 31, 2014) and (ii) the "Borrowing Base" in effect at the time of a request. The Borrowing Base is defined generally as 85.0% of "Eligible Accounts" receivable plus 25.0% of "Eligible Inventory," less any reserves or adjustments pursuant to the Revolving Credit Facility. The 2014 Revolving Loan is co-terminus with the 2014 Term Loans, which is dependent upon whether the Company has elected interest-only extensions. At December 31, 2014, the Company had drawn down the entire commitment amount of $3,000,000 and there was no availability under the 2014 Revolving Loan. The Company is not required to have a springing lockbox but the 2014 Credit Agreement does contain a material adverse change provision.

A terminal payment fee equal to $880,000, which represents 4.0% of the total amount the 2014 Term Loans, is due on the maturity date of the 2014 Term Loans. The terminal payment fee has been recorded as additional debt with a corresponding amount to debt discount. The Company is amortizing the debt discount to interest expense over the term of the 2014 Term Loans.

The 2014 Credit Agreement is collateralized by security interests in substantially all tangible assets of the Company. It also contains various affirmative and negative covenants, such as the delivery of financial statements, tax authority compliance, maintenance of property, limitations on additional debt, restriction of dividends and other standard clauses. At December 31, 2014, the Company was in compliance of all material covenants.

2012 Loan Agreement

In September 2012, the Company entered into a Loan and Security Agreement, or the 2012 Loan Agreement with an unrelated third party for a term loan in the amount of $9,000,000. Of this amount, a $7,000,000 term loan, or the 2012 Term Loan was funded upon the execution of the 2012

F-17


Table of Contents


SurgiQuest, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 7 — Debt (Continued)

Loan Agreement in September 2012, and the remaining $2,000,000 term loan, or the 2013 Term Loan was funded in September 2013. The 2012 Term Loan bore interest at a rate of 10.0% annum and required forty-eight (48) monthly installments as follows (i) commencing on November 1, 2012, nine (9) monthly payments of interest only; (ii) commencing on August 1, 2013, three (3) monthly payments of $116,667 each, plus accrued interest; (iii) commencing on November 1, 2013, thirty-six (36) monthly payments of $184,722 each, plus accrued interest. A terminal payment fee equal to $210,000, which represents 3.0% of the total amount of the 2012 Term Loan, is due on October 1, 2016. The aggregate amount of the terminal payments have been recorded as a long-term liability with a corresponding amount to debt discount. The Company is amortizing the debt discount to interest expense over the life of the 2012 Loan. During 2014, upon repayment of the 2012 Term Loan, the Company recognized the remaining unamortized debt discount of $144,735 as interest expense associated with the terminal payment fee. The loan was secured by substantially all assets of the Company.

The Company was also required to pay an upfront Term Loan fee of $45,000 in connection with the 2012 Term Loan. The Term Loan fee payment was recorded as a debt discount and was being amortized over the term of the 2012 Term Loan. During 2014, the Company wrote off the remaining unamortized debt discount of $318,969 to interest expense when the 2012 Term Loan was paid in full.

The 2013 Term Loan bore interest at a rate of 10.69% per year and required forty-eight (48) monthly installments as follows (i) commencing on November 1, 2013, nine (9) monthly payments of interest only; (ii) commencing on August 1, 2014, three (3) monthly payments of $33,333 each, plus accrued interest; (iii) commencing on November 1, 2014, thirty-six (36) monthly payments of $52,778 each, plus accrued interest. A terminal payment fee equal to $60,000, which represents 3.0% of the total amount of the 2013 Term Loan, was due on October 1, 2017. The aggregate amount of the terminal payments has been recorded as a long-term liability with a corresponding amount to debt discount. The Company is recognizing the expense related to the terminal payment fee as interest expense over the term of the 2013 Term Loan. During 2014, upon repayment of the 2013 Term Loan, the Company wrote off the remaining $56,250 of unamortized debt discount as interest expense associated with the terminal payment.

The 2012 Loan Agreement also made available to the Company, a revolving loan (Revolving Loan) of $2,000,000. The Revolving Loan included a swing arm feature that allowed any principal paid on the 2012 Term Loan and 2013 Term Loan in the subsequent twelve months from funding to be applied to the availability on the Revolving Loan to increase the overall Revolving Loan commitment. As of December 31, 2013, the total availability on the Revolving Loan was $2,233,333. Interest on the Revolving Loan was 8.5% per year.

The Company was also required to pay an annual commitment fee equal to 1.0% of the Revolving Loan commitment.

In connection with the 2012 Loan Agreement, the Company issued to the lender a stock warrant to purchase 54,672 shares of Series D Preferred Stock at a cost of $5.03 per share, subject to adjustment as defined in the warrant agreement. The warrants have been accounted for at fair value. The original fair value assigned to the warrants issued under the 2012 Loan Agreement was $61,233, which was

F-18


Table of Contents


SurgiQuest, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 7 — Debt (Continued)

recorded as a debt discount with the offset recorded as a warrant liability. The debt discount was being amortized over four years, which is equal to the life of the applicable notes. During 2014, the Company wrote off the remaining portion of the debt discount when the 2012 Term Loan was paid in full.

The Company recognized interest expense related to the amortization of the debt discount of $549,031 and $119,441, in 2014 and 2013, respectively.

The aggregate amount of principal maturing in succeeding years based on contractual payments terms of the 2014 Credit Agreement is as follows for the years ending December 31:

2015

  $ 1,833,333  

2016

    7,333,333  

2017

    7,333,333  

2018

    8,500,001  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Total payments

  $ 25,000,000  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Note 8 — Operating Leases

The Company leased 12,000 square feet of office and laboratory space in Milford, Connecticut. The lease commenced on September 9, 2011 for an initial term of three years and required base rental payments of $7,500 per month in year one, $7,725 in year two and $7,957 in year three. The lease also required the Company to make additional rental payments of $2,433 per month for its proportionate share of the annual operating expenses incurred by the landlord with respect to the property. At the end of the initial term of the lease, the Company extended the lease through July 31, 2015, at $8,752 base rent per month. On April 23, 2015, the Company signed a lease agreement for new office space in Milford, Connecticut.

Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 was $127,068 and $122,595, respectively. Anticipated minimum operating lease payments for 2015 is $78,295. As of December 31, 2014, there are no minimum operating lease payments beyond 2015.

Note 9 — Commitments and Contingencies

Licensing Agreement

In April 2006, the Company entered into a Patent Assignment and Licensing Agreement, or the Licensing Agreement with a third party which was later amended in November 2012. As part of the Licensing Agreement, proprietary patents and patent applications were sold, assigned and transferred to the Company so that the Company could develop and commercialize products.

In exchange for patents and patent applications, the Company agreed to pay an upfront fee of $150,000, which the Company has recorded as a patent asset that is being amortized over the anticipated useful lives of the patents. In addition to the upfront fee, the Company also agreed to grant 100,000 shares of the Company's common stock. As further consideration, the Company agreed to

F-19


Table of Contents


SurgiQuest, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 9 — Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

pay royalties of three percent (3%) of the net sales of any eligible products sold by the Company that utilized the acquired technology.

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company incurred royalty expense of $321,073 and $194,377, respectively, under the Licensing Agreement. Royalty expense is included in cost of goods sold.

Note 10 — Post Retirement Plan

The Company maintains a 401(k) post-retirement plan. The plan covers all qualified employees as defined by the plan. Participants may contribute a percentage of their compensation up to the maximum allowed by the Internal Revenue Code. The plan allows for the Company to make profit sharing contributions to qualified participants. The Company made no contributions for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

Note 11 — Stockholders' Deficit

Common Stock

The Company issued 152,163 and 82,030 shares of common stock in connection with the exercise of stock options during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

In May 2014, the Company amended and restated its articles of incorporation (the Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation). At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company is authorized to issue 15,000,000 shares of common stock and has 1,357,838 and 1,205,675 shares issued and outstanding. At December 31, 2014, the Company has 13,943,133 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance upon the exercise of stock options and stock warrants and the conversion of outstanding convertible preferred stock.

Preferred Stock

In September 2012, the Company entered into a Series D Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement to issue up to 1,491,054 shares of Series D preferred stock to investors at a cost of $5.03 per share. On September 27, 2012, at the first closing of the Series D Preferred Stock Agreement, the Company issued 994,036 shares of Series D preferred stock to investors for proceeds of $5,000,001. In connection with the issuance of the Series D preferred stock, the Company incurred issuance costs of $37,483, which have been netted against the proceeds resulting from the transaction. On November 6, 2013, at the second closing of the Series D Preferred Stock Agreement, the Company issued 497,018 shares of Series D preferred stock to investors for proceeds of $2,500,001. In connection with the second closing of Series D preferred stock, the Company incurred issuance costs of $8,321, which have been netted against the proceeds resulting from the transaction.

In connection with the Series D Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, the Company amended and restated its certificate of incorporation. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company is authorized to issue 2,539,795 shares of Series A preferred stock, 2,882,703 shares of Series B preferred stock, 5,200,000 shares of Series C preferred stock and 1,545,726 shares of Series D preferred stock (collectively, the Preferred Stock).

F-20


Table of Contents


SurgiQuest, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 11 — Stockholders' Deficit (Continued)

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, there are 2,487,556 shares of Series A preferred stock, 2,882,703 shares of Series B preferred stock, 4,812,560 shares of Series C preferred stock and 1,491,054 shares of Series D preferred stock issued and outstanding.

The Preferred Stock has the following characteristics at December 31, 2014:

Conversion Rights

At the option of the holder, each share of Preferred Stock is convertible into common stock at any time after the date of issuance. The initial conversion price is $2.01 per share for Series A preferred stock, $5.03 per share for Series B preferred stock, $3.948 per share for Series C preferred stock and $5.03 per share for Series D preferred stock and is subject to adjustment as disclosed in the Preferred Stock Agreement. Shares of Preferred Stock will automatically convert into common stock at an applicable conversion rate upon the earlier of (i) the sale of the Company's common stock in a public offering which is not less than $15.09 per share and results in gross cash proceeds of at least $40.0 million, or (ii) the date specified by written consent or agreement of the holders of (A) at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock and (B) at least three-fourths of the outstanding shares of Series C preferred stock and Series D preferred stock, voting together as a single class.

Voting Rights

The holders of Preferred Stock are entitled to the same voting rights as the holders of common stock, with a number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which such shares of Preferred Stock could be converted. The holders of the Series C and Series D preferred stock, voting together, have the right to elect two members of the Board of Directors of the Company. The holders of the Series A and Series B preferred stock, voting together, have the right to elect two members of the Board of Directors of the Company. The holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock and Preferred Stock, voting together, have the right to elect any remaining members of the Board of Directors of the Company.

Dividends

The holders of the Series D preferred stock are entitled to receive non-cumulative dividends in preference to Series C, Series B, Series A and common stockholders at the rate of $0.4527 per share per annum on each outstanding share of Series D preferred stock, when and if declared by the Board of Directors. No dividends have been declared on the Series D preferred stock as of December 31, 2014. The holders of the Series C preferred stock are entitled to receive cumulative dividends, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of dividends on the Series B and Series A preferred stock and common stock, at a rate of 9.0% per share per year on the stated value of the Series C preferred stock, which is $3.948 at December 31, 2014 and 2013. The dividends compound annually and are payable quarterly when and if declared by the Board of Directors. No dividends have been declared or paid on the Series C preferred stock to date. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, there are $7,108,260 and $4,952,532 of cumulative dividends on the Series C preferred stock.

The holders of the Series A and B preferred stock are entitled to receive non-cumulative dividends in preference to common stock holders at the annual rate of $0.201 per share per annum on each outstanding share of Series A preferred stock, and $0.503 per share per annum for each outstanding

F-21


Table of Contents


SurgiQuest, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 11 — Stockholders' Deficit (Continued)

share of Series B preferred stock, when and if declared by the Board of Directors. No dividends have been declared on the Series A and B preferred stock as of December 31, 2014.

Liquidation

In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders of the Series D preferred stock are entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of the Series C, Series B and Series A preferred stock and common stock, an amount equal to $5.03 per share plus accrued but unpaid dividends, if any. If the assets and funds distributed among the holders of Series D preferred stock is insufficient to permit the payment to the holders of the full preferential amounts, then the entire assets and funds of the Company legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Series D preferred stock in proportion to the preferential amount each holder is otherwise entitled to receive.

The holders of the Series C preferred stock are entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of the Series B and Series A preferred stock and common stock, an amount equal to $3.948 per share plus accrued but unpaid dividends, if any. If the assets and funds distributed among the holders of Series C preferred stock is insufficient to permit the payment to the holders of the full preferential amounts, then the entire assets and funds of the Company legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Series C preferred stock in proportion to the preferential amount each holder is otherwise entitled to receive.

The holders of the Series A and B preferred stock are entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of the common stock, an amount equal to $2.01 per share for Series A preferred stock and $5.03 per share for Series B preferred stock, plus accrued but unpaid dividends, if any. If the assets and funds distributed among the holders of Preferred Stock is insufficient to permit the payment to the holders of the full preferential amounts, then the entire assets and funds of the Company legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Preferred Stock in proportion to the preferential amount each holder is otherwise entitled to receive.

Redemption and Put Rights

At any time on or after the later of (i) ninety (90) days after the Company's payment in full of all liabilities under any loan agreement, credit agreement, or similar instrument approved by the board of directors or (ii) the four-year anniversary of the initial issuance of Series D preferred stock, but on a date within forty-five (45) days after receipt by the Company of a written request from the holders of not less than two-thirds of the then outstanding Series A and Series B preferred stock, voting together as a separate class, that all or some of the shares of Series A and Series B preferred stock be redeemed, the Company shall, to the extent it may lawfully do so, redeem the number of shares determined by paying, in cash, a sum per share of Series A and Series B preferred stock equal to (a) product of $2.01 for Series A preferred stock and $5.03 for Series B preferred stock, multiplied by 1.1 raised to the power of t, where t is the number of years from the date of issuance of each such share through the redemption date plus (b) all declared but unpaid dividends on such shares.

At any time on or after the later of (i) ninety (90) days after the Company's payment in full of all liabilities under any loan agreement, credit agreement, or similar instrument approved by the board of

F-22


Table of Contents


SurgiQuest, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 11 — Stockholders' Deficit (Continued)

directors or (ii) the four-year anniversary of the initial issuance of the Series D preferred stock, the holders of Series C preferred stock have the right to request that all or some of the shares of Series C preferred stock be purchased by the Company within forty-five (45) days of receiving the request, by paying each holder the greater of (a) the sum per share of Series C preferred stock equal to $3.948 per share plus all accrued but unpaid dividends and (b) the fair market value of each share of Series C preferred stock as determined by mutual agreement of the Company and such holder, or by a qualified independent appraiser if the Company and holder are unable to reach agreement on the fair market value of the Series C preferred stock.

The Company has obtained third party valuations on the Preferred Stock as of the date of issuance and through the dates of measurement to determine fair value used in the calculation of the redemption amounts as of the balance sheet dates.

At any time on or after the later of (i) ninety (90) days after the Company's payment in full of all liabilities under any loan agreement, credit agreement, or similar instrument approved by the board of directors or (ii) the four-year anniversary of the initial issuance of the Series D preferred stock, the holders of Series D preferred stock have the right to request that all or some of the shares of Series D preferred stock be purchased by the Company within forty-five (45) days of receiving the request, by paying each holder the greater of (a) the sum per share of Series D preferred stock equal to $5.03 per share plus all accrued but unpaid dividends and (b) the fair market value of each share of Series D preferred stock as determined by mutual agreement of the Company and such holder, or by a qualified independent appraiser if the Company and holder are unable to reach agreement on the fair market value of the Series D preferred stock.

As of December 31, 2014, the redemption value of each class of preferred stock was as follows:

Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

  $ 17,095,345  

Series B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

  $ 40,631,467  

Series C Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

  $ 42,831,784  

Series D Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

  $ 8,603,382  

Preferred Stock carrying amount is accreted to the redemption value over the redemption period, which has been adjusted at each issuance of Preferred Stock with amendment and restatement of the Company's articles of incorporation. As a result of the redemption and put provisions, all Preferred Stock has been classified as temporary equity.

Anti-dilution Provisions

In the event that the Company makes adjustments for stock dividends, splits, combinations or other similar events or issues additional securities at a purchase price less than the current Preferred Stock conversion price, the Preferred Stock conversion price shall be adjusted in accordance with weighted average formulas, as defined in the agreement.

F-23


Table of Contents


SurgiQuest, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 11 — Stockholders' Deficit (Continued)

Warrants

In connection with the issuance of notes payable in 2012 Loan Agreement the Company issued stock warrants to purchase 54,672 shares of Series D preferred stock. The warrants are immediately exercisable and expire ten years from the date of issuance. The exercise price of the warrants is $5.03 per share, subject to adjustment as defined in the warrant agreement. The original fair value assigned to the warrants was $61,233, which was recorded as a debt discount with the offset recorded to warrant liabilities.

In connection with the issuance of Preferred Stock in 2011 and with notes payable issued from 2009 to 2011, the Company issued stock warrants to purchase 365,604 shares of Series C preferred stock. The warrants are immediately exercisable and expire between five and seven years from the date of issuance, as defined in each warrant agreement. The exercise price of the warrants is $3.95 per share, subject to adjustment as defined in the warrant agreements. The original fair value assigned to the warrants was $574,308, which $518,013 was recorded as debt discount and the remainder as a reduction of the proceeds of the Preferred Stock with the offset to warrant liability. The entire debt discount has been fully amortized.

In connection with the issuance of notes payable in 2007 and 2008, the Company issued stock warrants to purchase 52,239 shares of Series A preferred stock. The warrants are immediately exercisable and expire ten years from the date of issuance. The exercise price of the warrants is $2.01 per share, subject to adjustment as defined in the warrant agreement. The original fair value of the warrants of $23,657 was recorded to debt discount which has been fully amortized.

The Company has accounted for the warrants as a liability since they are for the purchase of potentially redeemable stock. The liability is revalued at each reporting period and the change in fair value recognized as interest expense for warrants outstanding in connection with the issuance of debt that is still payable. The change in the fair value of all other warrants is included in other income (expense) if issued in connection with the issuance of Preferred Stock. The terms of all warrants provide for either gross or net settlement at the option of the holder.

The following table summarizes information about warrants outstanding (all exercisable) at December 31, 2014:

 
   
  Warrants Outstanding  
Shares
  Exercise
Price
  Number of
Warrants
  Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 

Series A

  $ 2.01     52,239   2.6 years   $ 2.01  

Series C

  $ 3.95     365,604   2.3 years   $ 3.95  

Series D

  $ 5.03     54,672   7.7 years   $ 5.03  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

          472,515       $ 3.85  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

F-24


Table of Contents


SurgiQuest, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 11 — Stockholders' Deficit (Continued)

Stock Options

The 2006 Stock Plan, or the Plan makes available up to 2,156,246 and 1,856,246 shares of common stock for the granting of options to officers, directors, employees and consultants of the Company at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Under the Plan, incentive or non-qualified stock options may be granted which expire ten years from the date of issuance and vest over varying periods as determined by the Board of Directors.

During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, the Company granted 549,514 and 661,684 options to officers, directors, employees and consultants under the Plan. The weighted average fair value of options granted during and was $1.53 and $1.00 per share, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 the Company recognized stock compensation expense of $349,517 and $178,258, respectively, related to the issuance of stock options. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, there is $554,436 and $500,084, respectively, of compensation expense that is expected to be amortized over the remaining vesting period of approximately 2.84 and 2.78 years, respectively. The fair value of shares that vested in 2014 and 2013 was $315,099 and $87,855, respectively.

The number of options granted to non-employees and the impact of these non-employee grants on the financial statements is immaterial.

Total stock option activity for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 is summarized as follows:

 
  Shares   Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
  Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2012

    962,792   $ 0.56        

Granted

    661,684     1.51        

Exercised

    (82,030 )   0.59        

Cancelled/forfeited

    (52,346 )   0.86        
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Outstanding at December 31, 2013

    1,490,100   $ 0.97     7.38  

Granted

    549,514     2.59        

Exercised

    (152,163 )   1.39        

Cancelled/forfeited

    (369,211 )   1.95        
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Outstanding at December 31, 2014

    1,518,240   $ 1.27     6.71  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

As of December 31, 2014, there were 1,416,463 shares vested or expected to be vested with a weighted average exercise price of $1.21, an intrinsic value of $2,651,135 and a weighted average contractual term of 6.5 years.

At December 31, 2014, there were 875,630 shares exercisable with a weighted average exercise price of $0.71, an intrinsic value of $2,075,801 and a weighted average remaining contractual term of 5.3 years.

F-25


Table of Contents


SurgiQuest, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 11 — Stockholders' Deficit (Continued)

During 2014 and 2013, the aggregate intrinsic value of stock options exercised was $216,284 and $75,164, respectively and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the aggregate intrinsic value of stock options outstanding was $2,742,426 and $2,135,377, respectively.

To determine the estimated fair value of options granted during 2014 and 2013, the Company used the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The following weighted-average assumptions were used in valuing options issued:

The Company recognizes compensation expense, net of an estimated forfeiture rate, on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award. The estimated forfeiture rate was based on historical experience. The Company applied the forfeiture rate in calculating the expense related to stock-based compensation for stock option awards granted during 2014 and 2013. Expense is recognized only for those awards expected to fully vest. If actual forfeitures differ from the estimates, a revision to the forfeiture rate is made.

F-26


Table of Contents


SurgiQuest, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

Note — 12 Income Taxes

Following is a reconciliation of the Company's effective income tax rate to the United States federal statutory tax rate:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2014   2013  

Expected tax at U.S. statutory income tax rate

    34.00 %   34.00 %

State deferred taxes, net of federal benefits

    2.04 %   0.50 %

Stock-based compensation

    (0.59 )%   (0.60 )%

Federal research credits

    0.83 %   0.98 %

Other

    (0.24 )%   (0.25 )%

Change in valuation allowance

    (36.04 )%   (34.63 )%
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Effective rate

    0.00 %   0.00 %
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

The Company's income tax provision in 2014 and 2013 has a current provision of zero for Federal and State. In 2014 and 2013, the deferred provision consisted of a Federal provision of $5,038,630 and $2,821,436, respectively, a State provision of $302,977 and $40,966, respectively and a valuation allowance recorded against the provision of $5,341,607 and $2,862,402, respectively for a net provision of zero.

Significant components of the Company's tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2014   2013  

Gross deferred tax assets:

             

Net operating losses

  $ 20,952,625   $ 15,808,960  

Organizational and start-up costs

    204,110     229,625  

Fixed assets

    60,471     82,816  

R&D tax credits

    1,431,660     1,220,569  

Other

    94,567     52,296  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Total deferred tax asset

    22,743,433     17,394,266  

Deferred tax liabilities:

             

Intangible assets

    (132,370 )   (122,514 )
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

    22,611,063     17,271,752  

Less-valuation allowance

    (22,611,063 )   (17,271,752 )
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Net deferred tax assets/(liabilities)

  $ —   $ —  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

The Company has recorded a full valuation allowance against its net deferred tax assets because management believes it is more likely than not that the assets will not be realized.

As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company had approximately $58,838,000 and $44,342,000, respectively, of federal and $35,290,000 and $27,285,000, respectively, of state net operating loss carry forwards that begin to expire in the year 2019.

F-27


Table of Contents


SurgiQuest, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

Note — 12 Income Taxes (Continued)

As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company had federal tax credit carryforwards of approximately $880,000 and $758,000, respectively, which begin to expire in 2027, and approximately $836,000 and $701,000, respectively, of state tax credit carryforwards which begin to expire in 2015.

As defined in Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, certain ownership changes limit the annual utilization of federal net operating losses. As a result of issuances, sales and other transactions involving the Company's stock, the Company may have experienced an ownership change which could cause such federal net operating losses to be subject to limitation under Section 382.

The Company has determined that it has no significant uncertain tax positions requiring recognition and measurement. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits, if incurred, as a component of income tax expense.

The Company is subject to U.S. federal income tax as well as income tax of certain state jurisdictions. The Company has not been audited by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service or any states in connection with income taxes. The Company's 2006 through 2014 tax years generally remain open to examination for all federal and state income tax matters until its net operating loss carryforwards are utilized and the applicable statutes of limitation have expired. The federal and state tax authorities can generally reduce a net operating loss (but not create taxable income) for a period outside the statute of limitations in order to determine the correct amount of net operating loss which may be allowed as a deduction against income for a period within the statute of limitations.

Note 13 — Fair Value Measurements

The Company's management estimates the fair value of the warrant liabilities with the assistance of a third party valuation firm. The fair value of the Series A, C and D warrants at December 31, 2014 and 2013 was determined using an Option Pricing Model, or OPM. This method of valuation involves using inputs such as the fair value of the Company's various classes of preferred stock and common stock, stock price volatility, contractual term of the warrants, risk free interest rates and dividend yields. Due to the nature of these inputs and the valuation techniques utilized, the valuation of the warrants to purchase preferred stock and common stock are considered a Level 3 measurement.

F-28


Table of Contents


SurgiQuest, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 13 — Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

The estimated fair value of each warrant to purchase shares of the Company's Series A, C and D Warrants as determined by the valuations utilized the following assumptions its OPM:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2014   2013  

Preferred Series A Warrants:

             

Fair value of underlying instrument

 
$

4.43
 
$

3.77
 

Expected volatility

    70.63 %   71.36 %

Expected term (in years)

    2.27     3.27  

Risk-free interest rate

    0.79 %   0.92 %

Expected dividend yield

    — %   — %

Preferred Series C Warrants:

   
 
   
 
 

Fair value of underlying instrument

 
$

10.60
 
$

9.40
 

Expected volatility

    73.21 %   73.47 %

Expected term (in years)

    1.56     2.56  

Risk-free interest rate

    0.49 %   0.61 %

Expected dividend yield

    — %   — %

Preferred Series D Warrants:

   
 
   
 
 

Fair value of underlying instrument

 
$

6.93
 
$

6.58
 

Expected volatility

    76.31 %   76.52 %

Expected term (in years)

    7.75     8.75  

Risk-free interest rate

    2.05 %   2.75 %

Expected dividend yield

    — %   — %

The following tables summarize the fair values and levels within the fair value hierarchy in which the fair value measurements fall, for assets and liabilities measured on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2014 and 2013:

Description
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total  

December 31, 2014:

                         

Series A warrant liability

  $ —   $ —   $ 132,686   $ 132,686  

Series C warrant liability

    —     —     1,104,226     1,104,226  

Series D warrant liability

    —     —     83,101     83,101  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Total liabilities

  $ —   $ —   $ 1,320,013   $ 1,320,013  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

December 31, 2013:

                         

Series A warrant liability

  $ —   $ —   $ 110,746   $ 110,746  

Series C warrant liability

    —     —     925,063     925,063  

Series D warrant liability

    —     —     71,620     71,620  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Total liabilities

  $ —   $ —   $ 1,107,429   $ 1,107,429  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

F-29


Table of Contents


SurgiQuest, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 13 — Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

Since fluctuations in the Company's stock price are one of the primary drivers for the changes in the warrant liability valuations, as the stock price increases or decreases for each of the related classes of preferred stock, the value to the holder of the instrument generally increases and decreases accordingly, therefore either increasing or decreasing the liability on the Company's balance sheet. Additionally, stock price volatility is one of the significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of each of the Company's warrant liabilities. The estimated fair value of these liabilities is also sensitive to changes in the warrant's expected term. A decrease or increase in volatility and term would have a corresponding increase or decrease in the value of the warrant.

The following table presents the changes in Level 3 instrument measures on a recurring basis for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

 
  Series A
Warrants
  Series C
Warrants
  Series D
Warrants
  Total  

Balance at December 31, 2012

  $ 68,433   $ 563,082   $ 46,471   $ 677,986  

Change in fair value

    42,313     361,981     25,149     429,443  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Balance at December 31, 2013

    110,746     925,063     71,620     1,107,429  

Change in fair value

    21,940     179,163     11,481     212,584  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Balance at December 31, 2014

  $ 132,686   $ 1,104,226   $ 83,101   $ 1,320,013  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Note 14 — Related Party Transactions

In October 2013, the Company issued a promissory note (the "Officer Note") to one of its officers in the amount of $300,000. The Officer Note is due in full in October 2021 on the eighth anniversary of its issuance or upon a sale of the Company. Interest on the Officer Note is at a rate of 6.0% per annum compounded annually. Interest at the rate of 1.66% per annum will be payable annually and the balance of the interest will accrue and be payable when the principal is repaid. The Officer Note is secured by a first priority pledge of the number of shares of common stock in the Company equivalent to 150.0% of the principal amount of the loan at the value per share established at the time of issuance. The note allows for repayment to be in cash or shares of common stock of the Company at the option of the officer. If settled in shares the value of the shares is based on the value established at the time of the issuance of the note.

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, there is $16,504 and $3,400 of accrued interest outstanding on the Officer Note, which represents all of the interest earned on the Officer Note. The Officer Note is recorded as a component of stockholders' deficit.

Note 15 — Subsequent Events

Preferred Stock

In March 2015, the Company entered into a Series E Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement (the "Series E Preferred Stock Agreement") to issue up to 2,448,430 shares of Series E preferred stock to investors at a cost of $8.17 per share. In March 2015, at the first closing of the Series E Preferred Stock Agreement, the Company issued 1,224,214 shares of Series E preferred stock to investors for proceeds of $9,999,993. In May 2015, at the second closing of the Series E Preferred Stock

F-30


Table of Contents


SurgiQuest, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 15 — Subsequent Events (Continued)

Agreement, the Company issued an additional 1,224,214 shares of Series E preferred stock to investors for proceeds of $9,999,993. In connection with the Series E Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, the Company amended and restated its certificate of incorporation to authorize the Company to issue 2,448,430 shares of Series E preferred stock. The holders of the Series E preferred stock are entitled to receive cumulative dividends, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of dividends on the Series D, Series C, Series B and Series A preferred stock and common stock, at a rate of 8% per share per year on the stated value of the Series E preferred stock, which is initially $8.17 per share. The dividends compound annually and are payable quarterly when and if declared by the Board of Directors. The series E Preferred Stock has the same convertibility and redemption features as the other previous issuances of Preferred stock.

2006 Stock Plan

In March 2015, the 2006 Stock Plan was amended to increase the maximum number of shares of common stock which may be issued to 2,816,246 from 2,156,246.

Leases

In April 2015, the Company signed a lease agreement for office and laboratory space in Milford, Connecticut. The lease commences on June 15, 2015 and terminates on November 30, 2020. The lease requires base rental payments of $46,053 per month for the first year, $47,447 per month for the second year, $62,739 per month for the third year (which includes approximately 9,000 of additional square feet beginning June 15, 2017), $64,597 per month for the fourth year and $66,556 per month for the remainder of the lease.

In July 2015, the Company signed a three (3) year lease agreement for office furniture. The lease commences on July 22, 2015 and requires thirty-six(36) base rental payments of $13,659 per month.

F-31


Table of Contents


SurgiQuest, Inc.

Condensed Balance Sheets

 
  September 30,
2015
(Unaudited)
  December 31,
2014
 

Assets

             

Current assets:

             

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 7,840,082   $ 6,071,932  

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $0 at September 30, 2015 and $18,735 at December 31, 2014

    9,353,544     6,046,846  

Inventories

    3,465,246     1,720,599  

Other receivables

    738,584     651,486  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    1,592,639     213,549  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Total current assets

    22,990,095     14,704,412  

Property and equipment, net

   
4,542,235
   
3,770,675
 

Other assets

   
 
   
 
 

Patents, net

    519,009     467,423  

Security deposits

    307,780     6,511  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Total other assets

    826,789     473,934  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Total assets

  $ 28,359,119   $ 18,949,021  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Liabilities and Stockholders' Deficit

             

Current liabilities:

             

Accounts payable

  $ 6,285,955   $ 5,007,865  

Accrued salaries and wages

    1,705,981     1,680,910  

Accrued expenses

    1,698,714     964,683  

Debt, current portion

    6,722,222     1,833,333  

Other current liabilities

    130,452     5,120  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Total current liabilities

    16,543,324     9,491,911  

Debt, less current portion, net of discount

    18,228,410     22,869,748  

Capital lease obligations, less current portion

    291,836     21,130  

Warrant liabilities

    2,636,968     1,320,013  

Other long term liabilities

    156,759     —  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Total liabilities

    37,857,297     33,702,802  

Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 2,539,795 shares authorized, 2,487,556 issued and outstanding at September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014

   
12,709,646
   
11,803,625
 

Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 2,882,703 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014

    30,178,127     28,015,537  

Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 5,200,000 shares authorized, 4,812,560 shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014

    26,153,998     23,079,353  

Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 1,545,726 shares authorized, 1,491,054 shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014

    7,752,923     7,553,128  

Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 2,448,430 shares authorized, 2,448,428 shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2015

    20,179,399     —  

Stockholders' deficit:

   
 
   
 
 

Common stock, $0.001 par value, 20,000,000 authorized at September 30, 2015, 15,000,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2014, 1,408,038 and 1,205,675 shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014

    1,408     1,358  

Receivable from executive

    (330,154 )   (318,772 )

Accumulated deficit

    (106,143,525 )   (84,888,010 )
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Total stockholders' deficit

    (106,472,271 )   (85,205,424 )
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Total liabilities and stockholders' deficit

  $ 28,359,119   $ 18,949,021  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

   

See accompanying notes to the condensed financial statements

F-32


Table of Contents


SurgiQuest, Inc.

Condensed Statements of Operations

(Unaudited)

 
  Nine months ended September 30,  
 
  2015   2014  

Revenues

             

Product

  $ 33,719,683   $ 19,854,590  

Rental

    1,013,535     746,585  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Total revenues

    34,733,218     20,601,175  

Cost of goods sold

    16,232,500     10,873,865  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Gross profit

    18,500,718     9,727,310  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

   
27,522,566
   
17,194,628
 

Research and development expenses

    2,949,784     2,193,899  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

    30,472,350     19,388,527  

Operating loss

   
(11,971,632

)
 
(9,661,217

)

Other income (expense):

   
 
   
 
 

Interest expense

    (1,823,258 )   (1,579,541 )

Interest income

    17,456     23,985  

Other, net

    (1,362,835 )   (221,580 )
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Total other expense

    (3,168,637 )   (1,777,136 )
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Net loss

  $ (15,140,269 ) $ (11,438,353 )
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Cumulative preferred stock dividends

    (2,480,767 )   (1,612,367 )

Preferred stock accretion

    (6,582,534 )   (3,980,605 )
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (24,203,570 ) $ (17,031,325 )
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Net loss per common share, basic and diluted

  $ (17.38 ) $ (13.92 )

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding, basic and diluted

    1,392,759     1,223,091  

   

See accompanying notes to the condensed financial statements

F-33


Table of Contents

SurgiQuest, Inc.
Condensed Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Deficit
For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2015
(Unaudited)

 
  Common Stock    
   
   
   
 
 
  Receivable
from
Executive
  Paid-in-
Capital
  Accumulated
Deficit
  Total
Stockholders'
Deficit
 
 
  Shares   Amount  

Balance at December 31, 2014

    1,357,838   $ 1,358   $ (318,772 ) $ —   $ (84,888,010 ) $ (85,205,424 )

Exercise of stock options

    50,200     50     —     34,834     —     34,884  

Stock option expense

    —     —     —     432,454     —     432,454  

Accretion of preferred stock

    —     —     —     (467,288 )   (6,115,246 )   (6,582,534 )

Accrued interest on note receivable from executive

    —     —     (11,382 )   —     —     (11,382 )

Net loss

    —     —     —     —     (15,140,269 )   (15,140,269 )
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Balance at September 30, 2015

    1,408,038   $ 1,408   $ (330,154 ) $ —   $ (106,143,525 ) $ (106,472,271 )
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

See accompanying notes to the condensed financial statements

F-34


Table of Contents


SurgiQuest, Inc.

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

(Unaudited)

 
  Nine months ended September 30,  
 
  2015   2014  

Cash flows from operating activities:

             

Net loss

  $ (15,140,269 ) $ (11,438,353 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used by operating activities:

             

Depreciation and amortization

    1,378,608     1,097,131  

Amortization of debt discount

    257,327     496,376  

Stock option expense

    432,454     262,488  

Interest on receivable from executive

    (11,382 )   (13,650 )

Loss on disposal of fixed assets

    94,631     31,510  

Change in fair value of warrant liabilities

    1,316,956     211,553  

Net change in:

             

Accounts receivable

    (3,306,698 )   (632,530 )

Inventory

    (1,744,647 )   (268,526 )

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    (1,466,189 )   (264,065 )

Accounts payable

    1,278,090     1,015,699  

Accrued salaries and wages

    25,071     443,574  

Accrued expenses

    734,030     585,915  

Other assets

    (143,350 )   354  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Net cash used by operating activities

    (16,295,368 )   (8,472,524 )

Cash flows from investing activities:

   
 
   
 
 

Purchase of property and equipment

    (1,781,907 )   (2,399,008 )

Patent costs

    (75,364 )   (45,202 )
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Net cash used by investing activities

    (1,857,271 )   (2,444,210 )

Cash flows from financing activities:

   
 
   
 
 

Borrowings under debt

    —     22,200,000  

Repayment of debt

    —     (10,878,063 )

Proceeds from issuance of Series E preferred stock, net of issue costs

    19,928,982     —  

Debt issuance costs

    —     (453,472 )

Proceeds from the exercise of stock options

    34,884     13,687  

Payments of capital lease obligations

    (43,077 )   (1,580 )
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Net cash provided by financing activities

    19,920,789     10,880,572  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Net (decrease) increase in cash

    1,768,150     (36,162 )

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period

    6,071,932     5,458,524  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period

  $ 7,840,082   $ 5,422,362  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

             

Cash paid during the year for:

             

Interest

  $ 1,503,802   $ 837,652  

Non-cash investing and financing:

   
 
   
 
 

Preferred stock accretion

  $ 6,582,534   $ 3,980,605  

Acquisition of capital lease

  $ 439,114   $ 29,044  

   

See accompanying notes to the condensed financial statements

F-35


Table of Contents

Note 1 — Formation and Business

SurgiQuest, Inc. (the "Company") is a medical device manufacturer and marketer of innovative access technologies for minimally invasive surgery ("MIS"). The Company was incorporated in the state of Delaware and began operations in May 2006. The Company is headquartered in Milford, Connecticut. The integrated design and proprietary innovations of SurgiQuest's patented AirSeal® System optimizes the laparoscopic environment and provides stability in the abdominal cavity during MIS. The AirSeal® System is utilized for both robotic and advanced laparoscopic procedures within multiple specialties including urology, gynecology, colorectal, bariatric and general surgery. By providing stable pneumoperitoneum, continuous smoke evacuation and valve-free access to the abdominal cavity, the AirSeal® System reduces procedural time and costs over that of conventional insufflation. The Company also manufactures and markets AnchorPort® which is a self-adjusting, self-anchoring, low-profile trocar that allows for a wide range of instrument movement and manipulation in laparoscopic surgery.

The Company is subject to risks common to startup companies in the life sciences industry, including, but not limited to, risk that the Company never achieves profitability, the need for substantial additional financing, risk of relying on third parties, dependence on key personnel, protection of proprietary technology and compliance with government regulations.

Note 2 — Basis of Presentation and Liquidity

Interim Financial Information

The condensed interim financial statements of the Company should be read in conjunction with the audited financial statements and notes thereto of the Company for years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 included elsewhere in this Registration Statement. The condensed financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Regulation S-X 3-01(f), 3-02(b), 3-03(d) and 10-01 pertaining to interim financial information. Accordingly, since they are interim statements prepared as such, the condensed interim financial statements do not include all of the information and notes required by GAAP for a complete financial statement presentation. In the opinion of management, the condensed financial statements reflect all adjustments consisting of normal, recurring adjustments that are necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented. Interim results are not necessarily indicative of results for a full year.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the Company's condensed financial statements requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.

While management believes the estimates and assumptions used in preparation of the condensed financial statements are appropriate, actual results could differ from those estimates.

In preparing these financial statements, management used estimates in the following areas, among others: revenue recognition, useful lives of property and equipment, the determination of the fair value of stock-based awards and stock-based compensation expense, the fair value of liability-classified warrants, the fair value of equity instruments and the recoverability of the Company's net deferred tax assets and related valuation allowance.

F-36


Table of Contents

Note 2 — Basis of Presentation and Liquidity (Continued)

Liquidity

Since inception, the Company has incurred net losses. For the nine months ended September 30, 2015, the Company incurred a net loss of $15,140,269. The Company used $16,295,368 of cash for operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2015. At September 30, 2015, the Company had an accumulated deficit of $106,143,525. The Company's transition to profitability is dependent upon the successful commercialization of its products and the achievement of a level of revenues adequate to support the Company's cost structure. Management intends to meet its obligations to fund future operations through the sale of equity instruments, debt financings or other sources. There can be no assurance, however, that any such financings will be successfully completed on terms acceptable to the Company, if at all.

Note 3 — Selected Information

Concentration of Credit Risk

For the nine months ended September 30, 2015, no customer represented more than 10% of net revenues or accounts receivable.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2014, no customer represented more than 10% of net revenues and one customer represented approximately 10% of accounts receivable.

Fair Value

The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents, accounts payable and accrued expenses approximates fair value because of the short-term nature of these instruments. The Company's debt is tied to variable interest rates, as such, fair value approximates carrying value. All other significant financial assets, financial liabilities and equity instruments of the Company are either recognized or disclosed in the financial statements together with other information relevant for making a reasonable assessment of future cash flows, interest rate risk and credit risk.

Net Loss per Common Share, basic and diluted

Basic net income (loss) per common share is computed by dividing net income (loss) available to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding. Net income (loss) available to common stockholders has been reduced for cumulative dividends on certain preferred stock and for the accretion of preferred stock within the periods presented. Diluted net income (loss) per common share is computed by dividing net income by the sum of the weighted-average number of common shares and dilutive common share equivalents then outstanding using the if-converted method.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, the Company has excluded the effects of all potentially dilutive shares, which include redeemable convertible preferred stock, warrants for redeemable convertible preferred stock and outstanding common stock options, from the weighted average number of common shares outstanding as their inclusion in the computation for all periods would be anti-dilutive due to net losses.

F-37


Table of Contents

Note 3 — Selected Information (Continued)

The following common stock equivalents were excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share for the periods indicated because including them would have had an anti-dilutive effect:

 
  September 30,
2015
(Unaudited)
  September 30,
2014
(Unaudited)
 

Outstanding stock options

    2,192,674     1,672,876  

Convertible preferred stock

    14,400,960     11,952,544  

Preferred stock warrants

    472,515     472,515  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Total common stock equivalents

    17,066,149     14,097,935  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Income Taxes

The Company's effective tax rate of zero is below its expected tax rate because the Company generated losses and records a full valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets.

Note 4 — Inventories

Inventories are comprised of the following:

 
  September 30,
2015
(Unaudited)
  December 31,
2014
 

Raw materials

  $ 348,059   $ 196,918  

Finished goods

    2,827,033     1,459,804  

Work in progress

    290,154     63,877  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Total inventories

  $ 3,465,246   $ 1,720,599  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Note 5 — Debt

Debt consists of the following:

 
  September 30,
2015
(Unaudited)
  December 31,
2014
 

2014 Revolving Loan

  $ 3,000,000   $ 3,000,000  

2014 Term Loan

    22,000,000     22,000,000  

2014 Term Loan terminal payment fees payable

    880,000     880,000  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

    25,880,000     25,880,000  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Less: unamortized debt discounts

    (929,368 )   (1,176,919 )
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Debt less unamortized discounts

    24,950,632     24,703,081  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Less: current portion

    (6,722,222 )   (1,833,333 )
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Long term debt, net of current portion

  $ 18,228,410   $ 22,869,748  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

F-38


Table of Contents

Note 5 — Debt (Continued)

2014 Credit Agreement

In May 2014, the Company entered into Credit and Security Agreement (the "2014 Credit Agreement") with an unrelated party providing for a $17,000,000 Term Loan Facility (the "2014 Term Loan") which was increased in November 2014 by an additional $5,000,000 (collectively, the "2014 Term Loans") and a Revolving Credit Facility in the amount of $3,000,000 (the "2014 Revolving Loan").

The 2014 Term Loans provide for interest-only payments between July 1, 2015 and July 1, 2017 contingent upon the Company meeting certain revenue thresholds. The principal balance of all amounts borrowed under the 2014 Term Loans plus any unpaid interest is due in full between June 1, 2018 and June 1, 2019 depending on whether the Company has elected interest-only extensions as outlined in the 2014 Credit Agreement. On May 31, 2015, the Company was granted an interest only extension through October 2015 at which time principal payments are presently scheduled to begin.

A terminal payment fee equal to $880,000, which represents 4.0% of the total amount the 2014 Term Loans, is due on the maturity date of the 2014 Term Loans. The terminal payment fee has been recorded as additional debt with a corresponding amount to debt discount.

The 2014 Credit Agreement is collateralized by security interests in substantially all tangible assets of the Company. It also contains various affirmative and negative covenants, such as the delivery of financial statements, tax authority compliance, maintenance of property, limitations on additional debt, restriction of dividends and other standard clauses. At September 30, 2015, the Company was in compliance of all material covenants.

The aggregate amount of principal maturing in succeeding years based on contractual payments terms is as follows for the twelve months ended September 30:

2016

  $ 6,722,222  

2017

    7,333,333  

2018

    10,944,445  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Total payments

  $ 25,000,000  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Note 6 — Operating Leases

The Company leased an office and laboratory space in Milford, Connecticut. The lease commenced on September 9, 2011 for an initial term of three years and required base rental payments of $7,500 per month in year one, $7,725 in year two and $7,957 in year three. The lease also required the Company to make additional rental payments of $2,433 per month for its proportionate share of the annual operating expenses incurred by the landlord with respect to the property. At the end of the initial term of the lease, the Company extended the lease through July 31, 2015 at $8,752 base rent per month.

In April 2015, the Company signed a lease agreement for office and laboratory space in Milford, Connecticut. The lease commences on June 15, 2015 and terminates on November 30, 2020. The lease requires base rental payments of $46,053 per month for the first year, $47,447 per month for the second year, $62,739 per month for the third year (which includes approximately 9,000 of additional square feet beginning June 15, 2017), $64,597 per month for the fourth year and $66,556 per month for the remainder of the lease.

F-39


Table of Contents

Note 6 — Operating Leases (Continued)

Rent expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014 was $235,050 and $93,511, respectively.

Anticipated minimum lease payments are as follows for the twelve months ended December 31:

Remainder of 2015

  $ 46,053  

2016

    554,027  

2017

    584,661  

2018

    754,723  

2019

    777,123  

2020

    732,121  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​

  $ 3,448,708  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Note 7 — Stockholders' Deficit

Common Stock

The Company issued 50,020 shares of common stock in connection with the exercise of stock options for the nine months September 30, 2015.

Preferred Stock

Series E Preferred Stock

On March 10, 2015, the Company amended its certificate of incorporation to designate 2,448,430 shares of a "Series E Preferred Stock" with the following characteristics:

Dividends — The Series E Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive cumulative dividends in preference to payments of dividends for Series A,B,C and D preferred stock, at the rate of 8% per share per annum on the stated value ($8.17/share). Such dividends accrue from the date of issuance of the shares and payable quarterly when and if declared by the Board of Directors.

Liquidation or dissolution — In the event of liquidation or dissolution, the holders of Series E shall be entitled to receive distributions in preference to the holders of Series A, B, C, D or Common in the amount of the greater of $8.17/share or an amount per share equal to the price as would have been payable had all the shared of Series E been converted to Common Stock immediately prior to such liquidation or dissolution event.

Put Rights — At any time on or after the later of (x) ninety (90) days after the Company's payment in full of all liabilities under any loan agreement, credit agreement, or similar instrument approved by the board of directors or (y) the four-year anniversary of the initial issuance of Series E Initial Issuance Date. Within forty-five (45) days of receiving a written request exercising the put the Company must redeem the shares in cash in an amount (the "Series E Put Amount") equal to the greater of (Y) a sum per share of Series E Preferred Stock equal to (I) $8.17 per share plus (II) all accrued but unpaid dividends on such shares and (Z) the fair market value. The Series E also has the right to be redeemed prior the other Series of Preferred stock.

Conversion — Series E preferred shares is convertible, at the option of the holder into shares of Common stock by dividing $8.17 by the "Conversion Price", which initially is set at $8.17/share times the number of shares of Series E Preferred Stock. The shares shall automatically convert into shares of

F-40


Table of Contents

Note 7 — Stockholders' Deficit (Continued)

Common at the Conversion Price then in effect immediately prior to the closing of the Corporation's sale of its Common Stock in a public offering pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933.

Voting Rights — The Series E preferred shares have similar voting rights as common shareholders.

Anti-dilution Provisions — in the event that the Company makes adjustments for stock dividends, splits, combinations or other similar events or issues additional securities at a purchase price less than the Series E Preferred Stock conversion price, the Preferred Stock conversion price shall be adjusted in accordance with weighted average formulas, as defined in the agreement.

During the period in conjunction with the Company's amendment to its certificate of incorporation, it issued Series E Preferred Stock amounting to 2,448,428 shares of Series E Preferred at a price of $8.17/shares for $20,000,000.

Warrants

The following table summarizes information about warrants outstanding (all exercisable) at September 30, 2015:

 
   
  Warrants Outstanding  
Shares
  Exercise
Price
  Number of
Warrants at
September 30,
2015
  Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 

Series A

  $ 2.01     52,239   1.8 years   $ 2.01  

Series C

  $ 3.95     365,604   1.5 years   $ 3.95  

Series D

  $ 5.03     54,672   6.9 years   $ 5.03  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

          472,515            
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Stock Options

The 2006 Stock Plan ("the Plan") makes available up to 2,816,246 shares of common stock for the granting of options to officers, directors, employees and consultants of the Company at September 30, 2015. Under the Plan, incentive or non-qualified stock options may be granted which expire ten years from the date of issuance and vest over varying periods as determined by the Board of Directors.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, the Company granted 801,500 and 537,514 options to officers, directors, employees and consultants under the Plan. The weighted average fair value of options granted to employees during 2015 and 2014 was $2.65 and $1.53 per share, respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, the Company recognized stock compensation expense of $432,454 and $262,488, respectively. At September 30, 2015, there is $1,479,177 of compensation expense that is expected to be amortized over the remaining vesting period of 3.17 years. The fair value of shares that vested in 2015 and 2014 was $301,298 and $275,275, respectively.

F-41


Table of Contents

Note 7 — Stockholders' Deficit (Continued)

Total stock option activity for the period for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 is summarized as follows:

 
  Shares   Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
  Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2014

    1,518,240   $ 1.27     6.71  

Granted

    801,500   $ 4.26        

Exercised

    (50,200 ) $ 0.72        

Cancelled/forfeited

    (76,866 ) $ 2.88        
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Outstanding at September 30, 2015

    2,192,674   $ 2.32     7.22  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

As of September 30, 2015 there were 1,892,648 shares vested or expected to be vested with a weighted average exercise price of $2.04, an intrinsic value of $10,096,549 and a weighted average contractual term of 6.9 years.

At September 30, 2015, there were 1,101,060 shares exercisable with a weighted average exercise price of $0.97, an intrinsic value of $7,041,550 and a weighted average remaining contractual term of 5.29 years.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2015, the aggregate intrinsic value of stock options exercised was $125,842 and as of September 30, 2015 the aggregate intrinsic value of stock options outstanding was $11,069,725.

To determine the estimated fair value of options granted during the nine months ended September 30, 2015, the Company used the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The fair value approach used to determine fair value was the same and the assumptions used to determine were similar to those used and disclosed in the Company's audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2014.

Note 8 — Fair Value Measurements

The Company follows the three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosures of fair value measurement. The three levels of valuation hierarchy are defined as follows:

The Company's common stock warrant liabilities are carried at fair value, determined according to the fair value hierarchy described above (Level 3).

F-42


Table of Contents

Note 8 — Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

The fair value of the Series A, C and D warrants at September 30, 2015 was estimated using a derivation of the Black-Scholes option pricing formula. One of the key inputs for this formula, the price of the underlying preferred stock, was estimated using a hybrid approach. The approach is a combination of an Option Pricing Model ("OPM") and the Probability-Weighted Expected Return Method ("PWERM"). The OPM method of valuation involves using inputs such as the fair value of the Company's various classes of preferred stock and common stock, stock price volatility, contractual term of the warrants, risk free interest rates and dividend yields. The PWERM method considers various potential liquidity outcomes and assigns probabilities to each, based on inputs from Management, to arrive at the weighted equity value. The valuation allocated 30% of its values to the OPM and 70% to the PWERM. The value of the warrants based on the underlying preferred stock price from the OPM was given a 30% weight, and the value of the warrants based on the underlying preferred stock price from the PWERM was given a 70% weight. Due to the nature of these inputs and the valuation techniques utilized, the valuation of the warrants to purchase preferred stock and common stock are considered a Level 3 measurement. The other assumptions used to determine fair value at September 30, 2015 were similar to those used and disclosed at December 31, 2014, as disclosed in the Company's audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2014.

The following tables summarize the fair values and levels within the fair value hierarchy in which the fair value measurements fall, for assets and liabilities measured on a recurring basis as of September 30, 2015:

Description
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total  

September 30, 2015:

                         

Series A warrant liability

  $ —   $ —   $ 302,985   $ 302,985  

Series C warrant liability

    —     —     2,025,633     2,025,633  

Series D warrant liability

    —     —     308,350     308,350  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Total liabilities

  $ —   $ —   $ 2,636,968   $ 2,636,968  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Since fluctuations in the Company's stock price are one of the primary drivers for the changes in the warrant liability valuations, as the stock price increases or decreases for each of the related classes of preferred stock, the value to the holder of the instrument generally increases and decreases accordingly, therefore either increasing or decreasing the liability on the Company's balance sheet. Additionally, stock price volatility is one of the significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of each of the Company's warrant liabilities. The estimated fair value of these liabilities is also sensitive to changes in the warrant's expected term. A decrease or increase in volatility and term would have a corresponding increase or decrease in the value of the warrant.

The following table presents the changes in Level 3 instrument measures on a recurring basis for the nine months ended September 30, 2015.

 
  Series A
Warrants
  Series C
Warrants
  Series D
Warrants
  Total  

Balance at December 31, 2014

  $ 132,686   $ 1,104,226   $ 83,101   $ 1,320,013  

Change in fair value

    170,299     921,407     225,249     1,316,955  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Balance at September 30, 2015

  $ 302,985   $ 2,025,633   $ 308,350   $ 2,636,968  
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

F-43


Table of Contents

Note 9 — Related Party Transactions

In October 2013, the Company issued a promissory note (the "Officer Note") to one of its officers in the amount of $300,000. The Officer Note is due in full in October 2021 on the eighth anniversary of its issuance or upon a sale of the Company. Interest on the Officer Note is at a rate of 6.0% per annum compounded annually. Interest at the rate of 1.66% per annum will be payable annually and the balance of the interest will accrue and be payable when the principal is repaid. The Officer Note is secured by a first priority pledge of the number of shares of common stock in the Company equivalent to 150.0% of the principal amount of the loan at the value per share established at the time of issuance. The note allows for repayment to be in cash or shares of common stock of the Company at the option of the officer. If settled in shares the value of the shares is based on the value established at the time of the issuance of the note. The officer note has been recorded as a component of stockholders' deficit.

At September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, there is $30,194 and $16,504 of accrued interest outstanding on the Officer Note, respectively, which represents all of the interest earned on the Officer Note.

In November 2015, the Officer Note was forgiven by the Company.

F-44


LOGO


Table of Contents

                    Shares

SURGIQUEST, INC.

Common Stock

LOGO


PROSPECTUS


Piper Jaffray

Stifel

Canaccord Genuity

   

                           , 2015


Table of Contents


PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table indicates the expenses to be incurred in connection with this offering described in this registration statement, other than the underwriting discount, all of which will be paid by us. All amounts are estimated except the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA, filing fee and the                      fee.

 
  Amount  

Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee

  $ 7,552.50  

FINRA filing fee

      *

             initial listing fee

      *

Accountants' fees and expenses

      *

Legal fees and expenses

      *

Blue sky fees and expenses

      *

Transfer agent's and registrar's fees and expenses

      *

Printing and engraving expenses

      *

Miscellaneous expenses

      *
​ ​ ​ ​ ​

Total expenses

  $   *
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​

*
To be provided by amendment

Item 14.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Section 102 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware permits a corporation to eliminate the personal liability of directors of a corporation to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached his duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit. Our seventh amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that no director of the Registrant shall be personally liable to it or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, notwithstanding any provision of law imposing such liability, except to the extent that the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware prohibits the elimination or limitation of liability of directors for breaches of fiduciary duty.

Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware provides that a corporation has the power to indemnify a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation, or a person serving at the request of the corporation for another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise in related capacities against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with an action, suit or proceeding to which he was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, ending or completed action, suit or proceeding by reason of such position, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, in any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful, except that, in the case of actions brought by or in the right of the corporation, no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court determines that, despite the adjudication of liability

II-1


Table of Contents

but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

Our seventh amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we will indemnify each person who was or is a party or threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of us) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at our request as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (all such persons being referred to as an "Indemnitee"), or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom, if such Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, he or she had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. Our seventh amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we will indemnify any Indemnitee who was or is a party to an action or suit by or in the right of us to procure a judgment in our favor by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at our request as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys' fees) and, to the extent permitted by law, amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, and any appeal therefrom, if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests, except that no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to us, unless a court determines that, despite such adjudication but in view of all of the circumstances, he or she is entitled to indemnification of such expenses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any Indemnitee has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, he or she will be indemnified by us against all expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred in connection therewith. Expenses must be advanced to an Indemnitee under certain circumstances.

We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. These agreements, among other things, require us or will require us to indemnify each director and executive officer to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, including indemnification of expenses such as attorneys' fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by the director or executive officer in any action or proceeding, including any action or proceeding by or in right of us, arising out of the person's services as a director or executive officer.

We maintain a general liability insurance policy that covers certain liabilities of directors and officers of our corporation arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers.

In any underwriting agreement we enter into in connection with the sale of common stock being registered hereby, the underwriters will agree to indemnify, under certain conditions, us, our directors, our officers and persons who control us within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, against certain liabilities.

II-2


Table of Contents

Item 15.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

Set forth below is information regarding shares of capital stock issued by us since August 2012. Also included is the consideration received by us for such shares and information relating to the section of the Securities Act, or rule of the Securities and Exchange Commission, under which exemption from registration was claimed.

(a)  Issuance of Preferred Stock.

No underwriters were involved in the foregoing transactions. All sales of securities described above were made in reliance upon the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(a)(2) under the Securities Act (and/or Regulation D promulgated thereunder) for transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering. All purchasers of shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock described above represented to us in connection with their purchase that they were accredited investors and were acquiring the shares for their own account for investment purposes only and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution thereof and that they could bear the risks of the investment and could hold the securities for an indefinite period of time. The purchasers received written disclosures that the securities had not been registered under the Securities Act and that any resale must be made pursuant to a registration statement or an available exemption from such registration. All of the foregoing securities are deemed restricted securities for the purposes of the Securities Act.

(b)  Grants of Stock Options.

The issuances of these securities were exempt either pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, as a transaction pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan, or pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) under the Securities Act (and/or Regulation D promulgated thereunder), as a transaction by an issuer not involving a public offering. All recipients either received adequate information about us or had access, through employment or other relationships, to such information.

II-3


Table of Contents

(c)  Warrants.

The warrant issuance was exempt pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) under the Securities Act (and/or Regulation D promulgated thereunder), as a transaction by an issuer not involving a public offering. The shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock issued upon exercise of warrants and the shares of common stock issued upon conversion of the redeemable convertible preferred stock are deemed restricted securities for the purposes of the Securities Act.

All of the foregoing securities are deemed restricted securities for purposes of the Securities Act. All certificates representing the issued shares of capital stock described in this Item 15 included appropriate legends setting forth that the securities have not been registered and the applicable restrictions on transfer.

Item 16.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a)  Exhibits.

Exhibit
Number
  Description of Exhibit
  1.1 * Form of Underwriting Agreement

 

3.1

*

Form of Seventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (to be effective upon the closing of this offering)

 

3.2

*

Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company (to be effective upon the closing of this offering)

 

3.3

 

Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company

 

3.4

 

Bylaws of the Company

 

4.1

*

Specimen Stock Certificate evidencing the shares of common stock

 

4.2

 

Fourth Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement, dated as of March 10, 2015, by and among the Company and the investors and stockholders party thereto

 

4.3

 

Warrant to purchase shares of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock

 

4.4

(a)

Form of warrant to purchase shares of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock (2009 version)

 

4.4

(b)

Form of warrant to purchase shares of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock (2011 version)

 

4.5

 

Warrant to purchase shares of Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock

 

5.1

*

Opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP

 

10.1

*#

Form of Director and Executive Officer Indemnification Agreement

II-4


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Description of Exhibit
  10.2 # SurgiQuest, Inc. 2006 Stock Plan as amended, and forms of option agreements thereunder

 

10.3

*#

SurgiQuest, Inc. 2015 Incentive Award Plan, and forms of option agreements thereunder

 

10.4

#

Employment Agreement, dated April 18, 2006, by and between the Company and Kurt Azarbarzin

 

10.5

#

Offer Letter, dated November 27, 2008, by and between the Company and Carlos Babini

 

10.6

#

Employment Agreement, dated April 24, 2013, by and between the Company and Thomas J. Dugan

 

10.7

#

Severance and Release Agreement, dated September 19, 2014, by and between the Company and Thomas J. Dugan

 

10.8

#

Offer Letter, dated June 17, 2011, by and between the Company and Christopher Klecher

 

10.9

 

Lease Agreement, dated April 23, 2015, by and between Crown Milford, LLC and the Company

 

10.10

 

Development and Manufacturing Agreement, dated October 12, 2009, by and among the Company, W.O.M. World of Medicine AG and W.O.M. World of Medicine USA, Inc.†

 

10.10

(a)

Second Amendment to Development and Manufacturing Agreement, dated December 15, 2014, by and among the Company, W.O.M World of Medicine GmbH and W.O.M. World of Medicine USA,  Inc.†

 

10.11

 

Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of May 29, 2014, by and among MidCap Funding V Trust, as Agent and a Lender, the Company, as borrower, and the other Lenders signatory thereto, as amended

 

23.1

 

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP

 

23.2

*

Consent of Latham & Watkins LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)

 

29.1

 

Power of Attorney (included on signature page)

*
To be filed by amendment.

#
Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

†
Portions of this exhibit (indicated by asterisks) have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment pursuant to Rule 24b-2 under the Exchange Act.

(b)  Financial Statement Schedules. Schedules not listed above have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

Item 17.    Undertakings.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter, at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore,

II-5


Table of Contents

unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned hereby undertakes that:

(1)
For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2)
For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-6


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Milford, State of Connecticut, on this 10th day of November, 2015.

    SURGIQUEST, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ KURT AZARBARZIN

        Name: Kurt Azarbarzin
        Title: Chief Executive Officer and Director


POWER OF ATTORNEY

We, the undersigned officers and directors of SurgiQuest, Inc., hereby severally constitute and appoint Kurt Azarbarzin and Christine Antalik, and each of them singly (with full power to each of them to act alone), our true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution in each of them for him and in his name, place and stead, and in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement (or any other registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises, as full to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities held on the dates indicated.

 
Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 

 
  /s/ KURT AZARBARZIN

Kurt Azarbarzin
  Chief Executive Officer and Director (principal executive officer)   November 10, 2015

 

/s/ CHRISTINE ANTALIK

Christine Antalik

 

Chief Financial Officer (principal financial and accounting officer)

 

November 10, 2015

 

/s/ JOSEPH DEVIVO

Joseph DeVivo

 

Chairman of the Board of Directors

 

November 10, 2015

 

/s/ DAVID COLLIER, M.D.

David Collier, M.D.

 

Director

 

November 10, 2015

 

/s/ CARTER MCNABB

Carter McNabb

 

Director

 

November 10, 2015

Table of Contents

 
Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 

 
  /s/ NED SCHEETZ

Ned Scheetz
  Director   November 10, 2015

 

/s/ BRUCE SHOOK

Bruce Shook

 

Director

 

November 10, 2015

 

/s/ PETER P. WIEST

Peter P. Wiest

 

Director

 

November 10, 2015




Exhibit 3.3

 

Delaware

The First State

 

I, JEFFREY W. BULLOCK, SECRETARY OF STATE OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, DO HEREBY CERTIFY THE ATTACHED IS A TRUE AND CORRECT COPY OF THE RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF “SURGIQUEST, INC.”, FILED IN THIS OFFICE ON THE TENTH DAY OF MARCH, A.D. 2015, AT 11:14 O’CLOCK A.M.

 

A FILED COPY OF THIS CERTIFICATE HAS BEEN FORWARDED TO THE NEW CASTLE COUNTY RECORDER OF DEEDS.

 

 

 

/s/ Jeffrey W. Bullock

 

Jeffrey W. Bullock, Secretary of State

4062749 8100

AUTHENTICATION:

    2183705

 

 

150334721

DATE:

    03-10-15

You may verify this certificate online at

 

corp.delaware.gov/authver. shtml

 

 

1



 

 

State of Delaware

 

Secretary of State

 

Division of Corporations

 

Delivered 11:19 AM 03/10/2015

 

FILED 11:14 AM 03/10/2015

 

SRV 150334721 - 4062749 FILE

 

SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

SURGIQUEST, INC.

 

The undersigned, Kourosh Azarbarzin, hereby certifies that:

 

1.             He is the duly elected and acting President and Chief Executive Officer of SurgiQuest, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

2.             The Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation was originally filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on November 17, 2005. The Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation was amended and restated by an Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on April 18, 2006, further amended by a Certificate of Amendment filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on April 9, 2007, further amended and restated by a Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on August 14, 2007, further amended by a Certificate of Amendment filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on May 29, 2008, further amended and restated by a Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on March 22, 2011, further amended and restated by a Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on September 27, 2012 and further amended and restated by a Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on May 29, 2014.

 

3.             The Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation shall be amended and restated to read in full as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

The name of this corporation is SurgiQuest, Inc. (the “Corporation”).

 

ARTICLE II

 

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, County of New Castle, 19808. The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

 

ARTICLE III

 

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 



 

ARTICLE IV

 

(A)          Classes of Stock. The Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “Common Stock” and “Preferred Stock.” The total number of shares which the Corporation is authorized to issue is 34,616,654 shares, each with a par value of $0.001 per share. Of such shares, 20,000,000 shares shall be Common Stock and 14,616,654 shares shall be Preferred Stock.

 

(B)          Rights, Preferences and Restrictions of Preferred Stock. The Preferred Stock authorized by this Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Restated Certificate”) may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The first series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “Series A Preferred Stock” and shall consist of 2,539,795 shares. The second series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “Series B Preferred Stock” and shall consist of 2,882,703 shares. The third series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “Series C Preferred Stock” and shall consist of 5,200,000 shares. The fourth series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “Series D Preferred Stock” and shall consist of 1,545,726 shares. The fifth series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “Series E Preferred Stock” and shall consist of 2,448,430 shares. The rights, preferences, privileges, and restrictions granted to and imposed on the Preferred Stock are as set forth below in this Article IV(B).

 

1.             Dividend Provisions.

 

(a)           Series E Dividends. The holders of shares of Series E Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive cumulative dividends, out of any assets legally available therefor, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on the Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock, at the rate of eight percent (8%) per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) per annum on the stated value thereof on each outstanding share of Series E Preferred Stock. For such purposes, the “stated value” of each share of Series E Preferred Stock shall be $8.1685 (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) plus, as provided in the following sentence, the amount of any previously accrued but unpaid dividends thereon. Such dividends shall (i) accrue from and after the date of issuance of such share, (ii) compound annually, (iii) and be payable quarterly when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors.

 

(b)           Series D Dividends. The holders of shares of Series D Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive non-cumulative dividends, out of any assets legally available therefor, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on the Series C Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock at the rate of $0.4527 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) per annum on each outstanding share of Series D Preferred Stock accruing from and after the date of issuance of such share, payable quarterly when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”).

 

(c)           Series C Dividends. The holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive cumulative dividends, out of any assets legally available

 

2



 

therefor, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on the Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock, at the rate of nine percent (9%) per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) per annum on the stated value thereof on each outstanding share of Series C Preferred Stock. For such purposes, the “stated value” of each share of Series C Preferred Stock shall be $3.948 (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) plus, as provided in the following sentence, the amount of any previously accrued but unpaid dividends thereon. Such dividends shall (i) accrue from and after the date of issuance of such share, (ii) compound annually, (iii) and be payable quarterly when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors.

 

(d)           Series A & Series B Dividends. The holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, pari passu, non-cumulative dividends, out of any assets legally available therefor, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on the Common Stock of the Corporation at the rate of $0.201 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) per annum on each outstanding share of Series A Preferred Stock accruing from and after the date of issuance of such share, and at the rate of $0.503 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) per annum on each outstanding share of Series B Preferred Stock accruing from and after the date of issuance of such share, payable quarterly when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors.

 

(e)           Other Dividend Rights. After payment of dividends to the holders of shares of Preferred Stock, any additional dividends shall be distributed among the holders of shares of Preferred Stock and Common Stock pro rata based on the number of shares of Common Stock then held by each holder (assuming conversion of all such Preferred Stock into Common Stock). Dividends payable in Common Stock or other securities and rights convertible into or entitling the holder thereof to receive, directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock, are excluded from the requirements of this Article IV(B)(1), provided that an adjustment to the respective Conversion Price (as defined below) of such other securities or rights has been made in accordance with Section 4(d)(ii) below).

 

2.             Liquidation.

 

(a)           Preferred Stock Preference.

 

(i)            In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, the greater of (A) an amount per share equal to $8.1685 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) for each share of Series E Preferred Stock then held by them, plus accrued but unpaid dividends or (B) an amount per share equal to the price as would have been payable had all shares of Series E Preferred Stock been converted to Common Stock pursuant to Section 4 immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up; provided, however, that if the assets and funds thus distributed among the holders of

 

3



 

the Series E Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full aforesaid preferential amounts, then the entire assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock in proportion to the preferential amount each such holder is otherwise entitled to receive.

 

(ii)           Upon the completion of the distribution required by Section 2(a)(i) above, if assets remain in the Corporation, the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to $5.03 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) for each share of Series D Preferred Stock then held by them, plus accrued but unpaid dividends; provided, however, that if the assets and funds thus distributed among the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full aforesaid preferential amounts, then the entire assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock in proportion to the preferential amount each such holder is otherwise entitled to receive.

 

(iii)          Upon the completion of the distributions required by Sections 2(a)(i) and 2(a)(ii) above, if assets remain in the Corporation, the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to $3.948 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) for each share of Series C Preferred Stock then held by them, plus accrued but unpaid dividends; provided, however, that if the assets and funds thus distributed among the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full aforesaid preferential amounts, then the entire assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock in proportion to the preferential amount each such holder is otherwise entitled to receive.

 

(iv)          Upon the completion of the distributions required by Sections 2(a)(i), 2(a)(ii) and 2(a)(iii) above, if assets remain in the Corporation, the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, pari passu, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to $2.01 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) for each share of Series A Preferred Stock then held by them, plus declared but unpaid dividends in full satisfaction of their ownership of such shares of Series A Preferred Stock, and an amount per share equal to $5.03 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) for each share of Series B Preferred Stock then held by them, plus declared but unpaid dividends in full satisfaction of their ownership of such shares of Series B Preferred Stock; provided, however, that if the assets and funds thus distributed among the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full aforesaid preferential amounts, then the entire assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the

 

4



 

Series A Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock in proportion to the preferential amount each such holder is otherwise entitled to receive.

 

(b)           Remaining Assets.

 

(i)            Upon the completion of the distribution required by Section 2(a) above, if assets remain in the Corporation, the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock and Common Stock shall ratably receive all of the remaining assets of the Corporation based on the number of shares of Common Stock held by each and treating for this purpose all shares of Series C Preferred Stock as if, immediately prior to such distribution, such shares, including any and all rights to accrued but unpaid dividends, had been converted to Common Stock pursuant to the terms of this Restated Certificate until each such holder of Series C Preferred Stock receives, by reason of such holder’s ownership thereof and pursuant to the provisions of this Section 2, an amount (which amount shall include the distributions required by Sections 2(a) above and this 2(b)(i)) equal to the product of (A) the number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock held by such holder thereof and (B) $11.844 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like).

 

(ii)           Upon the completion of the distribution required by Section 2(b)(i) above, if assets remain in the Corporation, the holders of the Common Stock shall ratably receive all of the remaining assets of the Corporation based on the number of shares of Common Stock held by each.

 

(c)           Certain Acquisitions.

 

(i)            Deemed Liquidation. For purposes of this Section 2, a liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation shall be deemed to occur if the Corporation shall sell, convey, or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets, property or business or merge with or into or consolidate with any other corporation, limited liability company or other entity (other than a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Corporation) (any such transaction, a “Liquidation Transaction”), provided, however, that none of the following shall be considered a Liquidation Transaction: (i) a merger effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Corporation, (ii) an equity financing in which the Corporation is the surviving corporation, or (iii) a transaction in which the stockholders of the Corporation immediately prior to the transaction own 50% or more of the voting stock of the surviving corporation following the transaction (taking into account only stock of the Corporation held by such stockholders prior to the transaction).

 

(ii)           Valuation of Consideration. In the event of a Liquidation Transaction, if the consideration received by the Corporation is other than cash, its value will be deemed its fair market value. Any securities shall be valued as follows:

 

(A)          Securities not subject to investment letter or other similar restrictions on free marketability:

 

5


 

(1)           If traded on a national securities exchange, the value shall be based on the formula specified in the definitive agreements for the Liquidation Transaction or, if no such formula exists, then the value of such securities shall be based on a formula approved by the Board of Directors and derived from the closing prices of the securities on such exchange over a specified time period;

 

(2)           If actively traded over-the-counter, the value shall be based on the formula specified in the definitive agreements for the Liquidation Transaction or, if no such formula exists, then the value of such securities shall be based on a formula approved by the Board of Directors and derived from the closing bid or sales prices (whichever is applicable) of such securities over a specified time period; and

 

(3)           If there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

 

(B)          The method of valuation of securities subject to investment letter or other restrictions on free marketability (other than restrictions arising solely by virtue of a stockholder’s status as an affiliate or former affiliate) shall be to make an appropriate discount from the market value determined as specified above in Section 2(c)(ii)(A) to reflect the approximate fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

 

(iii)          Notice of Liquidation Transaction. The Corporation shall give each holder of record of Preferred Stock written notice of any impending Liquidation Transaction not later than 10 days prior to the closing of such Liquidation Transaction. Such notice shall describe the material terms and conditions of the impending Liquidation Transaction and the provisions of this Section 2, and the Corporation shall thereafter give such holders prompt notice of any material changes thereto. Unless such notice requirements are waived, the Liquidation Transaction shall not take place sooner than 10 days after the Corporation has given such notice. Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Restated Certificate, all notice periods or requirements in this Restated Certificate may be shortened or waived, either before or after the action for which notice is required, upon the written consent of the holders of a majority of the Preferred Stock that are entitled to such notice rights.

 

(iv)          Effect of Noncompliance. In the event the requirements of this Section 2(c) are not complied with, the Corporation shall forthwith either cause the closing of the Liquidation Transaction to be postponed until the requirements of this Section 2 have been complied with, or cancel such Liquidation Transaction, in which event the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of the holders of Preferred Stock shall revert to and be the same as such rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions existing immediately prior to the date of the first notice referred to in Section 2(c)(iii).

 

6



 

3.             Redemption & Put Rights.

 

(a)           Redemption.

 

(i)            Date and Price. At any time after the later to occur of (x) ninety-one (91) days after the Corporation’s payment in full of all obligations and liabilities for borrowed money under any loan agreement, credit agreement or similar instrument approved by the Board of Directors (including, without limitation, the Corporation’s Obligations (as such term is defined in that certain Credit and Security Agreement between the Corporation and MidCap Funding V Trust (f/k/a MidCap Funding V, LLC) dated as of May 29, 2014)) and (y) the four-year anniversary of the initial issuance of Series E Preferred Stock (the “Series E Initial Issuance Date”), but on a date (the “Redemption Date”) within 45 days after receipt by the Corporation of a written request (a “Redemption Election”) from the holders of not less than two-thirds of the then outstanding Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class, that all or some of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock be redeemed, the Corporation shall, to the extent it may lawfully do so, redeem the number of shares determined by aggregating all Redemption Requests (as defined in Section 3(a)(ii)) received in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3(a)(ii) by paying in cash therefor (i) a sum per share of Series A Preferred Stock equal to (A) the product of $2.01 (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassifications or the like) multiplied by 1.1 raised to the power of t, where t is the number of years (prorated for any partial year) from the date of issuance of each such share through the Redemption Date plus (B) all declared but unpaid dividends on such shares (the “Series A Redemption Price”), and (ii) a sum per share of Series B Preferred Stock equal to (A) the product of $5.03 (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassifications or the like) multiplied by 1.1 raised to the power of t, where t is the number of years (prorated for any partial year) from the date of issuance of each such share through the Redemption Date plus (B) all declared but unpaid dividends on such shares (the “Series B Redemption Price” and together with the Series A Redemption Price, the “Redemption Price”)). The Corporation, at its election, may pay the Redemption Price in four equal installments, each installment occurring every six months following the expiration of the Redemption Request period.

 

(ii)           Procedure. Within 15 days following its receipt of a Redemption Election, the Corporation shall mail a written notice (the “Notice of Redemption Option”), first class postage prepaid, to each holder of record (at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on which notice is given) of Preferred Stock entitled to have all or some of such shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed, at the address last shown on the records of the Corporation for such holder, notifying such holder (i) that a Redemption Election has been made; (ii) that the holder has the option to redeem some or all of such holder’s shares of Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock, as applicable, in the redemption; (iii) of the applicable Redemption Date; (iv) of the Series A Redemption Price or the Series B Redemption Price, as applicable; (v) of the place at which payment may be obtained (each such date a “Redemption Payment Date”); and calling upon such holder to surrender to the Corporation, in the manner and at the place designated, such holder’s certificate or certificates representing the shares to be redeemed. Within 15 days following receipt of the Notice of Redemption Option by

 

7



 

such holder, such holder must mail a written notice to the Corporation specifying the number of shares to be redeemed from such holder, if any (the “Redemption Request”). Failure to send such timely Redemption Request will effectively waive such holder’s right to redeem shares on the Redemption Date. Except as provided in Section 3(a)(iii), on or after the Redemption Date, each holder of Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock, as applicable, to be redeemed shall surrender to the Corporation the certificate or certificates representing such shares, in the manner and at the place designated in the Notice of Redemption Option, and thereupon the Redemption Price of such shares shall be payable to the order of the person whose name appears on such certificate or certificates as the owner thereof and each surrendered certificate shall be cancelled. In the event less than all the shares represented by any such certificate are redeemed on any Redemption Payment Date, a new certificate shall be issued representing the unredeemed shares.

 

(iii)          Effect of Redemption; Insufficient Funds. From and after any Redemption Payment Date, unless there shall have been a default in payment of the Redemption Price, all rights of the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock, as applicable, designated for redemption on such Redemption Payment Date (except the right to receive the applicable Redemption Price without interest upon surrender of their certificate or certificates) shall cease with respect to such shares, and such shares shall not thereafter be transferred on the books of the Corporation or be deemed to be outstanding for any purpose whatsoever. If funds of the Corporation legally available for redemption of shares of Preferred Stock on a Redemption Payment Date are insufficient to redeem the total number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such date, those funds which are legally available will be used to redeem, pari passu, the maximum possible number of such shares ratably among the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock to be redeemed based upon the total Redemption Price applicable to each such holder’s shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock which are subject to redemption on such Redemption Date. The shares of Preferred Stock not redeemed shall remain outstanding and entitled to all the rights and preferences provided herein. At any time thereafter, when additional funds of the Corporation are legally available for the redemption of shares of Preferred Stock, such funds will immediately be used to redeem the balance of the shares which the Corporation has become obliged to redeem on the Redemption Payment Date but which it has not redeemed.

 

(b)           Series C Put Right.

 

(i)            (1) At any time after the later to occur of (x) ninety-one (91) days after the Corporation’s payment in full of all obligations and liabilities for borrowed money under any loan agreement, credit agreement or similar instrument approved by the Board of Directors (including, without limitation, the Corporation’s Obligations (as such term is defined in that certain Credit and Security Agreement between the Corporation and MidCap Funding V Trust (f/k/a MidCap Funding V, LLC) dated as of May 29, 2014)) and (y) the four-year anniversary of the Series E Initial Issuance Date and, (2) subject to the provisions of Section 7 below, at any time on or after a Default (as that term is defined in Section 7 below), each holder of Series C Preferred Stock shall have the right (such right, the “Series C Put Right”) to request that all or some of such holder’s shares of Series C Preferred Stock be purchased by the

 

8



 

Corporation. Within 45 days of receiving a written request exercising such right (a “Series C Put Request”) and either (A) the certificate or certificates representing the shares to be redeemed or (B) an affidavit setting forth that such certificates were lost or stolen, the Corporation shall, to the extent it may lawfully do so, redeem such holder’s shares of Series C Preferred Stock by paying in cash therefor an amount (the “Series C Put Amount”) equal to the greater of (Y) a sum per share of Series C Preferred Stock equal to (I) $3.948 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) plus (II) all accrued but unpaid dividends on such shares and (Z) the fair market value of each share of Series C Preferred Stock as determined (without discounts for minority stake or lack of marketability) by mutual agreement of the Company and such Holder or, in the event that they are unable to reach agreement, by a qualified, independent appraiser acceptable to both the Corporation and such holder, the cost of which shall be shared equally by the Company and such holder. The Corporation, at its election, may pay the Series C Put Amount in four equal installments, each installment occurring every six months following the date of the Series C Put Request. The Corporation, at its election, may pay the Series C Put Amount in four equal installments, each installment occurring every six months following the expiration of the Redemption Request period. If the Corporation makes such election, its obligation to the former holder of such Series C Preferred Stock shall be evidenced by a cognovit promissory note, which promissory note (the “Series C Put Right Note”) shall provide that the Corporation pay interest on any Series C Put Amount due at an annual rate equal to 200 basis points above the Prime Rate of interest reported in The Wall Street Journal on the business day immediately following delivery of the notice contemplated in the first sentence of this Section 3(b) and if the Corporation fails to make timely payment of any amount evidenced by the Series C Put Right Note, and such default is not cured within 10 days of the Corporation receiving notice of such default, the holder thereof may accelerate the entire remaining unpaid balance due, plus accrued interest, and the Corporation shall pay such accelerated amount immediately upon receipt of such acceleration notice. If the Corporation defaults in payment when due of any Series C Put Amount, or defaults in payment of any amount due under any Series C Put Right Note, the Corporation may not lawfully redeem any of the Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock pursuant to the provisions of Section 3(a) above.

 

(ii)           From and after any date on which any shares of Series C Preferred Stock are to be redeemed pursuant to Section 3(b)(i) (each, a “Series C Put Date”), above, unless there shall have been a default in payment of the applicable Series C Put Amount, all rights of the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock designated for redemption on such Series C Put Date (except the right to receive the applicable Series C Put Amount without interest upon surrender of their certificate or certificates) shall cease with respect to such shares, and such shares shall not thereafter be transferred on the books of the Corporation or be deemed to be outstanding for any purpose whatsoever.

 

(c)           Series D Put Right.

 

(i)            (1) At any time after the later to occur of (x) ninety-one (91) days after the Corporation’s payment in full of all obligations and liabilities for borrowed money under any loan agreement, credit agreement or similar instrument approved by the Board of Directors (including, without limitation, the Corporation’s Obligations (as such term is defined in that certain Credit and Security Agreement between the Corporation and MidCap

 

9



 

Funding V Trust (f/k/a MidCap Funding V, LLC) dated as of May 29, 2014)) and (y) the four-year anniversary of the Series E Initial Issuance Date and, (2) subject to the provisions of Section 7 below, at any time on or after a Default (as that term is defined in Section 7 below), each holder of Series D Preferred Stock shall have the right (such right, the “Series D Put Right”) to request that all or some of such holder’s shares of Series D Preferred Stock be purchased by the Corporation. Within 45 days of receiving a written request exercising such right (a “Series D Put Request”) and either (A) the certificate or certificates representing the shares to be redeemed or (B) an affidavit setting forth that such certificates were lost or stolen, the Corporation shall, to the extent it may lawfully do so, redeem such holder’s shares of Series D Preferred Stock by paying in cash therefor an amount (the “Series D Put Amount”) equal to the greater of (Y) a sum per share of Series D Preferred Stock equal to (I) $5.03 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) plus (II) all accrued but unpaid dividends on such shares and (Z) the fair market value of each share of Series D Preferred Stock as determined (without discounts for minority stake or lack of marketability) by mutual agreement of the Company and such Holder or, in the event that they are unable to reach agreement, by a qualified, independent appraiser acceptable to both the Corporation and such holder, the cost of which shall be shared equally by the Company and such holder. The Corporation, at its election, may pay the Series D Put Amount in four equal installments, each installment occurring every six months following the date of the Series D Put Request. The Corporation, at its election, may pay the Series D Put Amount in four equal installments, each installment occurring every six months following the expiration of the Redemption Request period. If the Corporation makes such election, its obligation to the former holder of such Series D Preferred Stock shall be evidenced by a cognovit promissory note, which promissory note (the “Series D Put Right Note”) shall provide that the Corporation pay interest on any Series D Put Amount due at an annual rate equal to 200 basis points above the Prime Rate of interest reported in The Wall Street Journal on the business day immediately following delivery of the notice contemplated in the first sentence of this Section 3(c) and if the Corporation fails to make timely payment of any amount evidenced by the Series D Put Right Note, and such default is not cured within 10 days of the Corporation receiving notice of such default, the holder thereof may accelerate the entire remaining unpaid balance due, plus accrued interest, and the Corporation shall pay such accelerated amount immediately upon receipt of such acceleration notice. If the Corporation defaults in payment when due of any Series D Put Amount, or defaults in payment of any amount due under any Series D Put Right Note, the Corporation may not lawfully redeem any of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3(a) and 3(b) above.

 

(ii)           From and after any date on which any shares of Series D Preferred Stock are to be redeemed pursuant to Section 3(c)(i) (each, a “Series D Put Date”), above, unless there shall have been a default in payment of the applicable Series D Put Amount, all rights of the holders of shares of Series D Preferred Stock designated for redemption on such Series D Put Date (except the right to receive the applicable Series D Put Amount without interest upon surrender of their certificate or certificates) shall cease with respect to such shares, and such shares shall not thereafter be transferred on the books of the Corporation or be deemed to be outstanding for any purpose whatsoever.

 

10



 

(d)           Series E Put Right.

 

(i)            (1) At any time after the later to occur of (x) ninety-one (91) days after the Corporation’s payment in full of all obligations and liabilities for borrowed money under any loan agreement, credit agreement or similar instrument approved by the Board of Directors (including, without limitation, the Corporation’s Obligations (as such term is defined in that certain Credit and Security Agreement between the Corporation and MidCap Funding V Trust (f/k/a MidCap Funding V, LLC) dated as of May 29, 2014)) and (y) the four-year anniversary of the Series E Initial Issuance Date and, (2) subject to the provisions of Section 7 below, at any time on or after a Default (as that term is defined in Section 7 below), each holder of Series E Preferred Stock shall have the right (such right, the “Series E Put Right”) to request that all or some of such holder’s shares of Series E Preferred Stock be purchased by the Corporation. Within 45 days of receiving a written request exercising such right (a “Series E Put Request’”) and either (A) the certificate or certificates representing the shares to be redeemed or (B) an affidavit setting forth that such certificates were lost or stolen, the Corporation shall, to the extent it may lawfully do so, redeem such holder’s shares of Series E Preferred Stock by paying in cash therefor an amount (the “Series E Put Amount’”) equal to the greater of (Y) a sum per share of Series E Preferred Stock equal to (I) $8.1685 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) plus (II) all accrued but unpaid dividends on such shares (Y)(I) and (Y)(II) together, the “Accrued Series E Price”) and (Z) the fair market value of each share of Series E Preferred Stock as determined (without discounts for minority stake or lack of marketability) by mutual agreement of the Company and such Holder or, in the event that they are unable to reach agreement, by a qualified, independent appraiser acceptable to both the Corporation and such holder, the cost of which shall be shared equally by the Company and such holder. The Corporation, at its election, may pay the Series E Put Amount in four equal installments, each installment occurring every six months following the expiration of the Redemption Request period; provided, that unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the holders of two-thirds of the then outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, the Series E Put Amount shall be paid, and the Series E Preferred Stock redeemed in full, prior to the Corporation’s payment of any of the Series D Put Amount, the Series C Put Amount or the Redemption Price. If the Corporation makes such election, its obligation to the former holder of such Series E Preferred Stock shall be evidenced by a cognovit promissory note, which promissory note (the “Series E Put Right Note”) shall provide that the Corporation pay interest on any Series E Put Amount due at an annual rate equal to 200 basis points above the Prime Rate of interest reported in The Wall Street Journal on the business day immediately following delivery of the notice contemplated in the first sentence of this Section 3(d) and if the Corporation fails to make timely payment of any amount evidenced by the Series E Put Right Note, and such default is not cured within 10 days of the Corporation receiving notice of such default, the holder thereof may accelerate the entire remaining unpaid balance due, plus accrued interest, and the Corporation shall pay such accelerated amount immediately upon receipt of such acceleration notice. If the Corporation defaults in payment when due of any Series E Put Amount, or defaults in payment of any amount due under any Series E Put Right Note, the Corporation may not lawfully redeem any of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred

 

11



 

Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3(a), 3(b) and 3(c) above.

 

(ii)              From and after any date on which any shares of Series E Preferred Stock are to be redeemed pursuant to Section 3(d)(i) (each, a “Series E Put Date”), above, unless there shall have been a default in payment of the applicable Series E Put Amount, all rights of the holders of shares of Series E Preferred Stock designated for redemption on such Series E Put Date (except the right to receive the applicable Series E Put Amount without interest upon surrender of their certificate or certificates) shall cease with respect to such shares, and such shares shall not thereafter be transferred on the books of the Corporation or be deemed to be outstanding for any purpose whatsoever.

 

4.             Conversion. The holders of the Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the “Conversion Rights”):

 

(a)           Right to Convert. Subject to Section 4(c), each share of Preferred Stock, including, at the option of the holder thereof, any and all rights to accrued or declared but unpaid dividends, shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share, at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for such stock, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by (i) dividing (A) $2.01 (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) in the case of the Series A Preferred Stock, (B) $5.03 (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) in the case of the Series B Preferred Stock, (C) $3.948 (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) in the case of the Series C Preferred Stock, (D) $5.03 (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) in the case of the Series D Preferred Stock and (E) $8.1685 (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) in the case of the Series E Preferred Stock by (ii) the “Conversion Price” applicable to such share, determined as hereafter provided, in effect on the date the certificate therefor is surrendered for conversion. The initial Conversion Price per share of Series A Preferred Stock shall be $2.01, the initial Conversion Price per share of Series B Preferred Stock shall be $5.03, the initial Conversion Price per share of Series C Preferred Stock shall be $3.948, the initial Conversion Price per share of Series D Preferred Stock shall be $5.03 and the initial Conversion Price per share of Series E Preferred Stock shall be $8.1685. Such initial Conversion Price shall be subject to adjustment as set forth in Section 4(d).

 

(b)           Automatic Conversion. Each share of Preferred Stock, including, at the option of the holder thereof, any and all rights to accrued or declared but unpaid dividends, shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock at the Conversion Price then in effect for such share immediately upon the earlier of (i) except as provided below in Section 4(c), immediately prior to the closing of the Corporation’s sale of its Common Stock in a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), the public offering price of which is not less than the Accrued Series E Price per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) and which results in aggregate gross cash proceeds of not less than $40,000,000 or (ii) the date specified by vote, written consent or agreement of each of the

 

12



 

following, voting, consenting or agreeing as a separate class: (A) the holders of at least two-thirds of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock and (B) the holders of at least three-fourths of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis.

 

(c)           Mechanics of Conversion. Before any holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to convert the same into shares of Common Stock, the holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed (or a reasonably acceptable affidavit and indemnity undertaking in the case of a lost, stolen or destroyed certificate), at the office of the Corporation or of any transfer agent for such series of Preferred Stock, and shall give written notice to the Corporation at its principal corporate office, of the election to convert the same and shall state therein the name or names in which the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock are to be issued. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Preferred Stock, or to the nominee or nominees of such holder, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder shall be entitled as aforesaid and a certificate for the remaining number of shares of Preferred Stock if less than all of the Preferred Stock evidenced by the certificate were surrendered. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on (i) the date of such surrender of the shares of Preferred Stock to be converted or (ii) if applicable, the date of automatic conversion specified in Section 4(b) above, and (x) the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of public Common Stock as of such date, (y) all shares of Preferred Stock which shall have been surrendered for conversion as herein provided shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares shall immediately cease and terminate on such date, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive shares of Common Stock in exchange therefor, to receive payment in lieu of any fraction of a share otherwise issuable upon such conversion as provided in Section 4(h)(i) and to receive payment of any dividends declared but unpaid thereon. If the conversion is in connection with an underwritten public offering of securities registered pursuant to the Securities Act the conversion may, at the option of any holder tendering such Preferred Stock for conversion, be conditioned upon the closing with the underwriters of the sale of securities pursuant to such offering, in which event any persons entitled to receive Common Stock upon conversion of such Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to have converted such Preferred Stock until immediately prior to the closing of such sale of securities.

 

(d)           Conversion Price Adjustments of Preferred Stock for Certain Dilutive Issuances, Splits and Combinations. The Conversion Price shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as follows:

 

(i)            Issuance of Additional Stock below Purchase Price. If the Corporation should issue, at any time after the date upon which any shares of Preferred Stock were first issued (the “Purchase Date” with respect to such series), any Additional Stock (as defined below) without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Conversion Price for such series in effect immediately prior to the issuance of such Additional Stock, the Conversion Price for such series in effect immediately prior to each such issuance shall

 

13


 

automatically be adjusted as set forth in this Section 4(d)(i), unless otherwise provided in this Section 4(d)(i).

 

(A)                               Adjustment Formula. Whenever the Conversion Price is adjusted pursuant to this Section (4)(d)(i), (1) the new Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series D Preferred Stock and the Series E Preferred Stock shall be determined by multiplying the Conversion Price then in effect by a fraction, (x) the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issuance (the “Outstanding Common”) plus the number of shares of Common Stock that the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation for such issuance would purchase at such Conversion Price; and (y) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Outstanding Common plus the number of shares of such Additional Stock and (2) the new Conversion Price of the Series C Preferred Stock shall be the consideration per share received by the Corporation for the Additional Stock giving rise to such adjustment; provided that if no consideration was received for such Additional Stock, then such consideration shall be deemed to have been $0.01 per share of Additional Stock. For purposes of the foregoing calculation, the term “Outstanding Common” shall include shares of Common Stock deemed issued pursuant to Section 4(d)(i)(E) below.

 

(B)                               Definitions of “Additional Stock”.

 

(1)                                 For purposes of calculating the New Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series D Preferred Stock and the Series E Preferred Stock, “Additional Stock” shall mean any shares of Common Stock issued (or deemed to have been issued pursuant to Section 4(d)(i)(E)) by the Corporation after the Purchase Date) other than:

 

(a)                               Common Stock issued pursuant to stock dividends, stock splits or similar transactions, as described in Section 4(d)(ii) hereof;

 

(b)                               up to 1,356,246 shares of Common Stock or such greater number as may be approved by the Board of Directors, including the approval of all of the Preferred Directors (as defined in Section 5(b)) issued or issuable to employees, officers, consultants or directors of the Corporation or other persons performing services for the Corporation pursuant to the Corporation’s Amended and Restated 2006 Stock Plan;

 

(c)                                capital stock, or options or warrants to purchase capital stock, issued, as of the date of this Restated Certificate, to financial institutions or lessors in connection with commercial credit arrangements, equipment financings, commercial property lease transactions or similar transactions the terms of which are approved by the Board of Directors;

 

(d)                               Common Stock or Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of warrants, notes, or other convertible securities outstanding as of the date of this Restated Certificate;

 

14



 

(e)                                Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock; or

 

(f)                                 capital stock issued or issuable to an entity as a component of any business relationship with such entity for the purpose of (a) joint venture, technology licensing or development activities, or (b) distribution, supply or manufacture of the Corporation’s products or services, provided that the terms of such business relationship with such entity are approved by the Board of Directors, including the approval of both Preferred Directors.

 

(2)                                 For purposes of calculating the New Conversion Price of the Series C Preferred Stock, “Additional Stock” shall mean any shares of Common Stock issued (or deemed to have been issued pursuant to Section 4(d)(i)(E)) by the Corporation after the Purchase Date) other than:

 

(a)                               Common Stock issued pursuant to stock dividends, stock splits or similar transactions, as described in Section 4(d)(ii) hereof;

 

(b)                               Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock;

 

(c)                                up to 1,356,246 shares of Common Stock or such greater number as may be approved by the Board of Directors, including the approval of at least three-fourths of the Preferred Directors (as defined in Section 5(b)) issued or issuable to employees, officers, consultants or directors of the Corporation or other persons performing services for the Corporation pursuant to the Corporation’s Amended and Restated 2006 Stock Plan;

 

(d)                               capital stock, or options or warrants to purchase capital stock, issued, as of the date of this Restated Certificate, to financial institutions or lessors in connection with commercial credit arrangements, equipment financings, commercial property lease transactions or similar transactions the terms of which are approved by the Board of Directors, including the approval of at least three-fourths of the Preferred Directors; or

 

(e)                                Common Stock or Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of warrants, notes, or other convertible securities outstanding as of the date of this Restated Certificate.

 

(C)                               No Fractional Adjustments. No adjustment of the Conversion Price shall be made in an amount less than one cent per share, provided that any adjustments which are not required to be made by reason of this sentence shall be carried forward and shall be either taken into account in any subsequent adjustment made prior to three years from the date of the event giving rise to the adjustment being carried forward, or shall be made at the end of three years from the date of the event giving rise to the adjustment being carried forward.

 

15



 

(D)                               Determination of Consideration. In the case of the issuance of Common Stock for cash, the consideration shall be deemed to be the amount of cash paid therefor before deducting any reasonable discounts, commissions or other expenses allowed, paid or incurred by the Corporation for any underwriting or otherwise in connection with the issuance and sale thereof. In the case of the issuance of the Common Stock for a consideration in whole or in part other than cash, the consideration other than cash shall be deemed to be the fair value thereof as determined by the Board of Directors irrespective of any accounting treatment.

 

(E)                                Deemed Issuances of Common Stock. In the case of the issuance (whether before, on or after the applicable Purchase Date) of securities or rights convertible into, or entitling the holder thereof to receive directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock (the “Common Stock Equivalents”), the following provisions shall apply for all purposes of this Section 4(d)(i):

 

(1)                                 The aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion, exchange or exercise (assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to convertibility, exchangeability or exercisability, including, without limitation, the passage of time, but without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) of any Common Stock Equivalents and subsequent conversion, exchange or exercise thereof shall be deemed to have been issued at the time such securities were issued or such Common Stock Equivalents were issued and for a consideration equal to the consideration, if any, received by the Corporation for any such securities and related Common Stock Equivalents (excluding any cash received on account of accrued interest or accrued dividends), plus the minimum additional consideration, if any, to be received by the Corporation (without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) upon the conversion, exchange or exercise of any Common Stock Equivalents (the consideration in each case to be determined in the manner provided in Section 4(d)(i)(D).

 

(2)                                 In the event of any change in the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable or in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon conversion, exchange or exercise of any Common Stock Equivalents, other than a change resulting from the antidilution provisions thereof, the Conversion Price, to the extent in any way affected by or computed using such Common Stock Equivalents, shall be recomputed to reflect such change, but no further adjustment shall be made for the actual issuance of Common Stock or any payment of such consideration upon the conversion, exchange or exercise of such Common Stock Equivalents.

 

(3)                                 Upon the termination or expiration of the convertibility, exchangeability or exercisability of any Common Stock Equivalents, the Conversion Price, to the extent in any way affected by or computed using such Common Stock Equivalents, shall be recomputed to reflect the issuance of only the number of shares of Common Stock (and Common Stock Equivalents that remain convertible, exchangeable or exercisable) actually issued upon the conversion, exchange or exercise of such Common Stock Equivalents.

 

16



 

(4)                                 The number of shares of Common Stock deemed issued and the consideration deemed paid therefor pursuant to Section 4(d)(i)(E)(1) shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect any change, termination or expiration of the type described in either Section 4(d)(i)(E)(2) or 4(d)(i)(E)(3).

 

(F)                                 No Increased Conversion Price. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section (4)(d)(i), except to the limited extent provided for in Sections 4(d)(i)(E)(2) and 4(d)(i)(E)(3), no adjustment of the Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 4(d)(i) shall have the effect of increasing the Conversion Price above the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment.

 

(ii)                                  Stock Splits and Dividends. In the event the Corporation should at any time after the Purchase Date fix a record date for the effectuation of a split or subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock or the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive a dividend or other distribution payable in additional shares of Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents without payment of any consideration by such holder for the additional shares of Common Stock or the Common Stock Equivalents (including the additional shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exercise thereof), then, as of such record date (or the date of such dividend distribution, split or subdivision if no record date is fixed), the Conversion Price shall be appropriately decreased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be increased in proportion to such increase of the aggregate of shares of Common Stock outstanding and those issuable with respect to such Common Stock Equivalents with the number of shares issuable with respect to Common Stock Equivalents determined from time to time in the manner provided for deemed issuances in Section 4(d)(i)(E).

 

(iii)                               Reverse Stock Splits. If the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at any time after the Purchase Date is decreased by a combination of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, then, following the record date of such combination, the Conversion Price shall be appropriately increased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding shares.

 

(e)                                  Other Distributions. In the event the Corporation shall declare a distribution (other than a subdivision, combination or merger or sale of assets transaction provided for elsewhere in this Section 4 or in Section 2 of this Article IV(B)) payable in securities of other persons, evidences of indebtedness issued by the Corporation or other persons, assets (excluding cash dividends) or options or rights not referred to in Section 4(d)(i) or 4(d)(ii), then, in each such case for the purpose of this Section 4(e), the holders of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to a proportionate share of any such distribution as though they were the holders of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation into which their shares of Preferred Stock are convertible as of the record date fixed for the determination of the holders of Common Stock of the Corporation entitled to receive such distribution.

 

(f)                                   Recapitalizations. If at any time or from time to time there shall be a recapitalization of the Common Stock (other than a subdivision, combination or merger or

 

17



 

sale of assets transaction provided for elsewhere in this Section 4 or in Section 2 of this Article IV(B)) provision shall be made so that the holders of the Preferred Stock shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon conversion of such Preferred Stock the number of shares of stock or other securities or property of the Corporation or otherwise, to which a holder of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion would have been entitled on such recapitalization. In any such case, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Section 4 with respect to the rights of the holders of such Preferred Stock after the recapitalization to the end that the provisions of this Section 4 (including adjustment of the Conversion Price then in effect and the number of shares purchasable upon conversion of such Preferred Stock) shall be applicable after that event and be as nearly equivalent as practicable.

 

(g)                                  No Impairment. The Corporation will not, through any reorganization, recapitalization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Corporation, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this Section 4 and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the Conversion Rights of the holders of Preferred Stock against impairment.

 

(h)                                 No Fractional Shares and Certificate as to Adjustments.

 

(i)                                     No fractional shares shall be issued upon the conversion of any share or shares of the Preferred Stock, and the number of shares of Common Stock to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole share. The number of shares issuable upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the total number of shares of Preferred Stock the holder is at the time converting into Common Stock and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such aggregate conversion. If the conversion would result in any fractional share, the Corporation shall, in lieu of issuing any such fractional share, pay the holder thereof an amount in cash equal to the fair market value of such fractional share on the date of conversion, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

 

(ii)                                  Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 4, the Corporation, at its expense, shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and prepare and furnish to each holder of such Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, upon the written request at any time of any holder of Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth (A) such adjustment and readjustment, (B) the Conversion Price for such holder’s Preferred Stock at the time in effect, and (C) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon the conversion of a share of such holder’s Preferred Stock.

 

(i)                                     Notices of Record Date. In the event of any taking by the Corporation of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend (other than a cash dividend) or other

 

18



 

distribution, any right to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of stock of any class or any other securities or property, or to receive any other right, the Corporation shall mail to each holder of Preferred Stock, at least 10 days prior to the date specified therein, a notice specifying the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right.

 

(j)                                    Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion. The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Preferred Stock, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of such series of Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of such series of Preferred Stock, in addition to such other remedies as shall be available to the holder of such Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to this Restated Certificate.

 

5.                                      Voting Rights.

 

(a)                                 Except as expressly provided by this Restated Certificate or as provided by law, the holders of Preferred Stock shall have the same voting rights as the holders of Common Stock and shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation, and the holders of Common Stock and the Preferred Stock shall vote together as a single class on all matters. Each holder of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held, and each holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Preferred Stock could be converted. Fractional votes shall not, however, be permitted and any fractional voting rights available on an as-converted basis (after aggregating all shares into which shares of Preferred Stock held by each holder could be converted) shall be rounded to the nearest whole number (with one-half being rounded upward).

 

(b)                                 At each meeting of stockholders at which members of the Board of Directors are to be elected, or whenever members of the Board of Directors are to be elected by written consent of the stockholders, except as otherwise provided in Section 7 below: (i) the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class on an as-converted basis, shall have a right to elect two members of the Board of Directors (each, a “Junior Preferred Director”), (ii) the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class on an as-converted basis, shall have a right to elect two members of the Board of Directors (each, a “Senior Preferred Director,” and together with the Junior Preferred Directors, the “Preferred Directors”); (iii) the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock, voting together as a separate class, shall have the right to elect two members of the Board of Directors (each a “Common Director”); and (iii) the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock,

 

19



 

voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis, shall have the right to elect any remaining members of the Board of Directors (each a “Joint Director”).

 

(c)                                  In the case of any vacancy on the Board of Directors occurring because of the death, resignation or removal of a director a successor shall be elected to serve for the unexpired term of the director whose office is vacant by the vote or written consent of the holders of the class or series of shares entitled to elect such director in accordance with the provisions of Section 5(b) above or Section 7 below, as applicable.

 

6.                                      Protective Provisions.

 

(a)                                 Preferred Stock Protective Provisions. So long as at least 10% or more of the originally issued shares of Preferred Stock are outstanding (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like), the Corporation shall not (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise) without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of at least two-thirds of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class:

 

(i)                                     effect a liquidation, dissolution or winding up, or a Liquidation Transaction;

 

(ii)                                  amend or waive any provision of this Restated Certificate or the Corporation’s Bylaws in a manner adverse to the interest of the Preferred Stock or otherwise alter or change the rights, preferences, or privileges of the shares of Preferred Stock;

 

(iii)                               increase or decrease (other than by conversion or in accordance with the redemption provisions of this Restated Certificate) the total number of authorized shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock;

 

(iv)                              authorize, issue or create, or obligate itself to issue or create (by reclassification or otherwise) stock appreciation rights or similar rights, or any new class or series of equity or equity like securities, including any security (other than Preferred Stock) convertible into or exercisable for any equity security, having a preference over, or being on a parity with, the Preferred Stock with respect to voting (other than the pari passu voting rights of Common Stock), dividends, redemption, conversion or upon liquidation;

 

(v)                                 redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire (or pay into or set funds aside for a sinking fund for such purpose) any share or shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock other than in accordance with the redemption provisions of this Restated Certificate; provided, however, that this restriction shall not apply to the repurchase of shares of Common Stock (i) from employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons performing services for the Corporation or any subsidiary pursuant to agreements under which the Corporation has the option to repurchase such shares at no greater than cost upon the occurrence of certain events, such as the termination of employment, or (ii) through the exercise of any right of first refusal contained in an agreement approved by the Board of Directors;

 

(vi)                              declare or pay a dividend on the Common Stock;

 

20



 

(vii)                           take actions that result in material changes in the business in which the Corporation is engaged;

 

(viii)                        change the number of authorized directors; or

 

(ix)                              take actions that would result in the taxation of the Preferred Stock under Section 305 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

(b)                                         Series C, D and E Protective Provisions. The Corporation shall not (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise) without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of at least three-fourths of the Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis:

 

(i)                                     authorize any class or series of equity, debt or convertible securities or equivalents, or issue any additional shares of stock (except pursuant to the Corporation’s Amended and Restated 2006 Stock Plan or the Purchase Agreement);

 

(ii)                                  effect a liquidation, dissolution or winding up, or a Liquidation Transaction;

 

(iii)                               take actions that result in material changes in the business in which the Corporation is engaged;

 

(iv)                              declare or pay a dividend on the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock or Common Stock;

 

(v)                                 transfer or exclusively license the material assets of Corporation, unless such action is approved by the Board of Directors, including both Senior Preferred Directors;

 

(vi)                              amend this Restated Certificate or the Corporation’s Bylaws;

 

(vii)                           repay any loan to the Corporation made by one or more shareholders of the Corporation, unless such loan or repayment shall be approved by the Board of Directors, including both Senior Preferred Directors;

 

(viii)                        redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire (or pay into or set funds aside for a sinking fund for such purpose) any share or shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock other than in accordance with the redemption provisions of this Restated Certificate; provided, however, that this restriction shall not apply to the repurchase of shares of Common Stock (i) from employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons performing services for the Corporation or any subsidiary pursuant to agreements under which the Corporation has the option to repurchase such shares at no greater than cost upon the occurrence of certain events, such as the termination of employment, or (ii) through the exercise of any right of first refusal contained in an agreement approved by the Board of Directors;

 

21


 

(ix)                              engage in any transaction with an affiliate (as defined in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) of the Corporation, unless such action is approved by the Board of Directors;

 

(x)                                 adopt any new stock option plan or amend the Corporation’s Amended and Restated 2006 Stock Plan as in effect on the Series E Initial Issuance Date, including without limitation, by increasing the aggregate number of shares issued or issuable thereunder to greater than 1,356,246 shares of Common Stock, unless such plan or amendment is approved by the Board of Directors, including both Senior Preferred Directors;

 

(xi)                              change the number of authorized directors; or

 

(xii)                           enter into an agreement to do any of the foregoing that is not expressly made conditional on obtaining the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of at least three-fourths of the Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis.

 

(c)               Series C Protective Provisions. The Corporation shall not (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise) without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of at least three-fourths of the Series C Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class:

 

(i)                                     take any action that alters or changes the rights, preferences or privileges of, or increases the authorized number of shares of the Series C Preferred Stock; and

 

(ii)                                  take any other action that materially and adversely affects the Corporation’s ability to perform its agreements with the holders of Series C Preferred Stock in respect of their rights as such.

 

(d)              Series D Protective Provisions. The Corporation shall not (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise) without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of at least three-fourths of the Series D Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class:

 

(i)                                     take any action that alters or changes the rights, preferences or privileges of, or increases the authorized number of shares of the Series D Preferred Stock; and

 

(ii)                                  take any other action that materially and adversely affects the Corporation’s ability to perform its agreements with the holders of Series D Preferred Stock in respect of their rights as such.

 

(e)               Series E Protective Provisions. The Corporation shall not (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise) without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of at least three-fourths of the Series E Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class:

 

22



 

(i)                                     take any action that alters or changes the rights, preferences or privileges of, or increases the authorized number of shares of the Series E Preferred Stock; and

 

(ii)                                  take any other action that materially and adversely affects the Corporation’s ability to perform its agreements with the holders of Series E Preferred Stock in respect of their rights as such.

 

7.                                      Default by the Corporation.

 

(a)                                 Upon the occurrence of a Default (as that term is defined below in this Section 7), the holders the Series C Preferred Stock, the Series D Preferred Stock and the Series E Preferred Stock may, by vote, or written action, of the holders of at least three-fourths of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis, elect to either: (i) permit each holder of Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock to exercise, prior to the fourth anniversary of the initial issuance of Series E Preferred Stock, its Series C Put Right, Series D Put Right, or Series E Put Right as applicable, subject to the Corporation having paid in full all borrowed money under any loan agreement, credit agreement or similar instrument approved by the Board of Directors (including, without limitation, the Corporation’s Obligations (as such term is defined in that certain Credit and Security Agreement between the Corporation and MidCap Funding V Trust (f/k/a MidCap Funding V, LLC) dated on or about the date of this Restated Certificate)) on a date that is at least ninety-one (91) days prior to the payment of the applicable put amounts, or (ii) reconstitute the Board of Directors such that at each meeting of stockholders at which members of the Board of Directors are to be elected, or whenever members of the Board of Directors are to be elected by written consent of the stockholders, the holders of at least three-fourths of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock , Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock voting together as a separate class on an as-converted basis, shall have a right to elect all of the Preferred Directors until the Default is cured (if such Default may be so cured).

 

(b)                                 For purposes of this Section 7, each of the following events shall be deemed a “Default”:

 

(i)                                     the Corporation’s filing of a voluntary petition in bankruptcy proceedings, the Corporation’s making of an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the appointment of a receiver or the exercising of control rights by any secured lender of the Corporation following applicable cure periods;

 

(ii)                                  the Corporation’s default in payment when due of any Series D Put Amount;

 

(iii)                               the Corporation’s failure to perform according to any material term or covenant of this Restated Certificate, the Purchase Agreement (including a material breach of any representation contained in the Purchase Agreement) or any of the other Transaction Agreements (as such term is defined in the Purchase Agreement), as each may be amended from time to time; provided, however, that no such failure to perform may be deemed a

 

23



 

“Default” if the Corporation cures such failure within 30 days following the Corporation’s receipt of written notice thereof from a holder of Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock, provided that such failure is capable of being cured within such period of time; or

 

(iv)                              any event of default under any loan or other financing agreement reflecting an outstanding indebtedness of the Corporation equal to $25,000 or more, which event of default is not cured within the relevant time periods or within 30 days if no such time period is specified.

 

8.                                      Status of Converted Stock. In the event any shares of Preferred Stock shall be converted pursuant to Section 4 hereof, the shares so converted shall be cancelled and shall not be issuable by the Corporation. This Restated Certificate shall be appropriately amended to effect the corresponding reduction in the Corporation’s authorized capital stock.

 

9.                                      Waiver. Any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of the Series A Preferred Stock set forth herein may be waived on behalf of all holders of Series A Preferred Stock by the affirmative written consent or vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding. Any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of the Series B Preferred Stock set forth herein may be waived on behalf of all holders of Series B Preferred Stock by the affirmative written consent or vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding. Any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of the Series C Preferred Stock set forth herein may be waived on behalf of all holders of Series C Preferred Stock by the affirmative written consent or vote of the holders of at least three-fourths of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock then outstanding. Any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of the Series D Preferred Stock set forth herein may be waived on behalf of all holders of Series D Preferred Stock by the affirmative written consent or vote of the holders of at least three-fourths of the shares of Series D Preferred Stock then outstanding. Any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of the Series E Preferred Stock set forth herein may be waived on behalf of all holders of Series E Preferred Stock by the affirmative written consent or vote of the holders of at least three-fourths of the shares of Series E Preferred Stock then outstanding.

 

10.                               Notices. Any notice required by the provisions of this Restated Certificate to be given to the holders of shares of Preferred Stock shall be deemed given if deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to each holder of record at his address appearing on the books of the Corporation or, if given by electronic communication in compliance with the provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law, shall be deemed given upon such electronic transmission.

 

(C)                               Common Stock.

 

1.                                      Dividend Rights. Subject to the prior rights of holders of all classes of stock at the time outstanding having prior rights as to dividends, the holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled to receive, when and as declared by the Board of Directors, out of any assets of the Corporation legally available therefor, such dividends as may be declared from time

 

24



 

to time by the Board of Directors, subject to a vote, written consent or agreement of each of the following, voting, consenting or agreeing as a separate class: (x) the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock and (y) the holders of at least three-fourths of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis.

 

2.                                      Liquidation Rights. Upon the liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation, or the occurrence of a Liquidation Transaction, the assets of the Corporation shall be distributed as provided in Section 2 of Article IV(B).

 

3.                                      Redemption. The Common Stock is not redeemable.

 

4.                                      Voting Rights. Each holder of Common Stock shall have the right to one vote per share of Common Stock, and shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation, and shall be entitled to vote upon such matters and in such manner as may be provided by law. The number of shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE V

 

The Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to make, alter, or repeal Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless otherwise provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

(A)                               To the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director.

 

(B)                               The Corporation shall indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law any person made or threatened to be made a party to an action or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he, his testator or intestate is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or any predecessor of the Corporation, or serves or served at any other enterprise as a director or officer at the request of the Corporation or any predecessor to the Corporation.

 

(C)                               Neither any amendment nor repeal of this Article VII, nor the adoption of any provision of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article VII, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article VII in respect of any matter occurring, or any

 

25



 

action or proceeding accruing or arising or that, but for this Article VII, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.”

 

* * *

 

26



 

The foregoing Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted by this corporation’s Board of Directors and stockholders in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

Executed in New Haven, Connecticut, on March 10, 2015.

 

 

 

/s/ Kourosh Azarbarzin

 

Kourosh Azarbarzin, President and Chief

 

Executive Officer

 

27





Exhibit 3.4

 

BYLAWS

 

OF

 

SURGIQUEST, INC.

 

(Adopted on November 17, 2005)

 

ARTICLE I

 

OFFICES

 

SECTION 1.01.                                   Registered Office. The registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle.

 

SECTION 1.02.                                   Other Offices. The corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

 

ARTICLE II

 

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

SECTION 2.01.                                   Place of Meeting. All meetings of stockholders for the election of directors shall be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, or may be held by remote communication to the extent permitted by the laws of the State of Delaware, as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting.

 

SECTION 2.02.                                   Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held at such date and time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting, (including whether such annual meeting will be held by remote communication).

 

SECTION 2.03.                                   Voting List. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least 10 days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice, or if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list

 

1



 

shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

 

SECTION 2.04.                                   Special Meeting. Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, may be called by the Chairman of the Board or by the President of the corporation or by the Board of Directors or by written order of a majority of the directors or shall be called by the President or the Secretary at the request in writing of stockholders owning a majority in amount of the entire capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote. Such request shall state the purposes of the proposed meeting. The Chairman of the Board or the President of the corporation or directors so calling, or the stockholders so requesting, any such meeting shall fix the time and any place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as the place for holding such meeting, or determine that the meeting shall be held solely by means of remote communication to the extent permitted by the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

SECTION 2.05.                                   Notice of Meeting. Written notice of the annual, and each special meeting of stockholders, stating the time, place, and purpose or purposes thereof, shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat, not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the meeting.

 

SECTION 2.06.                                   Quorum. The holders of a majority of the shares of the corporation’s capital stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of stockholders for the transaction of business, except as otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation. Notwithstanding the other provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, the holders of a majority of the shares of the corporation’s capital stock entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, whether or not a quorum is present, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified.

 

SECTION 2.07.                                   Voting. When a quorum is present at any meeting of the stockholders, the vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of the corporation’s capital stock having voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which, by express provision of the statutes, of the Certificate of Incorporation or of these bylaws, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question. Every stockholder having the right to vote shall be entitled to vote in person, or by proxy appointed by an instrument in writing subscribed by such stockholder and filed with the Secretary of the corporation before, or at the time of, the meeting.

 

SECTION 2.08                                      Remote Communication. Subject to compliance with the laws of the State of Delaware, if authorized by the Board, and subject to the guidelines as the Board may

 

2



 

adopt, stockholders and proxyholders may participate by means of remote communication in any meeting of stockholders and may be deemed present in person and vote at a meeting by remote communication. Any reference to a stockholder being present or acting “in person” shall include participation by such remote communication for all purposes.

 

SECTION 2.09.                                   Consent of Stockholders. Whenever the vote of stockholders at a meeting thereof is required or permitted to be taken for or in connection with any corporate action by any provision of the statutes, the meeting and vote of stockholders may be dispensed with if all the stockholders who would have been entitled to vote upon the action if such meeting were held shall consent in writing to such corporate action being taken; or on the written consent of the holders of shares of the corporation’s capital stock having not less than the minimum percentage of the vote required by statute for the proposed corporate action, and provided that prompt notice must be given to all stockholders of the taking of corporate action without a meeting and by less than unanimous written consent.

 

SECTION 2.10.                                   Voting of Stock of Certain Holders. Shares of the corporation’s capital stock standing in the name of another corporation, domestic or foreign, may be voted by such officer, agent, or proxy as the bylaws of such corporation may prescribe, or in the absence of such provision, as the Board of Directors of such corporation may determine. Shares standing in the name of a deceased person may be voted by the executor or administrator of such deceased person, either in person or by proxy. Shares standing in the name of a guardian, conservator, or trustee may be voted by such fiduciary, either in person or by proxy, but no such fiduciary shall be entitled to vote shares held in such fiduciary capacity without a transfer of such shares into the name of such fiduciary. Shares standing in the name of a receiver may be voted by such receiver. A stockholder whose shares are pledged shall be entitled to vote such shares, unless in the transfer by the pledgor on the books of the corporation, he has expressly empowered the pledgee to vote thereon, in which case only the pledgee, or his proxy, may represent the stock and vote thereon.

 

SECTION 2.1l.                                       Treasury Stock. The corporation shall not vote, directly or indirectly, shares of its own capital stock owned by it; and such shares shall not be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares of the corporation’s capital stock.

 

SECTION 2.12.                                   Fixing Record Date. The Board of Directors may fix in advance a date, which shall not be more than 60 days nor less than 10 days preceding the date of any meeting of stockholders, nor more than 60 days preceding the date for payment of any dividend or distribution, or the date for the allotment of rights, or the date when any change, or conversion or exchange of capital stock shall go into effect, or a date in connection with obtaining a consent, as a record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to notice of, and to vote at, any such meeting and any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any such dividend or distribution, or to receive any such allotment of rights, or to exercise the rights in respect of any such change, conversion or exchange of capital stock, or to give such consent, and in such case such stockholders and only such stockholders as shall be stockholders of record on the date so fixed, shall be entitled to such notice of, and to vote at, any such meeting and any adjournment thereof, or to receive payment of such dividend or distribution, or to receive such allotment of rights, or to exercise such rights, or to give such consent, as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any stock on the books of the corporation after any such record date fixed as aforesaid.

 

3



 

ARTICLE III

 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

SECTION 3.01.                                   Powers. The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by its Board of Directors, which may exercise all such powers of the corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

 

SECTION 3.02.                                   Number, Election and Term. The number of directors that shall constitute the whole Board of Directors shall be not less than one. Such number of directors shall from time to time be fixed and determined by the directors and shall be set forth in the notice of any meeting of stockholders held for the purpose of electing directors. The directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of stockholders, except as provided in Section 3.03 or in the Certificate of Incorporation, and each director elected shall hold office until his successor shall be elected and shall qualify. Directors need not be residents of Delaware or stockholders of the corporation.

 

SECTION 3.03.                                   Vacancies, Additional Directors, and Removal From Office. If any vacancy occurs in the Board of Directors caused by death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, or removal from office of any director, or otherwise, or if any new directorship is created by an increase in the authorized number of directors, a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or a sole remaining director, may choose a successor or fill the newly created directorship, and a director so chosen shall hold office until the next applicable election and until his successor shall be duly elected and shall qualify, unless sooner displaced. Any director may be removed either for or without cause at any special meeting of stockholders duly called and held for such purpose.

 

SECTION 3.04.                                   Regular Meeting. A regular meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held each year, without other notice than this bylaw, at the place of, and immediately following, the annual meeting of stockholders; and other regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held each year, at such time and place as the Board of Directors may provide, by resolution, either within or without the State of Delaware, without other notice than such resolution.

 

SECTION 3.05.                                   Special Meeting. A special meeting of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board of Directors or by the President of the corporation and shall be called by the Secretary on the written request of any two directors. The Chairman or President so calling, or the directors so requesting, any such meeting shall fix the time and any place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as the place for holding such meeting.

 

SECTION 3.06.                                   Notice of Special Meeting. Written notice of special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be given to each director at least 48 hours prior to the time of such meeting. Any director may waive notice of any meeting. The attendance of a director at any meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where a director attends a meeting for the purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not

 

4



 

lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any special meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting, except that notice shall be given of any proposed amendment to the bylaws if it is to be adopted at any special meeting or with respect to any other matter where notice is required by statute.

 

SECTION 3.07.                                   Telephonic Meetings. Members of the Board or any committee designated by the Board may participate in a meeting of such Board or committee by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear one another, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this section shall constitute presence at such meeting.

 

SECTION 3.08.                                   Quorum. A majority of the Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these bylaws. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

 

SECTION 3.09.                                   Action Without Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof as provided in Article IV of these bylaws, may be taken without a meeting, if a written consent thereto is signed by all members of the Board of Directors or of such committee, as the case may be, and such written consent is filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or such committee.

 

SECTION 3.10.                                   Compensation. Directors, as such, shall not be entitled to any stated salary for their services unless voted by the stockholders or the Board of Directors; but by resolution of the Board of Directors, a fixed sum and expenses of attendance, if any, may be allowed for attendance at each regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors or any meeting of a committee of directors. No provision of these bylaws shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

COMMITTEE OF DIRECTORS

 

SECTION 4.01.                                   Designation, Powers and Name. The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board of Directors, designate one or more committees, including, if they shall so determine, an Executive Committee, each such committee to consist of two or more of the directors of the corporation. The committee shall have and may exercise such of the powers of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation as may be provided in such resolution. The committee may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or

 

5



 

disqualified member at any meeting of such committee. In the absence or disqualification of any member of such committee or committees, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names and such limitations of authority as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 4.02.                                   Minutes. Each committee of directors shall keep regular minutes of its proceedings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.

 

SECTION 4.03.                                   Compensation. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed compensation for attending committee meetings, if the Board of Directors shall so determine.

 

ARTICLE V

 

NOTICE

 

SECTION 5.01.                                   Methods of Giving Notice. Whenever under the provisions of applicable statutes, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, notice is required to be given to any director, member of any committee, or stockholder, such notice shall be in writing and delivered personally, mailed to such director, member, or stockholder; or sent by electronic transmission to such director, member or stockholder if permitted by the laws of the State of Delaware. In the case of notice to any stockholder, such notice shall be deemed delivered (i) on the date of delivery when delivered by hand, (ii) when deposited in the United States mail first class in a sealed envelope, with postage thereon prepaid, addressed to a stockholder as such stockholder’s address appears on the records of the corporation, or (iii) when sent by electronic transmission satisfying the requirements of Section 232 of the General Corporation law of the State of Delaware, when deemed delivered by such Section. In the case of notice to a director, such notice shall be deemed delivered (i) on the date of delivery when delivered by hand, (ii) on the date of transmission when sent by facsimile transmission during normal business hours to a number designed by the director, or the next business day if sent other than during normal business hours, with telephone or facsimile confirmation of receipt, (iii) one business day after dispatch when sent by overnight courier maintaining records of receipt, (iv) three business days after dispatch when deposited with the United States Postal Service, postage prepaid, or (v) on the date of transmission when sent by electronic transmission during normal business hours (or the next business day if sent other than during normal business hours) to an address designated by the director, and in each case when sent to the address of a director as maintained in the books and records of the Corporation.

 

SECTION 5.02.                                   Written Waiver. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of an applicable statute, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these bylaws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

 

6



 

ARTICLE VI

 

OFFICERS

 

SECTION 6.01.                                   Officers. The officers of the corporation shall be a Chairman and a Vice Chairman (if such offices are created by the Board), a President and a Secretary. The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers and agents, including a Vice President, any one or more of which may be designated Executive Vice President or Senior Vice President, a Treasurer, Assistant Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries, and Assistant Treasurers, in each case as the Board of Directors shall deem necessary, who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined by the Board. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person. No officer shall execute, acknowledge, verify or countersign any instrument on behalf of the corporation in more than one capacity, if such instrument is required by law, by these bylaws or by any act of the corporation to be executed, acknowledged, verified, or countersigned by two or more officers. The Chairman and Vice Chairman of the Board shall be elected from among the directors. With the foregoing exceptions, none of the other officers need be a director, and none of the officers need be a stockholder of the corporation.

 

SECTION 6.02.                                   Election and Term of Office. The officers of the corporation shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at its first meeting held after the annual meeting of stockholders or as soon thereafter as conveniently possible. Each officer shall hold office until his successor shall have been chosen and shall have qualified or until his death or the effective date of his resignation or removal, or until he shall cease to be a director in the case of the Chairman and the Vice Chairman.

 

SECTION 6.03.                                   Removal and Resignation. Any officer or agent elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed without cause by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors whenever, in its judgment, the best interests of the corporation shall be served thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contractual rights, if any, of the person so removed. Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the corporation. Any such resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of such notice or at any later time specified therein, and unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

 

SECTION 6.04.                                   Vacancies. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation by death, resignation, removal, or otherwise, may be filled by the Board of Directors for the unexpired portion of the term.

 

SECTION 6.05.                                   Salaries. The salaries of all officers and agents of the corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors or pursuant to its direction; and no officer shall be prevented from receiving such salary by reason of his also being a director.

 

SECTION 6.06.                                   Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board (if such office is created by the Board) shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders of the corporation. The Chairman of the Board shall formulate and submit to the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee matters of general policy for the corporation and

 

7



 

shall perform such other duties as usually appertain to the office or as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee.

 

SECTION 6.07.                                   Vice Chairman. The Vice Chairman (if such office is created by the Board) shall, in the absence or disability of the Chairman of the Board, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Chairman of the Board. The Vice Chairman shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee or assigned by the Chairman of the Board.

 

SECTION 6.08.                                   President. The President shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, shall in general supervise and control the business and affairs of the corporation. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board or the Vice Chairman (if such offices are created by the Board), the President shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders. He may also preside at any such meeting attended by the Chairman of the Board or Vice Chairman if he is so designated by the Chairman of the Board, or in the Chairman of the Board’s absence by the Vice Chairman. He shall have the power to appoint and remove subordinate officers, agents and employees, except those elected or appointed by the Board of Directors. The President shall keep the Board of Directors and the Executive Committee fully informed and shall consult them concerning the business of the corporation. He may sign with the Secretary or any other officer of the corporation thereunto authorized by the Board of Directors, certificates for shares of the corporation and any deeds, bonds, mortgages, contracts, checks, notes, drafts, or other instruments that the Board of Directors has authorized to be executed, except in cases where the signing and execution thereof has been expressly delegated by these bylaws or by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the corporation, or shall be required by law to be otherwise executed. He shall vote, or give a proxy to any other officer of the corporation to vote, all shares of stock of any other corporation standing in the name of the corporation and in general he shall perform all other duties normally incident to the office of President and such other duties as may be prescribed by the stockholders, the Board of Directors, or the Executive Committee from time to time. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board of Directors may by resolution duly adopted appoint a separate President and Chief Executive Officer of the corporation, and allocate between such President and Chief Executive Officer the forgoing duties and responsibilities and such other duties and responsibilities as may be determined by the Board.

 

SECTION 6.09.                                   Vice Presidents. In the absence of the President, or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, the Executive Vice President (or in the event there shall be no Vice President designated Executive Vice President, any Vice President designated by the Board) shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the President. Any Vice President may sign, with the Secretary or Assistant Secretary, certificates for shares of the corporation. The Vice Presidents shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to them by the President, the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee.

 

SECTION 6.10.                                   Secretary. The Secretary shall (a) keep the minutes of the meetings of the stockholders, the Board of Directors and committees of directors; (b) see that all notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws and as required by law; (c) be custodian of the corporate records and of the seal of the corporation, and see that the seal of

 

8



 

the corporation or a facsimile thereof is affixed to all certificates for shares prior to the issue thereof and to all documents, the execution of which on behalf of the corporation under its seal is duly authorized in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws; (d) keep or cause to be kept a register of the post office address of each stockholder which shall be furnished by such stockholder; (e) sign with the President, or an Executive Vice President or Vice President, certificates for shares of the corporation, the issue of which shall have been authorized by resolution of the Board of Directors; (f) have general charge of the stock transfer books of the corporation; and (g) in general, perform all duties normally incident to the office of Secretary and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the President, the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee.

 

SECTION 6.11.                                   Treasurer. If required by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer shall give a bond for the faithful discharge of his duties in such sum and with such surety or sureties as the Board of Directors shall determine. He shall (a) have charge and custody of and be responsible for all funds and securities of the corporation; (b) receive and give receipts for moneys due and payable to the corporation from any source whatsoever and deposit all such moneys in the name of the corporation in such banks, trust companies, or other depositories as shall be selected in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.03 of these bylaws; (c) prepare, or cause to be prepared, for submission at each regular meeting of the Board of Directors, at each annual meeting of the stockholders, and at such other times as may be required by the Board of Directors, the President or the Executive Committee, a statement of financial condition of the corporation in such detail as may be required; and (d) in general, perform all the duties incident to the office of Treasurer and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the President, the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee.

 

SECTION 6.12.                                   Assistant Secretary and Treasurer. The Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers shall, in general, perform such duties as shall be assigned to them by the Secretary or the Treasurer, respectively, or by the President, the Board of Directors, or the Executive Committee. The Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers shall, in the absence of the Secretary or Treasurer, respectively, perform all functions and duties which such absent officers may delegate, but such delegation shall not relieve the absent officer from the responsibilities and liabilities of his office. The Assistant Secretaries may sign, with the President or a Vice President, certificates for shares of the corporation, the issue of which shall have been authorized by a resolution of the Board of Directors. The Assistant Treasurers shall respectively, if required by the Board of Directors, give bonds for the faithful discharge of their duties in such sums and with such sureties as the Board of Directors shall determine.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

CONTRACTS, CHECKS AND DEPOSITS

 

SECTION 7.01.                                   Contracts. Subject to the provisions of Section 6.01, the Board of Directors may authorize any officer, officers, agent, or agents, to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation, and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

 

SECTION 7.02.                                   Checks. All checks, demands, drafts, or other orders for the

 

9



 

payment of money, notes, or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the corporation, shall be signed by such officer or officers or such agent or agents of the corporation, and in such manner, as shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 7.03.                                   Deposits. All funds of the corporation not otherwise employed shall be deposited from time to time to the credit of the corporation in such banks, trust companies, or other depositories as the Board of Directors may select.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

 

SECTION 8.01.                                   Issuance. Each stockholder of this corporation shall be entitled to a certificate or certificates showing the number of shares of capital stock registered in his name on the books of the corporation. The certificates shall be in such form as may be determined by the Board of Directors, shall be issued in numerical order and shall be entered in the books of the corporation as they are issued. They shall exhibit the holder’s name and number of shares and shall be signed by the President or a Vice President and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary. If any certificate is countersigned (1) by a transfer agent other than the corporation or any employee of the corporation, or (2) by a registrar other than the corporation or any employee of the corporation, any other signature on the certificate may be a facsimile. If the corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the designations, preferences, and relative participating, optional, or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations, or restrictions of such preferences and rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to represent such class of stock; provided that, except as otherwise provided by statute, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the corporation will furnish to each stockholder who so requests the designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations, or restrictions of such preferences and rights. All certificates surrendered to the corporation for transfer shall be canceled and no new certificate shall be issued until the former certificate for a like number of shares shall have been surrendered and canceled, except that in the case of a lost, stolen, destroyed, or mutilated certificate a new one may be issued therefor upon such terms and with such indemnity, if any, to the corporation as the Board of Directors may prescribe. Certificates shall not be issued representing fractional shares of stock.

 

SECTION 8.02.                                   Lost Certificates. The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require (1) the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require, (2) such owner to give the corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the

 

10


 

certificate or certificates alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, or (3) both.

 

SECTION 8.03.                                   Transfers. Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment, or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate, and record the transaction upon its books. Transfers of shares shall be made only on the books of the corporation by the registered holder thereof, or by his attorney thereunto authorized by power of attorney and filed with the Secretary of the corporation or the Transfer Agent.

 

SECTION 8.04.                                   Registered Stockholders. The corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share or shares of the corporation’s capital stock as the holder in fact thereof and, accordingly, shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

DIVIDENDS

 

SECTION 9.01.                                   Declaration. Dividends with respect to the shares of the corporation’s capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to applicable law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

SECTION 9.02.                                   Reserve. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interest of the corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

 

ARTICLE X

 

INDEMNIFICATION

 

SECTION 10.01.                            Third Party Actions. The corporation shall indemnify any director or officer of the corporation, and may indemnify any other person, who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably

 

11



 

incurred by him in connection with such action, suit, or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit, or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

 

SECTION 10.02.                            Actions by or in the Right of the Corporation. The corporation shall indemnify any director or officer and may indemnify any other person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending, or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue, or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses as the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

SECTION 10.03.                            Mandatory Indemnification. To the extent that a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit, or proceeding referred to in Sections 10.01 and 10.02, or in defense of any claim, issue, or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith.

 

SECTION 10.04.                            Determination of Conduct. Any indemnification under Section 10.01 or 10.02 of this Article X (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 10.01 or 10.02 of this Article X. Such determination shall be made (a) by a majority vote of directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (b) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (c) by the stockholders.

 

SECTION 10.05.                            Payment of Expenses in Advance. Expenses incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit, or proceeding shall be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit, or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director, officer, employee, or agent to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in this Article X.

 

12



 

SECTION 10.06.                            Indemnity Not Exclusive. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided or granted hereunder shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the Certificate of Incorporation, any other bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders, or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

 

SECTION 10.07.                            Definitions. For purposes of this Article X:

 

(a)                                 “the corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger that, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under this Article X with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued;

 

(b)                                 “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans;

 

(c)                                  “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to any employee benefit plan;

 

(d)                                 “serving at the request of the corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation that imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and

 

(e)                                  a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the corporation” as referred to in this Article X.

 

SECTION 10.08.                            Continuation of Indemnity. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided or granted hereunder shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee, or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, and administrators of such a person.

 

ARTICLE XI

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

SECTION 11.01.                            Seal. The corporate seal, if one is authorized by the Board of

 

13



 

Directors, shall have inscribed thereon the name of the corporation, and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware.” The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or otherwise reproduced.

 

SECTION 11.02.                                    Books. The books of the corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the statutes) outside the State of Delaware at the offices of the corporation, or at such other place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

ARTICLE XII

 

AMENDMENT

 

These bylaws may be altered, amended, or repealed by a majority of the number of directors then constituting the Board of Directors at any regular meeting of the Board of Directors without prior notice, or at any special meeting of the Board of Directors if notice of such alteration, amendment, or repeal be contained in the notice of such special meeting.

 

14





Exhibit 4.2

 

SURGIQUEST, INC.

 

FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

March 10, 2015

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

A.

Amendments of Prior Rights Agreement; Waiver of Right of First Offer

2

 

 

 

 

1.

Registration Rights

2

 

 

 

 

 

1.1

Definitions

2

 

1.2

Request for Registration

3

 

1.3

Company Registration

5

 

1.4

Form S-3 Registration

5

 

1.5

Obligations of the Company

6

 

1.6

Information From Holders

8

 

1.7

Expenses of Registration

8

 

1.8

Underwriting Requirements

8

 

1.9

Delay of Registration

9

 

1.10

Indemnification

9

 

1.11

Reports Under the Exchange Act

11

 

1.12

Assignment of Registration Rights

11

 

1.13

Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights

12

 

1.14

Lock-Up Agreement

12

 

1.15

Termination of Registration Rights

13

 

 

 

 

2.

Covenants of the Company

13

 

 

 

 

 

2.1

Delivery of Financial Statements

13

 

2.2

Inspection

14

 

2.3

Right of First Offer

14

 

2.4

Qualified Small Business Stock Status

16

 

2.6

Expenses of Board Members

16

 

2.7

Equity Compensation

16

 

2.7

Insurance

16

 

2.5

Termination of Covenants

17

 

 

 

 

3.

Miscellaneous

17

 

 

 

 

 

3.1

Termination

17

 

3.2

Entire Agreement

17

 

3.3

Successors and Assigns

17

 

3.4

Amendments and Waivers

17

 

3.5

Notices

18

 

3.6

Severability

18

 

3.7

Governing Law

18

 

3.8

Counterparts

18

 

3.9

Titles and Subtitles

18

 

3.10

Aggregation of Stock

18

 

i



 

SURGIQUEST, INC.

 

FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

This Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made as of the 10th day of March, 2015, by and among SurgiQuest, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the holders of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock set forth on Exhibit A hereto (the “Series A Holders”), the holders of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock set forth on Exhibit B hereto (the “Series B Holders”), the holders of the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock set forth on Exhibit C hereto (the “Series C Holders”), the holders of the Company’s Series D Preferred Stock set forth on Exhibit D hereto (the “Series D Holders”) and the purchasers of the Company’s Series E Preferred Stock set forth on Exhibit E hereto (the “Series E Purchasers” and together with the Series A Holders, the Series B Holders, the Series C Holders and the Series D Holders, the “Investors”).

 

RECITALS

 

A.                                    The Company, the Series D Holders, the Series C Holders, the Series B Holders and the Series A Holders have previously entered into a Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of September 27, 2012 (the “Prior Rights Agreement”), pursuant to which the Company granted the Series A Holders, the Series B Holders, the Series C Holders and the Series D Holders certain rights.

 

B.                                    The Company and the Series E Purchasers entered into a Series E Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of the date hereof (the “Purchase Agreement”) pursuant to which the Company agreed to sell to the Series E Purchasers and the Series E Purchasers agreed to purchase from the Company shares of the Company’s Series E Preferred Stock on the terms and conditions set forth therein. A condition to the Series E Purchasers’ obligations under the Purchase Agreement is that the undersigned enter into this Agreement in order to provide the Series E Purchasers with (i) certain rights to register shares of the Company’s Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Series E Preferred Stock held by the Series E Purchasers, (ii) certain rights to receive or inspect information pertaining to the Company, and (iii) a right of first offer with respect to certain issuances by the Company of its securities. The Company desires to induce the Series E Purchasers to purchase shares of Series E Preferred Stock pursuant to the Purchase Agreement by agreeing to the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

C.                                    The Company the Series D Holders, the Series C Holders, the Series B Holders and the Series A Holders each desire to amend and restate the Prior Rights Agreement to add the Series E Purchasers as parties to this Agreement and make certain other changes.

 

AGREEMENT

 

The parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1



 

A.                                    Amendment of Prior Rights Agreement; Waiver of Right of First Offer. Effective and contingent upon execution of this Agreement by the Company, the holders of at least three-fourths of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock and shares of Series D Preferred Stock, acting together as a separate class on an as-converted basis and the holders of at least two-thirds of the Registrable Securities, as that term is defined in the Prior Rights Agreement, and upon the execution of the Purchase Agreement, the Prior Rights Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as set forth in this Agreement, and the Company, the Series A Holders, the Series B Holders, the Series C Holders and the Series D Holders hereby agree to be bound by the provisions hereof as the sole agreement of the Company, the Series A Holders, the Series B Holders the Series C Holders and the Series D Holders with respect to registration rights of the Company’s securities and certain other rights, as set forth herein. The Series A Holders, the Series B Holders, the Series C Holders and the Series D Holders each hereby waive the right of first offer, including the notice requirements, set forth in Section 2.3 of the Prior Rights Agreement with respect to the issuance of Series E Preferred Stock issuable pursuant to the Purchase Agreement and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of such Series E Preferred Stock.

 

1.                                      Registration Rights. The Company and the Investors covenant and agree as follows:

 

1.1                               Definitions. For purposes of this Section 1:

 

(a)                                 “Affiliated Fund” means, with respect to a Holder that is a limited liability company or a limited liability partnership, a fund or entity managed by the same manager or managing member or general partner or management company or by an entity controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such manager or managing member or general partner or management company;

 

(b)                                 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (and any successor thereto) and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder;

 

(c)                                  “Excluded Registration” means a registration statement relating solely to the sale of securities of participants in a Company stock plan, a registration relating to a corporate reorganization or transaction under Rule 145 of the Securities Act;

 

(d)                                 “Form S-3” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any successor form under the Securities Act that permits significant incorporation by reference of the Company’s subsequent public filings under the Exchange Act;

 

(e)                                  “Holder” means any Investor owning or having the right to acquire Registrable Securities or any assignee thereof in accordance with Section 1.12 of this Agreement;

 

(f)                                   “Major Investor” means any Investor that holds at least 350,000 shares of the Registrable Securities of the Company (subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, reclassifications or the like). When determining whether an Investor is

 

2



 

a Major Investor, Registrable Securities held by any general partners, managing members and affiliates of such Investor, including Affiliated Funds, shall be aggregated;

 

(g)                                  “Preferred Stock” means the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock (the “Series A Preferred Stock”), the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock (the “Series B Preferred Stock”), the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock (the “Series C Preferred Stock”) the Company’s Series D Preferred Stock (the “Series D Preferred Stock”) and the Company’s Series E Preferred Stock (the “Series E Preferred Stock”).

 

(h)                                 “Qualified IPO” means a firm commitment underwritten public offering by the Company of shares of its Common Stock prior to or in connection with which all the then-outstanding shares of Preferred Stock are automatically converted into shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Restated Certificate;

 

(i)                                     “Register.” “registered,” and “registration” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement or similar document in compliance with the Securities Act, and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement or document;

 

(j)                                    “Registrable Securities” means (i) the shares of Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock held by the Holders, and (ii) any other shares of Common Stock of the Company issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security which is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, the shares listed in (i); excluding, however, in all cases any Registrable Securities sold in a transaction in which the rights under this Agreement are not assigned, or any shares for which registration rights have terminated pursuant to Section 1.15 of this Agreement;

 

(k)                                 The number of shares of “Registrable Securities then outstanding” shall be determined by the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding which are, and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to then exercisable or convertible securities which are, Registrable Securities;

 

(1)                                 “Restated Certificate” means the Company’s Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as may be amended from time to time.

 

(m)                             “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission; and

 

(n)                                 “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (and any successor thereto) and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

1.2                               Request for Registration.

 

(a)                                 If, at any time after the earlier of (i) the four-year anniversary of the date hereof, or (ii) six months after the effective date of the Company’s initial public offering, the Company receives a written request from the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding and from the Holders of three-fourths of the then outstanding shares of Series C

 

3



 

Preferred Stock, shares of Series D Preferred Stock and shares of Series E Preferred Stock, acting together as a separate class on an as-converted basis, (collectively, the “Initiating Holders”), that the Company file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the registration of Registrable Securities with an anticipated aggregate offering price to the public of at least $15,000,000, then the Company shall, within 20 days after receiving such request, give written notice of such request to all Holders and shall, subject to the limitations of subsection 1.2(b), use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be registered under the Securities Act all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder has requested to be registered by written notice delivered to the Company within 20 days after the mailing of the aforementioned notice by the Company.

 

(b)                                 If the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in subsection 1.2(a). The underwriter will be selected by the Company, which underwriter shall be reasonably acceptable to the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Registrable Securities that are to be included in the underwriting. In such event, the right of any Holder to include his Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting (unless otherwise mutually agreed by a majority of the outstanding shares held by the Initiating Holders and such Holder) to the extent provided herein. The Company and all Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 1.2, if the underwriter advises the Company in good faith that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, then the Company shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities which would otherwise be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of shares of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated among all participating Holders thereof, including the Initiating Holders, in proportion (as nearly as practicable) to the amount of Registrable Securities of the Company owned by each participating Holder. In no event shall any Registrable Securities be excluded from such underwriting unless all other securities are first excluded from such offering. Any Registrable Securities excluded from or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from registration.

 

(c)                                  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company shall furnish to the Initiating Holders a certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to be filed, the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than 45 days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders; provided, however, that the Company may not utilize this right or the similar right set forth in Section 1.4(b)(iii) more than twice in any 12-month period, and provided, further, that the Company shall not register any securities for the account of itself or any other stockholder during such 45-day period (other than in a Qualified IPO or an Excluded Registration).

 

4



 

(d)                                 In addition, the Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to this Section 1.2:

 

(i)                                     If within 30 days of receiving a request pursuant to Section 1.2(a), the Company provides the Initiating Holders notice of the Company’s intent to file a registration statement within 90 days of the date of such request, for a period commencing on the date of such notice and, provided such registration statement is filed within such 90-day period, and ending on the date 180 days after the effective date of such registration statement unless such offering is not the initial public offering of the Company’s securities, in which case, ending on a date 90 days after the effective date of such registration statement; provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith all commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; or

 

(ii)                                  If the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Section 1.4 below.

 

1.3                               Company Registration.

 

(a)                                 If (but without any obligation to do so) the Company proposes to register (including for this purpose a registration effected by the Company for stockholders other than the Holders) any of its stock under the Securities Act in connection with the public offering of such securities solely for cash (other than an Excluded Registration), the Company shall, at such time, promptly give each Holder written notice of such registration. Upon the written request of each Holder given within 20 days after mailing of such notice by the Company in accordance with Section 3.5, the Company shall, subject to the provisions of Section 1.8, use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be registered under the Securities Act all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder has requested to be registered if any stock of the Company is registered.

 

(b)                                 The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 1.3 prior to the effectiveness of such registration whether or not any Holder has elected to include securities in such registration. The expenses of such registration shall be borne by the Company, in accordance with Section 1.7 hereof.

 

1.4                               Form S-3 Registration. In case the Company shall receive from any Holder or Holders of the Registrable Securities then outstanding a written request or requests that the Company effect a registration on Form S-3 and any related qualification or compliance with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder or Holders, the Company will:

 

(a)                                 promptly give written notice of the proposed registration, and any related qualification or compliance, to all other Holders; and

 

(b)                                 use all commercially reasonable efforts to effect, as soon as practicable, such registration and all such qualifications and compliances as may be so requested

 

5



 

and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Holder’s or Holders’ Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any other Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within 15 days after receipt of such written notice from the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance, pursuant to this Section 1.4: (i) if Form S-3 is not available for such offering by the Holders; (ii) if the Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at an aggregate price to the public of less than $1,000,000; (iii)if the Company shall furnish to the Holders a certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to be filed, the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than 45 days after receipt of the request of the Holder or Holders under this Section 1.4; provided, however, that the Company shall not utilize this right or the similar right set forth in Section 1.2(c) more than twice in any 12-month period; (iv)if the Company has, within the 12-month period preceding the date of such request, already effected two registrations on Form S-3 for the Holders pursuant to this Section 1.4; (v) in any jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance unless the Company is already qualified to do business or subject to service of process in that jurisdiction; or (vi) during the period ending 180 days after the effective date of a registration statement subject to Section 1.3.

 

(c)                                  Subject to the foregoing, the Company shall file a registration statement covering the Registrable Securities and other securities so requested to be registered as soon as practicable after receipt of the request or requests of the Holders. Registrations effected pursuant to this Section 1.4 shall not be counted as demands for registration or registrations effected pursuant to Sections 1.2 or 1.3, respectively.

 

1.5                               Obligations of the Company. Whenever required under this Section 1 to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

 

(a)                                 Prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for up to 120 days, or until the distribution described in such registration statement is completed, if earlier.

 

(b)                                 Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement for up to 120 days, or until the distribution described in such registration statement is completed, if earlier.

 

6



 

(c)                                  Promptly notify the Holders of the effectiveness of such registration statement, and furnish to the Holders such numbers of copies of a prospectus, including any supplement to the prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities owned by them.

 

(d)                                 Following the effective date of such registration statement, notify the Holders of any request by the SEC that the Company amend or supplement such registration statement, or the associated prospectus.

 

(e)                                  Use all commercially reasonable efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders, provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions unless the Company is already qualified to do business or subject to service of process in that jurisdiction.

 

(f)                                   In the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter of such offering. Each Holder and other security holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement.

 

(g)                                  Notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing, such obligation to continue for 120 days or until the distribution described in such registration statement is completed, if earlier.

 

(h)                                 Cause all such Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Section 1 to be listed on each national securities exchange or trading system on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed.

 

(i)                                     Provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereunder and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration.

 

(j)                                    Make generally available to its security holders, and to deliver to each Holder participating in the registration statement, an earnings statement of the Company that will satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act covering a period of 12 months beginning after the effective date of such registration statement as soon as reasonably practicable after the termination of such 12-month period.

 

7



 

1.6                               Information From Holders. It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Section 1 with respect to the Registrable Securities of any selling Holder that such Holder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding such Holder, the Registrable Securities held by it, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be required to effect the registration of such Holder’s Registrable Securities. The Company shall have no obligation with respect to any registration requested pursuant to Section 1.2 or Section 1.4 of this Agreement if, as a result of the application of the preceding sentence, the anticipated aggregate offering price of the Registrable Securities to be included in the registration does not equal or exceed the anticipated aggregate offering price required to originally trigger the Company’s obligation to initiate such registration as specified in subsection 1.2(a) or subsection 1.4(b)(ii), whichever is applicable.

 

1.7                               Expenses of Registration. All expenses other than underwriting discounts and commissions incurred in connection with registrations, filings or qualifications pursuant to Sections 1.2, 1.3 and 1.4 including (without limitation) all registration, filing and qualification fees, printers’ and accounting fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the selling Holders selected by them with the approval of the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, shall be borne by the Company.

 

1.8                               Underwriting Requirements. In connection with any offering involving an underwriting of shares of the Company’s capital stock, the Company shall not be required under Section 1.3 to include any of the Holders’ securities in such underwriting unless they accept the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and the underwriters selected by the Company (or by other persons entitled to select the underwriters), and then only in such quantity as the underwriters determine in their sole discretion will not jeopardize the success of the offering by the Company. If the total amount of securities, including Registrable Securities, requested by stockholders to be included in such offering exceeds the amount of securities sold other than by the Company that the underwriters determine in their sole discretion is compatible with the success of the offering, then the Company shall be required to include in the offering only that number of such securities, including Registrable Securities, which the underwriters determine in their sole discretion will not jeopardize the success of the offering (the securities so included to be apportioned pro rata among the selling stockholders according to the total amount of securities entitled to be included therein owned by each selling stockholder or in such other proportions as shall mutually be agreed to by such selling stockholders) but in no event shall the amount of securities of the selling Holders included in the offering be reduced below 30% of the total amount of securities included in such offering, unless such offering is the initial public offering of the Company’s securities, in which case, the selling stockholders may be excluded if the underwriters make the determination described above and no other stockholder’s securities are included. For purposes of the preceding parenthetical concerning apportionment, for any selling stockholder which is a holder of Registrable Securities and which is a venture capital fund, or a partnership or corporation, the Affiliated Funds, partners, retired partners and stockholders of such holder, or the estates and family members of any such partners and retired partners and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing persons shall be deemed to be a single “selling stockholder,” and any pro-rata reduction with respect to such “selling stockholder” shall be based upon the aggregate amount of shares carrying registration rights

 

8


 

 

owned by all entities and individuals included in such “selling stockholder,” as defined in this sentence.

 

1.9                               Delay of Registration. No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any such registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 1.

 

1.10                        Indemnification. In the event any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under this Section 1:

 

(a)                                 To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for such Holder and each person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations (collectively a “Violation”): (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto, (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state in such registration statement a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any state securities law; and the Company will pay to each such Holder, underwriter or controlling person, as incurred, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection 1.10(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), nor shall the Company be liable to any Holder, underwriter or controlling person for any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon a Violation which occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished expressly for use in connection with such registration by any such Holder, underwriter or controlling person.

 

(b)                                 To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who has signed the registration statement, each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, any underwriter, any other Holder selling securities in such registration statement and any controlling person of any such underwriter or other Holder, against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which any of the foregoing persons may become subject, under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arise out of or are based upon any Violation, in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Violation occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration; and each such Holder will pay, as incurred, any legal or

 

9



 

other expenses reasonably incurred by any person intended to be indemnified pursuant to this subsection 1.10(b), in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection 1.10(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided, that in no event shall any indemnity under this subsection 1.10(b) exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder, except in the case of willful fraud by such Holder.

 

(c)                                  Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 1.10 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 1.10, deliver to the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof and the indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in, and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly noticed, to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided, however, that an indemnified party (together with all other indemnified parties which may be represented without conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain one separate counsel, with the reasonable fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. The failure to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action, if prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Section 1.10, but the omission so to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 1.10.

 

(d)                                 If the indemnification provided for in this Section 1.10 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense referred to therein, then the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided, that in no event shall any contribution by a Holder under this Subsection 1.10(d) exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder, except in the case of willful fraud by such Holder. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

 

10



 

(e)                                  Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control.

 

(f)                                   The obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 1.10 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement under this Section 1, and otherwise.

 

1.11                        Reports Under the Exchange Act. With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act and any other rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit a Holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration or pursuant to a registration on Form S-3, the Company agrees to:

 

(a)                                 make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144, at all times after 90 days after the effective date of the Qualified IPO so long as the Company remains subject to the periodic reporting requirements under Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

 

(b)                                 take such action, including the voluntary registration of its Common Stock under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, as is necessary to enable the Holders to utilize Form S-3 for the sale of their Registrable Securities, such action to be taken as soon as practicable after the end of the fiscal year in which the first registration statement filed by the Company for the offering of its securities to the general public is declared effective;

 

(c)                                  file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act; and

 

(d)                                 furnish to any Holder upon request, so long as the Holder owns any Registrable Securities, (i) a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of SEC Rule 144 (at any time after 90 days after the effective date of the Qualified IPO), the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements), or that it qualifies as a registrant whose securities may be resold pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after it so qualifies), (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company and such other reports and documents so filed by the Company, and (iii) such other information as may be reasonably requested in availing any Holder of any rule or regulation of the SEC which permits the selling of any such securities without registration or pursuant to such form.

 

1.12                        Assignment of Registration Rights. The rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 1 may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) to a transferee or assignee (i) that is a partner, retired partner, member, or retired member of any Holder which is a partnership or limited liability company, (ii) that is a family member or trust for the benefit of any individual Holder; (iii) who acquires shares representing at least 10% of the shares of Registrable Securities then outstanding, or (iv) that is an Affiliated Fund, provided that in each case the transferee or assignee holds at least 5% of the

 

11



 

Registrable Securities then outstanding; and provided further that the Company is, promptly after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned; and provided, further, that such assignment shall be effective only if the transferee agrees in writing to be bound by this Agreement and immediately following such transfer the further disposition of such securities by the transferee or assignee is restricted under the Securities Act. For the purposes of determining the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by a transferee or assignee, the holdings of transferees and assignees of (x) a partnership who are partners or retired partners of such partnership or (y) a limited liability company who are members or retired members of such limited liability company (including family members of such partners or members who acquire Registrable Securities by gift, will or intestate succession) shall be aggregated together and with the partnership or limited liability company.

 

1.13                        Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights. From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding Registrable Securities, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company which would allow such holder or prospective holder (a) to include any of such securities in any registration filed under Section 1.2 hereof, unless under the terms of such agreement, such holder or prospective holder may include such securities in any such registration only to the extent that the inclusion of his securities will not reduce the amount of the Registrable Securities of the Holders which is included or (b) to make a demand registration which could result in such registration statement being declared effective prior to the earlier of either of the dates set forth in subsection 1.2(a) or within 120 days of the effective date of any registration effected pursuant to Section 1.2.

 

1.14                        Lock-Up Agreement.

 

(a)                                 Lock-Up Period; Agreement. In connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing such offering of the Company’s securities, each Holder agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company, however or whenever acquired (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days but subject to such extension or extensions as may be required by the underwriters in order to publish research reports while complying with the Rule 2711 of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.) from the effective date of such registration statement as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the Company’s initial public offering.

 

(b)                                 Limitations. The obligations described in Section 1.14(a) shall apply only if all officers and directors of the Company and all greater than 1% stockholders enter into similar agreements, and shall not apply to an Excluded Registration.

 

(c)                                  Stop-Transfer Instructions. In order to enforce the foregoing covenants, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the securities of

 

12



 

each Holder (and the securities of every other person subject to the restrictions in Section 1.14(a)).

 

(d)                                 Transferees Bound. Each Holder agrees that it will not transfer securities of the Company unless each transferee agrees in writing to be bound by all of the provisions of this Section 1.14, provided that this Section 1.14(d) shall not apply to transfers pursuant to a registration statement or transfers after the 12-month anniversary of the effective date of the Company’s initial public offering subject to this Section 1.14.

 

(e)                                  Legends. Each Holder agrees that a legend reading substantially as follows shall be placed on all certificates representing all Registrable Securities of each Holder (and the shares or securities of every other person subject to the restriction contained in this Section 1.14):

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A LOCK-UP PERIOD AS SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SECURITIES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE ISSUER’S PRINCIPAL OFFICE. SUCH LOCKUP PERIOD IS BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

 

1.15                        Termination of Registration Rights. No Holder shall be entitled to exercise any right provided for in this Section 1 after the earlier of (i) with respect to any Holder, at such time after the Qualified IPO as Rule 144 or another similar exemption under the Securities Act is available for the sale of all of such Holder’s shares during a three-month period without registration, or (ii) upon termination of this Agreement, as provided in Section 3.1.

 

2.                                      Covenants of the Company.

 

2.1                               Delivery of Financial Statements. The Company shall deliver to each Major Investor:

 

(a)                                 as soon as practicable, but in any event within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company (or such longer period of time as may be required by the Company’s independent public accountants), an income statement for such fiscal year, a balance sheet of the Company and statement of stockholder’s equity as of the end of such year, and a statement of cash flows for such year, such year-end financial reports to be in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), and audited and certified by an independent public accounting firm of nationally recognized standing recommended by management and approved by the Board of Directors;

 

(b)                                 as soon as practicable, but in any event within 45 days after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, an unaudited profit or loss statement, a statement of cash flows for such fiscal quarter and an unaudited balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal quarter;

 

13



 

(c)                                  within 30 days of the end of each month, an unaudited income statement and a statement of cash flows and balance sheet for and as of the end of such month, in reasonable detail; and

 

(d)                                 as soon as practicable, but in any event prior to 30 days before the end of each fiscal year, a budget and business plan for the next fiscal year, prepared on a monthly basis, and, as soon as prepared, any other updated or revised budgets for such fiscal year prepared by the Company.

 

2.2                               Inspection. The Company shall permit each Major Investor at such Major Investor’s expense, to visit and inspect the Company’s properties, to examine its books of account and records and to discuss the Company’s affairs, finances and accounts with its officers, all upon reasonable advance notice and at such reasonable times as may be requested by such Major Investor.

 

2.3                               Right of First Offer. Subject to the terms and conditions specified in this Section 2.3, the Company hereby grants to each Major Investor a right of first offer with respect to future sales by the Company of its Shares (as hereinafter defined). For purposes of this Section 2.3, Major Investor includes any general partners, managing members and affiliates of such Major Investor, including Affiliated Funds. A Major Investor who chooses to exercise the right of first offer may designate as purchasers under such right itself or its partners or affiliates, including Affiliated Funds, in such proportions as it deems appropriate.

 

Each time the Company proposes to offer any shares of, or securities, rights to purchase securities or debt convertible into or exercisable for any shares of, any class of its capital stock (“Shares”), the Company shall first make an offering of such Shares to each Major Investor in accordance with the following provisions:

 

(a)                                 The Company shall deliver a notice (the “RFO Notice”) to the Investors stating (i) its bona fide intention to offer such Shares, (ii) the number of such Shares to be offered, and (iii) the price and terms, if any, upon which it proposes to offer such Shares.

 

(b)                                 Within 15 days after delivery of the RFO Notice, each Major Investor may elect to purchase or obtain, at the price and on the terms specified in the RFO Notice, up to that portion of such Shares which equals the proportion that the number of shares of Common Stock issued and held, or issuable upon conversion and exercise of all convertible or exercisable securities then held, by such Major Investor bears to the sum of (i) the total number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding (assuming full conversion and exercise of all convertible or exercisable securities) and (ii) the total number of shares of Common Stock issuable to employees, consultants or directors pursuant to a stock option plan, restricted stock plan, or other stock plan approved by the Board of Directors. Such purchase shall be completed at the same closing as that of any third party purchasers or at an additional closing. The Company shall promptly, in writing, inform each Major Investor that purchases all the shares available to it (each, a “Fully-Exercising Investor”) of any other Major Investor’s failure to do likewise. During the 10-day period commencing after receipt of such information, each Fully-Exercising Investor shall be entitled to obtain that portion of the Shares for which Major Investors were entitled to

 

14



 

subscribe but which were not subscribed for by the Major Investors that is equal to the proportion that the number of shares of Common Stock issued and held, or issuable upon conversion and exercise of all convertible or exercisable securities then held, by such Fully-Exercising Investor bears to the total number of shares of Common Stock held by all Fully-Exercising Investors (assuming full conversion and exercise of all convertible or exercisable securities).

 

(c)                                  The Company may, during the 45-day period following the expiration of the period provided in subsection 2.3(b) hereof, offer the remaining unsubscribed portion of the Shares to any person or persons at a price not less than, and upon terms no more favorable to the offeree than those specified in the RFO Notice. If the Company does not enter into an agreement for the sale of the Shares within such period, or if such agreement is not consummated within 60 days after the execution thereof, the right provided hereunder shall be deemed to be revived and such Shares shall not be offered unless first reoffered to the Major Investors in accordance herewith.

 

(d)                                 The right of first offer in this Section 2.3 shall not be applicable to:

 

(i)                                     Common Stock issued pursuant to stock dividends, stock splits or similar transactions, as described in Section 4(d)(ii) of the Restated Certificate;

 

(ii)                                  up to 1,356,246 shares of Common Stock (plus any additional shares reserved under the Company’s Amended and Restated 2006 Stock Plan (the “Stock Plan”) pursuant to Section 2.7 hereof or such greater number as may be approved by the Board of Directors, including the approval of both Preferred Directors (as defined in Section 5(b) of Article IV(B) of the Restated Certificate)) issued or issuable to employees, officers, consultants or directors of the Company or other persons performing services for the Company pursuant to the Stock Plan;

 

(iii)                               capital stock, or options or warrants to purchase capital stock, issued to financial institutions or lessors in connection with commercial credit arrangements, equipment financings, commercial property lease transactions or similar transactions the terms of which are approved by the Board of Directors;

 

(iv)                              Common Stock or Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of warrants, notes, or other convertible securities outstanding as of the date of the Restated Certificate;

 

(v)                                 Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock;

 

(vi)                              capital stock issued or issuable to an entity as a component of any business relationship with such entity for the purpose of (A) joint venture, technology licensing or development activities, (B) distribution, supply or manufacture of the Company’s products or services, or (C) any other arrangements involving corporate partners that are primarily for purposes other than raising capital, provided that the terms of such business

 

15



 

relationship with such entity are approved by the Board of Directors, including the approval of at least two Preferred Directors; or

 

(vii)                           Shares of Series E Preferred Stock issued in accordance with the terms of that certain Series E Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement made on or about the date hereof by and among the Company and the purchasers listed on Exhibit A attached thereto, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

2.4                               Qualified Small Business Stock Status. In the event that the Company proposes to take an action or engage in a transaction that would reasonably be expected to result in the Shares no longer being “qualified small business stock” within the meaning of Section 1202(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), the Company shall notify the Major Investors and consult in good faith to devise a mutually agreeable and reasonable alternative course of action or transaction structure that would preserve such status. In addition, the Company shall submit to the Major Investors and to the Internal Revenue Service any reports that may be required under Section 1202(d)(1)(C) of the Code and any related Treasury Regulations. In addition, within ten (10) days after any Major Investor has delivered to the Company a written request therefor, the Company shall deliver to such Major Investor a written statement informing the Major Investor whether, in the Company’s good-faith judgment after a reasonable investigation, such Major Investor’s interest in the Company constitutes “qualified small business stock” as defined in Section 1202(c) of the Code, or would constitute “qualified small business stock,” if determination of whether stock constitutes “qualified small business stock” were made by taking into account the modifications set forth in Section 1045(b)(4) of the Code. The Company’s obligation to furnish a written statement pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall continue notwithstanding the fact that a class of the Company’s stock may be traded on an established securities market.

 

2.5                               Expenses of Board Members. The Company shall pay the reasonable and documented expenses incurred by each Preferred Director in connection with their attendance or participation at a meeting of the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

2.6                               Equity Compensation. Any award of stock options, shares of restricted stock or other awards made by the Company to its employees, directors, officers, consultants, independent contractors or otherwise shall made at the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of grant as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors; provided, however, that in the case of stock options meeting the requirements of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended or replaced from time to time, granted to an owner of stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, the exercise price shall not be less than 110% of the fair market value of the Common Stock.

 

2.7                               Insurance. The Company shall maintain, from financially sound and reputable insurers Directors and Officers liability insurance in an amount and on terms and conditions satisfactory to the Board of Directors and, upon a Liquidation Transaction, obtain “tail coverage” in respect of such policy in an amount and on terms and conditions satisfactory to the Board of Directors.

 

16



 

2.8                               Termination of Covenants.

 

(a)                                 The covenants set forth in Sections 2.1 through Section 2.7 shall terminate as to each Holder and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately prior to the consummation of a Qualified IPO, or (ii) upon termination of this Agreement, as provided in Section 3.1.

 

(b)                                 The covenants set forth in Sections 2.1 and 2.2 shall terminate as to each Holder and be of no further force or effect when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, if this occurs earlier than the events described in Section 2.8(a) above.

 

3.                                      Miscellaneous.

 

3.1                               Termination. This Agreement shall terminate, and have no further force and effect, when the Company shall consummate a transaction or series of related transactions deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company pursuant to the Restated Certificate (including without limitation a Liquidation Transaction, as such term is defined in the Restated Certificate).

 

3.2                               Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof, and any and all other written or oral agreements relating to the subject matter hereof existing between the parties hereto are expressly canceled.

 

3.3                               Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective permitted successors and assigns of the parties (including transferees of any of the Preferred Stock or any Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof). Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

 

3.4                               Amendments and Waivers. Any term of this Agreement may be amended or waived only with the written consent of (a) the Company, (b) the Holders of at least three-fourths of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock, shares of Series D Preferred Stock and shares of Series E Preferred Stock acting together as a separate class on an as-converted basis, and (c) the holders of at least two-thirds of the Registrable Securities then outstanding; provided, however, that if such amendment or waiver would adversely affect the rights of a specific series of Preferred Stock in a manner different from the other series of Preferred Stock, then such amendment or waiver shall require the consent of the Investors holding a majority of outstanding shares of such series of Preferred Stock; and any amendment or waiver of the rights granted to the Major Investors in Section 2 above shall require the consent of the Holders of a majority of outstanding shares of the Registrable Securities held by the Major Investors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended with only the written consent of the Company for the sole purpose of including additional holders of Preferred Stock as “Investors” and “Holders.” Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon each

 

17



 

party to this Agreement, whether or not such party has signed such amendment or waiver, each future holder of all such Registrable Securities, and the Company.

 

3.5                               Notices. Unless otherwise provided, any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient upon delivery, when delivered personally or by overnight courier or sent by facsimile, or 48 hours after being deposited in the U.S. mail, as certified or registered mail, with postage prepaid, and addressed to the party to be notified at such party’s address or facsimile number as set forth on Exhibit A to the Purchase Agreement (or if such Party is not a party to the Purchase Agreement, at such Party’s address or facsimile number as set forth on the Exhibits hereto), or as subsequently modified by written notice.

 

3.6                               Severability. If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, and the balance of this Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

3.7                               Governing Law. This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of laws.

 

3.8                               Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Facsimile, .pdf or other execution and delivery of this Agreement is legal, valid and binding for all purposes.

 

3.9                               Titles and Subtitles. The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

 

3.10                        Aggregation of Stock. All shares of the Preferred Stock held or acquired by affiliated entities or persons shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.

 

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

18


 

The parties have executed this Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

COMPANY

 

 

 

 

SURGIQUEST, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kourosh Azarbarzin

 

Name:

Kourosh Azarbarzin

 

Title:

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

Company Address:

333 Quarry Road

 

 

Milford, CT 0646

 

 

 

 

Fax Number: (203) 799-2401

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 



 

The parties have executed this Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

Aphelion Medical Fund, L.P.

 

By: Aphelion Capital, LLC, its General Partner

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ned Scheetz

 

Name: Ned Scheetz

 

Title: Managing Director

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 



 

The parties have executed this Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

Presidio Partnership 2014, L.P.

 

By: Presidio Partners 2014 GP, LLC its General Partner

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David J. Collier, MD

 

Name: David J. Collier, MD

 

Title: Manager

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 



 

The parties have executed this Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

/s/ Charles Crocker

 

Charles Crocker

 

 

 

 

 

Crocker 2004 Charitable Remainder Unitrust

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Charles Crocker, Trustee

 

Name: Charles Crocker

 

Title: Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

Trust Fund B F/B/O Charles Crocker

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Charles Crocker, Trustee

 

Name: Charles Crocker

 

Title: Trustee

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 



 

The parties have executed this Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

CALIFORNIA TECHNOLOGY PARTNERS II, LP

 

 

 

 

By:  California Technology Ventures II, LLC

 

Its:  General Partner

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William A. Hanna

 

Name:

William A. Hanna

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

 

The parties have executed this Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

/s/ Peter Wies

 

Peter Wies

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 



 

The parties have executed this Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

River Cities Capital Fund IV, L.P.

 

By: River Cities Management IV, LLC

 

Its: General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ J. Carter McNabb

 

By: J. Carter McNabb

 

Its: Manager

 

 

 

 

 

River Cities Capital Fund IV (NQP), L.P.

 

By: River Cities Management IV, LLC

 

Its: General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ J. Carter McNabb

 

By: J. Carter McNabb

 

Its: Manager

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 



 

The parties have executed this Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

Fletcher Spaght Ventures II, L.P.

 

By:Fletcher Spaght Associates II, L.P.,

 

its General Partner

 

By:FSA II, LLC, its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Linda Tufts

 

By: Linda Tufts

 

Its: Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

FSV II, L.P.

 

By:Fletcher Spaght Associates II, L.P.,

 

its General Partner

 

By:FSA II, LLC, its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Linda Tufts

 

By: Linda Tufts

 

Its: Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

FSV II-B, L.P.

 

By:Fletcher Spaght Associates II-B, LLC,

 

its General Partner

 

By:FSA II, LLC, its Manager

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Linda Tufts

 

By: Linda Tufts

 

Its: Managing Member

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 



 

The parties have executed this Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

/s/ Joseph DeVivo

 

Joseph DeVivo

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 



 

The parties have executed this Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

MOSAIX VENTURES, LP

 

By:

MOSAIX VENTURES MANAGEMENT, LLC

 

Its:

General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ranjan Lal

 

 

Ranjan Lal, Managing Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MOSAIX VENTURES LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ranjan Lal

 

 

Ranjan Lal, Member

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 



 

The parties have executed this Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

MERRY MEDICAL LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ George Abi-Chahine

 

Name:

George Abi-Chahine

 

Title:

Chairman & CEO

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

EXHIBIT A

 

SERIES A HOLDERS

 

Name

 

Aphelion Medical Fund

 

Presidio Partners 2014, L.P.

 

Mosaix Ventures LP

 

Charles Crocker

 

Crocker 2004 Charitable Remainder Unitrust

1 Post Street, Room 2515

San Francisco, CA 94104

Attn: Charles Crocker

Email: ccrocker@ccapital.us

 

California Technology Partners II, LP

 

Peter Wiest

 



 

EXHIBIT B

 

SERIES B HOLDERS

 

Name

 

Aphelion Medical Fund

 

Presidio Partners 2014, L.P.

 

Mosaix Ventures LP

 

Charles Crocker

 

Crocker 2004 Charitable Remainder Unitrust

 

Trust Fund B F/B/O Charles Crocker

 

California Technology Partners II, LP

 

Joseph DeVivo

 

Peter Wiest

 



 

EXHIBIT C

 

SERIES C HOLDERS

 

Name

 

Aphelion Medical Fund

 

Presidio Partners 2014, L.P.

 

Mosaix Ventures LP

 

Charles Crocker

 

Crocker 2004 Charitable Remainder Unitrust

 

Trust Fund B F/B/O Charles Crocker

 

California Technology Partners II, LP

 

Joseph DeVivo

 

Peter Wiest

 

River Cities Capital Fund IV, L.P.

 

River Cities Capital Fund IV (NQP), L.P.

 

Fletcher Spaght Ventures II, L.P.

 

FSV II, L.P.

 

FSV II-B, L.P.

 



 

EXHIBIT D

 

SERIES D HOLDERS

 

Name

 

Aphelion Medical Fund

 

Presidio Partners 2014, L.P.

 

Mosaix Ventures LLC

 

Mosaix Ventures LP

 

Charles Crocker

 

California Technology Partners II, LP

 

Joseph DeVivo

 

Peter Wiest

 

River Cities Capital Fund IV, L.P.

 

River Cities Capital Fund IV (NQP), L.P.

 

Fletcher Spaght Ventures II, L.P.

 

FSV II, L.P.

 

FSV II-B, L.P.

 



 

EXHIBIT E

 

SERIES E PURCHASERS

 

Aphelion Medical Fund

 

Presidio Partners 2014, L.P.

 

Merry Medical LLC

 

Mosaix Ventures LP

 

Mosaix Ventures LLC

 

Charles Crocker

 

California Technology Partners II, LP

 

Joseph DeVivo

 

Peter Wiest

 

River Cities Capital Fund IV, L.P.

 

River Cities Capital Fund IV (NQP), L.P.

 

Fletcher Spaght Ventures II, L.P.

 

FSV II, L.P.

 

FSV II-B, L.P.

 


 




Exhibit 4.3

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.

 

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

Company: SurgiQuest, Inc.

Number of Shares: As set forth below

Class of Stock: Series A Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value

Warrant Price: $2.01 per Share, subject to adjustment

Issue Date: April 9 , 2007

Expiration Date: April 9 , 2017

Credit Facility:

This Warrant is issued in connection with that certain Loan and Security Agreement of even date herewith between Silicon Valley Bank and the Company (the “Loan Agreement”).

 

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, SILICON VALLEY BANK (Silicon Valley Bank, together with any successor or permitted assignee or transferee of this Warrant or of any shares issued upon exercise hereof, is referred to hereinafter as “Holder”) is entitled upon surrender of this Warrant and a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached hereto as Appendix 1 (the “Notice of Exercise”), at the principal office of the above-named company (the “Company”) located at 12 Cascade Boulevard, Orange, Connecticut 06477, or such other office as the Company shall notify the Holder of in writing, to purchase from the Company up to such number of fully paid and non-assessable shares (the “Shares”) of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share (the “Class”) set forth herein, at a purchase price per Share of $2.01 (the “Warrant Price”). This Warrant may be exercised in whole or in part at any time and from time to time until 5:00 PM, Eastern time, on the Expiration Date set forth above, and shall be void thereafter. Until such time as this Warrant is exercised in full or expires, the Warrant Price and the number of Shares are subject to adjustment from time to time as hereinafter provided.

 

This Warrant shall be exercisable for the Initial Shares plus the Additional Shares, if any (collectively, the “Shares”). As used herein:

 

“Initial Shares” means thirty-three thousand five-hundred eighty-two (33,582) Shares of the Class.

 

“Additional Shares” means a cumulative aggregate number of Shares of the Class equal to (a) (i) 2.5%, multiplied by (ii) the amount of each Growth Capital Advance (as defined in the Loan Agreement) made to the Company pursuant to the Loan

 



 

Agreement, divided by (b) the Warrant Price in effect on and as of the date on which such Advance is made.

 

ARTICLE 1. EXERCISE.

 

1.1          Method of Exercise. Holder may exercise this Warrant by delivering the original of this Warrant together with a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached as Appendix 1 to the principal office of the Company, and, if requested by the Company, a joinder to any shareholders agreement into which all holders of other shares of the same series and class as the Shares are bound. Unless Holder is exercising the conversion right set forth in Article 1.2, Holder shall also deliver to the Company a check, wire transfer (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

 

1.2          Conversion Right. In lieu of exercising this Warrant as specified in Article 1.1, Holder may from time to time convert this Warrant, in whole or in part, into a number of Shares determined by dividing (a) the aggregate fair market value of the Shares or other securities otherwise issuable upon exercise of this Warrant minus the aggregate Warrant Price of such Shares by (b) the fair market value of one Share. The fair market value of the Shares shall be determined pursuant to Article 1.3.

 

1.3          Fair Market Value. If the Company’s common stock is traded in a public market and the Shares are common stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price of a share of common stock reported for the business day immediately before Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company (or in the instance where the Warrant is exercised immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s initial public offering (“IPO”), the “price to public” per share price specified in the final prospectus relating to such offering). If the Company’s common stock is traded in a public market and the Shares are preferred stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price of a share of the Company’s common stock reported for the business day immediately before Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company (or, in the instance where the Warrant is exercised immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s initial public offering, the initial “price to public” per share price specified in the final prospectus relating to such offering), in both cases, multiplied by the number of shares of the Company’s common stock into which a Share is convertible. If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a public market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine fair market value in its reasonable good faith judgment.

 

1.4          Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant. Promptly after Holder exercises or converts this Warrant and, if applicable, the Company receives payment of the aggregate Warrant Price, the Company shall deliver to Holder certificates for the Shares acquired and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised or converted and has not expired, a new Warrant representing the Shares not so acquired.

 

1.5          Replacement of Warrants. On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation,

 



 

on surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor.

 

1.6          Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company.

 

1.6.1       “Acquisition”. For the purpose of this Warrant, “Acquisition” means any sale, license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or any reorganization, consolidation, merger or sale of outstanding capital stock of the Company where the holders of the Company’s securities before the transaction beneficially own less than a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the transaction (other than sales of the Company’s securities in transactions solely for capital raising purposes).

 

1.6.2       Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition.

 

A)            Upon the written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, in the event of an Acquisition in which the sole consideration is cash, either (a) Holder shall exercise its conversion or purchase right under this Warrant and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition or (b) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will expire upon the consummation of such Acquisition. The Company shall provide the Holder with written notice of its request relating to the foregoing (together with such reasonable information as the Holder may request in connection with such contemplated Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than ten (10) days prior to the closing of the proposed Acquisition.

 

B)            Upon the written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, in the event of an Acquisition that is an “arms length” sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (and only its assets) to a third party that is not an Affiliate (as defined below) of the Company (a “True Asset Sale”), either (a) Holder shall exercise its conversion or purchase right under this Warrant and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition or (b) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will continue until the Expiration Date if the Company continues as a going concern following the closing of any such True Asset Sale. The Company shall provide the Holder with written notice of its request relating to the foregoing (together with such reasonable information as the Holder may request in connection with such contemplated Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than ten (10) days prior to the closing of the proposed Acquisition.

 

C)            Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than those particularly described in subsections 1.6.2 (A), (B) and (D), the Company shall seek to have the successor entity assume the obligations of this Warrant, and in such case this Warrant shall be exercisable for the same securities, cash, and property as would be payable for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on the record date for the Acquisition and subsequent closing. The Warrant Price and/or number of Shares shall be adjusted accordingly. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may elect to purchase the unexercised portion of this Warrant for cash for an amount equal to (a) the greater of (i) the aggregate fair market value of any consideration that would have been received by Holder in consideration for the Shares had Holder exercised the unexercised portion of

 



 

this Warrant immediately before the record date for determining the shareholders entitled to participate in the proceeds of the Acquisition, and (ii) two (2) times the aggregate Warrant Price of the Shares, less (b) the aggregate Warrant Price of the Shares.

 

D)            Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 1.6.2(C), in the event that the acquirer in an Acquisition does not agree to assume this Warrant at and as of the closing thereof, this Warrant, to the extent not exercised or converted on or prior to such closing, shall terminate and be of no further force or effect as of immediately following such closing if all of the following conditions are met: (i) the acquirer is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), (ii) the class of stock or other security of the acquirer that would be received by Holder in connection with such Acquisition were Holder to exercise or convert this Warrant on or prior to the closing thereof is listed for trading on a national securities exchange or approved for quotation on an automated inter-dealer quotation system, and (iii) Holder would be able to publicly resell all of the acquirer stock and/or other securities that would be received by Holder in such Acquisition were Holder to exercise or convert this Warrant on or prior to the closing of such Acquisition during the three (3) month period immediately following the closing thereof pursuant to an effective registration statement covering such acquirer stock and/or other securities or pursuant to the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

 

As used herein “Affiliate” shall mean any person or entity that owns or controls directly or indirectly ten percent (10%) or more of the stock of Company, any person or entity that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with such persons or entities, and each of such person’s or entity’s officers, directors, joint venturers or partners, as applicable.

 

ARTICLE 2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES.

 

2.1          Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc. If the Company declares or pays a dividend on the outstanding shares of the Class payable in common stock or other securities, then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities to which Holder would have been entitled had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend occurred. If the Company subdivides the outstanding shares of the Class by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares or takes any other action which increase the amount of common stock into which the one share of the Class is convertible, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares of the Class are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

 

2.2          Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution. Upon any reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of the securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, the number and kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for the Shares if this Warrant had been exercised immediately before such reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event. Such an event shall include, without limitation,

 



 

any automatic conversion of the outstanding or issuable securities of the Company of the same class or series as the Shares to common stock pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Articles or Certificate (as applicable) of Incorporation upon the closing of the IPO. The Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder an amendment to this Warrant setting forth the number and kind of such new securities or other property issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant as a result of such reclassification, exchange, substitution or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant. The amendment to this Warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 2 including, without limitation, adjustments to the Warrant Price and to the number of securities or property issuable upon exercise of the new Warrant. The provisions of this Article 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions, or other events.

 

2.3          Adjustments for Diluting Issuances. The number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares shall be subject to adjustment, from time to time in the manner set forth in the Company’s Articles or Certificate of Incorporation as if the Shares were issued and outstanding on and as of the date of any such required adjustment. The provisions set forth for the Shares in the Company’s Articles or Certificate (as applicable) of Incorporation relating to the above in effect as of the Issue Date may not be amended, modified or waived, without the prior written consent of Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the same series and class as the Shares granted to the Holder.

 

2.4          No Impairment. The Company shall not, by amendment of its Articles or Certificate (as applicable) of Incorporation or through a reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue, or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this Warrant by the Company, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out of all the provisions of this Article 2 and in taking all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to protect Holder’s rights under this Article against impairment.

 

2.5          Fractional Shares. No fractional Shares shall be issuable upon exercise or conversion of the Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional share interest arises upon any exercise or conversion of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional share interest by paying Holder the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by the fair market value of a full Share.

 

2.6          Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares, the Company shall promptly notify Holder in writing, and, at the Company’s expense, promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the Warrant Price, Class and number of Shares in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Warrant Price, Class and number of Shares.

 



 

ARTICLE 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

 

3.1          Representations and Warranties. The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Holder as follows:

 

(a)           The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than the price per share at which shares of the same class and series as the Shares were last issued in an arms-length transaction in which at least $500,000 of such shares were sold.

 

(b)           All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase right represented by this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws.

 

(c)           The Company’s capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule 1 is true and complete as of the Issue Date.

 

3.2          Notice of Certain Events. If the Company proposes at any time (a) to declare any dividend or distribution upon the outstanding shares of the same class and series as the Shares, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) to offer for subscription or sale pro rata to the holders of the outstanding shares of the same class and series as the Shares any additional shares of any class or series of the Company’s stock; (c) to effect any reclassification, reorganization or recapitalization of any of its stock; (d) to effect an Acquisition or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or (e) offer holders of registration rights the opportunity to participate in an underwritten public offering of the company’s securities for cash, then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder: (1) at least 10 days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of shares of the same class and series as the Shares will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above; (2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least 10 days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of shares of the same class and series as the Shares will be entitled to exchange their shares for the securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event); and (3) in the case of the matter referred to in (e) above, the same notice as is given to the holders of such registration rights.

 

3.3             Registration Under Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The Company agrees that the Shares or, if the Shares are convertible into common stock of the Company, such common stock, shall have certain incidental, or “Piggyback,” and S-3 registration rights pursuant to and as set forth in the Company’s Investor Rights Agreement or similar agreement. The provisions set forth in the Company’s Investor Rights Agreement or similar agreement relating to the above in effect as of the Issue Date may not be amended, modified or waived without the prior written consent of Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such amendment, modification, or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the same series and class as the Shares granted to the Holder.

 



 

3.4             No Shareholder Rights. Except as provided in this Warrant, Holder will not have any rights as a shareholder of the Company until the exercise of this Warrant.

 

3.5             Certain Information. The Company agrees to provide Holder at any time and from time to time with such information as Holder may reasonably request for purposes of Holder’s compliance with regulatory, accounting and reporting requirements applicable to Holder.

 

ARTICLE 4. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF THE HOLDER. The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

 

4.1             Purchase for Own Account. This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder will be acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that it has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

 

4.2             Disclosure of Information. Holder has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

 

4.3             Investment Experience. Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

 

4.4          Accredited Investor Status. Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

 

4.5          The Act. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise or conversion hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise or conversion hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the 1933 Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available.

 



 

ARTICLE 5. MISCELLANEOUS.

 

5.1          Term: This Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before the Expiration Date.

 

5.2          Legends. This Warrant and the Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

 

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT, OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 OF THAT CERTAIN WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK ISSUED BY THE COMPANY TO SILICON VALLEY BANK DATED AS OF APRIL 9, 2007 MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.

 

and such other legends as the Company reasonably deems appropriate.

 

5.3          Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer. This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to SVB Financial Group (Holder’s parent company) or any other affiliate of Holder, provided that any such transferee is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Act and in the case of a transfer of Shares, if requested by the Company, such transferred executes a joinder to any shareholders agreement into which all holders of other shares of the same series and class as the Shares are bound.

 

5.4          Transfer Procedure. After receipt by Silicon Valley Bank (“Bank”) of the executed Warrant, Bank will transfer all of this Warrant to SVB Financial Group, Holder’s parent company, by execution of an Assignment substantially in the form of Appendix 2. Subject to the provisions of Article 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, SVB Financial Group and any subsequent Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the Shares issuable directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, SVB Financial Group or any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable). The Company may refuse to transfer this

 



 

Warrant or the Shares to any person who directly competes with the Company, or, if requested to do so by the Company, fails to enter into any shareholders agreement into which all holders of other shares of the same series and class as the Shares granted to the Holder are bound, unless, in either case, the stock of the Company is publicly traded.

 

5.5          Notices. All notices and other communications from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective when given personally or mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may (or on the first business day after transmission by facsimile) be, in writing by the Company or such holder from time to time. All notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

 

SVB Financial Group

Attn: Treasury Department

3003 Tasman Drive, HA 200

Santa Clara, CA 95054

Telephone: 408-654-7400

Facsimile: 408-496-2405

 

Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

 

SurgiQuest, Inc.

Attn: Kurt Azarbarzin, CEO

12 Cascade Boulevard

Orange, Connecticut 06477

Telephone: 203-799-2400 x200

Facsimile: 203-799-2401

 

5.6          Waiver. This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

 

5.7          Attorney’s Fees. In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

 

5.8          Automatic Conversion upon Expiration. In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be converted pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised or converted, and the Company shall promptly deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such conversion to Holder.

 



 

5.9          Counterparts. This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

5.10        Governing Law. This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

 

 

“COMPANY”

 

 

 

SURGIQUEST, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kourosh Azarbarzin

 

 

 

 

Name:

Kourosh Azarbarzin

 

 

(Print)

 

Title:

President

 

 

 

 

 

“HOLDER”

 

 

 

SILICON VALLEY BANK

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Clark Hayes

 

 

 

 

Name:

Clark Hayes

 

 

(Print)

 

 

 

 

Title:

R.M. Relationship Manager

 

 


 

APPENDIX 1

 

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

1.             Holder elects to purchase                          shares of the Series A Preferred Stock of                                          pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders payment of the purchase price of the shares in full.

 

[or]

 

1.             Holder elects to convert the attached Warrant into Shares in the manner specified in the Warrant. This conversion is exercised for                                                     of the Shares covered by the Warrant.

 

[Strike paragraph that does not apply.]

 

2.             Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the shares in the name specified below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Holders Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Address)

 

 

3.     By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Article 4 of the Warrant as the date hereof.

 

 

 

 

 

HOLDER:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

(Date):

 

 



 

APPENDIX 2

 

ASSIGNMENT

 

For value received, Silicon Valley Bank hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

 

Name:

SVB Financial Group

Address:

3003 Tasman Drive (HA-200)

 

Santa Clara, CA 95054

 

 

Tax ID:

91-1962278

 

 

that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock issued by                               . (the “Company”), on                                               [insert Issue Date] (the “Warrant”) together with all rights, title and interest therein.

 

 

 

 

SILICON VALLEY BANK

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assignment Date:

 

 

 

 

 

By its execution below, and for the benefit of the Company, SVB Financial Group makes each of the representations and warranties set forth in Article 4 of the Warrant as of the date hereof and agrees to be bound by all of the terms and conditions set forth in the Warrant as the “Holder” thereof.

 

 

 

SVB FINANCIAL GROUP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 





Exhibit 4.4(a)

 

WARRANT

 

THIS SECURITY AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON CONVERSION OR EXERCISE HEREOF HAVE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AND HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISTRIBUTION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN A FORM SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

 

W-*

 

WARRANT TO PURCHASE SHARES OF CAPITAL STOCK

of

SURGIQUEST, INC.

Void after July 24, 2016

 

This certifies that, for value received, * (“Holder”) is entitled, subject to the terms set forth below, to purchase from SurgiQuest, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), Exercise Shares (as such term is defined below), upon surrender hereof, at the principal office of the Company referred to below, with the Notice of Exercise in form attached hereto as Appendix I (the “Notice of Exercise”) duly executed, and simultaneous payment therefor in lawful money of the United States or otherwise as hereinafter provided, at the Exercise Price (as such term is defined below). The term “Warrant” as used herein shall include this Warrant and any warrants delivered in substitution or exchange therefor as provided herein.

 

This Warrant is issued in connection with the transactions described in that certain Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 24, 2009 by and among the Company and the Holder (the “Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement.

 

1.                                      Certain Definitions. The following terms (except as otherwise expressly provided) shall have the respective meanings specified below. The terms defined in this Section 1 include the plural as well as the singular.

 

“Exercise Price” means: (a) with respect to shares of Next Equity Securities into which this Warrant is exercised pursuant to Section 3(a), the price per share of the Next Equity Securities sold in the Qualified Financing (as may be adjusted pursuant to Section 9 hereof); and (b) with respect to shares of Series B Preferred Stock into which this Warrant is exercised pursuant to Section 3(b), $5.03 per share (as may be adjusted pursuant to Section 9 hereof).

 



 

“Exercise Shares” means: (a) if this Warrant is exercised pursuant to Section 3(a) hereto, Next Equity Shares, or (b) if this Warrant is exercised pursuant to Section 3(b) hereto, Series B Preferred Stock.

 

“Maturity Date” shall have the meaning given in the Note.

 

“Next Equity Securities” shall have the meaning given in the Note.

 

“Note” means the Convertible Promissory Note issued on or around the date hereof by the Company to the Holder pursuant to the Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement.

 

“Note Amount” means the aggregate amount of all Advances made pursuant to the Note.

 

“Qualified Financing” shall have the meaning given in the Note.

 

2.                                      Exercise Period. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, this Warrant shall be exercisable, in whole or in part and from time to time, during the term commencing on the date of issuance hereof and ending on the earlier of (a) the date on which the Holder receives the Liquidation Premium (as such term is defined in the Note) in connection with a Liquidation Transaction and (b) seven (7) years from the date of issuance hereof (the earliest such date, the “Expiration Date”); provided that Holder may not exercise this warrant during the Irrevocability Period (as such term is defined in the Note).

 

3.                                      Number and Class of Shares. This Warrant grants the Holder the right to purchase, at the Exercise Price:

 

(a)                                 if the Company has closed a Qualified Financing at the time of exercise, a number of shares of Next Equity Securities equal to the product of (i) the Note Amount multiplied by (ii) thirty percent (30%) and divided by (iii) the Exercise Price; or

 

(b)                                 if the Company has not closed a Qualified Financing at the time of exercise, a number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock equal to the product of (i) the Note Amount multiplied by (ii) thirty percent (30%) and divided by (iii) the Exercise Price.

 

4.                                      Exercise of Warrant.

 

(a)                                 The purchase rights represented by this Warrant are exercisable by the Holder in whole or in part, at any time, or from time to time, prior to the Expiration Date by the surrender of this Warrant and the Notice of Exercise, duly completed and executed on behalf of the Holder, at the office of the Company (or such other office or agency of the Company as it may designate by notice in writing to the Holder at the address of the Holder appearing on the books of the Company), upon payment (i) in cash or by check acceptable to the Company, (ii) by cancellation by the Holder of indebtedness or other obligations of the Company to the Holder, or (iii) by a combination of (i) and (ii), of the purchase price of the Exercise Shares to be purchased.

 

2



 

(b)                                 Notwithstanding any provisions herein to the contrary, in lieu of exercising this Warrant for cash or cancellation of indebtedness or other obligations, the Holder may elect to receive shares equal to the value (as determined below) of this Warrant (or the portion thereof being canceled) by surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company together with the properly endorsed Notice of Exercise and notice of such election in which event the Company shall issue to the Holder a number of Exercise Shares computed using the following formula:

 

X = Y(A-B)

A

 

Where:                                                                                                         X = the number of Exercise Shares to be issued to the Holder

 

Y = the number of Exercise Shares purchasable under the Warrant or, if only a portion of the Warrant is being exercised, the portion of the Warrant being exercised (at the date of such calculation)

 

A = the fair market value of one share of the Exercise Shares (at the date of such calculation)

 

B = Exercise Price

 

For purposes of the above calculation, fair market value of one share of the Exercise Shares shall be determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors; provided, however, that where there exists a public market for the Exercise Shares at the time of such exercise, the fair market value per share shall be the per-share average of the closing bid and asked prices of the Exercise Shares quoted in the Over-The-Counter Market Summary or the last reported per-share sale price of Exercise Shares or the per-share closing price quoted on any exchange on which the Exercise Shares are listed, whichever is applicable, as published in the Wall Street Journal, Eastern Edition, for the five (5) trading days prior to the date of determination of fair market value.

 

(c)                                  If not sooner expired, this Warrant shall be deemed to have been exercised immediately prior to the close of business on the date of its surrender for exercise as provided above, and the Person entitled to receive the Exercise Shares issuable upon such exercise shall be treated for all purposes as the holder of record of such shares as of the close of business on such date. As promptly as practicable on or after such date and in any event within ten (10) Business Days thereafter, the Company at its expense shall issue and deliver to the Person or Persons entitled to receive the same a certificate or certificates for the number of Exercise Shares issuable upon such exercise. In the event that this Warrant is exercised in part, the Company at its expense will execute and deliver a new Warrant of like tenor exercisable for the number of shares for which this Warrant may then be exercised.

 

5.                                      No Fractional Shares. The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of Exercise Shares upon exercise of this Warrant. If any fractions of a share would, but for this Section 5, be issuable upon any exercise of this Warrant, in lieu of such fractional share the Company shall pay to the Holder, in cash, an amount equal to the same fraction of the per share Exercise Price.

 

3



 

6.                                      Replacement of Warrant. On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company at its expense shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new Warrant of like tenor and amount.

 

7.                                      Rights of Stockholders. This Warrant shall not entitle its Holder to any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company.

 

8.                                      Stock Fully Paid. All of the Exercise Shares issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant will, upon issuance and receipt of the Exercise Price therefor, be fully paid and nonassessable with no personal liability attaching to the ownership thereof, and free and clear of all taxes, liens, encumbrances and charges with respect to the issue thereof.

 

9.                                      Adjustment of Exercise Price and Number of Shares. The number and kind of securities purchasable upon the exercise of this Warrant and the Exercise Price therefor shall be subject to adjustment from time to time upon the occurrence of certain events (each, an “Adjustment Event”), as follows:

 

(a)                                 Adjustments for Subdivisions of Stock. If the number of Exercise Shares outstanding at any time is increased by a stock dividend payable in Exercise Shares or by a subdivision or split up of stock, then the Exercise Price then in effect shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such dividend, subdivision or split up, be proportionately decreased and the number of Exercise Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be increased in proportion to such increase of outstanding Exercise Shares.

 

(b)                                 Adjustments for Combinations of Stock. If the number of Exercise Shares outstanding at any time is decreased by a combination of the outstanding Exercise Shares, then the Exercise Price then in effect shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination, be proportionately increased and the number of Exercise Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding Exercise Shares.

 

(c)                                  Adjustments for Stock Dividends and Other Distributions. In the event the Company at any time or from time to time makes or fixes a record date for the determination of holders of Exercise Shares entitled to receive any distribution (excluding any repurchases of securities by the Company not made on a pro rata basis from all holders of any class of the Company securities) payable in property or in securities of the Company other than Equity Shares, then and in each such event this Warrant shall represent the right to acquire, in addition to the number of Exercise Shares receivable upon the exercise of this Warrant, and without payment of any additional consideration therefor, the amount of such property or securities of the Company other than Equity Shares that the Holder would have received with respect to such distribution had it been the holder of record of the Exercise Shares on such record date and had thereafter, during the period from the date hereof to and including the date of such exercise, retained such property or securities of the Company other than Equity Shares during such period.

 

4



 

(d)                                 Adjustments for Reclassification, Exchange and Substitution. If the Exercise Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be changed into the same or a different number of shares of any other class or classes of stock, whether by capital reorganization, reclassification or otherwise (other than a subdivision or combination of shares provided for above) this Warrant shall thereafter be exercisable into, in lieu of the number of Exercise Shares which the Holder would otherwise have been entitled to receive, a number of shares of such other class or classes of stock equivalent to the number of Exercise Shares that would have been subject to receipt by the Holder upon exercise of this Warrant immediately before that change. In addition, to the extent applicable in any reorganization or recapitalization, provision shall be made so that the Holder of this Warrant shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon exercise of this Warrant the number of shares of stock or other securities or property of the Company or otherwise, to which a holder of Exercise Shares deliverable upon exercise would have been entitled on such reorganization or recapitalization.

 

10.                               Liquidation Transaction. If at any time prior to the Expiration Date there shall occur a Liquidation Transaction, then, effective as of the consummation of such Liquidation Transaction, unless the Holder has received the Liquidation Premium, this Warrant shall automatically be deemed to be exercised in full in the manner set forth in Section 4(b), without any further action on behalf of the Holder immediately prior to such consummation of such Liquidation Transaction, unless the contractual obligations under this Warrant are expressly assumed by the successor or surviving entity in connection with the Liquidation Transaction. In the event this Warrant is so assumed, the Holder shall thereafter be entitled to receive, upon exercise of this Warrant, the number of shares of stock or other securities of the successor or surviving entity resulting from such Liquidation Transaction as is provided for in the operative documents governing the Liquidation Transaction.

 

11.                               Notice of Certain Events. In the event of an Adjustment Event or a Liquidation Transaction (each, a “Notice Event”), the Company shall deliver to the Holder, at least ten (10) days prior to the expected effective date of such Notice Event, a notice in accordance with Section 5.6 of the Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement stating the dates as of which such Notice Event is expected to become effective.

 

12.                               Amendments; Waivers.

 

(a)                                 Any term of this Warrant may be amended in accordance with Section 5.10 of the Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement.

 

(b)                                 No waivers of, or exceptions to, any term, condition or provision of this Warrant, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be, or construed as, a further or continuing waiver of any such term, condition or provision.

 

13.                               Miscellaneous.

 

(a)                                 Governing Law. This Warrant shall be governed by and construed according to the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to its conflicts of law principles.

 

[Signature Page Follows.]

 

5



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant to be executed as of July 24, 2009.

 

 

SURGIQUEST, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

Name: Kourosh Azarbarzin

 

 

Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

 

6



 

APPENDIX I

 

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

TO:                           SurgiQuest, Inc.

12 Cascade Blvd

Orange, CT 06477

Attention: CEO

 

Alternatives: Choose either 1(a) or 1(b).

 

1(a).                       The undersigned hereby elects to purchase                      (leave blank if you choose alternative No. 1(b) below) Exercise Shares pursuant to the terms of this Warrant, and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price of such shares in full.

 

1(b).                       In lieu of exercising the attached Warrant for cash or check, the undersigned hereby elects to effect the net issuance provision of Section 4(b) of this Warrant and receive                       (leave blank if you choose Alternative No. 1(a) above) Exercise Shares pursuant to the terms of this Warrant. (Initial here if the undersigned elects this alternative).                       .

 

2.                                      Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said Exercise Shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

 

 

 

 

 

(Name)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Address)

 

 

3.                                      The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the aforesaid Exercise Shares are being acquired for the account of the undersigned for investment and not with a view to, or for resale, in connection with the distribution thereof, and that the undersigned has no present intention of distributing or reselling such shares except pursuant to a registration or exemption.

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

(please print)

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

7





Exhibit 4.4(b)

 

WARRANT

 

THIS SECURITY AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON CONVERSION OR EXERCISE HEREOF HAVE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AND HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISTRIBUTION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN A FORM SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

 

W-*

 

WARRANT TO PURCHASE SHARES OF CAPITAL STOCK

of

SURGIQUEST, INC.

Void after July 24, 2016

 

This certifies that, for value received, *. (“Holder”) is entitled, subject to the terms set forth below, to purchase from SurgiQuest, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), shares of the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Stock”), upon surrender hereof, at the principal office of the Company referred to below, with the Notice of Exercise in form attached hereto as Appendix I (the “Notice of Exercise”) duly executed, and simultaneous payment therefor in lawful money of the United States or otherwise as hereinafter provided, at an exercise price of $3.948 per share, as may be adjusted pursuant to Section 8 hereof, (the “Exercise Price”). The term “Warrant” as used herein shall include this Warrant and any warrants delivered in substitution or exchange therefor as provided herein.

 

This Warrant is issued in connection with the transactions described in that certain Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 22, 2011 by and among the Company and the Holder (the “Purchase Agreement”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Purchase Agreement.

 

1.                                      Exercise Period. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, this Warrant shall be exercisable, in whole or in part and from time to time, during the term commencing on the date of issuance hereof and ending on July 24, 2016 (the “Expiration Date”).

 

2.                                      Number and Class of Shares. This Warrant grants the Holder the right to purchase, at the Exercise Price, * shares of Stock.

 

3.                                      Exercise of Warrant.

 

(a)                                 The purchase rights represented by this Warrant are exercisable by the Holder in whole or in part, at any time, or from time to time, prior to the Expiration Date by the surrender of this Warrant and the Notice of Exercise, duly completed and executed on behalf of the Holder,

 

1



 

at the office of the Company (or such other office or agency of the Company as it may designate by notice in writing to the Holder at the address of the Holder appearing on the books of the Company), upon payment (i) in cash or by check acceptable to the Company, (ii) by cancellation by the Holder of indebtedness or other obligations of the Company to the Holder, or (iii) by a combination of (i) and (ii), of the purchase price of the shares of Stock to be purchased.

 

(b)                                 Notwithstanding any provisions herein to the contrary, in lieu of exercising this Warrant for cash or cancellation of indebtedness or other obligations, the Holder may elect to receive shares equal to the value (as determined below) of this Warrant (or the portion thereof being canceled) by surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company together with the properly endorsed Notice of Exercise and notice of such election in which event the Company shall issue to the Holder a number of shares of Stock computed using the following formula:

 

X = Y(A-B)

A

 

Where:                                                                                                         X = the number of shares of Stock to be issued to the Holder

 

Y = the number of shares of Stock purchasable under the Warrant or, if only a portion of the Warrant is being exercised, the portion of the Warrant being exercised (at the date of such calculation)

 

A = the fair market value of one share of the Stock (at the date of such calculation)

 

B = Exercise Price

 

For purposes of the above calculation, fair market value of one share of the Stock shall be determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors; provided, however, that where there exists a public market for the shares of Stock at the time of such exercise, the fair market value per share shall be the per-share average of the closing bid and asked prices of the shares of Stock quoted in the Over-The-Counter Market Summary or the last reported per-share sale price of the Stock or the per-share closing price quoted on any exchange on which the shares of Stock are listed, whichever is applicable, as published in the Wall Street Journal, Eastern Edition, for the five (5) trading days prior to the date of determination of fair market value.

 

(c)                                  If not sooner expired, this Warrant shall be deemed to have been exercised immediately prior to the close of business on the date of its surrender for exercise as provided above, and the Person entitled to receive the shares of Stock issuable upon such exercise shall be treated for all purposes as the holder of record of such shares as of the close of business on such date. As promptly as practicable on or after such date and in any event within ten (10) Business Days thereafter, the Company at its expense shall issue and deliver to the Person or Persons entitled to receive the same a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Stock issuable upon such exercise. In the event that this Warrant is exercised in part, the Company at its expense will execute and deliver a new Warrant of like tenor exercisable for the number of shares for which this Warrant may then be exercised.

 

2



 

4.                                      No Fractional Shares. The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of shares of Stock upon exercise of this Warrant. If any fractions of a share would, but for this Section 4, be issuable upon any exercise of this Warrant, in lieu of such fractional share the Company shall pay to the Holder, in cash, an amount equal to the same fraction of the per share Exercise Price.

 

5.                                      Replacement of Warrant. On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company at its expense shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new Warrant of like tenor and amount.

 

6.                                      Rights of Stockholders. This Warrant shall not entitle its Holder to any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company.

 

7.                                      Stock Fully Paid. All of the shares of Stock issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant will, upon issuance and receipt of the Exercise Price therefor, be fully paid and nonassessable with no personal liability attaching to the ownership thereof, and free and clear of all taxes, liens, encumbrances and charges with respect to the issue thereof.

 

8.                                      Adjustment of Exercise Price and Number of Shares. The number and kind of securities purchasable upon the exercise of this Warrant and the Exercise Price therefor shall be subject to adjustment from time to time upon the occurrence of certain events (each, an “Adjustment Event”), as follows:

 

(a)                                 Adjustments for Subdivisions of Stock. If the number of shares of Stock outstanding at any time is increased by a stock dividend payable in shares of Stock or by a subdivision or split up of stock, then the Exercise Price then in effect shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such dividend, subdivision or split up, be proportionately decreased and the number of shares of Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be increased in proportion to such increase of outstanding shares of Stock.

 

(b)                                 Adjustments for Combinations of Stock. If the number of shares of Stock outstanding at any time is decreased by a combination of the outstanding shares of Stock, then the Exercise Price then in effect shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination, be proportionately increased and the number of shares of Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding shares of Stock.

 

3



 

(c)                                  Adjustments for Stock Dividends and Other Distributions. In the event the Company at any time or from time to time makes or fixes a record date for the determination of holders of shares of Stock entitled to receive any distribution (excluding any repurchases of securities by the Company not made on a pro rata basis from all holders of any class of the Company securities) payable in property or in securities of the Company other than shares of Stock, then and in each such event this Warrant shall represent the right to acquire, in addition to the number of shares of Stock receivable upon the exercise of this Warrant, and without payment of any additional consideration therefor, the amount of such property or securities of the Company other than shares of Stock that the Holder would have received with respect to such distribution had it been the holder of record of the shares of Stock on such record date and had thereafter, during the period from the date hereof to and including the date of such exercise, retained such property or securities of the Company other than shares of Stock during such period.

 

(d)                                 Adjustments for Reclassification, Exchange and Substitution. If the shares of Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be changed into the same or a different number of shares of any other class or classes of stock, whether by capital reorganization, reclassification or otherwise (other than a subdivision or combination of shares provided for above) this Warrant shall thereafter be exercisable into, in lieu of the number of shares of Stock which the Holder would otherwise have been entitled to receive, a number of shares of such other class or classes of stock equivalent to the number of shares of Stock that would have been subject to receipt by the Holder upon exercise of this Warrant immediately before that change. In addition, to the extent applicable in any reorganization or recapitalization, provision shall be made so that the Holder of this Warrant shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon exercise of this Warrant the number of shares of stock or other securities or property of the Company or otherwise, to which a holder of shares of Stock deliverable upon exercise would have been entitled on such reorganization or recapitalization.

 

9.                                      Liquidation Transaction. If at any time prior to the Expiration Date there shall occur a Liquidation Transaction (as such term is defined in the Restated Certificate), then, effective as of the consummation of such Liquidation Transaction, this Warrant shall automatically be deemed to be exercised in full in the manner set forth in Section 3(b), without any further action on behalf of the Holder immediately prior to such consummation of such Liquidation Transaction, unless the contractual obligations under this Warrant are expressly assumed by the successor or surviving entity in connection with the Liquidation Transaction. In the event this Warrant is so assumed, the Holder shall thereafter be entitled to receive, upon exercise of this Warrant, the number of shares of stock or other securities of the successor or surviving entity resulting from such Liquidation Transaction as is provided for in the operative documents governing the Liquidation Transaction.

 

10.                               Notice of Certain Events. In the event of an Adjustment Event or a Liquidation Transaction (each, a “Notice Even”), the Company shall deliver to the Holder, at least ten (10) days prior to the expected effective date of such Notice Event, a notice in accordance with Section 7.6 of the Purchase Agreement stating the dates as of which such Notice Event is expected to become effective.

 

4



 

11.                               Amendments; Waivers.

 

(a)                                 Any term of this Warrant may be amended in accordance with Section 7.10 of the Purchase Agreement.

 

(b)                                 No waivers of, or exceptions to, any term, condition or provision of this Warrant, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be, or construed as, a further or continuing waiver of any such term, condition or provision.

 

12.                               Miscellaneous.

 

(a)                                 Governing Law. This Warrant shall be governed by and construed according to the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to its conflicts of law principles.

 

[Signature Page Follows.]

 

5



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant to be executed as of March _, 2011.

 

 

SURGIQUEST, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

Name: Kourosh Azarbarzin

 

Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

 

6



 

APPENDIX I

 

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

TO:                           SurgiQuest, Inc.

12 Cascade Blvd

Orange, CT 06477

Attention: CEO

 

Alternatives: Choose either 1(a) or 1(b).

 

1(a).                       The undersigned hereby elects to purchase                     (leave blank if you choose alternative No. 1(b) below) shares of Stock pursuant to the terms of this Warrant, and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price of such shares in full.

 

1(b).                       In lieu of exercising the attached Warrant for cash or check, the undersigned hereby elects to effect the net issuance provision of Section 4(b) of this Warrant and receive                            (leave blank if you choose Alternative No. 1(a) above) shares of Stock pursuant to the terms of this Warrant. (Initial here if the undersigned elects this alternative).                   .

 

2.                                      Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said shares of Stock in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

 

 

 

 

 

(Name)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Address)

 

 

3.                                      The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the aforesaid shares of Stock are being acquired for the account of the undersigned for investment and not with a view to, or for resale, in connection with the distribution thereof, and that the undersigned has no present intention of distributing or reselling such shares except pursuant to a registration or exemption.

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

(please print)

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

7





Exhibit 4.5

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. SUCH SECURITIES AND ANY SECURITIES ISSUED HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE LAWS.

 

No. WD - 1

Warrant to Purchase 54,672 Shares of Series D

 

Preferred Stock (subject to adjustment)

 

WARRANT TO PURCHASE SERIES D PREFERRED STOCK

of

SURGIQUEST, INC.

Void after SEPTEMBER 28, 2022

 

This certifies that, for value received, Ares Capital Corporation (“ARCC”), or its assigns (“Holder”) is entitled, subject to the terms set forth below, to purchase from SurgiQuest, Inc. (the “Company”), a Delaware corporation, 54,672 shares of the Series D Preferred Stock of the Company (the “Shares”), as constituted on the date hereof (the “Warrant Issue Date”), upon surrender hereof, at the principal office of the Company referred to below, with the subscription form attached hereto duly executed, and simultaneous payment therefor in lawful money of the United States or otherwise as hereinafter provided, at the Exercise Price as set forth in Section 2. The number, character and Exercise Price of such shares of Series D Preferred Stock are subject to adjustment as provided below. The term “Warrant” as used herein shall include this Warrant, and any warrants delivered in substitution or exchange therefor as provided herein. This Warrant is issued in connection with the Loan and Security Agreement (the “Loan Agreement”), made as of September 28, 2012 by and between ARCC and the Company.

 

1.              Term of Warrant. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, this Warrant shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, at any time, or from time to time, during the term commencing on the Warrant Issue Date and ending at 5:00 p.m., Eastern time on September 28, 2022 (the “Expiration Date”), and shall be void thereafter.

 

2.              Exercise Price. The Exercise Price at which this Warrant may be exercised shall be $5.03 per Share, as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Section 13.

 

3.              Exercise of Warrant.

 

(a)         The purchase rights represented by this Warrant are exercisable by the Holder in whole or in part, at any time, or from time to time, during the term hereof as described in Section 1, by the surrender of this Warrant and the Notice of Exercise, annexed hereto as Exhibit

 



 

1, duly completed and executed on behalf of the Holder, at the principal office of the Company (or such other office or agency of the Company as it may designate by notice in writing to the Holder at the address of the Holder appearing on the books of the Company), upon payment (i) in cash or by check acceptable to the Company, (ii) by cancellation by the Holder of indebtedness or other obligations of the Company to the Holder, or (iii) by a combination of (i) and (ii), of the purchase price of the shares to be purchased.

 

(b)         This Warrant shall be deemed to have been exercised immediately prior to the close of business on the date of its surrender for exercise and Holder’s payment as provided herein, and the party entitled to receive the Shares issuable upon such exercise shall be treated for all purposes as the holder of record of such Shares as of the close of business on such date. As promptly as practicable on or after such date and in any event within ten (10) days thereafter, the Company, at its expense, shall issue and deliver to the party or parties entitled to receive the same a certificate or certificates for the number of shares issuable upon such exercise. If this Warrant is exercised in part, the Company, at its expense, will execute and deliver a new Warrant of like tenor exercisable for the number of shares for which this Warrant may then be exercised.

 

(c)          Net Issue Exercise. In lieu of exercising this Warrant as specified in Section 3(a), Holder may from time to time convert this Warrant, in whole or in part, into a number of Shares determined by dividing (a) the aggregate fair market value of the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant minus the aggregate Exercise Price of such Shares by (b) the fair market value of one Share. The Company’s Board of Directors shall determine such fair market value of a Share in good faith; provided, however, that where there exists a public market for the Company’s Common Stock (the “Common Stock”) at the time of such exercise, the fair market value per Share shall be the product of (i) the average of the closing bid and asked prices of the Common Stock quoted in the Over-The-Counter Market Summary or the last reported sale price of the Common Stock or the closing price quoted on the Nasdaq National Market or on any exchange on which the Common Stock is listed, whichever is applicable, as published in the Western Edition of The Wall Street Journal for the five (5) trading days prior to the date of determination of fair market value and (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock in to which each Share is convertible at the time of such exercise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if this Warrant is exercised in connection with the Company’s initial public offering, the fair market value of a Share shall be the offering’s per share offering price to the public multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock in to which each Share is convertible at the time of such offering.

 

4.              No Fractional Shares or Scrip. No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant. In lieu of any fractional share to which the Holder would otherwise be entitled, the Company shall make a cash payment equal to the Exercise Price multiplied by such fraction.

 

5.              Replacement of Warrant. On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender and cancellation of this

 

2



 

Warrant, the Company, at its expense, shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

 

6.              Rights of Stockholders. Subject to Sections 10, 13 and 15, the Holder shall not be entitled to vote or receive dividends or be deemed the holder of Series D Preferred Stock or any other securities of the Company that may at any time be issuable on the exercise hereof for any purpose, nor shall anything contained herein be construed to confer upon the Holder, as such, any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company or any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action (whether upon any recapitalization, issuance of stock, reclassification of stock, change of par value, or change of stock to no par value, consolidation, merger, conveyance, or otherwise) or to receive notice of meetings, or to receive dividends or subscription rights or otherwise until this Warrant shall have been exercised.

 

7.              Transfer of Warrant.

 

(a)         Warrant Register. The Company will maintain a register (the “Warrant Register”) containing the names and addresses of the Holder or Holders. Any Holder of this Warrant or any portion thereof may change such Holder’s address as shown on the Warrant Register by written notice to the Company requesting such change. Any notice or written communication required or permitted to be given to the Holder may be delivered or given by mail to such Holder at the address shown on the Warrant Register. Until this Warrant is transferred on the Warrant Register, the Company may treat the Holder as shown on the Warrant Register as the absolute owner of this Warrant for all purposes, notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.

 

(b)         Warrant Agent. The Company may, by written notice to the Holder, appoint an agent for the purpose of maintaining the Warrant Register, issuing the Series D Preferred Stock or other securities then issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant, exchanging this Warrant, replacing this Warrant, or any or all of the foregoing. Thereafter, any such registration, issuance, exchange, or replacement, as the case may be, shall be made at the office of such agent.

 

(c)          Transferability and Nonnegotiability of Warrant. This Warrant may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including the delivery of investment representation letters reasonably satisfactory to the Company, if such are reasonably requested by the Company). Subject to the provisions of this Warrant with respect to compliance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), title to this Warrant may be transferred by endorsement (by the Holder executing the Assignment Form annexed hereto as Exhibit 2) and delivery in the same manner as a negotiable instrument transferable by endorsement and delivery. This Warrant may be transferred without compliance with the provisions of Section 2 of the Company’s Third Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement dated as of September 27, 2012.

 

(d)         Exchange of Warrant Upon a Transfer. On surrender of this Warrant for exchange, properly endorsed on the Assignment Form and subject to the provisions of this Warrant with respect to compliance with the Act and with the limitations on assignments and

 

3



 

transfers contained in this Section 7, the Company, at its expense, shall issue to or on the order of the Holder a new warrant or warrants of like tenor, in the name of the Holder or as the Holder (on payment by the Holder of any applicable transfer taxes) may direct, for the number of shares issuable upon exercise hereof.

 

(e)          Compliance with Securities Laws.

 

(i)                                     The Holder, by acceptance hereof, acknowledges that this Warrant and the Shares to be issued upon exercise hereof or conversion thereof are being acquired solely for the Holder’s own account and not as a nominee for any other party, and for investment, and that the Holder will not offer, sell or otherwise dispose of this Warrant or any Shares or any Common Stock to be issued upon conversion thereof except under circumstances that will not result in a violation of the Act or any applicable state securities laws. Upon exercise of this Warrant, the Holder shall, if requested by the Company, confirm in writing, in a form satisfactory to the Company, that such Shares or Common Stock so purchased are being acquired solely for the Holder’s own account and not as a nominee for any other party, for investment; and not with a view toward distribution or resale in violation of the Act.

 

(ii)                                  This Warrant and all Shares or Common Stock issued upon exercise hereof or conversion thereof shall be stamped or imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form (in addition to any legend required by state securities laws):

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. SUCH SECURITIES AND ANY SECURITIES ISSUED HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE LAWS.

 

8.              Representations and Warranties of Company. In connection with the transactions provided for herein, the Company hereby represents and warrants to the Holder that:

 

(a)         Organization, Good Standing, and Qualification. The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has all requisite corporate power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted. The Company is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would have a material adverse effect on its business or properties.

 

(b)         Authorization. The Company has all necessary corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Warrant. All corporate action has been taken on the part of the Company, its officers, directors, and stockholders necessary for the Company’s due authorization, execution and delivery of this Warrant and the Company’s

 

4



 

performance of its obligations hereunder. This Warrant has been duly executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights.

 

(c)          Compliance with Other Instruments. The Company’s authorization, execution and delivery of this Warrant, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and the Company’s performance of its obligations hereunder will not (i) violate any judgment, order, decree, injunction, law or regulation applicable to the Company; (ii) violate any term or provision of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation (the “Certificate”) or its Bylaws; (iii) violate, or result in a breach or default under, any other agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound or to which its properties or assets are subject; or (iv) result in the creation of any lien, claim or other encumbrance on any of the property or other assets of the Company.

 

(d)         Valid Issuance of Preferred and Common Stock. The Shares, when issued, sold, and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Warrant for the consideration expressed herein, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and will be issued in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws, and none of such shares will be in violation of any preemptive rights of any party granted by the Company. The issuance and delivery of the shares of Common Stock that are issuable upon conversion of the Shares, if any, when issued and delivered upon such conversion in accordance with the terms of Series D Preferred Stock, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and will be issued in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws, and none of such shares of Common Stock will be in violation of any preemptive rights of any party granted by the Company.

 

9.              Reservation of Stock. During the term of this Warrant, the Company covenants (i) to reserve from its authorized and unissued Series D Preferred Stock a sufficient number of shares to provide for the issuance of Series D Preferred Stock upon the exercise of this Warrant (and shares of its Common Stock for issuance on conversion of such Series D Preferred Stock) and (ii) from time to time, to take all steps necessary to amend the Certificate to provide sufficient reserves of shares of Series D Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and shares of its Common Stock for issuance on conversion of such Series D Preferred Stock). The Company further covenants that all Shares issued upon the exercise of this Warrant and payment of the Exercise Price will be free from all taxes, liens and charges in respect of the issue thereof (other than taxes in respect of any transfer occurring contemporaneously or otherwise specified herein). The Company agrees that its issuance of this Warrant shall constitute full authority to its officers who are charged with the duty of executing stock certificates to execute and issue the necessary certificates for shares of Series D Preferred Stock upon the exercise of this Warrant.

 

10. Notices.

 

(a)         Whenever the Exercise Price or number of Shares is adjusted pursuant to Section 13, the Company shall issue a certificate signed by its Chief Financial Officer setting forth, in reasonable detail, the event requiring the adjustment, the amount of the adjustment, the

 

5



 

method by which such adjustment was calculated, and the Exercise Price and number of Shares purchasable hereunder after giving effect to such adjustment, and shall cause a copy of such certificate to be mailed (by first-class mail, postage prepaid) to the Holder.

 

(b)         In case:

 

(i)                                     the Company shall take a record of the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock (or other stock or securities at the time receivable upon the exercise of this Warrant) for the purpose of entitling them to receive any dividend or other distribution, or any right to subscribe for or purchase any shares of stock of any class or any other securities, or to receive any other right, or

 

(ii)                                  of (a) any sale, license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets (including intellectual property) of the Company, or (b) any reorganization, consolidation, merger, sale of the voting securities of the Company or other transaction or series of related transactions where the holders of the Company’s securities before the transaction or series of related transactions beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the transaction or series of related transactions (an “Acquisition”),

 

(iii)                               of any capital reorganization of the Company or any reclassification of the Company’s capital stock, or

 

(iv)                              of any voluntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Company,

 

then, and in each such case, the Company will mail or cause to be mailed to the Holder or Holders a notice specifying, as the case may be, (A) the date on which a record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution or right, and stating the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right, or (B) the date on which such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, conveyance, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up is to take place, and the time, if any is to be fixed, as of which the holders of record-of Series D Preferred Stock or Common Stock (or such stock or securities at the time receivable upon the exercise of this Warrant) shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Series D Preferred Stock or Common Stock (or such other stock or securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, conveyance, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up. Such notice shall be delivered by overnight delivery no later than the date that notice of such event must be provided to the Company’s stockholders.

 

(c)          All such notices, advices and communications shall be deemed to have been received (i) in the case of personal delivery, on the date of such delivery and (ii) in the case of mailing, on the next business day following the date of such mailing by overnight delivery.

 

11.       Amendments; Waivers.

 

(a)         Any term of this Warrant may be amended or waived with the written consent of the Company and the Holder.

 

6



 

(b)         No waivers of, or exceptions to, any term, condition or provision of this Warrant, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be, or construed as, a further or continuing waiver of any such term, condition or provision.

 

12.       Treatment of Warrant Upon an Acquisition.

 

(a)                                 Holder agrees that, in the event of an Acquisition in which the sole consideration is cash, either (a) Holder shall exercise its conversion or purchase right under this Warrant and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition or (b) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will expire upon the consummation of such Acquisition. The Company shall provide the Holder with written notice relating to the foregoing (together with such reasonable information as the Holder may request in connection with such contemplated Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than ten (10) days prior to the closing of the proposed Acquisition.

 

(b)                                 In the event of an Acquisition in which the consideration is other than cash, the Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause (i) the acquirer of the Company, (ii) the successor or surviving entity, or (iii) the parent entity (the “Acquirer”) to assume this Warrant as a part of the Acquisition. If the Acquirer assumes this Warrant, then this Warrant shall be exercisable for the same securities, cash, and property as would be payable for the Shares issuable upon exercise hereof as if such Shares were outstanding on the record date for the Acquisition and subsequent closing. The Exercise Price shall be adjusted accordingly, and the Exercise Price, and number and class of the shares received shall continue to be subject to adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions hereof.

 

(c)                                  If the Acquirer refuses to assume this Warrant in connection with the Acquisition, the Company shall give the Holder written notice at least 10 Business Days prior to the closing of the Acquisition of such refusal. In such event, notwithstanding any other provision of this Warrant to the contrary, if the Acquirer refuses to assume this Warrant in connection with such Acquisition, other than in connection with an Excluded Acquisition (as defined below), then the Holder shall have the option to elect (i) that the Exercise Price be adjusted, without further action of any party, to $0.01 per share or (ii) to put this Warrant to the Company for a per Share amount equal to three times the Exercise Price. As used herein, an “Excluded Acquisition” means, an Acquisition where the consideration that the holders of the Shares are entitled to receive on account of the Shares consists entirely of cash and/or securities that are publicly traded on a national exchange and where the shares, if any, receivable by the Holder of this Warrant were the Holder to exercise this Warrant in full immediately prior to the closing of such Acquisition may be publicly re-sold by the Holder in their entirety within the three (3) months following such closing pursuant to Rule 144 or an effective registration statement under the Act.

 

13.       Adjustments. The Exercise Price and the number of Shares purchasable hereunder are subject to adjustment from time to time as follows:

 

13.1                        Conversion or Redemption of Series D Preferred Stock. If all of the Series D Preferred Stock is, or if outstanding would be, at any time prior to the expiration of this

 

7



 

Warrant, redeemed or converted into shares of Common Stock in accordance with Article IV.B(4) of the Certificate, then this Warrant shall become immediately exercisable for that number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of shares of the Common Stock that would have been received if this Warrant had been exercised in full and the Series D Preferred Stock received thereupon had been simultaneously converted immediately prior to such event, and the Exercise Price shall immediately be adjusted to equal the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the aggregate Exercise Price of the maximum number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock for which this Warrant was exercisable immediately prior to such conversion or redemption, by (y) the number of shares of Common Stock for which this Warrant is exercisable immediately after such conversion or redemption.

 

13.2                        Reclassification, etc. If the Company, by reclassification of securities or otherwise, changes any of the securities as to which purchase rights under this Warrant exist into the same or a different number of securities of any other class or classes, this Warrant shall thereafter represent the right to acquire such number and kind of securities as would have been issuable as the result of such change with respect to the securities that were subject to the purchase rights under this Warrant immediately prior to such reclassification or other change and the Exercise Price therefor shall be appropriately adjusted, all subject to further adjustment as provided in this Section 13. No adjustment shall be made pursuant to this Section 13.2, upon any conversion or redemption of the Series D Preferred Stock which is the subject of Section 13.1.

 

13.3                        Split, Subdivision or Combination of Shares. If the Company at any time while this Warrant, or any portion hereof, remains outstanding and unexpired shall split, subdivide or combine the securities as to which purchase rights under this Warrant exist, into a different number of securities of the same class, the Exercise Price for such securities shall be proportionately decreased in the case of a split or subdivision and proportionately increased in the case of a combination and the number of Shares subject hereto shall be proportionately adjusted.

 

13.4                        Adjustments for Dividends in Stock or Other Securities or Property. If the holders of the securities as to which purchase rights under this Warrant exist at the time shall have received, or, on or after the record date fixed for the determination of eligible stockholders, shall have become entitled to receive, without payment therefor, other or additional stock or other securities or property of the Company by way of dividend, then and in each case, this Warrant shall represent the right to acquire, in addition to the number of Shares receivable upon exercise of this Warrant, and without payment of any additional consideration therefor, the amount of such other or additional stock or other securities or property of the Company that such holder would hold on the date of such exercise had it been the holder of record of the security receivable upon exercise of this Warrant on the date hereof and had thereafter, during the period from the date hereof to and including the date of such exercise, retained such shares and/or all other additional stock available by it as aforesaid during such period, giving effect to all adjustments called for during such period by the provisions of this Section 13.

 

13.5                        Adjustment for Pay-to-Play Transaction. If the Certificate provides, or is amended to provide, for the amendment or modification of the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series D Preferred Stock, or the reclassification, conversion or exchange of the Series D Preferred Stock, if a holder thereof fails to participate fully in an equity financing transaction (a

 

8



 

“Pay-to-Play Provision”), and if such Pay-to-Play Provision becomes operative, this Warrant shall automatically and without further action of the Holder become exercisable for that number and type of shares of equity securities as would have been issued or exchanged, or would have remained outstanding, in respect of the Shares issuable hereunder had this Warrant been exercised in full prior to such event, and had the Holder participated in the equity financing transaction to the maximum extent permitted.

 

13.6                        Adjustments for Dilutive Issuances. Without duplication of any adjustment otherwise provided for in this Section 15, the number and price of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares shall be subject to anti-dilution adjustment from time to time in the manner set forth in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation as if the Shares were issued and outstanding on and as of the date of any such required adjustment. Any such anti-dilution adjustment may be amended, modified, or waived, without the prior written consent of the Holder, provided the such amendment, modification, or waiver affects the rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the same series and class.

 

13.7                        Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment pursuant to this Section 13, the Company, at its expense, shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to the Holder a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Company shall, upon the Holder’s written request, at any time, furnish or cause to be furnished to the Holder a like certificate setting forth: (i) such adjustments and readjustments; (ii) the Exercise Price at the time in effect; and (iii) the number of shares and the amount, if any, of other property that at the time would be received upon the exercise of this Warrant.

 

13.8                        No Impairment. The Company will not, by any voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms it is to observe or perform hereunder, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this Section 13 and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the Holder’s rights against impairment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not have been deemed to have impaired Holder’s rights hereunder if it either (i) amends the Certificate or its Bylaws to effect any changes to, or waivers of, the rights, preferences, privileges or restrictions associated with the Shares acquirable hereunder in the same manner as such rights, preferences, privileges or restrictions associated with the same series and class of stock as such shares are changed or waived or (ii) authorizes or issues shares of the Company’s capital stock that are on parity with, or senior to, the shares of the Series D Preferred Stock and the same series and class of stock as such shares with respect to liquidation, dividend, redemption or other rights.

 

14.       Registration Rights. The shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares shall have the same registration rights as are set forth in the Third Amended Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of September 27, 2012, between the Company and certain of its stockholders, as from time to time in effect (the “Registration Rights Agreement”). Notwithstanding Section 1.12 of such Registration Rights Agreement, Holder may transfer this Warrant to an Affiliated Fund (as defined in such Registration Rights Agreement) without

 

9



 

affecting the registration rights granted herein, regardless of whether the transferee or assignee holds at least 5% of the Registrable Securities of the Company then outstanding. No amendments or waivers may be made to the Registration Rights Agreement which would have an adverse impact on the Holder’s registration rights thereunder in a manner different from the other holders of registration rights thereunder.

 

15.       Information. So long as the Holder holds this Warrant and/or any of the Shares, the Company shall deliver to the Holder (a) promptly, copies of all notices or other written communications to which the Holder would be entitled if it held Shares as to which this Warrant was then exercisable, (b) such other financial statements required under the Loan Agreement, or if the Loan Agreement has terminated or expired, then within 45 days after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year, the Company’s quarterly, unaudited financial statements and within 180 days after the end of each fiscal year, the Company’s annual, audited financial statements, and (c) such other information as the Holder may reasonably request that is required for the purpose of valuing this Warrant. In the event of an equity financing transaction by the Company, the Company shall deliver to the Holder notice of such equity financing, together with a copy of all material information delivered to the offerees and purchasers thereunder in connection with such transaction, including capitalization tables and information relating to the valuation of the Company.

 

16.       Automatic Conversion upon Expiration. If on the Expiration Date or earlier termination of this Warrant, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 3(c) is greater than the Exercise Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be converted pursuant to Section 3(c) as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised or converted, and the Company shall promptly deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such conversion to the Holder.

 

17.       Enforcement. The Company stipulates that the Holder’s remedies at law in the event of any default or threatened default by the Company hereof are not and will not be adequate to the fullest extent permitted by law, and that such terms may be specifically enforced by a decree for the specific performance of any agreement contained herein or by an injunction against a violation of any of the terms.

 

18.       Descriptive Headings and Governing Law. The description headings of the several sections and paragraphs of this Warrant are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Warrant. This Warrant shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the parties shall be governed by, the laws of the State of New York without regard to conflicts of law provisions.

 

10


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Warrant as of the date set forth below.

 

Dated: September 28, 2012

 

 

Ares Capital Corporation

 

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Scott Lem

 

By:

/s/ Kourosh Azarbarzin

 

Name:

Scott Lem

 

 

Name:

Kourosh Azarbarzin

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

Title:

CEO

 

11



 

EXHIBIT 1: NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

To:          SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

(1)   The Holder hereby (A) elects to purchase                  shares of Series D Preferred Stock of SurgiQuest, Inc., pursuant to the provisions of Section 3(a) of the attached Warrant, and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price for such shares in full, or (B) elects to exercise this Warrant for the purchase of                    shares of Series D Preferred Stock, pursuant to the provisions of Section 3(c) of the attached Warrant.

 

(2)   In exercising this Warrant, Holder hereby acknowledges and agrees that (A) the shares of Series D Preferred Stock or the Common Stock to be issued upon conversion thereof are being acquired solely for the account of the Holder and not as a nominee for any other party, and for investment, and that the Holder will not offer, sell or otherwise dispose of any such shares of Series D Preferred Stock or Common Stock except under circumstances that will not result in a violation of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any applicable state securities laws, and (B) this Notice of Exercise shall not take effect unless and until Holder, as specified below, executes and delivers joinder agreements in the form of Appendices A, B, and C, attached hereto and in a form satisfactory to the Company.

 

(3)   Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said shares of Series D Preferred Stock in the name specified below:

 

Holder’s Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

(4)   Please issue a new Warrant for the unexercised portion of the attached Warrant in the name specified below:

 

Holder’s Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

Acknowledged and Agreed,

 

 

 

Holder:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

12



 

APPENDIX A TO THE NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

JOINDER AND AGREEMENT TO BE BOUND

TO

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

The undersigned hereby agrees to be bound by all of the terms and conditions, as an Investor and a Holder of Series D Preferred Stock, under that certain Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of September 27, 2012, by and among SurgiQuest, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the Investors listed on Exhibits A, B, C and D thereto, as amended (the “Investors’ Rights Agreement”). This Joinder and Agreement to be Bound (this “Agreement”) shall become an integral part of, and the undersigned shall become a party to and bound by, the Investors’ Rights Agreement upon execution and delivery of this Agreement to, and its countersignature by, the Company. The undersigned shall be listed as a “Series D Purchaser” on Exhibit D to the Investors’ Rights Agreement.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed by or on behalf of the undersigned as of the date set forth below.

 

Date:

 

 

[                                    ]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accepted and Agreed:

 

Address:

 

 

[                           ]

SURGIQUEST, INC.

 

[                           ]

 

 

[                           ]

 

 

Attention:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

13



 

APPENDIX B TO THE NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

JOINDER AND AGREEMENT TO BE BOUND

TO

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

AND CO-SALE AGREEMENT

 

The undersigned hereby agrees to be bound by all of the terms and conditions, as an Investor and holder of Series D Preferred Stock, under that certain Third Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement, dated as of September 27, 2012, by and among SurgiQuest, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the Investors listed on Exhibits A, B, C and D thereto and the Founders and Key Common Holders listed on Exhibit A thereto, as amended (the “ROFR Agreement”). This Joinder and Agreement to be Bound (this “Agreement”) shall become an integral part of, and the undersigned shall become a party to and bound by, the ROFR Agreement upon execution and delivery of this Agreement to, and its countersignature by, the Company. The undersigned shall be listed as a “Series D Purchaser” on Exhibit D to the ROFR Agreement.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed by or on behalf of the undersigned as of the date set forth below.

 

Date:

 

 

[                                    ]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accepted and Agreed:

 

Address:

 

 

[                           ]

SURGIQUEST, INC.

 

[                           ]

 

 

[                           ]

 

 

Attention:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

14



 

APPENDIX C TO THE NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

JOINDER AND AGREEMENT TO BE BOUND

TO

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED VOTING AGREEMENT

 

The undersigned hereby agrees to be bound by all of the terms and conditions, as an Investor and Party holding Series D Preferred Stock, under that certain Third Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, dated as of September 27, 2012, by and among SurgiQuest, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the Investors listed on Exhibits A, B, C and D thereto and the Common Holders listed on Exhibit E thereto, as amended (the “Voting Agreement”). This Joinder and Agreement to be Bound (this “Agreement”) shall become an integral part of, and the undersigned shall become a party to and bound by, the Voting Agreement upon execution and delivery of this Agreement to, and its countersignature by, the Company. The undersigned shall be listed as a “Series D Purchaser” on Exhibit D to the Voting Agreement.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed by or on behalf of the undersigned as of the date set forth below.

 

Date:

 

 

[                                    ]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accepted and Agreed:

 

Address:

 

 

[                           ]

SURGIQUEST, INC.

 

[                           ]

 

 

[                           ]

 

 

Attention:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

15



 

EXHIBIT 2: ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the Holder of this Warrant hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto the Assignee named below all of the rights and obligations of the Holder under the Warrant to purchase the number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock (or Common Stock as applicable) set forth below:

 

Name of Assignee

 

Address

 

No. of Shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Holder hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints                         Attorney to make such transfer on the books of SurgiQuest, Inc. maintained for the purpose, with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

The Holder also represents that, by assignment hereof, the Assignee acknowledges that this Warrant and the shares of stock to be issued upon exercise hereof are being acquired for investment and that the Assignee will not offer, sell or otherwise dispose of this Warrant or any such shares except under circumstances which will not result in a violation of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any applicable state securities laws. Further, the Assignee acknowledges that upon exercise of this Warrant, the Assignee shall, if requested by the Company, confirm in writing, in a form satisfactory to the Company, that the shares of stock so purchased are being acquired for investment and not with a view toward distribution or resale.

 

 

Acknowledged and Agreed,

 

 

 

Holder:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

Assignee:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

16





Exhibit 10.2

 

SURGIQUEST, INC.

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

2006 STOCK PLAN

 

(Amended and Restated as of June 12, 2007)

 

I. GENERAL

 

1.                   Purpose.

 

The purpose of this Amended and Restated 2006 Stock Plan (the “Plan”) is to secure for SurgiQuest, Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with its parent and any subsidiary thereof, the “Corporation”) and its stockholders the benefits arising from capital stock ownership by employees, officers and directors of, and consultants or advisors to, the Corporation who are expected to contribute to the Corporation’s future growth and success. The Plan permits grants of options to purchase shares of Common Stock and awards of Restricted Shares. Those provisions of the Plan which make express reference to Section 422 of the Code shall apply only to Incentive Stock Options. Capitalized but otherwise undefined terms herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in Section 29 hereof.

 

2.                   Plan Administration; General.

 

(a)              Administration. The Plan will be administered by the Board of Directors, whose construction and interpretation of the terms and provisions of the Plan shall be final and conclusive. The Board of Directors may in its discretion grant Restricted Shares and options to purchase shares of Common Stock and issue shares upon exercise of such options as provided in the Plan. The Board of Directors shall have authority, subject to the express provisions of the Plan, to construe the respective option and Restricted Share agreements and the Plan, to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, to determine the terms and provisions of the respective option and Restricted Share agreements, and to make all other determinations in the judgment of the Board of Directors necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan. The Board of Directors may correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or in any option or Restricted Share agreement in the manner and to the extent it shall deem expedient to carry the Plan into effect and it shall be the sole and final judge of such expediency. No director or person acting pursuant to authority delegated by the Board of Directors shall be liable for any action or determination under the Plan made in good faith. The Board of Directors may, to the full extent permitted by or consistent with applicable laws or regulations (including, without limitation, applicable state law and Rule 16b-3), delegate any or all of its powers under the Plan to a committee (the “Committee”) appointed by the Board of Directors, and if the Committee is so appointed, all references to the Board of Directors in the Plan shall mean and relate to such Committee with respect to the powers so delegated.

 

(b)              Options or Restricted Share Awards to Directors. Any director to whom an option or Restricted Share award is granted shall be ineligible to vote upon his option or Restricted Share

 



 

grant, but such option or Restricted Share grant may be awarded to any such director by a vote of the remainder of the directors, except as limited below.

 

(c)               Applicability of Rule 16b-3. Those provisions of the Plan which make express reference to Rule 16b-3 shall apply to the Corporation only at such time as the Corporation’s Common Stock is registered under the Exchange Act, and then only to such persons as are required to file reports under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act (a “Reporting Person”).

 

(d)              Compliance with Section 162(m) of the Code. Section 162(m) of the Code generally limits the tax deductibility to publicly held companies of compensation in excess of $1,000,000 paid to certain “covered employees” (“Covered Employees”). It is the Corporation’s intention to preserve the deductibility of such compensation to the extent it is reasonably practicable and to the extent it is consistent with the Corporation’s compensation objectives. For purposes of this Plan, Covered Employees of the Corporation shall be those employees of the Corporation described in Section 162(m)(3) of the Code.

 

(e)               Special Provisions Applicable to Non-Statutory Options Granted to Covered Employees. In order for the full value of Non-Statutory Options granted to Covered Employees to be deductible by the Corporation for federal income tax purposes, the Corporation may intend for such Non-Statutory Options to be treated as “qualified performance based compensation” as described in Treasury Regulation § 1.162-27(e) (or any successor regulation). In such case, Non-Statutory Options granted to Covered Employees shall be subject to the following additional requirements:

 

(i)                                          such options and rights shall be granted only by the Board of Directors; and

 

(ii)                                       the exercise price of such options shall in no event be less than the Fair Market Value (as defined in Section 16) of the Common Stock as of the date of grant of such options.

 

3.  Eligibility.

 

(a)              General. Options and Restricted Shares may be granted to persons who are, at the time of grant in a Business Relationship with the Corporation; provided that Incentive Stock Options may only be granted to individuals who are employees of the Corporation (within the meaning of Section 3401(c) of the Code). A person who has been granted an option or Restricted Shares (each, a “Participant”) may, if otherwise eligible, be granted additional options or Restricted Shares if the Board of Directors shall so determine. For purposes of this Plan, the Business Relationship is considered as continuing during a period in which a Participant is on military or sick leave or other bona fide leave of absence, as long as the leave does not exceed 90 days; provided, however, that a leave that lasts longer than 90 days will not be considered an interruption of the Business Relationship if such Participant’s right to resume the Business Relationship is guaranteed by contract or statute.

 

(b)              Grant of Options to Reporting Persons. From and after the registration of the Common Stock of the Corporation under the Exchange Act, the selection of a director or an officer who is a Reporting Person (as the terms “director” and “officer” are defined for purposes of Rule 16b-3) as a Participant, the timing of the option or Restricted Share grant, the exercise

 

2



 

price of the option and the number of Restricted Shares or shares subject to the option shall be determined either (i) by the Board of Directors, or (ii) by a committee consisting of two or more Non-Employee Directors having full authority to act in the matter.

 

4.  Stock Subject to Plan.

 

The Restricted Shares or the stock subject to options granted under the Plan shall be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 19 below, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock which may be issued and sold under the Plan is Six Hundred Fifteen Thousand (615,000) shares. If any Restricted Shares are reacquired by the Corporation or forfeited or if an option granted under the Plan shall expire, terminate or is canceled for any reason without having been exercised in full, the forfeited Restricted Shares or unpurchased shares subject to such option shall again be available for subsequent option or Restricted Share grants under the Plan.

 

5.  Option and Restricted Share Agreements.

 

(a)              Agreements. As a condition to the grant of Restricted Shares or an option under the Plan, each Participant shall execute a Restricted Share or an option agreement in such form not inconsistent with the Plan as may be approved by the Board of Directors. Such option or Restricted Share agreements may differ among Participants.

 

(b)              Additional Provisions. The Board of Directors may include, in option or Restricted Share agreements, provisions regarding, without limitation, restrictions on transfer, repurchase rights, rights of first refusal, commitments to pay cash bonuses, to make, arrange for or guaranty loans or to transfer other property to Participants upon exercise of options, or such other provisions as shall be determined by the Board of Directors; provided that such provisions shall not be inconsistent with any other term or condition of the Plan and such provisions shall not cause any Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan to fail to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

 

II. OPTIONS

 

6.  Types of Options.

 

Options granted pursuant to the Plan shall be authorized by action of the Board of Directors of the Corporation and may be either Incentive Stock Options or Non-Statutory Options.

 

7.  Purchase of Options.

 

(a)              Exercise Price. The exercise price per share of stock deliverable upon the exercise of an option shall be determined by the Board of Directors at the time of grant of such option; provided, however, that in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the exercise price shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of such stock at the time of grant of such option, or less than 110% of such Fair Market Value in the case of options described in Section 14(b); and provided, further, that in the case of a Non-Statutory Option the exercise price shall not be less than 50% of the Fair Market Value of such stock at the time of grant of such option.

 

3



 

(b)              Payment of Exercise Price. Options granted under the Plan may provide for the payment of the exercise price by delivery of cash or a check to the order of the Corporation in an amount equal to the exercise price of such options, or, to the extent provided in the applicable option agreement, (i) by delivery to the Corporation of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation having a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal in amount to the exercise price of the options being exercised, (ii) by any other means (including, without limitation, by delivery of a promissory note of the Participant payable on such terms as are specified by the Board of Directors) which the Board of Directors determines are consistent with the purpose of the Plan and with applicable laws and regulations (including, without limitation, the provisions of Rule 16b-3 and Regulation T promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board), or (iii) by any combination of such methods of payment.

 

(c)          Cashless Exercise. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 7(b) to the contrary, if approved by the Board of Directors and if the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock of the Corporation is greater than the exercise price on the date of exercise, in lieu of paying the exercise price in cash, a Participant may elect upon exercise to receive that number of shares of Common Stock equal to the value (as determined below) of a share to be exercised minus the exercise price by delivering notice of such election to the Corporation, in which event the Corporation shall issue to such Participant a number of shares of Common Stock computed using the following formula:

 

X = Y(A-B)

A

 

Where                                     X = the number of shares of Common Stock to be issued to such Participant

Y = the number of shares to be exercised

A = the Fair Market Value of one share of the Corporation’s Common Stock (at the date of exercise)

B = exercise price (as adjusted to the date of such calculation).

 

8.  Exercise of Options.

 

(a)         Timing; Acceleration; Extension. Each option granted under the Plan shall be exercisable either in full or in installments at such time or times and during such period as shall be set forth in the option agreement evidencing such option, subject to the provisions of the Plan. No option granted to a Reporting Person for purposes of the Exchange Act, however, shall be exercisable during the first six (6) months after the date of grant. Subject to the requirements in the immediately preceding sentence, if an option is not at the time of grant immediately exercisable, the Board of Directors may: (i) in the option agreement, provide for the acceleration of the exercise date or dates of the subject option upon the occurrence of specified events; (ii) at any time prior to the complete termination of an option, accelerate the date or dates on which all or any particular option or options granted under the Plan may be exercised, unless such acceleration would violate Section 422D of the Code; and/or (iii) extend the date or dates on which all or any particular option or options granted under the Plan may be exercised, unless such extension would cause the Plan to fail to comply with Section 422 of the Code or with Rule 16b-3 (if applicable).

 

4



 

(b)         Expiration of Options. Subject to earlier termination as provided in the Plan, each option and all rights thereunder shall expire on such date as determined by the Board of Directors and set forth in the applicable option agreement; provided that such date shall not be later than ten (10) years after the date on which the option is granted.

 

9.  Nontransferability of Options.

 

No option granted under this Plan may be assigned or otherwise transferred by any Participant except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order as defined in the Code or Title I of ERISA, or the rules thereunder. An option may be exercised during the lifetime of a Participant only by such Participant. If any Participant should attempt to dispose of or encumber his options, other than in accordance with the applicable terms of this Plan or the applicable option agreement, his interest in such options shall terminate.

 

10. Effect of Termination of Business Relationship, Death or Disability on Non-Statutory Options.

 

(a)              Termination of Business Relationship; Death or Disability. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, a Participant may exercise an option (but only to the extent such option was exercisable at the time of termination of such Participant’s Business Relationship with the Corporation) at any time within three (3) months following the termination of such Participant’s Business Relationship with the Corporation or within one (1) year if such termination was due to the death or disability of such Participant, but, in no event later than the expiration date of the option.

 

(b)              Termination for Cause or Upon Breach. If the termination of a Participant’s Business Relationship is for Cause, except as otherwise provided in the applicable option agreement or other Corporate Agreement, all outstanding options shall expire immediately upon such termination. The Board of Directors shall have the power to determine whether a Participant has been terminated for Cause and the date upon which such termination for Cause occurs. Any such determinations shall be final and conclusive and binding upon the Participant. In addition to the foregoing, all outstanding options shall expire immediately, if, at any time following termination of the Business Relationship, a Participant breaches any Corporate Agreement that survives termination of such Business Relationship.

 

11. Suspension of Option.

 

The Corporation may suspend for a reasonable period or periods the time during which any option granted pursuant to the Plan may be exercised if, in the opinion of the Corporation, such suspension is required to enable the Corporation to remain in compliance with regulatory requirements relating to the issuance of shares of Common Stock. If at any time the Corporation shall determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of the shares of Common Stock reserved for options upon any securities exchange or under any state or federal law, or the consent or approval of any government regulatory body, is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the granting or exercise of an option or the issue or purchase of shares under an option, the option may not be exercised in whole or in part until such listing,

 

5



 

registration, qualification, consent or approval shall have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Corporation. The Corporation shall be under no obligation to effect or obtain any such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval if the Corporation shall determine, in its discretion, that such action would not be in the best interest of the Corporation. The Corporation shall not be liable for damages due to a delay in the delivery or issuance of any stock certificates for any reason whatsoever, including, but not limited to, a delay caused by listing, registration or qualification of the shares of Common Stock subject to an option upon any securities exchange or under any federal or state law or the effecting or obtaining of any consent or approval of any governmental body with respect to the granting or exercise of an option or the issue or purchase of shares under an option.

 

12. Cancellation and New Grant of Options, Etc.

 

The Board of Directors shall have the authority to, at any time and from time to time, with the consent of the affected Participants: (i) cancel any or all outstanding options under the Plan and the grant in substitution therefor new options under the Plan covering the same or different numbers of shares of Common Stock and having the same or different exercise price, or (ii) amend the terms of any and all outstanding options under the Plan to provide for a different exercise price.

 

13. Rights as a Stockholder.

 

A Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares covered by any option (including, without limitation, any rights to receive dividends or non-cash distributions with respect to such shares) until the date of issue of a stock certificate to him for such shares. No adjustment shall be made for dividends or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such stock certificate is issued.

 

14. Incentive Stock Options.

 

Options granted under the Plan which are intended to be Incentive Stock Options shall be subject to the following additional terms and conditions:

 

(a)              Express Designation. All Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan shall, at the time of grant, be specifically designated as such in the option agreement covering such Incentive Stock Options.

 

(b)              10% Stockholder. If any employee to whom an Incentive Stock Option is to be granted under the Plan is, at the time of the grant of such option, the owner of stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Corporation (after taking into account the attribution of stock ownership rules of Section 424(d) of the Code), then the following special provisions shall be applicable to the Incentive Stock Option granted to such individual:

 

(i)                                     The purchase price per share of the Common Stock subject to such Incentive Stock Option shall not be less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock at the time of grant; and

 

6



 

(ii)                                  the option exercise period shall not exceed five (5) years from the date of grant.

 

(c)               Dollar Limitation. For so long as the Code shall so provide, options granted to any employee under the Plan (and any other incentive stock option plans of the Corporation) that are intended to constitute Incentive Stock Options shall not constitute Incentive Stock Options to the extent that such options, in the aggregate, become exercisable for the first time in any one (1) calendar year for shares of Common Stock with an aggregate Fair Market Value, as of the respective date or dates of grant, of more than $100,000 (or such other limitations as the Code may provide).

 

(d)              Termination of Employment, Death or Disability. No Incentive Stock Option may be exercised unless, at the time of such exercise, the Participant causing such exercise is, and has been continuously since the date of grant of his option, employed by the Corporation, except that:

 

(i)                                     an Incentive Stock Option may be exercised (to the extent such option was exercisable at the time of termination of the Participant’s employment with the Corporation) within the period of three (3) months after the date the Participant ceases to be an employee of the Corporation (or within such lesser period as may be specified in the applicable option agreement), provided, that the option agreement may designate a longer exercise period and that the exercise after such three (3) month period shall be treated as the exercise of a Non-Statutory Option under the Plan and provided, further, that if the termination of the Participant’s employment is for Cause, except as provided in any applicable option agreement or other Corporate Agreement, all outstanding options shall expire immediately upon such termination. The Board of Directors shall have the power to determine whether a Participant has been terminated for Cause and the date upon which such termination for Cause occurs. Any such determinations shall be final and conclusive and binding upon such Participant. In addition to the foregoing, all outstanding options shall expire immediately, if, at any time following termination of employment with the Corporation, such Participant breaches any Corporate Agreement that survives termination of the Business Relationship;

 

(ii)                                  if a Participant dies while in the employ of the Corporation or if a Participant dies within three (3) months after such Participant ceases to be an employee, the Incentive Stock Option may be exercised by the person to whom it is transferred by will or the laws of descent and distribution within the period of one (1) year after the date of death (or within such lesser period as may be specified in the applicable option agreement); and

 

(iii)                               if a Participant becomes disabled (within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code or any successor provisions thereto) while in the employ of the Corporation, the Incentive Stock Option may be exercised within the period of one (1) year after the date such Participant ceases to be an employee because of such disability (or within such lesser period as may be specified in the applicable option agreement).

 

7



 

For all purposes of the Plan and any option granted hereunder, “employment” shall be defined in accordance with the provisions of Treasury Regulation 1.421-7(h) (or any successor regulation). Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, no Incentive Stock Option may be exercised after its expiration date.

 

III. RESTRICTED SHARES

 

15. Restricted Shares.

 

(a)              Awards. The Board of Directors may from time to time in its discretion award Restricted Shares to individuals or entities in a Business Relationship with the Corporation and may determine the number of Restricted Shares awarded and the terms and conditions thereof including the amount of payment, if any, to be made by a Participant for such Restricted Shares.

 

(b)              Restricted Period; Lapse of Restrictions. At the time an award of Restricted Shares is made, the Board of Directors shall establish a period of time (the “Restricted Period”) applicable to such award which shall not be less than one (1) year nor more than ten (10) years. Each award of Restricted Shares may have a different Restricted Period. In lieu of establishing a Restricted Period, the Board of Directors may establish restrictions based only on the achievement of specified performance measures. At the time an award is made, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion, prescribe conditions for the incremental lapse of restrictions during the Restricted Period and for the lapse of restrictions upon the occurrence of other conditions in addition to or other than the expiration of the Restricted Period with respect to all or any portion of the Restricted Shares. Such conditions may include, without limitation, the death or disability of a Participant, retirement of a Participant, termination by the Corporation of a Participant’s Business Relationship other than for Cause, or the occurrence of a Change of Control. Such conditions may also include performance measures, which, in the case of an award of Restricted Shares to a Covered Employee, shall be based on one or more of the following criteria: earnings per share, market value per share, return on invested capital, return on operating assets and return on equity. The Board of Directors may also, in its discretion, shorten or terminate the Restricted Period or waive any conditions for the lapse of restrictions with respect to all or any portion of the Restricted Shares at any time after the date the award is made.

 

(c)               Rights of Holder; Limitations Thereon. Upon an award of Restricted Shares, a stock certificate representing the number of Restricted Shares awarded shall be registered in the name of the Participant granted such Restricted Shares and, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, will be either delivered to such Participant with an appropriate legend or held in custody by the Corporation or a bank for such Participant’s account. A Participant shall generally have the rights and privileges of a stockholder as to such Restricted Shares, including the right to vote such Restricted Shares, except that the following restrictions shall apply: (i) with respect to each Restricted Share, a Participant shall not be entitled to delivery of an unlegended certificate until the expiration or termination of the Restricted Period, and the satisfaction of any other conditions prescribed by the Board of Directors relating to such Restricted Share; (ii) with respect to each Restricted Share, such share may not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, or otherwise encumbered or disposed of until the expiration of the Restricted Period and the satisfaction of any other conditions prescribed by the Board of Directors, relating to such Restricted Share (except, subject to the provisions of the Participant’s stock restriction agreement, by will or the

 

8


 

laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order as defined by the Code or Title I of ERISA or the rules promulgated thereunder); and (iii) all of the Restricted Shares as to which restrictions have not at the time lapsed shall be forfeited and all rights of a Participant to such Restricted Shares shall terminate without further obligation on the part of the Corporation unless such Participant has maintained a Business Relationship with the Corporation until the expiration or termination of the Restricted Period and the satisfaction of any other conditions prescribed by the Board of Directors applicable to such Restricted Shares. Upon the forfeiture of any Restricted Shares, such forfeited shares shall be transferred to the Corporation without further action by the Participant. At the discretion of the Board of Directors, cash and stock dividends with respect to the Restricted Shares may be either currently paid or withheld by the Corporation for the Participant’s account, and interest may be paid on the amount of cash dividends withheld at a rate and subject to such terms as determined by the Board of Directors. A Participant shall have the same rights and privileges, and be subject to the same restrictions, with respect to any shares received pursuant to Section 19 hereof.

 

(d)     Delivery of Unrestricted Shares. Upon the expiration or termination of the Restricted Period and the satisfaction of any other conditions prescribed by the Board of Directors, the restrictions applicable to the Restricted Shares shall lapse and a stock certificate for the number of Restricted Shares with respect to which the restrictions have lapsed shall be delivered, free of all such restrictions, except any that may be imposed by this Plan or by law including without limitation securities laws, to the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary or estate, as the case may be. The Corporation shall not be required to deliver any fractional share of Common Stock but will pay, in lieu thereof, the Fair Market Value (determined as of the date the restrictions lapse) of such fractional share to the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary or estate, as the case may be.

 

IV. FAIR MARKET VALUE

 

16. Fair Market Value.

 

“Fair Market Value” of a share of Common Stock of the Corporation as of a specified date for the purposes of the Plan shall mean the closing price of a share of the Common Stock on the principal securities exchange on which such shares are traded on the day immediately preceding the date as of which Fair Market Value is being determined, or on the next preceding date on which such shares are traded if no shares were traded on such immediately preceding day, or if the shares are not traded on a securities exchange, Fair Market Value shall be deemed to be the average of the high bid and low asked prices of the shares in the over-the-counter market on the day immediately preceding the date as of which Fair Market Value is being determined or on the next preceding date on which such high bid and low asked prices were recorded. If the shares are not publicly traded, Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock (including in the case of any repurchase of shares, any distributions with respect thereto which would be repurchased with the shares) shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors. In no case shall Fair Market Value be determined with regard to restrictions other than restrictions which, by their terms, will never lapse.

 

9



 

V. MISCELLANEOUS

 

17. Compliance with Corporate Agreements.

 

(a)              Except in accordance with any and all applicable Corporate Agreements, no Participant may Transfer his shares of Common Stock or any interest in such shares of Common Stock to any person or entity without the prior written consent of the Corporation. The Corporation may place an appropriate legend on the share certificates issued pursuant to this Plan to reflect the restrictions imposed by this Plan and applicable securities laws.

 

(b)              No Participant holding shares of Common Stock may make any Transfer, or enter into, consent to, or vote in favor of any transaction that would result in any Transfer unless all the provisions of this Plan and any Corporate Agreement that are applicable to such Transfer have been complied with.

 

18. General Restrictions.

 

(a)              Investment Representations. The Corporation may require a Participant, as a condition of receiving Restricted Shares or exercising an option, to give written assurances in substance and form satisfactory to the Corporation to the effect that such person is acquiring the Restricted Shares or Common Stock subject to the option for his own account for investment and not with any present intention of selling or otherwise distributing the same, and to such other effects as the Corporation deems necessary or appropriate in order to comply with federal and applicable state securities laws, or with covenants or representations made by the Corporation in connection with any public offering of its Common Stock.

 

(b)              Compliance with Securities Law. Each option and grant of Restricted Shares shall be subject to the requirement that if, at any time, counsel to the Corporation shall determine that the listing, registration or qualification of the Restricted Shares or Common Stock subject to such option upon any securities exchange or under any state or federal law, or the consent or approval of any governmental or regulatory body, or the disclosure of non-public information or the satisfaction of any other condition is necessary as a condition of, or in connection with the issuance or purchase of shares thereunder, such Restricted Shares shall not be granted and such option may not be exercised, in whole or in part, unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval, or satisfaction of such condition shall have been effected or obtained on conditions acceptable to the Board of Directors. Nothing herein shall be deemed to require the Corporation to apply for or to obtain such listing, registration or qualification, or to satisfy such condition.

 

19. Adjustment Provisions for Recapitalization, Reorganizations and Related Transactions.

 

(a)              Recapitalization and Related Transactions. If, through or as a result of any recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, liquidation, exchange of shares, spin-off, combination, consolidation or other similar transaction, (i) the outstanding shares of Common Stock are increased, decreased or exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or other securities of the Corporation, or (ii) additional shares or new or different shares or other non-cash assets are distributed with respect to such shares of Common Stock or other securities, an appropriate and proportionate adjustment shall be made in (x) the maximum number and kind of shares reserved for issuance under the Plan, (y) the number and

 

10



 

kind of Restricted Shares granted and shares or other securities subject to any then outstanding options under the Plan, and (z) the exercise price for each share subject to any then outstanding options under the Plan, without changing the aggregate purchase price as to which such options remain exercisable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no adjustment shall be made pursuant to this Section 19 if such adjustment (A) would cause the Plan to fail to comply with Section 422 of the Code or with Rule 16b-3 or (B) would be considered as the adoption of a new plan requiring stockholder approval.

 

(b)         Reorganization, Merger and Related Transactions. If the Corporation shall be the surviving corporation in any reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Corporation with one or more other corporations, any then outstanding options or Restricted Shares shall pertain to and apply to the securities to which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock subject to such Restricted Shares or options would have been entitled immediately following such reorganization, merger, or consolidation, with a corresponding proportionate adjustment of the purchase price as to which such options may be exercised so that the aggregate purchase price as to which such options may be exercised shall be the same as the aggregate purchase price as to which such options may be exercised for the shares remaining subject to the options immediately prior to such reorganization, merger, or consolidation.

 

(c)          Board Authority to Make Adjustments. Any adjustments made under this Section 19 will be made by the Board of Directors, whose determination as to what adjustments, if any, will be made and the extent thereof will be final, binding and conclusive. No fractional shares will be issued under the Plan on account of any such adjustments.

 

20. Change of Control; Acceleration.

 

(a)              The Corporation shall give each Participant at least five (5) days notice prior to the consummation of a Change of Control.

 

(b)              From and after a Change of Control:

 

(i)                                     if an Participant continues in a Business Relationship with a successor corporation or a parent or a subsidiary of such successor corporation (such entity, the “Successor Corporation”), such Business Relationship shall be deemed to be continued Business Relationship with the Corporation and all outstanding options and Restricted Share awards shall be assumed by the Successor Corporation or substituted by new options or restricted shares on terms no less favorable to the Participant than those provided hereunder and under any applicable Corporate Agreement;

 

(ii)                                  if at any time in the period ninety (90) days prior to the consummation of the Change of Control or before the first anniversary of the consummation of the Change of Control (A) a Participant’s Business Relationship is terminated by the Corporation or Successor Corporation without Cause or (B) a Participant terminates his Business Relationship with the Corporation or Successor Corporation for Good Reason, then upon the later of (I) the consummation of such Change of Control or (II) the date of the termination of such Participant’s Business Relationship, all outstanding options or Restricted Shares, as the case may be, held by such Participant or Participant on such

 

11



 

date shall immediately become fully vested and, in the case of options, fully exercisable;

 

(iii)                               in the event that the Successor Corporation refuses to assume all outstanding options of the Corporation or to substitute options as provided in Section 20(b)(i) above, then: (A) all options held by any Participant having a Business Relationship with the Corporation for at least twelve consecutive months immediately prior to the Change of Control shall immediately become fully vested and fully exercisable immediately prior to the Change of Control, provided that such Participant has a Business Relationship with the Corporation at such time; and (B) fifty percent (50%) of all unvested options held by any Participant having a Business Relationship with the Corporation for at least six consecutive months but less than twelve consecutive months immediately prior to the Change of Control shall immediately become fully vested and fully exercisable immediately prior to the Change of Control, provided that such Participant has a Business Relationship with the Corporation at such time; and

 

(iv)                              in the event that the Successor Corporation refuses to assume all Restricted Share awards of the Corporation or to substitute restricted share awards as provided in Section 20(b)(i) above, then: (A) all Restricted Shares held by any Participant having a continuous Business Relationship with the Corporation for at least the twelve consecutive months immediately prior to the Change of Control shall become unrestricted shares immediately prior to the Change of Control, provided that such Participant has a Business Relationship with the Corporation at such time; and (B) fifty percent (50%) of all Restricted Shares held by any Participant having a continuous Business Relationship with the Corporation for at least six consecutive months but less than twelve consecutive months immediately prior to the Change of Control shall become unrestricted shares immediately prior to the Change of Control, provided that such Participant has a Business Relationship with the Corporation at such time.

 

(c)               To the extent any vested and exercisable option is not exercised immediately prior to consummation of a Change of Control the unexercised portion of such option shall terminate in its entirety automatically upon such consummation and the Board of Directors shall notify the Participant of such fact at least two (2) days prior to the date on which such option terminates.

 

(d)              Any option (or portion thereof) that is neither vested and exercisable upon the consummation of the Change of Control nor assumed by the Successor Corporation shall terminate automatically upon the consummation of the Change of Control and the Board of Directors shall notify the Participant of such fact at least five (5) days prior to the date on which the option terminates. Any unvested portion of a Restricted Share award that is not assumed by the Successor Corporation shall terminate automatically upon the consummation of the Change of Control and the Board of Directors shall notify the Participant of such fact at least five (5) days prior to the date on which the Restricted Share award terminates.

 

(e)          For purposes of this Section 20, an option or a Restricted Share award shall be considered assumed, without limitation, if, at the time of issuance of the stock or other consideration upon a Change of Control, each Participant would be entitled to receive upon

 

12



 

exercise of the option or Restricted Share award the same number and kind of shares of stock or the same amount of property, cash or securities as such holder would have been entitled to receive upon the occurrence of the transaction if the holder had been, immediately prior to such transaction, the holder of the number of shares of Common Stock covered by the option or the Restricted Share award at such time (after giving effect to any adjustments in the number of shares covered by the option or Restricted Share award as provided for in this Section 20); provided, however, that if the consideration received in the transaction is not solely common stock of the Successor Corporation, the Board of Directors may, with the consent of the Successor Corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon exercise of the option or Restricted Share award to be solely common stock of the Successor Corporation equal to the Fair Market Value of the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the transaction.

 

21.            No Requirement to Continue Business Relationship.

 

Nothing contained in the Plan or in any Restricted Share or option agreement shall confer upon any Participant any right with respect to the continuation of his Business Relationship with the Corporation or interfere in any way with the right of the Corporation at any time to terminate or alter the scope of such Business Relationship.

 

22.            Other Employee Benefits.

 

Except as to plans which by their terms include such amounts as compensation, the amount of any compensation deemed to be received by an employee as a result of (a) the grant of Restricted Shares or lapse of restrictions thereon or (b) the exercise of an option or the sale of shares received upon such exercise will not constitute compensation with respect to which any other employee benefits of such employee are determined, including, without limitation, benefits under any bonus, pension, profit-sharing, life insurance or salary continuation plan, except as otherwise specifically determined by the Board of Directors.

 

23.       Amendment of the Plan.

 

(a)              The Board of Directors may at any time, and from time to time, modify or amend the Plan in any respect, except that if at any time the approval of the stockholders of the Corporation is required under Section 422 of the Code or any successor provision with respect to Incentive Stock Options, or under Rule 16b-3, the Board of Directors may not effect such modification or amendment without such approval.

 

(b)              The termination or any modification or amendment of the Plan shall not, without the consent of an affected Participant, affect his rights under an option or grant of Restricted Shares previously granted to him. With the consent of such affected Participant, the Board of Directors may amend outstanding option or Restricted Share agreements with such Participant in a manner not inconsistent with the Plan. The Board of Directors shall have the right to amend or modify (i) the terms and provisions of the Plan and of any outstanding Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan to the extent necessary to qualify any or all such options for such favorable federal income tax treatment (including deferral of taxation upon exercise) as may be afforded Incentive Stock Options under Section 422 of the Code and (ii) the terms and provisions of the Plan and of

 

13



 

any outstanding option or grant of Restricted Shares to the extent necessary to ensure the qualification of the Plan under Rule 16b-3.

 

24. Withholding.

 

(a)              General. The Corporation, shall have the right to deduct from payments of any kind otherwise due to a Participant any federal, state or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to any shares issued upon exercise of options or lapse of restrictions on Restricted Shares under the Plan. Subject to the prior approval of the Corporation, which may be withheld by the Corporation in its discretion, such Participant may elect to satisfy such obligations, in whole or in part, (i) by causing the Corporation to withhold shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable pursuant to the exercise of an option or lapse of restrictions on Restricted Shares, or (ii) by delivering to the Corporation shares of Common Stock already owned by the Participant or Participant. The shares so delivered or withheld shall have a Fair Market Value equal to such withholding obligation as of the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined. A Participant who has made an election pursuant to this Section 24(a) may satisfy his withholding obligation only with shares of Common Stock which are not subject to any repurchase, forfeiture, unfulfilled vesting or other similar requirements.

 

(b)              Incentive Stock Options. The acceptance of shares of Common Stock upon exercise of an Incentive Stock Option shall constitute an agreement by the Participant: (i) to notify the Corporation if any or all of such shares are disposed of by such Participant within two (2) years from the date the option was granted or within one (1) year from the date the shares were transferred to such Participant pursuant to the exercise of the option, and (ii) if required by law, to remit to the Corporation, at the time of and in the case of any such disposition, an amount sufficient to satisfy the Corporation’s federal, state and local withholding tax obligations with respect to such disposition, whether or not, as to both (i) and (ii), such Participant is employed by the Corporation at the time of such disposition.

 

(c)               Reporting Persons. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of a Reporting Person whose options have been granted in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(b) herein, no election to use shares for the payment of withholding taxes shall be effective unless made in compliance with any applicable requirements of Rule 16b-3.

 

25. Effective Date and Duration of the Plan.

 

(a)     Effective Date. The Plan shall become effective when adopted by the Board of Directors, but no Incentive Stock Option granted under the Plan shall become exercisable unless and until the Plan shall have been approved by the Corporation’s stockholders. If such stockholder approval is not obtained within twelve (12) months after the date of the Board’s adoption of the Plan, no options previously granted under the Plan shall be deemed to be Incentive Stock Options and no Incentive Stock Options shall be granted thereafter. Amendments to the Plan not requiring stockholder approval shall become effective when adopted by the Board of Directors; amendments requiring stockholder approval (as provided in Section 23) shall become effective when adopted by the Board of Directors, but no Incentive Stock Option granted after the date of such amendment shall become exercisable (to the extent that such amendment to the Plan was required to enable the Corporation to grant such Incentive Stock

 

14



 

Option to a particular Participant) unless and until such amendment shall have been approved by the Corporation’s stockholders. If such stockholder approval is not obtained within twelve (12) months of the Board’s adoption of such amendment, any Incentive Stock Options granted on or after the date of such amendment shall terminate to the extent that such amendment to the Plan was required to enable the Corporation to grant such option to a particular Participant. Subject to this limitation, options may be granted under the Plan at any time after the effective date and before the date fixed for termination of the Plan.

 

(b)     Termination. Unless sooner terminated in accordance with this Plan, the Plan shall terminate upon the earlier of (i) the close of business on the day next preceding the tenth anniversary of the date of its adoption by the Board of Directors, or (ii) the date on which all shares available for issuance under the Plan shall have been issued pursuant to the exercise or cancellation of Restricted Shares or options granted under the Plan. If the date of termination is determined under (i) above, then Restricted Shares or options outstanding on such date shall continue to have force and effect in accordance with the provisions of the option and Restricted Shares agreements.

 

26.            Common Stock Underlying Options Subject to Stockholders Agreement.

 

If so determined by the Board of Directors, as a condition to the grant of an option or an award of Restricted Shares under the Plan, each Participant shall execute and deliver a Stockholders Agreement or similar agreement or a joinder agreement to an existing Stockholders Agreement or similar agreement between and among the Corporation and its stockholders, in the form(s) prescribed by the Corporation, pursuant to which such Participant will agree to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of such agreement upon the exercise of the option or upon receipt of the Restricted Shares.

 

27.            Governing Law.

 

The provisions of this Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to its conflicts of laws principles.

 

28.            Pronouns.

 

As used in this Plan, all pronouns and any variations thereof refer to the masculine, feminine or neuter, singular or plural, as the identity of the person or persons may require.

 

29.            Definitions.

 

As used in this Plan, the following terms shall have the respective meanings set forth below or in the Section of the Plan set forth below:

 

(a)              “Board of Directors” shall mean the Board of Directors of the SurgiQuest, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

(b)              “Business Relationship” shall mean serving the Corporation or a Successor Corporation in the capacity of an employee, officer, director, advisor or consultant.

 

(c)               “Cause” shall mean (i) any negligence, gross negligence or willful misconduct that materially and adversely affects the best interests of the Corporation or Successor Corporation, as

 

15



 

the case may be, (ii) the Participant’s conviction of any felony or crime involving dishonesty, (iii) the failure by the Participant to diligently perform his duties to the reasonable satisfaction of the Corporation or Successor Corporation, as the case may be; (iv) material breach by the Participant of any Corporate Agreement; or (v) any intentional act by the Participant of competition with or against the interest of the Corporation or the Successor Corporation, as the case may be.

 

(d)              “Change of Control” shall mean a sale of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets or capital stock, or any merger or consolidation pursuant to which the Corporation’s stockholders shall receive cash or securities of another corporation and less than 50% of the outstanding capital stock of the surviving corporation pursuant to such merger or consolidation shall be owned by the stockholders of the Corporation.

 

(e)               “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended or replaced from time to time.

 

(f)                “Committee” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) of the Plan

 

(g)               “Common Stock” shall mean shares of the common stock of the SurgiQuest, Inc., a Delaware corporation, $0.001 par value per share.

 

(h)              “Corporation” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1 of the Plan.

 

(i)                  “Corporate Agreement” shall mean any agreement between the Corporation and a Participant, including without limitation an employment, consulting, confidentiality, proprietary rights, noncompetition or non-disclosure agreement, a stock option agreement, or a restricted stock agreement.

 

(j)                 “Covered Employee” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(d) of the Plan.

 

(k)              “ERISA” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act.

 

(l)                  “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

(m)          “Fair Market Value” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 16 of the Plan.

 

(n)              “Good Reason” shall mean (i) a material breach by the Corporation or Successor Corporation of any of the material terms of any employment agreement then in effect between the Corporation or Successor Corporation, as the case may be, and the Participant or Participant and the expiration of any applicable notice or cure periods relating thereto, (ii) a requirement by the Corporation or Successor Corporation that the Participant, without his consent, relocate from his residence or to commute more than sixty (60) miles from the offices of the Corporation at which he was principally employed, or (iii) a material diminution in the Participant’s title, duties or responsibilities or conditions of his Business Relationship from those in effect ninety (90) days prior to the consummation of the Change of Control, or a reduction in the Participant’s annual base salary in effect ninety (90) days prior to the consummation of the Change of Control (other than a reduction applicable generally to substantially all individuals with Business Relationships with the Corporation or Successor Corporation, as the case may be).

 

(o)              “Incentive Stock Options” shall mean options meeting the requirements of Section 422 of the Code.

 

(p)              “Non-Employee Director” shall mean a member of the Board of Directors who qualifies as a “Non-Employee Director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3.

 

16



 

(q)              “Non-Statutory Options” shall mean options which are not intended to meet the requirements of Section 422 of the Code.

 

(r)                 “Participant” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3 of the Plan.

 

(s)                “Plan” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1 of the Plan.

 

(t)                 “Restricted Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 15(b) of the Plan.

 

(u)              “Restricted Shares” shall mean awards of shares of Common Stock that are restricted as provided in Section 15 of the Plan.

 

(v)              “Reporting Person” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(c) of the Plan.

 

(w)            “Rule 16b-3” means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, or any successor rule.

 

(x)              “Successor Corporation” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 20(b)(i).

 

(y)              “Transfer” means any sale, pledge, assignment, encumbrance, gift or other disposition or transfer by any person or entity of outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Corporation or any legal or beneficial interest therein, including any tender or transfer in connection with any merger, recapitalization, reclassification, or tender or exchange offer (for all or part of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation), whether or not the person or entity making such transfer votes for or against any transaction involving any such Transfer.

 

17


 

Amendment

 

to the

 

SURGIQUEST, INC.

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

2006 STOCK PLAN

 

November 14, 2008

 

The Board of Directors and the Stockholders of SurgiQuest, Inc., a Delaware Corporation, having the requisite votes necessary to authorize or take such actions, adopted resolutions by written consent authorizing and approving this amendment to its Amended and Restated 2006 Stock Plan (the “Plan”) as set forth below:

 

The Plan is hereby amended by deleting Section 4 in its entirety and replacing such section with the following:

 

“4. Stock Subject to Plan.

 

The Restricted Shares or the stock subject to options granted under the Plan shall be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 19 below, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock which may be issued and sold under the Plan is Six Hundred Seventy-Five Thousand (675,000) shares. If any Restricted Shares are reacquired by the Corporation or forfeited or if an option granted under the Plan shall expire, terminate or is canceled for any reason without having been exercised in full, the forfeited Restricted Shares or unpurchased shares subject to such option shall again be available for subsequent option or Restricted Share grants under the Plan.”

 

Certification

 

The foregoing Amendment was approved and adopted by the Board of Directors on November 13, 2008 and by the Stockholders on November 14, 2008.

 

 

 

/s/ Kourosh Azarbarzin

 

Name:

Kourosh Azarbarzin

 

Title:

President

 



 

Amendment

 

to the

 

SURGIQUEST, INC.

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

2006 STOCK PLAN

 

May 29, 2008

 

The Board of Directors and the Stockholders of SurgiQuest, Inc., a Delaware Corporation, having the requisite votes necessary to authorize or take such actions, adopted resolutions by written consent authorizing and approving the amendment to its Amended and Restated 2006 Stock Plan (the “Plan”) as set forth below:

 

The Plan is hereby amended by deleting Section 4 in its entirety and replacing such section with the following:

 

“4. Stock Subject to Plan.

 

The Restricted Shares or the stock subject to options granted under the Plan shall be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 19 below, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock which may be issued and sold under the Plan is Six Hundred Forty-Five Thousand (645,000) shares.   If any Restricted Shares are reacquired by the Corporation or forfeited or if an option granted under the Plan shall expire, terminate or is canceled for any reason without having been exercised in full, the forfeited Restricted Shares or unpurchased shares subject to such option shall again be available for subsequent option or Restricted Share grants under the Plan.”

 

Certification

 

The foregoing Amendment was approved and adopted by the Board of Directors on May 28, 2008 and by the Stockholders on May 28, 2008.

 

 

 

/s/ Kourosh Azarbarzin

 

Name:

Kourosh Azarbarzin

 

Title:

President

 



 

AMENDMENT

 

TO THE

 

SURGIQUEST, INC.

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

2006 STOCK PLAN

 

MARCH 22, 2011

 

The Board of Directors and the Stockholders of SurgiQuest, Inc., a Delaware Corporation, having the requisite votes necessary to authorize or take such actions, adopted resolutions by written consent authorizing and approving the amendment to its Amended and Restated 2006 Stock Plan (the “Plan”) as set forth below:

 

The Plan is hereby amended by deleting Section 4 in its entirety and replacing such section with the following:

 

“4. Stock Subject to Plan.

 

The Restricted Shares or the stock subject to options granted under the Plan shall be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 19 below, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock which may be issued and sold under the Plan is [One Million Three Hundred Fifty-Six Thousand Two Hundred Forty-Six (1,356,246) shares. If any Restricted Shares are reacquired by the Corporation or forfeited or if an option granted under the Plan shall expire, terminate or is canceled for any reason without having been exercised in full, the forfeited Restricted Shares or unpurchased shares subject to such option shall again be available for subsequent option or Restricted Share grants under the Plan,”

 

Certification

 

The foregoing Amendment was approved and adopted by the Board of Directors on March 22, 2011 and by the Stockholders on March 22, 2011.

 

 

 

/s/ Kourosh Azarbarzin

 

Name:

Kourosh Azarbarzin

 

Title:

President

 



 

AMENDMENT

 

TO THE

 

SURGIQUEST, INC.

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

2006 STOCK PLAN

 

MARCH 10, 2015

 

The Board of Directors and the Stockholders of SurgiQuest, Inc., a Delaware Corporation, having the requisite votes necessary to authorize or take such actions, adopted resolutions by written consent authorizing and approving the amendment to its Amended and Restated 2006 Stock Plan (the “Plan”) as set forth below:

 

The Plan is hereby amended by deleting Section 4 in its entirety and replacing such section with the following:

 

“4. Stock Subject to Plan.

 

The Restricted Shares or the stock subject to options granted under the Plan shall be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 19 below, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock which may be issued and sold under the Plan is Two Million Eight Hundred Sixteen Thousand Two Hundred Forty-Six (2,816,246) shares. If any Restricted Shares are reacquired by the Corporation or forfeited or if an option granted under the Plan shall expire, terminate or is canceled for any reason without having been exercised in full, the forfeited Restricted Shares or unpurchased shares subject to such option shall again be available for subsequent option or Restricted Share grants under the Plan.”

 

Certification

 

The foregoing Amendment was approved and adopted by the Board of Directors on March 10, 2015 and by the Stockholders on March 10, 2015

 

 

 

/s/ Kourosh Azarbarzin

 

Name:

Kourosh Azarbarzin

 

Title:

President

 





Exhibit 10.4

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

WHEREAS, as an employee of SurgiQuest, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), I have and will continue to have access to trade secrets, proprietary intellectual property and other confidential information and trade secrets of the Company; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company is in negotiations to obtain substantial equity financing from one or more private investors (the “Investors”); and

 

WHEREAS, as a stockholder and employee of the Company I will substantially benefit from such financing; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company has made it a condition to my continued employment, and the Investors have made it a condition to providing such financing, that I enter into an agreement relating to my performance of services for the Company, the assignment and protection of the Company’s confidential information and my ongoing and future non-competition with the Company;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the compensation to be paid to me, I agree with the Company as follows:

 

1.     Employment Status. The Company hereby employs me, and I hereby accept employment, as the Chief Executive Officer of the Company on the terms and conditions set forth herein. I understand that I am employed for an indefinite term and that either the Company or I may terminate the employment relationship at any time pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

2.     Duties of Employee. I shall report to the Board of Directors of the Company. I shall have oversight of the day-to-day operations of the Company. I shall perform such other duties and have such other responsibilities as may be assigned to me from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Company. As long as I am employed by the Company, I shall devote my full time and efforts to the Company and shall not, without the Company’s prior express written consent, engage directly or indirectly in any employment, consulting or business activity other than for the Company.

 

3.     Compensation and Benefits.

 

(a) My base salary shall be at the annual rate of $225,000 per year. Such compensation shall be payable in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll policy.

 

(b) I shall be entitled to participate in such employee benefit plans and to receive such other fringe benefits as are customarily afforded Company employees in similar positions with the same tenure. I understand that these employee benefit plans and fringe benefits may be amended, enlarged, diminished or terminated by the Company from time to time.

 

(c) I shall be entitled to three (3) weeks paid vacation per calendar year, such vacation to extend for such periods and to be taken at such intervals as may be approved by the Board of Directors of the Company.

 



 

(d) I shall be eligible to receive a bonus in the form of a stock option or grant of restricted stock under the Company’s 2006 Stock Plan (or under other stock option or restricted stock plans yet to be established by the company) for each calendar year based on my achievement of performance goals reasonably established and communicated to me in writing by the Board of Directors of the Company or the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors or recorded in the minutes of meetings of the Board of Directors of the Company or the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. The amount of such potential bonus and the determination of whether I have achieved such performance goals shall be made in the sole but reasonable discretion of the Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee. The performance goals for my 2006 bonus shall be established by the Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee within ninety days after the date of this Agreement, and the performance goals for subsequent calendar years shall be established on or before January 31 of such calendar year. Any such options shall vest ratably over a four-year period from the date of grant, with twenty-five percent (25%) of such shares vesting on the one-year anniversary of the date of grant, with the balance vesting over the remaining thirty-six months, so long as I remain employed by the Company.

 

4.     Termination. My employment hereunder shall terminate upon the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(a)   my death or legal incapacity; or

 

(b)   written notice from the Company to me at any time of the termination of my employment hereunder by the Company as a result of my incapacity (other than as described in Section 4(a)) or inability to further perform services as contemplated herein for a period aggregating 90 days or more within any six-month period because the Board of Directors has determined (and such determination has been confirmed by an independent medical examination) that my physical or mental health shall have become impaired so as to make it impossible or impractical for me to perform the duties and responsibilities contemplated hereunder; or

 

(c)   written notice from the Company to me at any time of the termination of my employment hereunder by the Company for Cause (as hereafter defined). There shall be “Cause” for termination of my employment if the Company reasonably determines that any of the following have occurred:

 

(i)                           I have been convicted of, or pleaded guilty or nolo contendere to: (A) any felony; or (B) any lesser crime or offense having as its predicate element fraud or dishonesty;

 

(ii)                        I have misappropriated, stolen or converted any property of the Company;

 

(iii)                     I have knowingly and willfully perpetrated any act or omission which subjects the Company to criminal liability, or knowingly and willfully caused the Company to commit

 

2



 

a material violation of local, state or federal laws, rules or regulations;

 

(iv)                    I have breached in any material respect any provision of this Agreement, which breach (other than a breach of Section 7) has not been cured within thirty (30) days after written notice from the Company to me of the Company’s intent to terminate this Agreement specifying such breach with reasonable particularity;

 

(v)                       I have breached any provision of any other agreement between me and the Company, such breach has continued beyond applicable cure periods within such other agreement, and such breach has a material adverse effect on the Company or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries; or

 

(vi)                    I have failed or refused to perform my duties hereunder and such failure or refusal has continued for a period of 10 days following written notice from the Company; provided that such duties are within the scope of duties typical of those of a Chief Executive Officer and not unlawful or negligent to act upon and would not be reasonably likely to cause me to breach any fiduciary duty to the Company; and provided further that the Company’s failure to achieve its business plan or financial projections shall not by itself be considered a failure or refusal to perform my duties hereunder; or

 

(d)   written notice from the Company to me at any time of the termination of my employment hereunder by the Company other than under Section 4(a), 4(b) or 4(c);

 

(e)   written notice from me to the Company within 180 days after the Company fails to pay any compensation due hereunder as and when due;

 

(f)    written notice from me to the Company within 90 days after the material diminution of my responsibilities; or

 

(g)   written notice from me to the Company of the termination of my employment hereunder by me other than as described in Section 4(e) or 4(f).

 

5.     Payments After Termination. Following termination of my employment, all payments and benefits provided to me under this Agreement shall cease as of the date of such termination, except that in the event my employment is terminated by the Company pursuant to Section 4(d) or by me pursuant to Section 4(e), then for the “Severance Pay Period” (as hereafter defined): (i) the Company shall pay me severance pay at the same rate as my base salary at the effective date of such termination, such payments to be made at the same time as my base salary otherwise would have been payable, and (ii) if and to the extent that following such termination

 

3



 

of employment I am eligible to continue to be covered under the Company’s group health insurance plan in effect at the time of such termination of employment, if any, the Company shall pay the premium for such insurance coverage on my behalf. The term “Severance Pay Period” shall mean the period commencing on the effective date of the termination of my employment under Section 4(d) or 4(e) and ending on earlier of (a) the twenty-six-week anniversary of the termination of my employment under Section 4(d) or 4(e), (b) the twelve-week anniversary of my voluntary termination of my employment under Section 4(f) above or (c) the date on which I commence employment in another position that offers similar compensation and benefits. As a condition to the Company’s obligation to make such payments to me or on my behalf, during the Severance Pay Period I will be available to consult with the Company on such matters as the Company may reasonably request without the payment of additional compensation to me by the Company; provided, however, that I will not provide more than forty (40) hours of such consulting services in any calendar month.

 

6.     Performance; Prior Obligations.

 

(a)   I agree to perform my assigned duties diligently, conscientiously, and with reasonable skill, and shall comply with all rules, procedures and standards put into effect from time to time by the Company with regard to my conduct and my access to and use of the Company’s property, equipment and facilities.

 

(b)   I hereby represent, warrant and agree (i) that I have the full right to enter into this Agreement and perform the services required of me hereunder, without any restriction whatsoever; (ii) that in the course of performing services hereunder, I will not violate the terms or conditions of any agreement between me and any third party or infringe or wrongfully appropriate any patents, copyrights, trade secrets or other intellectual property rights of any person or entity anywhere in the world; (iii) that I have not and will not disclose or use during my employment by the Company any confidential information that I acquired as a result of any previous employment or consulting arrangement or under a previous obligation of confidentiality; and (iv) that I have disclosed to the Company in writing any and all continuing obligations to previous employers or others that require me not to disclose any information to the Company.

 

7.       Confidential Information. While employed by the Company and thereafter, I shall not, directly or indirectly, use any Confidential Information (as hereinafter defined) other than pursuant to my employment by and for the benefit of the Company, or disclose or distribute any Confidential Information to anyone outside of the Company, whether by private communication, public address, publication or otherwise, or disclose or distribute any Confidential Information to anyone within the Company who has not been authorized to receive the same, except as directed in writing by an authorized representative of the Company. The term “Confidential Information” as used throughout this Agreement shall mean all trade secrets, proprietary information, know-how, data, designs, specifications, processes, prototypes, designs, customer lists and other technical or business information (and any tangible evidence, record or representation thereof), whether prepared, conceived or developed by an employee of the Company (including myself) or received by the Company from an outside source, which is in the possession of the Company (whether or not the property of the Company), which in any way relates to the present or future business of the Company, which is maintained in confidence by

 

4



 

the Company, or which might permit the Company or its customers to obtain a competitive advantage over competitors who do not have access to such trade secrets, proprietary information, or other data or information. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Confidential Information shall include:

 

(a)   any idea, improvement, invention, innovation, development, technical data, design, formula, device, pattern, concept, art, method, process, machine, manufacturing method, composition of matter, computer program, software, firmware, source code, object code, algorithm, subroutine, object module, schematic, model, diagram, flow chart, chip masking specification, user manual, training or service manual, product specification, plan for a new or revised product, compilation of information, or work in process, and any and all revisions and improvements relating to any of the foregoing (in each case whether or not reduced to tangible form); and

 

(b)   the name of any employee, consultant, customer or prospective customer, or any other customer or prospective customer information, any sales plan, marketing material, plan or survey, business plan or opportunity, product or development plan or specification, business proposal, financial record, or business record or other record or information relating to the present or proposed business of the Company or any customer.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term Confidential Information shall not apply to information which the Company has voluntarily disclosed to the public without restriction, or which has otherwise lawfully entered the public domain without my participation or fault.

 

I understand that the Company from time to time has in its possession information and materials which is claimed by customers and others to be proprietary and which the Company has agreed to keep confidential. I agree that all such information and materials shall be Confidential Information for purposes of this Agreement.

 

8.     Ownership and Assignment of Intellectual Property.

 

(a)   I agree that all originals and all copies of all business plans, manuscripts, drawings, prints, manuals, diagrams, letters, notes, notebooks, reports, models, records, files, memoranda, plans, sketches and all other documents and materials containing, representing, evidencing, recording, or constituting any Confidential Information (as defined in Section 7 above), however and whenever produced (whether by myself or others) during the course of my employment, shall be the sole property of the Company.

 

(b)   I agree that all Confidential Information and all other discoveries, inventions, ideas, specifications, designs, concepts, research and other information, databases, works of authorship, processes, products, methods and improvements, or parts thereof conceived, developed, or otherwise made by me, alone or jointly with others and in any way relating to or suggested by the Company’s present or proposed products, programs or services or to tasks assigned to me during the course of my employment, whether or not patentable or subject to copyright protection and whether or not reduced to tangible form or reduced to practice during the period of my employment with the Company and related to methods or devices for laproscopic entry and access, whether or not made during my regular working hours, and

 

5



 

whether or not made on the Company’s premises, and whether or not disclosed by me to the Company (hereinafter referred to as “Intellectual Property”), together with all products or services which embody or emulate any Intellectual Property, shall be the sole property of the Company.

 

(c)   I agree to, and hereby do, assign to the Company all my right, title and interest throughout the world in and to all Intellectual Property and to anything tangible which evidences, incorporates, constitutes, represents or records any Intellectual Property. I agree that all Intellectual Property shall constitute works made for hire under the copyright laws of the United States and hereby assign and, to the extent any such assignment cannot be made at present, I hereby agree to assign to the Company all copyrights, patents and other proprietary rights I may have in any Intellectual Property, together with the right to file for and/or own wholly without restriction United States and foreign patents, trademarks, and copyrights. I hereby waive all moral rights or proprietary rights in or to any Intellectual Property and, to the extent that such rights may not be waived, agree not to assert such rights against the Company or its licensees, successors or assigns. I hereby designate the Company as my agent, and grant to the Company a power of attorney with full power of substitution, which power of attorney shall be deemed coupled with an interest, for the purpose of effecting any the assignment of Intellectual Property rights to the Company.

 

(d)   I hereby certify Exhibit A sets forth any and all Confidential Information and Intellectual Property that I claim as my own or otherwise intend to exclude from this Agreement because it was developed by me prior to the date of this Agreement. I understand that after execution of this Agreement I shall have no right to exclude Confidential Information or Intellectual Property from this Agreement.

 

9.     Employee’s Obligation to Keep Records. I shall make and maintain adequate and current written records of all Intellectual Property, including notebooks and invention disclosures, which records shall be available to and remain the property of the Company at all times. I shall disclose all Intellectual Property promptly, fully and in writing to the Company immediately upon production or development of the same and at any time upon request.

 

10.  Employee’s Obligation to Cooperate. I will, at any time during my employment, or after it terminates, upon request of the Company and at the Company’s expense, execute all documents and perform all lawful acts which the Company considers necessary or advisableto secure its rights hereunder and to carry out the intent of this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, I will assist the Company in any reasonable and lawful manner to obtain for its own benefit patents or copyrights in any and all countries with respect to all Intellectual Property assigned pursuant to Section 8, and I will execute, when requested, patent and other applications and assignments thereof to the Company, or persons designated by it, and any other lawful documents deemed necessary by the Company to carry out the purposes of this Agreement, and I will further assist the Company in every reasonable way to enforce any patents and copyrights obtained, including, without limitation, testifying in any suit or proceeding involving any of said patents or copyrights or executing any documents deemed necessary by the Company, all without further consideration than provided for herein. It is understood that reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of my assistance incurred at the request of the Company under this Section will be reimbursed by the Company.

 

6



 

11.  Non-Competition. During my employment with the Company I shall devote my full working time, skill, energy and efforts to the Company. During my employment with the Company, and for a period of (a) two years after the termination of my employment with the Company for Cause, or (b) one year after termination of my employment with the Company for any other reason, I shall not, on my own behalf, or as owner, manager, stockholder, consultant, director, officer, or employee of any business entity (except as a holder of not more than one (1%) percent of the stock of a publicly held company) participate, directly or indirectly, in any capacity, in any business activity that is in competition with the Company.

 

12.  Non-Solicitation. During my employment with the Company, and for a period of two years after the termination of my employment with the Company for any reason, I shall not (i) solicit, induce, attempt to hire, or hire any employee of the Company (or any person who may have been employed by the Company during the term of my employment with the Company), or assist in such hiring by any other person or business entity or encourage any such employee to terminate his or her employment with the Company, or (ii) solicit or conduct business with any customer of the Company in connection with any service or business that is competitive with any service or business in which the Company was engaged at the time of the termination of my employment.

 

13.  Return of Property. Upon termination of my employment with the Company, or at any other time upon request of the Company, I shall return promptly any and all customer or prospective customer lists, other customer or prospective customer information or related materials, computer programs, software, electronic data, specifications, drawings, blueprints, data storage devices, reproductions, sketches, notes, notebooks, memoranda, reports, records, proposals, business plans, or copies of them, other documents or materials, tools, equipment, or other property belonging to the Company or its customers which I may then possess or have under my control. I further agree that upon termination of my employment I shall not take with me any documents or data in any form or of any description containing or pertaining to Confidential Information or Intellectual Property.

 

If requested to do so by the Company, I agree to sign a Termination Certificate in which I confirm that I have complied with the requirements of the preceding paragraph and that I am aware that certain restrictions imposed upon me by this Agreement continue after termination of my employment. I understand, however, that my obligations under this Agreement will continue even if I do not sign a Termination Certificate.

 

14.  Other Obligations. I acknowledge that the Company from time to time may have agreements with other persons, including the government of the United States or other countries and agencies thereof, which impose obligations or restrictions on the Company regarding inventions made during the course of work thereunder or regarding the confidential nature of such work. I agree to be bound by all such obligations and restrictions and to take all action necessary to discharge the obligations of the Company thereunder.

 

15.  Miscellaneous

 

(a)   This Agreement contains the entire and only agreement between me and the Company with respect to the subject matter hereof, superseding any previous oral or

 

7



 

written communications, representations, understandings, or agreements with the Company or any officer or representative hereof. In the event of any inconsistency between this Agreement and any other contract between me and the Company, the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail.

 

(b)   In the event the Company has reason to believe this Agreement has or may be breached, I acknowledge and consent that this Agreement may be disclosed to my then current or prospective employer without risk or liability to the Company.

 

(c)   My obligations under this Agreement shall survive the termination of my employment with the Company regardless of the manner of or reasons for such termination, and regardless of whether such termination constitutes a breach of any other agreement I may have with the Company. My obligations under this Agreement shall be binding upon my heirs, assigns, executors, administrators and representatives, and the provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding on the successors and assigns of the Company.

 

(d)   This Agreement is not assignable by me. In the event of a sale, transfer or other disposition of the Company’s assets or business, whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise, the Company may assign this Agreement and its rights hereunder. The Company may also assign this Agreement and its rights hereunder to any of its affiliates.

 

(e)   If any provision of this Agreement shall be determined to be unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction by reason of its extending for too great a period of time or over too large a geographic area or over too great a range of activities, it shall be interpreted to extend only over the maximum period of time, geographic area or range of activities as to which it may be enforceable. If, after application of the immediately preceding sentence, any provision of this Agreement shall be determined to be invalid, illegal or otherwise unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of the other provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby. Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph, any invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision of this Agreement shall be severable, and after any such severance, all other provisions hereof shall remain in full force and effect.

 

(f)    I acknowledge and agree that violation of this Agreement by me would cause irreparable harm to the Company not adequately compensable by money damages alone, and I therefore agree that, in addition to all other remedies available to the Company at law, in equity or otherwise, the Company shall be entitled to injunctive relief to prevent an actual or threatened violation of this Agreement and to enforce the provisions hereof, without showing or proving any actual damage to the Company or posting any bond in connection therewith.

 

(g)   No failure by the Company to insist upon strict compliance with any of the terms, covenants, or conditions hereof, and no delay or omission by the Company in exercising any right under this Agreement, will operate as a waiver of such terms, covenants, conditions or rights. A waiver or consent given by the Company on any one occasion is effective only in that instance and will not be construed as a bar to or waiver of any right on any other occasion.

 

8



 

(h)   This Agreement may not be changed, modified, released, discharged, abandoned, or otherwise amended, in whole or in part, except by an instrument in writing signed by me and the Company.

 

(i)    This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

BY PLACING MY SIGNATURE HEREUNDER, I ACKNOWLEDGE THAT I HAVE READ ALL THE PROVISIONS OF THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT AND THAT I AGREE TO ALL OF ITS TERMS.

 

 

Date:

April 18, 2006

 

/s/ Kourosh Azarbarzin

 

 

Kourosh Azarbarzin

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

85 Lancelot Drive

 

 

 

Fairfield, ct 06824

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accepted and Agreed:

 

 

 

 

 

SURGIQUEST, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

April 18, 2006

 

By:

/s/ Merton G Gollaher

 

 

Name:

MERTON G GOLLAHER

 

 

Title:

SECRETARY

 

9



 

EXHIBIT A

 

Excluded Confidential Information and Intellectual Property

 

All confidential information and intellectual property assigned to United States Surgical during the course of and in connection with my employment with Unites States Surgical.

 

All confidential information and intellectual property assigned to Barosense, Inc. in connection with a consulting arrangement, which relates to a novel technology called “Creating Plications to enable Endolumenal Bariatric Surgery.”

 





Exhibit 10.5

 

12 Cascade Boulevard, Suite 2B

Orange, CT 06477

 

November [27], 2008

 

Mr. Carlos Babini

12 Fox Run Drive

Easton, CT 06612

 

Re:          Terms of Employment Offer

 

Dear Mr. Babini:

 

This offer letter will describe the terms of your employment by SurgiQuest, Inc. (the “Company”) as Executive Vice President of Sales and Marketing. We are very excited about the opportunities ahead for the Company and believe that you will be a valuable addition to our team. Our philosophy is to work with extremely talented and dedicated people and provide a challenging, rewarding and enjoyable environment. Your signature in the space provided at the end of the letter will indicate your acceptance of the Company’s offer.

 

At-Will Relationship. Your employment will be on an at-will basis, meaning either you or the Company may terminate the employment agreement at any time, with or without cause.

 

Base Salary. During the period of your employment you will receive an annual base salary equal to Two Hundred Thirty Thousand Dollars ($230,000), subject to applicable withholdings, which will be payable to you in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll practices. Your salary will be reviewed annually by the CEO and may be adjusted based on the Company’s success, budget and related factors and your individual performance and success in meeting specified objectives.

 

Business Expenses. The Company shall pay or reimburse you for all reasonable and necessary business expenses actually incurred or paid by you during the term of your employment in the performance of your duties, upon submission and approval of expense statements, vouchers or other supporting information in accordance with the then customary practices of the Company.

 

Benefits. In addition to three (3) weeks paid vacation time per year, which shall begin to accrue on the effective date of your employment, and certain paid holidays established by the Company from time to time, you will be eligible to participate in the employee health and benefit plans, policies and practices now or hereafter maintained by or on behalf of the Company on such terms as are generally applicable to the Company’s employees.

 

Performance Bonus. On a calendar-year basis, you shall be eligible to earn a performance-based cash bonus of up to fifteen percent (15%) of your base salary earned for such calendar year, based upon the attainment of written objectives established by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) or its designee, in an amount determined at the sole discretion of the Board (or the Compensation Committee of the Board if one exists).

 

Stock Options. Subject to approval by the Board, you will be initially granted an option to purchase a number of shares of the Company’s common stock equal to one percent (1%) of the equity of the Company pursuant to the Company’s Amended and Restated 2006 Stock Plan (the “Plan”) at a

 



 

price per share equal to the fair market value of a share of the Company’s common stock as determined by the Board at the time of the grant. As a condition to the grant of such stock option, you will be required to enter into the Company’s standard Stock Option Agreement. Such option will vest over four (4) years (twenty-five percent (25%) at the end of first (1st) year and ratably over the following thirty-six (36) months) in accordance with the provisions of the Plan and a Stock Option Agreement between you and the Company. Furthermore, subject to approval by the Board, you will be granted an achievement-based option to purchase additional shares of the Company’s common stock, the terms and conditions of which will be mutually agreeable to you and the Company.

 

Confidentiality, Developments and Non-Compete. As a condition of your employment, you will be required to execute and deliver a non-disclosure and developments agreement, and a non-competition agreement, which non-competition agreement will contain restrictions related to your work in the field of surgical access devices or any other technologies developed or under development at the Company applicable during your term of employment and one year thereafter. Each such agreement shall be entered into effective as of the date you begin employment with the Company.

 

Start Date; Conditions. Your employment will commence on [12/15] 2008, subject to satisfactory completion of all applicable pre-employment paperwork and testing.

 

Entire Agreement. This offer letter supersedes any other oral or written representations concerning the terms of your employment by the Company. If our offer is acceptable to you, please sign below where indicated and return the original of this letter to me by [12/5] 2008.

 

 

 

Sincerely,

 

 

 

 

 

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kourosh Azarbarzin

 

 

 

Name:

Kourosh Azarbarzin

 

 

 

Title:

President and CEO

 

 

 

ACCEPTED AND AGREED

 

 

TO AS OF THE DATE OF THIS LETTER:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Carlos Babini

 

 

Name: Carlos Babini

 

 

 

2





Exhibit 10.6

 

SURGIOUEST, INC.

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made as of April 24, 2013, by and between SurgiQuest, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Thomas J. Dugan (“Executive”).

 

AGREEMENT

 

In consideration of the foregoing and the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.             Employment. The Company shall employ Executive, and Executive hereby accepts employment with the Company, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement for the period beginning on the date on which Executive commences work at the Company, which date shall be on or about June 3rd, 2013 (“Start Date”) and ending as provided in Section 4 hereof (the “Employment Period”).

 

2.             Position and Duties.

 

(a)   Executive shall serve as the President of the Company and shall have the normal duties, responsibilities, functions and authority of the President, subject to the power and authority of the Company’s board of directors (the “Board”), or any designated committee thereof, to expand or limit such duties, responsibilities, functions and authority and to overrule actions of officers of the Company in the Board’s or such committee’s discretion. Executive shall render such administrative, financial and other executive and managerial services to the Company which are consistent with Executive’s position as President or as the Board or such committee may from time to time direct.

 

(b)   Executive shall report to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (the “CEO”) and shall devote his best efforts and his full business time and attention (except for permitted vacation periods and reasonable periods of illness or other incapacity) to the business and affairs of the Company. Executive shall perform his duties, responsibilities and functions to the Company hereunder to the best of his abilities in a diligent, trustworthy, professional and efficient manner and shall comply with the Company’s policies and procedures in all material respects. Executive shall not serve as an officer or director of, or otherwise perform services for compensation for, any other entity without the prior written consent of the Board.

 

(c)   Executive shall serve as a member of the Board upon his election as a director promptly after the Start Date and until his successor is duly elected and qualified. Executive shall perform faithfully his duties as a director consistent with the Company’s Bylaws and applicable law.

 



 

3.             Compensation and Benefits.

 

(a)   Executive’s base salary shall be three hundred ten thousand dollars ($310,000) per annum or such higher rate for 2014 and subsequent years as the Board may determine from time to time (as adjusted from time to time, the “Base Salary”), which salary shall be payable by the Company in regular installments in accordance with the Company’s general payroll practices in effect from time to time. During the period beginning on the Start Date of this Agreement and ending December 31, 2013, the Base Salary shall be pro-rated on an annualized basis.

 

(b)   Executive shall be entitled to participate in the Company’s employee benefit programs for which senior executive employees of the Company are generally eligible, and the Company shall also provide Executive the following benefits:

 

(i)            Health insurance and dental insurance, each for Executive and any eligible spouse and dependents;

 

(ii)           Disability and life insurance benefits;

 

(iii)          Executive will accrue twenty days of paid time off each year, to be used in accordance with the Company’s general PTO policy. Unused paid time off is paid upon separation from employment; and

 

(iv)          Participation in the Company’s 401(k) plan.

 

(c)   The Company shall reimburse Executive for all reasonable business expenses incurred by him in the course of performing his duties and responsibilities under this Agreement which are consistent with the Company’s policies in effect from time to time with respect to travel, entertainment and other business expenses, subject to the Company’s requirements with respect to reporting and documentation of such expenses.

 

(d)   In addition to the Base Salary the Executive shall be eligible for an annual bonus (“Bonus”) as follows:

 

(i)            The CEO and Compensation Committee of the Board and Executive shall establish annual performance goals with a target Bonus amount of 40% of Executive’s then current Base Salary upon achievement of such goals, and the potential for a higher Bonus (up to 50% of Executive’s then current Base Salary) based upon exceeding such goals, or a lower Bonus based on a defined shortfall from such goals. Such goals and Bonus for calendar year 2013 shall be consistent with the bonus plan adopted by the Board and provided in writing to Executive and pro-rated for the period from the Start Date through December 31, 2013. The goals for subsequent calendar years shall be established by the Board within sixty (60) days after the commencement of the calendar year.

 

(ii)           Payment of the Bonus, if earned, shall be made no later than two and one-half months after the end of the calendar year during which the applicable performance criteria were achieved and shall be pro-rated if Executive is employed by

 

2



 

the Company for less than the full calendar year. Unless otherwise agreed by the Executive, any applicable Bonus shall be paid in cash. Bonuses are not earned until approved in writing by the Compensation Committee of the Board. Except as set forth in Section 4(b)(i), Executive will not be entitled to any Bonus if Executive is not employed by the Company at the time such Bonus is to be paid.

 

(e)   Commuting Expenses. The Company agrees to reimburse Executive for reasonable commuting expenses of up to two thousand dollars ($2,000) per month actually incurred in connection with Executive’s commute to the Milford, Connecticut area upon submission of receipts or other documents evidencing such expenses satisfactory to the Company (the “Commuting Allowance”). The Commuting Allowance is intended to cover the following expenses, each to be secured at a reasonable rate and in a manner consistent with the Company’s travel policies: (i) Executive’s travel to and from Milford, Connecticut; and (ii) temporary housing in the Milford, Connecticut area.

 

(f)    Withholding and deductions. All amounts payable to Executive as compensation hereunder shall be subject to all required and customary withholding and deductions by the Company.

 

(g)   Company Property. Executive will be provided with a personal computer and mobile phone paid for by the Company for Executive’s use on Company business.

 

(h)   Sign on bonus. Upon initiation of employment with company, Executive will receive a one time sign on bonus of ten thousand dollars ($10,000).

 

4.             Termination.

 

(a)   The Employment Period shall continue until Executive’s resignation, Disability or death or until terminated by the Company with or without Cause (as defined below). Except as otherwise provided herein, any termination of the Employment Period by the Company shall be effective as specified in a written notice from the Company to Executive. Executive’s employment with the Company will be “at-will.” This means that either Executive or the Company may terminate Executive’s employment at any time, with or without Cause, with or without notice, and for any reason or no reason. Any contrary representations or agreements, which may have been made to Executive, are superseded by this Agreement. In addition, the fact that the rate of Executive’s salary or other compensation is stated in units of years or months and that Executive’s paid time off accrues annually or monthly does not alter the at-will nature of the employment, and does not mean and should not be interpreted to mean that Executive is guaranteed employment to the end of any period of time or for any period time. The “at will” term of Executive’s employment with the Company can only be changed in a writing signed by Executive and approved by the Board.

 

(b)   If the Employment Period is terminated by the Company without Cause or upon Executive’s resignation with Good Reason, Executive shall receive the following (“Severance”):

 

(i)            Executive shall be paid an amount equal to his then current Base Salary from the date of termination in regular monthly installments for a period of six (6)

 

3



 

months thereafter (the “Severance Period”), less all applicable withholdings and deductions. Any payments due during the 60-day period following the date of termination will be suspended until the requirements described in (iii) below are satisfied, with the first payment to include any such suspended payments; provided that if the foregoing 60-day period begins in one calendar year and ends in a second calendar year, the first payment may not be made until the second calendar year.

 

(ii)           A portion of Executive’s Stock Option (as defined below) that is unvested as of the Termination Date shall Vest as follows: The number of shares that shall Vest will be equal to the number of shares subject to the Stock Option that would have Vested if Executive’s employment with the Company had continued through the end of the Severance Period.

 

(iii)          The Severance shall be payable if and only if Executive (A) within 60 days following Executive’s termination or resignation date has executed and delivered to the Company a general release of all claims relating in any way to Executive’s relationship with the Company in form and substance satisfactory to the Company in its sole discretion, (B) has not revoked or breached the provisions of such general release or breached the provisions of the CPINA (as defined below), and (C) does not apply for unemployment compensation chargeable to the Company during the Severance Period.

 

(iv)          Executive shall not be entitled to any other salary, compensation or benefits after termination of the Employment Period, except as specifically provided for in the Company’s employee benefit plans or as otherwise expressly required by applicable law.

 

(c)   In the event the Employment Period is terminated other than (i) by the Company without Cause, or (ii) by the Executive for Good Reason, Executive shall not be entitled to receive his Base Salary, any Performance Bonus, any unvested portion of his Stock Option or any Performance Option, or any employee benefits or bonuses, for any periods after the termination of the Employment Period, except as otherwise specifically provided for in the Company’s employee benefit plans or as otherwise expressly required by applicable law.

 

(d)   Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all of Executive’s rights to salary, bonuses, employee benefits and other compensation hereunder which would have accrued or become payable after the termination or expiration of the Employment Period shall cease upon such termination or expiration, other than those expressly required under applicable law (such as COBRA). However, in connection with any termination of the Employment Agreement, Executive shall be entitled to receive his Base Salary through the date of such termination, any accrued but unused vacation and unreimbursed business expenses that are reimbursable in accordance with Section 3(b). The Company may offset any amounts Executive owes it against any amounts it owes Executive hereunder, provided, however, in no event shall any payment under this Agreement that constitutes “deferred compensation” for purposes of Code section 409A be subject to offset by any other amount unless otherwise permitted by Code section 409A.

 

4



 

(e)   For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” shall mean with respect to Executive one or more of the following: (i) material breach of this Agreement or the CIIA by Executive and Executive’s failure to cure such breach within thirty days following written notice by the Company; (ii) a material breach of Executive’s duty of loyalty to the Company; (iii) Executive’s conviction of or indictment for a felony, crime involving moral turpitude or other willful act or omissions causing material harm to the standing and reputation of the Company; (iv) Executive’s repeated failure to perform Executive’s customary duties as required hereunder; or (v) theft, embezzlement, or willful misappropriation of funds or property of the Company by Executive; (vi) intentional misstatements or dishonesty as to matters material to the Company’s business in dealings with the Board of Directors or third parties; or (vii) Executive being precluded by court order from discharging a substantial portion of Executive’s responsibilities hereunder.

 

(f)    For purposes of this Agreement, “Disability” shall mean Executive’s inability to perform the essential duties, responsibilities and functions of his position with the Company for a period of 90 consecutive days or for a total of 180 days during any 12-month period as a result of any mental or physical illness, disability or incapacity even with reasonable accommodations for such illness, disability or incapacity provided by the Company or if providing such accommodations would be unreasonable, all as determined by the Board in its reasonable good faith judgment.

 

(g)   For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following conditions without Executive’s written consent after Executive’s provision of written notice to the Company of the existence of such condition (which notice must be provided within thirty days of Executive’s knowledge of the initial existence of the condition): (i) the Company materially reduces the amount of Executive’s current base compensation (within the meaning of Treas. Reg. Sec. 1.409A-l(n)(2)(ii)((A)(l)); (ii) the Company reduces Executive’s responsibilities in a manner materially inconsistent with the position of President; (iii) if after a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan), Executive is not offered employment with reasonably comparable responsibility with the surviving entity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of (i) and (ii) above any actions taken by the Company to accommodate a Disability of Executive or pursuant to the Family and Medical Leave Act shall not be a Good Reason, and Good Reason shall only exist if the Company is provided a thirty (30) day period to cure the event or condition giving rise to Good Reason, and it fails to do so within that cure period (and, additionally, for purposes of (i) and (ii) above, to constitute a resignation for Good Reason, Executive must resign for such Good Reason condition within twenty (20) days after the period for curing the violation or condition has ended).

 

5.             Company Equity. Executive will be granted an option to purchase 315,127 shares of the Company’s common stock (the “Stock Option”), which represents approximately 2.25% of the Company’s fully diluted outstanding shares as of the date hereof (“Fully Diluted Shares”). The exercise price of the Stock Option will be equal to the fair market value of the Common Stock as of the date of option grant, as determined by the Board of Directors. The Stock Option and the Performance Option (as defined below) will be issued under and subject to the Company’s 2006 Stock Plan (“Plan”) and the Company’s standard forms of stock option agreement and notice of grant, as applicable.

 

5



 

(a)   The Stock Option will be subject to vesting as follows (“Vesting”): 25% will Vest as of one year from the Start Date, and the remaining 75% of the shares will then Vest in equal 2.0833% installments each month thereafter over the following 36 months, subject to Executive’s continuous service with the Company through and on such dates.

 

(b)   (i) The Executive will also be eligible to receive an additional option grant as for up to 35,014 shares (the “2013 Performance Option”). The 2013 Performance Option will be granted upon the Executive achieving both of the following two goals: (1) at least one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Company’s 2013 revenue plan and (2) gross margin not more than 200 basis points less than the target gross margin set forth in the 2013 Operating Plan.

 

(ii)     The Executive will also be eligible to receive an additional option grant as for up to 70,028 shares (the “2014 Performance Option”). The 2014 Performance Option will be granted upon the Executive achieving both of the following two goals: (1) at least one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Company’s 2014 revenue plan and (2) gross margin not more than 200 basis points less than the target gross margin set forth in the 2014 Operating Plan.

 

(iii)    Vesting of the 2013 Performance Option and 2014 Performance Option shall be per the Stock Option Agreement and subject to Executive’s continuous service with the Company through and on applicable vesting dates. Each of the 2013 Performance Option and 2014 Performance Option will have an exercise price equal to fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock on the date of grant.

 

(c)   Executive must be employed by the Company as of the end of the year in which the applicable revenue and Adjusted EBITDA targets are met in order to be granted a Performance Option. Such Performance Option shall be granted by the Board within a reasonable time after the unaudited financial results for the year have been completed and presented to the Board by management.

 

(d)   For purposes of this agreement, “Adjusted EBITDA” shall mean earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, and any non-recurring patent litigation costs, all as determined under GAAP.

 

(e)   Executive shall execute and become a party to each of the Amended and Restated Voting Agreement and Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, dated as of September 27, 2012, among the Company, certain investors and holders of Company equity.

 

6.             Adjustments

 

(a) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, if any payment or benefit Executive would receive pursuant to this Agreement (“Payment”) would (i) constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code, and (ii) but for this sentence, be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “Excise Tax”), then such Payment shall be equal to the Reduced Amount (as defined below). The “Reduced Amount” shall be either (i) the largest portion of the Payment that would result in no portion of the Payment being subject to the Excise Tax, or (ii) the Payment or a portion thereof after payment of the applicable Excise Tax, whichever amount after taking into account all applicable federal, state and local employment taxes, income taxes, and the Excise Tax (all

 

6



 

computed at the highest applicable marginal rate), results in Executive’s receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of the Payment. If a reduction in payments or benefits constituting “parachute payments” is necessary so that the Payment equals the Reduced Amount, reduction shall occur in the following order: reduction of cash payments; cancellation of accelerated vesting of stock awards; reduction of employee benefits. In the event that acceleration of vesting of stock award compensation is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting shall be cancelled in the reverse order of the date of grant of Executive’s stock awards. The Company’s chosen tax advisor shall perform the foregoing calculations. The Company shall bear all expenses with respect to the determinations by such advisor required to be made hereunder.

 

(b)   Restatement. If as a result of any audit adjustment or restatement of financial statements that provided the basis for payment of any Bonus or grant of any Performance Option, Executive would not have been entitled to all or a portion of such Bonus or Performance Option based on the revised financial statements, then Executive shall repay any unearned portion of the Bonus, and any portion of Performance Option to which Executive would not have been entitled shall be cancelled.

 

7.             Confidentiality and Inventions Assignment Agreement. Executive acknowledges that he has been provided with a copy of the Company’s Confidentiality, Proprietary Information and Non-Competition Agreement (the “CPINA”), and has agreed to be bound by the terms and conditions of the CPINA in all respects as a condition to his employment with the Company. Executive shall execute such CPINA prior to the Start Date.

 

8.             Enforcement. If, at the time of enforcement of the CPINA or this Agreement, a court holds that the restrictions stated herein are unreasonable under circumstances then existing, the parties hereto agree that the maximum period, scope or geographical area reasonable under such circumstances shall be substituted for the stated period, scope or area and that the court shall be allowed to revise the restrictions contained herein to cover the maximum period, scope and area permitted by law. Because Executive’s services are unique and because Executive has access to the Company’s confidential information, inventions and other proprietary materials, the parties hereto agree that the Company and its Subsidiaries would suffer irreparable harm from any such breach by Executive and that money damages would not be an adequate remedy for any such breach of this Agreement. Therefore, in the event a breach or threatened breach of the CPINA or this Agreement, the Company and their successors or assigns, in addition to other rights and remedies existing in their favor, shall be entitled to specific performance and/or injunctive or other equitable relief from a court of competent jurisdiction in order to enforce, or prevent any violations of, the provisions hereof. In addition, in the event of a breach or violation by Executive of a restrictive covenant of the CPINA, the period during which such restrictive covenant is applicable shall be automatically extended by the amount of time between the initial occurrence of the breach or violation and when such breach or violation has been duly cured. Executive acknowledges that the restrictions contained in the CPINA and this Agreement are reasonable and that he has reviewed the provisions of the CPINA and this Agreement with his legal counsel.

 

9.             Additional Acknowledgments. In addition, Executive acknowledges that the provisions of the CPINA and this Agreement are in consideration of employment with the Company and additional good and valuable consideration as set forth in this Agreement.

 

7


 

Executive also acknowledges that (i) the restrictions contained in the CPINA do not preclude Executive from earning a livelihood, nor do they unreasonably impose limitations on Executive’s ability to earn a living, (ii) the business of the Company are and will be international in scope and without geographical limitation and (iii) notwithstanding the state of formation or principal office of the Company or residence of any of its executives or employees (including Executive), it is expected that the Company will have business activities and have valuable business relationships within its industry throughout the world. Executive agrees and acknowledges that the potential harm to the Company of the non-enforcement of the CPINA outweighs any potential harm to Executive of its enforcement by injunction or otherwise. Executive acknowledges that he has carefully read the CPINA and this Agreement and has given careful consideration to the restraints imposed upon Executive by the CPINA and this Agreement and is in full accord as to their necessity for the reasonable and proper protection of confidential and proprietary information of the Company now existing or to be developed in the future and that each and every restraint imposed by the CPINA and this Agreement is reasonable with respect to subject matter, time period and geographical area.

 

10.          Executive’s Representations. Executive hereby represents and warrants to the Company that (i) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Executive do not and shall not conflict with, breach, violate or cause a default under any contract, agreement, instrument, order, judgment or decree to which Executive is a party or by which he is bound, (ii) Executive is not a party to or bound by any employment agreement, noncompete agreement or confidentiality agreement with any other person or entity that would be breached by the terms of this Agreement and (iii) upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company, this Agreement shall be the valid and binding obligation of Executive, enforceable in accordance with its terms. Executive hereby acknowledges and represents that he has consulted with independent legal counsel regarding his rights and obligations under this Agreement and that he fully understands the terms and conditions contained herein.

 

11.          Survival. Sections 4 through 24, inclusive, shall survive and continue in full force in accordance with their terms notwithstanding the expiration or termination of the Employment Period.

 

12.          Notices. Any notice provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be either personally delivered, sent by reputable overnight courier service or mailed by first class mail, return receipt requested, to the recipient at the address below indicated:

 

Notices to Executive:

 

Thomas J. Dugan

11 Baymont St., #1007

Clearwater Beach, FL 33767

 

Notices to the Company:

 

SurgiQuest, Inc.

333 Quarry Road

 

8



 

Milford, CT 06460

 

or such other address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party shall have specified by prior written notice to the sending party. Any notice under this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given when so delivered, sent or mailed.

 

13.          Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement or any action in any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement shall be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

 

14.          Complete Agreement. This Agreement and those documents expressly referred to herein embody the complete agreement and understanding among the parties and supersede and preempt any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, which may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way (including, without limitation, any offer letter), which shall be terminated and of no further force or effect as of the date of the execution and delivery of this Agreement, but excluding any breaches thereof by either party prior to the date hereof.

 

15.          No Strict Construction. The language used in this Agreement shall be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties hereto to express their mutual intent, and no rule of strict construction shall be applied against any party.

 

16.          Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, each of which is deemed to be an original and all of which taken together constitute one and the same agreement.

 

17.          Successors and Assigns. This Agreement is intended to bind and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive, the Company and their respective heirs, successors and assigns, except that Executive may not assign his rights or delegate his duties or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Company.

 

18.          Choice of Law. All issues and questions concerning the construction, validity, enforcement and interpretation of this Agreement and the exhibits and schedules hereto shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Connecticut, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law rules or provisions (whether of the State of Connecticut or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Connecticut. In furtherance of the foregoing, the internal law of the State of Connecticut shall control the interpretation and construction of this Agreement (and all schedules and exhibits hereto), even though under that jurisdiction’s choice of law or conflict of law analysis, the substantive law of some other jurisdiction would ordinarily apply.

 

19.          Amendment and Waiver. The provisions of this Agreement may be amended or waived only with the prior written consent of the Company (as approved by the

 

9



 

Board) and Executive, and no course of conduct or course of dealing or failure or delay by any party hereto in enforcing or exercising any of the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, the Company’s right to terminate the Employment Period for Cause) shall affect the validity, binding effect or enforceability of this Agreement or be deemed to be an implied waiver of any provision of this Agreement.

 

20.          Insurance. The Company may, at its discretion, apply for and procure in its own name and for its own benefit life and/or disability insurance on Executive in any amount or amounts considered advisable. Executive agrees to cooperate in any medical or other examination, supply any information and execute and deliver any applications or other instruments in writing as may be reasonably necessary to obtain and constitute such insurance. Executive hereby represents that he has no reason to believe that his life is not insurable at rates now prevailing for healthy men of his age.

 

21.          Reimbursement of Payments on Behalf of Executive. The Company and its Subsidiaries shall be entitled to deduct or withhold from any amounts owing from the Company to Executive any federal, state, local or foreign withholding taxes, excise tax, or employment taxes (“Taxes”) imposed with respect to Executive’s compensation or other payments from the Company or Executive’s ownership interest in the Company (including, without limitation, wages, bonuses, dividends, the receipt or exercise of equity option and/or the receipt or vesting of restricted equity). In the event the Company or any of its Subsidiaries does not make such deductions or withholdings, Executive agrees to repay to the Company any amounts actually paid by the Company with respect to any such Taxes, but only such amounts as were entitled to be deducted or withheld pursuant to the first sentence of this Section 21 but which were not so deducted or withheld.

 

22.          Consent to Jurisdiction. EACH OF THE PARTIES IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF ANY UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT LOCATED IN THE STATE OF CONNECTICUT, FOR THE PURPOSES OF ANY SUIT, ACTION OR OTHER PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, ANY RELATED AGREEMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO FURTHER AGREES THAT SERVICE OF ANY PROCESS, SUMMONS, NOTICE OR DOCUMENT BY U.S. REGISTERED MAIL TO SUCH PARTY’S RESPECTIVE ADDRESS SET FORTH ABOVE SHALL BE EFFECTIVE SERVICE OF PROCESS FOR ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING IN CONNECTICUT WITH RESPECT TO ANY MATTERS TO WHICH IT HAS SUBMITTED TO JURISDICTION IN THIS SECTION 22. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, ANY RELATED DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND THEREBY IN ANY UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT LOCATED IN CONNECTICUT, AND HEREBY AND THEREBY FURTHER IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES AND AGREES NOT TO PLEAD OR CLAIM IN ANY SUCH COURT THAT ANY SUCH ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM.

 

10



 

23.          Corporate Opportunity. Executive shall submit to the Board all business, commercial and investment opportunities, or offers presented to Executive or of which Executive becomes aware at any time during the Employment Period which relate to the business of spine and spine-related products (“Corporate Opportunities”). Unless approved by the Board, Executive shall not accept or pursue, directly or indirectly, any Corporate Opportunities on Executive’s own behalf.

 

24.          Executive’s Cooperation. During the Employment Period and for a period of two years thereafter, Executive shall cooperate with the Company in any internal investigation, any administrative, regulatory or judicial investigation or proceeding or any dispute with a third party as reasonably requested by the Company (including, without limitation, Executive being available to the Company upon reasonable notice for interviews and factual investigations, appearing at the Company’s request to give testimony without requiring service of a subpoena or other legal process, volunteering to the Company all pertinent information and turning over to the Company all relevant documents which are or may come into Executive’s possession, all at times and on schedules that are reasonably consistent with Executive’s other permitted activities and commitments). In the event the Company requires Executive’s cooperation in accordance with this Section, the Company shall reimburse Executive solely for reasonable travel expenses (including lodging and meals) upon submission of receipts. Executive will not receive any additional compensation for his cooperation.

 

[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

11



 

The parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

SURGIQUEST, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kourosh Azarbarzin

 

Its:

CEO

 

 

 

 

 

Thomas J. Dugan

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Thomas J. Dugan

 





Exhibit 10.7

 

Severance and Release Agreement

 

This Severance and Release Agreement (“Release Agreement”) is entered into by and between Thomas J. Dugan (“Executive”) and SurgiQuest, Inc., its parent, subsidiaries, affiliates and divisions, including but not limited to TriNet HR Corporation (collectively “the Company”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company employed Executive in the capacity of President on an at-will basis pursuant to the terms of an Employment Agreement dated April 24, 2013 (“the Employment Agreement”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Company has elected to terminate Executive’s employment without Cause pursuant to Section 4(a) of the Employment Agreement effective August 31, 2014 (“the Termination Date”), and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 4(b) of the Employment Agreement, by virtue of the termination of Executive’s employment without Cause, Executive is entitled to certain severance benefits conditioned on, inter alia, his execution of a release agreement inuring to the benefit of the Company;

 

WHEREAS, the parties wish to settle and resolve any claims or potential claims Executive may have arising out of his employment by the Company or the termination thereof consistent with the terms of the Employment Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and mutual covenants set forth herein, the Company and Executive hereby agree as follows:

 

Effective Date:  This Release Agreement shall not become effective unless and until it has been executed by all parties and eight days have elapsed following Executive’s delivery of the signed Release Agreement to the Company, and then only if Executive does not exercise his right of revocation as detailed below (“the Effective Date”).

 

Non-Admission:  This Release Agreement is entered into pursuant to the terms of the Employment Agreement and solely for purposes of resolving any and all issues that may exist between Executive and the Company arising out of Executive’s employment relationship with the Company, or the termination thereof, and is not an admission of any violation by the Company of any federal, state or local law, regulation or requirement, or of any duty whatsoever, whether based in statute, regulation, common law, or otherwise.

 

Severance Benefits:  In consideration for Executive’s promises and covenants as set forth herein, Executive shall receive the following severance benefits: (i) continuation of Executive’s base salary at the current rate for a period of six (6) months following the Termination Date (“the Severance Period”), such payments to be made in accordance with the Company’s ordinary payroll practices and subject to all applicable tax withholdings and other appropriate deductions, and (ii) accelerated vesting of that portion of Executive’s unvested Stock Option, as defined in Section 5 of the Employment Agreement, that would have vested during the Severance Period had Executive remained actively employed, which portion shall vest as of the Termination Date. The severance

 



 

benefits described immediately above are in all respects subject to the terms and conditions set out in Section 4(b) of the Employment Agreement.

 

Additional Benefits:  In addition to the severance benefits described immediately above, and as further consideration for Executive’s promises and covenants as set forth herein, the Company shall: (i) reimburse Executive for monthly premiums incurred to maintain continuing health insurance coverage for Executive and his wife pursuant to COBRA during the period September 1, 2014 through February 28, 2015; and (ii) pay out Executive’s accrued but unused paid time off in the amount of 62.67 hours.

 

Adequate Consideration:  Executive represents, warrants and acknowledges that the consideration provided to him under this Release Agreement is equal to or more than he is already entitled to receive by law, contract, policy, practice, or otherwise, and that he is not owed any wages, commissions, bonuses, sick pay, personal leave pay, severance pay, termination benefits, vacation pay, stock, stock options, equity or other compensation or payments or forms of remuneration of any kind or nature, except as expressly provided herein or pursuant to the terms of the Employment Agreement.

 

General Release:  For good and valuable consideration, and in full and final settlement of any liabilities or obligations owed to Executive, however arising, Executive hereby releases and forever discharges the Company, as well as its Executives, agents, officers, directors, predecessors and affiliated entities, and each of them, from all debts, obligations, promises, covenants, agreements, contracts, endorsements, bonds, controversies, suits, actions, causes of action, judgments, damages, expenses, claims or demands, in law or in equity, which Executive ever had, now has, or which Executive may have at any time regarding any matter arising on or before the Effective Date of this Release Agreement, including but not limited to all claims (whether known or unknown) regarding or arising out of: Executive’s employment by the Company or the termination thereof; any contract (express or implied); any claim for equitable relief or recovery of attorneys’ fees or punitive, compensatory, or other damages or monies, including commissions and severance benefits (except as expressly provided herein); any tort; all claims for alleged fraud, concealment, negligence, negligent misrepresentation, promissory estoppel, quantum meruit, intentional or negligent infliction of emotional distress, wrongful discharge, breach of the covenant of good faith and fair dealing, violation of public policy, sexual harassment, constructive termination, retaliation and discrimination based upon age, race, color, sex, sexual orientation, marital status, religion, national origin, handicap, disability, or retaliation or any other factor protected by law.

 

Executive acknowledges and agrees that this release extends, without limitation, to any claim, asserted or unasserted (whether known or unknown), which could arise under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964; the Equal Pay Act of 1963; the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967; the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act of 1990; the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990; the Civil Rights Act of 1866, 42 U.S.C. § 1981; the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974; the Civil Rights Act of 1991; the Genetic Information Non-Discrimination Act; the Family Medical Leave Act; the Connecticut Fair Employment Practices Act; the Connecticut Family Medical Leave Act; Connecticut’s whistleblower law, Conn. Gen. Stat. §31-51m; the Connecticut free speech law, Conn. Gen. Stat. § 31-51q; and any other federal, state or local laws, rules or regulations, whether equal employment opportunity laws, rules or regulations or otherwise, or any right under any pension, welfare, or stock plans; provided however, that

 

2



 

nothing in this Release Agreement shall act as a waiver of (i) any vested and accrued benefits to which Executive may be entitled or (ii) Executive’s rights to indemnification from the Company arising from applicable law (i.e., Conn. Gen. Stat. §§ 33-770, et seq.), or the Company’s By-Laws or insurance policies, for any of the Executive’s acts, or failures to act, made in good faith while employed by the Company.

 

Covenant Not To Sue:  Executive represents and agrees that: (a) he has not filed any lawsuits against the Company in any court whatsoever; (b) he has not filed any demand for arbitration against the Company; (c) he has not filed or caused to be filed any charges or complaints against the Company with any municipal, state or federal agency charged with the enforcement of any law or regulation, including but not limited to the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (“EEOC”), the Connecticut Commission on Human Rights and Opportunities (“CCHRO”), and any state or local agency responsible for the enforcement of civil rights laws, wage and hour regulations, or rules relating to employee benefits; and (d) pursuant to and as a part of his complete, total and irrevocable release and discharge of the Company, Executive agrees, to the fullest extent permitted by law, not to sue or file a charge, complaint, grievance or demand for arbitration against the Company with respect to any matter arising on or before the execution of this Release Agreement which has been released herein; provided however, this does not preclude Executive from filing a charge of discrimination with the EEOC or any analogous state or local agency or cooperating in an investigation by any federal, state or local government agency. Executive, however, waives any right he may have to recover monetary or other damages, or attorneys’ fees or costs, based on any charge of discrimination or any action initiated by Executive or on his behalf by a third party.

 

Executive’s Acknowledgements and Representations:  Executive acknowledges and represents that he has not suffered any discrimination or harassment by the Company, or any employee, agent or representative of the Company, on account of his race, gender, national origin, religion, marital or registered domestic partner status, sexual orientation, age, disability, medical condition or any other characteristic protected by law. Executive further acknowledges and represents that he has not been denied any leave, benefits or rights to which he may have been entitled under the FMLA or any other federal or state law, and that he has not suffered any job-related wrongs or injuries for which he might still be entitled to compensation or relief. Executive further acknowledges and represents that, except as expressly provided in this Release Agreement and/or the Employment Agreement, he has been paid all wages, commissions, bonuses, compensation, benefits and other amounts that the Company ever owed to him, and he understands that he will not receive any additional compensation, severance, or benefits after the Effective Date, except as expressly provided herein or in the Employment Agreement and with the exception of any vested right he may have under the terms of a written ERISA-qualified benefit plan.

 

Return of Company Property:  Executive agrees that he has returned, or immediately will return, to the Company all hard copy and electronic documents (and all copies thereof) and other Company property that he had in his possession at any time, including, but not limited to, files, notes, drawings, records, business plans and forecasts, financial information, specifications, computer-recorded information (including email), tangible property (laptop computer, cell phone, PDA, etc.), credit cards, entry cards, identification badges and keys; and, any materials of

 

3



 

any kind that contain or embody any proprietary or confidential information of the Company (and all reproductions thereof). If Executive subsequently discovers he has retained any Company proprietary or confidential information, he agrees, immediately upon such discovery to contact the Company and make arrangements for returning same. The severance pay and other consideration under this Release Agreement will not be paid until all Company property has been returned to the Company.

 

Confidentiality:  Executive warrants and agrees that he will not discuss, communicate, publicize, disseminate, or confirm the terms of this Release Agreement except only: (i) to the extent necessary, to his accountant or bona fide tax advisors; (ii) pursuant to valid legal process; (iii) to his attorneys only for the purpose of obtaining legal advice in connection with this Release Agreement; (iv) to his immediate family members; and (v) as reasonably necessary to enforce the terms hereof or to defend against any claim brought against him by the Company for violation of the terms of this Release Agreement.

 

Non-Disparagement:  Each of the Executive and the Company represents and agrees that he or it shall refrain from making written or oral statements to any person or entity with whom the Company, its affiliates, or related entities has had or has a business or prospective business relationship, including current or former employees of the Company, or to the press, or to the community at large, which may reasonably be expected to impugn the character, integrity or ethics, or damage the business, image or reputation, of the Executive or the Company, its affiliates or related entities, or any principals, officers, or executives thereof, or their clients.

 

Covenant to Cooperate:  In addition to affirming Executive’s obligations under the Employment Agreement, Executive represents, warrants and agrees that, upon request by the Company following reasonable notice, he shall appear to testify at a mutually agreed time and place, and testify fully and truthfully, at any deposition, trial, mediation, arbitration or other similar proceeding in which the Company is a party. In the event the Company requests, pursuant to the provisions of this section, that Executive travel to any location for the purpose of participating in a deposition, trial, mediation, arbitration or other similar proceeding, then the Company shall reimburse Executive for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses he incurs for food, lodging and travel, upon presentation of receipts evidencing such expenses. From and after the expiration of the Executive’s obligations under paragraph 24 of the Employment Agreement, the Company shall compensate Executive for his time devoted as requested by the Company under this paragraph at the hourly rate of $250 and at a per diem rate of $2,000. In addition, Executive further represents, warrants and agrees that he shall cooperate with the Company in regard to any claims threatened or made against the Company, as well as in regard to investigations, whether conducted by the Company or by a governmental agency, with respect to matters as to which the Company reasonably believes Executive to possess relevant knowledge or information. As part of this cooperation, Executive shall be available on reasonable notice to be interviewed by counsel for the Company and to respond in a reasonably prompt manner to all reasonable inquiries (including telephonic and written inquiries) for information or records in his possession, custody or control pertaining to any such matters. Executive agrees to be truthful and cooperative in any such interview and in responding to any such inquiry.

 

4



 

Reference Checks:  Executive shall direct any prospective employer seeking a reference check to contact the Company’s Director of Human Resources, Bruce Reardon, or his successor or designee, who shall provide Executive’s dates of employment and positions held. In the event a prospective employer requires additional information, Joe DeVivo, Chairman of the Board, shall respond on the Company’s behalf.

 

Non-Admissibility:  The terms of this Release Agreement, including all facts, circumstances, statements and documents relating thereto, shall not be admissible or submitted as evidence in any litigation in any forum for any purpose other than to secure enforcement of the terms and conditions of this Release Agreement, except as otherwise provided herein.

 

Governing Law/Jurisdiction/Venue:  The validity and construction of this Release Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Connecticut, excluding the conflict of laws principles thereof. The parties agree that any dispute concerning the enforcement or interpretation of this Release Agreement shall be submitted to a state or federal court in Connecticut for resolution, and to the extent necessary all parties or beneficiaries of this Release Agreement submit to the jurisdiction of the Connecticut courts and agree to waive any challenge to personal jurisdiction.

 

Entire Agreement:  This Release Agreement sets forth the entire agreement between Executive and the Company as to the subject matter hereof and, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, supersedes any and all prior oral and written agreements between Executive and the Company or any of its predecessors, affiliates or related entities, provided however, that nothing in this Release Agreement shall impair or otherwise affect any parties’ continuing rights or obligations under the Employment Agreement and/or the Confidentiality, Proprietary Information and Non-Competition Agreement executed by Executive on April 29, 2013 (“Confidentiality Agreement”), which agreements shall as applicable remain in full force and effect pursuant to their terms.

 

Amendments:  This Release Agreement may not be altered, amended or modified except by a further writing signed by Executive and an authorized representative of the Company.

 

Severability:  If any of the provisions, terms or clauses of this Release Agreement are declared illegal, unenforceable or ineffective by an authority of competent jurisdiction, those provisions, terms and clauses shall be deemed severable, such that all other provisions, terms and clauses of this Release Agreement shall remain valid and binding upon both parties, provided however, that if the release provisions of this Release Agreement are deemed illegal, unenforceable or ineffective by an authority of competent jurisdiction, the Company shall be relieved of any remaining payment obligations hereunder and may seek recovery or offset of any payments made in connection with this Release Agreement.

 

Successors and Assigns:  This Release Agreement in intended to bind and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive, the Company and their respective heirs, successors and assigns, except that Executive may not assign his rights or delegate his duties or obligations hereunder without the Company’s prior written consent.

 

5



 

Review and Revocation Rights:  Executive represents and agrees that the Company has provided him with at least twenty-one (21) days to consider this Release Agreement, and negotiate its terms, before signing, and has encouraged Executive, and hereby does encourage Executive in writing, to consult an attorney regarding this Release Agreement before signing it. Executive fully understands his right to consult an attorney regarding his rights and obligations hereunder, including his waiver of all claims. Executive may revoke this Release Agreement by notifying Bruce Reardon, Director of Human Resources, SurgiQuest, Inc., 333 Quarry Road, Milford, CT 06460 or by e-mail (BReardon@surgiquest.com) of his desire to do so in writing and received by Mr. Reardon no later than the close of business on the seventh day after Executive has signed below. This Release Agreement shall not take effect until the eighth day after Executive’s execution and delivery of same, and then only if he has not exercised his right of revocation. In the event Executive timely revokes his acceptance of this Release Agreement, it shall not become effective and he shall receive none of the severance benefits provided for hereunder.

 

Knowing and Voluntary Waiver:  Executive agrees and acknowledges that this Release Agreement constitutes a knowing and voluntary waiver of all rights or claims he has or may have against the Company, its employees, agents, officers, directors, predecessors and affiliated entities, or any of them, arising out of his employment by the Company, or the termination thereof, and that Executive has no physical or mental impairment of any kind which has interfered with his ability to read and understand the meaning of this Release Agreement or its terms, and that Executive is voluntarily entering into this Release Agreement and in doing so is not acting under coercion or duress, or under the influence of any medication or mind altering chemical of any type.

 

No Extra-Contractual Representations:  Executive represents and acknowledges that in executing this Release Agreement he has not relied upon any representation or statement made by the Company or by any agents, representatives or attorneys of the Company with regard to the subject matter, basis or effect of this Release Agreement or otherwise, other than as specifically stated in this written Release Agreement.

 

Counterparts:  This Release Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, each of which is deemed to be an original and all of which taken together constitute one and the same agreement.

 

[signature page to follow]

 

6



 

ACCEPTED and AGREED:

 

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

 

By:

/s/ Kourosh Azarbarzin

9-19-2014

 

 

Kourosh Azarbarzin

Date

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thomas J. Dugan

Date

 

 

7





Exhibit 10.8

 

 

June 17, 2011

 

Christopher Klecher

17508 Los Eucaliptos

Rancho Santa Fe, CA 92067

 

Re:            Terms of Employment Offer Letter

 

Dear Christopher Klecher:

 

This offer letter will describe the terms of your employment by SurgiQuest, Inc. (the “Company”) as a Director of Sales. We are very excited about the opportunities ahead for the Company and believe that you will be a valuable addition to our team. Our philosophy is to work with extremely talented and dedicated people and provide a challenging, rewarding and enjoyable environment. Your signature in the space provided at the end of the letter will indicate your acceptance of the Company’s offer.

 

During your first 90 days of employment (the “Initial Period”) you will perform and complete the tasks identified in Exhibit A for the Initial Period. Additionally, during and after the Initial Period, you will perform the tasks described and have the scope of responsibilities outlined in Exhibit A and such other duties as assigned to you by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (the “CEO”).

 

At-Will Relationship.                         Your employment will be on an at-will basis, meaning either you or the Company may terminate your employment and this employment agreement at any time, with or without cause.

 

Base Salary.                         During the period of your employment you will receive an annual base salary equal to One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000), subject to applicable withholdings, payable to you in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll practices. Your salary will be reviewed after your first 90 days of employment as well as annually by the CEO and may be adjusted based on your individual performance and success in meeting specified objectives along with the Company’s overall success.

 

12 Cascade Boulevard, Suite 2B | Orange, CT 06477 | 203.799.2400 T | 203.799.2401 F

 

SurgiQuest.com

 



 

Performance Bonus.                            On a calendar-year basis, you shall be eligible to earn a performance-based cash bonus of up to ten percent (10%) of your base salary earned for such calendar year, based upon the attainment of written objectives established by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) or its designee, in an amount determined at the sole discretion of the Board (or the Compensation Committee of the Board). You will also be eligible to receive monthly commissions and quarterly bonuses and incentives as out lined in Exhibit B.

 

Business Expenses.                     The Company shall pay or reimburse you for all reasonable and necessary business expenses actually incurred or paid by you during the term of your employment in the performance of your duties, upon submission and approval of expense statements, vouchers or other supporting information in accordance with the current Company expense policy.

 

Relocation.                Should you relocate your personal residence to the Orange, Connecticut within the Initial Period, the Company will pay or reimburse you up to Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) to cover your reasonable relocation expenses incurred in connection with your relocation from Rancho Santa Fe, California to the Orange, Connecticut area, including the costs of shipping and moving your belongings, temporary housing and the transportation of you and your family to the new location (the “Relocation Expenses”); provided that you shall repay the Relocation Expenses to the Company if, prior to the first anniversary of the commencement of your employment with the Company, the Company terminates your employment with “cause” or you terminate your employment for any reason.

 

Benefits.                  In addition to three (3) weeks paid vacation time per year, which shall begin to accrue on the effective date of your employment, and certain paid holidays established by the Company from time to time, you will be eligible to participate in the employee health and benefit plans, policies and practices now or hereafter maintained by or on behalf of the Company on such terms as are generally applicable to the Company’s employees.

 

Stock Options.                   Subject to approval by the Board, you will be granted options to purchase that number of shares of the Company’s common stock set forth on Exhibit C pursuant to the Company’s Amended and Restated 2006 Stock Plan (the “Plan”) at an exercise price per share equal to the

 



 

fair market value of a share of the Company’s common stock as determined by the Board at the time of the grant. As a condition to the grant of such stock option, you will be required to enter into the Company’s standard Stock Option Agreement. Such option will vest over four (4) years (twenty-five percent (25%) at the end of first (1st) year and the balance ratably and monthly over the following thirty-six (36) months) in accordance with the provisions of the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement between you and the Company.

 

Confidentiality, Developments and Non-Compete.                     As a condition of your employment, you will be required to execute and deliver a nondisclosure and developments agreement, and a non-competition agreement, which non-competition agreement will contain restrictions related to your work in the field of surgical access devices or any other technologies developed or under development at the Company applicable during your term of employment and one year thereafter. Each such agreement shall be entered into effective as of the date you begin employment with the Company.

 

Start Date; Conditions.                    Your employment will commence on June 20th, 2011 subject to satisfactory completion of all applicable pre-employment requirements and your completion of a Form I-9 and establishment of your identity and eligibility to work in the United States.

 

Entire Agreement.               This offer letter supersedes any other oral or written representations concerning the terms of your employment by the Company. Your employment and this agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of Connecticut.

 

If our offer is acceptable to you, please sign below where indicated and return the original of this letter to me no later than June 20th, 2011.

 

 

Sincerely,

 

 

 

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kurt Azarbarzin

 

 

Name:

Kurt Azarbarzin

 

 

Title:

CEO & Founder

 



 

ACCEPTED AND AGREED

 

TO AS OF THE DATE OF THIS LETTER:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Christopher Klecher

 

Name: Christopher Klecher

 

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

During the Initial Period you agree to accomplish the following:

 

Tools & Metrics:

 

1.      Analyze Manpower, Territories and SWOT Summary

2.      Solidify 360° Business Visibility

a.)      P v. A

b.)      Implement Dashboard (Salesforce.com)

i.             By product category

ii.          Capital & Disposable

iii.       By Revenue

iv.      Trends

3.      Update Sales Plan

a.)  By Territory and National

b.)  Corresponding Compensation Plan

i.             Revisit Seller’s Compensation Plan to incent and drive AirSeal® IFS Launch

ii.          Establish idiosyncratic incentives by Territory to drive business in accordance to Sales Plan

 

Additionally, going forward your sales management responsibilities include:

 

Implement:

 

o        Weekly and Monthly SMART Activity Management Process - Goal v. Actual Metrics

 

o        Weekly Field Visit Written Directives & Follow-up

 

o        Monthly Plan and Review

 

o        Manpower Development Process

 

o        Weekly 360° Download

 

o        Update “Next Territory” Rationale Process

 



 

Sales & Marketing Plan Alliance:

 

o         Ensure Alignment of Sales Objectives, Needs and Resources with Marketing Plan

 

Ongoing Focus:

 

o         Robotic Surgery Conversion

 

o         Drive Profitability

 

o         Deep and Narrow Account Growth (AirSeal® and AnchorPort® Products)

 

o         Ensure New Product Growth

 

o         Build and Maintain World Class Sales Team

 

o         Manage Expense Budgets

 

o         Exceed Monthly Quota

 

Summary:

 

o            Welcome to Team One. Empower, Enable and Facilitate. We believe in and count on you. Help make this a better place.

 



 

EXHIBIT B

 

Commissions and Bonus:

 

1.              Director of Sales will receive 2% override on all monthly domestic sales.

 

2.              Additionally, Director of Sales will receive the following quarterly Bonus:

 

Quarterly Rev. Bonus Drivers

 

 

 

 

To

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Plan

 

Bonus

 

 

 

Qtrly Bonus- MAP

 

90

%

$

4,000

 

 

 

Qtrly Bonus-Plan

 

100

%

$

8,000

 

 

 

Qtrly Bonus-Plan

 

110

%

$

10,000

 

 

 

Qtrly Bonus-Plan

 

120

%

$

12,000

 

 

 

Qtrly Bonus-Plan

 

130

%

$

15,000

 

 

 

Quarterly Rev. & Product Bonus Drivers

 

 

 

 

To

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Plan

 

Bonus

 

 

 

Qtrly Bonus- MAP

 

90

%

$

2,000

 

 

 

Qtrly Bonus-Plan

 

100

%

$

4,000

 

 

 

Qtrly Bonus-Plan

 

110

%

$

6,000

 

 

 

Qtrly Bonus-Plan

 

120

%

$

8,000

 

 

 

Qtrly Bonus-Plan

 

130

%

$

10,000

 

 

 

3.              For every Sales representative who achieves 100% on a Monthly Basis, receive $125.00

 

4.              For every Sales representative who achieves 100% on a Quarterly Basis, receive $250.00

 



 

EXHIBIT C

 

As the Director of Sales you will be granted an option to purchase 40,000 shares of the Company’s common stock to be vested as defined in the Stock Options paragraph.

 

Upon successful completion of the Initial Period Action Items as outlined in Exhibit A, you will be promoted to Senior Director of Sales and will granted options to purchase an additional 35,000 shares of the Company’s common stock to be vested as defined in the Stock Options paragraph.

 

Additionally, upon successful completion of the Initial Period Action Items your base salary will increase to $155,000 annually.

 





Exhibit 10.9

 

LEASE

 

THIS LEASE (this “Lease”) dated the 23rd day of April 2015, by and between CROWN MILFORD LLC, a Delaware limited liability company having an address at c/o Crown Properties, Inc., 8 Fairway Court, Upper Brookville, New York 11771 (“Landlord”) and SURGIQUEST, INC., a corporation having an address at 333 Quarry Road, Milford, CT 06460 (“Tenant”).

 

1.                                      DEFINTIONS. For the purposes of this Lease, the following terms shall be defined and have the meaning herein below set forth:

 

(a)                                 “Additional Rent” shall mean (1) Tenant’s Proportionate Share of increases in: (i) Operating Expenses, as provided in Article 7, below, and (ii) Real Estate Taxes, as provided in Article 8 below, (2) the Electrical Inclusion Amount as provided in Article 25, below, and (3) all other sums (other than Base Rent) due from Tenant to Landlord hereunder.

 

(b)                                 “Base Rent” shall mean the Base Rent payable by Tenant to Landlord on the rent schedule as set forth on Exhibit “D” annexed hereto and made a part hereof.

 

(c)                                  “Brokers” shall collectively mean Cushman & Wakefield of Connecticut, Inc., representing Landlord, and CBRE, Inc. representing Tenant.

 

(d)                                 “Building” shall mean the building known as 488 Wheelers Farm Road, Milford, Connecticut known as Building E, Corporate Campus 1.

 

(e)                          “Commencement Date” shall mean June 15, 2015.

 

(f)                                   “Corporate Campus 1” shall collectively mean the buildings known as 470 Wheelers Farm Road, 472 Wheelers Farm Road, 476 Wheelers Farm Road, 478 Wheelers Farm Road, and 488 Wheelers Farm Road.

 

(g)                                  “Expiration Date” shall mean November 30, 2020, unless sooner terminated as set forth herein.

 

(h)                                 “Landlord’s Work” shall mean the work and installations at the Premises to be performed by Landlord at Landlord’s sole cost and expense as set forth on Exhibit “E” annexed hereto.

 

(i)                                     “Premises” shall collectively mean that certain portion of rentable space located on the first (1st) floor of the Building containing approximately 3,916 rentable square feet (the “First Floor Premises”) and that certain portion of rentable space located on the second (2nd) floor of the Building containing approximately 36,626 rentable square feet (the “Second Floor

 



 

Premises”), each as more particularly shown cross-hatched on Exhibit “A” annexed hereto and made a part hereof.

 

(j)                                    “Property” shall mean the Building together with the plot of land upon which such Building stands, as shown on the site plan (the “Site Plan”) on Exhibit “B” annexed hereto and made a part hereof.

 

(k)                         “Rent Commencement Date” shall mean December 1, 2015.

 

(1)                                 “Security Deposit” shall mean the sum of $250,223.74, subject to possible reduction as set forth in Article 36 herein.

 

(m)                             “Term” shall mean the period of five (5) years and approximately six (6) months from and including the Commencement Date through and including the Expiration Date, unless sooner terminated as set forth herein.

 

2.                                      PREMISES. Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, upon the terms and conditions hereinafter specified, the Premises. The Premises does not include any space located outside of the Premises and Tenant shall not use the exterior of the Building or the roof for any purpose without Landlord’s express written consent which may be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion; provided, however, notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have non-exclusive use of the loading dock which connects to the first (1st) floor of the Premises. Tenant shall have access to the Premises twenty-four (24) hours a day, three hundred sixty-five (365) days a year.

 

3.                                      TERM. The Term of this Lease shall commence on the Commencement Date, and end on the Expiration Date, unless the Term shall sooner terminate pursuant to the terms hereof. Tenant shall, at Landlord’s option, within ten (10) days of written request made by Landlord to Tenant, execute the certificate (the “Landlord’s Certificate”) annexed hereto as Exhibit “C” certifying the Commencement Date, the Rent Commencement Date and the Expiration Date of this Lease, provided Tenant agrees with the facts set forth in the same, and such dates shall be deemed conclusive for purposes of this Article and this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall be permitted access to the Premises from and after the date that is four (4) weeks prior to the Commencement Date, without charge, for the purposes of installing wiring for telephone/data communication systems and for installation of any and all furniture and personal property in the Premises, provided such access does not interfere with the performance of Landlord’s Work, further provided that the parties shall reasonably cooperate to allow Tenant to access the Premises and to perform such installation, including but not limited to the implementation of phased and/or sequential construction activities in order to provide Tenant with as much pre-Commencement Date access as is practicable taking into account Landlord’s performance of the Landlord’s Work. Tenant is fully responsible at its sole cost and expense and exclusive of any tenant improvement allowance, for the installation and maintenance of the foregoing.

 

2



 

4.                                      USE OF PREMISES.

 

(a)                                 Tenant shall use the Premises only for general office purposes other related uses only. No signs of any kind shall be installed or maintained in the Premises, which shall be visible from outside the Premises. Notwithstanding the foregoing and to the extent allowed by Legal Requirements (as defined herein), Tenant shall be permitted to use the Premises for milling, including the use of a Bridgeport milling machine and/or a South Bend lathe (or similar equipment).

 

(b)                                 Tenant, at its expense, shall comply with all laws, orders and regulations of Federal, State and municipal authorities (collectively “Legal Requirements”) and with any direction of any public officer which shall impose any violation, order or duty upon Landlord or Tenant with respect to the particular manner of use by Tenant of the Premises to the extent that any such law, order, regulation or direction is enacted, or first becomes effective, after the Commencement Date. Tenant shall have the right to contest any such Legal Requirement, in good faith, provided that no such contest exposes Landlord to any liability, fine, penalty or expense as a result thereof and Tenant shall defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any such liability, fine, penalty or expense including reasonable attorneys’ fees. Landlord shall, at its cost, comply with all Legal Requirements with respect to the Premises except those relating to Tenant’s particular manner of use of the Premises. Tenant shall not do or permit to be done any act or thing upon the Premises, which will invalidate fire, general liability or other insurance policies covering the Premises.

 

(c)                                  Tenant, at its expense, shall comply with all rules, orders, regulations and requirements of the Board of Fire Underwriters or other similar body or authority having jurisdiction and shall not do or permit anything to be done in or upon the Premises, or bring or keep anything therein, which is prohibited by the applicable fire department, fire marshal or any such Board of Fire Underwriters or other body or authority. In the event that Tenant’s particular manner of use of the Premises results in any increase in premiums for insurance carried by Landlord with respect to the Premises, Tenant shall pay such increase in premiums as Additional Rent, within thirty (30) days after being billed therefor by Landlord.

 

5.                                      RENT.

 

(a)                                 Each Lease Year (as hereinafter defined), Tenant shall pay to Landlord Base Rent, without setoff or deductions of any kind (except as otherwise set forth in this Lease), in equal monthly installments, in advance, on the first day of each calendar month of the Term at the address of Landlord stated above or such other place as Landlord may designate in writing from time to time, with payment in advance of appropriate fractions of a monthly payment for any portion of a month at the commencement and termination of the Term. Every amount payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder shall (except as otherwise set forth in this Lease) be paid without setoff or deductions of any kind on demand. Base Rent and Additional Rent are herein collectively called “Rent”. Any Rent not paid by Tenant within ten (10) days after its due date shall thereafter be payable with a late charge equal to five (5%) percent of the unpaid rent installment, as Additional Rent.

 

3



 

(b)                                 Tenant’s obligation to pay Base Rent under this Lease shall commence on the Rent Commencement Date.

 

(c)                                  The obligation of Tenant to pay all sums of Additional Rent shall commence on the Commencement Date of the Lease and there shall be no abatement whatsoever of the obligation of Tenant to pay such sums during any period or part of any lease year during the term of the Lease.

 

(d)                                 The term “Lease Year” shall mean a period of twelve (12) consecutive calendar months. The first “Lease Year” shall commence on the Commencement Date, and shall end with the expiration of the next succeeding twelve (12) months, plus the number of days, if any, required to have the period end at the expiration of the calendar month, and each Lease Year shall run consecutively thereafter.

 

6.                                      CONDITION OF PREMISES AND DELIVERY.

 

(a)                                 Landlord shall deliver the Premises to Tenant in the condition which the Premises exist as of the date hereof and Tenant shall accept the Premises in a strictly “as is” condition, subject to the Substantial Completion of Landlord’s Work in accordance with Exhibit “E” attached hereto and made a part hereof. The Premises shall be delivered as follows: (i) the First Floor Premises, no later than August 1, 2015, and (ii) the Second Floor Premises, no later than the Commencement Date. Tenant acknowledges that Tenant has inspected, or been given the opportunity to inspect the Premises prior to entering into this Lease and Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has made absolutely no warranties or representations concerning the Premises, or their condition; provided, however, Landlord represents and warrants that as of the date of this Lease and the Commencement Date (i) all Building systems servicing the Premises (including without limitation HVAC, electrical, sewer, and water) shall be in good working order and condition, (ii) Landlord holds fee simple title to the Property, (iii) the roof and foundation of the Building are in good condition, leak-free, and the Building structure and doors and windows of the Building and the Premises, are in good working order; (iv) the Building is compliant with all state and municipal life/fire/safety requirements, (v) the easements, covenants and restrictions to which the Property is subject, if any, do not modify or interfere with Tenant’s rights nor increase Tenant’s obligations hereunder, (vi) the Property, the Building and the Premises shall comply with Legal Requirements, including the Americans with Disabilities Act, (vii) the Premises and the Building, including any parking areas, comply with all applicable zoning requirements, (viii) there is available to the Building a water supply and sanitary sewer service approved by all applicable governmental entities having jurisdiction, and electric, gas (if applicable) and telephone service available for Tenant’s use of the Premises to an entry point at the Premises.

 

(b)                                 In the event the First Floor Premises is not delivered to Tenant by August 1, 2015 with Landlord’s Work Substantially Completed (as defined herein) in accordance with Exhibit “E”, and provided Tenant has not caused any delays in Landlord’s Work, then as of the Rent Commencement Date Tenant shall be entitled to an automatic credit, against Base Rent payable under this Lease, in an amount equal to one (1) day of free rent for every one (1) day delay beyond August 1, 2015.

 

4



 

(c)                                  In addition to the performance of Landlord’s Work, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that if Tenant desires to construct five (5) new offices in the Premises at any time during the Term, the parties shall share the cost of construction equally. The construction of said offices shall be performed by Landlord and shall be substantially similar to the finishes of current offices in the Premises. The construction shall include millwork, sheetrock, electrical outlets, lighting, doors, carpeting and painting. Tenant’s costs hereunder shall be deemed Additional Rent.

 

7.                                      INCREASE IN OPERATING EXPENSES.

 

(a)                                 The base year (the “Base Year”) for purposes of this Lease shall be the calendar year 2015. “Operating Expenses” shall mean the expenses incurred by Landlord in the operation, administration and maintenance of the Premises and of the “Common Areas” of the Building and the Corporate Campus 1, as applicable, other than the Premises and all other demised premises in Corporate Campus 1 designated for occupancy by tenants, in a first class manner and in accordance with sound and reasonable practices for facilities of a like kind and character in accordance with (and subject to) Exhibit “F” hereto. Subject to Exhibit F, Operating Expenses for the Common Areas shall include, without limitation, all expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with the Campus Road and sewage pump station and related equipment serving Corporate Campus 1 which, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, as applied to the operation and maintenance of first-class office parks, are properly chargeable to the operation and maintenance of Corporate Campus 1. Tenant’s proportionate share of Operating Expenses for Corporate Campus 1 is 9.11% (“Tenant’s Proportionate Share Park”); Tenant’s proportionate share of Operating Expenses for the Building is 54.48% (“Tenant’s Proportionate Share Building”). (“Tenant’s Proportionate Share Park” and “Tenant’s Proportionate Share Building” are hereinafter referred to, collectively, as “Tenant’s Proportionate Shares”). Tenant’s Proportionate Shares shall also apply to Increases in Real Estate Taxes as provided in Article 8 hereof. Tenant’s Proportionate Shares shall be adjusted, as necessary, to reflect increases only in the total rentable square feet contained in Corporate Campus 1, resulting from construction of space therein, or any other cause.

 

(b)                                 Within one hundred twenty (120) days after the expiration of the Base Year and of each Operational Year (as hereinafter defined) (the “Statement Date”), Landlord shall furnish Tenant a written statement prepared by Landlord of the Operating Expenses incurred for such year (“Landlord’s Statement”). Tenant’s Proportionate Shares of any increase of Operating Expenses during any Operational Year over the Operating Expenses in the Base Year shall be referred to herein as the “Cost Increases”. Landlord shall retain and make available for inspection by Tenant all the records reflected in Landlord’s statement as to the Base Year and each Operational Year for a period of two hundred seventy (270) days after rendering a statement to Tenant (the “Inspection Period”), and Tenant shall be entitled, on reasonable notice, to inspect same at any time during the Inspection Period, at Landlord’s office, provided that Landlord shall have the right to change such address on notice to Tenant. In the event Tenant shall dispute Landlord’s Statement, Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days following the expiration of the Inspection Period, deliver to Landlord a statement (“Tenant’s Statement”) specifying the inaccuracies in Landlord’s Statement, with reasonable detail. If Landlord and Tenant cannot,

 

5



 

within thirty (30) days of Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s Statement, resolve their differences, Landlord and Tenant shall, within fifteen (15) days thereafter, agree on a reputable certified public accounting firm to undertake a review thereof and to fix, in writing, the Operating Expenses and the Cost Increases in accordance with the terms of this Lease (the “Review”) which shall be final and binding on Landlord and Tenant. The certified public accounting firm shall be charged with completion of the Review within a thirty (30) day period. Where Landlord and Tenant cannot timely agree on a reputable certified public accounting firm for the foregoing, Landlord and Tenant shall each select a member of a reputable certified public accounting firm who shall be directed to select a reputable certified public accounting firm to undertake the Review. Where the result of the Review discloses a variation in Operating Expenses from that asserted by Landlord five percent (5%) or more, the charges of the reputable certified public accounting firm shall be paid by Landlord; where the variation is less than five percent (5%), the charges of the reputable public accounting firm shall be paid by Tenant. Tenant shall pay to Landlord any amounts in dispute pending resolution in accordance with the above procedure. If any such Review reveals that Tenant’s Proportionate Shares for such period is (i) more than the amount paid for such period, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the deficiency within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of such Review, or (ii) less than the amount paid for such period, Landlord shall promptly refund the amount of such overpayment or grant a credit in Tenant’s favor toward the next installment(s) of Additional Rent, at Landlord’s sole option. Any such adjustment shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Term.

 

In the event Tenant shall not deliver to Landlord Tenant’s Statement as to any Operational Year prior to expiration of the applicable Inspection Period, Landlord’s Statement for such Operational Year shall be deemed accurate in all regards.

 

(c)                                  Each calendar year after the Base Year shall be referred to herein as an “Operational Year”. Commencing with the first Operational Year, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, Tenant’s Projected Shares. Such “Projected Shares” shall be equal to Landlord’s reasonable written estimate of Tenant’s Proportionate Shares of the Cost Increases for the Operational Year. On the first day of each month of each Operational Year during the Term, Tenant shall pay to Landlord one-twelfth (1/12) of its Projected Shares of the estimated Cost Increases for such Operational Year. If Landlord’s statement after the end of an Operational Year shall indicate that Tenant’s Projected Shares exceed Tenant’s Proportionate Shares of Cost Increases, Landlord shall forthwith credit the amount of such excess against the subsequent payments of Rent due hereunder. If Landlord’s Statement shall indicate that Tenant’s Proportionate Shares of Cost Increases exceeded Tenant’s Projected Shares for the completed Operational Year, Tenant shall forthwith pay the amount of such excess to Landlord.

 

(d)                                 Landlord’s failure to render Landlord’s Statement with respect to any Operational Year or Tax Year (as defined in Article 8 below), or Landlord’s delay in rendering said statement shall not prejudice Landlord’s right to render a Landlord’s Statement with respect to that or any subsequent Operational Year or Tax Year. The obligations of Landlord and Tenant under this Article 7 with respect to any Additional Rent, which obligations have accrued prior to the termination of the Term, shall survive the termination of the Term.

 

6



 

(e)                                  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Article 7 or in Article 8 herein, in the event Landlord delays delivering, or fails to deliver a Landlord’s Statement or Landlord’s Tax Statement (as defined herein) timely, and if after Tenant’s receipt of such Landlord’s Statement or Landlord’s Tax Statement, Tenant determines that Tenant’s corresponding Cost Increases and/or Tax Increases (as defined herein) results in a material misstatement as compared payments made by Tenant in prior Operational Years and/or Tax Years, Tenant shall be permitted to pay to Landlord the Cost Increases or Tax Increases over a twelve (12) month period.

 

8.                            INCREASE IN REAL ESTATE TAXES.

 

(a)                                 If Real Estate Taxes (as hereinafter defined) for any Tax Year (as hereinafter defined) paid by Landlord with respect to the Common Areas or the Premises are increased, at any time or from time to time during the Term hereof over Real Estate Taxes paid by Landlord during the “Tax Base Year” as defined hereinbelow, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, an amount equal to Tenant’s Proportionate Shares of such increase (the “Tax Increases”). A “Tax Year” shall be the period of twelve (12) consecutive calendar months commencing each July 1 during the Term and ending each June 30 during the Term. The Tax Base Year shall be the Tax Year for July 1, 2015 through June 30, 2016. Each Tax Year during the Term following the Tax Base Year is hereinafter referred to as an “Operational Tax Year”. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, commencing with the first Operational Tax Year, as Additional Rent, Tenant’s “Projected Tax Shares”. Such Projected Tax Shares shall be equal to Landlord’s reasonable written estimate of Tenant’s Proportionate Shares of the Tax Increase for each Operational Year, or portion thereof, as applicable. On the first day of each month of each Operational Tax Year during the Term, Tenant shall pay to Landlord one-twelfth (1/12) of its Projected Tax Shares for such Operational Year.

 

(b)                                 Within one hundred twenty (120) days after the expiration of the Tax Base Year and of each Operational Tax Year, Landlord shall furnish Tenant a written statement prepared by Landlord of the Real Estate Taxes incurred for such year, together with copies of invoices from the applicable taxing authorities and proof of payment of the same, (collectively, “Landlord’s Tax Statement”). If Landlord’s Tax Statement with respect to an Operational Tax Year shall indicate that Tenant’s Projected Tax Shares exceeded Tenant’s Proportionate Shares of the Tax Increases for such Operational Tax Year, Landlord shall forthwith credit the amount of such excess against the subsequent payments of Rent due hereunder. If Landlord’s statement shall indicate that Tenant’s Proportionate Shares of the Tax Increases exceeded Tenant’s Projected Tax Shares for such Operational Tax Year, Tenant shall forthwith pay the amount of such excess to Landlord. “Real Estate Taxes” shall mean all taxes or assessments and governmental charges, whether Federal, State or municipal, which are levied or charged against real estate attributable to Corporate Campus 1, the Building or the Premises, excluding, however: (i) federal, state, municipal or other gross receipts, unincorporated business, income or franchise taxes or any other taxes imposed upon or measured by Landlord’s income or profits, except to the extent in substitution for Real Estate Taxes, (ii) late charges, fines, interest or penalties, (iii) assessments levied directly and exclusively as a result of improvements made to other tenant space in the Building or in Corporate Campus 1, and (iv) rent tax or any other similar disposition, except to the extent in substitution for Real Estate Taxes.

 

7



 

9.                                      ALTERATIONS, IMPROVEMENTS, ETC.

 

(a)                                 All alterations, improvements or additions made by Tenant upon the Premises, except furniture, light fixtures, office equipment, or movable partitions or trade fixtures installed at the expense of Tenant, shall, at Tenant’s option, either: (i) remain the property of Tenant and Tenant shall be allowed to remove the same from the Premises in Tenant’s sole discretion; or (ii) be surrendered with the Premises as a part thereof at the termination of this Lease, without compensation to Tenant, unless Landlord, at the time that it consents to Tenant’s changes or alterations, elects to have them removed by Tenant, in which event the same shall be removed from the Premises by Tenant at Lease expiration, at Tenant’s expense, provided, however, Landlord shall not require such items to be removed unless the items involve material alterations to the structure of the Premises or to the Premises systems.

 

(b)                                 Tenant shall not make any alterations, installations, improvements, additions or other physical changes in or about the Premises (“Alterations”) without Landlord’s prior consent. Landlord’s consent shall not be required with regard to any nonstructural Alteration that costs less than $100,000.00 (a “Permitted Alteration”) (provided that Tenant shall notify Landlord of the same and otherwise comply with the provisions of this Article 9 with respect thereto), and Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay its consent to any other proposed nonstructural Alteration. Landlord shall not be responsible for any effect on the Premises systems caused by any such alterations for which Tenant does not obtain Landlord’s consent. An Alteration shall be deemed nonstructural if the Alteration (i) does not materially adversely affect any service required to be furnished by Landlord to Tenant, (ii) does not materially adversely affect the proper functioning of any Premises system, (iii) does not adversely reduce the value or utility of the Premises, (iv) does not adversely affect the certificate of occupancy for the Premises, and (v) does not modify any ceiling slab, floor slab, load-bearing column, load-bearing wall, exterior wall or exterior window, of the Premises.

 

(c)                                  Prior to making any Alterations (other than a Permitted Alteration), Tenant shall, to the extent applicable: (i) submit to Landlord detailed plans and specifications (including layout, architectural, mechanical and structural drawings) for each proposed Alteration, and shall not commence any such Alteration without first obtaining Landlord’s approval of such plans and specifications, which, in the case of non-structural Alterations, shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; (ii) at Tenant’s expense, obtain all permits, approvals and certificates required by any governmental authorities; and (iii) furnish to Landlord certificates evidencing worker’s compensation policies (covering all persons to be employed by Tenant, and by Tenant’s contractors and subcontractors, in connection with such Alteration) and commercial general liability (including property damage coverage) insurance in such form, with such companies, for such periods and in such amounts as Landlord may reasonably approve, naming Landlord, and it’s designees as additional insureds. Upon completion of all Alteration, Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall obtain certificates of final approval of such Alteration required by any governmental authority and shall furnish Landlord copies thereof, together with, to the extent required by any governmental authority, the “as-built” plans and specifications (“as-built drawings”) for such Alteration, it being agreed that all filings with governmental authorities to obtain such permits, approvals and certificates shall be made at Tenants’ expense. Provided that such drawings shall be certified as correct by Tenant’s architect

 

8



 

and satisfy the requirement of any governmental authorities to which Landlord or Tenant shall be required to submit as-built drawings, Tenant’s obligation to furnish as-built drawings to Landlord may be satisfied by the furnishing of appropriate marked “MEP” drawings, architectural drawings and/or Tenant’s contractors “shop” drawings. All Alterations (other than Permitted Alterations) shall be made and performed substantially in accordance with the plans and specifications therefor as approved by Landlord, all applicable laws and any construction rules and regulations promulgated by Landlord from time to time. All materials and equipment to be incorporated in the Premises as a result of any Alterations or a part thereof shall be of a quality at least equal to the quality of the Premises, and no such materials or equipment shall be subject to any lien, encumbrance, chattel mortgage or title retention or security agreement.

 

(d)                                 If Landlord shall fail to respond to a request by Tenant to approve Tenant’s plans and specifications for any nonstructural Alteration within seven (7) business days, or within five (5) business days with respect to any resubmission of previously disapproved plans, after Landlord’s receipt thereof (provided in each instance the same shall be of a scope and scale reasonably susceptible of review in such periods, but in no event shall such review period continue for more than an additional seven (7) business days), Landlord shall be deemed to have approved such plans and specifications. Any disapproval given by Landlord shall be accompanied by a statement of the reasons for such disapproval. Landlord reserves the right, in each case within the foregoing time limits, to disapprove any plans and specifications in part, to reserve approval of items shown thereon (the “Pending Items”) pending Landlord’s review and approval of other plans and specifications for other items which may impact the Pending Items, and to condition Landlord’s approval upon Tenant making revisions to the plans and specifications or supplying additional information. In order for Landlord to be deemed to have given approval to any plans and specifications submitted (or resubmitted) by Tenant, the same must be accompanied by a notice which identifies the architect or engineer who prepared said plans and specifications, and which bears the following legend typed in bold, capital letters at the top: “IF LANDLORD SHALL FAIL TO APPROVE OR DISAPPROVE THE ENCLOSED PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS WITHIN THE TIME PERIODS SPECIFIED IN ARTICLE 9(d) OF THE LEASE, LANDLORD SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE APPROVED SUCH PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS.” Any review or approval by Landlord of any plans and/or specifications or any preparation or design of any plans by Landlord’s architect or engineer (or any architect or engineer designated by Landlord) with respect to any Alteration proposed by Tenant shall be solely for Landlord’s benefit, and without any representation or warranty whatsoever to Tenant or any other person with respect to the compliance thereof with any laws or to the adequacy, correctness or efficiency thereof or otherwise.

 

(e)                                  All Alterations shall be performed at Tenant’s own cost and expense, by Tenant’s contractors, subcontractors or mechanics approved (other than with respect to Permitted Alterations, for which contractor approval shall not be required) by Landlord with such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. At Tenant’s request, Landlord shall furnish Tenant with a list of at least three (3) contractors who may perform the relevant Alterations to the Premises on behalf of Tenant. If Tenant engages any contractor set forth on the list, Tenant shall not be required to obtain Landlord’s consent for such contractor unless, prior to entering into a contract with such contractor, such contractor has been removed from the list, provided,

 

9



 

however, Landlord shall have provided written notice of such contractor having been removed from such list prior to Tenant entering into a contract with such contractor.

 

(f)                                   With respect to any Alteration affecting any Premises system, the Alteration shall, at Tenant’s cost and expense, be designed by Tenant’s engineer for the relevant Premises system, subject to review and approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, at Tenant’s cost and expense, by Landlord’s engineer. Within thirty (30) days after being billed therefor, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, as additional rent, for the reasonable and actual expenses incurred by Landlord in connection therewith (the “Engineering Fee”).

 

(g)                                  Any mechanic’s lien filed against the Building or the Premises for work claimed to have been done for, or materials claimed to have been furnished to, Tenant, shall be discharged by Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, within thirty (30) days after Tenant shall have received notice thereof, by payment or filing the bond required by law. Tenant shall not, at any time prior to or during the Term, directly or indirectly employ, or permit the employment of, any contractor, mechanic or laborer at the Premises, whether in connection with any Alteration or otherwise, if such employment would interfere or cause any conflict with other contractors, mechanics or laborers engaged in the maintenance or operation of the Building by Landlord, Tenant or others, or of any adjacent property owned by Landlord. In the event of any such interference or conflict, Tenant, upon demand of Landlord, shall cause all contractors, mechanics or laborers causing such interference or conflict to leave the Premises immediately.

 

(h)                                 In addition to the Engineering Fee, Tenant shall pay to Landlord or to Landlord’s agent from time to time during the performance of any Alterations, within thirty (30) days after demand therefor and as Additional Rent, an amount equal to the reasonable out-of-pocket costs incurred by Landlord in connection with each such Alteration (the “Alteration Fee”).

 

(i)                                     Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article 9 or anything to the contrary herein, Tenant shall have the right to perform the Alterations described on Exhibit “I”, attached hereto and made a part hereof (the “Tenant’s Work”).

 

10.                               MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRS.

 

(a)                                 Landlord, at Landlord’s expense, agrees to keep and maintain in good condition and repair all structural components of the Building, including the foundation, the exterior walls, the interior bearing walls and the roof. Landlord shall keep and maintain in good condition and repair all utility and building equipment and systems servicing the Building and the Premises, such as heating, air conditioning, plumbing, and electric wiring, and all landscaping, driveway, parking areas and sidewalks. Landlord shall maintain the Property, the Building (and all Common Areas) and the Premises in a in a first class manner and in accordance with sound and reasonable practices for facilities of a like kind.

 

(b)                                 Without limitation to the generality of Article 10(a) above, the Building and the Property and the chillers and related equipment that are part of the Common HVAC

 

10


 

 

System (as defined in Exhibit “G” attached hereto), which are located within the Building, and all other parts of the Building systems which do not exclusively serve the Premises and are not located exclusively within the Premises, shall be maintained in good order and condition and repaired by Landlord, at Landlord’s expense, except to the extent resulting from the negligence or wrongful act of Tenant, its employees, agents or invitees, in which event Landlord shall maintain and repair same at Tenant’s expense and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of same upon demand.

 

(c)                                  Without limitation to the generality of Article 10(a) above, Landlord’s, at Landlord’s expense, shall maintain in good order and condition and repair the interior of the Premises, including without limitation, all Premises systems exclusively serving the Premises and exclusively located within the Premises, except to the extent resulting from the negligence or wrongful act of Tenant, its employees, agents or invitees, in which event Landlord shall maintain and repair same at Tenant’s expense and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of same upon demand. Tenant shall keep the interior of the Premises clean and orderly in accordance with Landlord’s standards for the Premises and Corporate Campus 1.

 

(d)                                 As used in this Article 10 the term “repair” shall include replacement when required in Landlord’s reasonable opinion.

 

11.                               PARKING. Parking shall be provided for use by Tenant at a surface parking area and a parking deck, which provide parking for the Premises and the Building. Tenant and its agents, employees and invitees shall have the right to use said surface parking area and parking deck, on a non-reserved basis and at no additional cost to Tenant, in common with tenants of the Building and their agents, employees, and invitees. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at all times during the term of this Lease, Tenant shall have the right to use no fewer than four (4) parking spaces for every 1,000 rentable square feet attributable to the Premises in said surface parking area and parking deck. Tenant shall also have the exclusive right to use three (3) reserved parking spaces in the lot in front of the Building, which reserved spaces shall be designated as such with appropriate signage. Following execution hereof, Landlord and Tenant shall designate the reserved parking spaces in locations that are mutually agreeable to the parties.

 

12.                               UTILITIES AND SERVICES.

 

(a)                                 Landlord shall furnish and distribute to the Premises air conditioning and heat with a system designed in accordance with Exhibit “G” hereto, as follows: Mondays through Fridays from 8:00 A.M. to 6:00 P.M. for the first (1st) floor portion of the Premises, Mondays through Fridays from 8:00 A.M. to 8:00 P.M. for the second (2nd) floor portion of the Premises, and Saturdays from 8:00 A.M. to 12:00 P.M. (except the days observed by the Federal or State governments as legal holidays). If Tenant shall require air conditioning or heat at any other time (“after-hours”), Landlord shall furnish after-hours air conditioning and heat upon twenty-four (24) hours advance notice from Tenant, and Tenant shall pay Landlord’s reasonable costs (direct and related) therefor on Landlord’s demand. The current charge for after-hours heat is $70.00 per hour and for after-hours air conditioning is $100.00 per hour, which charges are subject to revision.

 

11



 

(b)                                 Landlord shall supply reasonably adequate quantities of water to the Premises for ordinary lavatory and drinking purposes.

 

(c)                                  Landlord shall cause the Premises to be cleaned in accordance with the cleaning specifications set forth on Exhibit “H” hereto; provided that to the extent any area is used for a computer room, data processing or similar equipment (other than normal office computers) and requires additional cleaning, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the premium charged for same by Landlord’s cleaning contractor.

 

(d)                                 In no event shall Landlord be required to provide any security services to the Premises. Tenant shall supply such security services to the Premises as Tenant requires and at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, subject to Landlord’s prior approval, of plans, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, provided that Landlord’s consent shall not be required to the extent the work is nonstructural, as defined in Article 9(b) hereof. As of the Commencement Date, Landlord shall provide card keys to Tenant for its employees at Landlord’s sole cost and expense. In the event Tenant requires additional or replacement card keys during the Term, same shall be provided by Landlord to Tenant at Tenant’s expense.

 

(e)                                  Landlord does not warrant that any of the services referred to above, or any other services which Landlord may supply, will be free from interruption, Tenant acknowledging that any or more such services may be suspended by reason of causes beyond the reasonable control of Landlord, including accident or repairs, alterations or improvements necessary to be made for the health and safety of tenants, or by strikes or lockouts, or by operation of law. Any such interruption or discontinuance of service beyond the reasonable control of Landlord shall not be deemed an eviction or disturbance of Tenants use and possession of the Premises, or any part thereof, or render Landlord liable to Tenant for damages by abatement of Rent or otherwise, or relieve Tenant from performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease; provided that such interruption or discontinuance does not arise out of or in connection with the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its agents, contractors or employees.

 

13.                               LIABILITY INSURANCE.

 

(a)                                 Tenant shall obtain and keep in full force and effect (i) an “all risk” insurance policy for all improvements made by Tenant to the Premises (including, without limitation, Tenant’s Work) and Tenant’s property at the Premises, and (ii) a policy of commercial general liability and property damage insurance on an occurrence basis, with a broad form contractual liability endorsement. Such policies shall provide that Tenant is named as the insured. Landlord, Landlord’s managing agent and any mortgagees (whose names shall have been furnished to Tenant by Landlord) shall be named as additional insured, as their respective interests may appear with respect to the insurance required to be carried pursuant to clause (i) above, and to the extent of the named insured’s negligence with respect to the insurance required to be carried pursuant to clause (ii) above. Such policy with respect to clause (ii) above shall include a provision under which the insurer agrees to indemnify and hold Landlord, Landlord’s managing agent, Landlord’s agent and such lessors and mortgagees harmless from and against, subject to the limits of liability set forth in this Article 13(a), all cost, expense and liability arising out of or based upon, any and all claims, accidents, injuries and damages mentioned in

 

12



 

Article 38(c) hereof. In addition, the policy required to be carried pursuant to clause (ii) above shall contain a provision that (a) no act or omission of Tenant shall affect or limit the obligation of the insurer to pay the amount of any covered loss sustained, and (b) the policy shall provide that Landlord shall receive at least thirty (30) days’ written notice of any-cancellation thereof. The policy required pursuant to this Article 13 shall be for a combined single limit with respect to each occurrence in an amount of $1,000,000 (and a minimum umbrella limit of $5,000,000) for injury (or death) to personal and damage to property, which amount may be increased (not more frequently than one (1) time in every three (3) years) to that amount of insurance which in Landlord’s reasonable judgment is then being customarily required by prudent landlords of first class demised premises in New Haven County of tenants having substantially similar office or ancillary uses to those of Tenant. All insurance required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease shall be effected under valid and enforceable policies issued by reputable and independent insurers licensed to do business in the State of Connecticut, and rated in Best’s Insurance Guide, or any successor thereto (or if there be none, an organization having a national reputation) as having a general policy holder rating of “A” and a financial rating of at least “XIII”. No failure on Tenant’s part to maintain any of the insurance required pursuant to this Article 13 shall vitiate Tenant’s liability to indemnify Landlord and all other parties named herein as additional insureds from and against all claims, damages, loss, liability and expense which would otherwise have been covered by such insurance coverage.

 

(b)                                 On or prior to the Commencement Date, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord appropriate certificates or insurance, (including evidence of waiver of subrogation required pursuant to Article 13(d) hereof required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to this Article 13. Evidence of each renewal or replacement of a policy shall be delivered by Tenant to Landlord at least twenty (20) days prior to the expiration of such policy.

 

(c)                                  Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be obligated to carry insurance on, and shall not be responsible for damage to any improvements made to the Premises by Tenant (including without limitation, Alterations or Tenant’s personnel property at the Premises), and that Landlord shall not carry insurance against, or be responsible for any loss suffered by Tenant due to, interruption of Tenant’s business, provided that such interruption does not arise out of or in connection with the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its agents, employees or contractors.

 

(d)                                 The parties hereto shall procure an appropriate clause in, or endorsement on, any fire or extended coverage insurance covering the Premises and personal property, fixtures and equipment located thereon or therein, pursuant to which the insurance companies waive subrogation or consent to a waiver of right of recovery and having obtained such clauses or endorsements of waiver of subrogation or consent to a waiver of right of recovery, and each party on behalf of itself and all persons claiming under or through such party by subrogation or otherwise hereby releases the other party and agrees that it will not make any claim against or seek to recover from the other for any loss or damage to its property or the property of others resulting from fire or other hazards covered by such fire and extended coverage insurance, provided, however, that the release, discharge, exoneration and covenant not to sue herein contained shall be limited by and be coextensive with the terms and provisions of the waiver of subrogation clause or endorsements or clauses or endorsements consenting to a waiver of right of

 

13



 

recovery. If the payment of an additional premium is required for the inclusion of such waiver of subrogation provision, each party shall advise the other of the amount of any such additional premiums and the other party at its own election may, but shall not be obligated to, pay the same. If such other party shall not elect to pay such additional premium, the first party shall not be required to obtain such waiver of subrogation provision. If either party shall be unable to obtain the inclusion of such clause even with the payment of an additional premium, then such party shall attempt to name the other party as an additional insured (but not a loss payee) under the policy.

 

(e)                                  Landlord represents that it currently maintains and it will continue to maintain during the Term of this Lease comprehensive property, casualty and liability insurance with respect to the Building (including full replacement coverage), and that the limits of coverage in respect of such liability insurance, in particular, will be no less than those required of Tenant hereinabove. The policies creating such insurance shall include terms that a reasonably prudent owner would maintain with respect to a building of similar size and location.

 

14.                               SUBORDINATION.

 

(a)                                 This Lease is and shall be subject and subordinate to (i) any and all mortgages now or hereafter affecting the fee title of the Property, and to any and all present and future extensions, modifications, renewals, replacements and amendments thereof, and (ii) any and all ground or underlying leases now or hereafter affecting the Property or any part thereof and to any and all extensions, modifications, renewals, replacements and amendments thereof. Such subordination shall be automatic provided that Tenant shall execute and deliver to any present or future mortgagee such documentation as shall be required by such mortgagee to confirm such subordination. Tenant will execute and deliver promptly to Landlord any certificate or instrument which Landlord, from time to time, may request for confirmation of the provisions of this Article 14.

 

(b)                                 If at any time prior to the expiration of the Term, any superior lease shall terminate or be terminated for any reason or any mortgagee comes into possession of the Property or the estate created by any superior lease by receiver or otherwise, Tenant agrees, at the election and upon demand of any owner of the Property, or of the lessor, or of any mortgaged in possession of the Property, to attorn, from time to time, to any such owner, lessor or mortgagee or any person acquiring the interest of Landlord as a result of any such termination, or as a result of a foreclosure of the mortgage or the granting of a deed in lieu of foreclosure, upon the then executory terms and conditions of this Lease, subject to the provisions of Article 14(a) hereof, and this Article 14(b) for the remainder of the Term, provided that such owner, lessor or mortgagee, or receiver caused to be appointed by any of the foregoing, as the case may be, shall then be entitled to possession of the Premises and provided further that such owner, lessor or mortgagee, as the case may be, or anyone claiming by, through or under such owner, lessor or mortgagee, as the case may be, including a purchaser at a foreclosure sale, shall not be:

 

(i)                                     liable for any act or omission of any prior landlord (including, without limitation, the then defaulting landlord), or

 

14



 

(ii)                                  subject to any defense or offsets which Tenant may have against any prior landlord (including, without limitation, the then defaulting landlord), or

 

(iii)                               bound by any payment of Rent which Tenant may have made to any prior landlord (including, without limitation, the then defaulting landlord) more than one (I) month in advance of the date upon which such payment was due, or

 

(iv)                              bound by any amendment or modification of this Lease made after the date when such mortgagee acquired its interest as mortgagee and Tenant received notice of such mortgage, or such lessor acquired its interest as lessor, as the case may be, without its consent.

 

(c)                                  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, Landlord shall obtain a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement (“SNDA”) from the current holder of any existing lease, right, claim, mortgage or deed of trust against or affecting the Premises promptly after the execution and delivery of this Lease. Additionally, Landlord agrees that it shall obtain such SNDA from any mortgagees of Landlord who later come into existence at any time prior to the expiration of the term of this Lease.

 

15.                               CASUALTY.

 

(a)                                 If the Premises shall be damaged by fire or other casualty so that the damage can reasonably be repaired by Landlord within 180 days from the date of the damage (90 days for any casualty during the last year of the Term), then the damage shall be diligently repaired by and at the expense of Landlord within such 180 (or 90, as the case may be)-day period, and the Rent from the date of such damage until such repairs shall be made shall be apportioned according to the part of the Premises which is, in the reasonable business judgment of Tenant, suitable and/or accessible for its regular business operations within the Premises. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord fails to complete repairs required to be performed under this Article 15(a) within 270 days (or 90 days, in the last year of the Term) from the date of damage, Tenant shall have the right to give Landlord a notice in writing of intention to terminate this Lease, and thereupon the Term shall expire as of the date of such damage, effective the date of such notice.

 

(b)                                 If the Premises is damaged by fire or other casualty so that the damage cannot reasonably be repaired by Landlord within 180 days of the date of the damage (as determined by an independent architect or contractor reasonably selected by Landlord in such architect or contractor’s reasonable discretion), then in any of such events Landlord or Tenant may, within 30 days after such casualty (or in Tenant’s case not later than thirty days after receipt of the estimated restoration time from Landlord), give the other party a notice in writing of intention to terminate this Lease, and thereupon the Term shall expire, effective the date of the casualty, and Tenant shall vacate the Premises and surrender the same to Landlord within 30 days after the date of the termination notice, provided that for any casualty during the last year of

 

15



 

the Term, the restoration period shall be 90 days, rather than 180 days. If neither party elects to terminate this Lease, the provisions of Article 15(a) shall govern, except that Landlord shall be required to diligently repair the relevant damage at the expense of Landlord within 270 days of the date of such damage.

 

(c)                                  Landlord shall not be liable for any damage to, or be required (under any provision of this Lease or otherwise) to repair, restore or replace, any property in the Premises, nor be liable to Tenant for damage arising from rain or snow or from the bursting, overflowing or leakage of water, steam or gas pipes or defect in the plumbing, HVAC, mechanical or electrical systems of the Premises unless and to the extent arising out of or in connection with from the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its agents, employees or contractors or failure on the part of Landlord to perform its obligations under this Lease.

 

16.                               EMINENT DOMAIN.

 

(a)                                 If the whole of the Premises shall be acquired or condemned by eminent domain for any public or quasi-public use or purpose, or if any substantial part thereof is so acquired or condemned as to render the Premises untenantable, or so that Landlord elects not to restore the Premises then and in that event, the Term shall cease and terminate from the date of taking, Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord or the condemning authority for the value of the unexpired Term, nor a claim to any part of an award in such proceeding, and rent shall be adjusted and paid to the date of such termination. Tenant shall, however, have the right to claim compensation for Tenant’s moving expenses and damage to Tenant’s property in the Premises provided that such claim does not reduce Landlord’s award.

 

(b)                                 In the event of any other condemnation of a part of the Premises or the Premises, this Lease shall remain in effect, but the Rent shall be prorated based on that portion of the Premises which remains tenantable; provided however, that if 10% or more of the Premises, shall be taken and, in the reasonable opinion of Tenant, the remainder of the Premises cannot be used for the operation of Tenant’s business in ordinary course, then Tenant may terminate this Lease by notice to Landlord within 30 days after, notice of the taking by Landlord to Tenant, under the conditions described in Article 16(a) above.

 

17.                               ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING.

 

(a)                                 Tenant and its subtenants shall not assign, mortgage or encumber this Lease, nor sublease all or any part of the Premises or suffer or permit the Premises or any part thereof to be used by others, without the prior written consent of Landlord in each instance, which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld, conditioned or delayed. If this Lease be assigned, or if the Premises or any part thereof be sublet to or occupied by anybody other than Tenant, Landlord may, at Landlord’s option and subject to the terms and conditions below, collect Rent from the assignee, subtenant or occupant, and apply the net amount collected to the rent herein reserved, but no such assignment, subletting, occupancy or collection shall be deemed a waiver of this covenant, or the acceptance of the assignee, subtenant or occupants, or a release of Tenant from the further performance by Tenant of covenants on the part of Tenant herein contained. The consent by Landlord to an assignment or subletting shall not be construed to

 

16



 

relieve Tenant from obtaining the express consent in writing of Landlord to any further assignment or subletting.

 

(b)                                 Except in the case of a Permitted Assignment (hereinafter defined), if Tenant wishes to assign or sublease the Premises or any part thereof, Tenant must first offer to return the Premises to Landlord (which offer shall be made in writing and shall specify the effective date of such proposed offer, which date shall be the date the Lease terminates if Landlord accepts such offer). If Landlord elects to take back the Premises it shall so notify Tenant in writing, within thirty (30) days after receipt of Tenant’s offer. If Landlord does not accept Tenant’s offer, Tenant may sublease that portion of the Premises offered to Landlord or assign this Lease, subject to Landlord’s prior written consent described in (a) above, it being understood and agreed that such consent shall still be required notwithstanding Landlord’s election not to take back such space.

 

(c)                                  Anything in Article 17(a) to the contrary notwithstanding, the prior written consent of Landlord shall not be required with respect to an assignment of this Lease or a sublease of part or all of the Premises (each, a “Permitted Assignment”) to an entity that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by, controls or is under common control with, Tenant, or to any entity which succeeds Tenant by merger, reorganization or consolidation or by acquisition of all or substantially all of Tenant’s stock or assets, or other restructuring of Tenant provided that the successor entity has a net worth, computed in accordance with GAAP, that is not less than the net worth of Tenant immediately prior to such transaction or as of the date hereof, whichever is lesser. For this purpose “control” shall mean either of (i) the possession of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such entity, whether through the ownership of a sufficient percentage of voting securities, by contract or otherwise or (ii) the direct or indirect ownership of not less than fifty (50%) percent of all of the voting stock of such corporation or not less than fifty (50%) percent of all of the legal and equitable interest in any other entity. In connection with any such assignment or sublease, Tenant shall give notice to Landlord at least ten (10) days prior to the transaction and shall deliver a copy of the documentation to Landlord within ten days after the execution of the assignment or sublease.

 

(d)                                 Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Additional Rent, within ten days after receipt of payments from a subtenant or assignee, 50% of any “profit” on a subletting or assignment, i.e., the excess of consideration of any type received by Tenant from the subtenant or assignee (less the reasonable advertising, legal, brokerage and fit-up expenses and the cost of any other concessions incurred by Tenant in connection with such assignment or subletting), over a pro rata portion of the Rent payable by Tenant hereunder.

 

(e)                                  Landlord shall be obligated to consent to any proposed assignment or sublease only if:

 

(i)                                     the proposed assignee or subtenant, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment has a business reputation and credit record and is engaged in a business as are comparable to or compatible with the standards of the existing tenants in the Park; and

 

17



 

(ii)                                  the proposed use of the affected portion of the Premises is permitted under the terms of this lease.

 

(f)                                   In no event shall Landlord be obligated to consent to any proposed assignment or sublease to any of the following entities or to an entity that intends to occupy the Premises (or portion thereof) for any of the following purposes (as applicable):

 

(i)                                     the operation of a bank, trust company, safe deposit business, savings and loan association or loan company;

 

(ii)                                  employment or recruitment agency;

 

(iii)                               school, college, university or educational institution, whether or not non-profit;

 

(iv)                              a government, governmental or quasi-governmental organization, or any agency or subdivision thereof; or

 

(v)                                 a tenant or subtenant of a tenant of Landlord or an occupant of the or any other Premises in the Park, or any party or entity with whom Landlord or its agents or representatives has engaged in active negotiations for a lease in the Park during the 90-day period immediately preceding the date of Tenant’s request for consent.

 

(g)                                  Tenant shall reimburse Landlord on demand for any reasonable out-of-pocket costs that Landlord may incur in connection with a proposed assignment or sublease by Tenant, its assignees or subtenants, including the reasonable costs of investigating the acceptability of the proposed assignee or subtenant, charges paid to any mortgagee or ground lessor. Tenant shall pay Landlord’s reasonable attorneys’ fees in the amount of no less than $2,000.00 for preparation or review of documentation evidencing Landlord’s consent to an assignment or sublease.

 

(h)                                 No assignment or subletting shall affect the continuing primary liability of Tenant (which, following assignment, shall be joint and several with the assignee), and Tenant shall not be released from performing any of the terms, covenants and conditions of this lease. Every assignee, including one described in paragraph (b) above, shall in the assignment instrument, assume all of the obligations of Tenant hereunder from and after the effective date of the assignment.

 

18.                               RIGHT OF CURE.

 

(a)                                 If Tenant shall default in the observance or performance of any term or covenant of this Lease, Landlord may, after thirty (30) days written notice to Tenant to cure the default and failure of Tenant to cure the same within such period, unless Tenant has commenced performance of such cure within such thirty (30)-day period and is diligently pursuing the same, or at any time thereafter without notice in event of emergency, perform the same for the account of Tenant. If Landlord makes any reasonable expenditures or incurs any obligations in

 

18



 

connection with the foregoing right of cure, including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees in instituting, prosecuting or defending any action or proceeding against Tenant, such sums paid or obligations incurred, with interest (as provided below) and costs, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord as Additional Rent hereunder.

 

(b)                                 Any Rent not paid by Tenant within ten (10) days after the due date thereof, shall thereafter be payable with interest at the rate of 3% per annum in excess of the prime or base rate of Citibank, N.A. (or its successor) in effect as of the due date, from the due date to the date of payment.

 

(c)                                  Cure by Landlord pursuant to this Article 18 shall not vitiate or constitute waiver by Landlord of the Tenant’s default.

 

19.                               QUIET ENJOYMENT AND HOLDOVER.

 

(a)                                 Upon Tenant paying the Rent and observing and performing all the terms, covenants and conditions on Tenant’s part to be observed and performed hereunder prior to the expiration of all applicable notice or cure periods, Tenant shall peaceably and quietly enjoy the Premises, free from any interference, molestation or acts of Landlord or of anyone claiming by, through or under Landlord, subject, nevertheless, to the terms and conditions of this Lease and to any ground lease, underlying leases and mortgages as hereinbefore provided.

 

(b)                                 If Tenant retains possession of the Premises or any part thereof after the Expiration Date or earlier termination date without the written consent of Landlord, Tenant’s occupancy (the “Holdover Occupancy”) shall be under all of the terms and conditions of this Lease, except that (i) the tenancy shall be at will; (ii) the Base Rent for the Holdover Occupancy shall be 150% of that specified herein for the month preceding the termination for the first month following such Expiration Date or earlier termination date, and 200% of that specified herein for the month preceding the termination thereafter; and (iii) if the holdover continues for a period in excess of the sixty (60) days following the Expiration Date, Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless for all damages sustained and liabilities incurred by Landlord, including consequential damages as a result of Tenant’s continued occupancy after the Expiration Date it being understood that the foregoing shall not be deemed a license or permission by Landlord for Tenant to holdover.

 

20.                               DEFAULT.

 

(a)                                 If (i) Tenant defaults in the payment of any installment of Rent when due and thereafter remains in default for more than ten (10) days after receiving written notice of the same; (ii) the Premises become abandoned, provided that failure to occupy, if Tenant is otherwise performing all of its other obligations under this Lease, shall not be a default under this Lease; or (iii) Tenant defaults in fulfilling any other covenant of this Lease and Tenant fails to remedy such default within thirty (30) days after written notice by Landlord to Tenant specifying the nature of such default (or if the said default cannot be completely cured or remedied within said thirty (30) day period and Tenant shall not have diligently commenced curing such default within such thirty (30) day period and shall not thereafter in good faith diligently proceed to remedy or cure such default), then Landlord may, by notice to Tenant,

 

19



 

cancel this Lease, and this Lease and the Term hereunder shall end and expire as fully and completely as if the date of cancellation were the day herein definitely fixed for the end and expiration of this Lease and the Term hereof. Tenant shall then quit and surrender the Premises to Landlord, but Tenant shall remain liable as hereinafter provided.

 

(b)                                 If (i) the notice provided for in paragraph (a) above shall have been given and the Term shall expire as aforesaid, or (ii) any execution shall be issued against Tenant or any of Tenant’s property, whereupon the Premises shall be taken or occupied or attempted to be taken or occupied by someone other than Tenant, then and in any of such events; if and to the extent permitted by applicable law, Landlord may, without notice, re-enter the Premises, and dispossess Tenant and the legal representative of Tenant or other occupant of the Premises, by summary proceedings or otherwise, and remove their effects and hold the Premises as if this Lease had not been made. If and to the extent permitted by applicable law, Tenant hereby waives the service of notice of intention to re-enter or to institute legal proceedings to that end, but Tenant shall remain liable as hereinafter provided.

 

(c)                                  In the event Landlord shall be in or otherwise breach any of its covenants or obligations hereunder and shall remain in default for a period of thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of written notice from Tenant of such default, unless the default is of such a nature that it cannot be remedied within such thirty (30) day period, in which case no Landlord’s default shall occur so long as Landlord shall have promptly commenced the remedying of the default within such thirty (30) day period and shall diligently and continuously proceed with remedying same, Tenant shall have the right cure said breach at Landlord’s expense and offset from Rent an amount equal to Tenant’s out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) in connection with curing the default. Tenant shall document the cost of said cure and supply said documentation to Landlord.

 

21.                               REMEDIES OF LANDLORD. In case of any such default, re-entry, expiration and/or dispossession by summary proceedings or otherwise, (a) the Rent shall become due thereupon and be paid up to the time of such re-entry, dispossession and/or expiration, together with such reasonable expenses as Landlord may incur for counsel fees, brokerage and/or putting the Premises in such condition as Tenant is otherwise required to surrender the same; (b) Landlord may re-let the Premises or any part or parts thereof, either in the name of Landlord or otherwise, for a term or terms, which may at Landlord’s option be less than or exceed the period which would otherwise have constituted the balance of the Term, and may grant commercially reasonable-concessions of free rent; and/or (c) Tenant or the legal representatives of Tenant shall also pay Landlord any deficiency between (i) the Rent hereby reserved and/or covenanted to be paid, and (ii) the net amount, if any, of the rents collected on account of the lease or leases of the Premises for each month of the period which would otherwise have constituted the balance of the Term. There shall be added to such deficiency such reasonable expenses as Landlord may incur in connection with re-letting the Premises, including without limitation, counsel fees, brokerage commissions and expenses incurred in maintaining the Premises in good order and in connection with putting the Premises in such condition as Tenant is otherwise required to surrender the same. Any such Rent deficiency shall be paid in monthly installments by Tenant on the rent day specified in this Lease, and any suit brought to collect the amount of the deficiency for any month shall not prejudice in any way the rights of Landlord to collect the deficiency for any subsequent month or months by a similar proceeding. In addition, Landlord shall have the

 

20


 

alternative of commencing suit against Tenant at any time for an amount equal to the Rent reserved for the balance of the Term less the fair and reasonable rental value of the Premises for the same period, discounted at a commercially reasonable interest rate. Landlord, at its option, may make such alterations, repairs, replacements and/or decorations in the Premises, as Landlord considers advisable for the purpose of re-letting the Premises; and the making of such alterations and/or decorations shall not operate or be construed to release Tenant from liability hereunder as aforesaid. The failure of Landlord to re- let the Premises or any part thereof shall not release or affect Tenant’s liability for continued Rent or damages hereunder, nor shall Landlord in any event be liable in any way whatsoever for failure to re-let the Premises. In the event of a breach by Tenant of any of the covenants or provisions hereof, Landlord shall have the right of injunction and the right to invoke any remedy allowed at law or in equity, as if re-entry, summary proceedings and other remedies were not herein provided for. Mention in this Lease of any particular remedy shall not preclude Landlord from any other remedy, in law or in equity.

 

22.                               LANDLORDS’ RIGHT TO ACCESS PREMISES.

 

(a)                                 Landlord reserves the right to enter the Premises and exhibit same at any reasonable time following reasonable notice, which notice can be, verbal, (i) to prospective mortgagees, purchasers and ground lessees and (ii) to prospective tenants at any time within the final six (6) months prior to the expiration of the Term.

 

(b)                                 Landlord reserves the right to have its employees and agents enter the Premises at any reasonable time following reasonable notice, which can be verbal, (and at any time in case of emergency) in order to gain access to any utility area, which utility area contains equipment and systems for the Premises, and in order to effect necessary repairs and replacements. Such agents may bring necessary tools and equipment with them and may store same within the Premises.

 

(c)                                  Landlord shall have the right to enter the Premises, without notice, in the event of an emergency, and Tenant, following reasonable notice, shall provide Landlord with access through Tenant’s security system for such purpose.

 

(d)                                 Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article 22, (i) Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts not to materially or unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use or enjoyment of the Premises during Landlord’s access as permitted hereby, (ii) Landlord shall be accompanied by an agent or employee of Tenant during Landlord’s access (except in the event of an emergency, and (iii) Landlord shall not engage in or cause or permit any agent, employee or contractor to engage in any photography, videography or any other visual or audio recording of the Premises or any of the activities, equipment or other property therein without the prior express written approval of Tenant.

 

23.                               BROKERAGE. Landlord and Tenant each represents warrants and represents to each other that it has not had or dealt with any realtor, broker or agent in connection with the negotiations of this Lease, except for the Brokers. Landlord shall pay the commission that is due to the Brokers pursuant to a separate agreement. Landlord and Tenant shall hold each other harmless from any cost, expenses or liability (including costs of suit and attorneys’ fees) for any

 

21



 

compensation, commission or charges claimed by any realtor, broker or agent with respect to this Lease and the negotiation thereof, other than a claim of the Brokers.

 

24.                               FORCE MAJEURE. Landlord and Tenant, respectively, shall not be in default hereunder if such party is unable to fulfill or is delayed in fulfilling any of its obligations hereunder, including, without limitation, any, obligations to supply any service hereunder, or any obligation to make repairs or replacements hereunder, if such party is prevented from fulfilling or is delayed in fulfilling such obligations by reason of fire or other casualty, strikes or labor troubles, governmental preemption in connection with a national emergency, shortage of supplies or materials, or by reason of any rule, order or regulation of any governmental authority, or by reason of the condition of supply and demand affected by way or other emergency, or any other cause beyond its reasonable control. Such inability or delay by Landlord or Tenant in fulfilling any of their respective obligations hereunder shall not affect, impair or excuse the other party hereto from the performance of any of the terms, covenants, conditions, limitations, provisions or agreements hereunder on its part to be performed, nor result in any abatement of Rent. Tenant shall not, however, be excused hereunder from the prompt and full payment of Rent, or the performance of any obligation under this Lease that can be satisfied with the payment of money, for any cause specified in this Article 24. Also, nothing in this Article 24 shall in any way limit Landlord’s rights under Article 18 hereof.

 

25.                               ELECTRICITY.

 

(a)                                 (i)                                     As of the Commencement Date, Landlord shall furnish electrical service to the Premises of such quality and capacity in order to provide the Premises with no fewer than five (5) watts per rentable square foot. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, electric charges (the “Electrical Inclusion Amount”) on account of Tenant’s consumption of electrical energy in the Premises the sum of $101,355.00 per annum payable in equal monthly installments of $8,446.25. The Electric Inclusion Amount is based upon Landlord’s assumption that Tenant’s initial electrical installation will not result in a total connected electrical load for lighting, and equipment will not be in excess of five (5) watts per rentable square foot of the Premises and that Tenant will, except for the purpose of office cleaning, use electrical energy only from 8:00 A.M. to 6 P.M., Monday through Friday, and 8 A.M. to 12 P.M. on Saturdays (“Normal Business Hours”). Accordingly, if Tenant’s electricity consumption exceeds such criteria, the Electric Inclusion Amount shall from time to time be equitably adjusted to reflect the resulting increase in such use. In addition, Landlord shall have the right to conduct a periodic survey of Tenant’s actual electrical usage and increase the Electric Inclusion Amount if the survey indicates the Tenant’s usage of electricity exceeds the cost of $2.50 per rentable square feet of the Premises. Landlord shall furnish a statement of Landlord’s determination as to the amount of the adjustment, and the same shall become binding upon the parties unless, within thirty (30) days, Tenant notifies Landlord that it disputes the amount of such adjustment, in which event the parties shall in good faith make reasonable attempts to come to agreement, and, if Landlord and Tenant cannot agree thereon, the amount of such adjustment shall be determined, based on standard practices, by an independent electrical consultant selected by Landlord. Tenant shall permit said consultant to have access to the Premises and Tenant’s electrical facilities for the foregoing purpose at all reasonable times. The fee of such consultant shall be paid by Tenant unless such consultant finds that Tenant’s use does not justify an increase greater than 2.5% of the Additional Rent, in which case the fee shall be paid by Landlord. When the amount of such

 

22



 

adjustment is so determined, Landlord and Tenant shall execute a supplementary agreement to reflect such adjustment, which shall be effective from the date of such adjustment, which agreement shall be reasonably acceptable to Tenant. Any adjustment shall be effective even if such supplementary agreement (in form reasonably approved by Tenant) is not executed and delivered. Pending the determination of the adjustment, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount of such adjustment as specified in Landlord’s statement. Thereafter, if it is determined that Tenant has overpaid, Tenant shall receive a credit against Additional Rent in the amount of the overpayment, said credit to be applied against the next accruing installment(s) of Additional Rent.

 

(ii)                                  Electricity service shall be provided to the data room located within the Premises by the public utility company supplying electricity service to the Building. Tenant’s consumption of electricity service in the Premises shall be measured by a sub-meter to be currently installed therein, and Tenant shall be responsible to pay for such consumption directly to Landlord, without any mark up or additional fee imposed by Landlord. The parties acknowledge and agree that consumption shall include all applicable taxes, surcharges, demand charges and rates, energy charges and rates, fuel adjustment charges, time of day charges and other charges, adjustments and sums payable in respect thereof as assessed by the public utility company supplying electricity hereunder. Landlord represents that there is no overlap between the floor area of the Premises covered by the Electrical Inclusion Amount and the separately metered data room.

 

(b)                                 If any tax is imposed upon Landlord with respect to electrical energy furnished as a service to Tenant by any government authority, Tenant agrees that, where permitted by law or applicable regulations, Tenant’s Proportionate Shares of such taxes shall be reimbursed by Tenant to Landlord upon demand.

 

(c)                                  Landlord shall not in any way be liable or responsible to Tenant for any loss or damage or expense which Tenant may sustain or incur if either the quantity or character of electric service is changed or is no longer available or suitable for Tenant’s requirements. Tenant’s use of electric current in the Premises shall not at any time exceed the capacity of any of the electrical conductors and facilities in or otherwise serving the Premises.

 

(d)                                 In order to ensure that such capacity is not exceeded and to avert any possible adverse effect upon the building’s electric service, Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior written consent in each instance, connect any fixtures, appliances or equipment (other than a reasonable number of table or floor lamps, typewriters, word processors, small computers, photocopy machines and similar small office machines using comparable electric current) to the Building’s electric distribution system nor make any alteration or addition to the electric system of the Premises. Should Landlord grant such consent, all additional risers or other equipment required therefor shall be provided by Landlord upon notice to Tenant, and all costs and expenses in connection therewith, including, without limitation, those for filing and supervision, shall be paid by Tenant. As a condition to granting such consent, Landlord may require Tenant to agree to an increase in the Electrical Inclusion Amount by an amount which will reflect the cost to Landlord of the additional service to be furnished by Landlord, to wit: the potential additional electrical current to be made available to Tenant based upon the estimated initial total capacity of such additional risers or other equipment. If Landlord and Tenant cannot agree on the amount of

 

23



 

such Electrical Inclusion Amount increase, the same shall be determined by a reputable electrical consultant, to be selected by Landlord and Tenant and paid by Tenant. If Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree upon an electrical consultant, each of Landlord and Tenant shall select an electrical consultant, who will then cooperatively select a third electrical consultant to determine such increase. The parties shall then execute an agreement prepared by Landlord and reasonably acceptable to Tenant amending this Lease and setting forth the new Electrical Inclusion Amount resulting from such increase and confirming the effective date thereof, but such increase shall be effective from such date even if such agreement is not executed.

 

(e)                                  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Article 25 or elsewhere in this Lease, Landlord, as part of Landlord’s Work, shall install a three-phase electrical system which system has sufficient capacity for Tenant’s use of the Bridgeport milling machine and/or a South Bend lathe, to the extent said use is permitted as provided above.

 

26.                               LEASE STATUS AND NOTICE.

 

(a)                                 Upon ten (10) business days written request of Landlord from time to time, Tenant will execute and deliver to Landlord an instrument prepared by Landlord stating, if the same be true, that this Lease is a true and exact copy of the Lease between the parties hereto, that there are no amendments hereof (or stating what amendments there may be), that the same is then in full force and effect and that, to the best of Tenant’s actual knowledge, there are then no offsets, defenses or counterclaims with respect to the payment of rent reserved hereunder or in the performance of the other terms, covenants and conditions hereof on the part of the Tenant to be performed, and that, to the best of Tenant’s knowledge, as of such date no default has been declared hereunder by either party hereto and that Tenant at the time has no actual knowledge of any facts of circumstances which it might reasonably believe would give rise to a default by either party. In the event that Tenant fails to deliver to Landlord the aforesaid certificate within the time period described hereinabove, then Landlord shall deliver a second written notice requesting execution of the certificate. If Tenant fails to deliver the executed certificate within three (3) business days following receipt of the second notice, Tenant herein unconditionally agrees that it shall be liable on demand to pay Landlord the sum of $500.00 for each day that Tenant is late in delivering the aforesaid certificate to Landlord, such sum to be as and for Landlord’s full and complete liquidated and agreed monetary damages suffered by reason of Tenant’s failure to timely deliver an estoppel certificate to Landlord.

 

(b)                                 Except for bills and notices sent in connection with the commencement of any legal proceeding, any bills, statements, consents, notices, demands, requests or other communications given or required to be given under this Lease (collectively the “Notice”) shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficiently given or rendered if delivered by hand or overnight mail via a nationally recognized courier (against a signed receipt), or if sent by U.S. registered or certified mail (return receipt requested) addressed:

 

(i)                                     if to Tenant, at the Premises, with a copy to:

 

Wiggin & Dana

One Century Tower

265 Church Street

 

24



 

New Haven, Connecticut 06510

Attention: Merton G. Gollaher

 

(ii)                                  if to Landlord, at Landlord’s address set forth at the beginning of this Lease, with a copy to:

 

Platte, Klarsfeld, Levine & Lachtman, LLP

10 East 40th Street, 46th Floor

New York, New York 10016

Attention: David R. Lachtman, Esq.

 

or to such other address(es) as Landlord, Tenant (or any mortgagee or lessor, to the extent required) may designate as its new address(es) for such purpose by notice given to the other in accordance with the provisions of this Article 26(b). Any Notice shall be deemed to have been rendered or given on the date when it shall have been delivered, or if delivery is refused, the date of such refusal.

 

27.                               SURRENDER OF PREMISES. At the expiration of the Term, Tenant will peacefully yield up to Landlord the Premises, broom clean, in as good order and repair as when delivered to Tenant, damage by fire, casualty and ordinary wear and tear excepted. Tenant shall be required to remove all cabling installed by Tenant in the Premises at the expiration of the Term. Any property left by Tenant in the Premises shall be deemed abandoned by Tenant. Tenant shall have the right (but not the obligation) to remove improvements undertaken and paid for by Tenant, HVAC equipment purchased and installed by Tenant and the raised floor for the computer room provided same can be accomplished without material damage to the Premises and Tenant otherwise restores the Premises as specified hereinabove.

 

28.                               APPURTENANCES.

 

(a)                                 Landlord reserves the right to make changes and alterations in the Building and the Premises, including street entrances, doors, halls, corridors, lobbies, passages, elevators, escalators, stairways, toilets and other parts thereof which Landlord may deem necessary or desirable, provided that none of the same shall adversely affect Tenant’s use and enjoyment and/or access to the Premises, and further provided that changes to the Premises shall only be made to a de minimus extent and such changes shall not interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises or reduce the size of the Premises. Neither this Lease nor any use by the Tenant of the Premises or any passage, door, tunnel, concourse, plaza or any other area connecting the garages or other demised premises with the Premises, shall give Tenant any right or easement of such use and the use thereof may, without notice to Tenant, be regulated or discontinued at any time and from time to time by Landlord without liability of any kind to Tenant and without affecting the obligations of Tenant under this Lease.

 

(b)                                 Tenant shall be entitled to the non-exclusive use of the conference room facilities, cafeteria, fitness center, and training rooms (collectively the “Amenities”) located at Corporate Campus 1 during the Term and subject to rules and regulations adopted by Landlord with respect to such Amenities. Tenant acknowledges that at any time during the Term of this Lease, Landlord may eliminate the Amenities for the use by Tenant and all other tenants located

 

25



 

in Corporate Campus 1 without same constituting a default by Landlord under the terms of this Lease. Landlord hereby represents that there are currently no plans to reduce or eliminate any Amenities, and Landlord shall provide ninety (90) days’ notice to Tenant before eliminating or materially reducing any Amenities.

 

29.                               RULES AND REGULATIONS. Tenant covenants that Tenant shall cause its employees, agents and licensees to faithfully observe and strictly comply with the rules and regulations annexed hereto and such reasonable changes therein (whether by modification, elimination or addition) as Landlord may hereafter adopt, (at any time and from time to time) as being, in the judgment of the Landlord necessary or desirable for (a) the reputation, safety, care or appearance of the Property or the preservation of good order therein, or (b) the operation or maintenance of the Premises or the equipment thereof, provided, however, such rules and regulations shall not materially increase the obligations or materially reduce the rights of Tenant hereunder and Landlord shall enforce the same uniformly as to all tenants of the Building and the Corporate Campus 1, further provided, however, that in the case of any conflict between the provisions of this Lease and such rules and regulations, the provisions of this Lease shall control.

 

30.                               PREJUDGMENT REMEDY, REDEMPTION, COUNTERCLAIM AND JURY TRIAL. Tenant, for itself and for all persons claiming through or under it, hereby acknowledges that this Lease constitutes a commercial transaction as such term is used and defined in Section 52-278e of the Connecticut General Statutes, as amended, and hereby expressly waives any and all rights which are or may be conferred upon Tenant by said Act to any notice or hearing prior to a prejudgment remedy, and by any present or future law to redeem the Premises, or to any new trial in any action or ejection under any provisions of law, after reentry thereupon, or upon any part thereof, by Landlord, or after any warrant to dispossess or judgment in ejection. If Landlord shall acquire possession of the Premises by summary proceedings, or in any other lawful manner without judicial proceedings, it shall be deemed a reentry within the meaning of that word as used in this Lease. In the event that Landlord commences any summary proceedings or action for nonpayment of rent or other charges provided for in this Lease, Tenant shall not interpose any non-compulsory counterclaim of any nature or description in any such proceeding or action. Tenant and Landlord both waive a trial by jury of any or all issues arising in any action or proceeding between the parties hereto or their successors, under or connected with this Lease, or any of its provisions.

 

31.                               MORTGAGEE PROTECTION. Tenant agrees to give any mortgagees a copy of any notice of default served upon the Landlord, provided that prior to such notice Tenant has received written notice from Landlord of the identity and address of such mortgagees. Tenant further agrees that if Landlord shall have failed to cure such default within the time provided for in this Lease, then the mortgagees shall the same period of time afforded under this Lease to Landlord within which to cure such default.

 

32.                               INTENTIONALLY OMITTED.

 

33.                               SHORING. Provided the same does not materially interfere with Tenant’s use or enjoyment of and/or access to the Premises, if any excavation or construction is made adjacent to, or, with Tenant’s prior written consent, upon or within the Premises, or any part

 

26



 

thereof, Tenant shall afford to any and all persons causing or authorized to cause such excavation or construction license to enter upon the Premises for the purpose of doing such work as such persons shall deem necessary to preserve the Premises or any portion thereof from injury or damage and to support the same by proper foundations, braces and supports, without any claim for damages or indemnity or abatement of rent, or of a constructive or actual eviction of Tenant.

 

34.                               ENVIRONMENTAL REPRESENTATIONS.

 

(a)                                 Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, keep and maintain the Premises in compliance with all local, state and Federal environmental laws, ordinances and regulations, including without limitation Sections 22a-448 through 22a-457 of the Connecticut General Statutes, 42 U.S.C. Section 9601 et seq 42 U.S.C. Section 6901 et seq., 49 U.S.C. Section 1801 et seq., 15 U.S.C. Section 2601 et seq., of the United States Code, and the regulations promulgated thereunder, (all of the foregoing being referred to collectively as the “Environmental Laws”) to the extent the same apply the particular manner of use by Tenant of the Premises. During the Term, Tenant shall permit no spills, discharges, or releases as defined in the Environmental Laws, by its agents, employees or contractors in or about the Premises, the Building or Corporate Campus 1, of any hazardous, radioactive or polluting substances, including without limitation any oil or petroleum products or any chemical liquids or solids (all of the foregoing, being referred to collectively as “Hazardous Materials”), it being understood that materials and supplies used in connection with the operation of Corporate Campus 1, provided same are used and stored in commercially reasonable quantities in accordance with the Environmental Laws, shall not be deemed for purposes of this Article 34 to be Hazardous Materials. Failure of Tenant to promptly commence and diligently pursue remediation or clean up any such spill, discharge or release caused by Tenant or its agents, employees or contractors, as required under the Environmental Laws, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall be a default hereunder.

 

(b)                                 Landlord represents and warrants that, to the best of its knowledge after due inquiry, the Building and the Premises are free of Hazardous Materials as of the Commencement Date. Landlord shall also be responsible for compliance with all Environmental Laws after the date of this Lease, and shall indemnify and hold Tenant harmless against any and all claims with respect to any violation of this Article or the Environmental Laws, except to the extent such violation is caused by Tenant, its agents, contractors or employees.

 

35.                               SIGNAGE.

 

(a)                                 Tenant shall not affix, attach or install (i) on any exterior Building window of the Premises any sign, display or other visible marking and (ii) on any interior Building window of the Premises any sign, display or other visible marking without the prior written consent of Landlord.

 

(b)                                 Landlord shall, at Tenant’s expense, include Tenant’s name in the tenant directory in the Building lobby.

 

27



 

(c)                                  Additionally, Tenant shall have the right to install (using Tenant’s proprietary artwork and branding) signage on the monument sign located outside of the Building. Tenant shall be entitled to install Building-standard signage in the lobby and the entrance to the Premises.

 

36.                               SECURITY DEPOSIT.

 

(a)                                 Tenant shall deposit with Landlord the Security Deposit as security for the faithful performance and observance by Tenant of the terms, conditions and provisions of this Lease, including without limitation the surrender of possession of the Demised Premises to Landlord herein provided. It is agreed that in the event Tenant defaults in respect of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Lease, including, but not limited to, the payment of Base Rent and Additional Rent, Landlord may apply or retain the whole or any part of the Security Deposit so deposited to the extent required for the payment of any Base Rent and Additional Rent or any other sum as to which Tenant is in default or for any sum which Landlord may expend or may be required to expend by reason of Tenant’s default in respect of any of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease, including but not limited to, any damages or deficiency in the reletting of the Demised Premises, whether such damages or deficiency accrue or accrues before or after summary proceedings or other reentry by Landlord. If Landlord applies or retains any part of the Security Deposit so deposited, Tenant, within three (3) days’ after notice from Landlord, shall deposit with Landlord the amount so applied or retained so that Landlord shall have the full Security Deposit on hand at all times during the Term. The failure by Tenant to deposit such additional amount within the foregoing time period shall be deemed a default pursuant to Article 20 of this Lease. Any remaining balance of the Security Deposit not rightfully applied by Landlord pursuant to this Article 36 shall be returned to Tenant within thirty (30) days following the Expiration Date and after delivery of the entire possession of the Demised Premises to Landlord. In the event of a sale of Corporate Campus 1 or the Building or leasing of the Building, Landlord shall have the right to transfer the Security Deposit to the vendee or lessee and Landlord shall thereupon be released by Tenant from all liability for the return of the Security Deposit; and Tenant agrees to look solely to the new landlord for the return of the Security Deposit; and it is agreed that the provisions hereof shall apply to every transfer or assignment made of the Security Deposit to a new landlord. Tenant further covenants that it will not assign or encumber or attempt to assign or encumber the Security Deposit and that neither Landlord nor its successors or assigns shall be bound by any such assignment, encumbrance, attempted assignment or attempted encumbrance.

 

(b)                                 Provided that this Lease remains in full force and effect, and Tenant is not then in default under this Lease after the expiration of any applicable grace periods expressly stated in this Lease, Landlord acknowledges that upon Tenant’s written request thereto, it shall permit Tenant to reduce the sum of the Security Deposit as follows: $50,044.75 upon the conclusion of each of Lease Year 1, Lease Year 2, Lease Year 3 and Lease Year 4 This shall be implemented by Landlord reimbursing Tenant the above sums in the form of either a cash payment or credit against Base Rent, at Landlord’s sole option.

 

37.                               FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.. During the term of this Lease, Landlord shall have the right to request in writing, but no more than one (1) time per calendar year, and then,

 

28



 

only after June 1 of such calendar year, copies of Tenant’s current financial statements prepared by a certified public accountant in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. In the event Tenant fails to deliver the financial statements within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s written request, same shall constitute a default under this Lease.

 

38.                               MISCELLANEOUS.

 

(a)                                 Landlord and Landlord’s agent have made no representations or promises with respect to the Premises, the Building or Corporate Campus 1, including the uses permitted under applicable law, except for representations herein expressly set forth.

 

(b)                                 Neither Landlord, nor any employee, agent of contractor of Landlord, shall be liable to Tenant, its employees, agents or contractors, (i) for any damage to or loss of any property of Tenant or such other person, irrespective of the cause of such damage or loss, or (ii) for any personal injury to Tenant or such other person from any cause; except and to the extent such damage, loss or personal injury arises out of or in connection with the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its employees, agents or contractors.

 

(c)                                  Tenant shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Landlord, its employees, agents, mortgagees, and contractors against and from all liabilities, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, which may be imposed upon or incurred by or asserted against Landlord or such other persons by reason of any of the following occurring during the Term or prior thereto when Tenant has been given access of the Premises arising out of or in connection with the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant, its employees or agents; (i) any work or thing done in the Premises by or at the instance of Tenant, its employees or agents; (ii) any accident, injury, loss or damage to any person or property occurring in the Premises; and (iii) any failure on the part of Tenant to comply with the terms of this Lease; except and to the extent such liabilities arise out of or in connection with the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its employees, agents, mortgagees, or contractors.

 

(d)                                 Landlord shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Tenant, its employees, agents, and contractors against and from all liabilities, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, which may be imposed upon or incurred by or asserted against Tenant or such other persons by reason of any of the following occurring during the Term or prior thereto arising out of or in connection with the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its employees or agents; (i) any work or thing done in the Building or Corporate Campus 1 by or at the instance of Landlord, its employees or agents; (ii) any accident, injury, loss or damage to any person or property occurring in the Building or Corporate Campus 1 or upon the Property; and (iii) any failure on the part of Landlord to comply with the terms of this Lease; except and to the extent such liabilities arise out of or in connection with the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or its employees, agents, mortgagees, or contractors.

 

(e)                                  Any provision of this Lease which requires Landlord not to unreasonably withhold its consent shall never be the basis for an award of damages or give rise to a right of setoff or termination to Tenant (unless Landlord is found to have breached the terms of this

 

29



 

Lease), but may be the basis for a declaratory judgment or specific injunction with respect to the matter in question.

 

(f)                                   Tenant shall look solely to the estate and interest of Landlord, its successors and assigns, in Corporate Campus 1 for the collection of a judgment in the event of a default by Landlord hereunder, and no other property or assets of Landlord or any officer, director or partner of Landlord shall be subject to levy, execution or other enforcement procedure for the satisfaction of Tenant’s remedies.

 

(g)                                  The failure of either Landlord or Tenant to insist in any one or more instances upon the strict performance of any one or more of the agreements, terms, covenants, conditions or obligations of this Lease, or to exercise any right, remedy or election herein contained, shall not be construed as waiver or relinquishment for the future of the performance of such one or more obligations to this Lease or of the right to exercise such election, but the same shall continue and remain in full force and effect with respect to any subsequent breach, act or omission, whether of a similar nature of otherwise.

 

(h)                                 Corporate Campus 1 may be designated and known by any name(s) Landlord may choose, and such name or designation may be changed from time to time in Landlord’s sole discretion.

 

(i)                                     The covenants, conditions and agreements contained in this Lease shall bind and inure to the benefit of Landlord and Tenant and their respective heirs, distributes executors, administrators, successors and, except as otherwise provided in this Lease, their assigns. The word “Landlord” as used in this Lease means only the owner for the time being of Landlord’s interest in this Lease. In the event of any assignment of Landlord’s interest in this Lease, the assignor in each case shall no longer be liable for the performance or observance of any agreements or conditions on the part of the Landlord to be performed or observed.

 

(j)                                    Each covenant and agreement in this Lease shall be construed to be a separate and independent covenant and agreement, and the breach of any such covenant or agreement by Landlord shall not discharge or relieve Tenant from Tenant’s obligations to perform every covenant and agreement of this Lease to be performed by Tenant. If any term or provision of this Lease or any application thereof shall be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease and any other application of such term. shall not be affected thereby.

 

(k)                                 This Lease shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of Connecticut.

 

(l)                                     This Lease may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument. Counterparts of this Lease transmitted by facsimile or electronically in portable document format (.PDF) shall have the same force and effect as hardcopy originals.

 

(m)                             It is understood that this Lease shall not be binding upon either party unless and until both parties have executed and delivered a fully executed copy of this Lease to the other party.

 

30


 

39.                               RENEWAL OPTION.

 

(a)                                 Provided Tenant is not in default hereunder beyond the giving of notice and expiration of applicable grace periods expressly provided for in this Lease and this Lease shall be in full force and effect, Tenant shall have the option to renew the term of the Lease (the “Renewal Option”) for an additional five (5) year term (the “Renewal Term”) provided that Tenant shall have given written notice to Landlord in accordance with Article 26 (the “Intent Letter”), which Intent Letter shall have been received by Landlord not less than nine (9) months prior to the Expiration Date. Time shall be of the essence as to the giving of the Intent Letter. If Tenant shall fail to exercise its Renewal Option by delivering the Intent Letter, in strict conformance with the terms of this Article, this provision shall be deemed deleted from this Lease and of no further force and effect and Tenant shall have no option to renew or extend the term of this Lease.

 

(b)                                 If Tenant shall exercise the Renewal Option in accordance with the provisions of this Article, subject to subparagraphs, (c) and (d), this Lease shall be renewed for such renewal term upon all the terms, covenants, and conditions contained in the Lease, except that (i) the Base Rent shall be the fair annual market rental value (the “Fair Market Value”) of the Premises on the last day of the Term of this Lease, determined as provided in accordance with subparagraphs (c) and (d) of this Article (and subject to annual market escalations), but in no event less than the Base Rent is effect as of the last Lease Year of the Term, and (ii) the Expiration Date shall be deemed extended accordingly. Tenant shall have no further right or option to renew this Lease or the term hereof.

 

(c)                                  If Tenant has fully complied with subparagraph (a) of this Article, Landlord shall furnish Tenant with its initial determination of the Fair Market Value, within forty-five (45) days of Landlord’s receipt of the Intent Letter from Tenant.

 

(d)                                 If Tenant shall dispute the Fair Market Value proposed by Landlord, Tenant shall give notice of such dispute within thirty (30) days after receipt of Landlord’s proposal, and if such dispute is not resolved between the parties within fifteen (15) days thereafter, Tenant shall have the right, upon written notice to Landlord delivered within the ten (10) business day period immediately following such fifteen (15) day period, to rescind its exercise of the Renewal Option and the Expiration Date and all other terms, covenants and conditions contained in the Lease shall remain unchanged. Provided Tenant shall not have rescinded the Renewal Option exercise as aforesaid, such dispute shall be settled by arbitration in accordance with the rules and regulations then obtaining of the American Arbitration Association or its successor. The cost of such arbitration shall be borne equally by Landlord and Tenant, and, until finally determined, the Base Rent subsequent to the expiration of the term of this Lease or the first Renewal Term, as the case may be, shall be equal to the greater of the Fair Market Value proposed by Landlord or the Base Rent in effect on the last day of the initial term of this Lease, or the last day of the first Renewal Term, as the case may be. The determination rendered in accordance with the provisions of this subparagraph (d) shall be final and binding in fixing the Fair Market Value. If, as a result of such determination, there shall have been an overpayment in the Base Rent, Landlord shall credit the amount thereof against subsequent payments of Base

 

31



 

Rent. If, as a result of such determination, there shall have been a deficiency, Tenant shall pay the amount thereof to Landlord within ten (10) days after such determination.

 

40.                               GENERATOR. The Building contains a 30 kW backup power generator and related equipment that is operated and maintained by Landlord (collectively, the “Generator”). Throughout the Term and subject to the provisions of Article 12(e) of this Lease, Landlord, at its cost and expense, shall provide up to 30 kW (and no less than 10 kW) of continuous emergency power to the Premises at all times during which power is unavailable or otherwise not being provided by the local utility. Landlord shall periodically (but in no event less than quarterly) test the Generator, and shall maintain, repair and replace the Generator, all in accordance with all applicable Legal Requirements, including without limitation NFPA standards. Landlord shall provide all labor and material to connect the Generator to the emergency power circuits located in and serving the Premises. All costs and expenses related to such work, including without limitation engineering and design fees, permitting and inspections, shall be the sole responsibility of Landlord.

 

[The remainder of this page is left intentionally blank. Signature page to follow.]

 

32



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have hereunder set their hands and seal the year and day first above written.

 

 

 

LANDLORD

 

 

 

 

CROWN MILFORD LLC,

 

 

 

 

By:

Crown Milford Associates Limited Partnership,

 

 

its Managing Member

 

 

 

 

By:

Crown Milford Realty Corp.,

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Davar Rad

 

 

Name:

Davar Rad

 

 

Title:

President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TENANT

 

 

 

 

SURGIQUEST, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kurt Azarbarzin

 

 

Name:

Kurt Azarbarzin

 

 

Title:

CEO

 

33



 

EXHIBIT “A”

 

PREMISES FLOOR PLAN

 

34



 

 



 

 


 

EXHIBIT “B”

 

SITE PLAN

 

35



 

 



 

EXHIBIT “C”

 

LANDLORD’S CERTIFICATE

 

         , 2015

 

488 Wheelers Farm Road

Milford, Connecticut

 

Re:                             Lease (“Lease”) dated                  , 2015 between Crown Milford LLC, as Landlord, and                        , as Tenant, for a portion of the             (       ) floor in the building known as 488 Wheelers Farm Road, Milford, Connecticut

 

Gentlemen:

 

All capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Lease. We are writing to acknowledge and confirm that the Commencement Date (as such term is defined in Article 1 of the Lease) under the Lease is              , the Rent Commencement Date (as such term is defined in Article 1 of the Lease) is               and the Expiration Date (as such term is defined in Article I of the Lease) is              .

 

Please sign where indicated on the bottom left-hand corner of this letter to indicate your assent to the foregoing and deliver a fully-executed duplicate original of this letter to the undersigned within ten (10) days of the date hereof.

 

 

CROWN MILFORD LLC,

 

 

 

By: Crown Milford Associates Limited Partnership,

 

its Managing Member

 

 

 

By: Crown Milford Realty Corp.,

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

By:

 

 

                   Davar Rad, President

 

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO:

 

 

 

/s/ Kurt Azarbarzin

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Kurt Azarbarzin

 

 

36



 

EXHIBIT “D”

 

RENT SCHEDULE

 

Lease Year

 

Rent Per Square Foot

 

Annual Base Rent

 

Monthly Base Rent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

$17.50

 

$

552,632.50

 

$

46,052.71

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Based on 31,579 rsf)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

$18.03

 

$

569,369.37

 

$

47,447.48

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Based on 31,579 rsf)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

$18.57

 

$

752,864.94

 

$

62,738.75

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Based on 40,542 rsf)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

$19.12

 

$

775,163.04

 

$

64,596.92

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Based on 40,542 rsf)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5 (plus 6 months)

 

$19.70

 

$

798,677.40

 

$

66,556.45

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Based on 40,542 rsf)

 

 

 

 

 

 

37



 

EXHIBIT “E”

 

LANDLORDS WORK

 

Landlord agrees, at its sole cost and expense, to deliver a turn-key installation of the Premises and perform certain improvements to the Premises using Building-standard finishes and materials in accordance with the punch-list and plans (collectively the “Plans”), which Plans are attached hereto as Exhibit “E-1” (collectively the “Landlord’s Work”). Landlord’s Work shall not include architectural fees, the purchase and installation of voice and data wiring and cabling and equipment thereto, the costs of which shall be borne exclusively by Tenant.

 

Landlord’s Work shall be performed and completed in a good and workmanlike manner, in compliance with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, orders and regulations of federal, state, county and municipal authorities and with all directions of all public officers, and otherwise reasonably satisfactory to Tenant. Landlord agrees that it will not modify the Plans without the consent of Tenant, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

“Substantial Completion” or “Substantially Complete” as used in this Lease shall mean that Landlord’s Work in the Premises is substantially completed in substantial accordance with the Plans, or the date on which Landlord’s Work in the Premises would have been Substantially Completed but for the occurrence of any Tenant changes to the Plans during the performance of Landlord’s Work. Substantial Completion shall have occurred even though minor details of construction, decoration, and mechanical adjustments remain to be completed by Landlord, which completion shall be reasonably expected to take no longer than thirty (30) days thereafter and will not substantially interfere with Tenant’s ability to conduct its business operations in the Premises. Following Landlord’s determination of Substantial Completion, Tenant will make an inspection to determine whether the Landlord’s Work is Substantially Complete. If Tenant’s inspection discloses any item, which is not sufficiently complete in accordance with the Plans, Tenant shall prepare a punch-list and deliver same to Landlord. Landlord shall complete or correct such item no later than thirty (30) days following the Commencement Date.

 

Landlord warrants to Tenant that materials and equipment that are part of Landlord’s Work will be of good quality and new and that the Landlord’s Work will be free from defects not inherent in the quality expressly required or permitted in the Plans.

 

If, within six (6) months after the completion date of Landlord’s Work, any portion of the Landlord’s Work is found to be not in accordance with the requirements of this Lease and/or the Plans, Landlord shall correct it promptly after receipt of written notice from Tenant to do so unless Tenant has previously given Landlord an express and specific written acceptance of such condition. Tenant shall give such notice promptly after it obtains actual knowledge of the condition. If Landlord fails to correct nonconforming portions of the Landlord’s Work within a reasonable time after receipt of notice from Tenant, or fails to commence such repair within thirty (30) days after such notice, Tenant may cause the same to be corrected at Landlord’s cost and expense.

 

38


 

EXHIBIT “E-1”

 

LANDLORD’S WORK - PLANS

 

39



 

 



 

488 WHEELERS FARMS ROAD — PUNCH LIST

 

Phase I

Deliver by June 1, 2015

 

FLOOR 2

 

Keep entire current condition “as is” floor plan

 

Only modifications are:

 

1.) Install dividing wall between conference rooms #104 and # 105

2.) Remove dividing wall between executive board room and office #112.

3.) Install hard wall and sound proofing material — (no door required into Boardroom)

4.) Install glass/wood door on office # 118

5.) Install door between #164 & 165

 

Carpet — sample material to be provided

 

Paint — satin finish — color of choice

 

ENTIRE SPACE:

 

Ensure all blinds are operational and in good order

Ensure all outlets are functioning

Fix any damaged ceiling tiles

Level out floor across beam

Move thermostats as needed for furniture installation

Tie circuit panel from server room into life & safety Generator

SQ to install Dual Cat 6 cabling

SQ to integrate security system as a dual card reader to work with existing. — Do not remove cameras or security fixtures.

 

#103 — Conf. Room —Product Demo Room

 

Rip up carpeting and install VCT Tile floor-.—sample material to be provided

Fill in 1” horizontal ridge in wall along stairwell wall to make flat all the way to the ceiling

 

#108 — Pantry -Kitchen

 

Replace countertops

Remove wallpaper and replace or redo walls — perhaps a backsplash

Replace sink and faucet

SQ to purchase Refrigerator

 

#107 - Patio

 

Repair bottom of doorway out to patio — appears to have water damage at bottom

Patio Furniture —to be purchased by SQ

 

#112 - Kurt’s office

 

Soundproof wall into ceiling as best as possible

Window appears to have internal leak.

Install door into Boardroom directly from office

 

#170 & #171 - Internal Restrooms

 

Replace all toilet seats

 



 

Replace partitions/dividers

Ensure all plumbing is in good working order

Overall cleaning — steam clean floors and tiles

 

#130 - Remove Corkboard in front of Office

 

#138 — VP Marketing Office

 

Ceiling tiles replaced — water damage appears

Copper Flashing to be removed from sliding door

 

#139 — Sr. Marketing Manager

 

Window appears to have internal leak

 

#148 — R&D Director Office — or Maria’s

 

Close off wall to lab #166

Install door on opposite wall.

 

#148 — Pantry - Kitchen

 

Replace Counter & Sink

Water leak on Ceiling tile above towards glass wall

Replace refrigerator or clean

 

#158 — Huddle Room

 

Please fix wall — due to water damage

 

#165 — Archives room

 

Install a door in doorway from #164 into #165

 

#102 — Living Room

 

Please remove white board film

 

SERVER ROOM

 

Leave as is-do not demolish

Tie circuit breaker box from server room to generator

Please ensure that AC units are in good working order.

Please remove the key card access reader hardware — leave cabling.

Install 2 cubicles from floor 1 excess inventory

 

UTILITY CLOSET

 

Please clean up a bit

 

RECEPTION

 

Replace countertop at the reception desk and carpeting as well.

 

GENERATOR

 

LL will deliver 30Kv for your back up power. LL will install the appropriate circuits to connect for your data room for Crown to complete in Phase 1

 



 

PHASE II

Deliver by Aug. 1, 2015

 

FLOOR 1

 

VCT Tile all floors

Take Wall down as per drawing

Install door into space from Loading Dock as per drawing

Keep 2 Cubes in reception

Take 1 long cube with two uppers and move to floor 2 server room

VCT — sample material to be provided

Paint — satin finish — color of choice

 

PHASE III

Deliver by on or before Aug 1, 2015

 

Bridgeport Miller & South Bend Lathe

240V 30 AMP

3 phase

 

Structural Engineer to evaluate load and floor to accept equipment

 



 

EXHIBIT “F”

 

OPERATING EXPENSES

 

Operating Expenses shall mean all costs and expenses paid or incurred by Landlord or on Landlord’s behalf in respect of the repair, maintenance or operation of the Premises and of the Common Areas and the curbs, sidewalks, plazas and other appurtenances adjoining the same, including, without limitation, the costs and expenses which belong within any one or more of the following categories:

 

1.             salaries, wages, medical, surgical, insurance (including group life and disability), union and general welfare benefits and pension payments of employees engaged in the repair, operation or maintenance of the Premises, the Building and the Property up to and including the level of Property manager;

 

2.             payroll taxes, workers’ compensation, uniforms and related expenses for employees;

 

3.             the cost of painting and the cost of interior and exterior common area landscaping maintenance;

 

4.             premiums and other charges for rent, casualty, boiler, sprinkler, plate-glass, liability, fidelity and any other insurance Landlord maintains or is required to maintain by this Lease or any mortgagee or ground lessor with regard to the Premises, the Building or the Property or the maintenance or operation thereof,

 

5.             the cost of all supplies (including, without limitation, cleaning supplies), hand tools and other materials used in the repair, maintenance or operation of the Premises, the Building or the Property, and sales and other taxes thereon;

 

6.             the depreciation for, or the rental cost or value (including all applicable sales taxes) of all movable equipment used in the repair, maintenance or operation of the Premises, the Building or the Property;

 

7.             Intentionally omitted;

 

8.             the cost of all charges for window and other cleaning, janitorial and security services;

 

9.             charges of independent contractors performing services, or supplying labor or materials, for the Premises, the Building or the Property;

 

10.          whether or not capitalized under generally accepted accounting principles, the cost of repairs and the cost of replacements made in connection with repairs of cables, fans, pumps, boilers, cooling equipment, wiring and electrical fixtures and metering, control and distribution equipment, component parts of the HVAC, electrical, plumbing, elevator and any life or property protection systems (including, without limitation, sprinkler systems), window washing equipment and snow removal equipment, provided, however, that to the extent such

 

40


 

costs are deemed capital expenses in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) then the cost thereof shall be amortized with interest at the prime or base rate, from time to time, of the Citibank, NA, New York, NY or its corporate successor, over such item’s on a straight line basis over such item’s useful life in accordance with GAAP (“Straight Line Useful Life”);

 

11.          whether or not capitalized under generally accepted accounting principles, costs for alterations and improvements to the Premises, the Building or the Property made by reason of the laws and requirements of any governmental authorities enacted on or after the Commencement Date, provided, however, that to the extent such costs are deemed capital expenses under GAAP, such costs shall be amortized, with interest at the prime or base rate, from time to time, of the Citibank, NA, New York, NY or its corporate successor, over such items Straight Line Useful Life;

 

12.          (a) management fees paid to a third party, or (b) if Landlord shall employ a managing agent that is an affiliate of Landlord, only such portion of the management fees that shall not be in excess other than market rate for management fees of first class office Premises in New Haven County, or (iii) if no managing agent is employed by Landlord, a sum in lieu thereof which is not in excess of the then market rate for management fees of first class office property in New Haven County;

 

13.          whether or not capitalized under GAAP, the costs of improvements, equipment or machinery installed for the purpose of reducing energy consumption or reducing other Operating Expenses, but only to the extent of such reductions; provided, however, that to the extent such costs are deemed capital expenses under GAAP, such costs shall be amortized, with interest at the prime or base rate, from time to time, of the Citibank, NA, New York, NY, or its corporate successor, over such items Straight Life Useful Life;

 

14.          legal, accounting and other professional fees incurred in connection with the operation, maintenance or management of the Premises, the Building or the Property;

 

15.          water and sewer charges for which Landlord is not reimbursed by Tenant pursuant to this Lease or required to be paid for directly by other tenants (other than pursuant to this Article);

 

16.          the cost of all charges for gas, oil, steam, heat ventilation, water and other utilities (including without limitation costs of electricity to the extent not paid for by Tenant pursuant to Section 12(c) of the Lease or required to be paid for directly by other tenants), including air conditioning, furnished to the Premises, together with any taxes or other impositions imposed with regard to such utilities.

 

17.          the cost, as amortized by Landlord (in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles), with interest at the prime or base rate, from time to time, of the Chase Manhattan Bank, New York, NY, or its corporate successor, of any capital expenses (excluding the construction of additional space or floors in the Building) incurred by Landlord in the prudent operation, maintenance and replacement of the Premises and the Property; provided,

 

41



 

such costs shall be amortized, with interest at the prime or base rate, from time to time, of the Citibank, NA, New York, NY, or its corporate successor, over such items Straight Life Useful Life;

 

18.          all other charges property allocable to the repair, operation or maintenance of the Premises, the Building and the Property in accordance with real estate accounting practices customarily used in New Haven County.

 

Operating Expenses shall be net of rebates, credits and similar item of which Landlord receives the benefit.

 

There shall also be excluded from Operating Expenses costs incurred in connection with the construction of the balance of Corporate Campus 1, including without limitation construction-related maintenance costs for the Campus Road.

 

In determining the amount of Operating Expenses for the Base Year and for any subsequent year (i) if less than 95% of the Building or the Corporate Campus 1 shall have been occupied by tenants at any time during the year, Operating Expenses shall be increased to an amount equal to the like Operating Expense which would normally be expected to be incurred, had such occupancy been 95% during the entire period, or (ii) if Landlord is not furnishing any particular work or service (the cost of which if performed by Landlord would constitute an Operating Expense) to Tenant, because Tenant (by mutual agreement of the parties) has undertaken to perform such work or service in lieu of the performance thereof by Landlord, or otherwise to less than 95% of the rentable square footage of the Building or the Corporate Campus 1, Operating Expenses shall be deemed for the purposes of this Section to be increased by an amount equal to the additional Operating Expenses which would reasonably have been incurred during such period by Landlord if it had at its own expense furnished such work or service to such tenant or otherwise to 95% of the rentable square footage of the Building or the Corporate Campus 1. Similarly, Operating Expenses for the Campus Road and the sewage pump station and related equipment shall be increased in the Base Year and subsequent expense years for estimated 95% occupancy of Corporate Campus 1, based upon rentable square feet of aggregate office space. In effecting any such increase in Operating Expenses for 95% occupancy, Landlord shall adjust only the variable expenses, not the fixed expense components of Operating Expenses, and shall utilize a consistent formula or shall make equitable adjustments if Landlord changes the formula from time to time.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary in this Lease, the following expenses are excluded from Operating Expenses:

 

(i)            depreciation and amortization;

 

(ii)           expenses incurred by Landlord to prepare, renovate, repaint, redecorate or perform any other work in any space leased to an existing tenant or prospective tenant of the Building or the Corporate Campus 1;

 

(iii)          expenses incurred by Landlord for repairs or other work occasioned by fire, windstorm, or other insurable casualty or condemnation;

 

42



 

(iv)          expenses incurred by Landlord to lease space to new tenants or to retain existing tenants including leasing commissions, advertising and promotional expenditures;

 

(v)           expenses incurred by Landlord to resolve disputes, enforce or negotiate lease terms with prospective or existing tenants or in connection with any financing, sale or syndication of the Building or Corporate Campus 1;

 

(vi)          interest, principal, points and fees, amortization or other costs associated with any debt and rent payable under any lease to which this Lease is subject and all costs and expenses associated with any such debt or lease and any ground lease rent, irrespective of whether this Lease is subject or subordinate thereto;

 

(vii)         intentionally omitted;

 

(viii)        intentionally omitted;

 

(ix)          expenses for the replacement of any item covered under warranty;

 

(x)           cost to correct any penalty or fine incurred by Landlord due to Landlord’s violation of any federal, state, or local law or regulation and any interest or penalties due for late payment by Landlord of any of the Operating Expenses;

 

(xi)          cost of repairs necessitated by Landlord’s negligence or willful misconduct, or of correcting any latent defects or original design defects in the Building or Corporate Campus I construction, materials, or equipment;

 

(xii)         expenses for any item or service which Tenant pays directly to a third party or separately reimburses Landlord and expenses incurred by Landlord to the extent the same are reimbursable or reimbursed from any other tenants, occupants of the property, or third parties;

 

(xiii)        expenses for any item or service not provided to Tenant but exclusively to certain other tenants in the Building or Corporate Campus 1;

 

(xiv)        a property management fee for the Building or Corporate Campus 1 in excess of three percent (3%) of the gross rents of the Building or Corporate Campus 1 exclusive of taxes, utilities, capital expenditures, tenant reimbursements and ancillary income from other tenants (e.g., income from antennae, or satellite dishes, paid parking, security deposits and interest thereon, etc.) applicable to the Building or Corporate Campus I for the relevant calendar year;

 

(xv)         salaries of (a) employees above the grade of building superintendent or building manager, and (b) that portion of employee expenses for employees whose time is not spent directly and solely in the operation of the Building or Corporate Campus 1;

 

(xvi)        Landlord’s general corporate overhead and administrative expenses except if it is solely for the Building or Building Campus 1;

 

43



 

(xvii)       business interruption insurance or rental value insurance;

 

(xviii)      expenses incurred by Landlord in order to comply with laws and environmental obligations enacted prior to the Commencement Date;

 

(xix)        reserves;

 

(xx)         fees paid to affiliates of Landlord to the extent that such fees exceed the customary amount charged for the services provided;

 

(xxi)        intentionally omitted;

 

(xxii)       any additional operating expenses incurred by Landlord relative to any declaration of covenants or restrictions to which the Property may be subject;

 

(xxiii)      HVAC modification and replacement obligations necessary to comply with any Clean Air Act requirements and any Environmental Protection Agency regulations requirements, including ASHRAE standards, for the following: maintenance, fresh air, chlorofluorocarbons and hydrochlorofluorocarbons;

 

(xxiv)     any warranty or corrective work performed pursuant to Exhibit E to the Lease; and

 

(xxv)      other items not commercially reasonable or not customarily included as operating expenses for similar buildings.

 

44



 

EXHIBIT “G”

 

HVAC PERFORMANCE CRITERIA

 

(A)          Provide heating from October through April, ventilating and air conditioning from May through September, combining perimeter hot water distribution and a variable air volume distribution system.

 

(B)          The HVAC system for the Premises shall provide approximately the following basic design conditions:

 

1.             In Winter, 68 degrees F minimum interior temperature with the control range of 2 degrees when outside conditions are 0 degrees F.

 

2.             In summer, 78 degrees maximum F.D.B. with control range of 2 degrees when outside conditions are 95 degrees F. dry bulb and 75 degrees F. wet bulb.

 

(C)          The above criteria are based on a standard electrical load, including lighting, not to exceed 5 watts per square foot for lighting and general receptacles in any one room or area, and occupancy of one person per 250 square feet of usable area.

 

(D)          Concentrated loads beyond stated and/or 24 hour operation will require the addition of secondary systems.

 

(E)           The aforesaid temperature performance criteria are an approximation and Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant in the event Landlord is unable to meet the aforesaid specifications

 

45



 

EXHIBIT “H”

 

CLEANING SPECIFICATIONS

 

Premises

 

Nightly

 

Empty all waste receptacles and place for disposal (changing liners as necessary)

Clean and sanitize drinking fountains

Vacuum traffic areas of carpeting, spot check offices

Wash entrance door glass and remove fingerprints from frames

General dusting of all lobby furnishings (excluding plants)

Remove spills and marks from carpeting, to the extent possible

Check and clean conference rooms as needed

Cleaning of Bathrooms in the Premises

 

Weekly

 

Dust all ledges within reach of average person

General dusting of all office furnishings

Dust all picture frames, charts and vertical surfaces of office furniture

Vacuum and edge all carpeted areas completely

 

Monthly

 

Clean and polish tops of wood furniture that is accessible

Dust Venetian blinds

 

Quarterly

 

High dust all file cabinets, shelves, etc.

Vacuum upholstered furniture

 

Semi-Annually

 

Strip and apply finish to composition tile floors

Clean all air diffusers and vacuum adjacent ceilings

 

46



 

EXHIBIT “I”

 

TENANT’S WORK

 

47





Exhibit 10.10

 

Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

Execution Copy

 

DEVELOPMENT AND MANUFACTURING AGREEMENT

 

This Development and Manufacturing Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made as of October 12, 2009 (the “Effective Date”) by and among SurgiQuest, Inc., a Delaware corporation having a place of business at 12 Cascade Boulevard, Orange, Connecticut 06477 (“SurgiQuest”), W.O.M. WORLD OF MEDICINE AG, a German corporation having a place of business at Salzufer 8 in 10587 Berlin (“WOM Germany”), and W.O.M. WORLD OF MEDICINE USA, Inc., a Florida corporation having a place of business at 4531 36th Street in Orlando, Florida 32801 (“WOM USA,” and collectively with WOM Germany, “WOM”). SurgiQuest and WOM may herein be referred to individually as a “Party” and collectively as the “Parties.”

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, SurgiQuest designs, manufactures, markets, and sells medical devices, including the AirSeal™ DPS 1000 (the “DPS 1000”);

 

WHEREAS, WOM, whether itself or through affiliates, designs, manufactures, markets, and sells insufflators for use in laparoscopic surgery and related surgical devices in the field of minimally-invasive surgery;

 

WHEREAS, SurgiQuest and WOM have agreed to jointly develop the next-generation version of the DPS 1000, the AirSeal™ DPIS 2000 (the “DPIS Device”) and standard laparoscopic smoke evacuation tube sets compatible therewith (the “Tube Sets”) pursuant to an agreed upon, WOM-funded development plan; and

 

WHEREAS, SurgiQuest and WOM have further agreed that, upon commencement of the Supply Period, WOM will have the exclusive right to manufacture the DPIS Device and the Tube Sets for supply to SurgiQuest for commercial sale and distribution by SurgiQuest as more specifically set forth below;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants and premises contained herein, and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows:

 

1.                                      Definitions. The following terms, when used with initial capital letters, have the meanings set forth below:

 

1.1                               “Affiliate” means any corporation or other entity that is directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with a Party. For the purpose of this definition of Affiliate, “control” means the direct or indirect ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the capital stock of the subject entity entitled to vote in the election of directors (or, in the case of an entity that is not a corporation, interests entitled to vote in the election of corresponding managing authority).

 

1.2                               “Commercial Products” means commercial versions of Development Work Products, such versions to be provided to SurgiQuest’s customers.

 



 

1.3                               “Commercially Reasonable” means timely application of reasonable efforts and resources, consistent with the exercise of prudent business judgment with a view to making a reasonable profit, taking into account such matters as product efficacy and safety, size of market, anticipated labeling, competitiveness of alternative products, strength of patent or trade secret protection, likelihood of obtaining regulatory approval, and commercially appropriate prioritization with respect the Party’s other projects and products.

 

1.4                               “Confidential Information” is defined in Section 11.

 

1.5                               “Development Period” means the period of time during which the Parties perform Development Work. The Development Period shall begin on the Effective Date.

 

1.6                               “Development Work” means activities, as specified and scheduled in this Agreement, to be undertaken by SurgiQuest and/or WOM for the development, testing, evaluation, and regulatory approval of the DPIS Device and the Tube Sets. The Statement of Work for the Development Work and preliminary Product Specifications shall be developed by the Parties in accordance with Section 2.1(a) and attached hereto as Attachment A to this Agreement.

 

1.7                               “Development Work Product” means the DPIS Device and the Tube Sets as adapted and developed during the Development Work.

 

1.8                               “Direct Manufacturing Cost” means the costs necessarily and reasonably incurred in the manufacture of the Commercial Products in accordance with the Product Specifications and actually paid by WOM to third party vendors.

 

1.9                               “DPIS Intellectual Property” means all Intellectual Property that is necessary to develop, make, have made, offer for sale, sell, distribute, import, export, and use the DPIS Device, the Tube Sets and/or components thereof.

 

1.10                        “FDA” means the United States Food and Drug Administration.

 

1.11                        “Field of Use” means laparoscopic surgical access to enable diagnosis, treatment, or procedure performed on any part of a human or animal body.

 

1.12                        “Final Design Review” shall mean the specific stage of development of the Development Product that is described in the Statement of Work as the “Final Design Review”.

 

1.13                        “IFU” is defined in Section 3.8.

 

1.14                        “Intellectual Property” or “IP” means all intellectual property rights worldwide arising under statutory or common law, and whether or not perfected, including, without limitation, the following:

 

(a)                                 (i) any and all written, oral, and visual ideas, concepts, and inventions, whether or not any such idea, concept, or invention has been filed as a patent application or submitted to any attorney or other person for evaluation as to patentability, (ii) any patents, patent applications, any patents issuing therefrom worldwide, and all provisional rights with

 

2



 

respect to patent applications, (iii) any improvements, substitutions, divisionals, patents of addition, continuations, continuations-in-part, reissues, renewals, registrations, confirmations, reexaminations, extensions, supplementary protection certificates, term extensions (under applicable patent law or regulation or other law or regulation), and certificates of invention of any patents or patent applications, and (iv) all rights to exploit any of the foregoing;

 

(b)                                 all rights associated with works of authorship, including copyrights, copyright applications, copyright registrations, mask works, mask work applications, mask work registrations, and software in either source or object form;

 

(c)                                  all rights relating to the protection of trade secrets and confidential information; and

 

(d)                                 all know-how.

 

1.15                        “Product Specifications” shall be set forth in Attachment A and may be changed as provided for herein.

 

1.16                        “Quality Plan” is defined in Section 3.6(a).

 

1.17                        “Recall” is defined in Section 3.11(a).

 

1.18                        “Shared Excess Amount” shall mean, with respect to any Commercial Product,  of the positive difference between (a) WOM’s Direct Manufacturing Costs thereof at the time such Commercial Product is being purchased by SurgiQuest minus (b) the Target Manufacturing Costs thereof. For the sake of clarity, if the Target Manufacturing Costs of such Commercial Product is equal to or greater than WOM’s Direct Manufacturing Costs of such Commercial Product at the time such Commercial Product is being purchased by SurgiQuest, the Shared Excess Amount shall be zero.

 

1.19                        “Shared Savings Amount” shall mean, with respect to any Commercial Product,  of the positive difference between (a) the Target Manufacturing Costs thereof minus (b) WOM’s Direct Manufacturing Costs thereof at the time such Commercial Product is being purchased by SurgiQuest. For the sake of clarity, if WOM’s Direct Manufacturing Costs of such Commercial Product at the time such Commercial Product is being purchased by SurgiQuest is equal to or greater than the Target Manufacturing Costs thereof, the Shared Savings Amount shall be zero.

 

1.20                        “Statement of Work” shall be set forth in Attachment A and may be changed as provided for herein.

 

1.21

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

3



 

 

 

 

 

 

1.22                        “SurgiQuest Development Work IP” is defined in Section 4.2.

 

1.23                        “SurgiQuest Recall” is defined in Section 3.11(a).

 

1.24                        “Target Manufacturing Costs” shall mean: (a) with respect to one (1) unit of the DPIS Device,  and (b) with respect to one (1) unit of the Tube Sets, an amount to be reasonably determined by agreement of the Parties on or before October 31, 2009.

 

1.25                        “Territory” means worldwide.

 

1.26                        “Tube Sets” is defined in the third “WHEREAS” clause of this Agreement. For purposes of clarity, the Parties agree that Tube Sets shall include only those smoke evacuation tube sets that are applicable for use when the DPIS Device is used with non-AirSeal™ cannulas/trocars and shall not include the AirSeal™ tube sets.

 

1.27                        “UL” means Underwriters Laboratories.

 

1.28                        “WOM Field of Use” means insufflation to support laparoscopic surgical access on any part of a human or animal body; provided that “WOM Field of Use” specifically excludes insufflation in the context of, or used with, a system that provides a gas barrier seal to create and/or maintain surgical access to the body or to seal around one or more instruments during a surgical procedure.

 

1.29                        “WOM Recall” is defined in Section 3.11(a).

 

2.                                      Development.

 

2.1                               During the Development Period, the Parties shall have the following obligations:

 

(a)                                 The Parties shall jointly prepare and approve a description of the Development Work in the Statement of Work and the technical specifications of the DPIS Device and the Tube Sets in the Product Specifications, both of which are to be incorporated into this Agreement as Attachment A. The preliminary customer specifications are attached hereto as Attachment B (the “Customer Specifications”). The Development Work Product will be based on the Customer Specifications, SurgiQuest product specifications and WOM know-how on insufflation technology for laparoscopic procedures and shall be set forth in the preliminary Product Specifications. The preliminary Product Specifications may be revised and further defined by written agreement of the Parties during the Development Period. Changes to the Product Specifications during the Supply Period shall be subject to Section 3.2. The Statement of Work shall contain defined milestones that are to be reached during the Development Work. The Statement of Work shall also include design input, device specifications a description of initial testing such as a timeline for completion of the Development Work and a budget covering the estimated development costs. The Parties shall use Commercially Reasonable efforts to complete the Statement of Work and Product Specifications as soon as practicable and in all cases before October 15, 2009.

 

Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

4



 

(b)                                 Each party will use Commercially Reasonable efforts to perform the Development Work for which it is responsible as set forth in the Scope of Work in order to develop the Development Work Products and Commercial Products, which shall conform to the Statement of Work and preliminary Product Specifications described in detail in Attachment A to this Agreement and as may be agreed upon in writing by the Parties during the Development Period. WOM shall pay all costs and expenses related to the Development Work; provided that SurgiQuest shall bear its own expenses in connection with any Development Work performed by SurgiQuest in accordance with the Statement of Work.

 

(c)                                  Each Party shall provide the other Party with information in its possession that is reasonably necessary for such other Party to perform the Development Work, including relevant technical, risk analysis, failure mode and effects analysis (FMEA), and regulatory information.

 

(d)                                 WOM shall be responsible for the procurement of all required tooling and equipment to develop the Development Work Products and Commercial Products pursuant to the Development Work, including any and all non-recurring engineering expenses associated therewith. In the event SurgiQuest owns any tooling not being otherwise utilized by SurgiQuest that SurgiQuest determines would be useful in the development of the Development Work Products, SurgiQuest shall loan such tooling to WOM at no cost to WOM upon WOM’s request; provided that nothing in this Agreement shall obligate SurgiQuest to acquire any tooling.

 

(e)                                  The Parties shall meet in person or by telephone, as mutually agreed, for review of the ongoing Development Work. Such review will include a detailed report on the status of work, projections for time of completion, actions necessary to return to the schedule in case of any delay, and discussion of possible resolution of any problems that may have arisen.

 

(f)                                   Upon completion of a Development Work milestone by WOM, the Parties will evaluate such work to determine if such work conforms with the specifications associated with such milestone. If both Parties agree that such milestone has been successfully completed, such agreement shall be confirmed in writing by the Parties. Should either of the Parties believe that the Development Work milestone has not been successfully completed, such Party shall provide notice of rejection of the milestone work. In this event both Parties will undertake all reasonable efforts within their responsibilities as set forth in the Statement of Work to ensure accurate completion of such milestone. It is understood between the Parties that, in the case of a difference in opinion between the Parties, SurgiQuest will have the final judgment on whether any milestone has been successfully completed.

 

(g)                                  Any change to the Development Work must be agreed upon between the Parties. WOM agrees, subject to agreement of the Parties as provided in the next sentence of this Section 2.1(g), to accept and make any reasonable changes proposed by SurgiQuest that can be achieved with Commercially Reasonable efforts. In the event any such change requires a material increase to the costs of the Development Work schedule, such change shall be subject to the prior written approval of WOM, which approval shall not be unreasonably conditioned, withheld or delayed.

 

5



 

(h)                                 WOM shall complete the documentation associated with the design of the Development Work Products and Commercial Products, including design history files, specifications, drawings, bills of material, and testing results. WOM agrees to provide such design documentation to SurgiQuest upon SurgiQuest’s written request therefor. Subject to the exceptions in Section 11, such documentation shall be Confidential Information of SurgiQuest. WOM will provide the requested design documentation within ten (10) working days of receipt of SurgiQuest’s written request.

 

(i)                                     WOM and SurgiQuest shall conduct all initial testing as described in the Statement of Work. Either Party may repeat such tests as it may so desire. SurgiQuest may conduct all such additional tests necessary or desirable for the Development Work Products, which may include bench testing, lab testing, life testing, and surgeon preference evaluation, and SurgiQuest shall provide WOM with access to documentation for such testing and test results, as the Parties reasonably believe to be relevant to the successful completion of the Development Work. Subject to the exceptions in Section 11, all such documentation, test results and other information related to such testing shall be Confidential Information of SurgiQuest, and such access shall include, but not be limited to, the right to make, store, display, excerpt, and modify copies for analysis and archival purposes. SurgiQuest shall retain all rights in any derivative work from such test and test result documentation. Upon WOM’s reasonable request, SurgiQuest will undertake reasonable efforts to provide the requested test and test result documentation within ten (10) working days of receipt of WOM’s written request.

 

(j)                                    SurgiQuest shall be responsible for using Commercially Reasonable efforts to obtain, at SurgiQuest’s sole cost and expense, the necessary regulatory approval for the Commercial Products for countries in which SurgiQuest decides to market such Commercial Products. SurgiQuest shall own such filings, and SurgiQuest shall provide WOM full access thereto. WOM shall assist SurgiQuest with SurgiQuest’s efforts to obtain such regulatory approval(s).

 

2.2                               During the Development Period, project managers for the Development Work initially shall be:

 

(a)                                 For SurgiQuest: Daniel Donovan, Senior Director of Operations

 

(b)                                 For WOM: Stefan Kürbis

 

2.3                               Termination. During the Development Period, either Party may terminate this Agreement upon thirty (30) days written notice for any material breach or material default of the other Party. Such termination shall become effective at the end of the thirty (30) day period unless during such period the defaulting Party cures such breach or default. Upon termination, except as otherwise provided for in this Agreement, (a) all licenses granted by one Party to the other Party shall end; (b) the Parties agree to promptly return all objects, documents and devices to the owners thereof as determined in accordance with this Agreement; and (c) all documentation and other materials relating to the Development Work Product shall be promptly forwarded to SurgiQuest.

 

2.4                               SurgiQuest shall own all Development Work Products.

 

6



 

3.                                      Purchase and Supply.

 

3.1                               Purchase of Commercial Products. Upon (a) acceptance of the results of the Development Work and Development Work Products by SurgiQuest and (b) FDA approval of the Development Work Products, the Parties agree that during the Supply Period SurgiQuest will order and purchase from WOM, and WOM will manufacture and deliver to SurgiQuest, Commercial Products that conform to the preliminary Product Specifications as such may be revised and further defined as permitted by this Agreement during the Development Work or thereafter. For the avoidance of doubt, clauses (a) and (b) of this Section 3.1 are conditions precedent for the Supply Period to begin and for SurgiQuest’s purchase obligations under this Agreement.

 

3.2                               Specifications; Changes.

 

(a)                                 The Commercial Products shall conform to the Product Specifications, including labeling and packaging requirements, as set forth in Attachment A attached hereto, as may be revised and further defined by written agreement of the Parties in the course of the Development Work or thereafter. During the Supply Period, proposed changes to the Product Specifications must be communicated at least ninety (90) days in advance of the proposed effective date of such changes unless specific circumstances make a more timely action necessary; provided that the Product Specifications may be modified only with the written approval of duly authorized representatives of both SurgiQuest and WOM, who initially shall be:

 

(i)                                     For SurgiQuest: Daniel Donovan, Senior Director of Operations

 

(ii)                                  For WOM: Stefan Kürbis

 

(b)                                 At the request of SurgiQuest, WOM agrees to use Commercially Reasonable efforts to make changes to the Commercial Products to the extent possible and as soon as practicable after receiving a written change request from SurgiQuest, provided SurgiQuest agrees to reimburse WOM for all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by WOM in making the requested change, including the cost of parts and components made obsolete by the change, which costs and expenses shall be approved in writing by SurgiQuest prior to any work in connection with such change.

 

3.3                               Commercial Product Pricing and Terms.

 

(a)                                 Prior to the commencement of the Supply Period, WOM shall supply a reasonable number of clinical samples of the DPIS Device (i.e., not less than seven (7) United States versions and three (3) E.U. versions of the DPIS Device) and the Tube Sets at no cost to SurgiQuest.

 

(b)                                 WOM shall supply Commercial Products to SurgiQuest at purchase (transfer) prices (the “Purchase Price”) as follows:

 

(i)                                     for the DPIS Device, the Purchase Price per unit shall equal: (i) WOM’s Direct Manufacturing Costs thereof multiplied by  plus (ii) the applicable Shared Savings Amount, if any; less (ii) the applicable Shared Excess Amount, if any; and

 

Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

7



 

(ii)                                  for the Tube Sets, the Purchase Price per unit shall equal: (i) WOM’s Direct Manufacturing Costs thereof multiplied by ; plus (ii) the applicable Shared Savings Amount, if any; less (ii) the applicable Shared Excess Amount, if any.

 

(c)                                  For the limited purpose of verifying WOM’s Direct Manufacturing Cost of any Commercial Product, SurgiQuest shall, within six (6) months of the date of the invoice setting forth the Direct Manufacturing Cost of such Commercial Product, have the right, directly or through its designated representatives, to inspect, audit, and make copies of WOM’s books, records, receipts, and invoices relating to the Direct Manufacturing Cost of such Commercial Product. WOM shall preserve all such records for such six (6) month period and shall provide access upon reasonable advance notice to the principal office of WOM for such audit during normal business hours. In the event that SurgiQuest experiences a Change in Control during the term of this Agreement, such inspection and audit shall be performed only by an independent certified public accounting firm of recognized standing selected by SurgiQuest, and reasonably acceptable to WOM, under obligations of confidence. Such accounting firm shall disclose to SurgiQuest only whether the reports are correct or not and the specific details concerning any discrepancies. No other information shall be shared. For the purpose of this Section 3.3(d), “Change in Control” shall mean: (i) a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or capital stock or (ii) any merger or consolidation pursuant to which the Company’s stockholders shall receive cash or securities of another corporation and less than 50% of the outstanding capital stock of the surviving corporation pursuant to such merger or consolidation shall be owned by the stockholders of the Company.

 

(d)                                 Terms of sale are (i) ex works (WOM’s Orlando facility) for all shipments within the United States, Canada and South America and (ii) ex works from (WOM’s Ludwigsstadt facility) for all shipments to other destinations.

 

3.4                               Forecast.

 

(a)                                 SurgiQuest will provide WOM with a rolling year forecast by calendar quarter of Commercial Products to be purchased. For the first such forecast for the start of the Supply Period, the first quarter forecast will be a firm purchase commitment to purchase Commercial Products, and the last three (3) quarter forecasts will be a non-binding forecast of Commercial Product Specifications

 

(b)                                 SurgiQuest shall have the right to decrease the number of Commercial Products referenced in a non-binding quarterly forecast by not more than fifty percent (50%) and to increase the number of Commercial Products referenced in a non-binding quarterly forecast by not more than fifty percent (50%) unless agreed to by WOM. WOM shall use Commercially Reasonable efforts to satisfy any request by SurgiQuest for Commercial Products in excess of the firm purchase commitment reflected in a binding quarterly forecast.

 

3.5                               Purchase Orders.

 

(a)                                 SurgiQuest shall issue and WOM shall accept purchase orders and releases from time to time for Commercial Products in accordance with the forecast of requirements described in Section 3.4 of this Agreement, specifying dates and locations for delivery of

 

Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

8



 

Commercial Products. Purchase orders will specify weekly, monthly, quarterly, or Kanban deliveries, if applicable.

 

3.6                               Inspection.

 

(a)                                 Prior to shipping Commercial Products to SurgiQuest, WOM shall inspect and perform quality testing in accordance with a mutually agreed upon Quality Plan (the “Quality Plan”). Every DPIS Device produced by WOM will undergo a final inspection and quality test according to the Quality Plan prior to shipment (100% control). An industry standard sample of the Tube Sets produced by WOM, the size of which sample shall be more clearly defined in the Quality Plan, shall undergo inspection and quality testing.

 

(b)                                 WOM shall document the results of said inspection and quality testing for each Commercial Product. WOM shall ship to SurgiQuest only those Commercial Products which the above said inspection and quality testing indicates conform to the applicable specifications. Inspection and/or test data shall be retained by WOM in accordance with the Quality Plan.

 

(c)                                  SurgiQuest shall inspect the Commercial Products upon receipt and shall have thirty (30) days to notify WOM of any Commercial Products lost or damaged during transit, or that do not conform to the applicable specification.

 

(d)                                 Regulatory, Quality Compliance, and Quality Metrics.

 

(i)                                     WOM’s Quality Management System (QMS), as it applies to the manufacturing of Commercial Products for SurgiQuest hereunder, shall, to the extent legally applicable to the manufacture of components that are incorporated into finished medical devices, comply with the ISO 13485 standard for Medical Devices and FDA Quality System regulations. WOM shall incorporate a set of checks and balances in its manufacturing processes for the Commercial Products.

 

(ii)                                  Upon reasonable advanced written request from SurgiQuest, WOM shall, on a timely basis, share its manufacturing operations quality metrics regarding the Commercial Products and shall allow for a reasonable manufacturing audit by SurgiQuest from time to time of the WOM manufacturing facility to observe the procedures and process used in manufacturing of the Commercial Products and to observe the inspection and quality testing of the Commercial Products by WOM. To the extent that WOM uses a third party to manufacture the Commercial Products and/or associated components, WOM shall ensure that the third party shall be in compliance with applicable standards, certifications (e.g., UL certifications), and provisions of this Agreement.

 

(iii)                               SurgiQuest and WOM shall each designate one point of contact for all manufacturing and operational questions and concerns. Each Party shall use Commercially Reasonable efforts to promptly respond to any inquiries regarding such manufacturing or operational questions from the other Party.

 

9


 

3.7                               Warranty/Service.

 

(a)                                 If any DPIS Device becomes inoperative or otherwise defective in normal use within twelve (12) months from date of sale to SurgiQuest and such inoperativeness or defectiveness is due to a defect in material or workmanship by WOM or its supplier, then WOM shall, at its sole option, either repair or replace such DPIS Device within thirty (30) days after WOM receives such DPIS Device from SurgiQuest. This warranty is assignable by SurgiQuest to its customers.

 

(b)                                 If any Tube Set is inoperative or otherwise defective in normal use within twenty-four (24) months from date of sale to SurgiQuest and such inoperativeness or defectiveness is due to a defect in material or workmanship by WOM or its supplier, then WOM shall, at its sole option, either repair or replace such Tube Set within fourteen (14) days after WOM receives such Tube Set from SurgiQuest. This warranty is assignable by SurgiQuest to its customers.

 

(c)                                  The warranties set forth in this Section 3.7 shall not apply if a Commercial Product is: (i) misused, (ii) neglected, (iii) damaged by accident or otherwise after receipt by SurgiQuest, (iv) used contrary to the IFU furnished by WOM, or (v) repaired or altered by a party other than WOM or a SurgiQuest designee approved in advance by WOM.

 

(d)                                 In the event that a Commercial Product requires service or repair but the applicable warranty period in this Section 3.7 has expired, or if the Commercial Product requires service or repair during the warranty period but the warranty does not apply for one or more reasons set forth in this Section 3.7, then WOM will (i) test, service, repair, or replace the Commercial Product at SurgiQuest’s or SurgiQuest’s customer’s expense, at rates reasonably determined in good faith by the Parties following completion of the Development Work, and (ii) return the Commercial Product to SurgiQuest within a time after WOM receives such Commercial Product and a purchase order authorizing the work, which time period shall be reasonably determined in good faith by the Parties.

 

3.8                               Manuals. WOM will prepare and supply the content for the Instructions For Use (“IFU”) to be included with each Commercial Product sold or distributed by SurgiQuest. SurgiQuest will examine the IFU content to determine if the intended uses for and operation of the Commercial Products by users as described in said IFU content are compatible with and appropriate for the design and intended use of the Commercial Products. SurgiQuest will provide WOM with its comments within thirty (30) days of receipt of the IFU content, and WOM will amend the manuals within thirty (30) days of receipt of SurgiQuest’s input accordingly. SurgiQuest shall incorporate the amended content into the IFU to be included with each Commercial Product sold or distributed by SurgiQuest.

 

3.9                               Training. Upon mutual agreement of the Parties, WOM shall train SurgiQuest personnel in the operation, service, and repair of the Commercial Products up to forty (40) hours per year prior to and during the Supply Period. Such training shall take place at a location to be agreed by the Parties, and SurgiQuest shall pay WOM’s reasonable travel costs.

 

10



 

3.10                        Exclusivity.

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)                                 The Parties agree that SurgiQuest shall have the exclusive right to sell the Commercial Products, either directly or through a third party.

 

3.11                        Product Recalls and Withdrawals.

 

(a)                                 A “Recall” is defined for purposes of this Agreement to be a systematic effort to locate, recall, withdraw from market, issue a safety alert, or take similar action for Commercial Products in the possession of users, distributors, or sales representatives, and to repair or replace those Commercial Products or take related action. A Recall necessitated by the failure of the Commercial Products to operate in accordance with the Product Specifications (as defined by the Parties in accordance with Attachment A) caused by a negligent act or omission (whether intentional or unintentional) of WOM or its supplier or due to a defect in the Commercial Product caused by a negligent act or omission (whether intentional or unintentional) of WOM or its supplier is referred to as a “WOM Recall” and each other Recall is referred to as a “SurgiQuest Recall.”

 

(b)                                 Each Party shall immediately notify the other Party if it becomes aware of any information that may necessitate a Recall. Either Party may determine that a Recall is necessary pursuant to this Section 3.11 after giving the other Party reasonable prior written notice of its intention to initiate a Recall. Prior to sending a Recall notification letter to Commercial Product users, the Parties will discuss the contents of the letter. The Parties will cooperate with the Recall activities as reasonably required for the Recall to be successfully implemented. SurgiQuest shall bear all costs and expense of any SurgiQuest Recall. WOM shall bear all costs and expense to the extent the Recall constitutes a WOM Recall. To the extent a SurgiQuest Recall and a WOM Recall are combined in a single Recall, the Parties shall each bear their own costs in such a combined Recall.

 

3.12                        Supply Stop; Interruption.

 

(a)                                 In the event of (i) default by WOM in Timely delivery of the correct number and type of Commercial Products conforming to the requirements of this Agreement, which default or breach shall not have been cured by WOM within ten (10) days after written notice thereof given to WOM by SurgiQuest; or (ii) two or more defaults by WOM within two consecutive calendar years in Timely delivery of Commercial Products conforming to the requirements of this Agreement, which defaults or breaches shall not have been cured by WOM for a cumulative total of thirty (30) days after written notice thereof given to WOM by SurgiQuest; or (iii) more than three defaults by WOM in Timely delivery of Commercial

 

Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

11



 

Products conforming to the requirements of this Agreement, then SurgiQuest (A) shall have the right at its sole discretion to immediately end the Supply Period,  For the purpose of this Section 3.12(a), “Timely” shall mean that at least ninety-five percent (95%) of deliveries of Commercial Products are ready for shipment at the shipping location specified in Section 3.3(d) no more than three (3) days late in relation to a specified and documented delivery date.

 

(b)                                 If WOM stops or plans to stop production of the Commercial Products and SurgiQuest is not in material breach of this Agreement, then, in addition to any remedies available to SurgiQuest under this Agreement, WOM shall:

 

(i)                                     immediately notify SurgiQuest in writing;

 

(ii)                                  upon reasonable request by SurgiQuest, undertake Commercially Reasonable efforts to make available to SurgiQuest at least a one (1) year supply of Commercial Products, which one (1) year supply shall be based on the number of Commercial Products most recently forecast to be purchased by SurgiQuest, the price of such Commercial Products supplied to SurgiQuest be computed pursuant to Section 3.3(b); and

 

(iii)                               upon request by SurgiQuest, provide SurgiQuest with all information necessary to manufacture the Commercial Products.

 

3.13                        Termination.

 

(a)                                 During the Supply Period, except as otherwise provided for in this Agreement, either Party may terminate this Agreement upon sixty (60) days written notice for any material breach or material default of the other Party. Such termination shall become effective at the end of the sixty (60) day period unless during such period the other Party cures such breach or default.

 

(b)                                 Upon termination under this Section 3.13 by WOM for any material breach or material default by SurgiQuest during the Supply Period, then all licenses granted to SurgiQuest in Section 5 of this Agreement shall cease.

 

(c)                                  Upon termination under this Section 3.13 by SurgiQuest for any material breach or material default by WOM, then all licenses granted to WOM in Section 5 of this Agreement shall cease.

 

3.14                        Nothing in this Section 3 shall require WOM to engage in any activities that: (i) are not in compliance with any law, regulation, or standard, (ii) infringe any third-party rights, or (iii) would require a license or other grant from a third party.

 

4.                                      Intellectual Property.

 

4.1                               The Parties agree that, except as specified herein for Intellectual Property directly related to and as specifically set forth in this Agreement, each Party exclusively owns and retains

 

Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

12



 

all right, title, and interest in all Intellectual Property conceived, owned, developed, or licensed by such Party prior to the Effective Date.

 

4.2                               SurgiQuest shall own all technology, and all Intellectual Property and associated rights therein, that is developed by either Party, whether alone or jointly with the other Party, during the performance of and in connection with the Development Work (such property to be owned by SurgiQuest is referred to herein as “SurgiQuest Development Work IP”). WOM shall be granted a license to defined SurgiQuest Development Work IP as set forth in Section 5 hereof. In the event that SurgiQuest determines to seek patent protection for any intellectual property created by or on behalf of either party or both parties in connection with the Development Work, any patent application shall be prepared by counsel selected by SurgiQuest and the costs of preparation, filing and prosecution thereof shall be paid by SurgiQuest. If a Party (the “Resigning Party”) determines that it does not desire rights to such a patent application, it may so notify the other Party and resign its rights thereto, in which case the Resigning Party shall have no further right, title or interest in or to such intellectual property.

 

4.3                               Each Party shall have sole responsibility and control of its Intellectual Property, including at its sole discretion any decision to apply for, prosecute, receive, maintain, and enforce its respective patent rights worldwide.

 

4.4                               Each Party represents and covenants that all its employees, consultants, and agents, and all third parties acting on behalf of such Party in performing its obligations under this Agreement, shall be obligated under a binding written agreement to assign to such Party all Intellectual Property developed by such employees, consultants, agents, and third parties in connection with this Agreement, in a manner sufficient to affect the allocation of rights contemplated hereby except where prohibited by law.

 

4.5                               To the extent WOM obtains any title or similar interest in any Intellectual Property that is to be owned by SurgiQuest in accordance with Section 4.2 of this Agreement, WOM hereby assigns and, to the extent such assignment cannot be made at present, agrees promptly to assign, to SurgiQuest all of WOM’s title and other interest in and to such Intellectual Property throughout the world. WOM shall execute and procure such documents, including assignments of patent applications and patents, and take such other actions as may be reasonably requested from time to time by SurgiQuest to obtain for SurgiQuest’s own benefit appropriate protections for Intellectual Property in any and all countries with respect to such Intellectual Property, or otherwise to transfer or confirm the transfer of such Intellectual Property for the benefit of SurgiQuest.

 

4.6                               Enforcement.

 

(a)                                 To the extent that WOM is deemed an indispensable party in SurgiQuest’s litigation to enforce the Intellectual Property licensed in Section 5.1, WOM agrees to join SurgiQuest in such action. SurgiQuest will reimburse all of WOM’s reasonable expenses, including reasonable attorney’s fees, in connection with such litigation.

 

(b)                                 WOM agrees to cooperate with SurgiQuest in any lawsuit that SurgiQuest brings against an infringer of the Intellectual Property licensed in Section 5.1 and to join

 

13



 

SurgiQuest as a party to such lawsuit if (i) requested by SurgiQuest and (ii) if SurgiQuest agrees to reimburse all of WOM’s reasonable litigation expenses, including reasonable attorney’s fees, in such lawsuit.

 

(c)                                  To the extent permissible under the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, or under equivalent rules in the applicable jurisdiction, either Party shall have the right to join in any litigation by the other Party involving the Intellectual Property licensed in Section 5.

 

(d)                                 The Parties agree that the primary goal in litigating validity and enforceability issues associated with the Intellectual Property licensed under Section 5 shall be the preservation of maximum claim breadth and enforcement rights, and the Parties shall cooperate with each other in good faith to achieve this mutual goal. Unless the other Party gives prior written consent, neither Party shall consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement with respect to any infringement or other action that (i) would result in monetary, injunctive, or other relief being imposed against the other Party, (ii) would constitute or require any admission of liability or wrongdoing on the part of the other Party that does not provide a full release of liability for the other Party, or (iii) would otherwise materially diminish the claim scope of the applicable DPIS Intellectual Property or Development Work IP or affect its validity or enforceability.

 

(e)                                  To the extent that the Parties are parties to a litigation or settlement of any claim against an actual or alleged infringer of the Intellectual Property licensed under Sections 5.3 or 5.4, then the Parties agree that each Party shall be reimbursed their reasonable costs and expenses associated with such litigation or settlement from any amount recovered.

 

5.                                      License.

 

5.1                               WOM hereby grants to SurgiQuest a fully paid, royalty-free, perpetual, irrevocable, transferrable (only in the event of a breach of Section 3.12(a) or notice under Section 3.12(b) by WOM, in the context of an assignment permitted by Section 15 or as otherwise provided for in this Agreement), non-exclusive license to all DPIS Intellectual Property that WOM incorporates into the DPIS Device or Tube Sets which is not owned by SurgiQuest.

 

5.2                               SurgiQuest grants to WOM during the Development Period a fully-paid, royalty-free, non-transferrable, non-sublicensable, non-exclusive license in the Field of Use in the Territory to all SurgiQuest Development Work IP that is reasonably necessary for WOM to carry out its Development Work obligations under this Agreement.

 

5.3                               SurgiQuest grants to WOM during the Supply Period a fully-paid, royalty-free, non-transferrable (except as provided for in this Agreement), non-sublicensable, non-exclusive license in the Field of Use in the Territory to all SurgiQuest Development Work IP that is reasonably necessary for WOM to (i) make the Commercial Products for SurgiQuest, and (ii) offer for sale and sell the Commercial Products to SurgiQuest.

 

5.4                               From and after the commencement of the Supply Period, SurgiQuest grants to WOM a fully paid, royalty-free, perpetual, irrevocable, non-transferrable, non-exclusive license

 

14



 

in the WOM Field of Use in the Territory to all SurgiQuest Development Work IP other than that relating to the Tube Sets.

 

5.5                               WOM hereby grants to SurgiQuest and its Affiliates a fully-paid, royalty-free, non-transferrable (except as provide for in this Agreement), non-exclusive license in the Territory to use the trademark and trade name “WOM” in connection with SurgiQuest’s marketing and sale of Commercial Products. All goodwill associated with the license in this Section 5.5 shall inure to the benefit of WOM, and WOM shall have sole control of, and responsibility for, any applications and registrations for such licensed trademark and trade name. SurgiQuest will use the licensed trademark or trade name in accordance with WOM’s reasonable guidelines, as provided to SurgiQuest upon reasonable prior notice. SurgiQuest shall use such trademarks and trade name in accordance with the marking plan agreed to in writing by the Parties prior to the commencement of the Supply Period.

 

5.6                               Except for the licenses expressly granted in this Section 5, no other license is granted or implied hereby.

 

6.                                      Equipment Ownership. WOM shall own all tooling required to produce the Commercial Products and components thereof (“SurgiQuest Unique Tooling”). WOM is responsible for routine maintenance of SurgiQuest Unique Tooling. In the event SurgiQuest ends the Supply Period or terminates this Agreement during the Supply Period in accordance with its rights under Section 3.13, WOM shall transfer to SurgiQuest, at no additional cost to SurgiQuest, ownership and possession of the SurgiQuest Unique Tooling and all information reasonably necessary to operate and maintain the SurgiQuest Unique Tooling.

 

7.                                      Payments.

 

7.1                               Payment terms for Commercial Products are net forty-five (45) days from the invoice date. All payments not made within the applicable payment period shall bear interest at the rate of 1% per month or any part thereof from the due date. Each invoice for Commercial Products shall set forth the purchase price thereof most recently determined pursuant to Section 3.3 hereof.

 

7.2                               All invoices and payments shall be in United States Dollars.

 

7.3                               Euro to U.S. Dollar Exchange. The Target Manufacturing Costs and Purchase Price shall be expressed in USD. To determine the Purchase Price, WOM’s Direct Manufacturing Costs shall be converted from Euros to USD using the Conversion Rate in effect from time to time. The Conversion Rate shall initially be  USD per Euro and shall be adjusted on the last business day of each calendar quarter as described below if and only if the average exchange rate (USD per Euro) of the current month and prior two months source rate as reported on the Bloomberg screen at 9.00 a.m. EDT on the last business day of each of such three months differs from the then applicable Conversion Rate by at least ten cents ($0.10US). If there is such a difference, the Conversion Rate shall be adjusted by one-half of such difference. In the event the Conversion Rate is so adjusted, the Target Manufacturing Costs shall be similarly adjusted.

 

7.4                               Payment of any fees shall not be considered acceptance of any work performed.

 

Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

15



 

8.                                      Warranties; Restrictive Covenants.

 

8.1                               WOM expressly warrants and represents that it is empowered to grant the licenses and rights granted herein. WOM is and shall be under no obligation to seek or maintain rights in any particular country or jurisdiction in the Territory, provided that WOM has disclosed to SurgiQuest in writing its lack of rights in such country or jurisdiction.

 

8.2                               WOM expressly warrants and represents that it owns or controls the Intellectual Property licensed to SurgiQuest under this Agreement.

 

8.3                               Each Party expressly warrants and represents that it has and shall have no encumbrances or agreements, including, but not limited to, any agreements with academic institutions, universities, or other third parties, whether written, oral, or implied, which would be inconsistent with the grant of rights and fulfillment of such Party’s obligations under this Agreement.

 

8.4                               Each Party warrants that it has not previously granted any rights in the Commercial Products or comparable products for use in the Field of Use to any third party which grant is inconsistent with the rights granted to the other Party in this Agreement. Each Party further warrants that it will not grant such rights during the term of this Agreement as long as the other Party complies with its obligations under this Agreement.

 

8.5                               EXCEPT FOR THE EXPRESS WARRANTIES SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, WOM AND SURGIQUEST DISCLAIM ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO THE DPIS DEVICE, THE TUBE SETS OR COMPONENTS THEREOF (BE THEY COMMERCIAL PRODUCTS OR OTHERWISE), INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS, SERVICES, AND INFORMATION PROVIDED PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THESE DISCLAIMERS ARE INTENDED TO LIMIT THE PARTIES’ CLAIMS BETWEEN THEMSELVES.

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

16



 

9.                                      Termination.

 

9.1                               This Agreement will commence on the Effective Date.

 

9.2                               Any termination of this Agreement shall be without prejudice to any other rights or remedies a Party may accrue prior to termination or expiration. The non-breaching Party shall have the right to terminate this Agreement without further obligation to the other Party, except for obligations that are related to the period of time prior to the date of default or failure to perform. If one Party: (a) makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (b) has a receiver of all or substantially all of its assets appointed by final determination of a court; (c) files a petition for reorganization or other arrangement or in bankruptcy under the U.S. bankruptcy laws or similar laws in a non-U.S. jurisdiction; or (d) is declared insolvent (collectively referred to hereinafter as “Bankrupt”), then the other Party, at its election, may declare the Bankrupt Party to be in default under the Agreement and, without prejudice to any of its rights hereunder, may terminate this Agreement with immediate effect by written notice to the Bankrupt Party. Except as specifically provided in this Agreement, any license under this Agreement will terminate.

 

10.                               Survival. The terms of this Agreement which, by their nature, are obviously intended to survive termination or expiration of this Agreement shall survive and be binding upon the Parties, including specifically the Confidentiality provisions in Section 11 and Sections 2.3, 2.4, 3.7, 3.11, 3.12(b)(ii) and (iii), 4, 5.1, 5.4, 6, 8.6, 9.2, 10, 12, 15 and 16.

 

11.                               Confidentiality.

 

11.1                        The Parties agree and acknowledge that the terms of this Agreement and all information concerning the Parties’ respective income, business, business plans, market analyses, licenses, facilities, systems, sites, technology, software, equipment, actual or prospective customers, actual or prospective products, actual or prospective services, results of services, tests, test results, quality control, other vendors, other contractors, personnel, personnel responsibilities, or actual or prospective competitors shall be “Confidential Information” unless any of the exceptions set forth in Section 11.2 below apply. Unless written authorization is received from the Party supplying information, the Party receiving information shall not: (a) disclose the other Party’s Confidential Information or allow it or cause it to be disclosed to any third parties; (b) disclose the other Party’s Confidential Information to any individuals other than individuals who are regular employees of the receiving Party, who need to know the information to perform their duties under this Agreement, and who are expressly bound to comply with the non-disclosure and restricted use provisions of this Agreement; or (c) use the other Party’s Confidential Information or allow the other Party’s Confidential Information to be used for purposes other than for the performance of obligations under this Agreement.

 

11.2                        Confidential Information does not include: (a) information that is readily available to the general public without charge or restriction, except where such availability occurs through any breach of the receiving Party’s obligations under this Agreement or any other agreement between the Parties; (b) information that is voluntarily published by the Party claiming Confidential Information status or that is published by a third party who created, obtained, or developed it without any illegal activity or breach of an obligation to the Party

 

17



 

claiming Confidential Information status or to any of its contractors, licensors, licensees, or vendors; or (c) information that is independently developed by a Party without reference to, and is not derived from, nor incorporates in violation of any term of this Agreement, nor adapts any of, the other Party’s Confidential Information.

 

11.3                        Each Party shall immediately inform the other Party in writing of any suspected, actual, or threatened disclosure of that other Party’s Confidential Information. If a third party seeks disclosure of the supplying Party’s Confidential Information from the receiving Party, through discovery in a judicial process or otherwise, the receiving Party shall cooperate with the supplying Party to prevent such disclosure, e.g., by a protective order, and if disclosure is ordered and appeal is waived or exhausted, only such disclosure as is necessary to comply with such order will be made by the receiving Party.

 

11.4                        Upon termination of this Agreement due to a breach, each Party shall, without limiting any other rights and remedies, be obligated to: (a) immediately deliver to the supplying Party the supplying Party’s Confidential Information in an organized and readily legible and accessible form; and (b) if requested by the supplying Party, the receiving Party shall destroy all copies of the supplying Party’s Confidential Information and shall certify such destruction to the supplying Party.

 

11.5                        The provisions of this Section 11 shall come into force upon the signing of this Agreement by both Parties, and to the extent of any overlap, shall amend any confidentiality agreement already signed by the Parties.

 

12.                               Indemnification.

 

12.1                        Each Party agrees to protect, defend, indemnify and hold harmless the other Party from all reasonable sums, reasonable costs, reasonable expenses, and reasonable attorney’s fees that such other Party may incur or be obligated to pay as a result of any and all claims, demands, causes of action, or judgments of every nature whatsoever made by or in favor of any third party, including employees and purchasers, that relate to or arise from:

 

(a)                                 a breach of the indemnifying Party’s obligations set forth herein; or

 

(b)                                 any violation of law or regulation (including any such claims by the FDA or other governmental authorities), negligent or willful misconduct, or misleading, fraudulent, unfair, or deceptive business practices, by the indemnifying Party in connection with the sale or distribution of the Commercial Products.

 

12.2                        WOM agrees to protect, defend, indemnify and hold harmless SurgiQuest from all reasonable sums, reasonable costs, reasonable expenses, and reasonable attorney’s fees that SurgiQuest may incur or be obligated to pay as a result of any and all claims, demands, causes of action, or judgments of every nature whatsoever made by or in favor of any third party, including employees and purchasers, to the extent that the foregoing relate to or arise from any claim for product liability of any kind, including for death, bodily injury, or tangible property damage that is directly attributable to a Commercial Product supplied by WOM failing to meet applicable Commercial Product Specifications, if such death, bodily injury, or tangible property damage is directly attributable to the acts or omissions (intentional or unintentional) of WOM and is not in

 

18



 

any way caused by improper installation, use, maintenance, or disposal of the Commercial Product.

 

12.3                        In the event of any claims, suits, or proceedings based on infringement or misappropriation of any patent, copyright, or trade secret by the Commercial Products as delivered by WOM (without regard to WOM’s knowledge (or lack thereof) of such infringement or misappropriation), if such claim, suit, or proceeding is based on a Commercial Product and is not attributable to elements of the Commercial Product embodying Development Work Product created solely by SurgiQuest or created by WOM at and in accordance with SurgiQuest’s direction, and is threatened or brought against SurgiQuest, its Affiliates, its distributors, or its customers, then WOM will protect, defend, indemnify, and hold harmless SurgiQuest and its Affiliates from all reasonable sums, reasonable costs, reasonable expenses, and reasonable attorney’s fees that SurgiQuest may incur or be obligated to pay as a result of any and all such claims, demands, causes of action, or judgments of every nature whatsoever in favor of any third party pertaining to, or resulting or arising from the offer for sale, sale, distribution, import, export, or use of the Commercial Products by SurgiQuest, its Affiliates, its distributors, or its customers.

 

12.4                        In the event of any claims, suits, or proceedings based on infringement or misappropriation of any patent, copyright, or trade secret by any product sold by SurgiQuest (without regard to SurgiQuest knowledge (or lack thereof) of such infringement or misappropriation,) if such claim, suit or proceeding is not specifically covered by Section 12.3 and is threatened or brought against WOM, its Affiliates, its distributors, or its customers, then SurgiQuest will protect, defend, indemnify, and hold harmless WOM and its Affiliates from all reasonable sums, reasonable costs, reasonable expenses, and reasonable attorney’s fees that any of them may incur or be obligated to pay as a result of any and all such claims, demands, causes of action, or judgments of every nature whatsoever in favor of any third party.

 

12.5                        Each Party will promptly notify the other Party if it receives any notice, or has reason to believe, that the offer for sale, sale, distribution, import, export, making, use, or otherwise commercializing the Commercial Products will subject a Party to claims or liabilities of any kind.

 

13.                               Insurance. During the term of the Agreement, each Party will maintain product liability insurance coverage of an amount not less than five million dollars (US $5,000,000.00). Each Party will provide the other Party with a certificate of insurance as evidence of the coverage. Each Party will notify the other party within thirty (30) days of any discontinuation or reduction in the coverage.

 

14.                               Notices. All notices hereunder shall be in writing and be deemed to have been duly given if delivered personally, one (1) day after delivery to a nationally recognized overnight delivery service, charges prepaid, and addressed as follows:

 

For WOM:

 

W.O.M. WORLD OF MEDICINE AG

Attn: Stefan Kürbis

 

19


 

Salzufer 8, 10587 Berlin

Germany

 

For SurgiQuest:

 

SurgiQuest, Inc.

Attention: Kurt Azarbarzin

12 Cascade Boulevard

Orange, Connecticut 06477

U.S.A.

 

with a copy to:

 

Wiggin and Dana LLP

Attention: Mert Gollaher

One Century Tower

New Haven, CT 06508-1832

U.S.A.

 

Such addresses may be altered by written notice given in accordance with this Section 14.

 

15.                               Assignment. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns. Neither Party shall be entitled to assign, sublicense, or transfer its rights and obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Party, except that either Party may transfer this Agreement to a wholly-owned subsidiary or Affiliate or any assignee or purchaser of the portion of its business associated with the design, development, manufacture, and sale of the Commercial Products covered by this Agreement without the written approval of the other Party, except where such transfer would result in the acquisition of SurgiQuest’s Confidential Information by a competitor. No assignment or transfer shall relieve a Party of its obligations, including but not limited to confidentiality obligations, under this Agreement. Any assignment or transfer of this Agreement in contravention of its terms shall be void and without effect.

 

16.                               General.

 

16.1                        Entire Agreement; Amendments. This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement between SurgiQuest and WOM with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any prior agreements, understandings, promises, or representations made by either Party to the other Party concerning such subject matter, unless incorporated herein by reference. This Agreement may be amended only in writing, signed by both Parties. Any purported oral modification hereof shall be void. Any translations of this Agreement shall be for convenience only and shall not be used to interpret, amend, modify, or supersede the terms of this English-language version.

 

16.2                        Force Majeure. Any delays in or failures of performance by either Party under this Agreement shall not be considered a breach of this Agreement if and to the extent caused by occurrences beyond the reasonable control of the Party affected, including but not limited to: acts of god; acts, regulations, or laws of any government; strikes or other concerted acts of workers; fires; floods; explosions; earthquakes, riots; wars; rebellions; and sabotage. Any time

 

20



 

for performance of Development Work or supply of Commercial Products hereunder shall be extended by the actual time of delay caused by such occurrence except that such delay may not exceed six (6) months and, also, the delaying Party shall undertake reasonable efforts to minimize the delay.

 

16.3                        Relationship of Parties. The Parties hereto are entering into this Agreement as independent contractors, and nothing herein is intended or shall be construed to create between the Parties a relationship of principal and agent, partners, joint venturers, or employer and employee. Neither Party shall hold itself out to others or seek to bind or commit the other Party in any manner inconsistent with the foregoing provisions of this Section.

 

16.4                        Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be construed under and governed by the laws of the State of Connecticut as applied by courts of the State of Connecticut without reference to conflict of laws rules, and for the purpose of resolving any dispute about this Agreement, or any of its subjects, the Parties submit to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the courts of the State of Connecticut, except that, with regard to claims filed outside of the United States or its territories, either Party shall have the right to seek injunctive relief or other legal and equitable remedies, and to file the underlying suit, in a court of competent jurisdiction throughout the world.

 

16.5                        Waivers. No waiver of any right by either Party under this Agreement shall be of any effect unless such waiver is in writing and signed by the waiving Party. Any waiver of a default in performance hereunder shall be deemed a waiver of the particular instance only and shall not be deemed consent to continuing default. Any purported waiver not consistent with the foregoing shall be void.

 

16.6                        Severability. Any term or provision of this Agreement that is held by a court of competent jurisdiction or other authority with proper jurisdiction to be invalid, void, or unenforceable in any situation in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remaining terms and provisions hereof or thereof or the validity or enforceability of the offending term or provision in any other situation or in any other jurisdiction. If any term(s) or provision(s) of this Agreement is held to be invalid, void, or unenforceable in a determination by a court of competent jurisdiction or other authority with proper jurisdiction, the Parties agree (without waiving rights of appeal) that the invalid, void, or unenforceable provision(s) shall be: (a) reconstituted to approximate as closely as lawfully possible the evident intent of the Parties; or (b) if option (a) above cannot be implemented, then the unenforceable provision(s) shall be excised from the Agreement and the Parties shall negotiate in good faith with respect to modification of the Agreement. If the Parties cannot agree to a modification, then the court or other authority with proper jurisdiction making such determination shall have the power to reduce the scope, duration, area, or applicability of the term or provision, to delete specific words or phrases, or to replace any invalid, void, or unenforceable term or provision with a term or provision that is valid and enforceable and that comes closest to expressing the intention of the invalid or unenforceable term or provision.

 

16.7                        Ambiguities; Interpretation. Ambiguities, if any, in this Agreement shall not be construed by default against either Party simply because one or the other Party is deemed to have drafted the provision at issue. The inclusion of headings in this Agreement is for convenience

 

21



 

only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation hereof. Whenever the context may require, any pronouns used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine, or neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns and pronouns shall include the plural, and vice versa. Whenever the words “include,” “includes” or “including” or similar are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “but not limited to”.

 

16.8                        Limitation of Liability. Except for the breach of confidentiality obligations or infringement or dilution or injury to the value of SurgiQuest’s or WOM’s Intellectual Property, to the fullest extent allowed by applicable law, neither Party shall be liable to the other under this Agreement, under any theory of contract, strict liability, tort (including negligence), or other theory for any indirect, incidental, or consequential damages, irrespective of whether such Party had advance notice or knowledge of the possibility of such damages.

 

16.9                        Dispute Resolution.

 

(a)                                 The Parties shall negotiate in good faith and use reasonable efforts to settle any dispute, controversy or claim arising from or related to this Agreement or the breach of this Agreement by providing written notice of a dispute to the other Party, and have any such dispute controversy or claim referred to the executive officers of the Parties, or their respective designees, for attempted resolution within twenty (20) days thereafter. If the Parties do not fully settle, and a Party wishes to pursue the matter, each such dispute, controversy or claim shall be finally resolved by binding arbitration in accordance with the provisions set forth in this Section 16.9. Any negotiations regarding a dispute shall be treated as settlement negotiations for purposes of the United States Federal Rules of Evidence and any similar rules of evidence. Such negotiations shall not be admissible in any subsequent arbitration hearing.

 

(b)                                 No issue of the validity of any rights in, enforceability or infringement of, the scope of any of the claims of Intellectual Property, and/or any dispute that includes any such issue, shall be subject to arbitration under this Agreement unless otherwise agreed by the Parties in writing.

 

(c)                                  Except for those issues and/or disputes described in Section 16.9(b), all disputes between the Parties arising from or relating to this Agreement or the breach of this Agreement that cannot otherwise be resolved informally, shall be finally resolved by arbitration in accordance with the then existing Rules of the American Arbitration Association (the “AAA”), as supplemented by the further requirements of this Section 16.9. Such arbitration shall be conducted by three (3) arbitrators, one appointed by each of SurgiQuest and WOM and the third selected by the first two appointed arbitrators.

 

(d)                                 Within twenty (20) days after filing its request for arbitration with the AAA, the Party requesting arbitration of a dispute (the “claimant”) shall provide the other Party (the “respondent”) with a statement explaining the basis of its request for arbitration, including a listing all of the specific facts the claimant contends support its claims, all acts or omissions by the respondent that the claimant believes constitute a breach of this Agreement, all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement that the claimant believes have been breached, the names and addresses of each person the claimant believes has knowledge supporting its claim, and a concise statement of damages, including the means by which the claimed damages were calculated and

 

22



 

the facts upon which the calculation(s) were based. The claimant also shall provide the other Party with such statement a copy of all documents in its possession or control that it contends support its claim.

 

(e)                                  Within sixty (60) days of receipt of the above statement, the respondent shall provide a written reply statement to the claimant, setting forth a brief description of each of the defenses known to it at that time and the facts upon which the defenses are based, and the names and last known addresses of each witness supporting any such defenses. The respondent also shall provide with such reply statement a copy of all documents in its possession or control that it contends support its defenses.

 

(f)                                   The requirements of Sections 16.9(d) and 16.9(e) are intended to supplement, and therefore are in addition to, the Rules and procedural requirements of the AAA. In particular, the exchanges of documents and information required by such paragraphs shall be in addition to any discovery that is permitted under the Rules of the AAA or that the arbitrators may otherwise authorize in the arbitration.

 

(g)                                  The arbitrators shall be required to render a reasoned written opinion in support of their final decision, setting forth findings of fact, legal analysis and award. The decision rendered by the arbitrators shall be final and binding upon the Parties. Judgment upon the decision and any award made by the arbitrators may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction. Each Party shall pay its own expenses of arbitration and shall share equally in the fees and expenses of the arbitrators, unless the arbitrators assess against one Party the expenses of the other Party (including the other Party’s reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) in their award.

 

(h)                                 To the extent permitted by law, the arbitration proceeding shall be confidential and the arbitration panel shall issue appropriate protective orders to safeguard such confidentiality. The Parties agree to keep confidential any documents exchanged between them pursuant to the arbitration and, the content of any testimony or written documents submitted pursuant to the arbitration. No Party shall make (or instruct the arbitration panel to make) any public announcement with respect to the proceedings or decision of the arbitration panel without prior written consent of each other Party. The existence of any dispute submitted to arbitration, and the award, shall be kept in confidence by the Parties and the arbitration panel, except as required in connection with the enforcement of such award or as otherwise required by applicable law.

 

(i)                                     The arbitration proceedings shall take place in New Haven, Connecticut.

 

(j)                                    The requirement for arbitration shall not be deemed a waiver of any right of termination under this Agreement and the arbitrators are not empowered to act or make any award other than based solely on the rights and obligations of the Parties prior to any such termination.

 

[Signature Page Follows.]

 

23



 

This Agreement is signed below by duly authorized representatives of SurgiQuest, WOM Germany and WOM USA, respectively, as of the Effective Date.

 

SURGIQUEST, INC.

 

W.O.M. WORLD OF MEDICINE AG

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kurt Azarbarzin

 

By:

/s/ Peter P. Wiest

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Kurt Azarbarzin

 

Name:

Peter P. Wiest

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Founder & CEO

 

Title:

President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

W.O.M. WORLD OF MEDICINE USA Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Peter P. Wiest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Peter P. Wiest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

October 21, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

24



 

Attachment A

 

                                                                                                                          

 

                           

 

Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

25


 

 

Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 



 

 

Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 



 

 

Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 



 

 

Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 



 

 

Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 



 

 

Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 



 

 

Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 



 

 

Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 



 

 

Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 


 

 

 

Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 



 

 

Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 



 

 

Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 



 

 

Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 



 

 

Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 



 

 

Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 



 

 

Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 



 

 

Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 



 

 

Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 



 

 

Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 


 

 

 

Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 



 

 

Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 



 

 

Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 



 

 

Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 



 

 

Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 



 

 

Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 



 

 

Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 



 

 

Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 



 

 

Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 



 

 

Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 


 

 

 

Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 



 

 

Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 



 

 

Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 



 

 

Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 



 

 

Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 



 

 

Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 



 

 

Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 



 

 

Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 



 

 

Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 



 

 

Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 


 

 

Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 



 

 

Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 



 

 

Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 



 

 

Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 



 

 

Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 



 

 

Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 



 

 

Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 


 

Attachment B

 

                                                   

 

                     

 

Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Confidential treatment has been request with respect to the omitted portions.

 

 

26


 

 

 

Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Confidential treatment has been request with respect to the omitted portions.

 



 

 

Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Confidential treatment has been request with respect to the omitted portions.

 



 

 

Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Confidential treatment has been request with respect to the omitted portions.

 



 

 

Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Confidential treatment has been request with respect to the omitted portions.

 



 

 

Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Confidential treatment has been request with respect to the omitted portions.

 


 




Exhibit 10.10(a)

 

Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been request with respect to the omitted portions.

 

 

SECOND AMENDMENT TO

DEVELOPMENT AND MANUFACTURING AGREEMENT

 

This Second Amendment to Development and Manufacturing Agreement (this “First Amendment”) is made as of December 15th, 2014 (“Second Amendment Effective Date”) by and among W.O.M. World of Medicine, GmbH, a German corporation with a place of business at Salzufer 8, 10587 Berlin (“WOM Germany”), W.O.M. World of Medicine, USA, a Florida corporation with a place of business at 4531 36th St., Orlando, FL 32801 (“WOM USA,” and together with WOM Germany, “WOM”) and SurgiQuest, Inc., a Delaware corporation with its principal place of business at 333 Quarry Road Milford, CT 06460 (“SurgiQuest”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, WOM and SurgiQuest entered into that certain Development and Manufacturing Agreement dated as of October 12, 2009 (the “Agreement”), in which SurgiQuest and WOM agreed to jointly develop the Airseal® DPIS 2000 and Tube Sets; and

 

WHEREAS, WOM and SurgiQuest entered into that certain First Amendment Agreement dated as of August 16, 2010 (the “First Amendment”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Parties now desire to replace and supersede the First Amendment in its entirety with the terms hereof; and

 

WHEREAS, WOM and SurgiQuest now desire to work together to develop the next generation of the Airseal® DPIS 2000 and Tube Sets; and

 

WHEREAS, WOM and SurgiQuest have agreed to amend certain provisions contained in the Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and undertakings contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows:

 

1)            Unless otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms in this Second Amendment shall have the same meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement.

 

2)            All references to Attachment A in the Agreement shall be deemed to include Attachment A-1, attached hereto.

 

3)            The definition of “Development Period” is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 



 

“Development Period” means the period of time during which the Parties perform Development Work. The Development work shall begin on the Effective Date or the Second Amendment Effective Date as the case may be.

 

4)            The definition of “DPIS Device” is hereby amended to include the next generation version of the DPIS Device, the 2d generation AirSeal® 2000 (“2d Generation”), which will be developed pursuant to this Second Amendment.

 

5)            The definition of “Statement of Work” is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

“Statement of Work” shall mean, with respect to the DPIS Device and Tube Sets contemplated under the Agreement, that Statement of Work attached as Attachment A to the Agreement, and with respect to the DPIS Device and Tube Sets added to the Agreement by the Second Amendment, that Statement of Work attached to this Second Amendment as Attachment A-1.

 

6)            The definition of “Supply Period” is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

“Supply Period” means a period during which WOM will supply SurgiQuest with Commercial Products.

 

7)            The definition of “Tube Sets” is hereby :

 

“Tube Sets” shall mean, with respect to the DPIS 2000 the SEM-Evac, ASM-Evac and SIM-TUB Tube Sets and with respect to the 2d Generation the next generation of SEM-Evac SEM-Evac, ASM-Evac and SIM-TUB Tube Sets compatible with the 2d Generation.

 

8)            Section 2.1 of the Agreement is amended to add the following to the end of Section 2.1(a).

 

The parties shall use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to complete the Statement of Work and Product Specifications for the 2d Generation as soon as possible. Upon mutual agreement of the Product Specifications, WOM will prepare a Statement of Work, including a preliminary detailed costed bill of materials and description of the product, for the 2d Generation and associated Tube Sets for review by SurgiQuest. The parties will agree within the Statement of Work on the format and content of the detailed costed bill of materials. The Statement of Work shall also include design input, device specifications, a description of initial testing, such as a timeline for completion of the Development Work, Minimum quantities and the estimated prices. Upon finalization and mutual agreement of the terms of the Statement of Work, it will be attached hereto as Attachment A-1 and incorporated herein.

 

9)            Section 2.1(h) of the Agreement is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 



 

WOM shall complete the documentation associated with the design of the Development Work Products and Commercial Products, including design history files, specifications, drawings, bills of material, and testing results. Creation and retention of these documents will be done in accordance with requirements of applicable regulatory Standards (ISO 13485 and FDA 21CFR Part 800). WOM agrees to provide such design documentation to SurgiQuest upon SurgiQuest’s written request. Subject to the exceptions in Section 11, such documentation shall be Confidential Information of SurgiQuest. WOM will provide the requested design documentation within ten (10) working days of receipt of SurgiQuest’s written request.

 

10)          Section 2.1 of the Agreement is amended to add the following to the end of Section 2.1(j).

 

If the Parties determine that development of a new Development Work Product is desirable, which is not contemplated under this agreement, the Parties shall jointly prepare and approve a description of the Development Work in a Statement of Work and jointly agree on a Amendment to this agreement. The Statement of Work shall contain defined milestones that are to be reached during the Development Work. The Statement of Work shall also include design input, device specifications, a description of initial testing, such as a timeline for completion of the Development Work, Minimum quantities and the estimated prices.

 

11)          Section 3.3(a) of the Agreement is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

(a) Prior to the commencement of the Supply Period, WOM shall supply a reasonable number of clinical samples of the 2d Generation of the DPIS Device (i.e., not less than seven (7) United States versions and three (3) E.U. versions of the DPIS Device).

 

12)          Section 3.3(b) of the Agreement is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

(b) (i) WOM shall supply and SurgiQuest shall purchase the Airseal® DPIS 2000 pursuant to the current terms, conditions and prices valid at the Second Amendment Effective Date. WOM and SurgiQuest shall negotiate in good faith a mutually agreeable price for 1.9 version of software and hardware. Such price shall be set forth on Exhibit A, attached hereto and incorporated herein and shall be firm until December 31, 2016, unless otherwise adjusted as provided herein.

 

(ii) During the Development Period and before the start of the Supply Period for the 2d Generation, WOM and SurgiQuest shall negotiate in good faith a mutually agreeable price for the 2d Generation and associated Tube Sets (“Purchase Price”). At least 30 days before any Purchase Price negotiations, WOM will provide SurgiQuest with a detailed costed bill of materials in the format and with the content as agreed in the Statement of Work and description of the product, to enable SurgiQuest to understand the pricing and to negotiate effectively.

 

If requested by SurgiQuest, the BoM is subject to any independent audit as set forth in and accordingly to section 3.3 c.

 



 

The parties agree that the determination of the purchase price shall be governed by the description and definitions outlined in Exhbit C “Price Determination of the 2d Generation”.

 

Upon agreement by the Parties of a Purchase Price, such the Purchase Price shall be set forth on Exhibit B, attached hereto and incorporated herein and shall be firm to the extend agreed by the parties, unless otherwise adjusted as provided herein.

 

(iii)    If, during the Development Period, the Product Specifications for the 2d Generation and associated Tube Sets are changed, WOM will promptly notify SurgiQuest of the expected influence such a change would have on the Purchase Price

 

(iv)    If, during the Supply Period, the price charged to WOM by a supplier of a critical component to produce the 2d Generation or associated Tube Sets increases by more than  WOM will promptly notify SurgiQuest. Upon written evidence of such price increase and the effect on the Purchase Price, the parties will negotiate, in good faith, a mutually agreeable increase to the Purchase Price.

 

(v)         If WOM’s costs to produce any Commercial Product decreases for any reason more than  including as a result of changes or improvements in process and production or supplier cost decrease, WOM shall promptly notify SurgiQuest of such reduction and the Parties shall negotiate, in good faith, a mutually agreeable decrease to the Purchase Price.

 

13)          Section 3.3(c) of the Agreement is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

If, in the event of a Change of Control, a financial audit of WOM is necessary, WOM will cooperate with such audit. SurgiQuest shall select an independent certified public accounting firm (“SQ Accountant”) reasonably acceptable to WOM. SQ Accountant shall have the right to review, with WOM’s auditors, WOM’s annual financial statements. SQ Accountant shall disclose to SurgiQuest or its representative only its evaluation of WOM’s capacity to meet its financial and contractual commitments to SurgiQuest. The costs for SQ Accountant and WOM’s accountants shall paid by SurgiQuest. For the purpose of this Section 3.3(c), “Change in Control” shall mean: (i) initial public offering SurgiQuest securities or common stock (ii) a sale of all or substantially all of SurgiQuest’s assets or capital stock or (iii) any merger or consolidation pursuant to which SurgiQuest’s stockholders shall receive cash or

 

Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Confidential treatment has been request with respect to the omitted portions.

 



 

securities of another corporation and less than 50% of the outstanding capital stock of the surviving corporation pursuant to such merger or consolidation shall be owned by the stockholders of SurgiQuest.

 

14)          Section 3.3(d) of the Agreement is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

Terms of sale are ex works Incoterms 2010 from WOM’s Ludwigsstadt facility.

 

The parties agree to provide each other with reasonable documents, including, but not limited, customs and shipping documents, as necessary for the other party or its affiliates to comply with tax and customs requirements.

 

15)          Section 3.6(c) of the Agreement is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following :

 

SurgiQuest shall inspect the Commercial Products upon receipt and shall have thirty (30) days to notify WOM of any Commercial Products lost or damaged during transit, or that do not conform to the applicable specification. If the defect described in the notice of defects is attributable to faulty material or manufacturing, SurgiQuest must promptly send back to WOM the goods or parts of the goods, unless otherwise mutually agreed. WOM shall assume all necessary expenses with respect to the removal of defects, in particular, transport, travel, labor and material costs.

 

16)          Section 3.6(d)(i) of the Agreement is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

WOM’s Quality Management System (QMS), as it applies to the manufacturing of Commercial Products for SurgiQuest hereunder, shall, to the extent legally applicable to the manufacture of components that are incorporated into finished medical devices, comply with the current or in-force revision of ISO 13485 standard for Medical Devices and FDA Quality System Regulations & 21 CFR Part 800. WOM shall incorporate a set of checks and balances in its manufacturing processes for the Commercial Products.

 

17)          Section 3.7(a) of the Agreement is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

If any DPIS Device becomes inoperative or otherwise defective in normal use within twelve (12) months from date of delivery to SurgiQuest by WOM and such inoperativeness or defectiveness is due to a defect in material or workmanship by WOM or its supplier, then WOM shall, at its sole option, either repair or replace such DPIS Device within thirty (30) days after WOM receives such DPIS Device from SurgiQuest. This warranty is assignable by SurgiQuest to its customers.

 

18)          Section 3.7 of the Agreement is amended by adding the following as a new subsection (e):

 



 

e) If a Commercial Product requires repair or return pursuant to the warranties in this Section 3.7, WOM will pay all necessary expenses with respect to the return or removal, in particular, transport, travel, labor and material costs.

 

19)          Section 3.10(a) of the Agreement is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20)          Section 3.12(b) of the Agreement is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

If WOM stops or plans to stop production of the Commercial Products it will immediately notify SurgiQuest in writing. If SurgiQuest is not in material breach of this Agreement, then, in addition to any remedies available to SurgiQuest under this Agreement, WOM shall (i) upon reasonable request by SurgiQuest, undertake Commercially Reasonable efforts to make available to SurgiQuest at least a two (2) year supply of Commercial Products, including all required repair services and spare parts, which two (2) year supply shall be based on the number of Commercial Products most recently forecasted to be purchased by SurgiQuest, the price of such Commercial Products, including all required repair services and spare parts supplied to SurgiQuest shall be computed pursuant to Section 3.3(b); and (ii) upon request by SurgiQuest, provide SurgiQuest with all information necessary to manufacture, or have manufactured, the Commercial Products.

 

21)          Section 3.13 of the Agreement is amended by adding the following as a new subsection (a) and renumbering the remaining subsections accordingly:

 

a)             Supply Period Term. Unless earlier terminated in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, the Supply Period will begin for the Airseal® 2000 upon the Second Amendment Effective Date and for the 2d Generation upon (a) acceptance of the results of the Development Work and Development Work Products by SurgiQuest and (b) FDA approval of the Development Work Products, as described in Section 3.1 and continue until the three (3) year anniversary of the FDA approval; provided however, that this Agreement shall remain in effect with respect to any purchase order then issued and confirmed at the time of such termination until performance thereunder is completed to the satisfaction of each Party, unless or until such purchase order is itself terminated as herein provided. This Agreement is automatically renewed for successive one (1)-year periods if not terminated upon at least six (6) months’ prior written notice before the Agreements expiration date or the end of any extension period. A maximum of a total of two (2), twelve (12) month, extensions are possible.

 

Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Confidential treatment has been request with respect to the omitted portions.

 



 

22)          Section 7.1 of the Agreement is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

WOM shall invoice SurgiQuest with WOM’s shipment of Commercial Products with a correct invoice that conforms in all respects with the requirements of the purchase order. Payment terms for Commercial Products are net forty-five (45) days from the invoice date. All payments not made within the applicable payment period shall bear interest at the rate of 1% per month or any part thereof from the due date. Each invoice for Commercial Products shall set forth the purchase price thereof most recently determined pursuant to Section 3.3 hereof.

 

23)          Section 7.2 of the Agreement is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

All invoices and payments shall be in United States Dollars (“USD”). Prices stated by WOM are net prices. All invoices will as far as required by law separately identify excise taxes and value added taxes.

 

All charges for packaging are included in the price unless otherwise agreed to by the Parties. WOM will pack all Products ordered hereunder in a manner suitable for shipment and sufficient to enable the Product to withstand the effects of shipping, including handling during loading and unloading, which shall at a minimum meet applicable industry standards.

 

24)          Section 7.3 of the Agreement is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

Euro to U.S. Dollar Exchange. The Purchase Price shall be expressed in USD. The Purchase Price is calculated on an initial Conversion Rate of  USD per Euro. The Conversion Rate shall be adjusted on the last business day of each calendar quarter as described below if and only if the average exchange rate (USD per Euro) of the current month and prior two months source rate as reported on the Bloomberg screen at 9.00 a.m. EDT on the last business day of each of such three months differs from the then applicable Conversion Rate by at least ten cents ($0.1 USD). If there is such a difference, the Conversion Rate shall be adjusted by one-half of such difference. In the event the Conversion Rate is so adjusted, the Purchase Price shall be similarly adjusted. Regarding the purchase price for the 2d Generation and associated Tube Sets (“Purchase Price”) the initial Conversion Rate will be equal to the adjusted Conversion Rate valid at the time of the mutual agreement of the purchase price pursuant to Section 3.3. b, ii hereof.

 

25)          Section 12 of the Agreement is amended by adding the following as a new subsection 12.6:

 

12.6 Each party’s indemnification liability for all types of damages based on whatever legal principle is hereby limited to five million dollars (USD $5,000,000.00.

 

Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been request with respect to the omitted portions.

 

 



 

26)          Except as specifically modified or amended hereby, the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and, as modified or amended, is hereby ratified, confirmed and approved.

 

27)          The First Amendment is terminated as of the Second Amendment Effective Date and is of no further force or effect.

 

28)          This Second Amendment is effective as of the Second Amendment Effective Date.

 

29)          This Second Amendment may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which, when taken together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Second Amendment as of the date above.

 

SURGIQUEST, INC.

 

WOM WORLD OF MEDICINE GmbH

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kouros Azarbarzin

 

By:

/s/ Dr. C. Scholz

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Kouros Azarbarzin

 

Name:

Dr. C. Scholz

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

CEO

 

Title:

CEO

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

WOM WORLD OF MEDICINE GmbH

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Oliver Kupka

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Oliver Kupka

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

CFO

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

WOM WORLD OF MEDICINE USA, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Oliver Kupka

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Oliver Kupka

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Vice President WOM Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Berlin, 15th December, 2014

 


 

 

Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 



 

 

Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 



 

 

Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 



 

 

Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 



 

 

Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 



 

 

Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 





Exhibit 10.11

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

CREDIT AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

THIS CREDIT AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of May 29, 2014 (the “Closing Date”) by and among MIDCAP FUNDING V, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“MidCap”), as administrative agent (“Agent”), the Lenders listed on the Credit Facility Schedule attached hereto and otherwise party hereto from time to time (each a “Lender”, and collectively the “Lenders”), and SURGIQUEST, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”), provides the terms on which Lenders agree to lend to Borrower and Borrower shall repay Lenders. The parties agree as follows:

 

1                                         ACCOUNTING AND OTHER TERMS

 

Accounting terms not defined in this Agreement shall be construed in accordance with GAAP. Except as expressly noted in this Agreement, calculations and determinations must be made in accordance with GAAP. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in Section 15. All other terms contained in this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated, shall have the meaning provided by the Code to the extent such terms are defined therein. All headings numbered without a decimal point are herein referred to as “Articles,” and all paragraphs numbered with a decimal point (and all subparagraphs or subsections thereof) are herein referred to as “Sections.”

 

2                                         CREDIT FACILITIES AND TERMS

 

2.1                               Promise to Pay. Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay to each Lender in accordance with each Lender’s respective Pro Rata Share of each Credit Facility, the outstanding principal amount of all Credit Extensions made by the Lenders under such Credit Facility and accrued and unpaid interest thereon and any other amounts due hereunder as and when due in accordance with this Agreement.

 

2.2                               Credit Facilities. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Lender, severally, but not jointly, agrees to make available to Borrower Credit Extensions in respect of each Credit Facility set forth opposite such Lender’s name on the Credit Facility Schedule, in each case not to exceed such Lender’s commitment as identified on the Credit Facility Schedule (such commitment of each Lender, as it may be amended to reflect assignments made in accordance with this Agreement or terminated or reduced in accordance with this Agreement, its “Applicable Commitment”, and the aggregate of all such commitments, the “Applicable Commitments”).

 

2.3                               Term Credit Facilities.

 

(a)                                 Nature of Credit Facility; Credit Extension Requests. For any Credit Facility identified on the Credit Facility Schedule as a term facility (a “Term Credit Facility”), Credit Extensions in respect of a Term Credit Facility may be requested by Borrower during the Draw Period for such Term Credit Facility. For any Credit Extension requested under a Term Credit Facility other than on the Closing Date, Agent must receive the completed Credit Extension Form by 12:00 noon (New York time) fifteen (15) Business Days prior to the date of the Credit Extension is to be funded. To the extent any Term Credit Facility proceeds are repaid for any reason, whether voluntarily or involuntarily (including repayments from insurance or condemnation proceeds), Agent and Lenders shall have no obligation to re-advance such sums to Borrower.

 

(b)                                 Principal Payments. Principal payable on account of a Term Credit Facility shall be payable by Borrower to Agent immediately upon the earliest of (i) the date(s) set forth in the Amortization Schedule for such Term Credit Facility, or (ii) the Maturity Date. Except as this Agreement may specifically provide otherwise, all prepayments of Credit Extensions under Term Credit Facilities shall be applied by Agent to the applicable Term Credit Facility in inverse order of maturity. The monthly payments required under the Amortization Schedule shall continue in the same amount (for so long as the applicable Term Credit Facility shall remain outstanding) notwithstanding any partial prepayment, whether mandatory or optional, of the applicable Term Credit Facility.

 

1



 

(c)                                  Mandatory Prepayment. If a Term Credit Facility is accelerated following the occurrence of an Event of Default, Borrower shall immediately pay to Agent, for payment to each Lender in accordance with its respective Pro Rata Share, an amount equal to the sum of: (i) all outstanding principal of the Term Credit Facility and all other Obligations, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, (ii) any fees payable under the Fee Letters by reason of such prepayment, (iii) the Applicable Prepayment Fee as specified in the Credit Facility Schedule for the Credit Facility being prepaid, and (iv) all other sums that shall have become due and payable, including Protective Advances. Additionally, at the election of Agent, Borrower shall prepay the Term Credit Facilities (to be allocated pro rata among the outstanding Credit Extensions under all Term Credit Facilities) in the following amounts: (A) on the date on which any Credit Party (or Agent as loss payee or assignee) receives any casualty proceeds in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) for personal property constituting Collateral, or in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) for real property constituting Collateral, in respect of assets upon which Agent maintained a Lien, an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of such proceeds (net of out-of-pocket expenses and, in the case of personal property, repayment of any permitted purchase money debt encumbering the personal property that suffered such casualty), or such lesser portion of such proceeds as Agent shall elect to apply to the Obligations; and (B) upon receipt by any Credit Party of the proceeds of any asset disposition of personal property not made in the Ordinary Course of Business (other than transfers permitted by Section 7.1) an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the net cash proceeds of such asset disposition (net of out-of-pocket expenses and repayment of any permitted purchase money debt encumbering such asset), or such lesser portion as Agent shall elect to apply to the Obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall have the option of applying the proceeds of any casualty policy up to $100,000 in the aggregate with respect to any property loss in any one year, toward the replacement or repair of destroyed or damaged property; provided that any such replaced or repaired property (x) shall be of greater, equal or like value as the replaced or repaired Collateral and (y) shall be deemed Collateral in which Agent and Lenders have been granted a first priority security interest, and (b) after the occurrence and during the continuance of a Default or Event of Default, all proceeds payable under such casualty policy shall, at the option of Agent, be payable to Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, on account of the Obligations.

 

(d)                                 Permitted Prepayment. Except as provided below, Borrower shall have no right to prepay the Credit Extensions made in respect of a Term Credit Facility. After the Closed Period, if any, for the applicable Term Credit Facility as specified in the Credit Facility Schedule, Borrower shall have the option to prepay the Prepayable Amount (as defined below) of a Term Credit Facility advanced by the Lenders under this Agreement, provided Borrower (i) provides written notice to Agent of its election to prepay the Prepayable Amount at least thirty (30) days prior to such prepayment, and (ii) pays to Agent, for payment to each Lender in accordance with its respective Pro Rata Share, on the date of such prepayment, an amount equal to the sum of (A) the Prepayable Amount plus accrued interest thereon, (B) any fees payable under the Fee Letters by reason of such prepayment, (C) the Applicable Prepayment Fee as specified in the Credit Facility Schedule for the Credit Facility being prepaid; provided that, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if Borrower elects to make the Revolving Tranche Increase Prepayment, Borrower shall not be required to pay the Applicable Prepayment Fee described in this subsection 2.3(d)(ii)(C) solely with respect to the amount prepaid by the Revolving Tranche Increase Prepayment, and (D) all Protective Advances. The term “Prepayable Amount” means, other than in connection with the Revolving Tranche Increase Prepayment, all, but not less than all, of the Credit Extensions and all other Obligations under all Term Credit Facilities.

 

2.4                               Revolving Credit Facilities.

 

(a)                                 Nature of Credit Facility; Credit Extension Requests. For the Credit Facility identified on the Credit Facility Schedule as “Revolving” (the “Revolving Credit Facility”), such Revolving Credit Facility shall be in the nature of a revolving line of credit. Borrower may from time to time request Credit Extensions under the Revolving Credit Facility in compliance with this Section. Agent and Lenders shall have no obligation to fund any Credit Extension in respect of a Revolving Credit Facility if the outstanding principal balance of the Revolving Credit Facility, together with accrued interest thereon and any other Obligations then accrued or payable, exceeds the lesser of (i) the Applicable Commitments for such Revolving Credit Facility, and (ii) the Borrowing Base as then in effect. The Borrowing Base shall be determined by Agent based on the most recent Credit Extension Form delivered to Agent in accordance with this Agreement. Borrower’s Credit Extension Form for an advance under a

 

2



 

Revolving Credit Facility shall include a certificate, on a form designated by Agent from time to time and in substance satisfactory to Agent, certifying the amount of the Borrowing Base and providing such backup information as Agent shall deem necessary. For any Credit Extension requested under a Revolving Credit Facility, Agent must receive the completed Credit Extension Form by 12:00 noon (New York time) three (3) Business Days prior to the date of the Credit Extension is to be funded. A request for a Credit Extension in respect of a Revolving Credit Facility shall be deemed to have been made by Borrower for any amount required to be paid under this Agreement, whether as interest or for any other Obligation; such event shall be deemed irrevocably to be a request for a Credit Extension under the Revolving Credit Facility on the day following the due date in the amount required to pay such interest or other Obligation if such was not paid by Borrower on the due date.

 

(b)                                 Mandatory Principal Payments. Principal payable on account of the Revolving Credit Facility shall be payable by Borrower to Agent immediately at any time that the outstanding principal balance of the Revolving Credit Facility is in excess of the Borrowing Base or the Applicable Commitments for such Revolving Credit Facility, in the amount of such excess.

 

(c)                                  Early Termination Fee. Upon a Revolver Accrual Date, Borrower shall pay, as compensation for the costs of such Lenders being prepared to make funds available to Borrower under such Revolving Credit Facility to Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders based on their Pro Rata Share of the Revolving Credit Facility, the Applicable Prepayment Fee, as defined in the Credit Facility Schedule for the Revolving Credit Facility.

 

(d)                                 Collections and Lockbox Procedures.

 

(i)                                     Borrower may at any time, but prior to the Revolving Tranche Increase Request shall, establish and maintain a lockbox (the “Lockbox”) and a demand deposit account (the “Lockbox Account”)with a United States depository institution designated from time to time by Agent (the “Lockbox Bank”), subject to the provisions of this Agreement, and shall execute with the Lockbox Bank a Control Agreement and such other agreements related to such Lockbox as Agent may require (a “Lockbox Agreement”; and the establishment of such Lockbox and Lockbox Account and entering into such Lockbox Agreement, the “Lockbox Structure Event”). In Agent’s sole discretion, the Lockbox Bank may be Agent or an Affiliate or nominee of Agent. Borrower shall ensure: (A) prior to the Lockbox Structure Event, that all collections and Proceeds (as defined in the Code) of all Revolving Collateral are paid, or if received by check, deposited by Borrower in the U.S. mail or with a reputable overnight courier within one (1) Business Day of Borrower’s receipt for delivery to the appropriate depository institution and deposited within five (5) Business Days of Borrower’s receipt, directly into a deposit account that is subject to a Control Agreement in accordance with Section 6.6; (B) after the Lockbox Structure Event, that all collections and Proceeds (as defined in the Code) of all Revolving Collateral are paid directly (i) into the Lockbox for deposit into the Lockbox Account and/or (ii) into the Lockbox Account. After the Lockbox Structure Event, the Lockbox Account shall at all times be subject to a standing order issued by Borrower to the Lockbox Bank directing the Lockbox Bank to sweep all funds in the Lockbox Account to the Payment Account on a daily basis. Borrower shall pay to Agent upon demand all fees, charges, expenses and other amounts paid or incurred by Agent in connection with the Lockbox, the Lockbox Account and the Lockbox Agreement. Borrower hereby indemnifies and agrees to defend and hold Agent harmless from and against any and all liabilities, claims, losses and demands whatsoever, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, arising from or relating to actions of Agent or the Lockbox Bank pursuant to any Lockbox Agreement, except to the extent of such losses arising solely from Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. To the extent that any collections or Proceeds of Revolving Collateral are not sent directly to the Subject Deposit Account as described above, but are received by any Borrower, such collections shall be held in trust for the benefit of Agent pursuant to an express trust created hereby and immediately remitted into such Subject Deposit Account. If any funds received by Borrower are not deposited by Borrower in the U.S. mail or with a reputable overnight courier within one (1) Business Day of Borrower’s receipt for delivery to the appropriate depository institution and deposited within five (5) Business Days of Borrower’s receipt, then Borrower shall pay to Agent, for its own account and not for the account of any other Lenders, a compliance fee equal to $500 for each day that any such conditions exist. This paragraph shall not in any way limit the requirements set forth in Section 6.6.

 

(ii)                                  After the Lockbox Structure Event, the Agent shall apply, on a daily basis, all funds transferred into the Payment Account to reduce the outstanding Credit Extensions under the Revolving Credit Facility in such

 

3



 

order of application as Agent shall elect. Agent shall have no obligation to apply any funds transferred into the Payment Account to reduce outstanding Credit Extensions under any other Credit Facility, but Agent shall have the option to apply such funds to any other Credit Facility to the extent of any payments (whether of principal, interest or otherwise) due and payable in respect thereof. For purposes of calculating interest pursuant to Section 2.6, all funds transferred to the Payment Account for application to any Revolving Credit Extensions shall be subject to a five (5) Business Day clearance period and all interest accruing on such funds during such clearance period shall accrue for the benefit of Agent, and not for the benefit of the Lenders. If as the result of collections of Accounts pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Section, a credit balance exists with respect to the Revolving Credit Facility, such credit balance shall not accrue interest in favor of Borrower, but at Agent’s discretion, or upon request of Borrower for so long as no Default exists, Agent shall transfer such funds in the Payment Account in the amount of such credit balance to the Designated Funding Account.

 

(iv)                              Compliance with the terms of this Section is essential, and Agent and Lenders will suffer immediate and irreparable injury and have no adequate remedy at law, if Borrower, through acts or omissions, causes or permits Account Debtors to send payments other than to the Subject Deposit Account as herein required. Accordingly, in addition to all other rights and remedies of Agent and Lenders hereunder, Agent shall have the right to seek specific performance of the Borrower’s obligations under this Section, and any other equitable relief as Agent may deem necessary or appropriate, and Borrower waives any requirement for the posting of a bond in connection with such equitable relief. If Borrower breaches its obligation to direct collections and Proceeds of Revolving Collateral to the Subject Deposit Account, Agent, as the irrevocably made, constituted and appointed true and lawful attorney for Borrower, may, by the signature or other act of any of Agent’s officers (without requiring any of them to do so), direct any Account Debtor to pay collections and Proceeds of the Revolving Collateral to Borrower by directing payment to the Subject Deposit Account.

 

(v)                                 Borrower shall, and shall cause each Credit Party to, cooperate with Agent in the identification and reconciliation on a daily basis of all amounts received in or required to be deposited into the the Subject Deposit Account. If more than five percent (5%) of the collections and Proceeds of Revolving Collateral received by Borrower during any given fifteen (15) day period is not identified or reconciled to the reasonable satisfaction of Agent within ten (10) Business Days of receipt, Agent and Lenders shall not be obligated to make further advances under any Credit Facility until such amount is identified or is reconciled to the reasonable satisfaction of Agent, as the case may be. In addition, if any such amount cannot be identified or reconciled to the reasonable satisfaction of Agent, Agent may utilize its own staff or, if it deems necessary, engage an outside auditor, in either case at Borrower’s expense (which in the case of Agent’s own staff shall be in accordance with Agent’s then prevailing customary charges plus expenses), to make such examination and report as may be necessary to identify and reconcile such amount. Upon the Lockbox Structure Event, Borrower shall not, and Borrower shall not suffer or permit any Credit Party to, (i) withdraw any amounts from any Lockbox Account, (ii) change the procedures or sweep instructions under the agreements governing any Lockbox Account, or (iii) unless Agent shall otherwise consent in writing, send to or deposit in any Lockbox Account any funds other than collections and Proceeds of Revolving Collateral.

 

(e)                                  Borrowing Base Collateral Administration.

 

(i)             All data and other information relating to Accounts or other intangible Collateral shall at all times be kept by Borrower at its principal office or at another location subject to an Access Agreement and shall not be moved from such locations without Borrower (A) providing prior written notice to Agent, and (B) obtaining the prior written consent of Agent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

(ii)          Borrower shall provide prompt written notice to each Person who either is currently an Account Debtor or becomes an Account Debtor at any time following the date of this Agreement that directs each Account Debtor to make payments into the Subject Deposit Account, and hereby authorizes Agent, upon Borrower’s failure to send such notices within ten (10) days after the date of this Agreement (or ten (10) days after the Person becomes an Account Debtor), to send any and all similar notices to such Person. Agent reserves, at any time after an Event of Default, the right to notify Account Debtors that Agent has been granted a Lien upon all Accounts.

 

(iii)       Borrower will conduct a physical count of the Inventory at least twice per year and at such other times as Agent requests, and Borrower shall provide to Agent a written accounting of such physical count in form and substance satisfactory to Agent. Each Borrower will use commercially reasonable efforts to at all times keep its Inventory in

 

4



 

good and marketable condition. In addition to the foregoing, from time to time, but in any case, so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, no more than one time per calendar year, Agent may require Borrower to obtain and deliver to Agent appraisal reports in form and substance and from appraisers reasonably satisfactory to Agent stating the then current fair market values of all or any portion of Inventory owned by each Borrower or any Subsidiaries.

 

(iv)      In addition to the foregoing, from time to time, but in any case, so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, no more than one time per calendar year, Agent may require Borrower to obtain and deliver to Agent appraisal reports in form and substance and from appraisers reasonably satisfactory to Agent stating the then current fair market values of all or any portion of Eligible Collateral.

 

(v)         Without limiting any other rights and remedies of Agent hereunder or under the other Financing Documents, after an Event of Default Agent shall have the continuing right to withhold from the Borrowing Base reserves, and to increase and decrease such reserves from time to time, if and to the extent that in Agent’s good faith credit judgment and discretion, such reserves are necessary.

 

(f)                                   Definitions. The following terms, as used in this Article shall have the following meanings:

 

“Borrowing Base” means

 

(a) the product of (i) eighty-five percent (85%) multiplied by (ii) the aggregate net amount at such time of the Eligible Accounts;

 

plus

 

(a) the product of (i) seventy percent (70%) multiplied by (ii) the aggregate net amount at such time of the Eligible Foreign Accounts;

 

plus

 

(c) twenty-five percent (25%) multiplied by the value of the Eligible Inventory, valued at the lower of first-in-first-out cost or market cost, and after factoring in all rebates, discounts and other incentives or rewards associated with the purchase of the applicable Inventory;

 

minus

 

(d) the amount of any reserves and/or adjustments provided for in this Agreement.

 

provided, however, that the Borrowing Base will be adjusted down if necessary, such that availability from Eligible Foreign Accounts shall never exceed 33% of the total Borrowing Base.

 

“Eligible Collateral” means Eligible Accounts and Eligible Inventory.

 

“Eligible Account” means, subject to the criteria below, an account receivable of a Borrower, which was generated in the Ordinary Course of Business, which was generated originally in the name of a Borrower and not acquired via assignment or otherwise, and which Agent, in its good faith credit judgment and discretion, deems to be an Eligible Account. The net amount of an Eligible Account at any time shall be (a) the face amount of such Eligible Account as originally billed minus all cash collections and other proceeds of such Account received from or on behalf of the Account Debtor thereunder as of such date and any and all returns, rebates, discounts (which may, at Agent’s option, be calculated on shortest terms), credits, allowances or excise taxes of any nature at any time issued, owing, claimed by Account Debtors, granted, outstanding or payable in connection with such Accounts at such time, and (b) adjusted by applying percentages (known as “liquidity factors”) by payor and/or payor class based upon the applicable Borrower’s actual recent collection history for each such payor and/or payor class in a manner consistent with Agent’s underwriting practices and procedures. Such liquidity factors may be adjusted by Agent from time to time as warranted by Agent’s underwriting practices and

 

5



 

procedures and using Agent’s good faith credit judgment. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no Account shall be an Eligible Account if:

 

(i)                                     the Account remains unpaid more than 90 days (or in the case of Eligible Foreign Accounts 60 days) past the claim or invoice date (but in no event more than 120 days (or in the case of Eligible Foreign Accounts 90 days) after the applicable goods or services have been rendered or delivered);

 

(ii)                                  the Account is subject to any defense, set-off, recoupment, counterclaim, deduction, discount, credit, chargeback, freight claim, allowance, or adjustment of any kind (but only to the extent of such defense, setoff, recoupment, counterclaim, deduction, discount, credit, chargeback, freight claim, allowance, or adjustment), or the applicable Borrower is not able to bring suit or otherwise enforce its remedies against the Account Debtor through judicial process;

 

(iii)                               if the Account arises from the sale of goods, any part of any goods the sale of which has given rise to the Account has been returned, rejected, lost, or damaged (but only to the extent that such goods have been so returned, rejected, lost or damaged);

 

(iv)                              if the Account arises from the sale of goods, the sale was not an absolute, bona fide sale, or the sale was made on consignment or on approval or on a sale-or-return or bill-and-hold or progress billing basis, or the sale was made subject to any other repurchase or return agreement, or the goods have not been shipped to the Account Debtor or its designee or the sale was not made in compliance with applicable Laws;

 

(v)                                 if the Account arises from the performance of services, the services have not actually been performed or the services were undertaken in violation of any law or the Account represents a progress billing for which services have not been fully and completely rendered;

 

(vi)                              the Account is subject to a Lien other than a Permitted Lien, or Agent does not have a first priority, perfected Lien on such Account;

 

(vii)                           the Account is evidenced by Chattel Paper or an Instrument of any kind, or has been reduced to judgment, unless such Chattel Paper or Instrument has been delivered to Agent;

 

(viii)                        the Account Debtor is an Affiliate or Subsidiary of a Credit Party, or if the Account Debtor holds any Indebtedness of a Credit Party;

 

(ix)                              more than fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate balance of all Accounts owing from the Account Debtor obligated on the Account are ineligible under subclause (i) above (in which case all Accounts from such Account Debtor shall be ineligible);

 

(x)                                 without limiting the provisions of clause (ix) above, fifty percent (50%) or more of the aggregate unpaid Accounts from the Account Debtor obligated on the Account are not deemed Eligible Accounts under this Agreement for any reason;

 

(xi)                              the total unpaid Accounts of the Account Debtor obligated on the Account exceed twenty percent (20%) of the net amount of all Eligible Accounts owing from all Account Debtors (but only the amount of the Accounts of such Account Debtor exceeding such twenty percent (20%) limitation shall be considered ineligible);

 

(xii)                           [reserved];

 

(xiii)                        the Account is unbilled or has not been invoiced to the Account Debtor in accordance with the procedures and requirements of the applicable Account Debtor;

 

(xiv)                       the Account is an obligation of an Account Debtor that is the federal, state or local government or any political subdivision thereof, unless Agent has agreed to the contrary in writing and Agent has received

 

6



 

from the Account Debtor the acknowledgement of Agent’s notice of assignment of such obligation pursuant to this Agreement;

 

(xv)                          the Account is an obligation of an Account Debtor that has suspended business, made a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, is unable to pay its debts as they become due or as to which a petition has been filed (voluntary or involuntary) under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, or the Account is an Account as to which any facts, events or occurrences exist which could reasonably be expected to impair the validity, enforceability or collectibility of such Account or reduce the amount payable or delay payment thereunder;

 

(xvi)                       the Account Debtor has its principal place of business or executive office outside the United States;

 

(xvii)                    the Account is payable in a currency other than United States dollars;

 

(xviii)                 the Account Debtor is an individual;

 

(xix)                       the Borrower owning such Account has not signed and delivered to Agent notices, in the form requested by Agent, directing the Account Debtors to make payment to the applicable Subject Deposit Account;

 

(xx)                          the Account includes late charges or finance charges (but only such portion of the Account shall be ineligible);

 

(xxi)                       the Account arises out of the sale of any Inventory upon which any other Person holds, claims or asserts a Lien; or

 

(xxii)                    the Account or Account Debtor fails to meet such other specifications and requirements which may from time to time be established by Agent in its good faith credit judgment and discretion.

 

“Eligible Foreign Account” means an account receivable of a Borrower that would constitute an “Eligible Account” but is excluded from Eligible Accounts under clause (xvi) of the definition of “Eligible Account” solely because the Account Debtor has its principal place of business or executive office outside the United States.

 

“Eligible Inventory” means Inventory owned by a Borrower and acquired and dispensed by such Borrower in the Ordinary Course of Business that Agent, in its good faith credit judgment and discretion, deems to be Eligible Inventory. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no Inventory shall be Eligible Inventory if:

 

(i)                                     such Inventory is not owned by a Borrower free and clear of all Liens and rights of any other Person (including the rights of a purchaser that has made progress payments and the rights of a surety that has issued a bond to assure such Borrower’s performance with respect to that Inventory);

 

(ii)                                  such Inventory is placed on consignment or is in transit;

 

(iii)                               such Inventory is covered by a negotiable document of title, unless such document has been delivered to Agent with all necessary endorsements, free and clear of all Liens except those in favor of Agent;

 

(iv)                              such Inventory is excess, obsolete, unsalable, shopworn, seconds, damaged, unfit for sale, unfit for further processing, is of substandard quality or is not of good and merchantable quality, free from any defects;

 

(v)                                 such Inventory consists of marketing materials, display items or packing or shipping materials, manufacturing supplies or Work-In-Process;

 

(vi)                              such Inventory is not subject to a first priority Lien in favor of Agent;

 

7



 

(vii)                           such Inventory consists of goods that can be transported or sold only with licenses that are not readily available or of any substances defined or designated as hazardous or toxic waste, hazardous or toxic material, hazardous or toxic substance, or similar term, by any environmental law or any Governmental Authority applicable to any Borrower or its business, operations or assets;

 

(viii)                        such Inventory is not covered by casualty insurance acceptable to Agent;

 

(ix)                              any covenant, representation or warranty contained in the Financing Documents with respect to such Inventory has been breached in any material respect;

 

(x)                                 such Inventory is located (i) outside of the continental United States or (ii) on premises where the aggregate amount of all Inventory (valued at cost) of Borrower located thereon is less than $10,000;

 

(xi)                              such Inventory is located on premises with respect to which Agent has not received a landlord, warehouseman, bailee or mortgagee letter acceptable in form and substance to Agent;

 

(xii)                           such Inventory consists of (A) discontinued items, (B) slow-moving or excess items held in inventory, or (C) used items held for resale;

 

(xiii)                        such Inventory does not consist of finished goods;

 

(xiv)                       such Inventory does not meet all standards imposed by any Governmental Authority, including with respect to its production, acquisition or importation (as the case may be);

 

(xv)                          such Inventory has an expiration date within the next six (6) months;

 

(xvi)                       such Inventory consists of products for which Borrower has a greater than three (3) month supply on hand;

 

(xvii)                    such Inventory is held for rental or lease by or on behalf of Borrower;

 

(xviii)                 such Inventory is subject to any licensing, patent, royalty, trademark, trade name or copyright agreement with any third parties, which agreement restricts the ability of Agent or any Lender to sell or otherwise dispose of such Inventory; or

 

(xix)                       such Inventory fails to meet such other specifications and requirements which may from time to time be established by Agent in its good faith credit judgment. Agent and Borrower agree that Inventory shall be subject to periodic appraisal by Agent and that valuation of Inventory shall be subject to adjustment pursuant to the results of such appraisal. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the valuation of Inventory shall be subject to any legal limitations on sale and transfer of such Inventory.

 

“Payment Account” means a deposit account of Agent or its Affiliates as designated by Agent to Borrower from time to time.

 

“Revolving Collateral” means all Accounts and all Inventory and all proceeds of all Accounts and all Inventory.

 

“Subject Deposit Account” means either (i) upon the Lockbox Structure Event, collectively, the Lockbox and the Lockbox Account, or (ii) any Deposit Account that Borrower has deposited or directed Revolving Collateral into prior the establishment of the Lockbox and the Lockbox Account in accordance with Section 2.4(d).

 

“Work-In-Process” means Inventory that is not a product that is finished and approved by a Borrower in accordance with applicable Laws and such Borrower’s normal business practices for release and delivery to customers.

 

8



 

2.5                               Reserved,

 

2.6                               Interest and Payments; Administration.

 

(a)                                 Interest; Computation of Interest. Each Credit Extension shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the date when made until paid in full at a rate per annum equal to the Applicable Interest Rate. Each Lender may, upon the failure of Borrower to pay any fees or interest as required herein, capitalize such interest and fees and begin to accrue interest thereon until paid in full, which such interest shall be at a rate per annum equal to the Applicable Interest Rate unless and until the Default Rate shall otherwise apply. All other Obligations shall bear interest on the outstanding amount thereof from the date they first become payable by Borrower under the Financing Documents until paid in full at a rate per annum equal to the Applicable Interest Rate unless and until the Default Rate shall otherwise apply. Interest on the Credit Extensions and all fees payable under the Financing Documents shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed in the period during which such interest accrues. In computing interest on any Credit Extension or other advance, the date of the making of such Credit Extension or advance shall be included and the date of payment shall be excluded; provided, however, that if any Credit Extension or advance is repaid on the same day on which it is made, such day shall be included in computing interest on such Credit Extension or advance. As of each Applicable Interest Rate Determination Date, Agent shall determine (which determination shall, absent manifest error in calculation, be final, conclusive and binding upon all parties) the interest rate that shall apply to the Credit Extensions.

 

(b)                                 Default Rate. Upon the election of Agent following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Obligations shall bear interest at a rate per annum which is five hundred basis points (5.00%) above the rate that is otherwise applicable thereto (the “Default Rate”). Payment or acceptance of the increased interest rate provided in this subsection is not a permitted alternative to timely payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of Agent or Lenders.

 

(c)                                  Payments Generally. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 2.6(c), all payments in respect of the Obligations shall be made to Agent for the account of the applicable Lenders in accordance with then-Pro Rata Share. Payments of principal and interest in respect of any Credit Facility identified on the Credit Facility Schedule as “Term” shall be made to each applicable Lender. All Obligations are payable upon demand of Agent in the absence of any other due date specified herein. All fees payable under the Financing Documents shall be deemed non-refundable as of the date paid. Any payment required to be made to Agent or a Lender under this Agreement may be made by debit or automated clearing house payment initiated by Agent or such Lender from any of Borrower’s deposit accounts, including the Designated Funding Account, and Borrower hereby authorizes Agent and each Lender to debit any such accounts for any amounts Borrower owes hereunder when due. Without limiting the foregoing, Borrower shall tender to Agent and Lenders any authorization forms as Agent or any Lender may require to implement such debit or automated clearing house payment. These debits or automated clearing house payments shall not constitute a set-off. Payments of principal and/or interest received after 12:00 noon New York time are considered received at the opening of business on the next Business Day. When a payment is due on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment is due the next Business Day and additional fees or interest, as applicable, shall continue to accrue until paid. All payments to be made by Borrower under any Financing Document shall be made without set-off, recoupment or counterclaim, in lawful money of the United States and in immediately available funds. Subject to the Borrower’s right to object as set forth below in this clause (c), the balance of the Obligations, as recorded in Agent’s books and records at any time, shall be conclusive and binding evidence of the amounts due and owing to Agent and Lenders by each Borrower absent manifest error; provided, however, that any failure to so record or any error in so recording shall not limit or otherwise affect any Borrower’s duty to pay all amounts owing hereunder or under any Financing Document. Agent shall provide Borrower with a monthly statement regarding the Credit Extensions (but neither Agent nor any Lender shall have any liability if Agent shall fail to provide any such statement). Unless Borrower notifies Agent of any objection to any such statement (specifically describing the basis for such objection) within ninety (90) days after the date of receipt thereof, it shall be deemed final, binding and conclusive upon Borrower in all respects as to all matters reflected therein.

 

9



 

(d)                                 Interest Payments: Maturity Date. Commencing on the first (1st) Payment Date following the funding of a Credit Extension, and continuing on the Payment Date of each successive month thereafter through and including the Maturity Date, Borrower shall make monthly payments of interest, in arrears, calculated as set forth in this Section 2.6. All unpaid principal and accrued interest is due and payable in full on the Maturity Date or any earlier date specified herein. If the Obligations are not paid in full on or before the Maturity Date, all interest thereafter accruing shall be payable immediately upon accrual.

 

(e)                                  Fees. Borrower shall pay, as and when due and payable under the terms of the Fee Letters, to Agent and each Lender, for their own accounts and not for the benefit of any other Lenders, the fees set forth in the Fee Letters.

 

(f)                                   Protective Advances. Borrower shall pay to Agent for the account of Lenders all Protective Advances (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses for documentation and negotiation of this Agreement and the other Financing Documents) when due under any Financing Document (and in the absence of any other due date specified herein, such Protective Advances shall be due upon demand).

 

(g)                                  Maximum Lawful Rate. In no event shall the interest charged hereunder with respect to the Obligations exceed the maximum amount permitted under the Laws of the State of Maryland. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Financing Document, if at any time the rate of interest payable hereunder (the “Stated Rate”) would exceed the highest rate of interest permitted under any applicable Law to be charged (the “Maximum Lawful Rate”), then for so long as the Maximum Lawful Rate would be so exceeded, the rate of interest payable shall be equal to the Maximum Lawful Rate; provided, however, that if at any time thereafter the Stated Rate is less than the Maximum Lawful Rate, Borrower shall, to the extent permitted by Law, continue to pay interest at the Maximum Lawful Rate until such time as the total interest received is equal to the total interest which would have been received had the Stated Rate been (but for the operation of this provision) the interest rate payable. Thereafter, the interest rate payable shall be the Stated Rate unless and until the Stated Rate again would exceed the Maximum Lawful Rate, in which event this provision shall again apply. In no event shall the total interest received by any Lender exceed the amount which it could lawfully have received, had the interest been calculated for the full term hereof at the Maximum Lawful Rate. If, notwithstanding the prior sentence, any Lender has received interest hereunder in excess of the Maximum Lawful Rate, such excess amount shall be applied to the reduction of the principal balance of such Lender’s Credit Extensions or to other amounts (other than interest) payable hereunder, and if no such Credit Extensions or other amounts are then outstanding, such excess or part thereof remaining shall be paid to Borrower. In computing interest payable with reference to the Maximum Lawful Rate applicable to any Lender, such interest shall be calculated at a daily rate equal to the Maximum Lawful Rate divided by the number of days in the year in which such calculation is made.

 

(h)                                 Taxes; Additional Costs.

 

(i)                                     All payments of principal and interest on the Obligations and all other amounts payable hereunder shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for any present or future income, excise, stamp, documentary, payroll, employment, property or franchise taxes and other taxes, fees, duties, levies, assessments, withholdings or other charges of any nature whatsoever (including interest and penalties thereon) imposed by any taxing authority, excluding taxes imposed on or measured by Agent’s or any Lender’s net income by the jurisdictions under which Agent or such Lender is organized or conducts business (other than solely as the result of entering into any of the Financing Documents or taking any action thereunder) (all non-excluded items being called “Taxes”). If any withholding or deduction from any payment to be made by any Borrower hereunder is required in respect of any Taxes pursuant to any applicable Law, then Borrower will: (i) pay directly to the relevant authority the full amount required to be so withheld or deducted; (ii) promptly forward to Agent an official receipt or other documentation satisfactory to Agent evidencing such payment to such authority; and (iii) pay to Agent for the account of Agent and Lenders such additional amount or amounts as is necessary to ensure that the net amount actually received by Agent and each Lender will equal the full amount Agent and such Lender would have received had no such withholding or deduction been required. If any Taxes are directly asserted against Agent or any Lender with respect to any payment received by Agent or such Lender hereunder, Agent or such Lender may pay such Taxes and Borrower will promptly pay such additional amounts (including any penalty, interest or expense) as is necessary in order that the net amount received by such Person after the payment of such Taxes (including any Taxes on such additional

 

10


 

amount) shall equal the amount such Person would have received had such Taxes not been asserted so long as such amounts have accrued on or after the day which is two hundred seventy (270) days prior to the date on which Agent or such Lender first made written demand therefor.

 

(ii)                                  If any Borrower fails to pay any Taxes when due to the appropriate taxing authority or fails to remit to Agent, for the account of Agent and the respective Lenders, the required receipts or other required documentary evidence, Borrower shall indemnify Agent and Lenders for any incremental Taxes, interest or penalties that may become payable by Agent or any Lender as a result of any such failure.

 

(iii)                               Each Lender that (A) is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than the United States, and (B)(1) is a party hereto on the Closing Date or (2) purports to become an assignee of an interest as a Lender under this Agreement after the Closing Date (unless such Lender was already a Lender hereunder immediately prior to such assignment) (each such Lender a “Foreign Lender”) shall execute and deliver to each of Borrower and Agent one or more (as Borrower or Agent may reasonably request) United States Internal Revenue Service Forms W-8ECI, W-8BEN, W-8IMY (as applicable) and other applicable forms, certificates or documents prescribed by the United States Internal Revenue Service or reasonably requested by Agent certifying as to such Lender’s entitlement to a complete exemption from withholding or deduction of Taxes. Borrower shall not be required to pay additional amounts to any Lender pursuant to this subsection (h) with respect to United States withholding and income Taxes to the extent that the obligation to pay such additional amounts would not have arisen but for the failure of such Lender to comply with this paragraph other than as a result of a change in law.

 

(iv)                              If any Lender shall determine in its commercially reasonable judgment that the adoption or taking effect of, or any change in, any applicable Law regarding capital adequacy, in each instance, after the Closing Date, or any change after the Closing Date in the interpretation, administration or application thereof by any Governmental Authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation, administration or application thereof, or the compliance by any Lender or any Person controlling such Lender with any request, guideline or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) of any such Governmental Authority, central bank or comparable agency adopted or otherwise taking effect after the Closing Date, has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or such controlling Person’s capital as a consequence of such Lender’s obligations hereunder to a level below that which such Lender or such controlling Person could have achieved but for such adoption, taking effect, change, interpretation, administration, application or compliance (taking into consideration such Lender’s or such controlling Person’s policies with respect to capital adequacy) then from time to time, upon written demand by such Lender (which demand shall be accompanied by a statement setting forth the basis for such demand and a calculation of the amount thereof in reasonable detail, a copy of which shall be furnished to Agent), Borrower shall promptly pay to such Lender such additional amount as will compensate such Lender or such controlling Person for such reduction, so long as such amounts have accrued on or after the day which is two hundred seventy (270) days prior to the date on which such Lender first made demand therefor; provided, however, that notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, (A) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (B) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “change in applicable Law”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

 

(v)                                 If any Lender requires compensation under this subsection (h), or requires any Borrower to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to this subsection (h), then, upon the written request of Borrower, such Lender shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Credit Extensions hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder (subject to the terms of this Agreement) to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (A) would eliminate or materially reduce amounts payable pursuant to any such subsection, as the case may be, in the future, and (B) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender (as determined in its sole but reasonable discretion). Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment.

 

11



 

(i)                                     Administrative Fees and Charges.

 

(i)             Borrower shall pay to Agent, for its own account and not for the benefit of any other Lenders, all reasonable fees and expenses in connection with audits and inspections of the books and records of the Credit Parties, audits, valuations or appraisals of the Collateral, audits of Borrower’s compliance with applicable Laws and such other matters as Agent shall deem appropriate, which shall be due and payable on the first Business Day of the month following the date of issuance by Agent of a written request for payment thereof to any Borrower; provided, that, as long as no Event of Default has occurred within the preceding twelve (12) months, Agent shall be entitled to such reimbursement for no more than one audit and inspection (including any audit, valuation or appraisal of the Collateral or the type of visit and inspection contemplated by Section 6.2(c)) per calendar year.

 

(ii)          If payments of principal or interest due on the Obligations, or any other amounts due hereunder or under the other Financing Documents, are not timely made and remain overdue for a period of five (5) Business Days, Borrower, without notice or demand by Agent, promptly shall pay to Agent, for its own account and not for the benefit of any other Lenders, as additional compensation to Agent in administering the Obligations, an amount equal to five percent (5.0%) of each delinquent payment.

 

(iii)       Borrower shall pay to Agent, for its own account and not for the account of any other Lenders, on written demand, fees for incoming and outgoing wires made for the account of Borrower, such fees to be based on Agent’s then-current wire fee schedule.

 

2.7                               Secured Promissory Notes. At the election of any Lender made as to each Credit Facility for which it has made Credit Extensions, each Credit Facility shall be evidenced by one or more secured promissory notes in form and substance satisfactory to Agent and Lenders (each a “Secured Promissory Note”). Upon receipt of an affidavit of an officer of a Lender as to the loss, theft, destruction, or mutilation of its Secured Promissory Note, including customary indemnification obligations, Borrower shall issue, in lieu thereof, a replacement Secured Promissory Note in the same principal amount thereof and of like tenor.

 

3                                         CONDITIONS OF CREDIT EXTENSIONS

 

3.1                               Conditions Precedent to Initial Credit Extension. Each Lender’s obligation to make an advance in respect of a Credit Facility is subject to the condition precedent that Agent shall consent to or shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, such documents, and completion of such other matters, as Agent may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate, including, without limitation, all items listed on the Closing Deliveries Schedule attached hereto.

 

3.2                               Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions. The obligation of each Lender to make each Credit Extension, including the initial Credit Extension, is subject to the following conditions precedent:

 

(a)                                 satisfaction of all Applicable Funding Conditions for the applicable Credit Extension as set forth in the Credit Facility Schedule, if any, and with respect to Credit Extensions in respect of the Revolving Credit Facility, satisfaction of requirements set forth in Section 2.4, in each case in form and substance satisfactory to Agent and each Lender;

 

(b)                                 timely receipt by the Agent and each Lender of an executed Credit Extension Form in the form attached hereto;

 

(c)                                  (i)                                     for Credit Extensions made on the Closing Date, the representations and warranties in Article 5 and elsewhere in the Financing Documents shall be true, correct and complete in all respects on the Closing Date; provided, however, that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, correct and complete in all respects as of such date; and

 

(ii)                                  for Credit Extensions made after the Closing Date, if any, the representations and warranties in Article 5 and elsewhere in the Financing Documents shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects on the date of the Credit Extension Form and on the Funding Date of each Credit Extension; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific

 

12



 

date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date. Each Credit Extension is Borrower’s representation and warranty on that date that the representations and warranties in Article 5 and elsewhere in the Financing Documents remain true, accurate and complete in all material respects; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date;

 

(d)                                 no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or result from the Credit Extension;

 

(e)                                  Agent shall be satisfied with the results of any searches conducted under Section 3.5;

 

(f)                                   receipt by Agent of such evidence as Agent shall reasonably request to confirm that the deliveries made in Section 3.1 remain current, accurate and in full force and effect, or if not, updates thereto, each in form and substance satisfactory to Agent; and

 

(g)                                  as determined in the Agent’s reasonable discretion, there has not been any Material Adverse Change.

 

3.3                               Method of Borrowing. Each Credit Extension in respect of each Credit Facility shall be in an amount at least equal to the applicable Minimum Credit Extension Amount for such Credit Facility as set forth in the Credit Facility Schedule or such lesser amount as shall remain undisbursed under the Applicable Commitments for such Credit Facility. The date of funding for any requested Credit Extension shall be a Business Day. To obtain a Credit Extension, Borrower shall deliver to Agent a completed Credit Extension Form executed by a Responsible Officer. Agent may rely on any notice given by a person whom Agent reasonably believes is a Responsible Officer or designee thereof. Agent and Lenders shall have no duty to verify the authenticity of any such notice.

 

3.4                               Funding of Credit Facilities. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, each Lender, severally and not jointly, shall make available to Agent its Pro Rata Share of the requested Credit Extension, in lawful money of the United States of America in immediately available funds, prior to 11:00 a.m. (New York time) on the specified date for the Credit Extension. Agent shall, unless it shall have determined that one of the conditions set forth in Section 3.1 or 3.2, as applicable, has not been satisfied, by 2:00 p.m. (New York time) on such day, credit the amounts received by it in like funds to Borrower by wire transfer to the Designated Funding Account (or to the account of Borrower in respect of the Obligations, if the Credit Extension is being made to pay an Obligation of Borrower). A Credit Extension made prior to the satisfaction of any conditions set forth in Section 3.1 or 3.2 shall not constitute a waiver by Agent or Lenders of Borrower’s obligation to satisfy such conditions, and any such Credit Extension made in the absence of such satisfaction shall be made in Agent’s discretion.

 

3.5                               Searches. Before the Closing Date, and thereafter (as and when determined by Agent in its discretion), Agent shall have the right to perform, all at Borrower’s expense, the searches described in clauses (a), (b), and (c) below against Borrower and any other Credit Party, the results of which are to be consistent with Borrower’s representations and warranties under this Agreement and the reasonably satisfactory results of which shall be a condition precedent to all Credit Extensions requested by Borrower: (a) title investigations, UCC searches and fixture filings searches; (b) judgment, pending litigation, federal tax lien, personal property tax lien, and corporate and partnership tax lien searches, in each jurisdiction searched under clause (a) above; and (c) searches of applicable corporate, limited liability company, partnership and related records to confirm the continued existence, organization and good standing of the applicable Person and the exact legal name under which such Person is organized.

 

4                                         CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST

 

4.1                                                                               (a)                                 Grant of Security Interest. Borrower hereby grants Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, to secure the payment and performance in full of all of the Obligations, a continuing security interest in, and pledges to Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, the Collateral, wherever located, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising, and all proceeds and products thereof; provided, that, the grant of security interest

 

13



 

herein shall not extend to and the term “Collateral” shall not include the Subject Intangible Property except to the extent included under Section 4.1(b). Borrower represents, warrants, and covenants that the security interest granted herein is and shall at all times continue to be a first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral, subject only to Permitted Liens that may have priority by operation of applicable Law or by the terms of a written intercreditor or subordination agreement entered into by Agent.

 

(b)                                 Automatic Grant of Security Interest in Subject Intangible Property. Immediately upon the occurrence of a Subject Intangible Property Security Interest Event (1) Borrower shall automatically and irrevocably and without any further action by Agent or any other party be deemed to pledge and grant to Agent a continuing first priority lien on and security interest in, upon, and to all right, title and interest of Borrower in and to all Subject Intangible Property, (2) Agent shall be automatically authorized to file any UCC financing statements or financing statement amendments to perfect such security interest in the Subject Intangible Property, and (3) Exhibit A hereto shall be automatically and irrevocably and without any further action by Agent or any other party amended by substituting Exhibit B hereto in its entirety as a new Exhibit A hereto.

 

(c)                                  Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:

 

“IP Licenses” means any written agreement granting any right to use any Intellectual Property.

 

“License Fees” means amounts paid for the grant of a license to or other right to use Intellectual Property pursuant to an IP License, but excluding amounts paid pursuant to that certain IP License for the supply of products or other tangible materials between Borrower and W.O.M. World of Medicine GmbH (or its Affiliates) for supply of Borrower’s AirSeal iFS (as amended, or as replaced by an IP License for similar services or other comparable supply arrangements), research or development costs and expenses, and consulting or other services arrangements.

 

“Subject Intangible Property” means all of Borrower’s rights and interests as licensee in IP Licenses.

 

“Subject Intangible Property Security Interest Event” means the occurrence of Borrower’s payments of License Fees (in each case to the extent permitted pursuant to the terms of this Agreement) in connection with IP Licenses exceeding $1,000,000 in the aggregate in any calendar year, or $5,000,000 in the aggregate during the term of this Agreement.

 

4.2                               Representations and Covenants.

 

(a)                                 As of the Closing Date, Borrower has no ownership interest in any Chattel Paper, letter of credit rights, commercial tort claims, Instruments, documents or investment property (other than equity interests in any Subsidiaries of Borrower and as otherwise disclosed on the Disclosure Schedule attached hereto).

 

(b)                                 Borrower shall deliver to Agent all tangible Chattel Paper and all Instruments and documents owned by any Borrower and constituting part of the Collateral duly endorsed and accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment, all in form and substance satisfactory to Agent. Borrower shall provide Agent with “control” (as in the Code) of all electronic Chattel Paper owned by any Borrower and constituting part of the Collateral by having Agent identified as the assignee on the records pertaining to the single authoritative copy thereof and otherwise complying with the applicable elements of control set forth in the UCC. Borrower also shall deliver to Agent all security agreements securing any such Chattel Paper and securing any such Instruments. Borrower will mark conspicuously all such Chattel Paper and all such Instruments and Documents with a legend, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, indicating that such Chattel Paper and such Instruments and Documents are subject to the security interests and Liens in favor of Agent created pursuant to this Agreement and the Financing Documents. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Borrower shall not be required to deliver to Agent that certain Promissory Note in favor of Borrower issued by Kurt Azarbarzin on October 24, 2013 in the principal amount of $300,000 unless Agent so requests.

 

14



 

(c)                                  Borrower shall deliver to Agent all letters of credit on which any Borrower is the beneficiary and which give rise to letter of credit rights owned by such Borrower which constitute part of the Collateral in each case duly endorsed and accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment, all in form and substance satisfactory to Agent. Borrower shall take any and all actions as may be necessary or desirable, or that Agent may request, from time to time, to cause Agent to obtain exclusive “control” (as defined in the Code) of any such letter of credit rights in a manner acceptable to Agent.

 

(d)                                 Except with respect to any commercial tort claim described on the Disclosure Schedule, Borrower shall promptly advise Agent upon any Borrower becoming aware that it has any interests in any commercial tort claim that constitutes part of the Collateral, which such notice shall include descriptions of the events and circumstances giving rise to such commercial tort claim and the dates such events and circumstances occurred, the potential defendants with respect such commercial tort claim and any court proceedings that have been instituted with respect to such commercial tort claims, and Borrower shall, with respect to any such commercial tort claim (including those described on the Disclosure Schedule), execute and deliver to Agent such documents as Agent shall reasonably request to perfect, preserve or protect the Liens, rights and remedies of Agent with respect to any such commercial tort claim.

 

(e)                                  Except for Accounts and Inventory (which Inventory shall be valued at replacement cost) in an aggregate amount of Three Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($350,000), no Accounts or Inventory or other Collateral (other than demonstration, evaluation, loaner, placement and rental units in possession of Borrower’s employees conducting sales activities or Borrower’s customers or prospective customers, which units are currently reflected at cost on Borrower’s financial statements as Lab Equipment) shall at any time be in the possession or control of any warehouse, consignee, bailee or any of Borrower’s agents or processors without prior written notice to Agent and the receipt by Agent, if Agent has so requested, of warehouse receipts, consignment agreements or bailee lien waivers (as applicable) satisfactory to Agent prior to the commencement of such possession or control. Borrower shall, upon the request of Agent, notify any such warehouse, consignee, bailee, agent or processor of the security interests and Liens in favor of Agent created pursuant to this Agreement and the Financing Documents, instruct such Person to hold all such Collateral for Agent’s account subject to Agent’s instructions and shall obtain an acknowledgement from such Person that such Person holds the Collateral for Agent’s benefit.

 

(f)                                   Upon request of Agent, Borrower shall promptly deliver to Agent any and all certificates of title, applications for title or similar evidence of ownership of all Collateral that is tangible personal property and shall cause Agent to be named as lienholder on any such certificate of title or other evidence of ownership. Borrower shall not permit any such tangible personal property to become fixtures to real estate unless such real estate is subject to a Lien in favor of Agent.

 

(g)                                  Each Borrower hereby authorizes Agent to file without the signature of such Borrower one or more UCC financing statements relating to its Liens on all or any part of the Collateral, which financing statements may list Agent as the “secured party” and such Borrower as the “debtor” and which describe and indicate the collateral covered thereby as all or any part of the Collateral under the Financing Documents in such jurisdictions as Agent from time to time determines are appropriate, and to file without the signature of such Borrower any continuations of or corrective amendments to any such financing statements, in any such case in order for Agent to perfect, preserve or protect the Liens, rights and remedies of Agent with respect to the Collateral. Each Borrower also ratifies its authorization for Agent to have filed in any jurisdiction any initial financing statements or amendments thereto if filed prior to the date hereof. Any financing statement may include a notice that any disposition of the Collateral in contravention of this Agreement, by either Borrower or any other Person, shall be deemed to violate the rights of Agent and the Lenders under the UCC.

 

(h)                                 Except as set forth on the Disclosure Schedule, as of the Closing Date, no Borrower holds, and after the Closing Date Borrower shall promptly notify Agent in writing upon creation or acquisition by any Borrower of, any Collateral which constitutes a claim against any Governmental Authority, including, without limitation, the federal government of the United States or any instrumentality or agency thereof, the assignment of which claim is restricted by any applicable Law, including, without limitation, the federal Assignment of Claims Act

 

15



 

and any other comparable Law. Upon the request of Agent, Borrower shall take such steps as may be necessary or desirable, or that Agent may reasonably request, to comply with any such applicable Law.

 

(i)                                     Borrower shall furnish to Agent from time to time any statements and schedules further identifying or describing the Collateral and any other information, reports or evidence concerning the Collateral as Agent may reasonably request from time to time.

 

5                                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

Borrower represents and warrants as follows on the Closing Date and the date of each Credit Extension:

 

5.1                               Due Organization, Authorization: Power and Authority.

 

(a)                                 Each Credit Party is duly existing and in good standing, as a Registered Organization in its respective jurisdiction of formation. Each Credit Party is qualified and licensed to do business and is in good standing in any jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership of property requires that it be qualified except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change. The Financing Documents have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each Credit Party and constitute legal, valid and binding agreements enforceable in accordance with their terms. The execution, delivery and performance by each Credit Party of each Financing Document executed or to be executed by it is in each case within such Credit Party’s powers.

 

(b)                                 The execution, delivery and performance by each Credit Party of the Financing Documents to which it is a party do not (i) conflict with any of such Credit Party’s organizational documents; (ii) contravene, conflict with, constitute a default under or violate any Law; (iii) contravene, conflict or violate any applicable order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award of any Governmental Authority by which such Credit Party or any of its property or assets may be bound or affected; (iv) require any action by, filing, registration, or qualification with, or Required Permit from, any Governmental Authority (except such Required Permits which have already been obtained and are in full force and effect); or (v) constitute a default under or conflict with any Material Agreement. No Credit Party is in default under any agreement to which it is a party or by which it is bound in which the default could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change.

 

5.2                               Litigation. Except as disclosed on the Disclosure Schedule or, after the Closing Date, pursuant to Section 6.7, there are no actions, suits, proceedings or investigations pending or, to the knowledge of the Responsible Officers, threatened in writing by or against any Credit Party which involves the possibility of any judgment or liability of more than Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00) or that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change, or which questions the validity of the Financing Documents, or the other documents required thereby or any action to be taken pursuant to any of the foregoing, nor does any Credit Party have reason to believe that any such actions, suits, proceedings or investigations are threatened.

 

5.3                               No Material Deterioration in Financial Condition; Financial Statements. All financial statements delivered by the Credit Parties to the Agent or any Lender prior to the Closing Date, and all financial statements delivered with the Compliance Certificates (collectively, “Financial Statements”) for the Credit Parties delivered by the Credit Parties to Agent or any Lender fairly present, in conformity with GAAP, in all material respects the consolidated financial condition and consolidated results of operations of such Credit Party (subject, solely in the case of interim financial statements, to the absence of footnotes and immaterial adjustments, inclusive of but not limited to stock option compensation expense and derivative liability remeasurements, which may be material to the financial statement itself, but not material to the overall financial performance of the Credit Parties, in connection with the audited financial statements for the periods covered by such interim financial statements). There has been no material deterioration in the consolidated financial condition of any Credit Party from the most recent Financial Statements submitted to Agent or any Lender. There has been no material adverse deviation from the most recent annual operating plan of Borrower delivered to Agent and Lenders

 

5.4                               Solvency. The fair salable value of each Credit Party’s assets (including goodwill minus disposition costs) exceeds the fair value of its liabilities (excluding stock option and derivative liabilities reflected on Borrower’s financial

 

16



 

statements). After giving effect to the transactions described in this Agreement, (a) no Credit Party is left with unreasonably small capital in relation to its business as presently conducted, and (b) each Credit Party is able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature.

 

5.5                               Subsidiaries; Investments. Borrower and its Subsidiaries do not own any stock, partnership interest or other equity securities, except for Permitted Investments.

 

5.6                               Tax Returns and Payments; Pension Contributions. Each Credit Party has timely filed all required federal, state and all material local and foreign tax returns and reports, and each Credit Party has timely paid all federal, state and material local and foreign taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by such Credit Party. For purposes hereof, any local or foreign tax, assessment, deposit or contribution, and any return with respect thereto, shall be considered “material” if it exceeds $50,000 in the aggregate for all taxes. In addition, it is agreed that Borrower is assessing sales and use tax liabilities which may be outstanding which liabilities shall not exceed $100,000, and the existence of, and non-payment of, such taxes shall not be deemed a breach hereunder or under any certificates delivered in connection herewith. Borrower is unaware of any claims or adjustments proposed for any of prior tax years of any Credit Party which could result in additional taxes becoming due and payable by such Credit Party. Each Credit Party has paid all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms, and no Credit Party has withdrawn from participation in, or has permitted partial or complete termination of, or permitted the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any such plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of such Credit Party, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other Governmental Authority.

 

5.7                               Disclosure Schedule. All information set forth in the Disclosure Schedule is true, accurate and complete as of the date hereof. All information set forth in the Perfection Certificate is true, accurate and complete as of the date hereof.

 

6                                         AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

 

Borrower covenants and agrees as follows:

 

6.1                               Organization and Existence; Government Compliance.

 

(a)                                 Each Credit Party shall maintain its legal existence and good standing in its respective jurisdiction of formation and maintain qualification in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change. If a Credit Party is not now a Registered Organization but later becomes one, Borrower shall promptly notify Agent of such occurrence and provide Agent with such Credit Party’s organizational identification number.

 

(b)                                 Each Credit Party shall comply with all Laws, ordinances and regulations to which it or its business locations is subject, the noncompliance with which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change. Each Credit Party shall obtain and keep in full force and effect and comply with all of the Required Permits, except where failure to have or maintain compliance with or effectiveness of such Required Permit could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change. Within ten (10) Business Days of Agent’s request, each Credit Party shall provide to Agent copies of any additional Required Permits. Borrower shall notify Agent within three (3) Business Days (but in any event prior to Borrower submitting any requests for Credit Extensions or release of any reserves) of the occurrence of any facts, events or circumstances known to a Borrower, whether threatened, existing or pending, that could cause any Required Permit to become limited, suspended or revoked, if such limitation, suspension or revocation would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

 

6.2                               Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates.

 

(a)                                 Each Credit Party shall deliver to Agent: (i) as soon as available, but no later than thirty (30) days after the last day of each month (or, for the months ending on or prior to September 30, 2014, forty-five (45) days after the last day of such months), a company prepared consolidated and consolidating balance sheet,

 

17



 

income statement and cash flow statement covering such Credit Party’s consolidated operations for such month certified by a Responsible Officer and in a form acceptable to Agent; (ii) as soon as available, but no later than one hundred fifty (150) days after the last day of a Credit Party’s fiscal year, audited consolidated and consolidating financial statements prepared under GAAP, consistently applied, together with an unqualified opinion on the financial statements from an independent certified public accounting firm acceptable to Agent in its reasonable discretion; (iii) as soon as available after approval thereof by such Credit Party’s governing board, but no later than sixty (60) days after the last day of such Credit Party’s fiscal year, and as amended and/or updated, such Credit Party’s financial projections for current fiscal year; (iv) within five (5) Business Days of delivery, copies of all statements, reports and notices made available to all of such Credit Party’s security holders (other than statements, reports and notices made available to a representative of such holders solely in his or her capacity as a member of or observer to the Company’s Board of Directors); (v) in the event that such Credit Party is or becomes subject to the reporting requirements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, within five (5) Business Days of filing, all reports on Form 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) or a link thereto on such Credit Party’s or another website on the Internet; (vi) budgets, sales projections, operating plans and other financial information, in each case available in the Ordinary Course of Business and reasonably requested by Agent within five (5) Business Days after such request; (vii) as soon as available, but no later than thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, copies of the month-end account statements for each Collateral Account maintained by a Credit Party, which statements may be provided to Agent and each Lender by Borrower or directly from the applicable institution(s); and (viii) such additional information, reports or statements in the Ordinary Course of Business regarding the Credit Parties or their respective businesses, contractors and subcontractors as Agent may from time to time reasonably request within fifteen (15) days after such request. In the event that Agent determines that a Credit Party has not fully complied with a covenant to deliver to Agent items contemplated by any of clauses (iv), (vi) or (viii) of this Section 6.2(a), Agent shall give such Credit Party written notice thereof and Credit Party shall have ten (10) days to supplement such delivery before being deemed in default of such covenant. Each Credit Party shall further deliver to Agent (i) as requested by Agent, evidence satisfactory to Agent that all federal and state taxes, including, without limitation payroll taxes, but excluding sales and use tax liabilities up to $100,000 in the aggregate, that are due have been paid in full, and (ii) every ninety (90) days on a schedule to be designated by Agent, and at such other times as Agent shall request, a schedule of Eligible Accounts denoting the thirty (30) largest Account Debtors during such quarter.

 

(b)                                 Within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, Borrower shall deliver to Agent with the monthly financial statements described above, a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer.

 

(c)                                  Borrower shall cause each Credit Party to keep proper books of record and account in accordance with GAAP in which full, true and correct entries shall be made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities (subject, solely in the case of interim financial statements, to certain immaterial adjustments, inclusive of but not limited to stock option compensation expense and derivative liability remeasurements). Upon prior written notice and during business hours (which such limitations shall not apply if a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time Agent or Lender begins or incurs any costs or expenses associated with any visit or inspection), Borrower shall allow, and cause each Credit Party to allow, Agent and Lenders to visit and inspect any properties of a Credit Party, to examine and make abstracts or copies from any Credit Party’s books, to conduct a collateral audit and analysis of its operations and the Collateral to verify the amount and age of the accounts, the identity and credit of the respective account debtors, to review the billing practices of the Credit Party and to discuss its respective affairs, finances and accounts with their respective officers, employees and independent public accountants as often as may reasonably be desired. Borrower shall reimburse Agent and each Lender for all reasonable costs and expenses associated with such visits and inspections; provided however, so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time Agent or Lender begins or incurs any costs or expenses associated with any visit or inspection, such reimbursements shall be limited in accordance with the terms of Section 2.6(i).

 

(d)                                 Borrower shall, and shall cause each Credit Party to, deliver to Agent, within five (5) Business Days after the same are sent or received, copies of all material correspondence, reports, documents and other filings with any Governmental Authority that could reasonably be expected to have an effect on any of the Required

 

18



 

Permits material to Borrower’s business or otherwise on the operations of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

 

6.3                               Maintenance of Property. Borrower shall cause all equipment and other tangible personal property other than Inventory to be maintained and preserved in the same condition, repair and in working order as of the date hereof, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and shall promptly make or cause to be made all repairs, replacements and other improvements in connection therewith that are necessary or desirable to such end. Borrower shall cause each Credit Party to use commercially reasonable efforts to keep all Inventory in good and marketable condition, free from material defects. Returns and allowances between a Credit Party and its Account Debtors shall follow the Credit Party’s customary practices as they exist at the Closing Date. Borrower shall promptly notify Agent of all returns, recoveries, disputes and claims that involve more than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) of Inventory collectively among all Credit Parties.

 

6.4                               Taxes; Pensions. Borrower shall timely file and cause each Credit Party to timely file, all required federal, state and material local and foreign tax returns and reports and timely pay, and cause each Credit Party to timely pay, all federal, state, and material local and foreign taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed, and shall deliver to Agent, on demand, appropriate certificates attesting to such payments. For purposes hereof, any local or foreign tax, assessment, deposit or contribution, and any return with respect thereto, shall be considered “material” if it exceeds $50,000 in the aggregate for all taxes. In addition, it is agreed that Borrower is assessing sales and use tax liabilities which may be outstanding which liabilities shall not exceed $100,000, and the existence of, and non-payment of, such taxes shall not be deemed a breach hereunder or under any certificates delivered in connection herewith. Borrower shall pay, and cause each Credit Party to pay, all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Credit Party may defer payment of any contested taxes, provided, however, that such Credit Party (a) in good faith contests its obligation to pay the taxes by appropriate proceedings promptly and diligently instituted and conducted, (b) notifies Agent in writing of the commencement of, and any material development in, the proceedings, and (c) posts bonds or takes any other steps required to prevent the Governmental Authority levying such contested taxes from obtaining a Lien upon any of the Collateral.

 

6.5                               Insurance. Borrower shall, and shall cause each Credit Party to, keep its business and the Collateral insured for risks and in amounts customary for companies in Borrower’s industry and location and as Agent may reasonably request. Insurance policies shall be in a form, with companies, and in amounts that are reasonably satisfactory to Agent. All property policies shall have a lender’s loss payable endorsement showing Agent as sole lender’s loss payee and waive subrogation against Agent, and all liability policies shall show, or have endorsements showing, Agent as an additional insured. No other loss payees may be shown on the policies unless Agent shall otherwise consent in writing. All policies (or the loss payable and additional insured endorsements) shall provide that the insurer shall give Agent at least thirty (30) days’ notice before canceling, amending, or declining to renew its policy (other than immaterial amendments that do not have a negative impact on the rights of the Agent thereunder). At Agent’s request, Borrower shall deliver certified copies of all such Credit Party insurance policies and evidence of all premium payments. If any Credit Party fails to obtain insurance as required under this Section 6.5 or to pay any amount or furnish any required proof of payment to third persons and Agent, Agent may make all or part of such payment or obtain such insurance policies required in this Section 6.5, and take any action under the policies Agent deems prudent.

 

6.6                               Collateral Accounts. Borrower shall, and shall cause each Credit Party to, provide Agent five (5) Business Days prior written notice before establishing any Collateral Account at or with any bank or financial institution. In addition, for each Collateral Account that any Credit Party at any time maintains, Borrower shall, and shall cause each Credit Party to, cause the applicable bank or financial institution at or with which any Collateral Account is maintained to execute and deliver a Control Agreement or other appropriate instrument with respect to such Collateral Account to perfect Agent’s Lien in such Collateral Account in accordance with the terms hereunder, which Control Agreement may not be terminated without prior written consent of Agent. The provisions of the previous sentence shall not apply to deposit accounts exclusively used for payroll, payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit payments to or for the benefit of a Credit Party’s employees and identified to Agent by Borrower as such; provided, however, that at any time when the Borrower is not utilizing a professional employer organization for all payroll, payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit payments, then Borrower shall maintain one or more separate Deposit Accounts to hold any and all amounts to be used for payroll, payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit payments, and shall not commingle any monies allocated for such purposes with funds in any other Deposit Account.

 

19



 

6.7                               Notices of Material Agreements, Litigation and Defaults; Cooperation in Litigation. Promptly (and in any event within three (3) Business Days), (a) upon Borrower becoming aware of the existence of any Event of Default or event which, with the giving of notice or passage of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default or (b) with respect to any Material Agreement, upon the execution and delivery of any amendment or other modification, or consent, or waiver, that could reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change, and each notice of termination or default or similar notice delivered to or by a Credit Party in connection with any Material Agreement, or (c) upon Borrower becoming aware of (or having been threatened in writing of) any action, suit, proceeding or investigation by or against Borrower or any Credit Party which involves the possibility of any judgment or liability of more than Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) or that could result in a Material Adverse Change, or which questions the validity of any of the Financing Documents, or the other documents required thereby or any action to be taken pursuant to any of the foregoing, Borrower shall give written notice to Agent of such occurrence, and such further information (including copies of such documentation) as Agent shall reasonably request. From the date hereof and continuing through the termination of this Agreement, Borrower shall, and shall cause each Credit Party to, make available to Agent, without expense to Agent, each Credit Party’s officers, employees and agents and books, to the extent that Agent may deem them reasonably necessary to prosecute or defend any third-party suit or proceeding instituted by or against Agent with respect to any Collateral or relating to a Credit Party.

 

6.8                               Creation/Acquisition of Subsidiaries. In the event Borrower or any Subsidiary creates or, to the extent permitted hereunder, acquires any Subsidiary, Borrower and such Subsidiary shall promptly (and in any event within five (5) Business Days of such creation or acquisition) notify Agent of the creation or acquisition of such new Subsidiary and take all such action as may be reasonably required by Agent or the Required Lenders to cause each such Subsidiary to become a co-Borrower hereunder or to guarantee the Obligations of Borrower under the Financing Documents and, in each case, grant a continuing pledge and security interest in and to those assets of such Subsidiary substantially as described on Exhibit A hereto; and Borrower shall grant and pledge to Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, a perfected security interest in the stock, units or other evidence of ownership of each Subsidiary (the foregoing collectively, the “Joinder Requirements”); provided, that Borrower shall not be permitted to make any Investment in such Subsidiary until such time as Borrower has satisfied the Joinder Requirements.

 

6.9                               Use of Proceeds. Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions solely for (a) transaction fees incurred in connection with the Financing Documents, (b) for working capital needs of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, and (c) any other Permitted Purpose specified in the Credit Facility Schedule for such Credit Facility. No portion of the proceeds of the Credit Extensions will be used for family, personal, agricultural or household use.

 

6.10                        Hazardous Materials; Remediation.

 

(a)                                 If any release or disposal of Hazardous Materials shall occur or shall have occurred on any real property or any other assets of any Borrower or any other Credit Party, such Borrower will cause, or direct the applicable Credit Party to cause, the prompt containment and removal of such Hazardous Materials and the remediation of such real property or other assets as is necessary to materially comply with all Environmental Laws and to preserve the value of such real property or other assets. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Borrower shall, and shall cause each other Credit Party to, materially comply with each Environmental Law requiring the performance at any real property by any Borrower or any other Credit Party of activities in response to the release or threatened release of a Hazardous Material.

 

(b)                                 Borrower will provide Agent within thirty (30) days after written demand therefor with a bond, letter of credit or similar financial assurance evidencing to the reasonable satisfaction of Agent that sufficient funds are available to pay the cost of removing, treating and disposing of any Hazardous Materials or Hazardous Materials Contamination and discharging any assessment which may be established on any property as a result thereof, such demand to be made, if at all, upon Agent’s determination that the failure to remove, treat or dispose of any Hazardous Materials or Hazardous Materials Contamination, or the failure to discharge any such assessment could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change.

 

(c)                                  If there is any conflict between this Section 6.10 and any environmental indemnity agreement which is a Financing Document, the environmental indemnity agreement shall govern and control.

 

20


 

6.11        Power of Attorney. Each of the officers of Agent is hereby irrevocably made, constituted and appointed the true and lawful attorney for each Borrower (without requiring any of them to act as such) with full power of substitution to do the following: (a) pay, contest or settle any Lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest, and adverse claim in or to the Collateral (in each case, so long as no Event of Default has occurred, other than Permitted Liens), or any judgment based thereon, or otherwise take any action to terminate or discharge the same; (b) so long as Agent has provided not less than three (3) Business Days’ prior written notice to Borrower to perform the same and Borrower has failed to take such action, (i) execute in the name of any Person comprising Borrower any schedules, assignments, instruments, documents, and statements that Borrower is obligated to give Agent under this Agreement or that Agent or any Lender deems necessary to perfect or better perfect Agent’s security interest or Lien in any Collateral, (ii) do such other and further acts and deeds in the name of Borrower that Agent may deem necessary or desirable to enforce, protect or preserve any Collateral or its rights therein, including, but not limited to, to sign Borrower’s name on any invoice or bill of lading for any Account or drafts against Account Debtors; and (iii) after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, (A) endorse the name of any Borrower upon any and all checks, drafts, money orders, and other instruments for the payment of money that are payable to Borrower; (B) make, settle, and adjust all claims under Borrower’s insurance policies; (C) take any action any Credit Party is required to take under this Agreement or any other Financing Document; (D) transfer the Collateral into the name of Agent or a third party as the Code permits; (E) exercise any rights and remedies described in this Agreement or the other Financing Documents; and (F) do such other and further acts and deeds in the name of Borrower that Agent may deem necessary or desirable to enforce its rights with regard to any Collateral.

 

6.12        Further Assurances. Borrower shall, and shall cause each Credit Party to, promptly execute any further instruments and take further action as Agent reasonably requests to perfect or better perfect or continue Agent’s Lien in the Collateral or to effect the purposes of this Agreement or any other Financing Document.

 

6.13        Post-Closing Obligations. Borrower shall, and shall cause each Credit Party to, complete each of the post-closing obligations and/or deliver to Agent each of the documents, instruments, agreements and information listed on the Post-Closing Obligations Schedule attached hereto, on or before the date set forth for each such item thereon (as may be extended by the Agent in writing in its sole discretion), notwithstanding any shorter deadlines set forth in this Agreement for the obligations and/or deliveries specified on the Post-Closing Obligations Schedule, each of which obligation and/or delivery shall be completed or provided in form and substance satisfactory to Agent and Lenders.

 

6.14        Disclosure Schedule. Borrower shall, in the event of any information in the Disclosure Schedule becoming inaccurate, incomplete or misleading, deliver to Agent, together with the next Compliance Certificate required to be delivered under this Agreement for a calendar month ending March 31, June 30, September 30 or December 31, a proposed update to the Disclosure Schedule correcting all inaccurate, incomplete or misleading information. With respect to any proposed updates to the Disclosure Schedule involving Permitted Liens, Permitted Indebtedness or Permitted Investments, Agent will replace the Disclosure Schedule attached hereto with such proposed update only if such updated information is consistent with the definitions of and limitations herein pertaining to Permitted Liens, Permitted Indebtedness or Permitted Investments. With respect to any proposed updates to the Disclosure Schedule involving other matters, Agent will replace the applicable portion of the Disclosure Schedule attached hereto with such proposed update upon Agent’s approval thereof in its reasonable discretion.

 

7              NEGATIVE COVENANTS

 

Borrower shall not do, nor shall it permit any Credit Party to do, any of the following without the prior written consent of Agent:

 

7.1          Dispositions. Convey, sell, abandon, lease, license, transfer, assign or otherwise dispose of (collectively, “Transfer”) all or any part of the Collateral or Material Intangible Property, except for (a) sales, transfers or dispositions of Inventory in the Ordinary Course of Business; or (b) sales or abandonment of worn-out or obsolete Equipment. Notwithstanding anything to contrary herein, Agent’s written consent shall not be unreasonably withheld with respect to Borrower’s Transfer of the AnchorPort Business.

 

7.2          Changes in Business, Management, Ownership or Business Locations. (a) Engage in any business other than the businesses currently engaged in by Borrower or such Subsidiary, as applicable, or reasonably related thereto; (b)

 

21



 

liquidate or dissolve; (c) (i) have a change in Chief Executive Officer where a suitable permanent replacement, as approved by Borrower’s board of directors, has not been named and hired by not later than one hundred fifty (150) days after such change, or (ii) enter into any transaction or series of related transactions which would result in a Change in Control unless the agreement governing such transactions provides, as a condition precedent to the consummation of such transactions, for either (x) the indefeasible payment in full in cash of all Obligations or (y) the consent of Agent and Lenders; (d) add any new offices or business locations, or enter into any new leases with respect to existing offices or business locations (unless such new or existing offices or business locations contain less than Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) in Borrower’s assets or property and do not contain any of Borrower’s Books) without first delivering a fully-executed Access Agreement to Agent; (e) change its jurisdiction of organization; (f) change its organizational structure or type; (g) change its legal name; or (h) change any organizational number (if any) assigned by its jurisdiction of organization.

 

7.3          Mergers or Acquisitions. Unless the Obligations of the Agent and the Lenders are indefeasibly paid and satisfied in full and this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are terminated (other than contingent obligations that survive termination) pursuant to a payoff letter in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, merge or consolidate with any other Person, or acquire all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person; provided, however, that a Subsidiary of Borrower may merge or consolidate into another Subsidiary that is a Borrower, so long as (a) Borrower has provided Agent with prior written notice of such transaction, (b) a Person already comprising the Borrower shall be the surviving legal entity, (c) Borrower’s tangible net worth is not thereby reduced, (d) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing prior thereto or arises as a result therefrom, and (e) Borrower shall be in compliance with the covenants set forth in this Agreement both before and after giving effect to such transaction.

 

7.4          Indebtedness. Create, incur, assume, or be liable for any Indebtedness other than Permitted Indebtedness.

 

7.5          Encumbrance. (a) Create, incur, allow, or suffer any Lien on any of its property, except for Permitted Liens, (b) permit any Collateral to fail to be subject to the first priority security interest granted herein except for Permitted Liens that may have priority by operation of applicable Law or by the terms of a written intercreditor or subordination agreement entered into by Agent, or (c) enter into any agreement, document, instrument or other arrangement (except with or in favor of Agent) with any Person which directly or indirectly prohibits or has the effect of prohibiting Borrower or any Subsidiary from assigning, mortgaging, pledging, granting a security interest in or upon, or encumbering any of Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s Collateral or Intellectual Property, except as is otherwise permitted in the definition of “Permitted Liens” herein.

 

7.6          Maintenance of Collateral Accounts. Maintain any Collateral Account, except pursuant to the terms of Section 6.6 hereof.

 

7.7          Distributions; Investments; Margin Stock. (a) Pay any dividends (other than dividends payable solely in common stock) or make any distribution or payment with respect to or redeem, retire or purchase or repurchase any of its equity interests (other than repurchases pursuant to the terms of employee stock purchase plans, employee restricted stock agreements or similar plans), or (b) directly or indirectly make any Investment (including, without limitation, any additional Investment in any Subsidiary) other than Permitted Investments. Without limiting the foregoing, Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, purchase or carry Margin Stock.

 

7.8          Transactions with Affiliates. Except as set forth on the Disclosure Schedule, directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any Affiliate of any Credit Party, except for (a) transactions that are in the Ordinary Course of Business, upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to Borrower than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated Person, (b) transactions with Subsidiaries that are designated as a Borrower hereunder and that are not otherwise prohibited by Article 7 of this Agreement, and (c) transactions permitted by Section 7.7 of this Agreement.

 

7.9          Reserved.

 

7.10        Compliance. Become an “investment company” or a company controlled by an “investment company”, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended or undertake as one of its important activities extending credit to purchase or carry margin stock (as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), or use

 

22



 

the proceeds of any Credit Extension for that purpose; fail to meet the minimum funding requirements of ERISA, permit a Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, as defined in ERISA, to occur; fail to comply with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act or violate any other Law or regulation, if the violation could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change; withdraw from participation in, permit partial or complete termination of, or permit the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other Governmental Authority.

 

7.11        Amendments to Organization Documents and Material Agreements. Amend, modify or waive any provision of (a) any Material Agreement in a manner that is materially adverse to Borrower, that is adverse to Agent or any Lender, that pertains to rights to assign or grant a security interest in such Material Agreement or that could or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change, or (b) any of its organizational documents (other than a change in registered agents, or a change that could not reasonably be expected to adversely affect the rights of Agent or the rights of any Lenders hereunder, which may include changes determined to be advisable by the board of directors and reasonably necessary to provide for a bona fide equity financing (which shares, for the avoidance of doubt, (i) would not constitute Indebtedness, and (ii) would not be subject to repurchase or redemption earlier than other shares provided for as of the Closing Date in the Borrower’s Organizational Documents) but, for the avoidance of doubt, under no circumstances a change of its name, type of organization or jurisdiction of organization), in each case of (a) and (b), without the prior written consent of Agent. Borrower shall provide to Agent copies of all amendments, waivers and modifications of any Material Agreement or organizational documents.

 

7.12        Compliance with Anti-Terrorism Laws. Directly or indirectly, knowingly enter into any documents, instruments, agreements or contracts with any Person listed on the OFAC Lists. Borrower shall immediately notify Agent if Borrower has knowledge that Borrower or any Subsidiary or Affiliate is listed on the OFAC Lists or (a) is convicted on, (b) pleads nolo contendere to, (c) is indicted on, or (d) is arraigned and held over on charges involving money laundering or predicate crimes to money laundering. Borrower will not, nor will Borrower permit any Subsidiary or Affiliate to, directly or indirectly, (i) conduct any business or engage in any transaction or dealing with any Blocked Person, including, without limitation, the making or receiving of any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any Blocked Person, (ii) deal in, or otherwise engage in any transaction relating to, any property or interests in property blocked pursuant to Executive Order No. 13224, any similar executive order or other Anti-Terrorism Law, or (iii) engage in or conspire to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding, or attempts to violate, any of the prohibitions set forth in Executive Order No. 13224 or other Anti-Terrorism Law. Agent hereby notifies Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of Anti-Terrorism Laws, and Agent’s policies and practices, Agent is required to obtain, verify and record certain information and documentation that identifies Borrower and its principals, which information includes the name and address of Borrower and its principals and such other information that will allow Agent to identify such party in accordance with Anti-Terrorism Laws.

 

8              LIFE SCIENCES PROVISIONS

 

8.1          Life Sciences Provisions.

 

(a)           As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:

 

“DEA” means the Drug Enforcement Administration of the United States of America, and any successor agency thereof.

 

“Drug Application” means a new drug application, an abbreviated drug application, or a product license application for any Product, as appropriate, as those terms are defined in the FDCA.

 

“FDA” means the Food and Drug Administration of the United States of America, or any successor entity thereto.

 

“FDCA” means the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, as amended, 21 U.S.C. Section 301 et seq., and all regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

23



 

“Material Intangible Property” means all of (i) Borrower’s Intellectual Property and (ii) license or sublicense agreements or other agreements with respect to rights in Intellectual Property, in each case that are material to the condition (financial or other), business or operations of Borrower.

 

“Permitted License” means any non-exclusive license of patent rights of Borrower or its Subsidiaries granted to third parties in the Ordinary Course of Business and that does not result in a legal transfer of title to the licensed property.

 

“Products” means any products manufactured for sale, sold or marketed by any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, including without limitation, those products set forth on the Products Schedule (as updated from time to time in accordance with Section 8.1(d)); provided, however, that if Borrower shall fail to comply with the obligations under Section 8.1(d) to give notice to Agent and update the Products Schedule prior to manufacturing for sale, selling or marketing any new Product, any such improperly undisclosed Product shall be deemed to be included in this definition.

 

“Registered Intellectual Property” means any patent, registered trademark or servicemark, registered copyright, registered mask work, or any pending application for any of the foregoing.

 

(b)           Notwithstanding the terms of Section 7.1 of this Agreement to the contrary, Borrower shall be permitted to make Transfers in the form of Permitted Licenses.

 

(c)           Borrower represents and warrants as follows at all times unless expressly provided below:

 

(i)            Intellectual Property and License Agreements. A list of all of Registered Intellectual Property of each Credit Party and all license agreements, sublicenses, or other rights of any Credit Party to use Intellectual Property (including all in-bound license agreements, but excluding over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public), as of the Closing Date and, as updated pursuant to Section 8.1(d), is set forth on the Intangible Assets Schedule, which indicates, for each item of property: (A) the name of the Credit Party owning such Intellectual Property or licensee to such license agreement; (B) the Credit Party’s identifier for such property (i.e., name of patent, license, etc.), (C) whether such property is Intellectual Property (or application therefor) owned by a Credit Party or is property to which a Credit Party has rights pursuant to a license agreement, and (D) the expiration date of such Intellectual Property or license agreement. In the case of any Material Intangible Property that is a license agreement, the Intangible Assets Schedule further indicates, for each: (1) the name and address of the licensor, (2) the name and date of the agreement pursuant to which such item of Material Intangible Property is licensed, (3) whether or not such license agreement grants an exclusive license to a Credit Party, (4) whether there are any purported restrictions in such license agreement as to the ability of a Credit Party to grant a security interest in and/or to transfer any of its rights as a licensee under such license agreement, and (5) whether a default under or termination of such license agreement could interfere with Agent’s right to sell or assign such license or any other Collateral. Except for Permitted Licenses noted on the Intangible Assets Schedule, each Credit Party is the sole owner of its Intellectual Property, free and clear of any Liens. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, each patent is valid and enforceable and no part of the Material Intangible Property has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, no claim has been made that any part of the Intellectual Property violates the rights of any third party.

 

(ii)           Regulatory Status.

 

(A)          All Products and all Required Permits are listed on the Products Schedule and Required Permits Schedule (as of the Closing Date and as updated from time to time pursuant to Section 8.1(d)), and Borrower has delivered to Agent a copy of all Required Permits requested by Agent as of the date hereof or to the extent requested by Agent pursuant to Section 8.1(d).

 

(B)          Without limiting the generality of Section 8.1 above, with respect to any Product being tested or manufactured, Borrower and its Subsidiaries have received, and such Product is the subject of, all Required Permits needed in connection with the testing or manufacture of such Product as such testing or manufacturing is currently being conducted by or on behalf of Borrower, and Borrower and its Subsidiaries have not received any notice from

 

24



 

any applicable Governmental Authority, specifically including the FDA, that such Governmental Authority is conducting an investigation or review of (1) Borrower’s or such Subsidiary’s manufacturing facilities and processes for such Product which have disclosed any material deficiencies or violations of Laws and/or the Required Permits related to the manufacture of such Product, or (2) any such Required Permit which could reasonably be expected to result such Required Permit being revoked or withdrawn, nor has any such Governmental Authority issued any order or recommendation stating that the development, testing and/or manufacturing of such Product should cease.

 

(C)          Without limiting the generality of Section 8.1 above, with respect to any Product marketed or sold by Borrower or its Subsidiaries, Borrower and its Subsidiaries have received, and such Product is the subject of, all Required Permits needed in connection with the marketing and sales of such Product as currently being marketed or sold by Borrower or its Subsidiaries, and Borrower and its Subsidiaries have not received any notice from any applicable Governmental Authority, specifically including the FDA, that such Governmental Authority is conducting an investigation or review of any such Required Permit which could reasonably be expected to result in such Required Permit being revoked or withdrawn, nor has any such Governmental Authority issued any order or recommendation stating that such marketing or sales of such Product cease or that such Product be withdrawn from the marketplace.

 

(D)          Without limiting the generality of Section 8.1 above, (i) there have been no adverse clinical test results which have or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change, and (ii) there have been no Product recalls or voluntary Product withdrawals from any market (other than limited batch recalls that do not relate to the sale of the Product as a whole or voluntary withdrawals of a Product being replaced by a subsequent version of such Product or replacement Product).

 

(E)           Borrower and its Subsidiaries have not experienced any significant failures in its manufacturing of any Product such that the amount of such Product successfully manufactured by Borrower or its Subsidiaries in accordance with all specifications thereof and the required payments to be made to Borrower therefor in any month shall decrease significantly with respect to the quantities of such Product and payments produced in the prior month.

 

(d)           Borrower covenants and agrees as follows:

 

(i)               [reserved]

 

(ii)              Borrower shall own, or be licensed to use or otherwise have the right to use, all Material Intangible Property. All Material Intangible Property of Borrower is and shall be fully protected and/or duly and properly registered, filed or issued in the appropriate office and jurisdictions for such registrations, filings or issuances, except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change. Borrower shall not become a party to, nor become bound by, any material license or other agreement with respect to which Borrower is the licensee that prohibits or otherwise restricts Borrower from granting a security interest in Borrower’s interest in such license or agreement or other property (other than such restrictions identified on the Intangible Assets Schedule as in effect on the Closing Date, or to the extent Borrower is unable to have such restriction removed from such license or agreement after using commercially reasonable efforts to do so, and then only if such restriction is rendered unenforceable pursuant to the Code). Borrower shall at all times conduct its business without infringing (knowingly or where Borrower should have known) on any Intellectual Property rights of others. Borrower shall do the following, to the extent it determines, in the exercise of its reasonable business judgment, that it is prudent to do so: (A) protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of its Material Intangible Property; (B) promptly advise Agent in writing of material infringements of its Material Intangible Property; and (C) not allow, without Agent’s prior written consent, any Material Intangible Property to be abandoned, invalidated, forfeited or dedicated to the public or to become unenforceable. If Borrower (1) obtains any patent, registered trademark or servicemark, registered copyright, registered mask work, or any pending application for any of the foregoing, whether as owner, licensee or otherwise, or (2) applies for any patent or the registration of any trademark or servicemark, then concurrently with the delivery of an updated Intangible Assets Schedule as required under clause (iv) below, Borrower shall provide written notice thereof to Agent and shall execute such documents and take such other actions as Agent shall request in its good faith business judgment to perfect and maintain a first priority perfected security interest in favor of Agent, for the ratable benefit of Lenders, in the IP Proceeds (as defined in Exhibit A) pertaining thereto. Borrower shall promptly provide to Agent copies of all published applications that it files for patents and all applications that it files for the registration of trademarks, servicemarks, copyrights or mask works.

 

25



 

(iii)             In connection with the development, testing, manufacture, marketing or sale of each and any Product by a Credit Party, such Credit Party shall comply fully and completely in all respects with all Required Permits at all times issued by any Governmental Authority the noncompliance with which could have a Material Adverse Change, specifically including the FDA, with respect to such development, testing, manufacture, marketing or sales of such Product by such Credit Party as such activities are at any such time being conducted by such Credit Party.

 

(iv)             If, after the Closing Date, Borrower acquires and/or develops any new Registered Intellectual Property, or enters or becomes bound by any additional license or sublicense agreement or other agreement with respect to obtaining or granting rights in Intellectual Property (other than over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public), and upon any other material change in Borrower’s Material Intangible Property from that listed on the Intangible Assets Schedule, then together with the next Compliance Certificate required to be delivered after such event under this Agreement for a calendar month ending March 31, June 30, September 30 or December 31, Borrower shall deliver to Agent and each Lender an updated Intangible Assets Schedule reflecting same. Borrower shall take such commercially reasonable steps as Agent or the Required Lenders request to obtain the consent of, or waiver by, any person whose consent or waiver is necessary for (x) all licenses or agreements to be deemed “Collateral” and for Agent to have a security interest in it that might otherwise be restricted or prohibited by Law or by the terms of any such license or agreement, whether now existing or entered into in the future, and (y) Agent to have the ability in the event of a liquidation of any Collateral to dispose of such Collateral in accordance with Agent’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Financing Documents.

 

(v)              If, after the Closing Date, Borrower determines to manufacture, sell or market any new Product, Borrower shall, upon delivery of its next Compliance Certificate required to be delivered under this Agreement, give written notice to Agent of such determination (which shall include a brief description of such Product, plus a list of all Required Permits relating to such new Product (and a copy of such Required Permits if requested by Agent) and/or Borrower’s manufacture, sale or marketing thereof issued or outstanding as of the date of such notice), along with a copy of an updated Intangible Assets Schedule, Products Schedule and Required Permits Schedule; provided, however, that if Borrower shall at any time obtain any new or additional Required Permits from the FDA, DEA, or parallel state or local authorities, or foreign counterparts of the FDA, DEA, or parallel state or local authorities, with respect to any Product which has previously been disclosed to Agent, Borrower shall, upon delivery of its next Compliance Certificate required to be delivered under this Agreement, give written notice to Agent of such new or additional Required Permits (along with a copy thereof if requested by Agent).

 

(e)           In addition to the events listed in Article 10, any one of the following shall also constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement: (i) the institution of any proceeding by FDA or similar Governmental Authority to order the withdrawal of any Product or Product category from the market or to enjoin Borrower, its Subsidiaries or any representative of Borrower or its Subsidiaries from manufacturing, marketing, selling or distributing any Product or Product category that could reasonably be expected to result in Material Adverse Change, (ii) the institution of any action or proceeding by any DEA, FDA, or any other Governmental Authority to revoke, suspend, reject, withdraw, limit, or restrict any Required Permit held by Borrower, its Subsidiaries or any representative of Borrower or its Subsidiaries, which, in each case, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change, (iii) the commencement of any enforcement action against Borrower, its Subsidiaries or any representative of Borrower or its Subsidiaries (with respect to the business of Borrower or its Subsidiaries) by DEA, FDA, or any other Governmental Authority that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change, (iv) the recall of any Products from the market, the voluntary withdrawal of any Products from the market, or actions to discontinue the sale of any Products which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change, or (v) the occurrence of adverse test results in connection with a Product which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

 

9              RESERVED

 

26



 

10           EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

10.1        Events of Default. The occurrence of any of the following conditions and/or events, whether voluntary or involuntary, by operation of law or otherwise, shall constitute an “Event of Default” and Credit Parties shall thereupon be in default under this Agreement and each of the other Financing Documents:

 

(a)           Borrower fails to (i) make any payment of principal or interest on any Credit Extension on its due date, or (ii) pay any other Obligations within three (3) Business Days after such Obligations are due and payable (which three (3) Business Day grace period shall not apply to payments due on the Maturity Date or the date of acceleration pursuant to Section 10.2 hereof);

 

(b)           Any Credit Party defaults in the performance of or compliance with any term contained in this Agreement or in any other Financing Document (other than occurrences described in other provisions of this Section 10.1 for which a different grace or cure period is specified or for which no grace or cure period is specified and thereby constitute immediate Events of Default) and such default is not remedied by the Credit Party or waived by Agent within fifteen (15) days after the earlier of (i) the date of receipt by any Borrower of notice from Agent or Required Lenders of such default, or (ii) the date an officer of such Credit Party becomes aware, or through the exercise of reasonable diligence should have become aware, of such default; provided, however, that if the default cannot by its nature be cured within the fifteen (15) day period or cannot after diligent attempts by such Credit Party be cured within such fifteen (15) day period, and such default is likely to be cured within a reasonable time, then such Credit Party shall have an additional period (which shall not in any case exceed twenty (20) days) to attempt to cure such default, and within such additional time period the failure to cure the default shall not be deemed an Event of Default;

 

(c)           Any Credit Party defaults in the performance of or compliance with any term contained in Section 6.2, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.8 or 6.10 or Article 7 or Article 8;

 

(d)           Any representation, warranty, certification or statement made by any Credit Party or any other Person acting for or on behalf of a Credit Party (i) in any Financing Document or in any certificate, financial statement or other document delivered pursuant to any Financing Document or (ii) to induce Agent and/or Lenders to enter into this Agreement or any Financing Document is incorrect in any respect (or in any material respect if such representation, warranty, certification or statement is not by its terms already qualified as to materiality) when made (or deemed made);

 

(e)           (i) any Credit Party defaults under or breaches any Material Agreement (after any applicable grace period contained therein), or a Material Agreement shall be terminated by a third party or parties party thereto prior to the expiration thereof, or there is a loss of a material right of a Credit Party under any Material Agreement to which it is a party, in each case which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change, (ii) (A) any Credit Party fails to make (after any applicable grace period) any payment when due (whether due because of scheduled maturity, required prepayment provisions, acceleration, demand or otherwise) on any Indebtedness (other than the Obligations) of such Credit Party or such Subsidiary having an aggregate principal amount (including undrawn committed or available amounts and including amounts owing to all creditors under any combined or syndicated credit arrangement) of more than Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) (“Material Indebtedness”), (B) any other event shall occur or condition shall exist under any contractual obligation relating to any such Material Indebtedness, if the effect of such event or condition is to accelerate, or to permit the acceleration of (without regard to any subordination terms with respect thereto), the maturity of such Material Indebtedness or (C) any such Material Indebtedness shall become due and payable, or be required to be prepaid, redeemed, defeased or repurchased (other than by a regularly scheduled required prepayment), prior to the stated maturity thereof, (iii) any Credit Party defaults (beyond any applicable grace period) under any obligation for payments due or otherwise under any lease agreement for such Credit Party’s principal place of business or any place of business that meets the criteria for the requirement of an Access Agreement under Section 7.2 or for which an Access Agreement exists or was required to be delivered, (iv) [reserved], or (v) any Borrower makes any payment on account of any Indebtedness that has been subordinated to any of the Obligations, other than payments specifically permitted by the terms of such subordination.

 

27



 

(f)            (i) any Credit Party shall generally not pay its debts as such debts become due, shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally, shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall cease doing business as a going concern, (ii) any proceeding shall be instituted by or against any Credit Party seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent or seeking liquidation, winding up, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief, composition of it or its debts or any similar order, in each case under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or relief of debtors or seeking the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a custodian, receiver, trustee, conservator, liquidating agent, liquidator, other similar official or other official with similar powers, in each case for it or for any substantial part of its property and, in the case of any such proceedings instituted against (but not by or with the consent of) such Credit Party, either such proceedings shall remain undismissed or unstayed for a period of thirty (30) days or more or any action sought in such proceedings shall occur or (iii) any Credit Party shall take any corporate or similar action or any other action to authorize any action described in clause (i) or (ii) above;

 

(g)           (i) The service of process seeking to attach, execute or levy upon, seize or confiscate any Collateral Account, any Intellectual Property, or any funds of any Credit Party on deposit with Agent, any Lender or any Affiliate of Agent or any Lender, or (ii) a notice of lien, levy, or assessment is filed against any assets of a Credit Party by any government agency, and the same under subclauses (i) and (ii) hereof are not discharged or stayed (whether through the posting of a bond or otherwise) prior to the earlier to occur of ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof or such action becoming effective;

 

(h)           (i) any court order enjoins, restrains, or prevents Borrower from conducting any material part of its business, (ii) the institution by any Governmental Authority of criminal proceedings against any Credit Party, or (iii) one or more judgments or orders for the payment of money (not paid or fully covered by insurance and as to which the relevant insurance company has acknowledged coverage in writing) aggregating in excess of $1,000,000 shall be rendered against any or all Credit Parties and either (A) enforcement proceedings shall have been commenced by any creditor upon any such judgments or orders, or (B) there shall be any period of fifteen (15) consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of any such judgments or orders, by reason of a pending appeal, bond or otherwise, shall not be in effect;

 

(i)            any Lien created by any of the Financing Documents shall at any time fail to constitute a valid and perfected Lien on all of the Collateral purported to be encumbered thereby, subject to no prior or equal Lien except Permitted Liens, or any Credit Party shall so assert; any provision of any Financing Document shall fail to be valid and binding on, or enforceable against, a Credit Party, or any Credit Party shall so assert;

 

(j)            A Change in Control occurs or any Credit Party or direct or indirect equity owner in a Credit Party shall enter into agreement which contemplates a Change in Control unless such agreement provides, as a condition precedent to the consummation of such agreement, for either (x) the indefeasible payment in full in cash of all Obligations or (y) the consent of Agent and Lenders;

 

(k)           Any Required Permit shall have been (i) revoked, rescinded, suspended, modified in an adverse manner or not renewed in the Ordinary Course of Business for a full term, or (ii) subject to any decision by a Governmental Authority that designates a hearing with respect to any applications for renewal of any of such Required Permit or that could result in the Governmental Authority taking any of the actions described in clause (i) above, and such decision or such revocation, rescission, suspension, modification or non-renewal has, or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Change;

 

(1)           If any Borrower is or becomes an entity whose equity is registered with the SEC, and/or is publicly traded on and/or registered with a public securities exchange, such Borrower’s equity fails to remain registered with the SEC in good standing, and/or such equity fails to remain publicly traded on and registered with a public securities exchange; or

 

(m)          A Material Adverse Change.

 

28



 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Credit Party fails to comply with any same provision of this Agreement two (2) times in any twelve (12) month period and Agent has given to any Borrower in connection with each such failure any notice to which Borrower would be entitled under this Section 10.1 before such failure could become an Event of Default, then all subsequent failures by a Credit Party to comply with such provision of this Agreement shall effect an immediate Event of Default (without the expiration of any applicable cure period) with respect to all subsequent failures by a Credit Party to comply with such provision of this Agreement, and Agent thereupon may exercise any remedy set forth in this Article 10 without affording Borrower any opportunity to cure such Event of Default.

 

All cure periods provided for in this Section 10.1 shall run concurrently with any cure period provided for in any applicable Financing Documents under which the default occurred.

 

10.2        Rights and Remedies.

 

(a)           Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Agent may, and at the written direction of the Required Lenders shall, without notice or demand, do any or all of the following: (i) deliver notice of the Event of Default to Borrower, (ii) by notice to any Borrower declare all Obligations immediately due and payable (but if an Event of Default described in Section 10.1(f) occurs all Obligations shall be immediately due and payable without any action by Agent or the Lenders), or (iii) by notice to any Borrower suspend or terminate the obligations, if any, of the Lenders to advance money or extend credit for Borrower’s benefit under this Agreement or under any other agreement between any Credit Party and Agent and/or the Lenders (but if an Event of Default described in Section 10.1(f) occurs all obligations, if any, of the Lenders to advance money or extend credit for Borrower’s benefit under this Agreement or under any other agreement between Borrower and Agent and/or the Lenders shall be immediately terminated without any action by Agent or the Lenders).

 

(b)           Without limiting the rights of Agent and Lenders set forth in Section 10.2(a) above, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Agent shall have the right, without notice or demand, to do any or all of the following:

 

(i)            with or without legal process, enter any premises where the Collateral may be and take possession of and remove the Collateral from the premises or store it on the premises, and foreclose upon and/or sell, lease or liquidate, the Collateral, in whole or in part;

 

(ii)           apply to the Obligations (A) any balances and deposits of any Credit Party that Agent or any Lender or any Affiliate of Agent or a Lender holds or controls, or (B) any amount held or controlled by Agent or any Lender or any Affiliate of Agent or a Lender owing to or for the credit or the account of any Credit Party;

 

(iii)          settle, compromise or adjust and grant releases with respect to disputes and claims directly with Account Debtors for amounts on terms and in any order that Agent considers advisable, notify any Person owing any Credit Party money of Agent’s security interest in such funds, and verify the amount of such Account;

 

(iv)          make any payments and do any acts it considers necessary or reasonable to protect the Collateral and/or its security interest in the Collateral. Borrower shall assemble the Collateral if Agent requests and make it available as Agent designates. Agent may also render any or all of the Collateral unusable at a Credit Party’s premises and may dispose of such Collateral on such premises without liability for rent or costs. Borrower grants Agent a license to enter and occupy any of its premises, without charge, to exercise any of Agent’s rights or remedies;

 

(v)           pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any Lien which appears to be prior or superior to its security interest and pay all expenses incurred;

 

(vi)          ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, and/or advertise for sale, the Collateral. Agent is hereby granted a non-exclusive, royalty-free license or other right to use, without charge, Borrower’s labels, patents, copyrights, mask works, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, trademarks, service marks, and advertising matter, or any similar property as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising

 

29



 

for sale, and selling any Collateral (and including in such license access to all media in which any of the licensed items may be recorded or stored and to all computer software and programs used for the compilation or printout thereof) and, in connection with Agent’s exercise of its rights under this Article 10, Borrower’s rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements shall be deemed to inure to Agent for the benefit of the Lenders;

 

(vii)         place a “hold” on any account maintained with Agent or the Lenders or any Affiliate of Agent or a Lender and/or deliver a notice of exclusive control, any entitlement order, or other directions or instructions pursuant to any Control Agreement or similar agreements providing control of any Collateral;

 

(viii)        demand and receive possession of the Books of Borrower and the other Credit Parties; and

 

(ix)          exercise all other rights and remedies available to Agent under the Financing Documents or at law or equity, including all remedies provided under the Code (including disposal of the Collateral pursuant to the terms thereof).

 

10.3        Notices. Any notice that Agent is required to give to a Credit Party under the UCC of the time and place of any public sale or the time after which any private sale or other intended disposition of the Collateral is to be made shall be deemed to constitute reasonable notice if such notice is given in accordance with this Agreement at least five (5) Business Days prior to such action.

 

10.4        Protective Payments. If any Credit Party fails to pay or perform any covenant or obligation under this Agreement or any other Financing Document, Agent may pay or perform such covenant or obligation, and all amounts so paid by Agent are Protective Advances and immediately due and payable, bearing interest at the then highest applicable rate for the Credit Facilities hereunder, and secured by the Collateral. No such payments or performance by Agent shall be construed as an agreement to make similar payments or performance in the future or constitute Agent’s waiver of any Event of Default.

 

10.5        Liability for Collateral No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative. So long as Agent and the Lenders comply with reasonable banking practices regarding the safekeeping of the Collateral in the possession or under the control of Agent and the Lenders, Agent and the Lenders shall not be liable or responsible for: (a) the safekeeping of the Collateral; (b) any loss or damage to the Collateral; (c) any diminution in the value of the Collateral; or (d) any act or default of any carrier, warehouseman, bailee, or other Person. Borrower bears all risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral. Agent’s failure, at any time or times, to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision of this Agreement or any other Financing Document shall not waive, affect, or diminish any right of Agent thereafter to demand strict performance and compliance herewith or therewith. No waiver hereunder shall be effective unless signed by Agent and then is only effective for the specific instance and purpose for which it is given. Agent’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Financing Documents are cumulative. Agent has all rights and remedies provided under the Code, by Law, or in equity. Agent’s exercise of one right or remedy is not an election, and Agent’s waiver of any Event of Default is not a continuing waiver. Agent’s delay in exercising any remedy is not a waiver, election, or acquiescence.

 

10.6        Application of Payments and Proceeds. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, (i) Borrower, for itself and the other Credit Parties, irrevocably waives the right to direct the application of any and all payments at any time or times thereafter received by Agent from or on behalf of Borrower of all or any part of the Obligations, and, as between Borrower and the Credit Parties on the one hand and Agent and Lenders on the other, Agent shall have the continuing and exclusive right to apply and to reapply any and all payments received against the Obligations in such manner as Agent may deem advisable notwithstanding any previous application by Agent, and (ii) unless the Agent and the Lenders shall agree otherwise, the proceeds of any sale of, or other realization upon all or any part of the Collateral shall be applied: first, to the Protective Advances; second, to accrued and unpaid interest on the Obligations (including any interest which, but for the provisions of the United States Bankruptcy Code, would have accrued on such amounts); third, to the principal amount of the Obligations outstanding; and fourth, to any other indebtedness or obligations of the Credit Parties owing to Agent or any Lender under the Financing Documents. Borrower shall remain fully liable for any deficiency. Any balance remaining shall be delivered to Borrower or to whoever may be lawfully entitled to receive such balance or as a court of competent jurisdiction may

 

30


 

direct. Unless the Agent and the Lenders shall agree otherwise, in carrying out the foregoing, (x) amounts received shall be applied in the numerical order provided until exhausted prior to the application to the next succeeding category, and (y) each of the Persons entitled to receive a payment in any particular category shall receive an amount equal to its pro rata share of amounts available to be applied pursuant thereto for such category.

 

10.7        Waivers.

 

(a)           Except as otherwise provided for in this Agreement and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Borrower waives: (i) presentment, demand and protest, and notice of presentment, dishonor, intent to accelerate, acceleration, protest, default, nonpayment, maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension or renewal of any or all Financing Documents and hereby ratifies and confirms whatever Agent or Lenders may do in this regard; (ii) all rights to notice and a hearing prior to Agent’s or any Lender’s entry upon the premises of a Borrower, the taking possession or control of, or to Agent’s or any Lender’s replevy, attachment or levy upon, any Collateral or any bond or security which might be required by any court prior to allowing Agent or any Lender to exercise any of its remedies; and (iii) the benefit of all valuation, appraisal and exemption Laws. Each Borrower acknowledges that it has been advised by counsel of its choices and decisions with respect to this Agreement, the other Financing Documents and the transactions evidenced hereby and thereby.

 

(b)           Each Borrower for itself and all its successors and assigns, (i) agrees that its liability shall not be in any manner affected by any indulgence, extension of time, renewal, waiver, or modification granted or consented to by Lender; (ii) consents to any indulgences and all extensions of time, renewals, waivers, or modifications that may be granted by Agent or any Lender with respect to the payment or other provisions of the Financing Documents, and to any substitution, exchange or release of the Collateral, or any part thereof, with or without substitution, and agrees to the addition or release of any Borrower, endorsers, guarantors, or sureties, or whether primarily or secondarily liable, without notice to any other Borrower and without affecting its liability hereunder; (iii) agrees that its liability shall be unconditional and without regard to the liability of any other Borrower, Agent or any Lender for any tax on the indebtedness; and (iv) to the fullest extent permitted by law, expressly waives the benefit of any statute or rule of law or equity now provided, or which may hereafter be provided, which would produce a result contrary to or in conflict with the foregoing.

 

(c)           To the extent that Agent or any Lender may have acquiesced in any noncompliance with any requirements or conditions precedent to the closing of the Credit Facilities or to any subsequent disbursement of Credit Extensions, such acquiescence shall not be deemed to constitute a waiver by Agent or any Lender of such requirements with respect to any future Credit Extensions and Agent may at any time after such acquiescence require Borrower to comply with all such requirements. Any forbearance by Agent or a Lender in exercising any right or remedy under any of the Financing Documents, or otherwise afforded by applicable law, including any failure to accelerate the maturity date of the Credit Facilities, shall not be a waiver of or preclude the exercise of any right or remedy nor shall it serve as a novation of the Financing Documents or as a reinstatement of the Obligations or a waiver of such right of acceleration or the right to insist upon strict compliance of the terms of the Financing Documents. Agent’s or any Lender’s acceptance of payment of any sum secured by any of the Financing Documents after the due date of such payment shall not be a waiver of Agent’s and such Lender’s right to either require prompt payment when due of all other sums so secured or to declare a default for failure to make prompt payment. The procurement of insurance or the payment of taxes or other Liens or charges by Agent as the result of an Event of Default shall not be a waiver of Agent’s right to accelerate the maturity of the Obligations, nor shall Agent’s receipt of any condemnation awards, insurance proceeds, or damages under this Agreement operate to cure or waive any Credit Party’s default in payment of sums secured by any of the Financing Documents.

 

(d)           Without limiting the generality of anything contained in this Agreement or the other Financing Documents, each Borrower agrees that if an Event of Default is continuing (i) Agent and Lenders shall not be subject to any “one action” or “election of remedies” law or rule, and (ii) all Liens and other rights, remedies or privileges provided to Agent or Lenders shall remain in full force and effect until Agent or Lenders have exhausted all remedies against the Collateral and any other properties owned by Borrower and the Financing Documents and other security instruments or agreements securing the Obligations have been foreclosed, sold and/or otherwise realized upon in satisfaction of Borrower’s obligations under the Financing Documents.

 

31



 

(e)           Neither Agent nor any Lender shall be under any obligation to marshal any assets in payment of any or all of the Obligations. Nothing contained herein or in any other Financing Document shall be construed as requiring Agent or any Lender to resort to any part of the Collateral for the satisfaction of any of Borrower’s obligations under the Financing Documents in preference or priority to any other Collateral, and Agent may seek satisfaction out of all of the Collateral or any part thereof, in its absolute discretion in respect of Borrower’s obligations under the Financing Documents. To the fullest extent permitted by law, each Borrower, for itself and its successors and assigns, waives in the event of foreclosure of any or all of the Collateral any equitable right otherwise available to any Credit Party which would require the separate sale of any of the Collateral or require Agent or Lenders to exhaust their remedies against any part of the Collateral before proceeding against any other part of the Collateral; and further in the event of such foreclosure each Borrower does hereby expressly consent to and authorize, at the option of Agent, the foreclosure and sale either separately or together of each part of the Collateral.

 

10.8        Injunctive Relief. The parties acknowledge and agree that, in the event of a breach or threatened breach of any Credit Party’s obligations under any Financing Documents, Agent and Lenders may have no adequate remedy in money damages and, accordingly, shall be entitled to an injunction (including, without limitation, a temporary restraining order, preliminary injunction, writ of attachment, or order compelling an audit) against such breach or threatened breach, including, without limitation, maintaining any cash management and collection procedure described herein. However, no specification in this Agreement of a specific legal or equitable remedy shall be construed as a waiver or prohibition against any other legal or equitable remedies in the event of a breach or threatened breach of any provision of this Agreement. Each Credit Party waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the requirement of the posting of any bond in connection with such injunctive relief. By joining in the Financing Documents as a Credit Party, each Credit Party specifically joins in this Section 10.8 as if this Section 10.8 were a part of each Financing Document executed by such Credit Party.

 

11           NOTICES

 

All notices, consents, requests, approvals, demands, or other communication (collectively, “Communication”) by any party to this Agreement or any other Financing Document must be in writing and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given, or delivered: (a) upon the earlier of actual receipt and three (3) Business Days after deposit in the U.S. mail, first class, registered or certified mail return receipt requested, with proper postage prepaid; (b) upon transmission, when sent by electronic mail (if an email address is specified herein) or facsimile transmission; (c) one (1) Business Day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier with all charges prepaid; or (d) when delivered, if hand-delivered by messenger, all of which shall be addressed to the party to be notified and sent to the address, facsimile number, or email address indicated below. Any of Agent, Lender or Borrower may change its mailing or electronic mail address or facsimile number by giving the other party written notice thereof in accordance with the terms of this Article 11.

 

If to Borrower:

SurgiQuest, Inc.

333 Quarry Road

Milford, CT 06460

Attention: Chief Executive Officer, Kourosh Azarbarzin

Fax:(203) 799-2401

E-Mail: kazarbarzin@surgiquest.com

with a copies to:

 

SurgiQuest, Inc.

333 Quarry Road

Milford, CT 06460

Attention: Chief Finanical Officer, Christine Antalik

Fax: (203) 799-2401

E-Mail: cantalik@surgiquest.com

 

with copy to:

Wiggin and Dana LLP

 

32



 

One Century Tower

265 Church Street

New Haven, CT 06508

Attention: Merton G. Gollaher

Fax: 203-782-2889

E-Mail: mgollaher@wiggin.com

 

If to Agent or Lenders:

MidCap Funding V, LLC

7255 Woodmont Avenue, Suite 200

Bethesda, Maryland 20814

Attention: Portfolio Management- Life Sciences

Fax: (301) 941-1450

E-Mail: lviera@midcapfinancial.com

 

with a copy to:

MC Serviceco, LLC

7255 Woodmont Avenue, Suite 200

Bethesda, Maryland 20814

Attention: General Counsel

Fax: (301) 941-1450

E-Mail: legalnotices@midcapfinancial.com

 

12           CHOICE OF LAW, VENUE AND JURY TRIAL WAIVER; CONFESSION OF JUDGMENT

 

12.1        THIS AGREEMENT, EACH SECURED PROMISSORY NOTE AND EACH OTHER FINANCING DOCUMENT, AND THE RIGHTS, REMEDIES AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THERETO, AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY OR DISPUTE ARISING UNDER OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR SUCH FINANCING DOCUMENT, THE RELATIONSHIP OF THE PARTIES, AND/OR THE INTERPRETATION AND ENFORCEMENT OF THE RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF THE PARTIES AND ALL OTHER MATTERS RELATING HERETO, THERETO OR ARISING THEREFROM (WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT LAW, TORT LAW OR OTHERWISE), SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS. NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, AGENT AND LENDERS SHALL HAVE THE RIGHT TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING AGAINST BORROWER OR ITS PROPERTY IN THE COURTS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION WHICH AGENT AND LENDERS (IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 12.1) DEEM NECESSARY OR APPROPRIATE TO REALIZE ON THE COLLATERAL OR TO OTHERWISE ENFORCE AGENT’S AND LENDERS’ RIGHTS AGAINST BORROWER OR ITS PROPERTY. BORROWER EXPRESSLY SUBMITS AND CONSENTS IN ADVANCE TO SUCH JURISDICTION IN ANY ACTION OR SUIT COMMENCED IN ANY SUCH COURT, AND BORROWER HEREBY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY HAVE BASED UPON LACK OF PERSONAL JURISDICTION, IMPROPER VENUE, OR FORUM NON CONVENIENS AND HEREBY CONSENTS TO THE GRANTING OF SUCH LEGAL OR EQUITABLE RELIEF AS IS DEEMED APPROPRIATE BY SUCH COURT. BORROWER HEREBY WAIVES PERSONAL SERVICE OF THE SUMMONS, COMPLAINTS, AND OTHER PROCESS ISSUED IN SUCH ACTION OR SUIT AND AGREES THAT SERVICE OF SUCH SUMMONS, COMPLAINTS, AND OTHER PROCESS MAY BE MADE BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL ADDRESSED TO BORROWER AT THE ADDRESS SET FORTH IN ARTICLE 11 OF THIS AGREEMENT AND THAT SERVICE SO MADE SHALL BE DEEMED COMPLETED UPON THE EARLIER TO OCCUR OF BORROWER’S ACTUAL RECEIPT THEREOF OR THREE (3) DAYS AFTER DEPOSIT IN THE U.S. MAIL, PROPER POSTAGE PREPAID.

 

12.2        TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, BORROWER, AGENT AND LENDERS EACH WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT, THE FINANCING DOCUMENTS OR ANY CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT, TORT, BREACH OF DUTY AND ALL OTHER

 

33



 

CLAIMS. THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR BOTH PARTIES TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS COUNSEL.

 

12.3        Borrower, Agent and each Lender agree that each Credit Extension (including those made on the Closing Date) shall be deemed to be made in, and the transactions contemplated hereunder and in any other Financing Document shall be deemed to have been performed in, the State of Maryland.

 

12.4        CONFESSION OF JUDGMENT. UPON THE OCCURRENCE OF AN EVENT OF DEFAULT, EACH BORROWER AUTHORIZES ANY ATTORNEY ADMITTED TO PRACTICE BEFORE ANY COURT OF RECORD IN THE UNITED STATES OR THE CLERK OF SUCH COURT TO APPEAR ON BEHALF OF SUCH BORROWER IN ANY COURT IN ONE OR MORE PROCEEDINGS, OR BEFORE ANY CLERK THEREOF OR PROTHONOTARY OR OTHER COURT OFFICIAL, AND TO CONFESS JUDGMENT AGAINST BORROWER IN FAVOR OF AGENT (FOR THE BENEFIT OF ALL LENDERS) IN THE FULL AMOUNT DUE ON THIS AGREEMENT (INCLUDING PRINCIPAL, ACCRUED INTEREST AND ANY AND ALL CHARGES, FEES AND COSTS) PLUS REASONABLE ATTORNEYS’ FEES EQUAL TO NO MORE THAN FIFTEEN PERCENT (15%) OF THE AMOUNT DUE (EXCEPT THAT AGENT SHALL NOT SEEK TO COLLECT AN AMOUNT IN EXCESS OF ITS ACTUAL ATTORNEYS’ FEES), PLUS COURT COSTS, ALL WITHOUT PRIOR NOTICE OR OPPORTUNITY OF SUCH BORROWER FOR PRIOR HEARING. EACH BORROWER AGREES AND CONSENTS THAT VENUE AND JURISDICTION SHALL BE PROPER IN THE CIRCUIT COURT OF ANY COUNTY OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND. THE AUTHORITY AND POWER TO APPEAR FOR AND ENTER JUDGMENT AGAINST A BORROWER SHALL NOT BE EXHAUSTED BY ONE OR MORE EXERCISES THEREOF, OR BY ANY IMPERFECT EXERCISE THEREOF, AND SHALL NOT BE EXTINGUISHED BY ANY JUDGMENT ENTERED PURSUANT THERETO; SUCH AUTHORITY AND POWER MAY BE EXERCISED ON ONE OR MORE OCCASIONS FROM TIME TO TIME, IN THE SAME OR DIFFERENT JURISDICTIONS, AS OFTEN AS AGENT SHALL DEEM NECESSARY, CONVENIENT, OR PROPER.

 

13           GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

13.1        Successors and Assigns.

 

(a)           This Agreement binds and is for the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of each party. Borrower may not assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations under it without Agent’s prior written consent (which may be granted or withheld in Agent’s discretion). Any Lender may at any time assign to one or more Eligible Assignees all or any portion of such Lender’s Applicable Commitment and/or Credit Extensions, together with all related obligations of such Lender hereunder. Borrower and Agent shall be entitled to continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with the interests so assigned until Agent shall have received and accepted an effective assignment agreement in form and substance acceptable to Agent, executed, delivered and fully completed by the applicable parties thereto, and shall have received such other information regarding such Eligible Assignee as Agent reasonably shall require. Notwithstanding anything set forth in this Agreement to the contrary, any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided, however, that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto. If requested by Agent, Borrower agrees to (i) execute any documents reasonably required to effectuate and acknowledge each assignment of an Applicable Commitment or Credit Extension to an assignee hereunder, (ii) make Borrower’s management available to meet with Agent and prospective participants and assignees of Applicable Commitments or Credit Extensions and (iii) assist Agent in the preparation of information relating to the financial affairs of Borrower as any prospective participant or assignee of an Applicable Commitment or Credit Extension reasonably may request.

 

(b)           From and after the date on which the conditions described above have been met, (i) such Eligible Assignee shall be deemed automatically to have become a party hereto and, to the extent of the interests assigned to such Eligible Assignee pursuant to such assignment agreement, shall have the rights and obligations of a Lender hereunder, and (ii) the assigning Lender, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned by it pursuant to such assignment agreement, shall be released from its rights and obligations hereunder

 

34



 

(other than those that survive termination). Upon the request of the Eligible Assignee (and, as applicable, the assigning Lender) pursuant to an effective assignment agreement, each Borrower shall execute and deliver to Agent for delivery to the Eligible Assignee (and, as applicable, the assigning Lender) secured notes in the aggregate principal amount of the Eligible Assignee’s Credit Extensions or Applicable Commitments (and, as applicable, secured promissory notes in the principal amount of that portion of the principal amount of the Credit Extensions or Applicable Commitments retained by the assigning Lender).

 

(c)           Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of Borrower, shall maintain at its offices located in Bethesda, Maryland a copy of each assignment agreement delivered to it and a Register for the recordation of the names and addresses of each Lender, and the commitments of, and principal amount (and stated interest) of the Credit Extensions owing to, such Lender pursuant to the terms hereof (the “Register”). The entries in such Register shall be conclusive, and Borrower, Agent and Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded therein pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. Such Register shall be available for inspection by Borrower and any Lender, at any reasonable time upon reasonable prior notice to Agent. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each participant’s interest in the Obligations (each, a “Participant Register”). The entries in the Participant Registers shall be conclusive. Each Participant Register shall be available for inspection by Borrower and the Agent at any reasonable time upon reasonable prior notice to the applicable Lender; provided, that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any commitments, loans, letters of credit or its other obligations under any Loan Document) to any Person (including Borrower) except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such commitment, loan, letter of credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations.

 

(d)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Credit Extensions (including any Secured Promissory Notes evidencing such Credit Extensions) are registered obligations, the right, title and interest of the Lenders and their assignees in and to such Credit Extensions shall be transferable only upon notation of such transfer in the Register and no assignment thereof shall be effective until recorded therein. This Agreement shall be construed so that the Credit Extensions are at all times maintained in “registered form” within the meaning of Sections 163(f), 871(h)(2) and 881(c)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended and Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations.

 

13.2        Indemnification.

 

(a)           Borrower hereby agrees to promptly pay (i) all costs and expenses of Agent (including, without limitation, the costs and expenses and reasonable fees of counsel to, and independent appraisers and consultants retained by Agent) in connection with the examination, review, due diligence investigation, documentation, negotiation, closing and syndication of the transactions contemplated by the Financing Documents, in connection with the performance by Agent of its rights and remedies under the Financing Documents and in connection with the continued administration of the Financing Documents including (A) any amendments, modifications, consents and waivers to and/or under any and all Financing Documents, and (B) any periodic public record searches conducted by or at the request of Agent (including, without limitation, title investigations, UCC searches, fixture filing searches, judgment, pending litigation and tax lien searches and searches of applicable corporate, limited liability, partnership and related records concerning the continued existence, organization and good standing of certain Persons), subject in each of the foregoing cases to any frequency limitations specified in this Agreement with respect to any such payment or reimbursement obligations (ii) without limitation of the preceding clause (i), all costs and expenses of Agent in connection with the creation, perfection and maintenance of Liens pursuant to the Financing Documents; (iii) without limitation of the preceding clause (i), all costs and expenses of Agent in connection with (A) protecting, storing, insuring, handling, maintaining or selling any Collateral, (B) any litigation, dispute, suit or proceeding relating to any Financing Document, and (C) any workout, collection, bankruptcy, insolvency and other enforcement proceedings under any and all of the Financing Documents; (iv) without limitation of the preceding clause (i), all costs and expenses of Agent in connection with Agent’s reservation of funds in anticipation of the funding of the Credit Extensions to be made hereunder; and (v) all

 

35



 

costs and expenses incurred by Agent or Lenders in connection with any litigation, dispute, suit or proceeding relating to any Financing Document and in connection with any workout, collection, bankruptcy, insolvency and other enforcement proceedings under any and all Financing Documents, whether or not Agent or Lenders are a party thereto. If Agent or any Lender uses in-house counsel for any of these purposes, Borrower further agrees that the Obligations include reasonable charges for such work commensurate with the fees that would otherwise be charged by outside legal counsel selected by Agent or such Lender for the work performed.

 

(b)           Borrower hereby agrees to indemnify, pay and hold harmless Agent and Lenders and the officers, directors, employees, trustees, agents, investment advisors, collateral managers, servicers, and counsel of Agent and Lenders (collectively called the “Indemnitees”) from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, claims, costs, expenses and disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever (including the fees and disbursements of counsel for such Indemnitee) in connection with any investigative, response, remedial, administrative or judicial matter or proceeding, whether or not such Indemnitee shall be designated a party thereto and including any such proceeding initiated by or on behalf of a Credit Party, and the reasonable expenses of investigation by engineers, environmental consultants and similar technical personnel and any commission, fee or compensation claimed by any broker (other than any broker retained by Agent or Lenders) asserting any right to payment for the transactions contemplated hereby, which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against such Indemnitee as a result of or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the use or intended use of the proceeds of the Credit Facilities, except that Borrower shall have no obligation hereunder to an Indemnitee with respect to any liability resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee, as determined by a final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. To the extent that the undertaking set forth in the immediately preceding sentence may be unenforceable, Borrower shall contribute the maximum portion which it is permitted to pay and satisfy under applicable Law to the payment and satisfaction of all such indemnified liabilities incurred by the Indemnitees or any of them. No Indemnitee shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed by it through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Financing Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

 

(c)           Notwithstanding any contrary provision in this Agreement, the obligations of Borrower under this Section 13.2 shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement. NO INDEMNITEE SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE OR LIABLE TO ANY CREDIT PARTY OR TO ANY OTHER PARTY TO ANY FINANCING DOCUMENT, ANY SUCCESSOR, ASSIGNEE OR THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARY OR ANY OTHER PERSON ASSERTING CLAIMS DERIVATIVELY THROUGH SUCH PARTY, FOR INDIRECT, PUNITIVE, EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHICH MAY BE ALLEGED AS A RESULT OF CREDIT HAVING BEEN EXTENDED, SUSPENDED OR TERMINATED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER FINANCING DOCUMENT OR AS A RESULT OF ANY OTHER TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER.

 

13.3        Time of Essence. Time is of the essence for the payment and performance of the Obligations in this Agreement.

 

13.4        Severability of Provisions. Each provision of this Agreement is severable from every other provision in determining the enforceability of any provision.

 

13.5        Correction of Financing Documents. Agent and the Lenders may correct patent errors and fill in any blanks in this Agreement and the other Financing Documents consistent with the agreement of the parties.

 

13.6        Integration. This Agreement and the Financing Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of this Agreement and the Financing Documents merge into this Agreement and the Financing Documents.

 

36



 

13.7        Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, is an original, and all taken together, constitute one Agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile transmission or electronic transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

 

13.8        Survival. All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement continue in full force until this Agreement has terminated pursuant to its terms and all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations and any other obligations which, by their terms, are to survive the termination of this Agreement) have been satisfied. The obligation of Borrower in Section 13.2 to indemnify each Lender and Agent shall survive until the statute of limitations with respect to such claim or cause of action shall have run. All powers of attorney and appointments of Agent or any Lender as Borrower’s attorney in fact hereunder, and all of Agent’s and Lenders’ rights and powers in respect thereof, are coupled with an interest, are irrevocable until all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations and any other obligations which, by their terms, are to survive the termination of this Agreement) have been fully repaid and performed and Agent’s and the Lenders’ obligation to provide Credit Extensions terminates.

 

13.9        Confidentiality. In handling any confidential information of Borrower, each of the Lenders and Agent shall use all reasonable efforts to maintain, in accordance with its customary practices, the confidentiality of information obtained by it pursuant to any Financing Document, but disclosure of information may be made: (a) to the Lenders’ and Agent’s Subsidiaries or Affiliates; (b) to prospective transferees or purchasers of any interest in the Credit Extensions, each of which shall be bound to Lender or Agent by obligations of confidentiality; (c) as required by Law, regulation, subpoena, order or other legal, administrative, governmental or regulatory request; provided, however, that the applicable Lender or Agent shall use reasonable efforts (at Borrower’s cost and expense) to ensure that such information is afforded confidential treatment and, to the extent that it may lawfully do so, shall first provide notice to the Borrower with a reasonable opportunity to interpose an objection or obtain a protective order; (d) to regulators or as otherwise required in connection with an examination or audit, or to any nationally recognized rating agency bound to Lender or Agent by obligations of confidentiality; (e) as Agent or any Lender reasonably considers appropriate in exercising remedies under the Financing Documents; (f) to financing sources bound to Lender or Agent by obligations of confidentiality that are advised of the confidential nature of such information and are instructed to keep such information confidential; (g) to third party service providers of the Lenders and/or Agent so long as such service providers are bound to such Lender or Agent by obligations of confidentiality; (h) to the extent necessary or customary for inclusion in league table measurements; and (i) in connection with any litigation or other proceeding to which such Lender or Agent or any of their Affiliates is a party or bound, or to the extent necessary to respond to public statements or disclosures by Credit Parties or their Affiliates referring to a Lender or Agent or any of their Affiliates; provided, however, that the applicable Lender or Agent shall use reasonable efforts (at Borrower’s cost and expense) to ensure that such information is afforded confidential treatment. Confidential information does not include information that either: (i) is in the public domain or in the Lenders’ and/or Agent’s possession when disclosed to the Lenders and/or Agent, or becomes part of the public domain after disclosure to the Lenders and/or Agent; or (ii) is disclosed to the Lenders and/or Agent by a third party, if the Lenders and/or Agent does not know that the third party is prohibited from disclosing the information. Agent and/or Lenders may, in accordance with the confidentiality obligations set forth herein, use confidential information for any purpose, including, without limitation, for the development of client databases, reporting purposes, and market analysis, so long as Agent and/or Lenders, as applicable, do not disclose Borrower’s identity or the identity of any Person associated with Borrower unless otherwise permitted by this Agreement. The provisions of the immediately preceding sentence shall survive the termination of this Agreement. The agreements provided under this Section 13.9 supersede all prior agreements, understanding, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of this Section 13.9.

 

13.10      Right of Set-off. Borrower hereby grants to Agent and to each Lender, a lien, security interest and right of set-off as security for all Obligations to Agent and each Lender hereunder, whether now existing or hereafter arising upon and against all deposits, credits, collateral and property, now or hereafter in the possession, custody, safekeeping or control of Agent or the Lenders or any entity under the control of Agent or the Lenders (including an Agent or Lender Affiliate) or in transit to any of them. At any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, without demand or notice, Agent or the Lenders may set-off the same or any part thereof and apply the same to any liability or obligation of Borrower even though unmatured and regardless of the adequacy of any other collateral securing the Obligations. ANY AND ALL RIGHTS TO REQUIRE AGENT TO EXERCISE ITS RIGHTS OR REMEDIES WITH RESPECT TO ANY OTHER COLLATERAL WHICH SECURES THE OBLIGATIONS, PRIOR TO EXERCISING ITS RIGHT OF SET-OFF

 

37



 

WITH RESPECT TO SUCH DEPOSITS, CREDITS OR OTHER PROPERTY OF BORROWER, ARE HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVED.

 

13.11      Publicity. Borrower will not directly or indirectly publish, disclose or otherwise use in any public disclosure, advertising material, promotional material, press release or interview, any reference to the name, logo or any trademark of Agent or any Lender or any of their Affiliates (with respect to references to name, logo or trademarks, only to the extent such usage relates to a Lender’s role hereunder) or any reference to this Agreement or the financing evidenced hereby, in any case except as required by applicable Law, subpoena or judicial or similar order, in which case Borrower shall endeavor to give Agent prior written notice of such publication or other disclosure. Each Lender and Borrower hereby authorizes each Lender to publish the name of such Lender and Borrower, the existence of the financing arrangements referenced under this Agreement, the primary purpose and/or structure of those arrangements, the amount of credit extended under each facility, the title and role of each party to this Agreement, and the total amount of the financing evidenced hereby in any “tombstone”, comparable advertisement or press release which such Lender elects to submit for publication. In addition, each Lender and Borrower agrees that each Lender may provide lending industry trade organizations with information necessary and customary for inclusion in league table measurements after the Closing Date. With respect to any of the foregoing, such authorization shall be subject to such Lender providing Borrower and the other Lenders with an opportunity to review and confer with such Lender regarding, and approve, the contents of any such tombstone, advertisement or information, as applicable, prior to its initial submission for publication, but subsequent publications of the same tombstone, advertisement or information shall not require Borrower’s approval.

 

13.12      No Strict Construction. The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any provisions of this Agreement.

 

13.13      Approvals. Unless expressly provided herein to the contrary, any approval, consent, waiver or satisfaction of Agent or Lenders with respect to any matter that is the subject of this Agreement or the other Financing Documents may be granted or withheld by Agent and Lenders in their sole and absolute discretion and credit judgment.

 

13.14      Amendments; Required Lenders; Inter-Lender Matters.

 

(a)           No amendment, modification, termination or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Financing Document, no approval or consent thereunder, or any consent to any departure by Borrower therefrom (in each case, other than amendments, waivers, approvals or consents deemed ministerial by Agent), shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by Borrower, Agent and Required Lenders. Except as set forth in clause (b) below, all such amendments, modifications, terminations or waivers requiring the consent of the “Lenders” shall require the written consent of Required Lenders.

 

(b)           No amendment, modification, termination or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Financing Document shall, unless in writing and signed by Agent and by each Lender directly affected thereby: (i) increase or decrease the Applicable Commitment of any Lender (which shall be deemed to affect all Lenders), (ii) reduce the principal of or rate of interest on any Obligation or the amount of any fees payable hereunder, (iii) postpone the date fixed for or waive any payment of principal of or interest on any Credit Extension, or any fees or reimbursement obligation hereunder, (iv) release all or substantially all of the Collateral, or consent to a transfer of any of the Intellectual Property, in each case, except as otherwise expressly permitted in the Financing Documents (which shall be deemed to affect all Lenders), (v) subordinate the lien granted in favor of Agent securing the Obligations (which shall be deemed to affect all Lenders, except as otherwise provided below), (vi) release a Credit Party from, or consent to a Credit Party’s assignment or delegation of, such Credit Party’s obligations hereunder and under the other Financing Documents or any Guarantor from its guaranty of the Obligations (which shall be deemed to affect all Lenders) or (vii) amend, modify, terminate or waive this Section 13.14(b) or the definition of “Required Lenders” or “Pro Rata Share” or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to amend, waive or otherwise modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder, without the consent of each Lender. For purposes of the foregoing, no Lender shall be deemed affected by (i) waiver of the imposition of the Default Rate or imposition of the Default Rate to only a portion of the Obligations, (ii) waiver of the accrual of late charges, (iii) waiver of any fee solely payable to Agent under the Financing

 

38



 

Documents, (iv) subordination of a lien granted in favor of Agent provided such subordination is limited to equipment being financed by a third party providing Permitted Indebtedness. Notwithstanding any provision in this Section 13.14 to the contrary, no amendment, modification, termination or waiver affecting or modifying the rights or obligations of Agent hereunder shall be effective unless signed by Agent and Required Lenders

 

(c)           Agent shall not grant its written consent to any deviation or departure by Borrower or any Credit Party from the provisions of Article 7 without the prior written consent of the Required Lenders. Required Lenders shall have the right to direct Agent to take any action described in Section 10.2(b). Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, Agent shall have the right to exercise any and all remedies referenced in Section 10.2 without the written consent of Required Lenders following the occurrence of an “Exigent Circumstance” (as defined below). Any reference in this Agreement to an allocation between or sharing by the Lenders of any right, interest or obligation “ratably,” “proportionally” or in similar terms shall refer to Pro Rata Share unless expressly provided otherwise. As used in this Section 13.14(c), “Exigent Circumstance” means any event or circumstance that, in the reasonable judgment of Agent, imminently threatens the ability of Agent to realize upon all or any material portion of the Collateral, such as, without limitation, fraudulent removal, concealment, or abscondment thereof, destruction or material waste thereof, or failure of Borrower after reasonable demand to maintain or reinstate adequate casualty insurance coverage, or which, in the judgment of Agent, could result in a material diminution in value of the Collateral.

 

13.15      Borrower Liability. If there is more than one entity comprising Borrower, then (a) any Borrower may, acting singly, request Credit Extensions hereunder, (b) each Borrower hereby appoints the other as agent for the other for all purposes hereunder, including with respect to requesting Credit Extensions hereunder, (c) each Borrower shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay and perform all obligations under the Financing Documents, including, but not limited to, the obligation to repay all Credit Extensions made hereunder and all other Obligations, regardless of which Borrower actually receives said Credit Extensions, as if each Borrower directly received all Credit Extensions, and (d) each Borrower waives (i) any suretyship defenses available to it under the Code or any other applicable law, and (ii) any right to require the Lenders or Agent to: (A) proceed against any Borrower or any other person; (B) proceed against or exhaust any security; or (C) pursue any other remedy. The Lenders or Agent may exercise or not exercise any right or remedy they have against any Credit Party or any security (including the right to foreclose by judicial or non-judicial sale) without affecting any other Credit Party’s liability or any Lien against any other Credit Party’s assets. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or other related document, until payment in full of the Obligations and termination of the Applicable Commitments, each Borrower irrevocably waives all rights that it may have at law or in equity (including, without limitation, any law subrogating Borrower to the rights of the Lenders and Agent under this Agreement) to seek contribution, indemnification or any other form of reimbursement from any other Credit Party, or any other Person now or hereafter primarily or secondarily liable for any of the Obligations, for any payment made by any Credit Party with respect to the Obligations in connection with this Agreement or otherwise and all rights that it might have to benefit from, or to participate in, any security for the Obligations as a result of any payment made by a Credit Party with respect to the Obligations in connection with this Agreement or otherwise. Any agreement providing for indemnification, reimbursement or any other arrangement prohibited under this Section 13.15 shall be null and void. If any payment is made to a Credit Party in contravention of this Section 13.15, such Credit Party shall hold such payment in trust for the Lenders and Agent and such payment shall be promptly delivered to Agent for application to the Obligations, whether matured or unmatured.

 

13.16      Reinstatement. This Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition or other proceeding be filed by or against any Credit Party for liquidation or reorganization, should any Credit Party become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of any creditor or creditors or should an interim receiver, receiver, receiver and manager or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of any Credit Party’s assets, and shall continue to be effective or to be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Obligations, or any part thereof, is, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee of the Obligations, whether as a fraudulent preference reviewable transaction or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment, or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Obligations shall be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

 

13.17.     USA PATRIOT Act Notification. Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) and each Lender hereby notifies each Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act, it is required to obtain, verify

 

39



 

and record certain information and documentation that identifies Borrower, which information includes the name and address of Borrower and such other information that will allow Agent or such Lender, as applicable, to identify Borrower in accordance with the USA PATRIOT Act.

 

14           AGENT

 

14.1        Appointment and Authorization of Agent. Each Lender hereby irrevocably appoints, designates and authorizes Agent to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and each other Financing Document and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to it by the terms of this Agreement or any other Financing Document, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The provisions of this Article 14 are solely for the benefit of Agent and Lenders and none of Credit Parties nor any other Person shall have any rights as a third party beneficiary of any of the provisions hereof. The duties of Agent shall be mechanical and administrative in nature. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained elsewhere herein or in any other Financing Document, Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, nor shall Agent have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Lender or participant, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Financing Document or otherwise exist against Agent. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing sentence, the use of the term “agent” herein and in the other Financing Documents with reference to Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable Law. Instead, such term is used merely as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between independent contracting parties. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Agent shall have the sole and exclusive right and authority (to the exclusion of the Lenders), and is hereby authorized, to (a) act as collateral agent for Agent and each Lender for purposes of the perfection of all liens created by the Financing Documents and all other purposes stated therein, (b) manage, supervise and otherwise deal with the Collateral, (c) take such other action as is necessary or desirable to maintain the perfection and priority of the liens created or purported to be created by the Financing Documents, (d) except as may be otherwise specified in any Financing Document, exercise all remedies given to Agent and the other Lenders with respect to the Collateral, whether under the Financing Documents, applicable law or otherwise and (e) execute any amendment, consent or waiver under the Financing Documents on behalf of any Lender that has consented in writing to such amendment, consent or waiver; provided, however, that Agent hereby appoints, authorizes and directs each Lender to act as collateral sub-agent for Agent and the Lenders for purposes of the perfection of all liens with respect to the Collateral, including any deposit account maintained by a Credit Party with, and cash and cash equivalents held by, such Lender, and may further authorize and direct the Lenders to take further actions as collateral sub-agents for purposes of enforcing such liens or otherwise to transfer the Collateral subject thereto to Agent, and each Lender hereby agrees to take such further actions to the extent, and only to the extent, so authorized and directed.

 

14.2        Successor Agent.

 

(a)           Agent may at any time assign its rights, powers, privileges and duties hereunder to (i) another Lender, or (ii) any Person to whom Agent, in its capacity as a Lender, has assigned (or will assign, in conjunction with such assignment of agency rights hereunder) fifty percent (50%) or more of the Credit Extensions or Applicable Commitments then held by Agent (in its capacity as a Lender), in each case without the consent of the Lenders or Borrower. Following any such assignment, Agent shall give notice to the Lenders and Borrower. An assignment by Agent pursuant to this subsection (a) shall not be deemed a resignation by Agent for purposes of subsection (b) below.

 

(b)           Without limiting the rights of Agent to designate an assignee pursuant to subsection (a) above, Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to the Lenders and Borrower. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, Required Lenders shall have the right to appoint a successor Agent. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within ten (10) Business Days after the retiring Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Agent; provided, however, that if Agent shall notify Borrower and the Lenders that no Person has accepted such appointment, then such resignation shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice from Agent that no Person has accepted such appointment and, from and following delivery of such notice, (i) the retiring Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Financing Documents, and (ii) all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through Agent

 

40


 

shall instead be made by or to each Lender directly, until such time as Required Lenders appoint a successor Agent as provided for above in this subsection (b).

 

(c)                                  Upon (i) an assignment permitted by subsection (a) above, or (ii) the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Agent pursuant to subsection (b) above, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or retired) Agent, and the retiring Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Financing Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this subsection (c)). The fees payable by Borrower to a successor Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between Borrower and such successor. After the retiring Agent’s resignation hereunder and under the other Financing Documents, the provisions of this Article 14 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Agent and its sub-agents in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring Agent was acting or was continuing to act as Agent.

 

14.3                        Delegation of Duties. Agent may execute any of its duties under this Agreement or any other Financing Document by or through its, or its Affiliates’, agents, employees or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to obtain and rely upon the advice of counsel and other consultants or experts concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agent or attorney-in-fact that it selects in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct. Any such Person to whom Agent delegates a duty shall benefit from this Article 14 to the extent provided by Agent.

 

14.4                        Liability of Agent. Except as otherwise provided herein, no “Agent-Related Person” (as defined below) shall (a) be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by any of them under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Financing Document or the transactions contemplated hereby (except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct in connection with its duties expressly set forth herein), or (b) be responsible in any manner to any Lender or participant for any recital, statement, representation or warranty made by any Credit Party or any officer thereof, contained herein or in any other Financing Document, or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by Agent under or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Financing Document, or the validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Financing Document, or for any failure of any Credit Party or any other party to any Financing Document to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder. No Agent-Related Person shall be under any obligation to any Lender or participant to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other Financing Document, or to inspect the Collateral, other properties or books or records of any Credit Party or any Affiliate thereof. The term “Agent-Related Person” means the Agent, together with its Affiliates, and the officers, directors, employees, agents, advisors, auditors and attorneys-in-fact of such Persons; provided, however, that no Agent-Related Person shall be an Affiliate of Borrower.

 

14.5                        Reliance by Agent. Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any writing, communication, signature, resolution, representation, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telegram, facsimile, telex or telephone message, electronic mail message, statement or other document or conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons, and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including counsel to Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by Agent. Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under any Financing Document (a) if such action would, in the opinion of Agent, be contrary to law or any Financing Document, (b) if such action would, in the opinion of Agent, expose Agent to any potential liability under any law, statute or regulation or (c) if Agent shall not first have received such advice or concurrence of all Lenders as it deems appropriate and, if it so requests, it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement or any other Financing Document in accordance with a request or consent of all Lenders (or Required Lenders where authorized herein) and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all the Lenders.

 

14.6                        Notice of Default. Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default and/or Event of Default, unless Agent shall have received written notice from a Lender or Borrower, describing such default or Event of Default. Agent will notify the Lenders of its receipt of any such notice. While an Event of Default has occurred

 

41



 

and is continuing, Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Event of Default as Agent shall deem advisable or in the best interest of the Lenders, including without limitation, satisfaction of other security interests, liens or encumbrances on the Collateral not permitted under the Financing Documents, payment of taxes on behalf of Borrower or any other Credit Party, payments to landlords, warehouseman, bailees and other Persons in possession of the Collateral and other actions to protect and safeguard the Collateral, and actions with respect to insurance claims for casualty events affecting a Credit Party and/or the Collateral.

 

14.7                        Credit Decision; Disclosure of Information by Agent. Each Lender acknowledges that no Agent-Related Person has made any representation or warranty to it, and that no act by Agent hereafter taken, including any consent to and acceptance of any assignment or review of the affairs of Borrower or any Affiliate thereof, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by any Agent-Related Person to any Lender as to any matter, including whether Agent-Related Persons have disclosed material information in their possession. Each Lender represents to Agent that it has, independently and without reliance upon any Agent-Related Person and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of, and investigation into, the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Credit Parties, and all applicable bank or other regulatory Laws relating to the transactions contemplated hereby, and made its own decision to enter into this Agreement and to extend credit to Borrower hereunder. Each Lender also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon any Agent-Related Person and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Financing Documents, and to make such investigations as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of Borrower. Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders by Agent herein, Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the business, prospects, operations, properly, financial and other condition or creditworthiness of any Credit Party which may come into the possession of any Agent-Related Person.

 

14.8                        Indemnification of Agent. Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, each Lender shall, severally and pro rata based on its respective Pro Rata Share, indemnify upon demand each Agent-Related Person (to the extent not reimbursed by or on behalf of Borrower and without limiting the obligation of Borrower to do so), and hold harmless each Agent-Related Person from and against any and all Indemnified Liabilities (which shall not include legal expenses of Agent incurred in connection with the closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement) incurred by it; provided, however, that no Lender shall be liable for the payment to any Agent-Related Person of any portion of such Indemnified Liabilities to the extent determined in a judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from such Agent-Related Person’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct; provided, however, that no action taken in accordance with the directions of the Required Lenders shall be deemed to constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct for purposes of this Section 14.8. Without limitation of the foregoing, each Lender shall, severally and pro rata based on its respective Pro Rata Share, reimburse Agent upon demand for its ratable share of any costs or out-of-pocket expenses (including Protective Advances incurred after the closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement) incurred by Agent (in its capacity as Agent, and not as a Lender) in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration, modification, amendment or enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of rights or responsibilities under, this Agreement, any other Financing Document, or any document contemplated by or referred to herein, to the extent that Agent is not reimbursed for such expenses by or on behalf of Borrower. The undertaking in this Section 14.8 shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations, the termination of this Agreement and the resignation of Agent.

 

14.9                        Agent in its Individual Capacity. With respect to its Credit Extensions, MidCap shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement as any other Lender and may exercise such rights and powers as though it were not Agent, and the terms “Lender” and “Lenders” include MidCap in its individual capacity. MidCap and its Affiliates may lend money to, invest in, and generally engage in any kind of business with, any Credit Party and any of their Affiliates and any person who may do business with or own securities of any Credit Party or any of their Affiliates, all as if MidCap were not Agent and without any duty to account therefor to Lenders. MidCap and its Affiliates may accept fees and other consideration from a Credit Party for services in connection with this Agreement or otherwise without having to account for the same to Lenders. Each Lender acknowledges the potential conflict of interest between MidCap as a Lender holding disproportionate interests in the Credit Extensions and MidCap as Agent, and expressly consents to, and waives, any claim based upon, such conflict of interest.

 

42



 

14.10                 Agent May File Proofs of Claim. In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to any Credit Party, Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Credit Extension, shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether Agent shall have made any demand on such Credit Party) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

 

(a)                                 to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Credit Extensions and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders and Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders and Agent and then-respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders and Agent allowed in such judicial proceeding); and

 

(b)                                 to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

 

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender to make such payments to Agent and, in the event that Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders, to pay to Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of Agent and its agents and counsel, including Protective Advances. To the extent that Agent fails timely to do so, each Lender may file a claim relating to such Lender’s claim.

 

14.11                 Collateral and Guaranty Matters. The Lenders irrevocably authorize Agent, at its option and in its discretion, to release (a) any Credit Party and any Lien on any Collateral granted to or held by Agent under any Financing Document upon the date that all Obligations due hereunder have been fully and indefeasibly paid in full and no Applicable Commitments or other obligations of any Lender to provide funds to Borrower under this Agreement remain outstanding, and (b) any Lien on any Collateral that is transferred or to be transferred as part of or in connection with any transfer permitted hereunder or under any other Financing Document. Upon request by Agent at any time, all Lenders will confirm in writing Agent’s authority to release its interest in particular types or items of Collateral pursuant to this Section 14.11.

 

14.12                 Advances; Payments; Non-Funding Lenders.

 

(a)                                 Advances: Payments. If Agent receives any payment for the account of Lenders on or prior to 11:00 a.m. (New York time) on any Business Day, Agent shall pay to each applicable Lender such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of such payment on such Business Day. If Agent receives any payment for the account of Lenders after 11:00 a.m. (New York time) on any Business Day, Agent shall pay to each applicable Lender such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of such payment on the next Business Day. To the extent that any Lender has failed to fund any Credit Extension (a “Non-Funding Lender”), Agent shall be entitled to set-off the funding short-fall against that Non-Funding Lender’s Pro Rata Share of all payments received from Borrower.

 

(b)                                 Return of Payments.

 

(i)                                     If Agent pays an amount to a Lender under this Agreement in the belief or expectation that a related payment has been or will be received by Agent from a Credit Party and such related payment is not received by Agent, then Agent will be entitled to recover such amount (including interest accruing on such amount at the Federal Funds Rate for the first Business Day and thereafter, at the rate otherwise applicable to such Obligation) from such Lender on demand without set-off, counterclaim or deduction of any kind.

 

(ii)                                  If Agent determines at any time that any amount received by Agent under this Agreement must be returned to a Credit Party or paid to any other person pursuant to any insolvency law or otherwise, then, notwithstanding any other term or condition of this Agreement or any other Financing Document, Agent will not be required to distribute any portion thereof to any Lender. In addition, each Lender will repay to Agent on demand any portion of such amount that Agent has distributed to such Lender, together with interest at such rate, if any, as Agent is required to pay to a Credit Party or such other person, without set-off, counterclaim or deduction of any kind.

 

43



 

14.13                 Miscellaneous,

 

(a)                                 Neither Agent nor any Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any Non-Funding Lender to make a Credit Extension or make any other advance required hereunder. The failure of any Non-Funding Lender to make any Credit Extension or any payment required by it hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender (each such other Lender, an “Other Lender”) of its obligations to make the Credit Extension or payment required by it, but neither any Other Lender nor Agent shall be responsible for the failure of any Non-Funding Lender to make a Credit Extension or make any other payment required hereunder. Notwithstanding anything set forth herein to the contrary, a Non-Funding Lender shall not have any voting or consent rights under or with respect to any Financing Document or constitute a “Lender” (or be included in the calculation of “Required Lender” hereunder) for any voting or consent rights under or with respect to any Financing Document. At Borrower’s request, Agent or a person reasonably acceptable to Agent shall have the right with Agent’s consent and in Agent’s sole discretion (but shall have no obligation) to purchase from any Non-Funding Lender, and each Non-Funding Lender agrees that it shall, at Agent’s request, sell and assign to Agent or such person, all of the Applicable Commitments and all of the outstanding Credit Extensions of that Non-Funding Lender for an amount equal to the principal balance of the Credit Extensions held by such Non-Funding Lender and all accrued interest and fees with respect thereto through the date of sale, such purchase and sale to be consummated pursuant to an executed assignment agreement reasonably acceptable to Agent.

 

(b)                                 Each Lender shall promptly remit to the other Lenders such sums as may be necessary to ensure the ratable repayment of each Lender’s portion of any Credit Extension and the ratable distribution of interest, fees and reimbursements paid or made by any Credit Party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if this Agreement requires payments of principal and interest to be made directly to the Lenders, a Lender receiving a scheduled payment shall not be responsible for determining whether the other Lenders also received their scheduled payment on such date; provided, however, if it is determined that a Lender received more than its ratable share of scheduled payments made on any date or dates, then such Lender shall remit to the Agent (for Agent to redistribute to itself and the Lenders in a manner to ensure the payment to Agent of any sums due Agent hereunder and the ratable repayment of each Lender’s portion of any Credit Extension and the ratable distribution of interest, fees and reimbursements) such sums as may be necessary to ensure the ratable payment of such scheduled payments, as instructed by Agent. If any payment or distribution of any kind or character, whether in cash, properties or securities and whether voluntary, involuntary, through the exercise of any right of set-off, or otherwise, shall be received by a Lender in excess of its ratable share, then (i) the portion of such payment or distribution in excess of such Lender’s ratable share shall be received by such Lender in trust for application to the payments of amounts due on the other Lender’s claims, or, in the case of Collateral, shall hold such Collateral for itself and as agent and bailee for the Agent and other Lenders and (ii) such Lender shall promptly advise the Agent of the receipt of such payment, and, within five (5) Business Days of such receipt and, in the case of payments and distributions, such Lender shall purchase (for cash at face value) from the other Lenders (through the Agent), without recourse, such participations in the Credit Extension made by the other Lenders as shall be necessary to cause such purchasing Lender to share the excess payment ratably with each of them in accordance with the respective Pro Rata Shares of the Lenders; provided, however, that if all or any portion of such excess payment is thereafter recovered by or on behalf of a Credit Party from such purchasing Lender, the purchase shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, but without interest; provided, further, that the provisions of this Section 14.13(b) shall not be construed to apply to (x) any payment made by a Credit Party pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or the other Financing Documents, or (y) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Applicable Commitment pursuant to Section 13.1. Borrower agrees that any Lender so purchasing a participation from another Lender pursuant to this Section 14.13(b) may exercise all its rights of payment (including the right of set-off) with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were the direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation. No documentation other than notices and the like shall be required to implement the terms of this Section 14.13(b). The Agent shall keep records (which shall be conclusive and binding in the absence of manifest error) of participations purchased pursuant to this Section 14.13(b) and shall in each case notify the Lenders following any such purchases.

 

44



 

15                                  DEFINITIONS

 

In addition to any terms defined elsewhere in this Agreement, or in any schedule or exhibit attached hereto, as used in this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:

 

“Access Agreement” means a landlord consent, bailee letter or warehouseman’s letter, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent, in favor of Agent executed by such landlord, bailee or warehouseman, as applicable, for any third party location.

 

“Account” means any “account”, as defined in the Code, with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes, without limitation, all accounts receivable and other sums owing to Borrower.

 

“Account Debtor” means any “account debtor”, as defined in the Code, with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

 

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, a Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly the Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the Person, and each of that Person’s senior executive officers, directors, partners and, for any Person that is a limited liability company, that Person’s managers and members.

 

“Agent” means, MidCap, not in its individual capacity, but solely in its capacity as agent on behalf of and for the benefit of the Lenders, together with its successors and assigns.

 

“Agreement” has the meaning given it in the preamble of this Agreement.

 

“AnchorPort Business” means Borrower’s business of developing, manufacturing, marketing and selling the self-adjusting, self-anchoring trocar system with an elastomeric cannula, including without limitation Intellectual Property covering such system and permits, approvals, tooling, inventory, work in process and agreements and arrangements associated with such Products.

 

“Anti-Terrorism Laws” means any Laws relating to terrorism or money laundering, including Executive Order No. 13224 (effective September 24, 2001), the USA PATRIOT Act, the Laws comprising or implementing the Bank Secrecy Act, and the Laws administered by OFAC.

 

“Applicable Commitment” has the meaning given it in Section 2.2.

 

“Applicable Floor” means for each Credit Facility the per annum rate of interest specified on the Credit Facility Schedule; provided, however, that for the Applicable Prime Rate, the Applicable Floor is a per annum rate that is three hundred basis points above the Applicable Floor for the Applicable Libor Rate.

 

“Applicable Index Rate” means, for any Applicable Interest Period, the rate per annum determined by Agent equal to the Applicable Libor Rate; provided, however, that in the event that any change in market conditions or any law, regulation, treaty, or directive, or any change therein or in the interpretation of application thereof, shall at any time after the date hereof, in the reasonable opinion of Agent or any Lender, make it unlawful or impractical for Agent or such Lender to fund or maintain Obligations bearing interest based upon the Applicable Libor Rate, Agent or such Lender shall give notice of such changed circumstances to Agent and Borrower and the Applicable Index Rate for Obligations outstanding or thereafter extended or made by Agent or such Lender shall thereafter be the Applicable Prime Rate until Agent or such Lender determines (as to the portion of the Credit Extensions or Obligations owed to it) that it would no longer be unlawful or impractical to fund or maintain such Obligations or Credit Extensions at the Applicable Libor Rate. In the event that Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto), as of any Applicable Interest Rate Determination Date, that adequate and fair means do not exist for ascertaining the interest rate applicable to any Credit Facility on the basis provided for herein, then Agent may select a comparable replacement index and corresponding margin.

 

“Applicable Interest Period” for each Credit Facility has the meaning specified for that Credit Facility in the Credit Facility Schedule; provided, however, that at any time that the Applicable Prime Rate is the Applicable Index Rate,

 

45



 

Applicable Interest Period shall mean the period commencing as of the most recent Applicable Interest Rate Determination Date and continuing until the next Applicable Interest Rate Determination Date or such earlier date as the Applicable Prime Rate shall no longer be the Applicable Index Rate; and provided, further, that at any time the Libor Rate Index is adjusted as set forth in the definition thereof, or re-implemented following invocation of the Applicable Prime Rate as permitted herein, the Applicable Interest Period shall mean the period commencing as of such adjustment or re-implementation and continuing until the next Applicable Interest Rate Determination Date, if any.

 

“Applicable Interest Rate” means a per annum rate of interest equal to the Applicable Index Rate plus the Applicable Margin.

 

“Applicable Interest Rate Determination Date” means the second (2nd) Business Day prior to the first (1st) day of the related Applicable Interest Period; provided, however, that at any time that the Applicable Prime Rate is the Applicable Index Rate, Applicable Interest Rate Determination Date means the date of any change in the Base Rate Index; and provided, further, that at any time the Libor Rate Index is adjusted as set forth in the definition thereof, the Applicable Interest Rate Determination Date shall mean the date of such adjustment or the second (2nd) Business Day prior to the first (1st) day of the related Applicable Interest Period, as elected by Agent.

 

“Applicable Libor Rate” means, for any Applicable Interest Period, the rate per annum, determined by Agent (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next l/100th%), equal to the greater of (a) the Applicable Floor and (b) the Libor Rate Index.

 

“Applicable Margin” for each Credit Facility has the meaning specified for that Credit Facility in the Credit Facility Schedule.

 

“Applicable Prepayment Fee”, for each Credit Facility, has the meaning given it in the Credit Facility Schedule for such Credit Facility.

 

“Applicable Prime Rate” means, for any Applicable Interest Period, the rate per annum, determined by Agent (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next l/100th%), equal to the greater of (a) the Applicable Floor and (b) the Base Rate Index.

 

“Approved Fund” means any (a) investment company, fund, trust, securitization vehicle or conduit that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the Ordinary Course of Business, or (b) any Person (other than a natural person) which temporarily warehouses loans for any Lender or any entity described in the preceding clause (a) and that, with respect to each of the preceding clauses (a) and (b), is administered or managed by (i) a Lender, (ii) an Affiliate of a Lender or (iii) a Person (other than a natural person) or an Affiliate of a Person (other than a natural person) that administers or manages a Lender.

 

“Base Rate Index” means, for any Applicable Interest Period, the rate per annum, determined by Agent (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next l/100th%) as being the rate of interest announced, from time to time, within Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo”) at its principal office in San Francisco as its “prime rate,” with the understanding that the “prime rate” is one of Wells Fargo’s base rates (not necessarily the lowest of such rates) and serves as the basis upon which effective rates of interest are calculated for those loans making reference thereto and is evidenced by the recording thereof after its announcement in such internal publications as Wells Fargo may designate; provided, however, that Agent may, upon prior written notice to any Borrower, choose a reasonably comparable index or source to use as the basis for the Base Rate Index.

 

“Blocked Person” means: (a) any Person listed in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, Executive Order No. 13224, (b) a Person owned or controlled by, or acting for or on behalf of, any Person that is listed in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, Executive Order No. 13224, (c) a Person with which any Lender is prohibited from dealing or otherwise engaging in any transaction by any Anti-Terrorism Law, (d) a Person that commits, threatens or conspires to commit or supports “terrorism” as defined in Executive Order No. 13224, or (e) a Person that is named a “specially designated national” or “blocked person” on the most current list published by OFAC or other similar list.

 

46



 

“Borrower” mean the entity(ies) described in the first paragraph of this Agreement and each of their successors and permitted assigns. The term “each Borrower” shall refer to each Person comprising the Borrower if there is more than one such Person, or the sole Borrower if there is only one such Person. The term “any Borrower” shall refer to any Person comprising the Borrower if there is more than one such Person, or the sole Borrower if there is only one such Person.

 

“Borrowing Resolutions” means, with respect to any Person, those resolutions, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, adopted by such Person’s Board of Directors or other appropriate governing body and delivered by such Person to Agent approving the Financing Documents to which such Person is a party and the transactions contemplated thereby, as well as any other approvals as may be necessary or desired to approve the entering into the Financing Documents or the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby or in connection therewith.

 

“Books” means all of books and records of a Person, including ledgers, federal and state tax returns, records regarding the Person’s assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business operations or financial condition, and all computer programs or storage or any equipment containing such information.

 

“Business Day” means any day that is not (a) a Saturday or Sunday or (b) a day on which Agent is closed.

 

“Change in Control” means any event, transaction, or occurrence as a result of which (a) Preferred Investors cease to own and control all of the economic and voting rights associated with ownership of at least fifty percent (50%) (or such greater percentage as may be required under the Organizational Documents to constitute control) of the outstanding securities of all classes of the Borrower on a fully diluted basis (other than by the sale of Borrower’s equity securities in or following an initial public offering; provided that upon the sale of Borrower’s equity securities in an initial public offering, a Change in Control under this clause (a) shall occur when any “person” (as such term is defined in Sections 3(a)(9) and 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of Borrower, is or becomes a beneficial owner (within the meaning Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of Borrower, representing twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the combined voting power of Borrower’s then outstanding securities); (b) during any period of twelve consecutive calendar months, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the board of directors or managers of Borrower (together with any new directors or managers whose election by the board of directors or managers of Borrower was approved by a vote of not less than two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason (other than death or disability or due to replacement by a Preferred Investor entitled to appoint such board member in the Ordinary Course of Business) to constitute a majority of the directors then in office; (c) Borrower ceases to own and control, directly or indirectly, all of the economic and voting rights associated with the outstanding voting capital stock (or other voting equity interest) of each of its Subsidiaries.

 

“Closing Date” has the meaning given it in the preamble of this Agreement.

 

“Code” means the Uniform Commercial Code in effect on the date hereof, as the same may, from time to time, be enacted and in effect in the State of Maryland; provided, however, that to the extent that the Code is used to define any term herein or in any Financing Document and such term is defined differently in different Articles or Divisions of the Code, the definition of such term contained in Article or Division 9 shall govern; and provided, further, that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of Law, any or all of the attachment, perfection, or priority of, or remedies with respect to, Agent’s Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of Maryland the term “Code” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority, or remedies and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

 

“Collateral” means all property, now existing or hereafter acquired, mortgaged or pledged to, or purported to be subjected to a Lien in favor of, Agent, for the benefit of Agent and Lenders, pursuant to this Agreement and the other Financing Documents, including, without limitation (a) so long as the Subject Intangible Property Security Interest Event has not occurred, all of the property described in Exhibit A hereto, and (b) immediately upon the occurrence of the Subject Intangible Property Security Interest Event, all of the property described in Exhibit B hereto.

 

47



 

“Collateral Account” means any Deposit Account, Securities Account or Commodity Account.

 

“Commitment Commencement Date” has the meaning given it in the Credit Facility Schedule.

 

“Commitment Termination Date” has the meaning given it in the Credit Facility Schedule.

 

“Commodity Account” means any “commodity account”, as defined in the Code, with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

 

“Communication” has the meaning given it in Article 11.

 

“Compliance Certificate” means a certificate, duly executed by an authorized officer of Borrower, appropriately completed and substantially in the form of Exhibit C.

 

“Contingent Obligation” means, for any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or not, of that Person for (a) any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another such as an obligation directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made, discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or for which that Person is directly or indirectly liable; (b) any obligations for undrawn letters of credit for the account of that Person; and (c) all obligations from any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap or collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; but “Contingent Obligation” does not include endorsements in the Ordinary Course of Business. The amount of a Contingent Obligation is the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation for which the Contingent Obligation is made or, if not determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability for it determined by the Person in good faith; but the amount may not exceed the maximum of the obligations under any guarantee or other support arrangement.

 

“Control Agreement” means any control agreement entered into among the depository institution at which Borrower maintains a Deposit Account or the securities intermediary or commodity intermediary at which Borrower maintains a Securities Account or a Commodity Account, Borrower, and Agent pursuant to which Agent obtains control (within the meaning of the Code) for the benefit of the Lenders over such Deposit Account, Securities Account or Commodity Account.

 

“Credit Extension” means an advance or disbursement of proceeds to or for the account of Borrower in respect of a Credit Facility.

 

“Credit Extension Form” means that certain form attached hereto as Exhibit D, as the same may be from time to time revised by Agent.

 

“Credit Facility” means a credit facility specified on the Credit Facility Schedule.

 

“Credit Party” means any Borrower, any Guarantor under a guarantee of the Obligations or any part thereof, and any other Person (other than Agent, a Lender or a participant of a Lender), whether now existing or hereafter acquired or formed, that becomes obligated as a borrower, guarantor, surety, indemnitor, pledgor, assignor or other obligor under any Financing Document, and any Person whose equity interests or portion thereof have been pledged or hypothecated to Agent under any Financing Document; and “Credit Parties” means all such Persons, collectively.

 

“Default” means any fact, event or circumstance which with notice or passage of time or both, could constitute an Event of Default.

 

“Default Rate” has the meaning given it in Section 2.6(b).

 

“Deposit Account” means any “deposit account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

 

48



 

“Designated Funding Account” is Borrower’s Deposit Account, account number 3300498594, maintained with Silicon Valley Bank and subject to a Control Agreement; provided, that, to the extent Borrower elects to use such deposit account as its Lockbox Account in connection with the Lockbox Structure Event, Borrower shall be permitted to establish a new Designated Funding Account, by providing Agent written notice of same, which deposit account shall at all times from and after such notice be subject to a Control Agreement in accordance with Section 6.6.

 

“Dollars,” “dollars” and “$” each means lawful money of the United States.

 

“Draw Period” means, for each Credit Facility, the period commencing on the Commitment Commencement Date and ending on the Commitment Termination Date.

 

“Eligible Assignee” means (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender, (c) an Approved Fund, and (d) any other Person (other than a natural person) approved by Agent; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, “Eligible Assignee” shall not include any Credit Party or any Subsidiary of a Credit Party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in connection with assignments by a Lender due to a forced divestiture at the request of any regulatory agency, the restrictions set forth herein shall not apply and Eligible Assignee shall mean any Person or party becoming an assignee incident to such forced divestiture.

 

“Environmental Law” means all any law (statutory or common), ordinance, treaty, rule, regulation, order, policy, other legal requirement or determination of an arbitrator or of a Governmental Authority and/or Required Permits imposing liability or standards of conduct for or relating to the regulation and protection of human health, safety, the workplace, the environment and natural resources, and including public notification requirements and environmental transfer of ownership, notification or approval statutes.

 

“Equipment” means all “equipment”, as defined in the Code, with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all machinery, fixtures, goods, vehicles (including motor vehicles and trailers), and any interest in any of the foregoing.

 

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and all regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

“Event of Default” has the meaning given it in Section 10.1.

 

“Exigent Circumstance” has the meaning given it in Section 13.14.

 

“Federal Funds Rate” means, for any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day, provided that if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate quoted to Agent on such day on such transactions as determined by Agent in a commercially reasonable manner.

 

“Fee Letters” means, collectively, the fee letter agreements among Borrower and Agent and Borrower and each Lender.

 

“Financing Documents” means, collectively, this Agreement, the Perfection Certificate, the Fee Letter(s), each note and guarantee executed by one or more Credit Parties in connection with the indebtedness governed by this Agreement, and each other present or future agreement executed by one or more Credit Parties and, or for the benefit of, the Lenders and/or Agent in connection with this Agreement, all as amended, restated, or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

“Foreign Lender” has the meaning given it in Section 2.6(h)(iii).

 

“Funding Date” means any date on which a Credit Extension is made to or on account of Borrower which shall be a Business Day.

 

49



 

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other Person as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession in the United States, which are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination.

 

“General Intangibles” means all “general intangibles”, as defined in the Code, with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation, all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work of authorship and derivative work, whether published or unpublished, any patents, trademarks, service marks and, to the extent permitted under applicable Law, any applications therefor, whether registered or not, any trade secret rights, including any rights to unpatented inventions, payment intangibles, royalties, contract rights, goodwill, franchise agreements, purchase orders, customer lists, route lists, telephone numbers, domain names, claims, income and other tax refunds, security and other deposits, options to purchase or sell real or personal property, rights in all litigation presently or hereafter pending (whether in contract, tort or otherwise), insurance policies (including, without limitation, key man, property damage, and business interruption insurance), payments of insurance and rights to payment of any kind.

 

“Governmental Authority” means any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, any securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization.

 

“Guarantor” means any present or future guarantor of the Obligations.

 

“Hazardous Materials” means petroleum and petroleum products and compounds containing them, including gasoline, diesel fuel and oil; explosives, flammable materials; radioactive materials; polychlorinated biphenyls and compounds containing them; lead and lead-based paint; asbestos or asbestos-containing materials; underground or above-ground storage tanks containing any of the foregoing substances; any substance the presence of which is prohibited by any Laws; toxic mold, any substance that requires special handling; and any other material or substance now or in the future defined as a “hazardous substance,” “hazardous material,” “hazardous waste,” “toxic substance,” “toxic pollutant,” “contaminant,” “pollutant” or other words of similar import within the meaning of any Environmental Law, including: (a) any “hazardous substance” defined as such in (or for purposes of) CERCLA, or any so-called “superfund” or “superlien” Law, including the judicial interpretation thereof; (b) any “pollutant or contaminant” as defined in 42 U.S.C.A. § 9601(33); (c) any material now defined as “hazardous waste” pursuant to 40 C.F.R. Part 260; (d) any petroleum or petroleum byproducts, including crude oil or any fraction thereof; (e) natural gas, natural gas liquids, liquefied natural gas, or synthetic gas usable for fuel; (f) any “hazardous chemical” as defined pursuant to 29 C.F.R. Part 1910; (g) any toxic or harmful substances, wastes, materials, pollutants or contaminants (including, without limitation, asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls (“PCB’s”), flammable explosives, radioactive materials, infectious substances, materials containing lead-based paint or raw materials which include hazardous constituents); and (h) any other toxic substance or contaminant that is subject to any Environmental Laws or other past or present requirement of any Governmental Authority.

 

“Hazardous Materials Contamination” means contamination (whether now existing or hereafter occurring) of the improvements, buildings, facilities, personalty, soil, groundwater, air or other elements on or of the relevant property by Hazardous Materials, or any derivatives thereof, or on or of any other property as a result of Hazardous Materials, or any derivatives thereof, generated on, emanating from or disposed of in connection with the relevant property.

 

“Indebtedness” means (a) indebtedness for borrowed money (including the Obligations) or the deferred price of property or services, such as reimbursement and other obligations for surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) capital lease obligations, (d) non-contingent obligations of such Person to reimburse any bank or other Person in respect of amounts paid under a letter of credit, banker’s acceptance or similar instrument, (e) equity securities of such Person subject to repurchase or redemption other than at the sole option of such Person, (f) obligations secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such obligation is otherwise an obligation of such Person, (g) “earnouts”, purchase price adjustments, profit sharing arrangements, deferred purchase money amounts and similar payment obligations or continuing obligations of any nature of such Person arising out of purchase and

 

50


 

sale contracts, (h) all Indebtedness of others guaranteed by such Person, (i) off-balance sheet liabilities and/or pension plan or multiemployer plan liabilities of such Person, (j) obligations arising under non-compete agreements, (k) obligations arising under bonus, deferred compensation, incentive compensation or similar arrangements, other than those arising in the Ordinary Course of Business, and (1) Contingent Obligations.

 

“Indemnified Liabilities” means those liabilities described in Section 13.2(a) and (b).

 

“Indemnitee” has the meaning given it in Section 13.2.

 

“Insolvency Proceeding” means any proceeding by or against any Person under the United States Bankruptcy Code, or any other bankruptcy or insolvency Law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, compositions, extensions generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.

 

“Intellectual Property” includes without limitation, all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work of authorship and derivative work, whether published or unpublished, any patents, patent applications and like protections, including improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions, and continuations-in-part of the same, trademarks, trade names, service marks, mask works, rights of use of any name, domain names, or any other similar rights, any applications therefor, whether registered or not, know-how, operating manuals, trade secret rights, clinical and non-clinical data, rights to unpatented inventions, and any claims for damage by way of any past, present, or future infringement of any of the foregoing.

 

“Interest Only Extensions” means, collectively, the Interest Only - First Extension, Interest Only - Second Extension, Interest Only - Third Extension, Interest Only - Fourth Extension, Interest Only - Fifth Extension, Interest Only -Sixth Extension, Interest Only - Seventh Extension, and Interest Only - Eighth Extension.

 

“Interest Only - First Extension” means the election by Borrower by written notice delivered to Agent before July 1, 2015, to extend the beginning date for principal payments from July 1, 2015 to October 1, 2015, which extension shall occur only if the Borrower demonstrates, to the satisfaction of Agent, at least $34,300,000 in TTM Revenue for the trailing twelve month period ending May 31, 2015.

 

“Interest Only - Second Extension” means the election by Borrower by written notice delivered to Agent before October 1, 2015, to extend the beginning date for principal payments from October 1, 2015 to January 1, 2016, which extension shall occur only if the Borrower demonstrates, to the satisfaction of Agent, at least $37,500,000 in TTM Revenue for the trailing twelve month period ending August 31, 2015.

 

“Interest Only - Third Extension” means the election by Borrower by written notice delivered to Agent before January 1, 2016, to extend the beginning date for principal payments from January 1, 2016 to April 1, 2016, which extension shall occur only if the Borrower demonstrates, to the satisfaction of Agent, at least $40,300,000 in TTM Revenue for the trailing twelve month period ending November 30, 2015.

 

“Interest Only - Fourth Extension” means the election by Borrower by written notice delivered to Agent before April 1, 2016, to extend the beginning date for principal payments from April 1, 2016 to July 1, 2016, which extension shall occur only if the Borrower demonstrates, to the satisfaction of Agent, at least $44,600,000 in TTM Revenue for the trailing twelve month period ending February 29, 2016.

 

“Interest Only - Fifth Extension” means the election by Borrower by written notice delivered to Agent before July 1, 2016, to extend the beginning date for principal payments from July 1, 2016 to October 1, 2016, which extension shall occur only if the Borrower demonstrates, to the satisfaction of Agent, at least $48,600,000 in TTM Revenue for the trailing twelve month period ending May 31, 2016.

 

“Interest Only - Sixth Extension” means the election by Borrower by written notice delivered to Agent before October 1, 2016, to extend the beginning date for principal payments from October 1, 2016 to January 1, 2017, which extension shall occur only if the Borrower demonstrates, to the satisfaction of Agent, at least $52,400,000 in TTM Revenue for the trailing twelve month period ending August 31, 2016.

 

51



 

“Interest Only - Seventh Extension” means the election by Borrower by written notice delivered to Agent before January 1, 2017, to extend the beginning date for principal payments from January 1, 2017 to April 1, 2017, which extension shall occur only if the Borrower demonstrates, to the satisfaction of Agent, at least $57,200,000 in TTM Revenue for the trailing twelve month period ending November 30, 2016.

 

“Interest Only - Eighth Extension” means the election by Borrower by written notice delivered to Agent before April 1, 2017, to extend the beginning date for principal payments from April 1, 2017 to July 1, 2017, which extension shall occur only if the Borrower demonstrates, to the satisfaction of Agent, at least $62,000,000 in TTM Revenue for the trailing twelve month period ending February 28, 2017.

 

“Inventory” means all “inventory”, as defined in the Code, with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products, including without limitation such inventory as is temporarily out of Borrower’s custody or possession or in transit and including any returned goods and any documents of title representing any of the above.

 

“Investment” means, with respect to any Person, directly or indirectly, (a) to purchase or acquire any stock or stock equivalents, or any obligations or other securities of, or any interest in, any Person, including the establishment or creation of a Subsidiary, (b) to make or commit to make any acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of another Person, or of any business, Product, business line or product line, division or other unit operation of any Person or (c) make or purchase any advance, loan, extension of credit or capital contribution to, or any other investment in, any Person.

 

“Joinder Requirements” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.8.

 

“Laws” means any and all federal, state, provincial, territorial, local and foreign statutes, laws, judicial decisions, regulations, guidance, guidelines, ordinances, rules, judgments, orders, decrees, codes, plans, injunctions, permits, concessions, grants, franchises, governmental agreements and governmental restrictions, whether now or hereafter in effect, which are applicable to any Credit Party in any particular circumstance.

 

“Lender” means any one of the Lenders.

 

“Lenders” means the Persons identified on the Credit Facility Schedule as amended from time to time to reflect assignments made in accordance with this Agreement.

 

“Libor Rate Index” means, for any Applicable Interest Period, the rate per annum, determined by Agent (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100th%) by dividing (a) the rate per annum, determined by Agent in accordance with its customary procedures, and utilizing such electronic or other quotation sources as it considers appropriate (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100%), to be the rate at which Dollar deposits (for delivery on the first day of such Applicable Interest Period or, if such day is not a Business Day, on the preceding Business Day) in the amount of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) are offered to major banks in the London interbank market on or about 11:00 a.m. (New York time) on the Applicable Interest Rate Determination Date, for a period of thirty (30) days, which determination shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error, by (b) 100% minus the Reserve Percentage; provided, however, that Agent may, upon prior written notice to any Borrower, choose a reasonably comparable index or source to use as the basis for the Libor Rate Index. The Libor Rate Index may be adjusted by Agent with respect to any Lender on a prospective basis to take into account any additional or increased costs to such Lender of maintaining or obtaining any eurodollar deposits or increased costs, in each case, due to changes in applicable Law occurring subsequent to the commencement of the then Applicable Interest Period, including changes in tax laws (except changes of general applicability in corporate income tax laws) and changes in the reserve requirements imposed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor), which additional or increased costs would increase the cost of funding loans bearing interest based upon the Libor Rate Index; provided, however, that notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, (i) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (ii) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “change in applicable Law”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued. In any such event, the affected Lender shall give Borrower and Agent notice of such a determination and

 

52



 

adjustment and Agent promptly shall transmit the notice to each other Lender and, upon its receipt of the notice from the affected Lender, Borrower may, by notice to such affected Lender require such Lender to furnish to Borrower a statement setting forth the basis for adjusting such Libor Rate Index and the method for determining the amount of such adjustment.

 

“Lien” means a claim, mortgage, deed of trust, lien, levy, charge, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance of any kind, whether voluntarily incurred or arising by operation of Law or otherwise against any property.

 

“Margin Stock” means “margin stock” as such term is defined in Regulation T, U, or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

 

“Material Adverse Change” means with respect to any event, act, condition or occurrence of whatever nature (including any adverse determination in any litigation, arbitration, or governmental investigation or proceeding), whether singly or in conjunction with any other event or events, act or acts, condition or conditions, occurrence or occurrences, whether or not related, (a) a material impairment in the perfection or priority of the Agent’s Lien (or any Lender’s Lien therein to the extent provided for in the Financing Documents) in the Collateral; (b) a material impairment in the value of the Collateral; (c) a material adverse change in the business, operations, or condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of any Credit Party; or (d) a material impairment of the prospect of repayment of any portion of the Obligations.

 

“Material Agreement” means (a) the agreements listed in the Disclosure Schedule, (b) each agreement or contract to which a Credit Party is a party relating to Material Intangible Property, (c) any agreement with respect to any Product material to the Borrower’s business, the loss of which would materially impair the Borrower’s ability to sell or market such Product, and (d) any agreement or contract to which such Credit Party or its Subsidiaries is a party the termination of which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

 

“Material Indebtedness” has the meaning given it in Section 10.1.

 

“Maturity Date” means:

 

(a) if the Interest Only - First Extension has not occurred, June 1, 2018;

 

(b) if the Interest Only - First Extension has occurred and the Interest Only - Second Extension has not occurred, September 1, 2018;

 

(c) if the Interest Only - Second Extension has occurred and the Interest Only - Third Extension has not occurred, December 1,2018;

 

(d) if the Interest Only - Third Extension has occurred and the Interest Only - Fourth Extension has not occurred, March 1, 2019; and

 

(e) if the Interest Only - Fourth Extension has occurred (and, for the avoidance of doubt, regardless of whether any subsequent Interest Only Extensions occur), June 1, 2019.

 

“Maximum Lawful Rate” has the meaning given it in Section 2.6(g).

 

“MidCap” has the meaning given it in the preamble of this Agreement.

 

“Obligations” means all of Borrower’s obligations to pay when due any debts, principal, interest, Protective Advances, fees, indemnities and other amounts Borrower owes the Agent or Lenders now or later, under this Agreement or the other Financing Documents, including, without limitation, interest accruing after Insolvency Proceedings begin (whether or not allowed) and debts, liabilities, or obligations of Borrower assigned to the Lenders and/or Agent, and the payment and performance of each other Credit Party’s covenants and obligations under the Financing Documents. “Obligations” does not include obligations under any warrants issued to Agent or a Lender, if any.

 

“OFAC” means the U.S. Department of Treasury Office of Foreign Assets Control.

 

53



 

“OFAC Lists” means, collectively, the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List maintained by OFAC pursuant to Executive Order No. 13224, 66 Fed. Reg. 49079 (Sept. 25, 2001) and/or any other list of terrorists or other restricted Persons maintained pursuant to any of the rules and regulations of OFAC or pursuant to any other applicable Executive Orders.

 

“Operating Documents” means, for any Person, such Person’s formation documents, as certified with the Secretary of State of such Person’s state of formation on a date that is no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Closing Date, and (a) if such Person is a corporation, its bylaws in current form, (b) if such Person is a limited liability company, its limited liability company agreement (or similar agreement), and (c) if such Person is a partnership, its partnership agreement (or similar agreement), each of the foregoing with all current amendments or modifications thereto.

 

“Ordinary Course of Business” means, in respect of any transaction involving any Credit Party, the ordinary course of business of such Credit Party, as conducted by such Credit Party in accordance with past practices or then current business practices set forth in the most recent operating plan of Borrower to the extent approved by Agent, which shall in any event be at arms-length.

 

“Payment Date” means the first calendar day of each calendar month.

 

“Perfection Certificate” means the Perfection Certificate delivered to Agent as of the Closing Date, together with any amendments thereto required under this Agreement.

 

“Permitted Contingent Obligations” means (a) Contingent Obligations resulting from endorsements for collection or deposit in the Ordinary Course of Business; (b) Contingent Obligations incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business with respect to surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other similar obligations not to exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) in the aggregate at any time outstanding; (c) Contingent Obligations arising under indemnity agreements with title insurers; (d) Contingent Obligations arising with respect to customary indemnification obligations in favor of purchasers in connection with dispositions of personal property assets permitted under Article 7; (e) Contingent Obligations arising under the Financing Documents; (f) so long as there exists no Event of Default both immediately before and immediately after giving effect to any such transaction, Contingent Obligations existing or arising under any swap contract, provided, however, that such obligations are (or were) entered into by Borrower or an Affiliate in the Ordinary Course of Business for the purpose of directly mitigating risks associated with liabilities, commitments, investments, assets, or property held or reasonably anticipated by such Person and not for purposes of speculation; and (g) other Contingent Obligations not permitted by clauses (a) through (f) above, not to exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) in the aggregate at any time outstanding.

 

“Permitted Indebtedness” means: (a) Borrower’s Indebtedness to the. Lenders and Agent under this Agreement and the other Financing Documents; (b) Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date and described on the Disclosure Schedule; (c) Indebtedness secured by Permitted Liens; (d) [reserved]; (e) unsecured Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business; (f) Permitted Contingent Obligations; (g) extensions, refinancings, modifications, amendments and restatements of any items of Permitted Indebtedness set forth in (b) and (c) above, provided, however, that the principal amount thereof is not increased or the terms thereof are not modified to impose more burdensome terms upon the obligors thereunder; and (h) Indebtedness consisting of intercompany loans and advances made by any Credit Party to any other Credit Party, provided that (1) the obligations of the Credit Parties under such intercompany loan shall be subordinated at all times to the Obligations of the Credit Parties hereunder or under the other Financing Documents in a manner satisfactory to Agent and (2) to the extent that such Indebtedness is evidenced by a promissory note or other written instrument, Borrower shall pledge and deliver to Agent, for the benefit of itself and the Lenders, the original promissory note or instrument, as applicable, along with an endorsement in blank in form and substance satisfactory to Agent.

 

“Permitted Investments” means: (a) Investments existing on the Closing Date and described on the Disclosure Schedule; (b) Investments consisting of cash equivalents; (c) any Investments in liquid assets permitted by Borrower’s investment policy, as amended from time to time, provided that such investment policy (and any such amendment thereto) has been approved in writing by Agent (provided, that, under no circumstances shall Borrower be permitted to invest in or hold Margin Stock); (d) Investments consisting of the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of any Credit Party; (e) Investments consisting of deposit accounts or securities

 

54



 

accounts in which the Agent has a first priority perfected security interest except as otherwise provided by Section 6.6; (f) Investments in Subsidiaries solely to the extent permitted pursuant to Section 6.8; (g) Investments consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the Ordinary Course of Business, and (ii) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plans or agreements approved by Borrower’s board of directors; (h) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the Ordinary Course of Business; (i) [reserved]; (j) Investments consisting of intercompany Indebtedness in accordance with and to the extent permitted by clause (h) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness”.

 

“Permitted Liens” means: (a) Liens existing on the Closing Date and shown on the Disclosure Schedule or arising under this Agreement and the other Financing Documents; (b) purchase money Liens securing no more than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate amount outstanding (i) on Equipment acquired or held by a Credit Party incurred for financing the acquisition of the Equipment, or (ii) existing on Equipment when acquired, if the Lien is confined to the property and improvements and the proceeds of the Equipment; (c) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other government charges or levies, either not delinquent or being contested in good faith and for which adequate reserves are maintained on the Books of the Credit Party against whose asset such Lien exists, provided that no notice of any such Lien has been filed or recorded under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the treasury regulations adopted thereunder; (d) statutory Liens securing claims or demands of materialmen, mechanics, carriers, warehousemen, landlords and other Persons imposed without action of such parties, provided that they have no priority over any of Agent’s Lien and the aggregate amount of such Liens for all Credit Parties does not any time exceed Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000); (e) leases or subleases of real property granted in the Ordinary Course of Business, and leases, subleases, non-exclusive licenses or sublicenses of property (other than real property or Intellectual Property) granted in the Ordinary Course of Business, if the leases, subleases, licenses and sublicenses do not prohibit granting Agent a security interest; (f) banker’s liens, rights of set-off and Liens in favor of financial institutions incurred made in the Ordinary Course of Business arising in connection with a Credit Party’s Collateral Accounts provided that such Collateral Accounts are subject to a Control Agreement to the extent required hereunder; (g) Liens to secure payment of workers’ compensation, employment insurance, old-age pensions, social security and other like obligations incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business (other than Liens imposed by ERISA); (h) Liens arising from judgments, decrees or attachments in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default; (i) easements, reservations, rights-of-way, restrictions, minor defects or irregularities in title and similar charges or encumbrances affecting real property not constituting a Material Adverse Change; (j) Liens incurred in the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens described in (a) and (b) above, but any extension, renewal or replacement Lien must be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the Indebtedness may not increase; and (k) Permitted Licenses.

 

“Person” means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, company, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or government agency.

 

“Preferred Investors” means the owners of preferred stock of the Borrower as of the Closing Date.

 

“Pro Rata Share” means, as determined by Agent, with respect to each Credit Facility and Lender holding an Applicable Commitment or Credit Extensions in respect of such Credit Facility, a percentage (expressed as a decimal, rounded to the ninth decimal place) determined by dividing (a) in the case of fully-funded Credit Facilities, the amount of Credit Extensions held by such Lender in such Credit Facility by the aggregate amount of all outstanding Credit Extensions for such Credit Facility, and (b) in the case of Credit Facilities that are not fully-funded, the amount of Credit Extensions and unfunded Applicable Commitments held by such Lender in such Credit Facility by the aggregate amount of all outstanding Credit Extensions and unfunded Applicable Commitments for such Credit Facility.

 

“Protective Advances” means all audit fees and expenses, costs, and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) of Agent and Lenders for preparing, amending, negotiating, administering, defending and enforcing the Financing Documents (including, without limitation, those incurred in connection with appeals or Insolvency Proceedings) or otherwise incurred by Agent or the Lenders in connection with the Financing Documents.

 

55



 

“Register” has the meaning given it in Section 13.1(d).

 

“Registered Organization” means any “registered organization” as defined in the Code, with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

 

“Required Lenders” means, unless all of the Lenders and Agent agree otherwise in writing, Lenders having (a) more than sixty percent (60%) of the Applicable Commitments of all Lenders, or (b) if such Applicable Commitments have expired or been terminated, more than sixty percent (60%) of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Credit Extensions.

 

“Required Permit” means all licenses, certificates, accreditations, product clearances or approvals, provider numbers or provider authorizations, supplier numbers, provider numbers, marketing authorizations, other authorizations, registrations, permits, consents and approvals of a Credit Party required under Laws applicable to the business of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or necessary in the manufacturing, importing, exporting, possession, ownership, warehousing, marketing, promoting, sale, labeling, furnishing, distribution or delivery of goods or services under Laws applicable to the business of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, “Required Permits” includes any Drug Application (including without limitation, at any point in time, all licenses, approvals and permits issued by the FDA or any other applicable Governmental Authority necessary for the testing, manufacture, marketing or sale of any Product by any applicable Borrower(s) as such activities are being conducted by such Borrower with respect to such Product at such time) and any drug listings and drug establishment registrations under 21 U.S.C. Section 510, registrations issued by DEA under 21 U.S.C. Section 823 (if applicable to any Product), and those issued by State governments for the conduct of Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s business.

 

“Reserve Percentage” means, on any day, for any Lender, the maximum percentage prescribed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor Governmental Authority) for determining the reserve requirements (including any basic, supplemental, marginal, or emergency reserves) that are in effect on such date with respect to eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “eurocurrency liabilities”) of that Lender, but so long as such Lender is not required or directed under applicable regulations to maintain such reserves, the Reserve Percentage shall be zero.

 

“Responsible Officer” means any of the Chief Executive Officer, President or Chief Financial Officer of Borrower.

 

“Revolving Tranche Increase Prepayment” means, at Borrower’s election and pursuant to written notification to Agent in accordance with Section 2.3(d)(i), a one-time prepayment of the Credit Extensions then outstanding under the Term Credit Facility in an amount not to exceed (i) the outstanding principal balance of the Revolving Credit Facility immediately after activating the Revolving Tranche Increase and making of the simultaneous Credit Extension described below, minus (ii) the Applicable Commitments for such Revolving Credit Facility as of the Closing Date; such one-time prepayment shall be made contemporaneously and solely with the proceeds of a Credit Extension requested simultaneously with the activation of the Revolving Tranche Increase.

 

“Secretary’s Certificate” means, with respect to any Person, a certificate, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, executed by such Person’s secretary on behalf of such Person certifying that (a) such Person has the authority to execute, deliver, and perform its obligations under each of the Financing Documents to which it is a party, (b) that attached as Exhibit A to such certificate is a true, correct, and complete copy of the Borrower Resolutions then in full force and effect authorizing and ratifying the execution, delivery, and performance by such Person of the Financing Documents to which it is a party, (c) the name(s) of the Person(s) authorized to execute the Financing Documents on behalf of such Person, together with a sample of the true signature(s) of such Person(s), and (d) that Agent and the Lenders may conclusively rely on such certificate unless and until such Person shall have delivered to Agent a further certificate canceling or amending such prior certificate.

 

“Secured Promissory Note” has the meaning given it in Section 2.7.

 

“Securities Account” means any “securities account”, as defined in the Code, with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

 

56



 

“Stated Rate” has the meaning given it in Section 2.6(g).

 

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any Person of which more than fifty percent (50.0%) of the voting stock or other equity interests (in the case of Persons other than corporations) is owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person.

 

“Taxes” has the meaning given it in Section 2.6(h).

 

“Transfer” has the meaning given it in Section 7.1.

 

“TTM Revenue” means, for any date of calculation, the revenue of Borrower generated from Product sales, less any returns, setoffs, chargebacks, or other revenue adjustments, all as calculated in accordance with GAAP, for the trailing twelve calendar month period ending on such date.

 

[SIGNATURES APPEAR ON FOLLOWING PAGE(S)]

 

57



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, intending that this instrument constitute an instrument executed and delivered under seal, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the Closing Date.

 

BORROWER:

 

SURGIQUEST, INC.

 

SURGIQUEST, INC.

 

 

 

INCORPORATED

2006

By:

/s/ Kourosh Azarbarzin

    (SEAL)

Name:

Kourosh Azarbarzin

 

Title:

CEO

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SURGIQUEST CREDIT AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE

 



 

AGENT:

 

 

 

MIDCAP FUNDING V, LLC,

 

as Agent for Lenders

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Colleen S. Kovas

   (SEAL)

Name: Colleen S. Kovas

 

Title: Its Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

LENDERS:

 

 

 

MTDCAP FUNDING V, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Colleen S. Kovas

   (SEAL)

Name: Colleen S. Kovas

 

Title: Its Authorized Signatory

 

 

SURGIQUEST CREDIT AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE

 



 

EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES

 

EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A

 

Collateral

Exhibit B

 

Collateral (After Subject Intangible Property Security Interest Event)

Exhibit C

 

Form of Compliance Certificate

Exhibit D

 

Credit Extension Form

 

SCHEDULES

 

Credit Facility Schedule

Amortization Schedule (for each Credit Facility)

Post-Closing Obligations Schedule

Closing Deliveries Schedule

Disclosure Schedule

Intangible Assets Schedule

Products Schedule

Required Permits Schedule

 


 

EXHIBIT A

 

COLLATERAL

 

The Collateral consists of all assets of Borrower, including all of Borrower’s right, title and interest in and to the following personal property:

 

(a)                                 all goods, Accounts (including health-care insurance receivables), Equipment, Inventory, contract rights or rights to payment of money, leases, license agreements, franchise agreements, General Intangibles, commercial tort claims (including for the avoidance of doubt all of Borrower’s commercial tort claims arising out of or relating to certain litigation styled C.A. No. 14-382-GMS, SurgiQuest, Inc. v. Lexion Medical, LLC, in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware, and all related disputes), documents, instruments (including any promissory notes), chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic), cash, deposit accounts, investment accounts, commodity accounts and other Collateral Accounts, all certificates of deposit, fixtures, letters of credit rights (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing), securities, and all other investment property, supporting obligations, and financial assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, wherever located; and

 

(b)                                 all Borrower’s Books relating to the foregoing, and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions, attachments, accessories, accessions and improvements to and replacements, products, proceeds and insurance proceeds of any or all of the foregoing.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (1) the Collateral shall not include the Subject Intangible Property, and (2) except as provided below, the Collateral shall not include any Intellectual Property of any Credit Party, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except to the extent that it is necessary under applicable law to have a Lien and security interest in any such Intellectual Property in order to have a perfected Lien and security interest in and to IP Proceeds (defined below), and for the avoidance of any doubt, the Collateral shall include, and Agent shall have a Lien and security interest in, (i) all IP Proceeds, and (ii) all payments with respect to IP Proceeds that are received after the commencement of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding. The term “IP Proceeds” means, collectively, all cash, Accounts, license and royalty fees, claims, products, awards, judgments, insurance claims, and other revenues, proceeds or income, arising out of, derived from or relating to any Intellectual Property of any Credit Party, and any claims for damage by way of any past, present or future infringement of any Intellectual Property of any Credit Party (including, without limitation, all cash, royalty fees, other proceeds, Accounts and General Intangibles that consist of rights of payment to or on behalf of a Credit Party and the proceeds from the sale, licensing or other disposition of all or any part of, or rights in, any Intellectual Property by or on behalf of a Credit Party).

 

Pursuant to the terms of a certain negative pledge arrangement with Agent and Lenders, Borrower has agreed not to encumber any of its Intellectual Property without Agent’s and Lenders’ prior written consent.

 



 

EXHIBIT B

 

COLLATERAL

 

The Collateral consists of all assets of Borrower, including all of Borrower’s right, title and interest in and to the following personal property:

 

(a)                                 all goods, Accounts (including health-care insurance receivables), Equipment, Inventory, contract rights or rights to payment of money, leases, license agreements, franchise agreements, General Intangibles, commercial tort claims (including for the avoidance of doubt all of Borrower’s commercial tort claims arising out of or relating to certain litigation styled C.A. No. 14-382-GMS, SurgiQuest, Inc. v. Lexion Medical, LLC, in the of the United States District Court for the District of Delaware, and all related disputes), documents, instruments (including any promissory notes), chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic), cash, deposit accounts, investment accounts, commodity accounts and other Collateral Accounts, all certificates of deposit, fixtures, letters of credit rights (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing), securities, and all other investment property, supporting obligations, and financial assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, wherever located; and

 

(b)                                 all Borrower’s Books relating to the foregoing, and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions, attachments, accessories, accessions and improvements to and replacements, products, proceeds and insurance proceeds of any or all of the foregoing.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as provided below, the Collateral shall not include any Intellectual Property of any Credit Party, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except to the extent that it is necessary under applicable law to have a Lien and security interest in any such Intellectual Property in order to have a perfected Lien and security interest in and to IP Proceeds (defined below), and for the avoidance of any doubt, the Collateral shall include, and Agent shall have a Lien and security interest in, (i) all IP Proceeds, and (ii) all payments with respect to IP Proceeds that are received after the commencement of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding. The term “IP Proceeds” means, collectively, all cash, Accounts, license and royalty fees, claims, products, awards, judgments, insurance claims, and other revenues, proceeds or income, arising out of, derived from or relating to any Intellectual Property of any Credit Party, and any claims for damage by way of any past, present or future infringement of any Intellectual Property of any Credit Party (including, without limitation, all cash, royalty fees, other proceeds, Accounts and General Intangibles that consist of rights of payment to or on behalf of a Credit Party and the proceeds from the sale, licensing or other disposition of all or any part of, or rights in, any Intellectual Property by or on behalf of a Credit Party).

 

Pursuant to the terms of a certain negative pledge arrangement with Agent and Lenders, Borrower has agreed not to encumber any of its Intellectual Property without Agent’s and Lenders’ prior written consent.

 



 

EXHIBIT C

 

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

TO:

MidCap Funding V, LLC, as Agent

FROM:

SurgiQuest Inc.

DATE:

                           , 201

 

The undersigned authorized officer of SurgiQuest, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”), certifies that under the terms and conditions of the Credit and Security Agreement between Borrower, Agent and the Lenders (as amended, restated, supplemented, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Agreement”):

 

(1)                                 Borrower is in complete compliance with all required covenants for the month ending                                    , 201       , except as noted below;

 

(2)                                 there are no Events of Default;

 

(3)                                 all representations and warranties in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on this date except as noted below; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further, that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date;

 

(4)                                 Each of Borrower and the other Credit Parties has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of the Agreement; and

 

(5)                                 no Liens have been levied or claims made against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to unpaid employee payroll or benefits of which Borrower has not previously provided written notification to Agent.

 

Attached are the required documents supporting the certifications set forth in this Compliance Certificate. The undersigned certifies, in his/her capacity as an officer of the Borrower, that these are prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes (subject, solely in the case of interim financial statements, to the absence of footnotes and immaterial adjustments, inclusive of but not limited to stock option compensation expense and derivative liability remeasurements, which may be material to the financial statement itself, but not material to the overall financial performance of the Borrower, in connection with the audited financial statements for the periods covered by such interim financial statements). The undersigned acknowledges, in his/her capacity as an officer of Borrower, that no borrowings may be requested at any time or date of determination that Borrower is not in compliance with any of the terms of the Agreement, and that compliance is determined not just at the date this certificate is delivered. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Agreement.

 

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” column.

 

Reporting Covenant

 

Required

 

Complies

Monthly Financial Statements

 

Monthly within 30 days

 

Yes

 

No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Audited Financial Statements

 

Annually within 150 days after FYE

 

Yes

 

No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Board Approved Projections

 

Annually within 60 days after FYE

 

Yes

 

No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Compliance Certificate

 

Monthly within 30 days

 

Yes

 

No

 



 

The following are the exceptions with respect to the certification above: (If no exceptions exist, state “No exceptions to note.”)

 

 

SURGIQUEST, INC.

 

AGENT USE ONLY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Received by:

 

By:

 

 

AUTHORIZED SIGNER

Name:

 

 

Date:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

Verified:

 

 

 

AUTHORIZED SIGNER

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Compliance Status:                       Yes       No

 



 

EXHIBIT D CREDIT EXTENSION FORM

 

DEADLINE IS NOON E.S.T.

 

Date:                            , 201      

 

LOAN ADVANCE:

 

Complete Outgoing Wire Request section below if all or a portion of the funds from this loan advance are for an outgoing wire.

 

From Account #

 

 

To Account #

 

   (Loan Account #)

 

 

   (Deposit Account #)

 

Amount of Advance $

 

All Borrower’s representations and warranties in the Credit and Security Agreement are true, correct and complete in all material respects on the date of the request for an advance; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further, that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date:

 

Authorized Signature:

 

Phone Number:

Print Name/Title:

 

 

 

 

 

OUTGOING WIRE REQUEST:

 

 

 

 

 

Complete only if all or a portion of funds from the loan advance above is to be wired.

 

 

 

Beneficiary Name:

 

 

 

Amount of Wire: $

 

 

 

 

Beneficiary Lender:

 

 

 

Account Number:

 

 

 

 

City and State:

 

 

 

 

 

Beneficiary Lender Transit (ABA) #:

 

Beneficiary Lender Code (Swift, Sort, Chip, etc.):

(For International Wire Only)

 

 

Intermediary Lender:

 

Transit (ABA) #::

 

 

 

For Further Credit to:

 

 

Special Instruction:

 

 

 

By signing below, I (we) acknowledge and agree that my (our) funds transfer request shall be processed in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the agreements(s) covering funds transfer service(s), which agreements(s) were previously received and executed by me.

 

Authorized Signature:

 

 

2nd Signature (if required):

 

Print Name/Title:

 

 

Print Name/Title:

 

Telephone #:

 

 

Telephone #:

 

 


 

EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES

 

EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A

Collateral

Exhibit B

Collateral (After Subject Intangible Property Security Interest Event)

Exhibit C

Form of Compliance Certificate

Exhibit D

Credit Extension Form

 

SCHEDULES

 

Credit Facility Schedule

Amortization Schedule (for each Credit Facility)

Post-Closing Obligations Schedule

Closing Deliveries Schedule

Disclosure Schedule

Intangible Assets Schedule

Products Schedule

Required Permits Schedule

 



 

CREDIT FACILITY SCHEDULE

 

The following Credit Facilities are specified on this Credit Facility Schedule:

 

Credit Facility #1:

 

Credit Facility and Type:                  Term

 

Lenders for and their respective Applicable Commitments to this Credit Facility:

 

Lender

 

Applicable Commitment

 

MidCap Funding V, LLC

 

$

17,000,000

 

 

The following defined terms apply to this Credit Facility:

 

Applicable Funding Conditions: None.

 

Applicable Interest Period: means the one-month period starting on the first (1st) day of each month and ending on the last day of such month; provided, however, that the first (1st) Applicable Interest Period for each Credit Extension under this Facility shall commence on the date that the applicable Credit Extension is made and end on the last day of such month.

 

Applicable Floor: means 50/100 percent (0.50%) per annum for the Applicable Libor Rate.

 

Applicable Margin: a rate of interest equal to seven and 50/100 percent (7.50%) per annum.

 

Applicable Prepayment Fee: means the following amount, calculated as of the date (the “Accrual Date”) that the Applicable Prepayment Fee becomes payable in the case of prepayments required under the Financing Documents or the date any voluntary prepayment is made: (a) for an Accrual Date on or after the Closing Date through and including the date which is twelve (12) months after the Closing Date, two percent (2.0%) multiplied by the amount of the Credit Extensions made under the Agreement; (b) for an Accrual Date after the date which is twelve (12) months after the Closing Date through and including the date immediately preceding the Maturity Date, one percent (1.0%) multiplied by the amount of the Credit Extensions made under the Agreement.

 

Closed Period: not applicable.

 

Commitment Commencement Date: the Closing Date

 

Commitment Termination Date: the earliest to occur of (a) the close of the Business Day following the Closing Date, (b) an Event of Default, (c) the existence of any Default, or (d) the Maturity Date.

 

Minimum Credit Extension Amount: $17,000,000

 

Permitted Purpose: not applicable.

 

1



 

Credit Facility #2:

 

Credit Facility and Type:                  Revolving

 

Lenders for and their respective Applicable Commitments to this Credit Facility:

 

Lender

 

Applicable Commitment

 

MidCap Funding V, LLC

 

$

3,000,000

 

 

The following defined terms apply to this Credit Facility:

 

Applicable Commitment: means the amount set forth under the “Applicable Commitment” column header in the table above, as such amount may be increased by the Revolving Tranche Increase.

 

Applicable Interest Period: means the one-month period starting on the first (1st) day of each month and ending on the last day of such month; provided, however, that the first (1st) Applicable Interest Period for each Credit Extension under this Facility shall commence on the date that the applicable Credit Extension is made and end on the last day of such month.

 

Applicable Floor: means 50/100 percent (0.50%) per annum for the Applicable Libor Rate.

 

Applicable Margin: a rate of interest equal to five and 50/100 percent (5.50%) per annum.

 

Applicable Prepayment Fee: means the following amount, calculated as of the Revolver Accrual Date: (a) for a Revolver Accrual Date on or after the Closing Date through and including the date which is twelve (12) months after the Closing Date, two percent (2.0%) multiplied by the sum of the Applicable Commitments (without taking into consideration any reduction in the Applicable Commitments occurring by reason of a Default or Event of Default) for the Revolving Credit Facility; (b) for a Revolver Accrual Date after the date which is twelve (12) months after the Closing Date through and including the date immediately preceding the Maturity Date, one percent (1.0%) multiplied by the sum of the Applicable Commitments (without taking into consideration any reduction in the Applicable Commitments occurring by reason of a Default or Event of Default) for the Revolving Credit Facility. The “Revolver Accrual Date” means the earliest to occur of (i) the acceleration of any Credit Facility, or (ii) the termination of the Lenders’ funding obligations in respect of the Revolving Credit Facility for any reason (whether by voluntary termination by Borrower, by reason of the occurrence of an Event of Default or acceleration of the Revolving Credit Facility, or otherwise) prior to the Commitment Termination Date for the Revolving Credit Facility.

 

Commitment Commencement Date: Closing Date

 

Commitment Termination Date: the earliest to occur of (a) an Event of Default, or (b) the Maturity Date.

 

Minimum Credit Extension Amount: not applicable

 

Permitted Purpose: not applicable

 

Revolving Tranche Increase: means an increase in the Applicable Commitment under this Revolving Credit Facility, such increase to be in the amount $5,000,000, and to be activated thirty (30) days after satisfaction of the Revolving Tranche Increase Funding Conditions. Upon activating such Revolving Tranche Increase, each Lender’s Applicable Commitment under this Revolving Credit Facility shall increase by a proportionate amount so as to maintain the same Pro Rata Share of the Applicable Commitment as such Lender held immediately prior to such activation.

 

Revolving Tranche Increase Funding Conditions: means (i) no Default or Event of Default exists, (ii) Agent has received a Revolving Tranche Increase Request, (iii) Borrower demonstrates to Agent compliance with Section 2.4(d), and (iv) Agent has received a Secured Promissory Note representing the Revolving Tranche Increase.

 

2



 

Revolving Tranche Increase Request: means written request from the Borrower to the Agent for the Revolving Tranche Increase to be activated, which request will be accompanied by (i) a certification by the Borrower that no Default or Event of Default exists and (ii) the fee described in the Fee Letter for such Revolving Tranche Increase.

 

3



 

AMORTIZATION SCHEDULE (FOR EACH CREDIT FACILITY)

 

If the Interest Only - First Extension has not occurred, commencing on July 1, 2015, and continuing on the first day of each calendar month thereafter, an amount per month equal to the total amount of Credit Extensions made under all Credit Facilities divided by thirty-six (36) months; or

 

If the Interest Only - First Extension has occurred, commencing on October 1, 2015, and continuing on the first day of each calendar month thereafter, an amount per month equal to the total amount of Credit Extensions made under all Credit Facilities divided by thirty-six (36) months.

 

If the Interest Only - Second Extension has occurred, commencing on January 1, 2016, and continuing on the first day of each calendar month thereafter, an amount per month equal to the total amount of Credit Extensions made under all Credit Facilities divided by thirty-six (36) months.

 

If the Interest Only - Third Extension has occurred, commencing on April 1, 2016, and continuing on the first day of each calendar month thereafter, an amount per month equal to the total amount of Credit Extensions made under all Credit Facilities divided by thirty-six (36) months.

 

If the Interest Only - Fourth Extension has occurred, commencing on July 1, 2016, and continuing on the first day of each calendar month thereafter, an amount per month equal to the total amount of Credit Extensions made under all Credit Facilities divided by thirty-six (36) months.

 

If the Interest Only - Fifth Extension has occurred, commencing on October 1, 2016, and continuing on the first day of each calendar month thereafter, an amount per month equal to the total amount of Credit Extensions made under all Credit Facilities divided by thirty-three (33) months.

 

If the Interest Only - Sixth Extension has occurred, commencing on January 1, 2017, and continuing on the first day of each calendar month thereafter, an amount per month equal to the total amount of Credit Extensions made under all Credit Facilities divided by thirty (30) months.

 

If the Interest Only - Seventh Extension has occurred, commencing on April 1, 2017, and continuing on the first day of each calendar month thereafter, an amount per month equal to the total amount of Credit Extensions made under all Credit Facilities divided by twenty-seven (27) months.

 

If the Interest Only - Eighth Extension has occurred, commencing on July 1, 2017, and continuing on the first day of each calendar month thereafter, an amount per month equal to the total amount of Credit Extensions made under all Credit Facilities divided by twenty-four (24) months.

 

1


 

POST-CLOSING OBLIGATIONS SCHEDULE

 

Borrower shall satisfy and complete each of the following obligations, or provide Agent each of the items listed below, as applicable, on or before the date indicated below, all to the satisfaction of Agent in its sole and absolute discretion:

 

1.                                      Within one hundred twenty (120) days after the Closing Date, Borrower shall deliver to Agent an Access Agreement in favor of Agent with respect to the location commonly known as 4580 Mendenhall Road in Memphis, Tennessee (such location, the “DDN Facility”), or alternatively evidence that none of Borrower’s property or assets (including, without limitation, Borrower’s Books) are or will in the future be stored at the DDN Facility.

 

2.                                      Within thirty (30) days after the Closing Date, Borrower shall deliver to Agent an Access Agreement in favor of Agent with respect to the location commonly known as 6201 Global Distribution Way, Suite 101, Louisville, Kentucky (such location, the “OM Warehouse”), or alternatively evidence that none of Borrower’s property or assets (including, without limitation, Borrower’s Books) are or will in the future be stored at the OM Warehouse.

 

3.                                      Within thirty (30) days after the Closing Date, Borrower shall deliver to Agent an Access Agreement in favor of Agent with respect to the location commonly known as 9120 Lockwood Blvd., Mechanicsville, Virginia 23116 (such location, the “OM Corporate”), or alternatively evidence that none of Borrower’s property or assets (including, without limitation, Borrower’s Books) are or will in the future be stored at the OM Corporate.

 

4.                                      Within thirty (30) days after the Closing Date, Borrower shall deliver to Agent endorsements showing Agent as loss payee and additional insured, as required pursuant to Section 6.5.

 

5.                                      Within thirty (30) days after the Closing Date, Borrower shall deliver to Agent fully executed Control Agreements covering Borrower’s accounts maintained with Silicon Valley Bank.

 

Borrower’s failure to complete and satisfy any of the above obligations on or before the date indicated above, or Borrower’s failure to deliver any of the above listed items on or before the date indicated above, shall constitute an immediate and automatic Event of Default.

 

1



 

CLOSING DELIVERIES SCHEDULE

 

1.                                      duly executed original signatures to the Financing Documents to which Borrower is a party.

2.                                      duly executed original signatures to the Control Agreements with Silicon Valley Bank;

3.                                      duly executed original Secured Promissory Notes in favor of each Lender with a face amount equal to such Lender’s Applicable Commitment under each Credit Facility;

4.                                      the Operating Documents of Borrower and good standing certificates of Borrower certified by the Secretary of State of the state(s) of organization of Borrower as of a date no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Closing Date;

5.                                      good standing certificates dated as of a date no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Closing Date to the effect that Borrower is qualified to transact business in all states in which the nature of Borrower’s business so requires;

6.                                      duly executed original signatures to the completed Borrowing Resolutions for Borrower;

7.                                      a payoff letter from Ares Capital Corporation;

8.                                      evidence that (i) the Liens securing Indebtedness owed by Borrower to Ares Capital Corporation will be terminated and (ii) the documents and/or filings evidencing the perfection of such Liens, including without limitation any financing statements and/or control agreements, have or will, concurrently with the initial Credit Extension, be terminated;

9.                                      certified copies, dated as of a recent date, of financing statement searches, as Agent shall request, accompanied by written evidence (including any UCC termination statements) that the Liens indicated in any such financing statements either constitute Permitted Liens or have been or, in connection with the initial Credit Extension, will be terminated or released;

10.                               the Perfection Certificate executed by Borrower;

11.                               a landlord’s consent executed in favor of Agent in respect of Borrower’s facilities at 333 Quarry Road in Milford, CT, and a bailee waiver executed in favor of Agent in respect of (a) the Forum Plastics Inc. location in Waterbury, CT, (b) the World of Medicine AG location in Berlin, Germany, (c) the Sequel Special Products, LLC location in Waterbury, CT, (d) the Molded Rubber and Plastic Corp. location in Butler, WI, (e) the Lacey Manufacturing Corporation location in Bridgeport, CT;

12.                               a legal opinion of Borrower’s counsel dated as of the Closing Date together with the duly executed original signatures thereto;

13.                               evidence satisfactory to Agent that the insurance policies required by Article 6 are in full force and effect, together with appropriate evidence showing loss payable and/or additional insured clauses or endorsements in favor of Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders;

14.                               payment of the fees and expenses of Agent and Lenders then accrued, including pursuant to the Fee Letters;

15.                               a duly executed original Secretary’s Certificate dated as of the Closing Date which includes copies of the completed Borrowing Resolutions for Borrower;

16.                               timely receipt by the Agent of an executed disbursement letter;

17.                               a certificate executed by a Responsible Officer of Borrower, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, which shall, among other things, certify as to certain conditions to the funding of the Credit Extensions on the Closing Date; and

18.                               all possessory collateral required to be delivered to Agent with corresponding endorsements pursuant to Section 4.2(b).

 

1



 

DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE

 

Scheduled Permitted Liens

 

Certain sales and use tax liability of the Company for which adequate reserves are maintained on the Books of Company, which liability is currently being evaluated and does not exceed $100,000 and with respect to which associated tax returns will be filed and taxes paid upon completion of the evaluation. To the Company’s knowledge, no Lien has been filed or recorded by a taxing authority.

 

Scheduled Permitted Indebtedness

 

None.

 

Scheduled Permitted Investments

 

None.

 

Scheduled Claims Against Governmental Authorities

 

Accounts receivable due from hospitals, health care facilities or related entities operated by a Governmental Authority

 

Scheduled Affiliate Transactions

 

1.              Stock Pledge Agreement and Promissory Note by and between the Company and Kourosh Azarbarzin in the principal amount of $300,000 dated October 24, 2013

 

Scheduled Material Agreements

 

1.              Assignment and License Agreement, dated April 14, 2006 by and First Amendment to the Assignment and License Agreement, dated November 8, 2012 between the Company and IP Technologies, LLC

2.              Employment Agreement between the Company and Kourosh Azarbarzin, dated as of April 18,2006

3.              Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement made as of September 27, 2012 by and among the Company and the Investors (as defined therein)

4.              Third Amended Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement dated as of September 27, 2012 by and among the Company, the Founders (as defined therein) and the Investors (as defined therein)

5.              Third Amended and Restated Voting Agreement made as of September 27, 2012 by and among the Company, the Investors (as defined therein) and the Common Holders (as defined therein)

 



 

6.              Customer Service Agreement, dated April 25, 2006, between TriNet Acquisition Corporation and the Company

7.              Lease Agreement, dated August 17, 2011, between Cosmos Real Estate, LLC and the Company

8.              Service Agreement, dated October 16, 2007, by and between DDN/OBERGFEL, LLC and the Company

9.                OM Healthcare Logistics Supply Chain Services Agreement dated December 13, 2013

10.       Development and Manufacturing Agreement, dated October 12, 2009 and First Amendment to Development and Manufacturing Agreement, dated August 16, 2010, by and among the Company, W.O.M. World of Medicine AG and W.O.M. World of Medicine USA, Inc.

11.       Distribution Agreement, dated April 14, 2010, First Amendment to Distribution Agreement, dated December 1, 2011, Second Amendment to Distribution Agreement dated December 7, 2012 and Third Amendment to Distribution Agreement dated March 13, 2013 by and between the Company and Century Medical, Inc.

12.       Software License Agreement dated September 17, 2013 by and between the Company and SysPro Impact Software, Inc.

13.       Project Initiation Document dated March 27, 2014 by and between the Company and SysPro Impact Software, Inc.

14.       International Distribution Agreement dated as of April 14, 2010 by and between the Company and Manny Corporation

15.       Exclusive International Distribution Agreement dated as of December 3, 2012 by and between the Company and Lawmed Ltd.

16.       International Distribution Agreement dated as of November 8, 2011 by and between the Company and D/A/CH Medical Group AG

17.       the Company has arrangements where it purchases supplies and services on a purchase order basis from the following companies:

 

i.             Custom Filter, LLC

ii.          Forum Plastics, Inc.

iii.       PBS Plastics, Inc.

iv.      Sequel Special Products

v.         World of Medicine

 

Scheduled Litigation

 

1. SurgiQuest, Inc. v. Lexion Medical, LLC, U.S. District Court, District of Delaware, Docket No. 0:014-cv-00382-GMS

 

Scheduled ownership interest in any Chattel Paper, letter of credit rights, commercial tort claims, Instruments, documents or investment property

 

2.              1. SurgiQuest, Inc. v. Lexion Medical, LLC, U.S. District Court, District of Delaware, Docket No. 0:014-cv-00382-GMS

 

3.              Stock Pledge Agreement and Promissory Note by and between the Company and Kourosh Azarbarzin dated October 24, 2013

 


 

INTANGIBLE ASSETS SCHEDULE

 

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY (REGISTRATIONS AND APPLICATIONS)

 

Borrower that is

 

 

 

 

 

Registration/Publication or

 

 

Owner of IP

 

Name / Identifier of IP

 

Type of IP

 

Application Number

 

Filing Date/Expiration Date

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Apparatus and Methods for the Penetration of Tissue, and the Creation of an Opening Therein

 

Patent US

 

Application No. 09/065,254 Patent No. 6,030,402

 

23-Apr-1998/23-Apr-2018

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Apparatus and Methods for the Penetration of Tissue

 

Patent US

 

Application No. 09/199,654 Patent No. 6,447,527

 

25-Nov-1998/23-Apr-2018

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Stabilized Trocar and Method of Using Same

 

Patent US

 

Application No. 09/094,305 Patent No. 6,056,766

 

9-Jun-1998/9-Jun-2018

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Continuous Gas Flow Trocar Assembly

 

Patent US

 

Application No. 10/441,149 Patent No. 7,182,752

 

17-May-2003/8-Aug-2023

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Gas flow trocar arrangement

 

Patent US

 

Application No. 10/739,872 Patent No. 7,285,112

 

18-Dec-2003/29-Jan-2024

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Pneumoseal Trocar Arrangement

 

Patent US

 

Application No. 10/776,923 Patent No. 7,338,473

 

11-Feb-2004/16-Apr-2024

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Continuous Gas Flow Trocar Assembly

 

Patent US

 

Application No. 11/517,750 Patent No. 8,216,189

 

08-Sep-2006/08-Aug-2023

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Gas Flow Trocar Arrangement

 

Patent US

 

Application No. 11/517,751 Patent No. 7,413,559

 

08-Sep-2006/17-May-2023

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Trocar Assembly With Pneumatic Sealing

 

Patent US

 

Application No. 11/517,929 Patent No. 7,854,724

 

08-Sep-2006/08-Aug-2023

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Trocar Assembly With Pneumatic Sealing

 

Patent US

 

Application No. 12/950,684 Publication No. 20110125084A1

 

19-Nov-2010

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Trocar Assembly With Pneumatic Sealing

 

Patent US

 

Application No. 13/414,186 Publication No. 20120245511A1

 

07-Mar-2012

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Trocar Assembly With Pneumatic Sealing

 

Patent US

 

Application No. 14/196,176

 

04-Mar-2014

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Trocar Assembly With Pneumatic Sealing

 

Patent Canada

 

Application No. 2,662,417

 

30-Nov-2006

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Trocar Assembly With Pneumatic Sealing

 

Patent Canada

 

Application No. 2,842,217

 

30-Nov-2006

 

1


 

INTANGIBLE ASSETS SCHEDULE

 

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY (REGISTRATIONS AND APPLICATIONS)

 

Borrower that is

 

 

 

 

 

Registration/Publication or

 

 

Owner of IP

 

Name / Identifier of IP

 

Type of IP

 

Application Number

 

Filing Date/Expiration Date

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Trocar Assembly With Pneumatic Sealing

 

Patent Europe

 

Application No. 11152046.6 Patent No. 2329774

 

30-Nov-2006/30-Nov-2016

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Trocar Assembly With Pneumatic Sealing

 

Patent Germany

 

Application No. 11152046.6 Patent No. 2329774

 

30-Nov-2006/30-Nov-2016

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Trocar Assembly With Pneumatic Sealing

 

Patent France

 

Application No. 11152046.6 Patent No. 2329774

 

30-Nov-2006/30-Nov-2016

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Trocar Assembly With Pneumatic Sealing

 

Patent United Kingdom

 

Application No. 11152046.6 Patent No. 2329774

 

30-Nov-2006/30-Nov-2016

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Trocar Assembly With Pneumatic Sealing

 

Patent Germany

 

Application No. 11152046.6 Patent No. 602006031022.6

 

30-Nov-2006/30-Nov-2016

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Trocar Assembly With Pneumatic Sealing

 

Patent Japan

 

Application No. 2009-527335 Patent No. 5514544

 

30-Nov-2006/30-Nov-2016

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Elastically Deformable Surgical Access Device

 

Patent US

 

Application No. 14/544,856 Patent No. 7,798,998

 

06-Oct-2006/14-Jan-2029

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Elastically Deformable Surgical Access Device Having Telescoping Guide Tube

 

Patent US

 

Application No. 11/786,832 Patent No. 7,806,870

 

13-Apr-2007/ 11-Jan-2028

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Elastically Deformable Surgical Access Device

 

Patent WIPO

 

Application No. PCT/US07/002603 Publication No WO2008/042005

 

30-Jan-2007

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Elastically Deformable Surgical Access Device

 

Patent Canada

 

Application No. 2,664,483

 

30-Jan-2007/30-Jan-2027

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Elastically Deformable Surgical Access Device

 

Patent Europe

 

Application No. 07749584.4 Patent No. 2066244

 

30-Jan-2007/30-Jan-2027

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Elastically Deformable Surgical Access Device

 

Patent Germany

 

Application No. 07749584.4 Patent No. 2066244

 

30-Jan-2007/30-Jan-2027

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Elastically Deformable Surgical Access Device

 

Patent France

 

Application No. 07749584.4 Patent No. 2066244

 

30-Jan-2007/30-Jan-2027

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Elastically Deformable Surgical Access Device

 

Patent United Kingdom

 

Application No. 07749584.4 Patent No. 2066244

 

30-Jan-2007/30-Jan-2027

 

2


 

INTANGIBLE ASSETS SCHEDULE

 

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY (REGISTRATIONS AND APPLICATIONS)

 

Borrower that is

 

 

 

 

 

Registration/Publication or

 

 

Owner of IP

 

Name / Identifier of IP

 

Type of IP

 

Application Number

 

Filing Date/Expiration Date

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Elastically Deformable Surgical Access Device Having Telescoping Guide Tube

 

Patent Europe

 

Application No. 08733196.3 Publication No. 2136721

 

13-Apr-2008/13-Apr-2028

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Elastically Deformable Surgical Access Device Having Telescoping Guide Tube

 

Patent Japan

 

Application No. 2010-503261

 

13-Oct-2009

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Devices For And Methods Of Performing Minimally-Invasive Surgical Procedures Through A Single Incision

 

Patent US

 

Application No. 12/577,179 Publication No. 20100185058A1

 

10-Oct-2009

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Elastically Deformable Surgical Access Device Having Telescoping Guide Tube

 

Patent WIPO

 

Application No. PCT/US09/060296 Publication No. WO2010/042913

 

10-Oct-2009

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Devices For And Methods Of Performing Minimally-Invasive Surgical Procedures Through A Single Incision

 

Patent Europe

 

Application No. 09820021.5 Publication No. 2337508

 

10-Oct-2009/10-Oct-2029

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Devices For And Methods Of Performing Minimally-Invasive Surgical Procedures Through A Single Incision

 

Patent Japan

 

Application No. 2011-531238

 

10-Oct-2009/10-Oct-2029

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Devices For And Methods Of Performing Minimally-Invasive Surgical Procedures Through A Single Incision

 

Patent Korea

 

Application No. 10-2011-7010688 Publication No. 10-2011-0079896

 

10-Oct-2009/10-Oct-2029

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Visualization Trocar

 

Patent US

 

Application No. 11/973,123 Patent No. 8,317,815

 

05-Oct-2007/11-Aug-2028

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Visualization Trocar

 

Patent Europe

 

Application No. 07839288.3 Patent No. 2068732

 

05-Oct-2007/05-Oct-2027

 

3


 

INTANGIBLE ASSETS SCHEDULE

 

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY (REGISTRATIONS AND APPLICATIONS)

 

Borrower that is

 

 

 

 

 

Registration/Publication or

 

 

Owner of IP

 

Name / Identifier of IP

 

Type of IP

 

Application Number

 

Filing Date/Expiration Date

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Visualization Trocar

 

Patent Germany

 

Application No. 07839288.3 Patent No. 2068732

 

05-Oct-2007/05-Oct-2027

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Visualization Trocar

 

Patent France

 

Application No. 07839288.3 Patent No. 2068732

 

05-Oct-2007/05-Oct-2027

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Visualization Trocar

 

Patent United Kingdom

 

Application No. 07839288.3 Patent No. 2068732

 

05-Oct-2007/05-Oct-2027

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Visualization Trocar

 

Patent Europe

 

Application No. 12184667.9 Publication No. 2537477

 

05-Oct-2007/05-Oct-2027

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Visualization Trocar

 

Patent US Design

 

Application No. 29/359,636 Patent No. D663,838

 

13-Apr-2010/17-Jul-2026

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Visualization Trocar

 

Patent US Design

 

Application No. 29/366,388 Patent No. D667,954

 

23-Jul-2010/25-Sep-2026

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Tips For Visualization Trocars

 

Patent Europe Design

 

Application No. 001239479-0001 Patent No: 001239479-0001

 

13-Oct-2010/13-Oct-2035

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Tips For Visualization Trocars

 

Patent Europe Design

 

Application No. 001239479-0002 Patent No: 001239479-0002

 

13-Oct-2010/13-Oct-2035

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Tips For Visualization Trocars

 

Patent Europe Design

 

Application No. 001239479-0003 Patent No: 001239479-0003

 

13-Oct-2010/13-Oct-2035

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Tips For Visualization Trocars

 

Patent Europe Design

 

Application No. 001239479-0004 Patent No: 001239479-0004

 

13-Oct-2010/13-Oct-2035

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Tips For Visualization Trocars

 

Patent Europe Design

 

Application No. 001239479-0005 Patent No: 001239479-0005

 

13-Oct-2010/13-Oct-2035

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Tips For Visualization Trocars

 

Patent Europe Design

 

Application No. 001239479-0006 Patent No: 001239479-0006

 

13-Oct-2010/13-Oct-2035

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Visualization Trocar

 

Patent Japan

 

Application No. 2010-024517 Patent No. 1424702

 

13-Oct-2010/09-Sep-2031

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Visualization Trocar

 

Patent Japan

 

Application No. 2011-014627 Patent No. 1430599

 

13-Oct-2010/25-Nov-2031

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Visualization Trocar

 

Patent Japan

 

Application No. 2011-014628 Patent No. 1430600

 

13-Oct-2010/25-Nov-2031

 

4


 

INTANGIBLE ASSETS SCHEDULE

 

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY (REGISTRATIONS AND APPLICATIONS)

 

Borrower that is

 

 

 

 

 

Registration/Publication or

 

 

Owner of IP

 

Name / Identifier of IP

 

Type of IP

 

Application Number

 

Filing Date/Expiration Date

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

System For Surgical Insufflation And Gas Recirculation

 

Patent Europe

 

Application No. 07869468.4 Publication No. 2101662

 

18-Dec-2007/18-Dec-2027

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

System For Surgical Insufflation And Gas Recirculation

 

Patent US

 

Application No. 11/960,701 Publication No. 20090137943A1

 

20-Dec-2007

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

System And Method For Improved Gas Recirculation In Surgical Trocars With Pneumatic Sealing

 

Patent US

 

Application No. 12/587,584 Patent No. 8,715,219

 

09-Oct-2009/26-Oct-2031

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

System And Method For Improved Gas Recirculation In Surgical Trocars With Pneumatic Sealing

 

Patent Europe

 

Application No. 09819569.6 Publication No. 2341849

 

09-Oct-2009/09-Oct-2029

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

System And Method For Improved Gas Recirculation In Surgical Trocars With Pneumatic Sealing

 

Patent Japan

 

Application No. 2011-531021

 

09-Oct-2009

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

System And Method For Improved Gas Recirculation In Surgical Trocars With Pneumatic Sealing

 

Patent Korea

 

Application No. 10-2011-7010690 Publication No. 10-2011-0079897

 

09-Oct-2009/09-Oct-2029

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

System And Method For Improved Gas Recirculation In Surgical Trocars With Pneumatic Sealing

 

Patent China

 

Application No. 200980150151.2 Patent No. ZL200980150151.2

 

09-Oct-2009/09-Oct-2029

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Endoluminal And Transluminal Surgical Methods And Devices

 

Patent US

 

Application No. 12/148,234 Publication No. 20080262302A1

 

17-Apr-2008

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Endoluminal And Transluminal Surgical Methods And Devices

 

Patent US

 

Application No. 13/666,231 Publication No. 20130060091A1

 

01-Nov-2012

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Endoluminal And Transluminal Surgical Methods And Devices

 

Patent Europe

 

Application No. 08742981.7 Publication No. 2134238

 

17-Apr-2008

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Low-Profile Surgical Access Devices With Anchoring

 

Patent US

 

Application No. 12/577,189 Publication No. 20100185057A1

 

11-Oct-2009

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Low-Profile Surgical Access Devices With Anchoring

 

Patent US

 

Application No. 13/388,644 Publication No. 20130012782A1

 

24-Sep-2012

 

5


 

INTANGIBLE ASSETS SCHEDULE

 

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY (REGISTRATIONS AND APPLICATIONS)

 

Borrower that is

 

 

 

 

 

Registration/Publication or

 

 

Owner of IP

 

Name / Identifier of IP

 

Type of IP

 

Application Number

 

Filing Date/Expiration Date

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Low-Profile Surgical Access Devices With Anchoring

 

Patent China

 

Application No. 200980149241.X Patent No. ZL200980149241.X

 

10-Oct-2009/10-Oct-2029

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Low-Profile Surgical Access Devices With Anchoring

 

Patent Europe

 

Application No. 09820023.1 Publication No. 2349033

 

10-Oct-2009/10-Oct-2029

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Low-Profile Surgical Access Devices With Anchoring

 

Patent Europe

 

Application No. 10773444.4 Publication No. 2485664

 

08-Oct-2010/08-Oct-2030

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Low-Profile Surgical Access Devices With Anchoring

 

Patent Japan

 

Application No. 2011-531240

 

10-Oct-2009/10-Oct-2029

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Low-Profile Surgical Access Devices With Anchoring

 

Patent Korea

 

Application No. 10-2011-7009618 Publication No. 10-2011-7009618

 

10-Oct-2009/10-Oct-2029

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Surgical Instruments With Improved Dexterity For Use In Minimally Invasive Surgical Procedures

 

Patent US

 

Application No. 12/789,643 Publication No. 20100234687A1

 

28-May-2010

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Surgical Instruments With Improved Dexterity For Use In Minimally Invasive Surgical Procedures

 

Patent US

 

Application No. 13/940,446 Publication No. 20140025047A1

 

12-Jul-2013

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Adjustable Line And Net Retractors

 

Patent Europe

 

Application No. 07844088.0 Publication No. 2073686

 

10-Oct-2007/10-Oct-2027

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Adjustable Line And Net Retractors

 

Patent US

 

Application No. 12/087,559 Patent No. 8,114,018

 

05-Nov-2008/18-May-2028

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Internal Retraction Systems And Devices

 

Patent US

 

Application No. 12/576,827 Patent No. 8,075,481

 

09-Oct-2009/04-Jun-2028

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Multi-Flow Filtration System

 

Patent US

 

Application No. 12/577,188 Patent No. 7,976,598

 

11-Oct-2009/10-Dec-2029

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Multi-Flow Filtration System

 

Patent US

 

Application No. 13/180,493 Patent No. 8,088,189

 

11-Jul-2011/11-Oct-2029

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Multi-Flow Filtration System

 

Patent US

 

Application No. 13/214,828 Publication No. 20120138523A1

 

22-Aug-2011

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Multi-Flow Filtration System

 

Patent US

 

Application No. 13/718,106

 

18-Dec-2012

 

6


 

INTANGIBLE ASSETS SCHEDULE

 

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY (REGISTRATIONS AND APPLICATIONS)

 

Borrower that is

 

 

 

 

 

Registration/Publication or

 

 

Owner of IP

 

Name / Identifier of IP

 

Type of IP

 

Application Number

 

Filing Date/Expiration Date

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Multi-Flow Filtration System

 

Patent China

 

Application No. 200980149889.7 Publication No. 102264451

 

10-Oct-2009/10-Oct-2029

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Multi-Flow Filtration System

 

Patent Europe

 

Application No. 09820022.3 Patent No. 2364197

 

10-Oct-2009/10-Oct-2029

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Multi-Flow Filtration System

 

Patent Germany

 

Application No. 09820022.3 Patent No. 2364197

 

10-Oct-2009/10-Oct-2029

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Multi-Flow Filtration System

 

Patent France

 

Application No. 09820022.3 Patent No. 2364197

 

10-Oct-2009/10-Oct-2029

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Multi-Flow Filtration System

 

Patent United Kingdom

 

Application No. 09820022.3 Patent No. 2364197

 

10-Oct-2009/10-Oct-2029

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Multi-Flow Filtration System

 

Patent Japan

 

Application No. 2011-531239

 

10-Oct-2009/10-Oct-2029

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Multi-Flow Filtration System

 

Patent Korea

 

Application No. 10-2011-7010687

 

10-Oct-2009/10-Oct-2029

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Multi-Flow Filtration System

 

Patent Europe

 

Application No. 11829732.4 Publication No. 2618909

 

27-Mar-2013/22-Aug-2031

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Multimodal Surgical Gas Delivery System For Laparoscopic Surgical Procedures

 

Patent US

 

Application No. 13/237,628 Publication No. 20120150101A1

 

20-Sep-2011

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Filter Interface For Multimodal Surgical Gas Delivery System

 

Patent US

 

Application No. 13/862,851 Publication No. 20130231606A1

 

15-Apr-2013

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Multimodal Surgical Gas Delivery System For Laparoscopic Surgical Procedures

 

Patent Europe

 

Application No. 10770662.4 Publication No. 2482869

 

29-Sep-2010/29-Sep-2030

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Multimodal Surgical Gas Delivery System For Laparoscopic Surgical Procedures

 

Patent Japan

 

Application No. 2012-532265

 

29-Sep-2010/29-Sep-2030

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Multimodal Surgical Gas Delivery System For Laparoscopic Surgical Procedures

 

Patent Hong Kong

 

Application No. 12110160.9 Publication No. 1169344A

 

29-Sep-2010/29-Sep-2030

 

7


 

INTANGIBLE ASSETS SCHEDULE

 

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY (REGISTRATIONS AND APPLICATIONS)

 

Borrower that is

 

 

 

 

 

Registration/Publication or

 

 

Owner of IP

 

Name / Identifier of IP

 

Type of IP

 

Application Number

 

Filing Date/Expiration Date

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Multimodal Surgical Gas Delivery System For Laparoscopic Surgical Procedures

 

Patent Europe

 

Application No. 11827365.5 Publication No. 2618887

 

20-Sep-2011/20-Sep-2031

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Multimodal Surgical Gas Delivery System For Laparoscopic Surgical Procedures

 

Patent Japan

 

Application No. 2013-529418

 

20-Sep-2011/20-Sep-2031

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Devices And Methods For Automated Surgery

 

Patent Europe

 

Application No. 11723835.2 Publication No. 2575649

 

24-May-2011/24-May-2031

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Devices And Methods For Automated Surgery

 

Patent Japan

 

Application No. 2013-512178

 

24-May-2011/24-May-2031

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Devices And Methods For Automated Surgery

 

Patent US

 

Application No. 13/704,411 Publication No. 20140088491A1

 

07-Aug-2013

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

System Having Multiple Pneumatically Sealed Trocars

 

Patent US

 

Application No. 13/606,824 Publication No. 20140074015

 

07-Sep-2012

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

System Having Multiple Pneumatically Sealed Trocars

 

Patent WIPO

 

Application No. PCT/US13/058192 Publication No. WO2014039633

 

05-Sep-2013

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Systems And Methods For Conducting Smoke Evacuation During Laparoscopic Surgical Procedures

 

Patent US

 

Application No. 61/826,088

 

22-May-2013

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Systems And Methods For Conducting Smoke Evacuation During Laparoscopic Surgical Procedures

 

Patent WIPO

 

Application No. PCT/13/070933

 

20-Nov-2013

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Coupling For Connecting A Tube Set To A Trocar

 

Patent US

 

Application No. 14/133,121

 

18-Dec-2013

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

Coupling For Connecting A Tube Set To A Trocar

 

Patent WIPO

 

Application No. PCT/US13/076182

 

18-Dec-2013

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

AIRSEAL

 

Trademark US

 

Application No. 78/928,299 Registration No. 3,652,736

 

12-Jul-2006 Renew by 07-Jul-2019

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

ANCHORPORT

 

Trademark US

 

Application No. 77/255,206 Registration No. 3,463,852

 

14-Aug-2007 Renew by 08-Jul-2018

 

8


 

INTANGIBLE ASSETS SCHEDULE

 

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY (REGISTRATIONS AND APPLICATIONS)

 

Borrower that is

 

 

 

 

 

Registration/Publication or

 

 

Owner of IP

 

Name / Identifier of IP

 

Type of IP

 

Application Number

 

Filing Date/Expiration Date

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

SURGIQUEST

 

Trademark US

 

Application No. 77/325,107 Registration No. 3,658,853

 

08-Nov-2007 Renew by 21-Jul-2019

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

 

Trademark US

 

Application No. 85/638,685 Registration No. 4,279,121

 

30-May-2012 Renew by 22-Jan-2023

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

SURGIQUEST

 

Trademark Canada

 

Application No. 1371982 Registration No. TMA815030

 

14-Nov-2007 Renew by 06-Jan-2027

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

ANCHORPORT

 

Trademark Canada

 

Application No. 1371977 Registration No. TMA812349

 

14-Nov-2007 Renewal by 22-Nove-2026

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

 

Trademark Canada

 

Application No. 1601258

 

06-Nov-2012

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

SURGIQUEST

 

Trademark Europe

 

Application No. 6438873 Registration No. 6438873

 

14-Nov-2007 Renew by 14-Nov-2017

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

AIRPORT

 

Trademark Europe

 

Application No. 6438949 Registration No. 6438949

 

14-Nov-2007 Renew by 14-Nov-2017

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

ANCHORPORT

 

Trademark Europe

 

Application No. 6438774 Registration No. 6438774

 

14-Nov-2007 Renew by 14-Nov-2017

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

SINGLEPORT

 

Trademark Europe

 

Application No. 6654289 Registration No. 6654289

 

08-Feb-2008 Renew by 08-Feb-2018

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

ONEPATH

 

Trademark Europe

 

Application No. 6654461 Registration No. 6654461

 

08-Feb-2008 Renew by 08-Feb-2018

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

DUOPORT

 

Trademark Europe

 

Application No. 10465052 Registration No. 10465052

 

02-Dec-2011 Renew by 02-Dec-2021

 

9


 

INTANGIBLE ASSETS SCHEDULE

 

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY (REGISTRATIONS AND APPLICATIONS)

 

Borrower that is

 

 

 

 

 

Registration/Publication or

 

 

Owner of IP

 

Name / Identifier of IP

 

Type of IP

 

Application Number

 

Filing Date/Expiration Date

SurgiQuest, Inc.

 

 

Trademark Europe

 

Application No. 11317187 Registration No. 11317187

 

02-Nov-2012 Renew by 02-Nov-2022

 

10


 

INTANGIBLE ASSETS SCHEDULE (CONTINUED)

 

LICENSE AND SIMILAR AGREEMENTS

 

LICENSE # 1

 

 

Name and Date of License Agreement:

 

Software License Agreement dated September 17, 2013

Borrower that is Licensee:

 

SurgiQuest, Inc.

Name and address of Licensor:

 

Syspro Impact Software, Inc., a California corporation. Address not provided.

Expiration Date of License

 

Renewable annually upon payment of Annual License Fee (Section 9)

Exclusive License [Y/N]?

 

N (Section 1)

Restrictions on:

 

Right to Grant a Lien [Y/N]?

Y (Section 3.6)

 

 

Right to Assign [Y/N]?

Y (Section 10.5)

 

 

Right to Sublicense [Y/N]?

Y (Section 3.6)

Does Default or Termination Affect Agent’s Ability to sell [Y/N]?

 

Y (Section 9)

 

Describe Licensed Intellectual Property For This License

 

 

 

Type of IP (e.g., patent,

 

Registration/

 

 

Name / Identifier of IP

 

TM, ©, mask work)

 

Publication or Application Number

 

Filing Date/Expiration Date

SYSCO Software

 

Software

 

Silent

 

Silent

 

LICENSE # 2

 

 

Name and Date of License Agreement:

 

Development and Manufacturing Agreement dated as of October 12, 2009

Borrower that is Licensee:

 

SurgiQuest, Inc.

Name and address of Licensor:

 

W.O.M. World of Medicine AG, Salzufer 8 in 10587 Berlin and W.O.M. World of Medicine USA, 4531 36th Street, Orlando, FL 32801 (collectively, “WOM”)

Expiration Date of License

 

Perpetual (Section 5.1)

Exclusive License [Y/N]?

 

N (Section 5.1)

Restrictions on:

 

Right to Grant a Lien

Silent

 


 

 

 

[Y/N]?

 

 

 

Right to Assign [Y/N]?

Y (Section 5.1)

 

 

Right to Sublicense [Y/N]?

Silent

Does Default or Termination Affect Agent’s Ability to sell [Y/N]?

 

Y (Section 9.2)

 

Describe Licensed Intellectual Property For This License

 

 

 

Type of IP (e.g., patent,

 

Registration/

 

 

Name / Identifier of IP

 

TM, ©, mask work)

 

Publication or Application Number

 

Filing Date/Expiration Date

License to all DPIS Intellectual Property that WOM incorporates into the DPIS Device or Tube Sets which is not owned by SurgiQuest

 

All

 

Silent

 

Silent

 

LICENSE # 3

 

 

Name and Date of License Agreement:

 

License Agreement dated February 1, 2008

Borrower that is Licensee:

 

SurgiQuest, Inc.

Name and address of Licensor:

 

Creative Surgical, LLC, 110 Sheldrake Court, Georgetown KY 40324

Expiration Date of License

 

The date upon which the last patent covered by license expires or otherwise becomes no longer valid, whichever is later. (Section 1.1)

Exclusive License [Y/N]?

 

Y (Recitals)

Restrictions on:

 

Right to Grant a Lien

Silent

 

 

Right to Assign [Y/N]?

Y (Section 13.3)

 

 

Right to Sublicense [Y/N]?

N (Section 2.1)

Does Default or Termination Affect Agent’s Ability to sell [Y/N]?

 

Y (Section 9)

 


 

Describe Licensed Intellectual Property For This License

 

 

 

Type of IP (e.g., patent,

 

Registration/

 

 

Name / Identifier of IP

 

TM, ©, mask work)

 

Publication or Application Number

 

Filing Date/Expiration Date

Adjustable Line and Net Retractors

 

Patent Rights and Related Technology

 

International Publication Number WO 2008/045940 A2

 

Filed October 10, 2007

 

LICENSE # 4

 

 

Name and Date of License Agreement:

 

Assignment and License Agreement dated as of April 14, 2006

Borrower that is Licensee:

 

SurgiQuest, Inc.

Name and address of Licensor:

 

IP Technologies, LLC, 10534 Success Lane, Centerville, Ohio 45458

Expiration Date of License

 

Perpetual

Exclusive License [Y/N]?

 

Y (Section 2.2)

Restrictions on:

 

Right to Grant a Lien [Y/N]?

Silent

 

 

Right to Assign [Y/N]?

Y (Section 8.5)

 

 

Right to Sublicense [Y/N]?

N (Section 2.2)

Does Default or Termination Affect Agent’s Ability to sell [Y/N]?

 

Silent

 

Describe Licensed Intellectual Property For This License

 

 

 

Type of IP (e.g., patent,

 

Registration/

 

 

Name / Identifier of IP

 

TM, ©, mask work)

 

Publication or Application Number

 

Filing Date/Expiration Date

IP Technologies Intellectual Property

 

Patents and patent applications

 

 

 

 

 

Additionally, Borrower has rights to use information under a number of documents including confidential disclosure agreements, consulting agreements, and other agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business.

 


 

PRODUCTS SCHEDULE

 

AnchorPort 5/100mm Trocar Kit

AnchorPort 5/100mm SILK Kit

AnchorPort 5/135mm Trocar Kit

AnchorPort 5/135mm SILK Kit

AnchorPort 5/75mm Trocar Kit

AnchorPort 5/75mm SILK Kit

AnchorPort 5/100mm Cannula

AnchorPort 5/135mm Cannula

AnchorPort 5/75mm Cannula

AnchorPort 5/100mm iCannula

AnchorPort 5/135mm iCannula

AnchorPort 5/75mm iCannula

iFS Cart

iFS Cart w/ 2 BTL Racks

iFS Cart 6” BTL

iFS Cart 6” BTL w/ CW

iFS Cart 6” BTL w/ Valve

iFS Cart 6” BTL w/ CW & Valve

iFS Cart w/ Valve

iFS Cart w/ Valve & 2 BTL Rack

iFS EU Ground Cable

iFS 110V - Sale

iFS 220V - Sale

AirSeal Filtered Tube Set

SmokeEvac Filtered Tube Set

Standard Insufflation Tube Set

AirSeal 12/100mm Port

AirSeal 12/120mm Port

AirSeal 12/150mm Port

AirSeal 12/100mm Blunt Port

AirSeal 12/120mm Blunt Port

AirSeal 5/100mm Port

AirSeal 5/120mm Port

AirSeal 8/100mm Port

AirSeal 8/120mm Port

iFS Bottle Gas Connector

iFS Demo Bladder 10”x14”x7”

iFS Demo Bladder Disc (WOM)

HP Hose Connector

iFS House Gas Switching Valve

 



 

HP Hose 120”

HP Hose 18”

HP Hose Din Bottle 1.5m

HP Hose ISO Bottle 1.5m

HP Hose 36”

HP Hose w/ Pin Index 1m

HP Hose w/ Pin Index Gauge 1m

HP Hose 72”

LP Hose NF 3m

LP Hose NF 5m

LP Hose UNI 3m

LP Hose DISS 180”

LP Hose DISS 36”

LP Hose DISS 390”

LP Hose DIN 3m

LP Hose DISS 60”

LP Hose AGA 3m

LP Hose Drager 3m (5000497)

Pin Index Yoke Seal

Boom or Tower w/ Valve

Valve w/ Hoses & Mounting Brkt

Valve ONLY

iFS House Gas Connector DISS

iFS House Gas Connector NIST

iFS Trunk Case

Power Cord 90 Degree 16’

 



 

REQUIRED PERMITS SCHEDULE

 

1.              Connecticut Sales and Use Tax Permit dated November 29, 2012

2.              CT Department of Consumer Protection Registration

3.              Annual FDA Medical Device Establishment Registration,

·          510(k) Clearance Device Listing Numbers:

·                  D102043

·                  D10204

·                  D125653

·                  D150694

·                  D201448

·                  E605771

·                  D102044

4.              BSI Production Quality Assurance Certificate dated March 4, 2013

5.              BSI Quality Management System Certificate of Registration dated May 6, 2013

 


 

EXECUTION COPY

 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO FEE LETTER AND FIRST AMENDMENT TO

CREDIT AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO FEE LETTER AND FIRST AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is dated as of November 6, 2014, by and among SURGIQUEST, INC., a Delaware corporation, (“Borrower”), MIDCAP FUNDING V, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, in its capacity as agent (“Agent”) for the lenders under the Credit Agreement (as defined below) (“Lenders”), and the Lenders.

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

WHEREAS, Borrower, Lenders and Agent are parties to that certain Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of May 29, 2014 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”; capitalized terms used herein have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement except as otherwise expressly defined herein), pursuant to which Lenders have agreed to provide to Borrower certain loans and other extensions of credit in accordance with the terms and conditions thereof;

 

WHEREAS, Borrower, Lenders and Agent are parties to that certain fee letter, dated as of May 29, 2014 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Fee Letter”), pursuant to which Borrower has agreed to pay Agent and Lenders certain fees in accordance with the terms and conditions thereof;

 

WHEREAS, Borrower, Agent and Lenders desire to amend certain provisions of the Credit Agreement in accordance with, and subject to, the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, the covenants and agreements contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, Borrower, Lenders and Agent hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                      Acknowledgment of Obligations. Borrower hereby acknowledges, confirms and agrees that all Credit Extensions made prior to the date hereof, together with interest accrued and accruing thereon, and fees, costs, expenses and other charges owing by Borrower to Agent and Lenders under the Credit Agreement and the other Financing Documents, remain owing by Borrower to Agent and Lenders on the terms set forth in the Credit Agreement, without offset, defense or counterclaim of any kind, nature or description whatsoever except as may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws relating to or affecting creditor’s rights generally.

 

2.                                      Amendment to Credit Agreement. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the conditions to effectiveness set forth in Section 7 below, the Agent and Lenders hereby agree that the Credit Facility Schedule of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding a new Credit Facility #3 (attached hereto as Exhibit A) to the Credit Facility Schedule after the end of Credit Facility #2. The parties hereto further

 



 

agree that Credit Facility #3 shall be governed in all respects by the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, in each case as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, and shall constitute a “Term Credit Facility” under and as defined in the Credit Agreement, and the $5,000,000 to be funded on the Amendment Effective Date shall constitute a “Credit Extension” under and as defined in the Credit Agreement.

 

3.                                      Amendment to Fee Letter. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the conditions to effectiveness set forth in Section 7 below, the Agent and Lenders hereby agree that the Fee Letter is hereby amended by changing the references to “Three Percent (3.00%)” in all places where referenced therein to “Four Percent (4.00%)”. The parties hereto further agree that, for the avoidance of doubt, the reference to the “Term Credit Facility” in the Fee Letter shall include the Credit Extension funded as Credit Facility #3 in accordance with this Agreement.

 

4.                                      No Other Amendments. Except for the amendments set forth and referred to in Sections 2 and 3 above, the Credit Agreement and the other Financing Documents shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect and Borrower hereby ratifies and reaffirms all of its obligations under the Credit Agreement and the other Financing Documents as amended by this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement is intended, or shall be construed, to constitute a novation or an accord and satisfaction of any of Borrower’s Obligations or to modify, affect or impair the perfection or continuity of Agent’s security interests in, security titles to or other liens, for the benefit of itself and the Lenders, on any Collateral for the Obligations.

 

5.                                      Representations and Warranties. To induce Agent and Lenders to enter into this Agreement, Borrower does hereby warrant, represent and covenant to Agent and Lenders that (i) each representation or warranty of Borrower set forth in the Credit Agreement and other Financing Documents are hereby restated and reaffirmed as true, accurate and complete in all material respects on and as of the date hereof as if such representation or warranty were made on and as of the date hereof (provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof, and provided, further, that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date were true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date), (ii) both before and after giving effect to this Agreement, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and (iii) Borrower has the power and is duly authorized and has obtained all necessary consents and has taken all necessary actions to enter into, deliver and perform this Agreement and this Agreement is the legal, valid and binding obligation of Borrower enforceable against Borrower in accordance with its terms.

 

6.                                      First Amendment Fee. To induce Lenders to make the Credit Extension under Tranche #3 contemplated herein, on the Amendment Effective Date, Borrower shall pay to Agent, for the benefit of Lenders, a non-refundable amendment fee (the “First Amendment Fee”) in an amount equal to $25,000.00, which fee shall be fully earned when paid.

 

7.                                      Condition Precedent to Effectiveness of this Agreement. This Agreement shall become effective as of the date (the “Amendment Effective Date”) upon which:

 

2



 

(a)                                 Agent and Lenders shall have received the First Amendment Fee, and Borrower shall have reimbursed Agent and Lenders for all fees, costs and expenses presented as of the Amendment Effective Date;

 

(b)                                 Agent shall have received an executed Secretary’s Certificate in form and substance satisfactory to Agent;

 

(c)                                  Agent shall have received a certificate, executed by a Responsible Officer of Borrower, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent;

 

(d)                                 Agent shall have received an executed disbursement letter in form and substance satisfactory to Agent;

 

(e)                                  Agent shall have received an Amended and Restated Secured Promissory Note in the original principal amount of $22,000,000 in respect of the Term Credit Facilities in form and substance satisfactory to Agent;

 

(f)                                   Agent shall have received an executed Credit Extension Form, and for the avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding the requirements of Section 2.3(a) of the Credit Agreement, the Credit Extension form for the funding of Tranche #3 may be delivered on the Amendment Effective Date;

 

(g)                                  Agent shall notify Borrower in writing that Agent has received one or more counterparts of this Agreement duly executed and delivered by Borrower, Agent and Lenders, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent and Lenders; and

 

(h)                                 Agent shall have received all other documents and instruments as Agent or any Lender may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate to effectuate the intent and purpose of this Agreement.

 

8.                                      Release.

 

(a)                                 In consideration of the agreements of Agent and Lenders contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, Borrower, on behalf of itself and each of its Affiliates and Subsidiaries and each of their respective successors, assigns, and other legal representatives, hereby absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably releases, remises and forever discharges Agent and each Lender and their respective successors and assigns, and their respective present and former shareholders, affiliates, subsidiaries, divisions, predecessors, directors, officers, attorneys, employees, agents and other representatives (Agent, Lenders and all such other persons being hereinafter referred to collectively as the “Releasees” and individually as a “Releasee”), of and from all demands, actions, causes of action, suits, covenants, contracts, controversies, agreements, promises, sums of money, accounts, bills, reckonings, damages and any and all other claims, counterclaims, defenses, rights of set-off, demands and liabilities whatsoever (individually, a “Claim” and collectively, “Claims”) of every name and nature, known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, both at law and in equity, which

 

3



 

Borrower or any of its successors, assigns, or other legal representatives may own, hold, have or claim to have against the Releasees or any of them for, upon, or by reason of any circumstance, action, cause or thing whatsoever which arises at any time on or prior to the Amendment Effective Date, for or on account of, or in relation to, or in any way in connection with the Credit Agreement or any of the other Financing Documents or transactions thereunder or related thereto.

 

(b)                                 Borrower understands, acknowledges and agrees that its release set forth above may be pleaded as a full and complete defense and may be used as a basis for an injunction against any action, suit or other proceeding which may be instituted, prosecuted or attempted in breach of the provisions of such release.

 

(c)                                  Borrower agrees that no fact, event, circumstance, evidence or transaction which could now be asserted shall affect in any manner the final, absolute and unconditional nature of the release set forth above.

 

9.                                      Covenant Not To Sue. Borrower, on behalf of itself and its successors, assigns, and other legal representatives, hereby absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably, covenants and agrees with and in favor of each Releasee that it will not sue (at law, in equity, in any regulatory proceeding or otherwise) any Releasee on the basis of any Claim released, remised and discharged by Borrower pursuant to Section 8 above. If Borrower or any of its successors, assigns or other legal representatives violates the foregoing covenant, Borrower, for itself and its successors, assigns and legal representatives, agrees to pay, in addition to such other damages as any Releasee may sustain as a result of such violation, all attorneys’ fees and costs incurred by any Releasee as a result of such violation.

 

10.                               Advice of Counsel. Each of the parties represents to each other party hereto that it has discussed this Agreement with its counsel.

 

11.                               Severability of Provisions. In case any provision of or obligation under this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any applicable jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions or obligations, or of such provision or obligation in any other jurisdiction, shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

12.                               Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts (including by electronic mail (including but not limited to pdf) transmittal of executed signature pages), each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

13.                               GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS MADE AND PERFORMED IN SUCH STATE WITHOUT REGARD TO THE PRINCIPLES THEREOF REGARDING CONFLICTS OF LAWS.

 

14.                               Entire Agreement. The Credit Agreement and the other Financing Documents as and when amended through this Agreement embody the entire agreement between the parties

 

4



 

hereto relating to the subject matter thereof and supersede all prior agreements, representations and understandings, if any, relating to the subject matter thereof.

 

15.                               No Strict Construction, Etc. The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any provisions of this Agreement. Time is of the essence for this Agreement.

 

16.                               Costs and Expenses. Subject to the terms of this Agreement and any other Financing Documents, Borrower agrees to pay or reimburse upon demand for all reasonable fees, costs and expenses incurred by Agent and the Lenders in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and any other Financing Documents or other agreements prepared, negotiated, executed or delivered in connection with this Agreement or transactions contemplated hereby.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally blank; signature pages follow.]

 

5



 

 

AGENT:

 

 

 

 

MIDCAP FUNDING V, LLC,

 

as Agent for Lenders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Colleen S. Kovas

(SEAL)

 

Name:

Colleen S. Kovas

 

 

Title:

Its Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LENDERS:

 

 

 

MIDCAP FUNDING V, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Colleen S. Kovas

(SEAL)

 

Name:

Colleen S. Kovas

 

 

Title:

Its Authorized Signatory

 

 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO FEE LETTER AND FIRST AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the day and year specified at the beginning hereof.

 

 

BORROWER:

SURGIQUEST, INC.

INCORPORATED

2006

 

 

 

SURGIQUEST, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kurt Azarbarzin

(SEAL)

 

Name:

Kurt Azarbarzin

 

 

Title:

CEO

 

 

 

 

 

 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO FEE LETTER AND FIRST AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

Credit Facility #3:

 

Credit Facility and Type:                             Term

 

Lenders for and their respective Applicable Commitments to this Credit Facility:

 

Lender

 

Applicable Commitment

 

MidCap Funding V, LLC

 

$

5,000,000

 

 

The following defined terms apply to this Credit Facility:

 

Applicable Funding Conditions: Satisfaction of all conditions precedent set forth in Section 7 of that certain First Amendment to Fee Letter and First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of November 6, 2014, by and among the Borrower, Agent, and Lenders (the “First Amendment”)

 

Applicable Interest Period: means the one-month period starting on the first (1st) day of each month and ending on the last day of such month; provided, however, that the first (1st) Applicable Interest Period for each Credit Extension under this Facility shall commence on the date that the applicable Credit Extension is made and end on the last day of such month.

 

Applicable Floor: means 50/100 percent (0.50%) per annum for the Applicable Libor Rate.

 

Applicable Margin: a rate of interest equal to seven and 50/100 percent (7.50%) per annum.

 

Applicable Prepayment Fee: means the following amount, calculated as of the date (the “Accrual Date”) that the Applicable Prepayment Fee becomes payable in the case of prepayments required under the Financing Documents or the date any voluntary prepayment is made: (a) for an Accrual Date on or after the Closing Date through and including the date which is twelve (12) months after the Closing Date, two percent (2.0%) multiplied by the amount of the Credit Extensions made under the Agreement; (b) for an Accrual Date after the date which is twelve (12) months after the Closing Date through and including the date immediately preceding the Maturity Date, one percent (1.0%) multiplied by the amount of the Credit Extensions made under the Agreement.

 

Closed Period: not applicable.

 

Commitment Commencement Date: the Amendment Effective Date (as defined in the First Amendment)

 

Commitment Termination Date: the earliest to occur of (a) the close of the Business Day following the Amendment Effective Date, (b) an Event of Default, (c) the existence of any Default, or (d) the Maturity Date.

 

Minimum Credit Extension Amount: $5,000,000

 

Permitted Purpose: not applicable.

 





Exhibit 23.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated September 2, 2015, in the Registration Statement on Form S-1 and related Prospectus of SurgiQuest, Inc. for the registration of shares of its common stock.

 

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Hartford, Connecticut

November 10, 2015